(Culture and History of Mathematics 4) K.v.sarma, K.ramasubramanian, M.D.srinivas, M.S,Sriram-Ganita-Yukti-Bhasa (Rationales in Mathematical Astronomy) of Jyeshthadeva. 2. Astronomy-Hindustan Book Age

s.
Gan.ita-Yukti-Bha
(Rationales in Mathematical Astronomy)
of
jyes.t.hadeva
Malayalam Text Critically Edited with English Translation
by
K. V. SARMA
With Explanatory Notes in English

by
K. RAMASUBRAMANIAN
M. D. SRINIVAS
M. S. SRIRAM
Chapters
Volume Two
VIII XV : Astronomy
Hindustan Book Agency

2008
To be treated as Blank page (introduced deliberately)
Table of Contents
ENGLISH TRANSLATION
471617
CHAPTER 8 Computation of Planets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471

8.1
Planetary motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
8.2
Celestial Sphere (Bhagola) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
8.3
Motion of planets: Conception I
8.4
Motion of planets: Conception II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
8.5
The position of Ucca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
8.6
Ucca, Madhyama and Sphut.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475

Computation of true Sun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
8.7
8.8
8.9
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Computation of the Karn.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481

Alternative method for finding the Karn.a . . . . . . . . . . . 483
8.10 Viparta-karn.a (Inverse hypotenuse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484

8.11 Another method for Viparta-karn.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
8.12 Still another method for Viparta-karn.a . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
8.13 Manda-sphut.a from the Madhyama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
8.14 Sighra-sphut
. a (True planets): General . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
8.15 True Mercury and Venus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
ghra correction when there is latitude . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
8.16 S
8.17 Calculation of the mean from true Sun and Moon . . . . . . . 500
8.18 Another method for the mean from true Sun and Moon . . . 501
8.19 Calculation of the mean from true planet . . . . . . . . . . . 502
8.20 Computation of true planets without using Manda-karn.a . . . 503
v
vi
Contents
CHAPTER 9
Earth and Celestial Spheres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
9.1
Bh
ugola : Earth sphere
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
9.2
V
ayugola: Equatorial celestial sphere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
9.3
Bhagola: Zodiacal celestial sphere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
9.4
Ayana-calana: Motion of the equinoxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
9.5
The manner of Ayana-calana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
9.6
Changes in placement due to terrestrial latitude . . . . . . . . 518
9.7
Zenith and horizon at different locations . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
9.8
Construction of the armillary sphere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
9.9
Distance from a Valita-vr.tta to two perpendicular circles . . . 521

9.10 Some Viparta and Nata-vr.tta-s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
9.11 Declination of a planet with latitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
9.12 Apakrama-kot.i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
CHAPTER 10 The Fifteen Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
10.1 The fifteen problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 533
10.2 Problem one . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
10.3 Problem two . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 534
10.4 Problem three . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
10.5 Problem four . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
10.6 Problem five . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
10.7 Problems six to nine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
10.8 Problems ten to twelve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
10.9 Problems thirteen and fourteen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
10.10 Problem fifteen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
CHAPTER 11 Gnomonic Shadow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
11.1 Fixing directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
11.2 Latitude (Aks.a) and co-latitude (Lamba) . . . . . . . . . . . 542
11.3 Time after sunrise or before sunset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
Contents
vii
11.4 Unnata-jy
a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
11.5 Mah
a-sanku
and Mah
acch
ay
a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
11.6 Dr.nman
. d.ala . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
11.7 Dr.ggolacch
ay
a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
11.8 Ch
ay
a-lambana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
11.9 Earths radius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
11.10 Corrected shadow of the 12-inch gnomon . . . . . . . . . . . 548
11.11Vipartacch
ay
a : Reverse shadow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
11.12 Noon-time shadow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
nkvagr
11.13 Ch
ay
a-bhuj
a, Ark
agr
a and Sa
a . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
11.14 Some allied correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
11.15 Determination of the directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
11.16 Sama-sanku
: Great gnomon at the prime vertical . . . . . . 553
11.17 Samacch
ay
a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
11.18 The Sama-sanku-related
triangles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
11.19 The ten problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
nku
11.20 Problem one: To derive Sa
and Nata . . . . . . . . . . . 557
11.20.1 Shadow and gnomon at a desired place . . . . . . . . 557
11.20.2 Corner shadow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
11.20.3 Derivation of Nata-jy
a (Rsine hour ang1e) . . . . . . 565
nku
11.21 Problem two: Sa
and Apakrama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
11.21.1 Derivation of the gnomon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
11.21.2 Derivation of the declination . . . . .
nku
sa
11.22 Problem three: Sa
and A
gr
a . . . . . .
nku
11.22.1 Derivation of Sa
. . . . . . . . .
sa
11.22.2 Derivation of A
gr
a . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . 568
. . . . . . . . . 568
. . . . . . . . . 568
. . . . . . . . . 569
nku
11.23 Problem four: Sa
and Aks.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
nku
(gnomon) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
11.23.2 Derivation of Aks.a (latitude) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
11.24 Problem five: Nata and Kr
anti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
viii
Contents
sa
11.25 Problem six: Nata and A
gr
a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
11.26 Problem seven: Nata and Aks.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
sa
11.27 Problem eight: Apakrama and A
gr
a . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
11.28 Problem nine: Kr
anti and Aks.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
sa
11.29 Problem ten: A
gr
a and Aks.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
11.30 Is..ta-dik-ch
ay
a : Another method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
11.31 K
ala-lagna, Udaya-lagna and Madhya-lagna . . . . . . . . . . 575
11.32 K
ala-lagna corresponding to sunrise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
11.33 Madhya-lagn
anayana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
11.34 Dr.kks.epa-jy
a and Kot.i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
11.35 Parallax in latitude and longitude (Nati and Lambana) . . . 583
11.36 Second correction for the Moon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
11.37 Ch
ay
a-lambana: Parallax of the gnomon . . . . . . . . . . . 587
11.38 Dr.kkarn.a when the Moon has no latitude . . . . . . . . . . . 589
11.39 Shadow and gnomon when Moon has latitude . . . . . . . . 589
CHAPTER 12 Eclipse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
12.1 Eclipsed portion at required time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
12.2 Time for a given extent of eclipse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 594
12.3 Computation of Bimb
antara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
12.4 Orb measure of the planets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
12.5 Direction of the eclipses and their commencement . . . . . . 597
12.6 Ayana-valana
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
. a-valana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
12.7 Aks
12.8 Combined valana
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 600
12.9 Graphical chart of the eclipse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601

12.10 Lunar eclipse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 602
CHAPTER 13 Vyatp
ata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
13.1 Vyatp
ata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603
Contents
ix
13.2 Derivation of declination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603

13.3 Viks.epa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 604
13.4 Viks.epa-calana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 606
13.5 Karn.a
nayana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 607
13.6 Determination of Viks.epa-calana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
13.7 Time of Vyatp
ata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
13.8 Derivation of Vyatp
ata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
CHAPTER 14 Maud.hya and Visibility Corrections of Planets . . . . . . . . . . . 611
14.1 Computation of visibility correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
14.2 Rising and setting of planets
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
14.3 Planetary visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613

CHAPTER 15 Elevation of the Moons Cusps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 614
15.1 The second true hypotenuse of the Sun and the Moon . . . . 614
15.2 Distance between the orbs of the Sun and Moon . . . . . . . 614
EXPLANATORY NOTES
619856
CHAPTER 8 Computation of Planets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621

8.1
Planetary motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
8.2
Zodiacal celestial sphere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
8.3
Motion of planets: Eccentric model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
8.4
Motion of planets: Epicyclic model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
8.5
The position of Ucca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
8.6
Ucca, Madhyama and Sphut.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625

Computation of true Sun . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625
8.7
8.8
8.9
Computation of the Karn.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628

Alternative method for the Karn.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
8.10 Viparta-karn.a : Inverse hypotenuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635
Contents
8.11 Another method for Viparta-karn.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
8.12 Still another method for Viparta-karn.a . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
8.13 Manda-sphut.a from the Madhyama . . . . . .
ghra-sphut. a of the planets . . . . . . . .
8.14 The S
ghra-sphut. a of Mercury and Venus . . . .
8.15 The S
ghra correction when there is latitude . . . .
8.16 S
. . . . . . . . 641
. . . . . . . . 642
. . . . . . . . 648
. . . . . . . . 653
8.17 Calculation of the mean from the true Sun and Moon . . . . 659
8.18 Another method for the mean from true Sun and Moon . . . 661
8.19 Calculation of the mean from true planet . . . . . . . . . . . 663
8.20 Computation of true planets without using Manda-karn.a . . . 665
CHAPTER 9
Earth and Celestial Spheres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
9.1
Bh
ugola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
9.2
V
ayugola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
9.3
Bhagola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 670
9.4
Ayana-calana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
9.5
The nature of the motion of equinoxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
9.6
V
ayugola for a non-equatorial observer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
9.7
Zenith and horizon at different locations . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
9.9
Distance from a Valita-vr.tta to two perpendicular circles . . . 680

9.10 Some Viparta and Nata-vr.tta-s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
9.11 Declination of a planet with latitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
9.12 Apakrama-kot.i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
CHAPTER 10 The Fifteen Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
10.1 The fifteen problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
10.2 Problem 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
10.3 Problem 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
10.4 Problem 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
10.5 Problem 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
Contents
xi
10.6 Problem 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703

10.7 Problems six to nine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
10.7.1 Problem 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
10.7.2 Problem 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
10.7.3 Problem 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
10.7.4 Problem 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
10.8 Problems ten to twelve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
10.8.1 Problem 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
10.8.2 Problem 11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
10.8.3 Problem 12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
10.9 Problems thirteen and fourteen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
10.9.1 Problem 13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 708
10.9.2 Problem 14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
10.10 Problem 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 709
CHAPTER 11 Gnomonic Shadow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 714
11.1 Fixing directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
11.2 Latitude and co-latitude
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
11.3 Time after sunrise or before sunset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719

11.4 Unnata-jy
a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
11.5 Mah
a-sanku
and Mah
acch
ay
a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
11.6 Dr.nman
. d.ala or Dr.gvr.tta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722

11.7 Dr.ggolacch
ay
a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
11.8 Ch
ay
a-lambana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724
11.9 Earths radius and Ch
ay
a-lambana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
11.10 Corrected shadow of the 12-inch gnomon . . . . . . . . . . . 725
11.11Vipartacch
ay
a : Reverse shadow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
11.12 Noon-time shadow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
nkvagr
11.13 Ch
ay
a-bhuj
a, Ark
agr
a and Sa
a . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
11.14 Some allied correlations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
xii
Contents
11.15 Determination of the directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 735
11.16 Sama-sanku:
Great gnomon at the prime vertical . . . . . . 736

11.17 Samacch
ay
a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
triangles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
11.19 The ten problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
nku
11.20 Problem One : To derive Sa
and Nata . . . . . . . . . . . 742
11.20.1 Shadow and gnomon at a desired place . . . . . . . . 742
11.20.2 Kon.a-sanku
(Corner Shadow) . . .
11.20.3 Derivation of Nata-jy
a . . . . . . .
11.21 Problem two: Sanku

and Apakrama . . . .
nku
. . . . . . . . .
11.21.2 Derivation of Apakrama . . . . . . .
nku
sa
and A
gr
a . . . . .
nku
. . . . . . . . .
sa
11.22.2 Derivation of A
gr
a . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . 747
. . . . . . . . . . 748
. . . . . . . . . . 749
. . . . . . . . . . 750
. . . . . . . . . . 754
. . . . . . . . . . 755
. . . . . . . . . . 755
. . . . . . . . . . 755
nku
and Aks.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
nku
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
11.23.2 Derivation of the Aks.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757
anti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759
sa
gr
a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760
11.26 Problem seven: Nata and Aks.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761
sa
gr
a . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764
anti and Aks.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 767
sa
11.29 Problem ten: A
gr
a and Aks.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 767
11.30 Is..tadik-ch
ay
a: Another method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 767
11.31 K
ala-lagna, Udaya-lagna and Madhya-lagna . . . . . . . . . . 770
11.32 K
ala-lagna corresponding to sunrise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777
11.33 Madhya-lagna: Meridian ecliptic point . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780
11.34 Dr.kks.epa and Kot.i . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 782
11.35 Parallax in latitude and longitude . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785
Contents
xiii
11.36 Second correction for the Moon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 786

11.37 Ch
ay
a-lambana : Parallax of the gnomon . . . . . . . . . . . 789
11.38 Dr.kkarn.a when the Moon has no latitude . . . . . . . . . . . 792
11.39 Shadow and gnomon when the Moon has latitude . . . . . . 792
CHAPTER 12 Eclipse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 798
12.1 Eclipsed portion at required time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 798
12.2 Time corresponding to a given eclipsed portion . . . . . . . . 802
antara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803
12.4 Orb measure of the planets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804
12.5 Direction of the eclipses and their commencement . . . . . . . 804
12.6 Ayana-valana
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 805
. a-valana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 806
12.7 Aks
12.8 Graphical chart of the eclipse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 808
12.9 Lunar eclipse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809
CHAPTER 13 Vyatp
ata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810
13.1 Occurence of Vyatp
ata
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810
13.2 Derivation of declination of the Moon . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810

13.3 Viks.epa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810
13.4 Viks.epa-calana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 814
13.5 Karn.a
nayana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815
13.6 Determination of Viks.epa-calana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 817
13.7 Time of Vyatp
ata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 819
ata . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 819
CHAPTER 14 Maud.hya and Visibility Correction to Planets . . . . . . . . . . . . 822
14.1 Computation of visibility correction
14.3 Planetary visibility
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 822
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 824
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 826
xiv
Contents
CHAPTER 15 Elevation of the Moons Cusps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 827

15.1 The Dvitya-sphut.a-karn.a of the Sun and the Moon . . . . . . 827
15.2 Distance between the orbs of the Sun and the Moon . . . . . 828
EPILOGUE : Revision of Indian Planetary Model by Nilakan.t.ha
Somayaji (c. 1500 AD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 837
Conventional planetary model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 838

1.1
Exterior planets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 839
1.2
Interior planets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842
Computation of planetary latitudes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844
Planetary model of Nlakan.t.ha Somayaj . . . . . . . . . . . . 846
Geometrical model of planetary motion . . . . . . . . . . . . 850
MALAYALAM TEXT
8571011
APPENDICES
10131059
INDEX
10611084
s.a
Gan.ita-Yukti-Bha
English Translation
Chapters 8 15
Chapter 8
Computation of Planets
8.1
Planetary motion
Now, all planets move in circular orbits. The number of degrees which each
planet moves in its orbit in the course of a day is fixed. There again, the
number of yojana-s moved per day is the same for all planets. For planets
which move along smaller orbits, the circle would be completed in a shorter
time. For those which move along larger orbits, the circle would be completed
only in a longer period. For instance, the Moon would have completely
moved through the twelve signs in 28 days, while Saturn will complete it
only in 30 years. The length of time taken is proportional to the size of the
orbit. The completion of the motion of a planet once in its orbit is called
a bhagan.a of that planet. The number of times that a planet completes its
orbit during a catur-yuga is called its yuga-bhagan.a (revolutions per aeon).
Now, if the Moon is seen with an asterism on a particular day, it will be
seen the next day with the asterism to the east of it. From this, it might be
understood that the Moon has proper motion (relative to the stars), and that
the motion is eastwards. The sequence of the signs can also be understood
to be eastwards. For all these orbits, a particular point is taken as the
commencing point. This point is termed as the first point of Aries (Mes.a
di).
All the circles considered in a sphere are divided into 21,600 equal parts.
Each part is a minute (ili). They are larger in bigger circles and smaller
in smaller circles, the number of parts being the same in all. The number
of minutes that a planet will move along its orbit during the course of a
472
8. Computation of Planets
day is fixed. If one observes the said motion placing himself at the centre
of the orbit of a planet, then the motion of the planet would appear equal
every day. The centre of the planetary orbit is slightly above the centre of
the Earth. The observer is, however, situated on the Earth. Conceive a
circle touching the planet and with the observer at its centre. The observer
would find the planet that much advanced from the first point of Aries as it
has advanced in the said circle. The method by which this is ascertained is
called the computation of the true planet (sphut.a-kriy
a). We state it here,
deferring the specialties to later sections.
8.2
Celestial Sphere (Bhagola)
Now, there is what is called bhagola-madhya (centre of the celestial sphere).

That is a point from where the stars in general are all taken to be at the
same distance. There, it would seem that the centre of the Earth and the
bhagola-madhya are one and the same. Whatever difference there might be,
will be dealt with later.
8.3
Motion of planets: Conception I
First is stated the computation of the true positions of the Sun and the Moon,
for the reason that it is simple. Now, consider a circle with its centre at the
centre of the celestial sphere. This circle is much smaller than the orbital
circle of the planet. The centre of the orbital circle of the planet (grahabhraman. a-vr.tta) will be on the circumference of this (smaller) circle. This
smaller circle is called mandocca-nca-vr.tta (or manda-nca-vr.tta, mandacircle). The orbital circle of the planet is called pratiman. d.ala (eccentric
circle). The centre of the pratiman.d.ala will move on (the circumference of)
the ucca-nca-vr.tta. The rate of motion of this circle (pratiman. d.ala) will be
the rate of motion of the mandocca. The rate of motion of the planet on
the circumference of the pratiman.d.ala will be the same as the mean motion
8.3 Motion of planets: Conception I
473
(madhya-gati) of the planet. The circles should be so constructed that there

is no gap between the centre (of the pratiman. d.ala) and the circumference
(of the manda-vr.tta), both touching each other.
In the methodologies of computation of true planets, where the centre of a
circle is assumed to be moving on the circumference of another circle, the
east-west line of the moving circle should always be conceived to be along
the east-west direction. The transverse of this line, viz., the north-south line,
is the same as the the up-down line (i.e., the u
rdhv
adho-rekh
a). That line
should always be positioned the same way. There should not be any change
in their directions. It is in this way that the motion should be conceived.
This being the case, when the centre of this circle moves a certain extent on
the circumference of a circle of a certain size, it would be that all the parts
of that moving circle would be moving together on the circle of that size.
When the centre of the moving circle has completed one cycle, it would be
that all the parts of the moving circle have also completed one cycle. Here,
for a planet situated on the circumference of a circle, even if it (the planet)
does not have a motion on its own, it would ultimately result that the planet
would be executing a motion along the same (similar) circle, which the centre
of the circle supporting the planet is executing; the rate of motion being the
same as that of the mandocca. (This motion is) similar to the motion of
persons travelling in a vehicle. Thus, this motion of the planet is due to the
motion of the centre of the pratiman. d.ala.
Now, the Sun and the Moon have manda-ncocca-vr.tta-s, with their centres
at the centre of the bhagola (celestial sphere). Further, they have a planetary
orbital circle (graha-bhraman. a-vr.tta) with their centres on the circumference
of these (manda-ncocca-vr.tta-s). The centre of the planetary orbital circle
will move on the circumference of this mandocca-vr.tta with a rate of motion
equal to that of the mandocca. Besides (this motion), the planets will also
move on their orbital circles with their own mean rates of motion. Thus, the
motion of the planets and the graha-bhraman. a-vr.tta-s have to be conceived.
This is the actual situation.
474
8.4
Motion of planets: Conception II
The same result can be achieved also through another conception. Construct
a circle which is similar to the graha-bhraman. a-vr.tta, with its centre at the
centre of the celestial sphere. This is called kaks.y
a-vr.tta (orbital circle).
Construct an ucca-nca-vr.tta (or ncocca-vr.tta) with its centre on the circumference of the above-said (orbital) circle. The size of the ucca-nca-vr.tta
will be the same as stated earlier (in conception I). The centre of the uccanca-vr.tta will move on the circumference of the orbital circle at the rate of
the mean planet. And, along the circumference of the ucca-nca-vr.tta, the
planet will move with the speed of the mandocca. Here the ucca-nca-vr.tta
is the support for the motion of the planet. Then, conceive that the centre
of the ucca-nca-vr.tta has the same rate of motion as had been previously
proposed for the planet on the pratiman. d.ala (eccentric circle). Also, suppose
the rate of motion originally proposed for the centre of the pratiman.d.ala (eccentric circle) earlier, to be the rate of motion of the planet moving on the
ucca-nca-vr.tta, whose centre is now supposed to move on the circumference
of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta (orbital circle). Even in this conception, the result will be
the same. In this case, when the centre of the ucca-nca-vr.tta moves on an
orbital circle equal in size to the eccentric circle, every part of this ucca-ncavr.tta will move on a circle with the same size as the orbital circle. Hence, the
planet moving on the circumference of the ucca-nca-vr.tta, on account of its
support on the (orbital) circle, will consequently be moving on an eccentric
circle of the same size. Here, for the motion of the centre of ucca-nca-vr.tta,
the support is the kaks.y
a-man.d.ala: note its centre; the centre of the eccentric circle, which is the support of the motion of the circumference of the
ucca-nca-vr.tta, will be removed from the (previously mentioned) centre by
the radius of the ucca-nca-vr.tta.
In the present section on (the computation of) true planets, the motion of the
orbital and other circles must be conceived in such a way, that the ( northsouth and east-west) direction lines marked (on them) remain unchanged
in all cases. Then, it is also to be noted that the measure of the circle, on
which the centre of a circle moves, will be same as the measure of the circle
8.5 The position of Ucca
475
on which all its parts move. Therefore, the mean motion of a planet can be
conceived for the centre of the ncocca-vr.tta, which lies on the circumference
of the orbital circle (kaks.y
a-vr.tta), or for the planet on the pratiman. d.ala,
which has its support on the circumference of this (i.e., ncocca-vr.tta with
centre at the centre of the celestial sphere), since in both cases the result
is the same. In other words, for computing the true planet it is sufficient
to have the two circles, the kaks.y
a-man.d.ala (orbital circle) with its centre
at the centre of the bhagola, and the ucca-nca-vr.tta with its centre on the
circumference of the kaks.y
a-man.d.ala; or the ucca-nca-vr.tta with its centre
at the centre of the bhagola and the pratiman. d.ala (eccentric circle) with its
centre on the circumference of the ucca-nca-vr.tta. One can also have all the
four circles.
8.5
The position of Ucca
Now, find the deviation from the first point of Aries of the apogee of the
Moon (candra-tunga)
as calculated by the rule of three. Mark that point on

the ucca-nca-vr.tta, whose centre is at the centre of the bhagola, and with
that as the centre, construct the eccentric circle. The location of the mean
planet must be marked on the circumference of the eccentric circle by finding
the mean position using the rule of three. Let the centre of the ucca-ncavr.tta be marked on the circumference of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta at the point where
the mean planet should be. Then, place the planet on the circumference
of the ucca-nca-vr.tta where the apogee (tunga)
should be. In this model,

the planet will be located at that point of intersection of the circumferences
of the ucca-nca-vr.tta on the kaks.y
a-vr.tta and the pratiman.d.ala, which is
close to the location of the ucca. (In fact) the circumferences of these circles
intersect at two places. The planet will be at that point of intersection of the
circumferences which happens to be in the region of the ucca (ucca-pradesa).
8.6
Ucca, Madhyama and Sphut.a
When the ucca and madhya as derived using the rule of three coincide, then
the centres of all the four circles will be on the same line. Assuming this
476
(phenomenon) to occur on the east-west line (p

urva-s
utra), herein below is
described how to ascertain the difference between the ucca and the madhya
and the motion of the circles and of the planet.
There, the centre of the kaks.y
a-man.d.ala and that of the ucca-nca-vr.tta
have been presumed to be at the centre of the bhagola. The centre of the
pratiman. d.ala had been presumed to be at the eastern point on the uccanca-vr.tta. Now, presume another ucca-nca-vr.tta on the east-west line itself
with its centre on the circumference of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta. The tip of the
east-west line of this (second) ucca-nca-vr.tta and the tip of the east-west
line of the pratiman. d.ala will touch one another. Since the intersection of
the circumferences of the ucca-nca-vr.tta and of the pratiman.d.ala is at the
tip of the east-west line, the planet will also be at the tip of the east-west
line. At this moment, since the line from the centre of the kaks.y
a-man.d.ala
and that from the centre of the pratiman. d.ala touching the planet are the
same, there is no difference between the true and mean planets. Now, the
difference between the true and mean (positions of the planet) commences
from this situation where the mean meets the ucca.
8.7
Computation of true Sun
First, the procedure for obtaining true Sun is being explained. Since, the
motion of the centre of the pratiman. d.ala in this case is so small, it might
be considered as if the motion does not exist. The advantage in this presumption is that it would then be sufficient to consider the motion of the
planet alone. This is so in the first conception. In the second conception, we
suppose that the centre of the ucca-nca-vr.tta alone moves on the circumference of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta; then also, the result will be the same. It will
also be advantageous to explain the two types of motion considering them
simultaneously.
Now, when the madhya has moved three signs from its ucca, the centre of
the ucca-nca-vr.tta will be (at the north-point) on the circumference of the
8.7 Computation of true Sun
477
kaks.y
a-vr.tta. Also, the east-point of the ucca-nca-vr.tta would be touching the north-point of the pratiman.d.ala. The planet will be at that point
at that time. Here, the motion of the planet on the circumference of the
pratiman.d.ala and the motion of the centre of the ucca-nca-vr.tta on the
circumference of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta would be the same.
Now, two bodies, starting from the same point and at the same time and
moving at the same rate on circles having the same dimension, actually
move through the same degrees in their respective circles. Hence, when
the planet and the centre of the ucca-nca-vr.tta have travelled through onefourth the circumference in their respective circles, they will be at the northpoint of their circles. Here, the east-west line (p
urva-s
utra) common to the
kaks.y
a-vr.tta and the pratiman. d.ala is called ucca-nca-s
utra. (This is called
so) because it touches the points on the circumference of the pratiman. d.ala
farthest from (i.e., ucca), and nearest to (i.e., nca), the centre of the bhagola.
Here, the madhyama would be on the pratiman.d.ala at a distance of three
signs from the east-point.
Now, the sphut.a (true longitude of the planet) is equal to the distance moved
on that circle, whose centre is the centre of the bhagola and whose radius
is equal to the line joining the said centre and the planet. Here, when the
(mean) planet is on the circumference of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta at the north point,
the sphut.a would have moved three signs from the ucca. Therefore, when
the madhyama has moved three signs, the planet would be towards the east
of the north-point of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta, at a distance separated from it by
the radius of the ucca-nca-vr.tta. Hence, at that moment, the difference
between the sphut.a and madhyama will be equal to the radius of the uccanca-vr.tta. In other words, the sphut.a will be less than the madhyama by a
measure equal to the radius of the ucca-nca-vr.tta when it (the madhyama)
has moved by three signs.
Now, the circle that is constructed with its centre at the centre of the bhagola
and with radius equal to the distance therefrom to the planet, would be called
karn.a-vr.tta (hypotenuse-circle). Since this circle and the kaks.y
a-vr.tta have
478
their centres at one place, the number of minutes of arc (ili) in both are the
same. Hence, the mean planet, which has been presumed (above) to be at
the centre of the ucca-nca-vr.tta on the circumference of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta at
the tip of its north-line, can be assumed to be at the north-point of the karn.avr.tta. Now, the difference from that point (the mean planet on the karn.avr.tta) to the point where the planet lies, will be the sput.a-madhy
antar
alac
apa (arc of the difference between the true and mean). Hence, this sphut.amadhy
antar
ala-c
apa would be got by taking the radius of the ucca-nca-vr.tta
as the jy
a (Rsine) in the karn.a-vr.tta and finding its arc. Now, since the
madhyama has moved by three signs from the east-point which is on the
ucca-s
utra, if this sphut.a-madhy
antar
ala-c
apa is subtracted from three signs,
the remaining part will be the difference between the planet and the uccas
utra on the circumference of the karn.a-vr.tta. When the ucca (the longitude
of apogee) is added to this, the true position of the planet from the first point
of Aries will result. The above result for the true planet, i.e., how far has
the planet moved in the karn.a-vr.tta, can be obtained even by subtracting,
from the madhyama, that portion of the arc in the hypotenuse circle which
is equal to the difference between sphut.a and madhyama.
Now, when it has been conceived that the ucca is on the east-line and the
madhya is at the ucca, it has also been conceived that the planet is at the
east-point of the pratiman. d.ala, and that the centre of the ucca-nca-vr.tta is
at the east-point of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta. In both these conceptions, the east-line
is the same for both the kaks.y
a-vr.tta and the pratiman. d.ala. Thus, since the
minutes of motion is the same (in both these conceptions) at that instant,
the mean and the true are also the same.
Now, when the planet and the centre of the ucca-nca-vr.tta, both of which
have the same rate of motion, move by three signs, the planet will reach the
north-point on the pratiman.d.ala and the centre of the ucca-nca-vr.tta will
be at the north-point of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta. While the centre of the ucca-ncavr.tta is conceived to move in such a manner that there is also no change in
the direction lines (drawn on these circles), the planet will not deviate from
the east-point of the ucca-nca-vr.tta. Therefore, at that time, the difference
479
between the true and mean planet (sphut.a-madhy

antar
ala) will be equal to
the radius of the ucca-nca-vr.tta.
Then, when it moves by another quarter of a circle, (i.e., three signs), the
planet will be at the west-point on the pratiman. d.ala, and the centre of the
ucca-nca-vr.tta will be on the west-point of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta. Then also it will
be the case that the planet is at the east-point of the ucca-nca-vr.tta. Since,
the west-line of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta is the same as that of the pratiman. d.ala,
and the minutes of arc at that place is also the same, the true and the
mean planets are the same even at that situation. Thus, even when the
madhyama and the nca are the same, there will be no difference between
the true (sphut.a) and the mean (madhyama).
Now, when the two move by still another quarter of a circle, they will be
at the south-point. Here also, since the planet is at the east-point of the
ucca-nca-vr.tta, the centre of the ucca-nca-vr.tta is to the west of the planet,
by a measure equal to the radius of the ucca-nca-vr.tta. Hence, here, the arc
of the radius of the ucca-nca-vr.tta should be added to the madhyama. That
will be the true planet (sphut.a). Again, moving three signs further, when
(the planet) reaches the ucca, there will be no difference between the sphut.a
and the madhyama.
Thus, the increase and decrease in the difference between sphut.a and madhyama occur, starting from the conjunction of the (madhyama and) ucca,
in accordance with the quarter of the circle (vr.tta-p
ada) occupied by the
madhyama. It is significant to note that if the jy
a (Rsine) of the difference
between the ucca and the madhyama on the pratiman. d.ala is converted by
the rule of three to the ucca-nca-vr.tta, then it will be the jy
a (Rsine) of the
difference between the true and the mean planet.
If it is asked, how it is so (here is the explanation): Now, consider the line
drawn from the centre of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta passing through the centre of the
ucca-nca-vr.tta, which is on the circumference of the former, and meeting
the circumference on the other side (outer side of the ucca-nca-vr.tta). This
480
line, will represent the minutes of the madhyama-graha. Now, the planet
is situated at the point where the east-line of the ucca-nca-vr.tta and its
circumference meet the circumference of the pratiman.d.ala. The difference
between the planet at that point and the minutes of arc of the madhyama is
the madhyama-sphut. a
ntara. Now, that line is the madhya-s
utra which cuts
the two points of the ucca-nca-vr.tta that are farthest from, and nearest to,
the centre of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta. Therefore, the tip of this line on ucca-ncavr.tta is the ucca. Hence, the Rsine of the arc in the ucca-nca-vr.tta, which is
the traversed portion between the ucca on the ucca-nca-vr.tta and (the tip
of) the east-line (on it), would be the interstice between the true and mean
planets.
Now, if the centre of the ucca-nca-vr.tta is at the east-point on the circumference of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta, then the tip of east-line on the ucca-nca-vr.tta will be
the location of the ucca-point. If, however, the centre of the ucca-nca-vr.tta
is at the north-east corner in the kaks.y
a-vr.tta, the north-east point of the
ucca-nca-vr.tta would be the ucca-point. If the centre is at the northpoint,
the ucca will be at that point. Thus, the difference between the east-line (of
the kaks.y
a-vr.tta) which has been conceived as the ucca-line, and the centre
of the ucca-nca-vr.tta whose centre is on the kaks.y
a-vr.tta, will be equal to the
interstice between the east-line and the ucca-point on the ucca-nca-vr.tta, in
its own measure. Now, calculate the Rsine of the arc on the kaks.y
a-vr.tta,
between ucca and madhyama. Convert this, by the rule of three, into Rsine
on the ucca-nca-vr.tta. This Rsine will be the Rsine of the difference between
the ucca (sphut.a?) and madhyama. The Rsine of the difference between the
sphut.a and the madhyama will be obtained, even if the rule of three is applied using the Rsine of the arc between the planet and the ucca-point on
the circumference of the pratiman. d.ala. Moreover, the separation between the
ucca-s
utra and the planet in the pratiman.d.ala is the same as the separation
between ucca-s
utra and the planet on the ucca-nca-vr.tta.
Here, when the planet makes one revolution starting from the ucca-point
which has been conceived as the east-point on the pratiman. d.ala, the uccapoint on the ucca-nca-vr.tta will also complete one revolution. Hence, the
8.8 Computation of the Karn.a
481
difference between the ucca-s

utra and the planet in the pratiman.d.ala, and
the difference between the ucca-s
utra and the planet on the ucca-nca-vr.tta
are equal in degrees. Therefore, when the Rsine of the difference between
the ucca and madhyama is multiplied by the radius of the ucca-nca-vr.tta
and divided by Rsine of three signs (trijy
a or radius), we will get the Rsine
of the difference between the sphut.a and madhyama. If this Rsine is taken as
the Rsine on the karn.a-vr.tta and converted to arc, and applied to the mean
planet, the true planet will be obtained.
8.8
Computation of the Karn.a
Now is stated the method of the computation of the Rsines in the karn.avr.tta. Here, the ucca-s
utra is the line drawn from the centre of the kaks.y
avr.tta and passing through the centre of the pratiman. d.ala and touching the
circumference of the pratiman. d.ala (on the other side). As stated above, it has
been taken as the east-line. The (extended) part of that line towards the west
is the nca-s
utra. And the entire line is termed ucca-nca-s
utra. Consider the
Rsine of the arc on the pratiman. d.ala from the planet to this s
utra; that Rsine
will be the Rsine of the portion corresponding to the madhyamaminusucca.
This segment has its tip at the planet and the base on the ucca-nca-s
utra.
This will be the bhuj
a (lateral) for deriving the radius of the karn.a-vr.tta
(hypotenuse-circle). The kot.i (upright ) is the distance from the base of the
Rsine to the centre of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta. And the karn.a (hypotenuse) is the
distance from the centre of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta to the planet.
Now, when the planet is at the ucca (on the circumference) of the pratiman.d.ala, the kot.i would be the difference (sum?) of the Rcosine of the ucca
minusmadhyama and the radius of the ucca-nca-vr.tta. When, however, the
planet is at the nca on the pratiman.d.ala, the kot.i would be the difference of
the Rcosine of the uccaminusmadhyama and the radius of the ucca-ncavr.tta. The Rcosine of the uccaminusmadhyama is the distance from the
centre of the pratiman. d.ala to the base of the Rsine. The radius of the uccanca-vr.tta would be the distance between the centre of the pratiman.d.ala and
the centre of the kaks.y
a-man.d.ala.
482
When, the planet is to the east of the north-south line passing through the
centre of the pratiman. d.ala, the kot.i of the hypotenuse circle (karn.a-vr.ttakot.i) would be the sum of the Rcosine (found) with respect to the centre
(of the pratiman.d.ala) and the radius of the ucca-nca-vr.tta. If, however, the
planet is to the west of the north-south line passing through the centre of
the pratiman.d.ala (and lies just below it), then the base of the Rsine would
fall inside the ucca-nca-vr.tta (drawn at the centre of bhagola). Now, if the
base of the Rsine is to the east of the north-south line of the ucca-ncavr.tta, situated at the centre of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta, the Rcosine would be the
distance from the base of the Rsine to the circumference of the ucca-ncavr.tta. When this (segment) lying inside the ucca-nca-vr.tta, is subtracted
from the radius of the ucca-nca-vr.tta, the remainder, which is the distance
between the centre of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta and the base of the Rsine, would be
the kot.i for the hypotenuse circle. However, if the base of the Rsine is to
the west of the north-south line of the ucca-nca-vr.tta situated at the centre
of the kaks.ya-vr.tta, the kot.i of hypotenuse circle would be the Rcosine from
the centre (of the pratiman.d.ala) minus the radius of the ucca-nca-vr.tta.
Now, madhyaminusucca is stated to be the kendra. When the bhuj
a and
kot.i thus obtained and related to the karn.a-vr.tta, are squared added together
and the square root of the sum is calculated, the result obtained will be the
distance between the centre of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta and the planet, which is
equal to the radius of the the karn.a-vr.tta in terms of the minutes of arc
of the pratiman.d.ala. When this itself is measured in terms of the minutes
of arc of the hypotenuse circle, it would be equal to trijy
a (Rsine of three
signs). Now, if (the circumference of) any circle is divided by 21,600, each
part would be equal to one minute in that circle. And the radius of the circle
would be equal to Rsine of three signs (trijy
a) in its own measure. Hence,
it was said that (the radius of the hypotenuse circle) measured in terms of
the minutes of arc of the hypotenuse circle, would be equal to trijy
a. Since
there would be increase and decrease in the (dimension of) mandocca-ncavr.tta on account of (the increase and decrease of) the manda-karn.a (the
hypotenuse), it (i.e., the dimension of the mandocca-nca-vr.tta) is always
measured in terms of the minutes of arc of the hypotenuse circle. Only when
8.9 Alternative method for finding the Karn.a
483
this hypotenuse is calculated by avises.a (iteration) will it be converted to

minutes of arc of the pratiman. d.ala. Thus (has been explained) the method
of knowing the measure on the karn.a-vr.tta from the minutes of arc of the
pratiman.d.ala.
8.9
Alternative method for finding the Karn.a
Here is an alternative method of deriving (the hypotenuse). Now, the line

starting from the centre of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta passing through the centre of
the ucca-nca-vr.tta (which is) on the circumference of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta, and
meeting its circumference (i.e., the circumference of the ucca-nca-vr.tta), is
called madhyama-s
utra, as mentioned earlier. The (perpendicular) distance
from this line to the planet is the difference between the madhyama and
sphut.a. This is called bhuj
a-phala (or doh.-phala). Take this as having its
tip at the planet and base on the madhyama-s
utra. The kot.i-phala would be
the distance from the foot of the bhuj
a and the centre of the ucca-nca-vr.tta
which is on the circumference of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta.
If the planet happens to be situated on (the portion of the circumference
of) the pratiman. d.ala which is outside the circumference of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta,
the foot of the bhuj
a-phala would also be outside the circumference of the
kaks.y
a-vr.tta. In that case, if the kot.i-phala is added to the radius of the
kaks.y
a-vr.tta, the result will be the interstice between the foot of the bhuj
aphala and the centre of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta. If, on the other hand, the planet is
on the (portion of the) circumference of the pratiman.d.ala which happens to
be inside the circumference of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta, the foot of the bhuj
a-phala
would be inside the circumference of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta. Then, the kot.i-phala
subtracted from the radius of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta will give the interstice between
the base of the bhuj
a-phala and the centre of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta. Then, take
the difference between the foot of the bhuj
a-phala and the centre of the
kaks.y
a-vr.tta as the kot.i and the bhuj
a-phala as the bhuj
a. Square the two,
add together (the results) and find the root; the result would be the distance
between the planet and the centre of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta, in terms of the minutes
484
of arc of the pratiman.d.ala, which is the same as the karn.a obtained earlier.
Thus the radius of the karn.a-vr.tta can be derived in two ways.
Now, it is learnt from the madhyama as to how far the planet has moved
in the pratiman. d.ala. The karn.a has been derived above, using which the
distance through which the planet has moved on the karn.a-vr.tta can be
found.
8.10
Viparta-karn.a (Inverse hypotenuse)
Now, is explained the method to derive the radius of the kaks.y

a-vr.tta and
the pratiman. d.ala from the minutes of arc of hypotenuse-circle (karn.a-vr.tta).
Since the working here is just the opposite of the derivation of the hypotenuse, this is called the (method for) inverse hypotenuse (viparta-karn.a).
Here, in the computation of the manda-sphut.a, the difference between the
madhya and sphut.a is measured in terms of the minutes of arc of the mandakarn.a-vr.tta. When the bhuj
a-phala, which is Rsine of the difference between
madhya and sphut.a, is squared and subtracted from the square of the radius
(trijy
a) and the square root found, the result will be the interstice between
a-phala and the centre of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta. Subtract the
kot.i-phala from this, if the base of the bhuj
a-phala is outside the circumference of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta, and add otherwise. The result will be the radius of
the kaks.y
a-vr.tta in terms of the minutes of arc of the karn.a-vr.tta.
8.11
Another method for Viparta-karn.a
Here is another method to derive the radius of the pratiman. d.ala in terms of
the minutes of arc of the karn.a-vr.tta. Now, the bhuj
a-jy
a or the Rsine of the
difference between the ucca and sphut.a is in terms of the minutes of arc of the
karn.a-vr.tta. As is well known, sphut.a is the distance moved by the planet on
the karn.a-vr.tta. The bhuj
a-jy
a referred to above has its foot in the ncocca
line and its tip at the planet. The Rcosine of the difference between the
8.12 Still another method for Viparta-karn.a
485
sphut.a and ucca is the distance from the foot of the bhuj
a and the centre of
the kaks.y
a-vr.tta. Subtract from this the radius of the ucca-nca-vr.tta which
is the distance between the centres of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta and the pratiman. d.ala,
in case the foot of the bhuj
a-jy
a is outside the circumference of the ucca-ncavr.tta, otherwise add. Square the kot.i which is left, and the bhuj
a-jy
a, add
them and find the root. The result will be the distance from the centre of
the pratiman.d.ala to the planet, which is the radius of the pratiman.d.ala in
terms of the minutes of arc of the karn.a-vr.tta.
8.12
Still another method for Viparta-karn.a
Now, a method is given to derive the radius (of the pratiman. d.ala) using the
bhuj
a-phala and the kot.i-phala corresponding to the difference between the
sphut.a and the ucca. Now, what is called the Rsine of the difference between
sphut.a and ucca is the Rsine of the arc between the line passing through the
planet and the ucca-nca line on the karn.a-vr.tta. When this Rsine of the arc
between the two lines (s
utra-s) is conceived with respect to the ucca-ncavr.tta at the centre of the karn.a-vr.tta, it will be the Rsine of the difference
between the sphut.a and the ucca (i.e., doh.-phala). This doh.-phala should be
conceived to have its tip at the centre of the pratiman. d.ala and its foot on
the planet-line. The interstice between the foot of this doh.-phala and the
centre of the karn.a-vr.tta on the planet-line will be the kot.i-phala here. And
the karn.a minus this kot.i-phala will be the kot.i. Here, the bhuj
a is the doh.phala. When the two are squared, added together and the root calculated,
the result will be the distance between the centre of the pratiman. d.ala and
planet, which is the radius of the pratiman.d.ala in terms of the minutes of
arc of the karn.a-vr.tta.
This will be the case when the planet is in the ucca region (eastern half of the
pratiman.d.ala). If it is in the nca region (western half of the pratiman. d.ala)
there is a distinction. Here, the interstice between the nca-line and the
planet-line on the karn.a-vr.tta is the Rsine of difference between the sphut.a
and the ucca. This interstice in the ncocca-vr.tta will be the doh.-phala.
486
Now, there is, on the other side of the nca-s

utra, the remaining portion
of the ucca-nca-s
utra; extend the planet-line also to that side through the
centre of the karn.a-vr.tta. Now, in this case also, the Rsine of the arc between
the extension of the planet-line and the ucca-line is indeed the above-said
bhuj
a-phala. Here also conceive the doh.-phala with its tip at the centre of
the pratiman.d.ala and with its foot on the extended tail of the planet-line.
The kot.i-phala is the distance between the foot of the doh.-phala and the
centre of the karn.a-vr.tta along the extension of the planet-line. When this
kot.i-phala is added to the (portion of the) planet-line, which is the radius
of the karn.a-vr.tta, the result will be the distance from the planet to the
foot of the said doh.-phala. If the square of this is added to the square of
the doh.-phala and the square root is taken, the result will be the distance
from the planet to the centre of the pratiman.d.ala which is the radius of the
pratiman. d.ala in terms of the minutes of arc of the karn.a-vr.tta. It is to be
noted that taking the intervening Rsines in reverse direction does not cause
any change in their measures.
Thus has been stated the methods for deriving the radius of the kaks.y
avr.tta and the pratiman. d.ala in terms of the minutes of arc of the karn.a-vr.tta.
The result so obtained, is called the viparta-karn.a (reverse-hypotenuse).
Now, the karn.a is nothing but the radius of the karn.a-vr.tta measured in
terms of the minutes of arc of the pratiman. d.ala. Since, instead, we employed the reverse process what we obtained is the viparta-karn.a (inverse
hypotenuse). If the square of the radius is divided by this viparta-karn.a, the
result would be the karn.a (hypotenuse) which is the radius of the karn.a-vr.tta
measured in terms of the minutes of the pratiman.d.ala. Here, the radius of
the pratiman. d.ala specified in its (pratiman. d.ala-vr.ttas) own measure in minutes (anantapur
am
a (Rsine of
. sam or 21,600 equal parts), is equal to trijy
three signs) and it is equal to the viparta-karn.a when measured in terms
of the minutes of arc of the karn.a-vr.tta. The radius of the karn.a-vr.tta is
equal to the trijy
a when specified in its own measure. Now, what would it
be if measured in terms of the minutes of arc of the pratiman.d.ala, has to
be calculated by the rule of three. The result would be the radius of the
karn.a-vr.tta measured in terms of the minutes of arc of the pratiman. d.ala.
8.13 Manda-sphut.a from the Madhyama
8.13
487
Manda-sphut.a from the Madhyama
Now, find the Rsine of the arc madhyamaminusucca. That will be the
Rsine of the portion of the pratiman.d.ala lying between the planet and the
ucca-nca-s
utra. If this Rsine is measured in terms of the minutes of arc of
the karn.a-vr.tta and converted into arc, the result will be the portion of the
karn.a-vr.tta lying between the planet and the ucca-nca-s
utra. When this
arc is applied to the ucca or nca, the angle covered by the planet along the
karn.a-vr.tta is obtained. And this will be the sphut.a (true position of the
planet).
We have here the rule of three: The radius of the karn.a-vr.tta in terms of
the minutes of arc of the pratiman. d.ala is equal to the karn.a. This is the
pram
an.a. When the said radius is in terms of the minutes of arc of the
karn.a-vr.tta, it is equal to trijy
a. This is the pram
an.a-phala. The icch
a is the
Rsine of (the portion of) the pratiman. d.ala lying between the planet and the
ucca-nca-s
utra. And, that itself, when converted in terms of the minutes
of arc and treated as a Rsine of the karn.a-vr.tta, would be the icch
a-phala.
When this is applied to the ucca or to the nca in accordance to its nearness
to either, it is the sphut.a (true planet). This process of obtaining sphut.a is
called pratiman. d.ala-sphut.a.
Now, the Rsine of sphut.aminusucca will be the icch
a-phala which has been
mentioned above. The Rsine of madhyaminusucca will be the icch
a-r
asi.
Therefore, when the icch
a-phala is considered as pram
an. a, the icch
a-r
asi is
taken as pram
an.a-phala and the radius of the karn.a-vr.tta which is equal to
trijy
a taken as icch
a-r
asi (and the rule of three applied), the icch
a-phala
got would be the karn.a mentioned above. Here, since the Rsine of madhya
minusucca is the Rsine of a portion of the pratiman. d.ala, it is in terms of
the minutes of arc of the pratiman. d.ala. This is the very Rsine of sphut.a
minusucca also. Further, the two Rsines are equal, because this segment
is perpendicular to the ucca-s
utra and represents the distance between the
planet and the ucca-s
utra. The difference is only because of employing different units for measurement. Since the arc of the sphut.a-kendra (sphut.a
488
minusucca) is a portion of the karn.a-vr.tta, the Rsine of sphut.a-kendra is in

terms of the minutes of arc of the karn.a-vr.tta. That is, this Rsine is nothing
but the Rsine of sphut.a-kendra in terms of minutes of the karn.a-vr.tta. When
this itself is measured in terms of the arc of the pratiman.d.ala, it is Rsine of
madhya-kendra (madhyaminusucca). If this is equal to trijy
a when measured in terms of the arc of the karn.a-vr.tta, by finding what it will be in
terms of the minutes of arc of the pratiman.d.ala (using rule of three), we
obtain the karn.a that was stated earlier.
The karn.a may also be obtained thus. In this connection, a doubt might
arise as to how the bhuj
a-phala of the madhya-kendra would be in terms of
the minutes of arc of the karn.a-vr.tta, when Rsine of madhya-kendra is in
terms of the minutes of arc of the pratiman.d.ala. Here is the answer: When
the karn.a is large, the mandocca-nca-vr.tta would also be correspondingly
large. When the karn.a is smaller than trijy
a, the mandocca-nca-vr.tta would
also be correspondingly smaller. Hence, the Rsine in this circle would always
be in terms of the minutes of arc of the karn.a-vr.tta. Hence it is that the
manda-karn.a can be derived in this manner. It is again the reason why it
is not necessary to resort to the rule of three to convert the madhya-kendrabhuj
a-phala to minutes of arc of the karn.a-vr.tta, when it has to be applied to
the madhyama. In this manner, since there is an increase and decrease of the
dimension of the mandocca-nca-vr.tta in accordance with the manda-karn.a,
there is this distinction for the manda-karn.a and for the sphut.a derived from
the manda-bhuj
a-phala. (On the contrary), in the sghra (phala) there is no
increase or decrease in the dimension of sghrocca-nca-vr.tta with reference
to its karn.a. Thus (has been stated) the derivation of manda-sphut.a.
8.14
Sighra-sphut
. a (True planets): General
Next is stated the process of sghra-sphut. a. Since the centre of the mandancocca-vr.tta of the Sun and the Moon is at the centre of the bhagola, for
the Sun and the Moon the manda-sphut.a as computed will give their (true)
motion in the bhagola. For Mars and other planets, if we presume a circle

8.14 Sighra-sphut
489
with its centre as the centre of the bhagola and joining the planet, the (true)
motion in the bhagola would be equal to the measure by which it (the planet)
has moved in that circle. The speciality of (Mars and other planets) is this:
There is a sghra-ncocca-vr.tta with its centre at the centre of the bhagola.
The manda-ncocca-vr.tta moves on the circumference of that (sghra-ncoccavr.tta) at the rate of the sghrocca. Hence, at a particular moment, the
centre of the manda-ncocca-vr.tta is that point on the circumference of the
sghra-ncocca-vr.tta, where the sghrocca would lie. The mandocca moves on
this circle (manda-ncocca-vr.tta). Now, presume a pratiman. d.ala circle with
its centre on the manda-ncocca-vr.tta, at that point where the mandocca is
located on the manda-ncocca-vr.tta. Presume also that the planet (grahabimba) moves on the circumference of this pratiman. d.ala. Then, the extent of
motion of the planet at any time along the circumference of the pratiman. d.ala
as measured from Mes.a
di, is known by the madhyama or the mean planet.
Now, presume another circle with its centre at the centre of the mandancocca-vr.tta and touching the planet. This circle is called manda-karn.avr.tta. Manda-sphut.a is ascertained by calculating how much the planet has
moved from Mes.a
di on this manda-karn.a-vr.tta by taking it as the pratiman.d.ala. Now, presume a circle with its centre at the centre of the sghrancocca-vr.tta and touching (i.e., having at its circumference at) the planet.
This (circle) is called sghra-karn. a-vr.tta. The sghra-sphut.a (true planet)
is known by ascertaining the the number of signs etc., through which the
planet has moved in this circle from Mes.a
di.
ghra-sphut.a can be ascertained by presuming the manda-karn.a-vr.tta as the
S
pratiman.d.ala and the manda-sphut. a-graha as the mean planet (madhyama)
and carrying out computations in a manner similar to that (followed in the
case) of manda-sphut.a, and thus the number of signs etc. traversed by the
planet from Mes.a
di, in the sghra-karn. a-vr.tta, would be obtained.
There is a special feature in the case sghra-sphut. a. Here, if the sghrabhuj
a-phala is calculated and measured in terms of the minutes of arc of the
sghra-karn.a , it will become a jy
a (Rsine) of the sghra-karn. a-vr.tta. If this is
490
converted into arc and applied, the result would be the distance traversed by
the planet in the sghra-karn. a-vr.tta. For this purpose, the sghra-bhuj
a-phala
should be multiplied by trijy
a and divided by the sghra-karn.a. Since the
sghra-bhuj
a-phala is obtained in terms of the minutes of manda-karn.a-vr.tta,
it should be multiplied by trijy
a and divided by sghra-karn.a. In this way, the
sghra-bhuj
a-phala is in terms of the minutes of arc of the sghra-karn.a-vr.tta.
Here, in order to get the manda-bhuj
a-phala in terms of manda-karn.a-vr.tta,
it is not necessary to do such an application of the rule of three. If the
manda-kendra-jy
a-s are multiplied by the radius of the mandocca-nca-vr.tta
and divided by trijy
a, the result will be in terms of the minutes of arc of
the manda-karn.a-vr.tta. The reason for this is this: when the manda-karn.a
becomes large, the mandocca-nca-vr.tta will also become large; when it becomes small, the other will also become small. Thus, the manda-bhuj
a-phala
and kot.i-phala are always measured in terms of the degrees of the mandakarn.a-vr.tta. On the other hand, there is no increase or decrease for the
sghrocca-nca-vr.tta in relation to the sghra-karn.a-vr.tta. Hence, the sghraa-phala will be only in terms of the pratiman.d.ala.
kot.i-phala and sghra-bhuj
So, in order to reduce them in terms of the sghra-karn. a-vr.tta, another application of the rule of three is required.
When the dimensions of the manda-ncocca-vr.tta and sghra-ncocca-vr.tta
were given earlier, it was in terms of the dimensions of their own pratiman.d.ala.
Hence, they have to be first determined in terms of the minutes of arc of
the pratiman. d.ala. But, there is a distinction: the manda-ncocca-vr.tta has
increase and decrease, but the sghra-ncocca-vr.tta has no increase and decrease.
Now, the jy
a-s for the differences between the manda-sphut. a-graha and its
sghrocca are called sghra-kendra-jy
a-s . Since these jy
a-s are measured in
the manda-karn.a-vr.tta they are in terms of the minutes of arc of the mandakarn.a. Since the sghra-vr.tta is measured in terms of the pratiman. d.ala, if
the sghrocca-nca-vr.tta and its radius, which is the sghr
antya-phala, are
multiplied by trijy
a and divided by the manda-karn.a, the results will be
the sghrocca-nca-vr.tta and its radius in terms of the manda-karn.a-vr.tta. If

8.14 Sighra-sphut
491
these are considered as pram

an.a and phala, and also the manda-karn.a-vr.tta,
measured in terms of the minutes of arc of itself, and its radius are considered
as pram
an. a and phala and the sghra-kendra-bhuj
a and kot.i as icch
a-r
asi,
(and the rule of three applied), the icch
a-phala-s thereby obtained would
be the sghra-bhuj
a-phala and sghra-kot. i-phala in terms of the minutes of
arc of the manda-karn.a-vr.tta. Then, apply this kot.i-phala to the radius of
the manda-karn.a-vr.tta which is equal to trijy
a as measured by itself; add
its square to the square of the bhuj
a-phala, and find the square root. The
result would be the distance, in terms of the manda-karn.a-vr.tta, from the
planet to the centre of the sghrocca-nca-vr.tta which is also the centre of the
bhagola. This will be the sghra-karn.a. This (sghra-karn. a) can be computed
in different ways.
The sghra-antya-phala which has been measured in terms of the mandakarn.a-vr.tta, has to be added or subtracted, depending on whether it is
Makar
adi or Karky
adi, to the sghra-kot.i-jy
a; the result thus obtained and
the sghra-kendra-bhuj
a-jy
a have to be squared, added together and the
square root found; this will be the sghra-karn. a, the one which is stated
earlier.
Here, if the manda-sphut.a-graha and the sghrocca, which is the a
dityamadhyama (mean Sun), are subtracted from each other, the result will be
sghra-kendra. The bhuj
a and kot.i-jy
a-s of this are measured in terms of the
minutes of arc in the manda-karn.a-vr.tta. Since these are the jy
a-s measured
in this circle, if they are multiplied by the manda-karn.a and divided by
trijy
a, the result will be jy
a-s of the manda-karn.a-vr.tta measured in terms of
the minutes of arc of the pratiman.d.ala. Now, if these are multiplied by the
sghr
antya-phala (radius of the sghrocca-nca-vr.tta) stated earlier in terms of
the dimensions of the pratiman.d.ala and divided by the manda-karn.a, we get
the sghra-bhuj
a-phala and sghra-kot.i-phala in terms of the minutes of arc
of the pratiman. d.ala. Now, if the kot.i-phala thus obtained is applied to the
manda-karn.a, and its square and the square of this bhuj
a-phala are added
together and the root found, the result will be sghra-karn.a in terms of the
degrees of the pratiman.d.ala.
492
Again, if the sghra-kendra-kot. i-jy

a and the antya-phala which are measured
in terms of the minutes of arc of the pratiman.d.ala are added to or subtracted from each other, as the case may be, and the square of the result
and the square of the bhuj
a-jy
a are added together and the square root found,
then also will be obtained the sghra-karn.a in terms of the degrees of the
pratiman. d.ala.
Now, multiply the sghra-kendra-bhuj
a-jy
a by the trijy
a and divide by the
(sghra) karn.a. The result will be the jy
a of the interstice between the planet
and the sghrocca-nca-s
utra, in terms of the minutes of arc of the sghrakarn.a-vr.tta. If this is converted to arc and applied to the sghrocca, one can
find the position of the planet in the sghra-karn. a-vr.tta which has its centre
at the bhagola-madhya. Now, multiply the bhuj
a-phala by trijy
a and divide
by the (sghra) karn.a and find the arc. Apply it to the manda-sphut.a-graha,
and this will be the sphut.a as above. Here, if either the bhuj
a-jy
a or the
bh
uj
a-phala, measured in terms of the manda-karn.a, is multiplied by trijy
a,
it has to be divided by the sghra-karn.a which is in terms of the minutes of
arc of the manda-karn.a. (On the other hand) if it is measured in terms of
the minutes of arc of the pratiman. d.ala, then the division has to be made by
the sghra-karn.a measured in terms of the pratiman. d.ala. This is the only
distinction.
J
na
ta-bhoga-graha-vr.tta is that circle on whose circumference the planets
motion is known. This is taken to be the pratiman.d.ala. Then, we have
the circle passing through the planet with an appropriate centre (bhagolamadhya), on whose circumference the portion traversed is desired to be
found. Such a circle is called j
neya-bhoga-graha-vr.tta. This circle is taken to
be the karn.a-vr.tta. Then we construct a circle whose centre is the same as
that of the j
neya-bhoga-graha-vr.tta and whose circumference passes through
the centre of the j
na
ta-bhoga-graha-vr.tta. Such a circle is called ucca-kendravr.tta. Constituting the three circles as above, derive the karn.a according to
the sghra-ny
aya, and find the sphut.a as instructed above. If this is done, we
can ascertain the motion of the planet on a circle with the desired centre,
and on whose circumference the planet moves. Thus has been explained the
general procedure for finding true planets.
8.15 True Mercury and Venus
493
Now, we describe the construction of the kaks.y

a-vr.tta, when the motion of
the planet is conceived of in terms of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta and the ucca-nca-vr.tta
on the circumference of it. With the centre of the j
neya-bhoga-graha-vr.tta as
centre, construct another circle (whose radius is) equal to the j
na
ta-bhogagraha-vr.tta. This is the kaks.y
a-vr.tta. On the circumference of this construct
the ucca-nca-vr.tta, with a radius equal to the distance between the centres
of the j
na
ta and j
neya-bhoga-vr.tta-s. Here, the centre of the ucca-nca-vr.tta
has to be fixed at that point on the kaks.y
a-vr.tta by considering the measure
of arc traversed by the planet in the j
na
ta-bhoga-graha-vr.tta. In this manner,
the rationale behind the sghra-sphut.a can be explained by constructing five
circles. The above is the method for ascertaining true Mars, Jupiter and
Saturn.
8.15
True Mercury and Venus
There is a distinction (in the method to be adopted) for Mercury and Venus.
There too the computation of manda-sphut.a is as above. In the case of
sghra-sphut. a, the sghrocca-nca-vr.tta is large and the manda-karn.a-vr.tta is
small. Therefore, the centre of the sghrocca-nca-vr.tta will fall outside the
circumference of the manda-karn.a-vr.tta. In such cases where the radius of
the ucca-nca-vr.tta, which is the distance between the centres of the j
na
ta
and j
neya-bhoga circles, is larger than the radius of the j
na
ta-bhoga-graha
circle, the circle which stands for the ucca-nca-vr.tta is to be considered
as the kaks.y
a-vr.tta, and the j
nata-bhoga-graha-vr.tta which stands for the
pratiman.d.ala is to be considered as the ucca-nca-vr.tta, lying on the circumference of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta. Construct the karn.a-vr.tta, which is said to be
the j
neya-bhoga-graha-vr.tta, in such a way that its centre is the centre of the
kaks.y
a-vr.tta itself and the planet is on its circumference. The sphut.a-kriy
a
has to be done with the above as the basis.
Now, if two more circles have to be constructed, construct one circle with its
centre at the centre of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta and of size equal to that of the j
na
tabhoga-graha-vr.tta, which has its centre on the circumference of the kaks.y
avr.tta. Since this new circle is equal in size to j
na
ta-bhoga-graha-vr.tta and
494
has the same centre as the j

neya-bhoga-graha-vr.tta, this should be considered
as the kaks.y
a-vr.tta in accordance with the arguments stated earlier. Still,
since it does not touch the j
na
ta-bhoga-graha-vr.tta, consider it as the uccanca-vr.tta. Now, construct a second circle, a pratiman.d.ala equal in size to
the kaks.y
a-vr.tta with its centre on this ucca-nca-vr.tta at the point, which
corresponds in minutes to the distance traversed by the manda-sphut.a on the
j
na
ta-bhoga-graha-vr.tta. Thus, in this set up, it would be as if the kaks.y
a
and pratiman. d.ala would have been taken as the ucca-nca-vr.tta-s and the
ucca-nca-vr.tta-s as the kaks.y
a-pratiman.d.ala-s. The j
neya-bhoga-vr.tta would
have been taken as the karn.a-vr.tta. Therefore, it would result that the centre
of the assumed pratiman.d.ala will be moving with the velocity of the planet.
Still its motion should be considered as the ucca-gati and its centre should
be considered as ucca. Though the motion of the centre (kendra-gati) of the
j
na
ta-bhoga-graha-vr.tta is to be taken as the the ucca-gati, since the j
na
tabhoga-graha-vr.tta has been considered as the ucca-nca-vr.tta, we should take
it as the graha-gati.
Now, take the centre of the j
na
ta-bhoga-graha-vr.tta on the circumference of
the kaks.y
a-vr.tta at the point which has the same measure in minutes as the
madhyama-graha. Then the planet will move along the pratiman. d.ala which
has been conceived in accordance with the proposed picture. Thus, in this
case, the planet will lie where the circumferences of the j
na
ta-bhoga-graha
and the assumed pratiman. d.ala intersect each other, and this will always be
the intersection near the ucca. Now assume the graha-gati on the j
na
tabhoga-graha-vr.tta to be the same as the graha-gati on the circumference of
the ucca-nca-vr.tta, which has its centre on the circumference of the kaks.y
avr.tta. In this set up, it would be as if the graha is taken as ucca, and the ucca
is taken as the graha. Hence, the sghra-bhuj
a-phala which is to be applied to
manda-sphut. a is applied to sghrocca, and the sghra-kendra-bhuj
a-jy
a which
has been measured by the minutes of sghra-karn.a is applied to mandasphut.a-graha. Thus the true motion of Mercury and Venus will be obtained.
Since it is necessary, we have shown here the motions of the grahocca-s and
the rationale of true planets in terms of the scheme of five circles discussed
earlier. Thus when carefully set forth, these concepts will become clear.
ghra correction when there is latitude

8.16 S
495
Here, the measures of the manda-vr.tta-s and sghra-vr.tta-s for Mars etc.
(i.e., Mars, Jupiter and Saturn) have been set out in tables in terms of
the minutes of arc of the pratiman.d.ala. For Mercury and Venus, however,
since the sghra-vr.tta-s are large, it is the pratiman.d.ala which is measured
in terms of the minutes of arc of this (i.e., sghra-vr.tta) and set out as the
sghra-vr.tta in the text Tantrasangraha.
In other texts, the manda-vr.tta-s of

Mercury and Venus are also measured by the measure of the sghra-vr.tta and
set out (in tables). In Tantrasangraha,
the manda-ncocca-vr.tta-s have been

measured by the minutes of arc of the pratiman. d.ala and set out. For this
reason, the mandocca is subtracted from the madhyama and the manda-phala
is calculated according to the manda-sphut.a-ny
aya. Applying this result to
the madhyama the manda-sphut. a is derived. This (manda-sphut. a) is taken
as the sghrocca and the a
ditya-madhyama (the mean Sun) is taken as grahamadhyama and the sghra-sphut. a is calculated. Since the mandocca-ncavr.tta is smaller than the pratiman. d.ala for these two, calculating the mandasphut.a for Mercury and Venus is similar to that for the other planets. Only,
in the sghra-sphut. a, it is necessary to reverse their grahocca-s, their gati-s
and vr.tta-s. There, if the manda-karn.a is multiplied by the sghra-antyaphala, and divided by trijy
a, we get the radius of the manda-karn.a-vr.tta
in terms of the minutes of arc of the sghra-vr.tta. The reason is that the
pratiman.d.ala has been taken as sghra-karn. a-vr.tta and therefore the mandakarn.a-vr.tta has to be taken as sghra-karn.a-vr.tta. This is all the distinction
in the case of Mercury and Venus. Thus has been stated the derivation of
true planets when there is no viks.epa (latitude).
8.16

S
Now, for the situation when there is viks.epa (latitude), there is a difference.
That is stated here. Now, at the centre of the bhagola (with its centre as the
centre), there is a circle called apakrama (ecliptic). For the present calculations, a consideration of its change of position with reference to place and
time is not required and hence it might (simply) be taken as an exact vertical
circle, situated east-west. Mark off on its circumference twelve (equal) divisions, then construct six circles, passing through those two division-marks
496
which are diametrically opposite. These (circles) will meet at the north and
south directions of the apakrama as seen from its centre. These two meeting
points (of the circles) are called r
asi-k
u.ta-s (poles of the ecliptic). There will
result twelve interstices due to the six circles. The interstices between two
circles will make the twelve r
asi-s (signs). The middle of these signs will be
in the apakrama circle and the two meeting points at the two r
asi-k
u.ta-s.
These signs will be such that the middle portions are broad and the ends
are pointed. These signs have then to be divided into minutes, seconds, etc.
In the above set up, the sghra-vr.tta is presumed with its centre at the centre
of the apakrama circle and its circumference along the m
arga (in the plane)
of the apakrama circle. It may be recalled that the apakrama circle near
the centre is called sghrocca-nca-vr.tta. The size of the sghra-vr.tta-s will
be different for the different planets. That is all the difference (between
the sghra-vr.tta-s) and there is no difference in their placement as they are
located the same way (i.e., with their centre at the centre of the apakrama
circle and also lying in the same plane).
Now, the manda-ncocca-vr.tta is a circle having its centre on the circumference of the sghra-vr.tta at the point where the mean Sun is. This is the
case for all (the planets). The ascending node (p
ata) has its motion along
the circumference of the manda-ncocca-vr.tta in the retrograde manner. The
point in the manda-ncocca-vr.tta where the p
ata is, will touch the apakramaman.d.ala. One half of the manda-ncocca-vr.tta, commencing from the p
ata
will lie on the northern side of the apakrama-man. d.ala. Again, the point
which is six signs away from the p
ata will touch the apakrama-man. d.ala.
The other half (of the manda-ncocca-vr.tta) will lie on the southern side of
the apakrama-man. d.ala. Here, that point, which is displaced maximum from
the (plane of the) apakrama-man. d.ala, will indicate the maximum viks.epa
(parama-viks. epa) of the planets in terms of the minutes of arc of their respective mandocca-vr.tta-s. Further, the plane of this ncocca-vr.tta itself will
be the plane of the pratiman.d.ala. Hence, the pratiman. d.ala too will be inclined towards the north and south from the plane of apakrama-man. d.ala
in accordance with the ncocca-vr.tta. The manda-karn.a-vr.tta will also be

8.16 S
497
inclined accordingly. Now, the viks.epa has to be obtained from the mandasphut.a.
Here, since the centre of the manda-karn.a-vr.tta is the same as the centre of
the mandocca-vr.tta and since it will be inclined to the plane of apakramaman.d.ala, south and north, accordingly as the mandocca-vr.tta, the maximum
divergence of the circumference of the manda-karn.a-vr.tta from the plane of
the apakrama-man. d.ala will be the maximum viks.epa in the measure of the
manda-karn.a-vr.tta. Hence, if the Rsine of the manda-sphut. a minus p
ata is
multiplied by the maximum viks.epa and divided by trijy
a, the result will
be the is..ta-viks.epa of the planet on the manda-karn.a-vr.tta. This inclination
(deflection from the ecliptic) is called viks.epa.
This being the situation, when the position of the planet is displaced from
the (plane of the) apakrama-man. d.ala, since the dik (direction or plane) of
the sghrocca-nca-vr.tta is not the same as that of the manda-karn. a-vr.tta, it
would not be proper to consider the manda-karn. a-vr.tta as the pratiman. d.ala
in (evaluating) the sghra-sphut. a. However, when the p
ata and manda-sphut.a
occupy the same position (i.e., they have the same longitude), the mandakarn.a-vr.tta can be taken to be in the plane of the sghrocca-nca-vr.tta. (In
other words) when the planet has no viks.epa, this manda-karn. a-vr.tta need
not be conceived to be inclined. However, if the planet in the manda-karn.avr.tta is assumed to be removed maximum from plane of the apakramaman.d.ala, then by moving a quarter of a circle it will be in the plane of
the apakrama-man. d.ala, and from the viks.epa of the planet the inclination
(of the planetary orbit) can be obtained.
(We shall consider the case) when there is no viks.epa for manda-karn.a-vr.tta
(sghrocca-nca-vr.tta ?). Now, calculate the viks.epa-kot.i by subtracting the
square of viks.epa from the square of manda-karn.a-vy
as
ardha (radius of the
manda-karn.a-vr.tta) and taking the root (of the difference). This viks.epa-kot.i
would be (the base of a triangle) with its tip at the planet and having its base
along the line from the centre of the manda-karn.a-vr.tta to the viks.epa (foot
of the perpedicular from the planet on the apakrama-man. d.ala). Construct
498
a circle with its radius parallel to this viks.epa-kot.i, with the viks.epa-kot.i as
radius. This viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta would have all its parts (i.e., centre and the
circumference) equally away (i.e., parallel) from the apakrama-man. d.ala just
as the ahor
atra-vr.tta would be from the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala. Construct the
sghra-ncocca-vr.tta parallel and away from it.
Since the viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta is now parallel to the sghra-ncocca-vr.tta, it
(the viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta) will be the pratiman. d.ala for the (calculation of)
the sghra-sphut. a. Subtract the square of the viks.epa in the measure of
the pratiman. d.ala from the square of the manda-karn.a (in the same measure) and find the square-root. This is the viks.epa-kot.i in the measure of
the pratiman. d.ala and the sghra-phala shall have to be calculated with this
viks.epa-kot.i. Taking the viks.epa-kot.i mentioned above as the semi-diameter
and taking it as the manda-karn.a, calculate the sghra-sphut. a as directed
above. The result will be the graha-sphut. a (true planet) on the sghrakarn.a-vr.tta which has its circumference touching the planet and its centre
at a place removed from the centre of the apakrama-man. d.ala to the south
or north by the extent of the viks.epa . This itself will be the sphut.a on the
apakrama-man. d.ala. The minutes (kal
a) in the (viks.epa) kot.i-vr.tta on either
side of the apakrama-man. d.ala will be the same as in the apakrama-man. d.ala
itself. In the kot.i-vr.tta the kal
a-s will be smaller (in length) but there is
equality in number. Just as the measures in the sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta-s will be
the same in number as in the bigger ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala, so also the kal
a-s in
the viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta. This will be clear later.
Now, when the square of viks.epa is added to the square of the sghra-karn. a
and the root calculated, the result will be the distance from the centre of
the apakrama-man. d.ala to the planet. This is called the bh
u-t
ar
agraha-vivara
(the distance between the Earth and the planet). Now, the viks.epa got
by multiplying the previously stated viks.epa by trijy
a (radius) and dividing
by bh
u-t
ar
agraha-vivara will be the bhagola-viks.epa. Bhagola-viks.epa is the
extent by which the circumference of the bh
u-t
ar
agraha-vivara-vr.tta, which
has its centre at the centre of the apakrama-man. d.ala, is inclined from the
plane of the latter. For computing the true planet, the bh
u-t
ar
agraha-vivara

8.16 S
499
is not needed. Here, the minutes (ili-s) are small in accordance with the
nearness of the r
asi-k
u.ta-s, since the number of r
asi-s etc., in the (viks.epa)
kot.i-vr.tta and the apakrama-vr.tta are same. This case is similar to the
case of the sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta-s and ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala, with reference to the
pr
an.a-s. Hence, there is no need for the bh
u-t
ar
agraha-vivara for calculating
the sghra-bhuj
a-phala. Thus has been stated the calculation of sphut.a.
Now, when the sghrocca-nca-vr.tta itself has a viks.epa from the plane of the
apakrama-man. d.ala, and that viks.epa is not along the path of the mandakarn.a-vr.tta: If the manda-karn. a-vr.tta has a different viks.epa than the sghravr.tta, it is shown below how to know the sphut.a and viks.epa .
For this, first ascertain the position of the p
ata in the sghrocca-nca-vr.tta and
the maximum viks.epa therefor. Then ascertain the viks.epa at that moment
for the centre of the corresponding manda-karn.a-vr.tta. For this, subtract
the p
ata of the sghra-vr.tta from the sghrocca; find the Rsine of the difference, multiply by its maximum viks.epa and divide by trijy
a; the result
will give the viks.epa of the centre of the manda-karn.a-vr.tta on the circumference of the sghrocca-nca-vr.tta from the plane of the apakrama-man. d.ala.
Like in the case of the desired apakrama, find its square and subtract it
from the square of trijy
a. The square root of the result will be viks.epa-kot.i.
Then with this viks.epa-kot.i as radius, draw a circle parallel to the plane
of apakrama-man. d.ala. Then that (viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta) will be removed from
the plane of the apakrama-man. d.ala by the extent of the viks.epa. Now, if
the viks.epa-kot.i is multiplied by sghra-antya-phala and divided by trijy
a,
the radius of the viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta in terms of the minutes of arc of the
pratiman.d.ala would result. Now, taking this viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta as the sghrancocca-vr.tta and the earlier stated viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta of the manda-karn.avr.tta as the pratiman. d.ala, the sghra-bhuj
a-phala has to be derived. This
has to be applied to the manda-sphut. a (to find the sphut.a).
Thus, if the sghra-ncocca-vr.tta has a deflection in some other direction,
then the measure by which the manda-karn.a-vr.tta will be deflected from the
sghra-ncocca-vr.tta, which itself is deflected (from the apakrama-man. d.ala)
500
as described above, will be known. Then, if the planet has a viks.epa directly
to the south along the manda-karn.a-vr.tta whose centre lies on the circumference of the sghra-vr.tta, which has a northerly viks.epa from the path of the
apakrama-man. d.ala, then the viks.epa of the planet at that moment would be
the difference between the viks.epa of the sghra-ncocca-vr.tta and the mandakarn.a-vr.tta. If both the viks.epa-s are either to the north and or to the south,
then the viks.epa of the planet would be the sum of the two. This would be
the viks.epa from the plane of the apakrama-man. d.ala.
Thus have been specified the method for the derivation of the sphut.a and
the viks.epa when there is viks.epa for the j
na
ta-bhoga-graha (the true planet)
and the ucca-nca-vr.tta which is (i.e., whose radius is) the difference between
the j
na
ta-(bhoga-graha-vr.tta) and the j
neya-(bhoga-graha-vr.tta). Here, the
method for sphut.a has been stated to show the procedure for all possible
situations that can occur, not that it has actually occurred here.
If it is desired to compute how much Mars has travelled in the circle with
its centre at the centre of the lunar sphere, when the measure by which it
has travelled in a circle with its centre at the centre of the bhagola is known,
then the kaks.y
a-vr.tta of the Moon has to be taken as the ucca-nca-vr.tta for
finding the sphut.a. In such a case, the above situation may occur. This is
also the case (that is, the above procedure has to be adopted) even when the
computations (of the planetary motion) are known for the centre of Moon,
and they need to be converted in terms of the circle with centre at the centre
of the bhagola (celestial sphere).
8.17
Calculation of the mean from true Sun and

Moon
Now is described the method of calculating the mean (planet) from the true
(planet). Here, for the Sun and Moon, the Rsine of the distance between the
planet and the ucca-nca-s
utra is the bhuj
a-jy
a of sphut.aminusucca. If this
8.18 Another method for the mean from true Sun and Moon 501
is multiplied by the karn.a and divided by trijy
a and the quotient reduced in
terms of the minutes of arc of pratiman.d.ala, the result will be the Rsine of
the relevant portion of the pratiman.d.ala. If the arc of this is found, and is
applied to the ucca or the nca, the extent to which the planet has travelled
along the pratiman.d.ala is known. If the doh.-phala (bhuj
a-phala) is similarly
reduced in terms of the minutes of arc of the pratiman.d.ala, converted to
arc, and applied to the sphut.a reversely (when it lies between) Mes.a and
Tul
a, then also the mean planet would result. The rationale here is as
follows: The difference (ratio) between Rsine of the uccaminussphut.a and
the uccaminusmadhyama will be similar to the difference (ratio) between
the trijy
a and the karn.a; also the relation between pram
an. a and its phala
and icch
a and its phala are similar.
8.18
Another method for the mean from true Sun

and Moon
Now, even by a successive iteration process (avises.a-karma) involving the

doh.-phala, the mean planet can be obtained from the true planet. Here is
the method therefor: The ucca is subtracted from the sphut.a (true planet)
and doh.-phala is found. If that is applied inversely to the sphut.a, according
to Mes.a-Tul
adi, the approximate mean planet is obtained. Subtract the
ucca from this madhyama, find the doh.-phala and apply it to the sphut.a.
Again, from this mean, subtract the ucca, find the doh.-phala and apply it
to the original sphut.a itself. When these (successive approximations), lead
to indistinguishable results (avises.a), the madhyama will be exact. (In this
method) the karn.a need not be found at all for deriving the manda-sphut.a.
Now, instead of the doh.-phala of the sphut.aminusucca, being multiplied by
the karn.a and divided by trijy
a, if the trijy
aminuskarn.a is multiplied by
sphut.a-doh.-phala and divided by trijy
a, the phal
antara (difference between
the phala-s) will result. Add this to the sphut.a-doh.-phala if Makar
adi, and
subtract if Karky
adi. The result will be the doh.-phala of madhyaminus
502
ucca. Here trijy

aminuskarn.a is practically the kot.i-phala, since the contribution (to the karn.a) due to the square of the doh.-phala would be very little
(negligible).
Here, if the doh.-phala is multiplied by the kot.i-phala and divided by trijy
a,
the result will be the difference between the sphut.a-doh.-phala and the madhyakendra-doh.-phala. And these will practically be the current khan.d.a-jy
a-s of
the sphut.a-doh.-phala. Since, it is common knowledge that (the value of) the
bhuj
a-khan.d.a is according to the kot.i-jy
a, the bhuj
a-phala-khan. d.a will be according to the kot.i-phala. Take the bhuj
a-phala-c
apa as the jy
a (manda-jy
a),
multiply it by the kot.i-phala and divide by trijy
a; the bhuj
a-phala-khan.d.a
would be obtained. Here, multiply the bhuj
a-phala by the khan.d.a-jy
a and divide by its c
apa. Then also we will get the bhuj
a-phala-khan.d.a of this bhuj
aphala. Here, the bhuj
a-phala-khan.d.a of this bhuj
a-phala might be greater
or less than the bhuj
a-phala calculated from the kendra to which has been
applied the bhuj
a-phala derived from itself. Thus, the madhya-kendra-bhuj
aphala can be obtained by applying reversely the sphut.a-kendra-bhuj
a-phala
successively. When this is applied to the true planet the mean planet is
obtained. Through the above methods, the mean of Sun and Moon can be
derived from their true positions.
8.19
Calculation of the mean from true planet
In the same manner, the mean of the other planets can be derived from their
manda-sphut. a. The method of deriving the manda-sphut.a from the bhuj
aphala of the sghra-sphut. a-kendra is also similar. But there is a difference
that the avises.a (successive iteration to near equality) need not be done.
Multiplication by the karn.a and division by trijy
a too are not necessary.
The manda-sphut. a can be got thus: Multiply the kendra-bhuj
a-jy
a of the
sghra-sphut.a by the vr.tta (360) and divide by 80, and convert this Rsine
(jy
a) in the sghra-ncocca-vr.tta to arc and apply the result to the sghrasphut.a inversely for Mes.a and Tul
a, then the manda-sphut. a is obtained.
8.20 Computation of true planets without using Manda-karn.a 503

Here, it may be noted that when the bhuj
a-phala is calculated for deriving
the (manda) sphut.a from the madhyama, the rule of three using the karn.a
should not be resorted to. On the other hand, there is a need for iteratively
finding the bhuj
a-phala (doing avises.a), when the madhyama is calculated
using the said manda-sphut. a. The rationale for this has been stated. It
will be clear from this that, because karn.a is required for calculating sghrasphut.a from the manda-sphut. a, it (the karn.a) is not required for calculating
manda-sphut.a from sghra-sphut. a. Therefore, it is not necessary to iterate
the bhuj
a-phala till avises.a, since the rationale is the same.
That being the case, when sghra-sphut. a is calculated from the manda-sphut.a
without using the karn.a, if the sghra-bhuj
a-phala is iterated till avises.a and
applied, the sghra-sphut. a would result. On the other hand, if the bhuj
a-phala
is calculated by the rule of three using the karn.a, even if successive iteration
is done without the use of the karn.a, the bhuj
a-phala will be the same.
Here, in the rule of three using kot.i-phala and trijy
a, the icch
a-phala should
be obtained using the sum of the bhuj
a-phala-khan. d.a and the c
apa-khan.d.a.
This has been stated elaborately in the section on Rsines (jy
a-prakaran. a)
and so might be referred to there.
8.20
Computation of true planets without using

Manda-karn.a
By using the same reasoning, it would be possible to obtain the difference

which arises in the sghra circumference due to the manda-karn.a, and the
consequent difference which occurs in the sghra-bhuj
a-phala may be obtained
as manda-phala-khan. d.a. To derive this, first calculate the sghra-bhuj
a-phala
from madhyamaminussghrocca; apply this to the madhyama and subtract
from it the mandocca and get the manda-phala. In that manda-phala, the
manda-phala-khan. d.a-jy
a-s of the sghra-bhuj
a-phala-bh
aga might be increasing or decreasing. Now, when this (manda) phala is derived in this manner,
the difference that occurs in the sghra-phala due to the manda-karn.a, would
504
have been included also. Now, when this manda-phala is applied to the madhyama, it would be that the difference in phala that occurs in the sghrabhuj
a-phala due to manda-karn. a too would have been (automatically) applied.
Here, when it is intended to separately obtain (in a different manner) the
difference that occurs in the sghra-bhuj
a-phala due to the manda-karn.a, two
trair
asika-s shall have to be used. The first is to multiply the sghra-bhuj
aphala by trijy
a and divide by manda-karn.a. The second is to multiply the
result by trijy
a and divide by sghra-karn.a. Then apply the result according
to the sghra-kendra.
Now is set out as to how these three, viz., the two trair
asika-s and the
third being the condition for their positive or negative nature, arise when we
calculate manda-phala after first applying sghra-doh.-phala. There (in the
first trair
asika), the sghra-doh.-phala is multiplied by trijy
a and divided by
manda-karn.a. The difference, between the result obtained and the original
sghra-doh.-phala, is the difference between the icch
a and its phala of the first
trair
asika. This result will practically be the same if the first gun.ya is multiplied by the difference of the multiplier and the divisor (gun.a-h
ar
antara)
and divided by the divisor. This is practically the same as multiplying by
the manda-kot.i-phala and dividing by the trijy
a.
Here, if the manda-doh.-phala is read off after applying the sghra-doh. -phala
there-through, there also the manda-khan. d.a-jy
a-s related to the sghra-doh.phala are obtained. And this will be the distinction in the sghra-doh. -phala
due to the manda-karn.a. Hence, the phala of the first trair
asika in the sghradoh.-phala can be derived by applying it to the manda-doh.-phala. Here again,
the difference in the sghra-doh.-phala due to the manda-karn.a will be the difference between sghra-doh.-phala and the manda-doh.-phala calculated from
the basic madhyama, and that obtained after applying to the basic madhyama the manda-doh.-phala and sghra-doh.-phala. This will be the result of
the first trair
asika.

The result of the second trair
asika is derived thus: Find the sghra-doh.-phala
calculated from the madhyama to which has been applied the manda-phala
which latter has been derived from the basic madhyama; find also the sghradoh.-phala calculated from that madhyama, which is obtained by applying
sghra-doh.-phala to the madhyama which has been obtained by applying the
manda-phala, which latter has been derived from the basic madhyama. The
difference between the two is the required result. (It might be noted that)
the difference arising from the sghra-karn.a will result in the sghra-karn. abhuj
a-khan.d.a-s, and that from the manda-karn.a will result in the mandabhuj
a-khan.d.a-s.
Now, we consider the karn.a as the trijy
a, the difference between the trijy
a
and karn.a as the kot.i-phala, the arc of the doh.-phala as the full chord (i.e.,
double the Rsine), and the kot.i-phala of the c
apa-khan.d.a
gra as a part of the
madhyama, and we also ignore the grossness (sthaulya) in the calculations
mentioned above. Then, just as the difference that occurs in the sghradoh.-phala due to the manda-karn. a is added to the manda-doh.-phala, the
correction need not be carried out for the manda-kendra, but has to be
appropriately carried out for the sghra-kendra.
Now, it will be shown that even if the correction is made in terms of the
manda-kendra, the result will be same. Here, as regards the increase and
decrease of the sghra-doh. -phala due to the manda-karn.a, the increase will
be when the trijy
a becomes greater than the manda-karn.a, and the decrease
will be when it is less. This will be according to whether the manda-kendra
is Karky
adi or Makar
adi. This result would be reduced in the same manner,
as was the case when earlier, the sghra-phala was corrected by the mandaphala. Now, when first the sghra-phala is positive and the manda-kendra is
within the three signs from Mes.a, then since the manda-karn.a is large, the
corresponding sghra-phala would be small. In this case, the sghra-phala
corresponding to the manda-kot.i should be subtracted. The manda-phala
should also be subtracted. So the two can be subtracted together. However,
when the sghra-phala is positive and the manda-kendra is in the three signs
beginning with Karki, then the contribution to the sghra-phala due to the
506
manda-karn.a will be positive. Then the sghra-bhuj

a-phalaplusmandakendra would be greater than the basic manda-kendra. When, however, it
is in the even quarters, the further away it moves, the bhuj
a-phala will be
less. When this bhuj
a-phala becomes negative, it is so small that in effect the
sghra degrees will be positive. Then, when the sghra-phala is positive and
the manda-kendra is within the three signs beginning with Tul
a, the mandakarn.a will be less than trijy
a, and the sghra-phala derived from it will be
more. And, since the manda-phala is Tul
adi, it is positive. When however,
the manda-kendra is in the odd quandrants, the manda-phala, calculated
from the madhyama to which sghra-phala had been applied, would be large.
Since this phala is Tul
adi, it is positive. Here also it would be proper to
apply the sghra degrees in accordance with the manda-kendra.
When the manda-kendra is in the three signs beginning with Makara, and
the sghra-phala is positive, then the manda-kendra with the sghra-phala
applied to it will be greater than the basic manda-kendra. Since this is an
even quadrant, and the part passed over is more, the part to be passed over,
which is the bhuj
a-c
apa is smaller. Therefore its manda-phala will be less
than the manda-phala of (i.e., computed from) the basic madhyama. When
this is added to the madhyama and (the manda-phala) is slightly increased,
the correction due to the sghra degrees which is negative would also be
effected herein, since the negativity is due to the manda-karn.a being larger
than trijy
a.
Thus, it is seen that when the sghra-phala is positive in all the four quadrants of the manda-kendra, it would be appropriate if the correction due to
sghra is done in accordance with the manda-kendra. In the same manner,
the positive and negative nature of the sghra derived in accordance with
the manda-kendra is to be inferred even when the sgrhra-phala is negative.
Thus, though the correction to the sghra-phala due to the manda-karn.a is
normally to be applied in accordance with the sghra-kendra, if that is added
to the manda-phala and applied according to the manda-kendra, there will
not be any appreciable difference in the result. This being the case, there
is no necessity of the manda-karn.a for (the derivation of) the sghra-phala.

Therefore, for ease in the computation of sphut.a, the sghra-phala can be
computed and listed (in a table) for making calculations and so also (a table can be made) for the manda-phala. Here, by obtaining the three bhuj
aphala-s and applying two of them to the madhyama (mean), the sphut.a (true
planet) is obtained. This is one School (of explanation).
There is another School which explains that the sghrocca-nca-vr.tta increases
and decreases in accordance with half the difference between the mandakarn.a and the trijy
a. In that School, the sghra-doh.-phala has to be multiplied by trijy
a and divided by half the sum of manda-karn.a and trijya. The
result in degrees has to be added to the manda-phala; for this, the mandaphala has to be derived from the madhyama to which has been applied half
the sghra-phala. This is the only difference (in this School). Other things
are as stated earlier. This is the idea behind the sphut.a correction that is
stated in the Parahita (School) for Mercury and Venus.
The author of Laghum
anasa (i.e., Mu
njala) follows the School, which states
that the manda-ncocca-vr.tta also increases and decreases in accordance with
the half the difference between manda-karn.a and trijy
a. According to that
School, the manda-phala and sghra-phala should be multiplied by trijy
a
and divided by half the sum of the manda-karn.a and trijy
a. The mandaphala should be corrected having obtained the result thus. The sghra-phala
should be multiplied by this difference between the multiplier and divisor
(gun.a-h
ar
antara) and divided by the divisor. The result should again be
multiplied by trijy
a and divided by the sghra-karn. a, and the correction
applied. Thus is explained the computation of the sphut.a in that School.
Therefore, it was directed in the Laghum
anasa to correct the manda-phala
and the sghra-phala by the mandaccheda, which has been obtained by applying half-kot.i. According to this School, if the manda-phala is to be obtained
without the use of manda-karn.a, the manda-phala and the sghra-phala have
to be halved and applied to the madhyama. Then, the manda-phala thus
derived is applied to the basic madhyama (to get the manda-sphut. a). The
sghra-phala derived from this is now applied to the manda-sphut. a. The result will give the sphut.a. The computation, as described in this school, is set
508
down as four sphut.a-s in several places. In case the manda-karn.a is not used,
the sghra-karn.a-bhuj
a-phala may be set out in a table. Here, since both the
bhuj
a-phala-s are to be multiplied by half the manda-kot.i-phala, and mandaphala has to be derived for both the halves of manda and sghra-phala-s, the
manda-phala is calculated after first applying half of both the bhuj
a-phala-s.
This is the reason for the above-said calculation. Thus has been stated the
computation of true planets.
Now, for Mercury and Venus, the true planet is to be found using the
manda-ncocca-vr.tta and pratiman. d.ala, which are tabulated in terms of their
sghrocca-vr.tta. Here, after mutually interchanging the sghra-ncocca-vr.tta
and pratiman.d.ala, their manda-sphut.a and sghra-sphut. a can be computed
in the same manner as in the case of Mars etc (i.e., Mars, Jupiter and Saturn). Their manda-sphut.a could be supposed to be obtained by applying the
manda-phala to the mean Sun which is conceived as the madhyama. The
manda-karn.a-vr.tta would be that circle whose circumference meets the centre of the pratiman.d.ala, which is taken as the sghra-ncocca-vr.tta which in
turn is constructed at the centre of the bhagola. The centre of the mandapratiman. d.ala will be on the circumference of the manda-ncocca-vr.tta. (In
this set up) it would be as if the planet is at the circumference of the
manda-ncocca-vr.tta (whose centre is) on the circumference of the kaks.y
avr.tta. Hence, the sghra-phala derived from the manda-sphut.a is multiplied
by trijy
a and divided by the manda-karn.a, so as to convert it to minutes of
arc of the manda-karn.a. If it is desired to derive this without the use of the
manda-karn.a, (the method is this): Now, the manda-sphut.a is obtained by
applying the manda-phala on the mean Sun. Apply the sghra-phala calculated from that manda-sphut.a to the basic madhyama. Since that has to be
applied to the manda-sphut.a, apply on itself the manda-phala obtained from
that sghra-sphut. a. The sphut.a (true planet) will be the result. It has to
be remembered here that the difference arising due to the sghra-karn.a has
been incorporated in the table. Hence (the computation) has to be done as
above. Thus (has been stated) the computation of true planets.
Chapter 9
Earth and Celestial Spheres
9.1
Bh
ugola : Earth sphere
Now is demonstrated the situation and motion of the bh

ugola, v
ayugola and
bhagola. The Earth is a sphere supporting on its entire surface all things,
moving and non-moving, maintaining itself (suspended) in the sky at the
centre of the celestial sphere (naks.atra-gola) by its own power, and not depending on any other support. Now, it is the nature of all heavy things to
fall on the Earth from all regions of the sky all around. Hence, the Earth,
everywhere, is below the sky. Similarly, from all locations on the Earth, the
sky is above. Now, the southern half of the Earth-sphere is abundant with
regions of water. And, in the northern half, the land region is in profusion
and watery region less. Then, with the land of India (Bh
arata-khan. d.a) appearing to be in the upward (northern) direction, at the confluence of the
landed and watery division (of the Earth), there is a city known as Lank
a.
Conceive a circular line (vr.tt
ak
ara-rekh
a) from that place, east-west, cycling
round the Earth. On this line are situated four cities (including Lank
a), to
the west Romakapur, to the other (diametrically opposite) side Siddhapura,
and to the east Yavakot.i.
Similarly from Lank
a, conceive another circle round the Earth, which is
north-south across and passing through the upper and lower halves of the
Earth. On this line (are situated), Mah
ameru to the north, Bad.av
amukha
to the south, Siddhapura on the opposite side. This line is the samarekh
a
(north-south standard meridian line). In this line is a city called Ujjayin.
510
9. Earth and Celestial Spheres
Now, the places lying on the east-west line mentioned above are called
niraks.a-desa (equatorial places having no latitude).
From all places on that (equatorial) line, can be seen two naks.atra-s (stars)
called Dhruva-s (pole stars), one in the north and the other in the south,
which have no rising or setting. If one moves towards the north from this
line one can see only the northern Dhruva. This Dhruva would have as much
altitude as one moves towards the north. This altitude of the Dhruva is called
aks.a (the terrestrial latitude). From this point on the surface, the southern
Dhruva cannot be seen, since it has gone down (i.e., lies below the horizon).
Where the Dhruva is seen at a particular altitude, there will be seen near
the Dhruva certain stars, some below and moving towards the east and some
above and moving towards the west, but without rising or setting. On the
other hand, similar stars around the southern Dhruva can never be observed
as they are moving below the horizon. However, from the niraks.a-desa (the
equator), it would be possible to see the rising and setting of all the stars,
in regular order. There again, for an observer on the equator, the measure
by which a star is removed at its rise from the east towards the north or
south, is the same as the measure by which it is removed from the zenith
of the observer at the meridian transit. It will also set in the west, at a
point which is exactly opposite to the (rising point on the) east. Rising and
setting (of stars) take place in this manner at the equator (for an observer on
the equator). Even for a place having latitude, the phenomenon is similar.
But the meridian transit would be shifted a little towards the south, if ones
place has a northern latitude.
9.2
Vayugola: Equatorial celestial sphere
Now, (for an observer) on the equator, for a particular star at a particular

place, the vertical circle from the east to the west passing through it would
seem to be the rising-setting path (diurnal circle). Here again, for a star
rising exactly in the east (point on the horizon), the diurnal path would be
the biggest circle. The path of the stars on its either side would be smaller
circles. These circles would gradually become smaller, and the diurnal path
9.3 Bhagola: Zodiacal celestial sphere
511
of the stars very close to the Dhruva will be the smallest of all. This being
the situation, it would seem that this celestial sphere is like a sphere with an
axis fixed at two posts at its two ends, here the posts being the two Dhruva-s.
Now, (for an observer) at the equator, the circle passing through the eastwest points and touching the top and the bottom, right above the top (of the
observer) is known as ghat.ik
a-vr.tta (celestial equator). The several smaller
circles on the two sides of the (ghat.ik
a-vr.tta) are known as sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta-s
(diurnal circles).
Now, from Lank
a, there is another (great) circle rising right above (and below) touching the two Dhruva-s. This is known as daks.in.ottara-vr.tta (prime
meridian). Then there is another (great) circle around the Earth, passing
through the east and west points, and touching the two Dhruva-s (the north
and the south poles). This is Lank
a-ks.itija (horizon at Lank
a). The stars are
said to rise (at the equator) when they touch this Lank
a-ks.itija along that
half of it which lies to the east of the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta, and are said to set
when they touch its western half. And, when they touch the daks.inottaravr.tta, the stars have their meridian transit.
Thus, the three (great) circles, ghat.ik
a, daks.in.ottara, and Lank
a-ks.itija are
mutually perpendicular to each other. The points where they meet each
other are known as svastika-s (cardinal points). There are six of them: i.e.,
along the horizon on the four directions, and at the top and at the bottom.
Between the interstices of all these svastika-s, one-fourth of a (great) circle
will be contained. Therefore, there will be formed eight divisions of a sphere
of equal sizes, cut off by these three circles, four being below the horizon (at
the equator) and four above.
9.3
Bhagola: Zodiacal celestial sphere
Now, the path traced by the Sun in its eastward (annual) motion is known as
apakrama-man. d.ala (ecliptic). This will intersect the ghat.ika-man.d.ala (celestial equator) at two points. From these (two points), at the distance of one-
512
fourth of a circle (vr.tta-p

ada), the apakrama-man. d.ala will be removed from
the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala by 24 degrees towards north and south. (These points)
will move further westwards along with the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala. The first point
of contact between the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala with the apakrama-man. d.ala is near
the first point of Aries (Mes.a
di). Then it (apakrama-man. d.ala) will gradually
separate away from it (ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala) towards the north. When a semicircle has been completed, the second contact occurs, near Tul
adi (beginning
point of Libra). From there, it (apakrama-man. d.ala) will again be oriented
towards the south. Again, when half the circle has been completed they will
meet each other. These two points of contact are respectively called p
urvavis.uvat (vernal equinox) and uttara-vis.uvat (autumnal equinox). Now, the
points that are at the middle of these two contacts (equinoxes), where the
circles are separated away the most, are called ayana-sandhi-s (solstices).
Now, when on account of the motion caused by the Pravaha wind, the
Mes.a
di (first point of Aries) rises, at that time Tul
adi (first point of Libra) sets, Makar
adi (first point of Capricorn) will touch the daks.inottara
towards the south from the zenith (kha-madhya) and Karky
adi (first point of
Cancer) will touch the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta towards the north from the ghat.ik
aman.d.ala right below. There, the difference between the apakrama-man. d.ala
and the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala along the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta will be 24 degrees, as it
is the place of maximum divergence (between them). Now, this (apakramaman.d.ala) will rotate according to the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala. Thus when Mes.a
di
(first point of Aries) is at the peak (on the prime meridian), Tul
adi (first
point of Libra) is at the bottom, Makar
adi (first point of Capricorn) would
touch the ks.itija (horizon) at a point which is shifted towards the south
from the west point by 24 degrees, and Karky
adi (first point of Cancer)
would touch the ks.itija (horizon) at a point which is shifted towards the
north from the east point by that much (i.e., 24 degrees). The apakramaman.d.ala would be a vertical circle at that time. When, however, the Mes.a
di
is at the west point, Tul
adi will be at the east point, Karky
adi would be on
the prime meridian, separated away from the kha-madhya (zenith) towards
the north by 24 degrees, and Makar
adi would be on the prime meridian,
separated from the bottom-most point (nadir), towards the south (by 24 de-
9.3 Bhagola: Zodiacal celestial sphere
513
grees). When Tul

adi is at the peak (on the prime meridian), Mes.a
di would
be at the bottom, Makar
adi would touch the ks.itija towards the south of
east point and Karky
adi would touch the ks.itija, towards the north of the
west point. At this time also, the apakrama-man. d.ala would be vertical (i.e.,
a vertical circle). Thus, the situation of the apakrama-man. d.ala changes according to the rotation of the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala, the reason being that the
two are bound together, in a specific way.
Then again, just as the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala is the central (great) circle of the
Pravaha-v
ayugola (equatorial celestial sphere), the apakrama-man. d.ala will
be the central (great) circle of the bhagola (zodiacal celestial sphere). Just
as the two Dhruva-s are situated on the two sides of the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala,
on the two sides of the apakrama-man. d.ala are situated the two r
asi-k
u.ta-s
(poles of the ecliptic). At one of the poles (r
asi-k
u.t a
-s) the southern heads
(ends) of all the r
asi-s (signs) would have gathered together, and at the
other, all the northern heads (i.e., ends) meet. The points where the ends
of r
asi-s meet are called the r
asi-k
u.ta-s.
Herein below is described the situation of the r
asi-k
u.ta-s when the p
urvavis.uvad (vernal equinox) is at the centre of the sky (zenith). At that time, the
apakrama-man. d.ala would be a vertical (circle). The ayan
anta-s (solstices)
of the apakrama-man. d.ala would touch the ks.itija (horizon) north of the
eastern cardinal point and south of the western cardinal point. Between
the ayan
anta-s and the eastern and the western cardinal points, there would
be a difference of 24 degrees.
Again at that time, the r
asi-k
u.ta-s (poles of the ecliptic) would be on the
horizon (ks.itija), 24 degrees west of the north Dhruva and that much to
the east of the south Dhruva. Conceive a (great) circle touching the two
r
asi-k
u.ta-s and kha-madhya (zenith). This will be a rasi-k
u.t a-vr.tta. Now
conceive of another r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta towards the east of Mes.a
di at a distance
equal to one-twelfth of the apakrama-man. d.ala and passing through the r
asik
u.ta-s. That (r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta) would touch a point that much to the west
from Tul
adi at the bottom. The distance would be 30 degrees. This will
514
be the second r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta. Now, the interstice stretching between these
two r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s, east of kha-madhya, is the r
asi of Mes.a (Aries). Down
below, the interstitial stretch between these two r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s would be
the r
asi of Tul
a (Libra).
Now, construct another r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta from the second r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta this
much degrees (i.e., 30 degrees) to the east and down below that much to
the west. The intersticial stretch between the second r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta and the
third one is the r
asi of Vr.s.abha (Taurus); down below it is Vr.scika (Scorpio). Now, the intersticial stretch between the third (r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta) and
the ks.itija is the r
asi of Mithuna (Gemini), and down below their intersticial
stretch is Dhanus (Sagittarius). Thus are the six r
asi-s.
Then, from the zenith (kha-madhya) towards the western side of the apakramaman.d.ala, conceive of two vr.tta-s of equal interstice as above. Then the other
six r
asi-s can be identified, as was done with the first r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and
ks.itija. Now, inside the different r
asi-s, conceive various circles to represent
the divisions of the r
asi, viz., degrees, minutes, and seconds. It is to be noted
that here, in the case of the horizon (ks.itija) and daks.in.ottara-vr.tta, there is
no rotation due to the Pravaha-v
ayu as in the case of the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta and
apakrama-man. d.ala. Therefore, conceive of another r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta similar to
(i.e., along) the ks.itija for conceiving its rotation. Thus, the entire celestial globe (jyotir-gola) is completely filled by the twelve r
asi-s. When this
celestial globe is conceived with the apakrama-man. d.ala as the centre and
the r
asi-k
u.t a-s on the sides (p
arsva), it is known as bhagola (zodiacal celestial sphere). When the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala is conceived as the centre with the
Dhruva-s on the sides, it is known as v
ayu-gola (equatorial celestial sphere).
When the point of intersection of ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala and apakrama-man. d.ala,
at Mes.a
di, is at the zenith, the solstice which is at the end of Gemini
(Mithuna) and the southern pole of the ecliptic (r
asi-k
u.t a) will rise (in the
east). Similarly, (the solstice at) the end of Sagittarius (C
apa or Dhanus)
and the northern r
asi-k
u.ta will set (in the west). Then, on account of the
rotation caused by the Pravaha-wind, those that have risen, reach up to the
9.4 Ayana-calana: Motion of the equinoxes
515
prime meridian, in other words, they touch daks.in.ottara-vr.tta (in the visible
hemisphere), and those that had set will touch the daks.in.ottara down below.
Then, when the end of Gemini and the southern r
asi-k
u.ta set, the end of
Sagittarius and northern r
asi-k
u.ta will rise. Thus, the southern r
asi-k
u.ta
will revolve in consonance with the end of Gemini, and the northern r
asik
u.ta in consonance with the end of Sagittarius. Now, on both sides of the
ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala, at 24 degrees (from it), there are two solsticial diurnal circles. Again, from the two Dhruva-s, at a distance of 24 degrees, there are two
diurnal circles corresponding to the two r
asi-k
u.ta-s. They (the two solstices
and the r
asi-k
u.ta-s) have constant motion along these diurnal circles.
9.4
Ayana-calana: Motion of the equinoxes
Now, on a day when there is no motion of the equinoxes (ayana-calana), the

ends of Virgo and Pisces will be the meeting points of the (great circles of
the) spheres (i.e., the equinoxes); and the ends of Gemini and Sagittarius
will be the meeting points of the ayana-s (solstices). And, on a day when
precession of equinoxes is to be added, the said four points will be at places
removed from the aforesaid ends along the earlier r
asi by a measure equal
to the degrees of the precession of the equinoxes. Again, on a day when
precession of the equinoxes is to be deducted, the four points will be at places
removed from the aforesaid ends along the next r
asi by a measure equal to
the degrees of the motion of the equinoxes. These four points are the points
where the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala and apakrama-man. d.ala meet and where they are
most apart respectively. The distance of separation is of course equal to
24 degrees. It is to be noted that what moves would only be the points of
contact of the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala and apakrama-man. d.ala.
9.5
The manner of Ayana-calana
Now the manner of the motion. Ascertain the point on the apakramaman.d.ala which the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala cuts on the day when there is no motion.
516
Then, for any day for which motion has to be added, the intersection of these
two circles will be at a point behind the first mentioned point by the measure
of the motion (of the equinoxes) for that day. In the same manner, for a day
for which the motion has to be deducted, the intersection of the two circles
will take place at a point in advance of the first mentioned point. (Actually),
the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala will not be moving, and the movement therein would
only be for the point of intersection. (On the other hand), the apakrama-vr.tta
will be moving. On account of this, the r
asi-k
u.ta-s will also have a motion.
But they will not move away from their sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta-s. The motion is
only backward and forward in the r
asi-k
u.ta-sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta. Again the deviation of the r
asi-k
u.ta-s from the Dhruva-s and that of the ayan
anta-s (solstices) in the apakrama-vr.tta from the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala is always 24 degrees.
All these four deviations, (two above and two below), can be demonstrated
on an ayan
anta-r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta. Thus, when one leg of a pair of compasses is
fixed at a point and the other leg is turned to make a circle, the centre of the
circle would be at the point of the fixed leg. That centre is called n
abhi and
also kendra. The line around (traced by the moving leg) is called nemi
(circumference).
Now, when considering the great celestial circles, it is always taken that the
centre of all of them is the centre of the bhagola which is (practically) the
same as the centre of the Earth, and that the magnitude of all these circles
is the same. This is the general conception except in the case of the diurnal
circles (sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta) and the (ucca-nca-vr.tta) circles conceived in the
computation of true positions of the planets. Now, the two great circles,
ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala and apakrama-man. d.ala, which have a common centre, intersect each other at two points. But the diameter of the two circles that
passes through the centre and touches the two points of intersection is the
same. But the two diameters which touch the points of maximum divergence
(param
antar
ala) are different for the two circles. The term param
antar
ala
means the place of (or the extent of) the maximum separation (i.e., solstices).
The diameters at the points of maximum divergence of the two circles would
be at right angles to the diameter passing through the intersection of the
9.5 The manner of Ayana-calana
517
ghat.ik
a-vr.tta and apakrama-vr.tta. Hence the ayan
anta-r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta which
touches the points of maximum divergence, will be perpendicular to the two
circles (ghat.ik
a-vr.tta and apakrama-vr.tta). It is always the case that this perpendicular circle touches the poles (p
arsva) of both circles; (and conversely)
touching the poles would imply that the circles are mutually perpendicular.
Here, the ayan
anta-r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta is at right angles, both to the ghat.ik
avr.tta and apakrama-vr.tta. Hence, it will touch the two Dhruva-s and the
r
asi-k
u.ta-s which are the poles of the two (circles namely ghat.ik
a-vr.tta and
apakrama-vr.tta respectively). Thus, it is definitely the case that they, the
poles of the two circles ghat.ik
a and the apakrama, lie in the same circle, and
the distance between the poles and the maximum divergences between the
two circles are equal.
Taking account of the fact that, when on account of motion of the equinoxes
the ayan
anta (solstice) moves, the circle which passes through the ayan
anta
will also pass through the r
asi-k
u.ta, it follows that the ayan
anta-rasi-k
u.t a
(poles of the ecliptic) too would have moved in the direction in which the
apakram
ayan
anta (solstices) has moved. Since it is also the rule that the
ayan
anta (solsticial point) on the apakrama-man. d.ala would on all days (i.e.,
always) be removed from the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala by 24 degrees, it follows that
the r
asi-k
u.ta-s on the two sides (p
arsva) of the apakrama-man. d.ala would be
removed by the same extent, on all days (i.e., always) from the two Dhruva-s
on the sides of the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala. Hence, the sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta of the two
r
asi-k
u.ta-s will be the same always. Thus, it has to be understood that the
two r
asi-k
u.ta-s will swing to the east and the west, on account of the motion
of equinoxes, in their own sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta-s. Then, the distance which a
planet has moved from Mes.a
di can be ascertained through computing the
true planet.
And in order to learn how much it has moved from the point of contact of
the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala and apakrama-man. d.ala, the amount of motion of the
equinoxes (ayana-calana) has to be applied to it (i.e., to the true planet).
Then it (i.e., the corrected true planet) is said to be gol
adi. Thus (has been
stated) the mode of the motion of the equinoxes.
518
9.6
Changes in placement due to terrestrial latitude
What is explained above is applicable when one considers the celestial sphere
for an observer having zero-latitude (i.e., on the equator). For him it would
appear that it (the celestial sphere) is rotating towards west (from the east)
due to the (motion of the) v
ayu-gola. It has been stated that, because of this,
it would appear that all the diurnal circles beginning with the circle at the
centre of the v
ayu-gola, namely the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta, would appear as vertical
circles. It has also been stated that the bhagola is inclined to the v
ayu-gola
and that it has a slow motion. Now, when the celestial sphere is considered
from a place having a latitude, it would appear that the v
ayu-gola itself has
an inclination, and that the bhagola too has an inclination in accordance
with the former. This is being explained below.
9.7
Zenith and horizon at different locations on

the surface of the Earth
Now, what is perfectly spherical is called a gola (sphere). The Earth is in

the form of a sphere. On the Earth, which is of this shape, there are people
all over its surface. The feeling that anybody has at any place would be
that the place that he is standing on is the top (of the Earth), that the
surface of the Earth (over which he stands) is flat (horizontal), and that he
is standing perpendicular (to the Earths surface). Consider the spherical
Earth, which is suspended in the centre of the sky, as having two halves, the
upper half and the lower half. Then, for the upper half, the centre seems to
be the place where one stands. Then, the sky below the horizon around on
the sides (p
arsva) would be hidden by the Earth. This being the case, when
celestial bodies enter the horizon (bh
u-p
arsva), their rising and setting take
place. The sky will be visible above this (horizon). The centre of the (visible
portion) is the kha-madhya (zenith). It will be right above the head of the
observer. Here, what has been stated as ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala is the east-west
9.7 Zenith and horizon at different locations
519
vertical circle at the place with no latitude. Its centre will be exactly at the
centre of the Earth. At the two far sides of this will be the two Dhruva-s
(poles). In this configuration, consider a north-south axis passing through
the centre of the Earth and extending to the two poles. Let it be called the
aks.a-dan.d.a (polar axis). This would be like an axle. Consider the celestial
sphere to be attached to it so that when it spins the celestial sphere will
also spin according to it. If so, it is easy to conceive of the variation in the
inclination of the v
ayu-gola in accordance with the difference in the locations
on the Earth.
Here, in the region of no latitude, the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala is a circle which
is exactly east-west, and passes through the zenith. It has been stated
earlier that at the place of no latitude, the horizon (horizontal circle) passing
through the poles at the two sides of the Earth, is the equatorial horizon
(niraks.a-ks.itija). Now, if looked at from the Meru in the North (pole) of the
Earth, the Dhruva will appear at the zenith. Then the equatorial horizon
would be vertical and the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala will appear as the horizon. There,
everybody will have the feeling that the place they are located is one of
uniform motion around (sama-tiryak-gata); and there too, they will feel that
their posture is vertical. This accounts for the difference between the zenith
(kha-madhya) and the horizon (bh
u-p
arsva) at each place (on the surface of
the Earth). This being the case, as one moves from the equator northwards,
the pole will be seen higher and higher up from the horizon. And, as one
moves from the Meru (north pole) southwards, it (Dhruva) will be seen
lower and lower with respect to the zenith, up to the equator. Thus, for
each (observer) in different parts of the Earth, the zenith and the horizon
are different.
Now, conceive ones place to be on the meridian (sama-rekh
a) right northwards of Lank
a. Then, conceive of a (great) circle passing through the zenith,
which is a point lying towards the north of the point of intersection of the
ghat.ik
a-vr.tta and the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta on the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta, and passing through the previously mentioned east and west cardinal points. This
circle is called sama-man.d.ala (prime vertical). Ascertain on the daks.in.ottara-
520
vr.tta, the distance between the ghat.ik

a-man.d.ala and the sama-man.d.ala.
Conceive of a circle passing through the east and west cardinal points and
the two points on the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta, one below the north pole by the
abovesaid difference, and another by the same measure above the south pole.
That circle is called the svadesa-ks.itija (local horizon). The portion lying to
the north of the east and the west cardinal points of the equatorial horizon
described above, will be above the local horizon, and the portion lying to
the south of it (i.e., the east and the west cardinal points) will be below (the
local horizon). Now, when such a local horizon is conceived of separately,
the equatorial horizon is called unman.d.ala. Now, just as the six equidistant
cardinal points generated by the three (circles), viz., daks.in.ottara, ghat.ik
a
and equatorial horizon circles (unman.d.ala) gave rise to eight equal spherical sections, in a similar manner, eight equal divisions of the sphere can be
conceived of by (the set of three circles) daks.in.ottara, sama-man.d.ala (prime
vertical) and the local horizon (svadesa-ks.itija). In this manner, six equidistant cardinal points and eight equal spherical divisions are formed whenever
we have three mutually perpendicular great circles.
Now conceive of a fourth circle. Let it be constructed such that, it passes
through the cardinal points (svastika-s) formed by two of the said three circles. Then, by means of this circle, it would seem as if four of the eight
spherical sections (mentioned above) are divided apart. This circle is called
valita-vr.tta (deflected circle). The computation of the distance of the other
two circles from this valita-vr.tta is carried out using the rule of three pertaining to the difference in the circles, and this will be explained later, in detail.
Thus has been explained the nature of v
ayu-gola. The locational distinction
between the v
ayu-gola and the bhagola has already been stated.
Since the Earth is spherical, for observers on different locations of the surface
of the Earth, the altitude of the pole (Dhruva) that is along the tip of the
aks.a-dan.d.a (polar axis) will appear different. Therefore, the v
ayu-gola that
rotates in accordance with the spin of the said axis will appear to rotate with
different inclinations, as has been mentioned earlier. Then, it is to be noted
that the nature of the v
ayu-gola, the difference in the location (sam
ana. sth
9.8 Construction of the armillary sphere
521
bheda) of the bhagola from that of the v

ayu-gola, and the spherical shape of
the Earth these three provide the basis for those calculations pertaining to
the planets, which are to be carried out after the computation of true planets
(graha-sphut. a). Hence, their nature has been stated here in advance.
9.8
Construction of the armillary sphere
Now, in case a clear mental conception of the the circles mentioned above
and their rotation has not been achieved, then construct an armillary sphere
with the necessary circular rings tied appropriately (rotating around the
polar axis) and having a spherical object representing the Earth fixed to
the middle of the axis, and perceive the rotation of the sphere. In this
construction, the prime vertical, north-south circle, the local horizon and the
equatorial horizon need not have to revolve. So, to keep them fixed, employ
a few larger circles and tie them up from outside. The other circles have to
revolve. Hence, tie them up inside by choosing them to be smaller circles.
Represent the jy
a-s by means of strings. Thus (experimenting with this),
clearly understand the situation of (the circles making up) the armillary
sphere and their revolutions.
9.9
Distance from a Valita-vr.tta to two perpendicular circles
Now, let there be certain (say, three) great circles with same dimension and
with a common centre. Herein below is described a method to ascertain the
distance from one circle, namely the valita-vr.tta to the other two. This is
first illustrated by the derivation of the apakrama-jy
a and its kot.i. For this,
suppose the vernal equinox to be coinciding with the zenith for an equatorial
observer. There, the vis.uvad-viparta-vr.tta (the circle passing through the
vernal equinox and the north-south poles) which is perpendicular (viparta)
to the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala at the vernal equinox would also (incidentally) coin-
522
cide with the daks.inottara-vr.tta. The ayan

anta-viparta-vr.tta (the perpendicular circle passing through the solstice) will coincide with the equatorial
horizon. When this is the situation of the celestial sphere, construct the
apakrama-man. d.ala, which is nothing but the locus (m
arga) of the eastward
motion of the Sun, such that it passes through (1) the svastika-s (cardinal
points) at the top and bottom (zenith and the nadir), (2) the point on the
horizon which is 24 degrees away from the eastern svastika towards the north
and (3) the point on the horizon which is 24 degrees away from the western
a) with
svastika towards the south. Then, conceive of a desired Rsine (is..ta-jy
its foot at the place which forms the sara with its beginning at the equinox,
and with the tip at the desired point on the apakrama-man. d.ala which lies
to the east of the zenith. This will be the Rsine of the desired part of
the arc of the apakrama-man. d.ala. Now, first it has to be ascertained as to
what would be the distance between the tip of the desired Rsine and the
ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala along the north-south direction, and secondly it has also
to be ascertained as to what would be the distance between the tip of the
Rsine and the daks.in.ottara-man. d.ala along the east-west direction. Herein
below (is given) a method to ascertain the above.
Now, the maximum divergence between the apakrama-man. d.ala and ghat.ik
aman.d.ala can be found on the horizon which is the same as the ayan
antaviparta-vr.tta. Here, the maximum divergence is the Rsine of 24 degrees and
this is the Rsine of the maximum declination (param
apakrama). Then again,
the maximum divergence between the apakrama-vr.tta and the daks.in.ottaravr.tta can also be seen from the ayan
anta-viparta-vr.tta itself. Here, the Rcosine of the maximum declination would be the divergence of the apakramaman.d.ala from the pole (i.e., the line joining the north and the south pole).
This is called parama-sv
ahor
atra.
Now, conceive as the pram
an.a the hypotenuse (karn.a), the radius of the
apakrama-man. d.ala, which is the distance between the centre and the circumference of the ayan
anta-viparta-vr.tta. Conceive the two maximum divergences, the bhuj
a and kot.i of this hypotenuse, as the respective pram
an.aphala-s. Then conceive as icch
a, the desired Rsine (is..ta-dorjy
a) which has its
9.10 Some Viparta and Nata-vr.tta-s
523
tip at the desired place on the apakrama-man. d.ala. Apply the rule of three.
Then the bhuj
a and kot.i of the is..ta-dorjy
a will be got as icch
a-phala-s, being
respectively the distances from the tip of the dorjy
a to the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala
and to the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta. These two are called is..ta
pakrama (Rsine of
the desired declination) and is..ta
pakrama-kot. i. This is the rationale of the
rule of three for finding the distances between great circles having the same
dimension and a common centre.
9.10
Some Viparta and Nata-vr.tta-s
Herein below (is stated) the method to arrive at the above in an easy manner.
There, we have the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala, vis.uvad-viparta-vr.tta and ayan
antaviparta-vr.tta, being three circles mutually perpendicular (tiryak-gata) to
each other. Construct an apakrama-vr.tta, a little inclined to the ghat.ik
aman.d.ala. Then, conceive of three more circles besides these four circles (as
follows). First, a circle which passes through the two poles and the desired
place in the apakrama-vr.tta is constructed. This (circle) is called ghat.ik
anata-vr.tta. The maximum divergence from this circle to the vis.uvad-vipartavr.tta and the ayan
anta-viparta-vr.tta can be seen on the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala.
Construct (the second) circle touching the point of intersection of the ghat.ik
avr.tta and the ayan
anta-viparta-vr.tta, and the desired point on the apakramaman.d.ala. This is called vis.uvad-viparta-nata-vr.tta , and since the vis.uvadviparta is the same as the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta, it is (also) called daks.in.ottaranata-vr.tta. The maximum divergence between this circle and (i) the ayan
antaviparta-vr.tta and (ii) the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta can be seen along the vis.uvad-vipartavr.tta.
It might be noted that in the above-said situation of the apakrama-man. d.ala,
the two r
asi-k
u.ta-s (poles of the ecliptic) would be situated on the horizon,
which is the ayan
anta-viparta-vr.tta, at 24 degrees towards the east from the
south pole and by the same amount towards the west from the northern pole.
Conceive of still another circle, which passes through the two r
asi-k
u.ta-s and
524
a point on the apakrama-man. d.ala, which is one-fourth of the circumference

(90 degrees) away from the desired point on the apakrama-man. d.ala and lies
to the west of the zenith. This is called the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta. The maximum
divergence between the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala occurs at a
point which is one-fourth of the circumference (90 degrees) removed from
the place where these two circles intersect. This (maximum) divergence will
occur on the ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta.
Since, however, this ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta passes through the two poles, it is
viparta (perpendicular) to the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala. Then again, the tip of
the desired Rsine of the declination (kr
ants..ta-jy
agr
a) on the ecliptic forms
the pole (p
arsva) of the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta. Since it passes through that point,
the ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta is perpendicular also to the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta. Since, as
indicated here, the ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta is perpendicular both to the ghat.ik
a
and the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s, the maximum divergence of the latter two will
occur on this ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta. And, that will be equal to the desired
dyujy
a. Thus, the maximum divergence between the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and the
daks.in.ottara-vr.tta, which itself is perpendicular to the vis.uvad-vr.tta (celestial
equator), would occur on the y
amyottara (i.e., daks.in.ottara-nata-vr.tta) which
is perpendicular to both these circles.
Since the y
amyottara-nata-vr.tta touches the east and west cardinal points
and the tip of the desired Rsine, the y
amyottara-nata circle is viparta (perpendicular) to both (the above circles). As is known, when two (equal)
circles (inclined to each other) intersect at two points, a third (equal) circle
passing through the points which are at one-fourth the circumference (90 degrees) away from these two intersecting points, happens to be a viparta-vr.tta
(perpendicular circle). Thus it is appropriate that the maximum divergence
that occurs between the first mentioned two circles is on this (perpendicular)
circle.
Here, the circles, viz., the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta which is the same as the vis.uvadviparta-vr.tta, and the ayan
anta-viparta-vr.tta which is the same as the horizon, and the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala are mutually perpendicular. Here is a set
9.11 Declination of a planet with latitude
525
up where the division into quadrants (p

ada-vyavasth
a) and division of the
sphere (gola-vibh
aga) have been determined by the said three circles. In this
set-up, the divergence amongst the circles is determined by the two natavr.tta-s, the apakrama-vr.tta and the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta. There, the maximum
divergence between the ghat.ik
a and apakrama circles is equal to the maximum declination and occurs in the horizon. The desired Rsine (dorjy
a) is
the distance (agra) from the vis.uvad (equinox) to the desired point on the
apakrama-man. d.ala . Rcosine thereof (dorjy
a-kot.i) is the distance from the
ayan
anta-viparta-vr.tta to the point of desired declination. The declination
at the desired place is the Rsine on the ghat.ik
a-nata circle from the point
of contact of the nata (ghat.ik
a-nata) and apakrama circles to the ghat.ik
aman.d.ala. And the is..ta-dyujy
a (day radius) is the Rsine on the nata-vr.tta
from the pole to the desired point on the apakrama-vr.tta.
9.11
Declination of a planet with latitude
It might be noted that the is..ta

pakrama (declination at a desired point) is
also to be found in the above-said circle. Now, the is..ta
pakrama-kot. i is the
Rsine on the daks.in.ottara-nata-vr.tta which is from the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta to
the desired point which is the tip of the (previously stated) dorjy
a. The
Rsine on the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta from the east-west cardinal points to the
tip of the dorjy
a is the kot.i of this is..ta
pakrama-kot. i. Lankodaya-jy
a, which
is nothing but the k
ala-jy
a, is the Rsine from the equinox to the point of
contact of the ghat.ik
a and nata-vr.tta-s. Lankodaya-jy
a-kot.i is the one which

has its tip at the tip of the above jy
a and extends up to the east-west cardinal
points. K
ala-kot.i-jy
a is that which starts from the zenith and with its tip at
the point of contact of the r
asi-k
u.ta and ghat.ik
a-vr.tta on the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta.
The k
ala-kot.yapakrama (declination of the k
ala-kot.i on the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta)
is that which has its tip at the tip of the k
ala-kot.i and commences from the
point of contact of the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and the apakrama-man. d.ala. This has
to be derived from the maximum declination which has been specified as the
hypotenuse in the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala.
526
If a planet has a latitudinal deflection from the point of contact of the r

asik
u.ta and the kr
anti-vr.tta (ecliptic), then the deflection would be along the
r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and so the latitude arc (viks.epa-c
apa) would be a remainder
(i.e., extension) of the arc of the k
ala-kot.yapakrama. The sum or difference of
these arcs would be the distance between the latitudinally deflected planet
and the point of contact of the ghat.ik
a and r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s. Now, the
maximum divergence between the ghat.ik
a and r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s is seen in
the ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta. And, that is equal to the desired dyujy
a.
Now, the poles (p
arsva) of the r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta are the points of contact of the
nata and apakrama circles. Since it is a fact that from the poles (samap
arsva)
all its (i.e., the circles) parts are away by one-fourth of a circle (90 degrees),
the distance between the (point of intersection of) r
asi-k
u.t a and apakrama
is one-fourth of a circle (90 degrees) away from the (point of intersection of)
ghat.ik
a-nata and the daks.in.ottara-nata. These quadrants would have been
divided into two by the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala and the y
amyottara (north-south
circle). Here, the northern part of the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala would be the desired
declination. But the southern part would be the dyujy
a. This would be the
maximum divergence between the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta and the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta.
Now, the ghat.ik
a-nata passes through the poles (p
arsva) of ghat.ik
a and the
r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s. Since the ghat.ik
a and r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s are passing through
the poles of the ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta, (we have the following): (Consider) the
radius hypotenuse (trijy
a-karn.a) of the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta which commences
from the point of intersection of the ghat.ik
a and r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s, and having
its tip at its contact with the nata-vr.tta. For this karn.a, the maximum divergence stated above, viz., the desired dyujy
a, would be kot.i. If the above is
the case, how much will be the kot.i of the jy
a which is the hypotenuse on the
r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta stretching from the point of intersection of the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta,
and having its tip at the planet with latitude (viks.ipta-graha). (This kot.i
will be) the distance between the planet-with-latitude and the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta.
This will be the declination of the planet that has a latitudinal deflection.
527
This is the method of deriving the declination of the planet-with-latitude

by applying the rule of three using the Rsine of the arc got by finding the
sum or difference of the arc of the k
ala-kot.i-kr
anti and the arc of the viks.epa.
This icch
a-phala and the pram
an.a-phala might be taken as triangles. Instead of adding the arcs, the Rsines might be added. There again, by mutually multiplying the kot.i-s with the jy
a-s and dividing the product by trijy
a
and adding or subtracting the results appropriately, and again multiplying by the is..ta-dyujy
a and dividing by trijya, the declination of the planeta are the
with-latitude is obtained. Here, the viks.epa-kot.i and is..ta-dyujy
gun.ak
ara-s (multipliers) for k
ala-kot.i-kr
anti. Multiply first the k
ala-kot.ikr
anti by is..ta-dyujy
a and divide by trijy
a. The result will be the distance
from the point of contact of the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and the kr
anti-vr.tta to the
ghat.ik
a-vr.tta. This will be the jy
a on the apakrama-man. d.ala, from that
point on it from which the planet has a latitudinal deflection, if it is presumed that it has no latitude. Here, instead of multiplying the latitude by
dyujy
a, one might multiply the k
ala-kot.i-kr
anti-kot.i, which is the multiplier
a since, both ways,
of the latitude, by the is..ta-dyujy
the result will be the same. Then it would be as if the k
ala-kot.i-kr
anti and
its kot.i had been multiplied by is..ta-dyujy
a and divided by trijy
a. The results obtained will then be the bhuj
a and kot.i of a circle having its radius
equal to that of the is..ta-dyujy
a. So, multiply the k
ala-kot.i-kr
anti and its
kot.i by the is..ta-dyujy
a-vy
as
ardha, and respectively by the viks.epa-kot.i and
the viks.epa. It has already been stated that if k
ala-kot.i-kr
anti is converted
in terms of is..ta-dyujy
a-vr.tta, the result will be the declination of the planet
with latitude.
Now, when the square of the declination of the planet without latitude
(aviks.ipta-graha) is subtracted from the square of the is..ta-dyujy
a, the result will be the square of the a
dyanta-dyujy
a (antya-dyujy
a). Its root is the
k
alakot.i-kr
anti-kot.i on the dyujy
a-vr.tta. That will also be the kot.i of the
maximum declination. Now, when the square of the is..ta-dorjy
a-kr
anti is
subtracted from the square of trijy
a, the result will be the square of is..tadyujy
a. Here, suppose the planet without latitude is at the tip of the dorjy
a.
Then, its kr
anti-kot.i will be its kr
anti (declination). When the square of
528
this declination is also subtracted, it would be as if the square of the kot.ikr

anti and the square of the bhuj
a-kr
anti have also been subtracted. When
the square of the kot.i-kr
anti and the square of the bhuj
a-kr
anti are added
together, the sum would be the square of the parama-kr
anti (maximum declination). When it is subtracted from the square of trijy
a the result would be
the square of the parama-kr
anti-kot. i (Rcosine maximum declination). The
square root thereof is the parama-kr
anti-kot. i. Hence multiply the viks.epa
by parama-kr
anti-kot. i. Multiply also the kr
anti-jy
a of the planet-withoutlatitude (aviks.ipta-graha) by the viks.epa-kot.i. These two added together or
subtracted from one another appropriately, and divided by trijy
a will result
in the declination of the planet with latitude. Thus has been explained the
method of arriving at the declination of a planet with latitude.
9.12
Apakrama-kot.i
Now is explained the method of ascertaining the apakrama-kot. i of a planetwith-declination, extending east-west, being the distance between the planet
and the north-south circle which is the same as the vis.uvad-viparta-vr.tta.
The east and west cardinal points are the poles of the north-south circle.
The tip of the jy
a of the desired declination is the pole of the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta.
Now, consider the location on the daks.in.ottara-nata-vr.tta passing through
the poles of these two circles, which touches the tip of the jy
a of the desired declination. A point that is one-fourth circumference (90 degrees)
away from this will touch the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta, since all the points in a circle from its pole are at a distance of one quadrant. Divide this quadrant
into two parts by the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta. The distance between the tip of
the is..ta-kranti-dorjy
a and the north-south circle is the is..ta
-kranti-kot.i. This
remainder of kot.i extends from the north-south circle to the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta
and is the kot.i of the is..ta
pakrama-kot. i. In all circles, quadrants divided into
two will have complementary bhuj
a and kot.i. Thus, it follows that the kot.i
of the is..ta
pakrama-kot. i is the maximum divergence between the r
asi-k
u.ta
and daks.in.ottara-vr.tta-s. Here the pram
an. a is the trijy
a-karn.a which extends from the point of intersection of the north-south and r
asi-k
u.ta circles
9.12 Apakrama-kot. i
529
to the daks.in.ottara-nata-vr.tta along the r

asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta. The Rsine of this
maximum divergence is the pram
an. a-phala. The distance from the point
of contact of the north-south circle up to the planet with latitude on the
r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta could be taken as the icch
a. From this the distance between
the planet and the north-south circle can be got as the icch
a-phala.
Here is the method for the derivation of the icch
a-r
asi. Now, for a circle with
its tip at the southern cardinal point and having a radius equal to the radius
of the north-south circle, its divergence from the apakrama-vr.tta that occurs
on the horizon and is equal to the maximum dyujy
a (i.e., antya-dyujy
a) is
the pram
an. a-phala. How much is the distance between the apakrama-vr.tta
and the y
amyottara-vr.tta-jy
a, the Rsine which starts from the zenith and has
its tip on the contact with the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta. The icch
a-phala would be the
divergence between the north-south and apakrama circles which will be seen
on the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta. Then to this jy
a add or subtract, appropriately, the
viks.epa-jy
a (Rsine latitude). The result would be the jy
a on the r
asi-k
u.t avr.tta being the jy
a which commences from the point of contact of the northsouth circle, and having its tip on the planet-with-latitude. Multiply this by
the maximum divergence between the r
asi-k
u.ta and north-south circles, and
divide by trijy
a. The result is the distance from the deflected planet to the
north-south circle.
Here, when for the purpose of deriving the icch
a-r
asi, addition and subtraction of viks.epa-jy
a is carried out, mutual multiplication of the kot.i-s and
division by trijy
a are required. Multiplication by maximum divergence is also
needed. For this the following order might be employed: that is, first multiply by the maximum divergence and then multiply by viks.epa-kot.i, since
there will be no difference in the result. Here, when the jy
a on that part of
the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta which lies on the divergence between the north-south and
apakrama circles, is multiplied by the jy
a of maximum divergence between
the r
asi-k
u.ta and north-south circles, and divided by trijy
a, the result will be
the distance between the point of contact from the r
asi-k
u.ta and apakrama
circles to the north-south circle. And that will be the kot.i of the declination
which is the hypotenuse to the jy
a of the planet-without-latitude.
530
Now, multiply the kot.i of the jy

a of the divergence between the north-south
and apakrama-vr.tta-s by the maximum divergence between the north-south
circle and the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and divide the product by trijy
a. The result
will be the square root of the difference between the square of the Rcosine
of the declination of the planet-with-latitude, and the square of the abovederived maximum divergence. The rationale here is that in a circle which
has trijy
a (Rsine 90 degrees) as radius, if any Rsine and Rcosine therein
are multiplied by the same multiplier and divided by trijy
a, they will be
converted respectively into the Rsine and Rcosine of a circle having the said
multiplier as radius.
In the above case, the Rcosine in the circle with trijy
a as radius, the maximum divergence will be the maximum declination. Then again, when the
square of the desired declination is subtracted from the square of the is..tadorjy
a, the remainder is the square of the Rcosine of the desired declination.
If this is subtracted from the square of trijy
a, the remainder will be the
square of the maximum divergence between the north-south circle and the
r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta. Subtract from this the square of the Rcosine of the declination of the planet-without-latitude. The result will be the desired square of
the Rcosine. That will be the square of maximum declination.
Now, when the square of the bhuj
apakrama-kot. i and that of the kot.yapakramakot.i are added, the sum will be the square of the anty
apakrama-kot. i. When
that is subtracted from the square of trijy
a, the result will be the square
of anty
apakrama. The root thereof is the anty
apakrama. Now, the viks.epa
(Rsine of the latitude) is multiplied by the maximum declination and viks.epakot.i (Rcosine of the latitude) by the Rcosine of the declination of the planetwith-latitude. When these two results are added or subtracted appropriately
and divided by trijy
a, the result obtained would be the distance from the
planet-with-latitude to the north-south circle.
Suppose, however, that it is not divided by trijy
a and the square of the
declination of the planet with latitude is subtracted from the square of trijy
a.
The root thereof would be the dyujy
a of the planet. By this, divide the earlier
531
result and the result will be the k

ala-dorgun.a (k
ala-jy
a) of the planet-withlatitude. This k
ala-dorgun.a has been explained earlier.
Now, besides (the above circles), conceive of still another circle passing
through the planet with latitude, and the two poles. (Ascertain) the Rsine
starting from the point where it intersects the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta up to vis.uvad
(the intersection point of the ecliptic and the celestial equator) along the
ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala. This Rsine is called k
ala-dorgun.a (k
ala-jy
a). The arc of
this Rsine is measured in pr
an.a-s (units of time equal to one-sixth of a
vin
ad.).
It is the case that the portion between the planet-with-latitude and the
equinox will revolve during this specified time (i.e., above said pr
an.a-s).
The Rsine of this, which is in time units, is k
ala-jy
a. The number of pr
an.a-s
in the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta are equal to the number of minutes (ili) in the twelve
r
asi-s. This will revolve once in 21,600 (anantapura in kat.apay
adi notation)
pr
an.a-s or minutes. Hence, the identity in the number of pr
an.a-s and time
(k
ala). This being the case, just as in the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta, in all the sv
ahor
atravr.tta-s (diurnal circles) also, there will be a revolution of one minute (anantapur
am
an.a. Hence, all the sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta-s have
. sa = 1/21,600) in one pr
to be divided into the number of minutes in a circle (i.e., 21,600), when
the measure of time is required. Then, the distance between the planetwith-latitude and the north-south circle would be as derived above. Since,
that (21,600) is the number (of kal
a-s) when measured on the sv
ahor
atravr.tta of the planet-with-latitude, k
ala-dorgun.a can be taken also as the jy
a
on that sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta. The arc thereof can also be the k
ala-arc, being
the measure of difference between the north-south circle and the r
asi-k
u.t avr.tta, as seen on the sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta of the planet with latitude. Thus
has been stated the method to ascertain the distance of the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta
and of the vis.uvad-viparta-vr.tta from the planet with latitude. The Ac

arya
(Nlakan.t.ha Somayaji) has stated so in his Siddh
anta-darpan. a .
antyadyujyes..tabhakr
antyoh. ks.epakot.ighnayoryutih. |
viyutirv
a grahakr
antistrijy
apt
a k
aladorgun.ah. ||
532

antyakr
ants..tatatkot.yoh. svadyujy
apt
api p
urvavat |
[Siddh
anta-darpan. a, 28-29]
Mutiply the Rcosine of the maximum declination (24 degrees)
and the declination of the (aviks.ipta) planet, separately, by the
Rsine and Rcosine of the latitude, and add or subtract the products (as the case may be). The result is the declination of the
planet (with latitude).
Multiply (separately) the maximum declination (24 degrees) and
the kot.i of the is..ta
pakrama of the (aviks.ipta) planet as before
(by the Rcosine and Rsine of the latitude); add or subtract the
products (as the case may be), and divide by the dyujy
a. The
result will be the k
ala-jy
a.
Thus have been described the derivation of the declination of a planet-with

latitude, and also the k
ala-jy
a. And therethrough have been described also
the complete details of the rule of three (for calculating) the divergences
between the (great) circles.
Chapter 10
The Fifteen Problems
10.1
The fifteen problems
Now, towards demonstrating in detail, the above-stated principles, fifteen

problems are posed in relation to the divergence between the said seven
(great) circles.
Now, there are the six items to be known: the maximum declination (antyakr
anti), the desired declination (is..ta-kr
anti), the is..ta-kr
anti-kot.i, the Rsine
of the desired longitude (dorjy
a), Rsine of the right ascension (k
ala-jy
a) and
the nata-jy
a. When two of these (six) are known, herein below (are) the
methods to derive the other four. This can occur in fifteen ways. When one
item is known, mostly, its kot.i can be found by subtracting its square from
the square of trijy
a and finding the root of the result.
Now, the (portions of the) ghat.ik
a, apakrama and vis.uvat-viparta-nata circles
lying between the ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta and the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta are separated by
a quadrant of the circle (90 degrees). The quadrants of these circles are bifurcated by the vis.uvad-viparta-vr.tta. And (the portions of) vis.uvad-viparta
and ghat.ik
a-nata circles lying between the vis.uvad-viparta-nata and r
asik
u.ta-vr.tta are separated by the quadrant of a circle (90 degrees). All these
quadrants are bifurcated by the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta. These bifurcated parts will
mutually be bhuj
a and kot.i, for it follows that when quadrants are bifurcated
there will be (mutual) bhuj
a and kot.i.
534
10.2
10. The Fifteen Problems
Problem one
Now, when the maximum declination and actual declination are known, here
is the method to find the other four. For the maximum declination, trijy
a
is the hypotenuse. By finding how much is it for the desired declination,
the dorjy
a can be found. Applying the rule of three: If the divergence
between ghat.ik
a and apakrama is the anty
apakrama (maximum declination)
and the divergence between the north-south circle and apakrama-vr.tta is the
antya-dyujy
a, what will it (i.e., divergence between the north-south circle
and apakrama-vr.tta) be when it (i.e., the divergence between ghat.ik
a and
apakrama) is the desired declination (is..ta
pakrama): we get this divergence
(is..ta
pakrama-kot. i) from the tip of the dorjy
a to the north-south circle. For all
these three, the kot.i-s can be got by subtracting their squares from the square
of the trijy
a and calculating the roots. By the rule of three, the is..ta
pakrama
(declination) is the divergence between ghat.ik
a and y
amyottara-nata while
going from the east-west cardinal points to the tip of the dorjy
a along the
y
amyottara-nata-vr.tta. Then, by finding the maximum extent of these along
the north-south circle, the y
amyottara-nata-jy
a is got. Again by the rule of
three: The is..ta
pakrama-kot. i is the distance from the north pole to the tip
of the dorjy
a and is the divergence between the y
amyottara and (ghat.ik
a)
nata. Then, by finding the maximum divergence in the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta, the
lankodaya-jy
a will be obtained. Such being the case, for the pram

an.a-phala-s in the form of the is..ta
pakrama-kot. i, the mutually corresponding kot.i-s
form the pram
an. a-s. Since, for these pram
an. a-s, dorjy
a-kot.i is the pram
an.aphala and trijy
a forms the icch
a, we get the divergence between (y
amyottara
or ghat.ik
a) nata and ks.itija as nata-kot.i and lankodayajy
a-kot.i. Thus is the

solution to the first problem.
10.3
Problem two
The second (problem) is when the maximum declination and is..ta-kr

anti-kot.i
are known. If for the Rcosine of maximum declination (param
apakramakot.i), trijy
a is the hypotenuse, then what would be the hypotenuse for
10.4 Problem three
535
is..ta
pakrama-kot. i. From this the dorjy
a can be got. Then, calculate (the
other quantities) as in the previous case (i.e., the first problem).
10.4
Problem three
The third (problem) is when the maximum declination and dorjy

a (are
known). Here, (it is to be noted that) the maximum declination is the
distance of the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta from the point of contact of the apakramavr.tta and the ayan
anta-viparta-vr.tta, and maximum dyujy
a is the distance
from the same point to the vis.uvad-viparta-vr.tta. Taking these as pram
an. aphala-s and taking the dorjy
a as icch
a, the actual apakrama and its kot.i can
be obtained. The rest is as before.
10.5
Problem four
The fourth problem is when the maximum declination and k

ala-jy
a are
known. Now, the k
ala-jy
a is that portion of the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta from the vis.uvat
to the (ghat.ik
a) nata-vr.tta. K
ala-kot.i is the portion of the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta from
the vis.uvat to the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta. By finding the divergence for this in the
apakrama-vr.tta, we get the divergence of the ghat.ik
a and apakrama-vr.tta-s
on the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta. This would be k
ala-kot.yapakrama. Now, construct a
r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta touching the zenith which is the vis.uvat. The point of contact of this (r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta) and the earlier (referred) r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta will
be on the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta at the horizon (i.e., point of contact of the earlier
r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and the horizon). That will be towards the west from the
north pole by a measure equal to the maximum declination, and as much to
the east from the south pole. Subtract the square of the k
ala-kot.yapakrama
from the square of k
ala-kot.i and find the root. The result will be the distance from the point of intersection of the ghat.ik
a and r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s to
the second r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta. Now, if the square of the k
ala-kot.yapakrama is
subtracted from the square of trijy
a and the root extracted, the result will
536
be the jy
a of the arc of the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta from the point of contact on the
horizon to the point of contact on the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta. When this jy
a is taken
as the hypotenuse and considered as the pram
an.a, the root derived above,
being the divergence between the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s, can be taken as the bhuj
a
and considered as the pram
an. a-phala. In that situation, the trijy
a would be
the icch
a. The maximum distance between the two r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s, which
is the jy
a of the distance between the zenith to the r
asi-kut.a-vr.tta on the
apakrama-man. d.ala would be the icch
a-phala. The kot.i of this (jy
a) would
be the dorjy
a of the distance on the apakrama-man. d.ala from the zenith to
the nata-vr.tta. The rest (of the calculation) is as done earlier.
10.6
Problem five
Now, the fifth problem relates to knowing the nata-jy

a and maximum declination. Now, nata is that portion of the north-south circle from the zenith to
the (ghat.ik
a) nata-vr.tta. And nata-kot.i is that part of the north-south circle
from the zenith to the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta. From the consideration that if the
antya-dyujy
a is the distance on the horizon from the north-south circle to
the apakrama-vr.tta, what would be the distance from the tip of the nata-kot.i,
one would get the distance between the north-south circle and the apakramavr.tta on the r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta. Square this and subtract it separately from: (1)
the square of the nata-kot.i, and (2) the square of trijy
a. When the roots
of the two remainders are extracted they would be: (1) the distance from
the point of contact of the north-south circle and the first r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta to
the second r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta, which is to be taken as the pram
an.a-phala, and
(2) the jy
a on the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta from the point of contact of the northsouth circle to the horizon, which is to be taken as the pram
an. a and the
hypotenuse. When trijy
a is the icch
a, the maximum divergence of the two
r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s is the icch
a-phala and that is the earlier-said maximum declination. The kot.i of this is the dorjy
a. The rest (of the calculation) is as
before. Thus (have been explained), the five problems involving maximum
declination.
10.7 Problems six to nine
10.7
537
Problems six to nine
Then the sixth problem is the one not involving maximum declination but
involving actual declination and is..ta-kr
anti-kot.i. The root of the sum of the
squares of the above (two) would be the dorjy
a, which is to be taken as the
hypotenuse.
The seventh problem involves the knowledge of the actual declination and
dorjy
a, and calculations are as before.
The eighth problem is when the actual declination and k
ala-jy
a are known.
Find the squares of these two and subtract them from the square of trijy
a.
Find the roots thereof. The results will be the actual dyujy
a and k
ala-kot.ijy
a, which also happens to be the maximum divergence of the nata-vr.tta and
the horizon. Here trijy
a will be the pram
an. a, k
ala-kot.i-jy
a is the pram
an. aphala, and actual dyujy
a is the icch
a. The resultant icch
a-phala will be
dorjy
a-kot.i. The rest (of the calculation) is as before.
Then, the ninth problem is where the actual declination and the nata-jy
a
are known. While nata-jy
a is the distance between the y
amyottara-nata-vr.tta
and the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta, the difference between nata-vr.tta and the horizon is
the nata-kot.i-jy
a. From the consideration: when the actual declination is
the first difference, what will be the second difference, the result obtained
is dorjy
a-kot.i; the earlier is the distance from the tip of the dorjy
a to the
horizon. These are the four problems involving actual declination.
10.8
Problems ten to twelve
Then, leaving the above, there is the tenth problem when the is..ta-kr
antikot.i and the dorjy
a (are known). The root of the difference of the squares
of these (two) is the actual declination. The rest is as before.
The eleventh problem is when the k
ala-jy
a and the is..ta
pakrama-kot. i are
known. From the consideration: If trijy
a is the hypotenuse for k
ala-jy
a what
538
is it for is..ta-kr
anti-kot.i, the result would be dyujy
a. Now, when dyujy
a is
multiplied by k
ala-kot.i and divided by trijy
a, the result will be dorjy
a-kot.i.
The first trair
asika is done by the divergence between nata-vr.tta and northsouth circle. And the second trair
asika is done by the distance between
nata-vr.tta and horizon.
The twelfth problem involves the knowledge of the is..ta-kr
anti-kot.i and natajy
a. When the squares of these two are (separately) subtracted from the
square of trijy
a and roots extracted, the two results will respectively be the
jy
a of the portion of y
amyottara-nata-vr.tta from eastern cardinal point to
the tip of the dorjy
a, and the maximum divergence between the y
amyottaranata and the horizon. When these two are multiplied together and divided
by trijy
a, the result will be dorjy
a-kot.i.
10.9
Problems thirteen and fourteen
Then the thirteenth problem is when the dorjy

a and k
ala-jy
a are known.
When these two are squared separately, and each subtracted from the square
of trijy
a and the roots found, their kot.i-s will be got. Then from the consideration: If trijy
a is the hypotenuse for the k
ala-kot.i, what is the hypotenuse
for dorjy
a-kot.i, we get the dyujy
a.
The fourteenth problem is where the dorjy
a and nata-jy
a are known. By
the consideration, if trijy
a is the hypotenuse for nata-kot.i, what will be the
hypotenuse for the dorjy
a-kot.i, will be obtained the jy
a on the (y
amyottara)
nata-vr.tta which is the line from the tip of the dorjy
a to eastern cardinal
point. The kot.i of this is is..ta-kr
anti-kot.i.
10.10
Problem fifteen
Now, knowing the k

ala-jy
a and the nata-jy
a, to derive the other (four items)
is the fifteenth (problem): Here, the distance from the east-west cardinal
10.10 Problem fifteen
539
points to the point of contact of the r

asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta
is the k
ala-jy
a. Then the distance between the east-west cardinal points
to the point of contact of the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and the y
amyottara-nata-vr.tta
is kr
anti-kot.i. Now, the remaining portion of the k
ala-kot.i from the zenith
is the portion between k
ala-bhuj
a and the horizon. It is also to be noted
that the extent from the ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta to the r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta is a p
ada
(quadrant) on the y
amyottara-nata-vr.tta. From this, (it follows that) from
the point of contact in the y
amyottara-vr.tta the horizon is also a p
ada (on
the y
amyottara-nata-vr.tta). Such are the modalities here.
In the same manner, the distance between the y
amyottara-svastika and the
r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta on the y
amyottara-nata-vr.tta will be the nata-jy
a. Here the
declination is the divergence between the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and horizon on the
ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta. Here too, the extent from the point of contact of the
other nata (i.e., point of contact of y
amyottara-nata and ghat.ik
a-nata) to
the r
asi-k
u.ta is a p
ada; the extent from the southern cardinal point to the
ghat.ik
a-vr.tta is also a p
ada. This will be the situation.
Here, the application of the rule of three is thus: For the hypotenuse which
is equal to the radius of the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta which extends from the western
cardinal point to zenith, the nata-jy
a is the maximum divergence of the
y
amyottara-nata-vr.tta; and the k
ala-jy
a is the jy
a for the portion of the
circle from the western cardinal point to the end of the r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta. (The
consideration is): When that (i.e., the k
ala-jy
a) is taken as the hypotenuse,
what will be the difference between the y
amyottara and nata-vr.tta-s. The
result will be the ghat.ik
a-nat
antar
ala (the divergence between the ghat.ik
a
and y
amyottara-nata) on the r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta. In the same manner, the natajy
a from the southern cardinal point to the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta on the north-south
circle is the icch
a. The pram
an.a-phala is the k
ala-jy
a which is the maximum
distance from the zenith to the (ghat.ik
a) nata-vr.tta. The icch
a-phala is the
distance from the north-south circle to the end of the (ghat.ik
a) nata-vr.tta on
the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta. This will be equal to the icch
a-phala derived earlier. The
square of this distance, when subtracted from the square of trijy
a and the
root extracted, would be the divergence between the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta and north-
540
south circle, a portion of the r

asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta. When the jy
a of this divergence
is taken as the hypotenuse and as pram
an.a, there will arise two divergences
in the circles as pram
an.a-phala-s. Now, the maximum divergences, being
the icch
a-phala-s of these two, will be nata-jy
a-s from the points of contact
between the nata and r
asi-k
u.t a to the (two) svastika-s. Here, that on the
y
amyottara-nata is the is..ta
pakrama-kot. i, and that on the ghat.ik
a-nata is the
is..ta
pakrama (actual declination).
The method of deriving the pram
an. a-phala of them is as follows: First (we
derive), the divergence between the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta and (y
amyottara) natavr.tta. Subtract the square of the jy
a on the (relevant) section of the r
asik
u.ta-vr.tta from the square of k
ala-jya and find the root. The result would
be the distance of the first tiryag-vr.tta (transverse circle described below),
and when subtracted from the square of the nata-jy
a and the root found,
the result would be the distance of the second tiryag-vr.tta.
Now, to the depiction of the tiryag-vr.tta-s. The first tiryag-vr.tta is to be
constructed so as to pass through the points of contact of the r
asi-k
u.ta and
north-south circles, which happen to be the poles of the y
amyottara-nata
circle, and also through the east-west cardinal points. The second (tiryagvr.tta) is to pass through the points of contact of the ghat.ik
a and r
asi-k
u.tavr.tta-s, which happen to be the poles of the ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta, and also
through the north-south cardinal points. The maximum divergences of these
two circles with the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s will be at the two nata-vr.tta-s. These
will be the actual declination (is..ta
pakrama) and its kot.i.
Thus have been stated the fifteen problems. And thus are the methods of
extension of the rule of three in the case of divergences of circles.
Chapter 11
Gnomonic Shadow
11.1
Fixing directions
Now, the method to identify the (four) directions. First prepare a level surface. It should be such that if water falls at its centre, the water should
spread in a circle and flow forth on all the sides uniformly. That is the indication for a level surface. On this surface draw a circle (in the following
manner): Take a rod slightly bent at both ends and, with one end of the
rod fixed at the centre, rotate the other end on all sides (so that a circle
will result). The point where the end (of the rod) is fixed is known by the
terms kendra and n
abhi (centre). The line resulting from the rotation of
the other end is called nemi (circumference). Fix (vertically) at the centre
a uniformly rounded gnomon (sanku).
On any morning, observe the point

on the circumference where the tip of the shadow of the gnomon graces and
enters into the circle and, in the same manner, also the point where the
tip of the shadow graces the circumference and goes out of the circle in the
afternoon. Mark these two points on the circle with dots. These two points,
between themselves, will be almost along the east-west. For this reason,
these are termed east and west points. These would have been the exact
east and west points if they were the shadow-points of the stars which do
not have any north-south motion. The Sun has a north-south motion on
account of (its motion between) the solstices, and during the interval from
the moment, when the western shadow-point gets marked, to the moment
542
11. Gnomonic Shadow
when the eastern shadow-point is formed, if the Sun has moved north due to
the change in its declination, then to that extent the tip of the shadow would
have moved to the south. If (the correction were to be) done on the eastern
shadow-point, it has to be moved to the north, in order that (the line connecting the two shadow-points) is along the true east-west. The east-point
shall have to be shifted south appropriately if the Sun is moving towards
south (daks.in.a
yana). This shifting would be (measured by) the difference
in the amplitude of the Sun in inches (ark
agr
angula)
which corresponds to
the difference in the declinations at the two instants (of time at which the
shadow-points were marked). Multiply the difference in apakrama (Rsine
of declination) by the inches of the shadow-hypotenuse (ch
ay
a-karn.a
ngula)
of that moment and divide by the local co-latitude (svadesa-lambaka). The

result is the ark
agr
angula
in the shadow-circle (ch

ay
a-vr.tta). Then shift by
this measure, the east shadow-point (towards north or south), in accordance
to the ayana (northward or southward motion of the Sun). If a line is drawn
connecting the shifted point and the western shadow-point that will be the
correct east-west line. Had the above correction been done on the western
shadow-point, the shifting would have to be done in the reverse direction
of the ayana. Then, by constructing intersecting fish-figures (matsya) with
this line, obtain the north-south line. The rising and setting of stars would
be exactly east and west. From this also the directions can be identified.
11.2
Latitude (Aks.a) and co-latitude (Lamba)
Now, that day when the declinations at sunrise and sunset, which are usually
different, are equal, that would be the day of equinox when the Sun will be
at the zenith at noon. The 12-inch gnomonic shadow at that time would be
the equinoctial shadow (vis.uvacch
ay
a). Take the measure of this shadow as
the bhuj
a, and the 12-inch gnomon as kot.i, square them, add the squares
and find the square root thereof and thus derive the hypotenuse (karn.a).
This hypotenuse (should be taken as) the pram
an.a and the gnomon and
11.3 Time after sunrise or before sunset
543
the shadow as the pram

an.a-phala-s. Trijy
a is the icch
a. The two icch
aphala-s are the latitude (aks.a) and the co-latitude (avalamba or lambana).
Corrections enunciated for the vipartacch
ay
a (to be discussed below) have to
be applied to these. They will then be more exact. Here, the latitude is the
distance between the zenith and the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala (celestial equator). It is
the same as the distance between the Dhruva (pole star) and horizon (ks.itija),
measured on the north-south circle. And, the co-latitude is the distance
between the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala and the horizon measured on the north-south
circle. It is also equal to the distance between the zenith and the Dhruva.
11.3
Time after sunrise or before sunset
Now, the shadow. Here, for the Sun which moves eastwards on the ecliptic,
there will be a shift north and south, in accordance with the inclination of
the ecliptic. (Now, picture the following): Let the Sun (whose motion is as
stated above) be at a certain point (on the ecliptic) at a desired moment.
Then, construct a circle passing through the Sun on the ecliptic at the given
moment, with its centre on the axis which passes through the two poles and
the centre of the celestial sphere, in such a way that all its parts are equally
removed from the celestial equator (i.e., parallel to the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala) by
the measure of the declination of the Sun at that moment. This circle is the
diurnal circle (sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta) at that moment. Its radius would be the
is..ta-dyujy
a (day-radius). Its quadrants shall have to be demarcated through
the six-oclock circle (unman.d.ala) and the north-south circle. On account of
the motion along the diurnal circle, which occurs due to the Pravaha-v
ayu,
the sunrise and sunset occur. Here, the rate of motion of the Pravaha-v
ayu
is constant and so it is possible to ascertain in a definitive manner by how
much the diurnal circle will move in a specific time. Hence it is possible to
calculate correctly the position of a planet on the diurnal circle, i.e., as to
how much it has risen from the horizon on the diurnal circle at a specific
time after rising, or how much it has to go before it sets.
544
11.4
11. Gnomonic Shadow
Unnata-jya
Now, the Pravaha-v

ayu revolves once in 21,600 pr
an.a-units of time. The
diurnal circle will also complete one revolution during this period. So, demarcate each diurnal circle into 21,600 kal
a divisions. Hence, one division
will rotate (by one minute of arc) in one pr
an.a. Therefore, in ordinary parlance, that portion of the diurnal circle that moves in one pr
an.a, is also
called a pr
an.a by secondary extension of meaning (laks.an.a
). Thus, the
pr
an.a-s elapsed after sunrise and the pr
an.a-s yet to elapse before sunset are
spoken of (in ordinary speech) as gata (past) pr
an.a-s and gantavya (to-go)
pr
an.a-s.
These gata-pr
an.a-s or gantavya-pr
an.a-s would be equal to the difference
between the horizon and the position of the Sun on the diurnal circle of
measure 21,600. Since this is an arc, its Rsine has to be calculated to get
the actual (distance). Now, (it is known that) when Rsines are conceived
north-south, the limit is the east-west line at (i.e., passing through) the
centre of the circle. So also, when the Rsines are conceived east-west, the
limit is the north-south line at the centre of the circle. In the same manner,
in the conception of up and down Rsines in the diurnal circle, the limits
would be the lines at right angles to it passing through the centre of the
diurnal circle. (This is so for the following reason): There will be a total
chord (samasta-jy
a) passing through the points of contact of the unman.d.ala
and the diurnal circle and the axis (aks.a-dan.d.a). A Rsine has to be constructed with the above as the limit from the point of sunrise on the horizon.
Since it is on the horizon that the Sun rises, the gantavya-pr
an. a-s are reckoned from the horizon. Now, the portion of the diurnal circle lying between
the horizon and the unman.d.ala forms the ascensional difference (cara) in
pr
an.a-s. This has to be subtracted from the gata-pr
an.a-s and gantavyapr
an.a-s in the case of the northern hemisphere, since the horizon is to the
north of the east-west svastika-s and is below the unman.d.ala (six-oclock
circle). In the southern hemisphere, however, the ascensional difference in
pr
an.a-s has to be added to the gata and gantavya-pr
an.a-s, since there, the
horizon is above. The result will be the unnata-pr
an.a, i.e., the time in
11.5 Mah
a-sanku
and Mah
acch
ay
a
545
pr
an.a-s elapsed from the unman.d.ala to the position of the Sun as indicated in
the diurnal circle. Calculate the Rsine for this (arc). Then, apply to this the
Rsine of the ascensional difference inversely, i.e., by adding it in the northern
hemisphere and subtracting in the southern hemisphere. The result will be
the unnata-jy
a (i.e., Rsine of the unnata-pr
an.a) from the horizon. This is
the full Rsine pertaining to the two quadrants, of this sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta, and
so it will not be just a half-sine. Therefore for addition and subtraction,
multiplication of the kot.i is not required. Since it itself is the remainder of a
Rsine, mere addition and subtraction could be done. Thus shall be derived
the Rsine of the portion of the diurnal circle for the portion between the
Sun and the horizon. Since the (measure in) seconds (ili) is small, it should
be multiplied by the dyujy
a. The result would be the
unnata-jy
a which would be in terms of seconds of trijy
a-vr.tta.
11.5
Mah
a-sanku
and Mahacchaya: Great gnomon

and great shadow
[Here, it might be noted that] the diurnal circle is inclined to the south
exactly as the celestial equator (ghat.ik
a-vr.tta). Hence, when the unnata-jy
a
which forms as it were the hypotenuse, is multiplied by the lam
. baka and
divided by the trijy
a, the result will be the interstice between the Sun and
the horizon. This is called the mah
a-sanku
(great gnomon, celestial gnomon).
The kot.i of this is the distance between the zenith and the planet. This is
termed mah
acch
ay
a (great shadow, celestial shadow).
11.6
Dr.nman
. d.ala
Now, construct a circle passing through the zenith and the planet. This
(circle) is termed dr.nman
. d.ala. The Rsine and Rcosine in this circle are the

mah
a-sanku
and mah
acch
ay
a which have their tips at the location of the
planet. Since the horizon is on the sides (centered around) the centre of the
Earth (ghana-bh
u-madhya) and the foot of the mah
a-sanku
is on the plane
of the horizon, the dr.nman
. d.ala has its centre at the centre of the Earth.
546
11.7
11. Gnomonic Shadow
Dr.ggolacchaya
People (residing) on the surface of the Earth see a planet only by how much
it has risen from, or is lower than, their horizon at the level of their heads.
Therefore, the great gnomon and great shadow which people on the surface of
the Earth (actually) see are the ones on that dr.nman
. d.ala which has its centre

at the location (dr.nmadhya)
of the observer on the surface of the Earth and

its circumference passing through the planet and the zenith. So, construct a
(observer-centric) horizon, tangential to the surface of the Earth, having all
its parts equally raised by a measure equal to the radius of the Earth from
the horizon through the centre of the Earth. The altitude from this (horizon)
is the gnomon for those on the surface of the Earth. This is called dr.ggolasanku.
What has been stated earlier is the bhagola-sanku.
Subtracting
the radius of the Earth from the bhagola-sanku,
the dr.ggola-sanku
results.
Therefore, the difference between the bases of the two gnomons is equal to
the radius of the Earth on account of the difference between the two horizons.
Now, for the shadow, the base is the vertical line. Since this (vertical) drawn
from the centre of the solid-Earth-sphere and that drawn from (the observer
on) the surface of the Earth are the same, the base of the shadow will be at
the same point. Hence, there is no difference in the (length of the) shadow.
In all cases, the tips of the shadows and the gnomons are at the centre of
the planet.
Now, by squaring and adding the two, viz., the gnomon with its base on
the observer-centric horizon tangential to the surface of the Earth, and the
(related) shadow, and finding the square root, a hypotenuse will be obtained
with respect to (the observer on) the surface as the centre. That is called
dr.kkarn.a. This hypotenuse is in fact derived by the pratiman. d.ala-ny
aya
(rule of calculating the karn.a in eccentric circle). Here the pratiman. d.ala has
its centre at the centre of the Earth, whereas the karn.a-vr.tta has its centre
on the surface of the Earth. The distance between the centres of these two
circles, viz., the radius of the Earth, corresponds to the ucca-nca-vy
as
ardha.
Since, the nca-point is the zenith, the minutes of the karn.a-vr.tta would
naturally be small. Therefore the (length of) the shadow that is measured
11.8 Ch
ay
a-lambana
547
in the units of the karn.a-vr.tta, when converted into those of the trijy
a-vr.tta,
will undergo an increase in its magnitude. To that extent the drop from the
zenith will appear to be large. When the shadow in the celestial circle is
multiplied by trijy
a and divided by dr.kkarn.a, the result will be the shadow
in the dr.ggola (dr.ggolacch
ay
a). Thus (is explained) the method of deriving
the shadow using the principle of the pratiman. d.ala-sphut.a.
11.8
Chaya-lambana
Now, multiply the celestial shadow (bhagolacch

ay
a) by the yojana-s of the
Earths radius and divide by the yojana-s of the hypotenuse (sphut.a-yojanakarn.a), because we want it in terms of the yojana-s of dr.kkarn.a. The result
will take the place of bhuj
a-phala. This will be the ch
ay
a-lambana in terms
of minutes. Add this to the celestial shadow. And the result will be the
shadow in the dr.ggola. Thus has been stated the method to derive the
ch
ay
a-lambana in minutes by the principle of the ucca-nca-sphut.a.
11.9
Earths radius
Now, the radius of the ucca-nca-vr.tta measured in terms of the minutes of

the pratiman. d.ala is called antya-phala. Here, since the sphut.a-yojana-karn.a
is the radius of the pratiman. d.ala measured in its units, the radius of the
ucca-nca-vr.tta is equal to the yojana-s of the Earths radius.
Now is stated the method to derive the minutes of the radius of the Earth in
terms of the sphut.a-kaks.y
a of the respective planets, when the said sphut.ayojana-karn.a is taken as trijy
a. Now, when trijy
a is taken as the shadow, the
minutes of the yojana-s of the Earth radius will be the lambana (vertical).
In the calculation of what would be the minutes of lambana for a particular
shadow, since the trijy
a is the shadow and is both a multiplier and a divisor,
it can be dropped. So, multiply the desired shadow by the yojana-s of the
548
11. Gnomonic Shadow
radius of the Earth and divide by the sphut.a-yojana-karn.a. The result will be
the minutes of the lambana of the shadow. Here, between the sphut.a-yojanakarn.a and the madhya-yojana-karn. a there is not much difference. Hence one
can divide the yojana of the Earths radius by the madhya-yojana-karn. a.
The result in the case of the Sun would be 863. With this divide the desired
shadow. The result will be the ch
ay
a-lambana (lambana of the shadow) in
terms of minutes. Now, when the ch
ay
a-lambana of the dr.nman
. d.ala is taken
as the hypotenuse, its bhuj
a and kot.i will be the nati and lambana which will
be stated below. How it is to be done is also being stated later. There has
to be such a correction for the shadow.
11.10
Corrected shadow of the 12-inch gnomon
These shadows and gnomons have their tip at the centre of the sphere of
Sun. Now, the rays of the Sun emanate from all over its surface. The
shadow of a gnomon should be taken to extend to the point upto which the
rays from the uppermost part of Suns circumference is obstructed by the
gnomon. The shadows of all 12-inch gnomons are not merely formed by
the rays emanating from the centre of the solar sphere. Hence the gnomon
should (be made to) extend up to the upper part of the circumference of the
solar orb. The distance of separation between that point and the zenith will
be the shadow. Now, the measure of half the orb is the distance from the
centre of the solar sphere to its upper circumference. This will be a full jy
a
in the dr.nman
. d.ala. Hence, if the radius of the orb is multiplied, respectively,

by the gnomon and the shadow and divided by trijy
a, the results will be the
Rsine-differences (khan.d.a-jy
a). Now, add to the gnomon the result got from
the shadow, and subtract from the shadow the result got from the gnomon.
Thus can be derived the gnomon and the shadow relating to the top of the
Suns orb. These form the useful tools for the dr.gvis.aya (values related to
the observer). Though the Rsine-differences have actually to be derived from
the bhuj
a-jy
a and kot.i-jy
a, which have their tips at the centre of the full
jy
a, there would be little difference even if they are derived from the tip of
the full jy
a. Hence it was directed above to make use of them.
11.11 Vipartacch
ay
a : Reverse shadow
549
In the same manner, if the lambana and the Rsine-differences relating to the
radius of the orbit are corrected, the corrected gnomon and shadow which
have their tips at the top circumference of the solar orbit in the dr.ggola will
be obtained. This shadow is multiplied by 12 and divided by the gnomon
calculated as above. The result will be the (correct) shadow of the l2-inch
gnomon.
11.11
Vipartacchaya : Reverse shadow
Now, the reverse shadow. The method (of the reverse shadow) is applied for
the problem: When the shadow of the l2- inch gnomon is known, how to find
the time in pr
an.a-s, elapsed or yet to elapse. Now, if the 12-inch gnomon
and the shadow are (separately) squared, added together and the root found,
the result will be the ch
ay
a-karn.a (hypotenuse of the shadow) in inches
(angula-s).
Then, multiply the above-said shadow and the gnomon by trijy

a
and divide by the above-said ch
ay
a-karn.a in inches. The results got will
be the mah
a-sanku
(great gnomon) and mah

acch
ay
a (great shadow). Since
they have been derived through the shadow corresponding to the observer
(dr.gvis.aya), they will have their tips at the top circumference of the orb.
Hence, when these gnomon and the shadow are multiplied separately by
the radius of the orb and divided by trijy
a and the results obtained are,
respectively, added to the shadow and subtracted from the gnomon, they
would have been reduced to what they would have been if their tips were
at the centre of the object (bimba, i.e., Sun). Then divide the shadow by
gatija (863) and subtract the result from the shadow. Add to the gnomon
the radius of the Earth in minutes (lipt
a). The calculations up to this should
be carried out on the latitude and the co-latitude as well.
Then multiply this gnomon by the square of trijy
a and divide by the product
of the dyujy
a (radius of the diurnal circle) and lambaka (co-latitude). The
result will be the distance from the centre of the solar sphere to the horizon.
The Rsine on the diurnal circle is 21,600 in its own measure. Then apply to
550
11. Gnomonic Shadow
this the cara-jy

a (Rsine of the ascensional difference), positively or negatively
in accordance as it is Mes.a
di or Tul
adi, then convert it to arc and apply the
cara-pr
an. a-s positively or negatively, as the case may be. The result would
be the pr
an.a-s elapsed or yet to elapse. Thus (has been stated) the method
to derive the pr
an.a-s elapsed or yet to elapse through the reverse process
from the kramacch
ay
a, which in turn is obtained from karn.a and the shadow
of the 12 inch gnomon observed at a desired time.
11.12
Noon-time shadow
Now (is stated) the derivation of noon-day shadow. Now, the noon-day
shadow is the distance between a planet and the zenith (measured) in the
north-south circle, when the planet comes into contact with the north-south
circle. The angular separation between the zenith and the celestial equator
is the latitude. The separation between the Sun and the celestial equator
is the declination (apakrama). The ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala (celestial equator) is
always inclined to the south of the zenith. The Sun shifts south or north of
the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala in accordance with (northern or southern) hemisphere.
Hence, the sum or difference between the celestial latitude and the declination, depending on the hemisphere (in which the Sun lies), is the noon
shadow. Hence, the declination is the sum or difference between the noontime shadow and the latitude. Hence, the latitude is the sum or difference
(as the case may be) of the noon-time shadow and the declination. Thus, if
two among these three are known, the third can be found.
11.13
nkvagr
Chaya-bhuj
a, Arkagra and Sa
Now, the ch
ay
a-bhuj
a. Ch
ay
a-bhuj
a is the distance from the tip of the
shadow in the dr.nman
. d.ala (vertical at the given time) up to the samaman.d.ala (prime vertical). Ch

ay
a-kot.ich
ay
a-bhuj
a is the distance between
the tip of the shadow to the north-south circle.
11.14 Some allied correlations
551
Ark
agr
a is the distance from the point of contact of the horizon and the
relevant diurnal circle to the east or the west point along the horizon. The
Sun rises at that point (the point of contact of the diurnal circle and the
horizon). Then, on account of the (effect of the) Pravaha-v
ayu, while intersecting the north-south circle, it would have shifted towards the south from
the rising point. This shift is called sankvagr
a. Now, draw a line connecting

the points of the rising and the setting (of the Sun). The distance of the
base of the gnomon from this line is the sankvagr
a. (It is to be noted that)

the tip of the gnomon would also have shifted that much. Hence it has got
the name sankvagr
a.
11.14
Some allied correlations
Now, the Rsine of the ark

agr
a is along the horizon and the Rsine of the
apakrama (declination) is along the unman.d.ala (six-o clock circle). These
two (Rsines) will be respectively equal to the distance from the east-west
cardinal points to the diurnal circle (along the respective circles). Now,
ks.iti-jy
a (Earth-sine) is the Rsine of that part of the diurnal circle intercepted between the horizon and the unman.d.ala. This could be taken as the
bhuj
a. Declination would be the kot.i. The hypotenuse is the ark
agr
a. Thus
is formed a triangle. This has been formed due to the latitude (of the place).
This triangle has been formed because the horizon and the unman.d.ala are
different circles, (which again is) due to the latitude. Hence if the desired
apakrama (Rsine of declination) is multiplied by trijy
a and divided by lambaka, the result will be ark
agr
a.
Now, there is another triangle made up of the unnata-jy
a (Rsine of the hour
angle) on the diurnal circle, the gnomon and the sankvagr
a. This is also
latitudinal. This triangle has also been formed since the unnata-jy
a has an
inclination, because of the latitude. Here, the hypotenuse is made up by the
unnata-jy
a on the diurnal circle, the gnomon is the kot.i and the distance
between the base of the unnata-jy
a and the base of the gnomon is the bhuj
a.
This bhuj
a is the sankvagr
a. This is directly north-south. Since, at the

equator, the diurnal circle is vertical, there the unnata-jy
a is also vertical.
552
11. Gnomonic Shadow
However, the inclination (of the unnata-jy

a) due to latitude is towards the
south. For this reason, the line (distance) between the base of the gnomon
and the base of the unnata-jy
a is also exactly north-south. The ark
agr
a
is also exactly north-south. Since, at that time, the direction of both are
the same, it is enough to add them both or subtract one from the other,
according to the northern or southern hemisphere. Mutual multiplication
by the kot.i is not needed here. This addition or subtraction will give the
ch
ay
a-bhuj
a, which is the distance between the east-west line and the base
of the gnomon on the horizon. This is also the distance between the planet
on the dr.nman
. d.ala and the sama-man.d.ala (prime vertical). When this is

considered as the bhuj
a and the shadow as the hypotenuse, the kot.i will be
the ch
ay
a-kot.i, which is the distance between the planet and the north-south
circle.
The above-said (ch
ay
a-kot.i) is the Rsine on the diurnal circle also. When
this is measured by its own 21,600 minute measure, the nata-pr
an.a-s will
be obtained. Since this pertains also to the 12-inch gnomon, the directions
can be determined therefrom as well. For obtaining this, the ark
agr
a is
multiplied by the hypotenuse of the shadow and divided by trijy
a. The result
is called agr
angula.
Here, sankvagr
a will always be the vis.uvacch

ay
a (the
equinoctial shadow) of the 12-inch gnomon. Hence, when the vis.uvacch
ay
a
and agr
angula
are added together or subtracted from one another, the result

will be the bhuj
a of the shadow (ch
ay
a-bhuj
a) of the 12-inch gnomon. Its
direction will be opposite to the bhuj
a of the mah
acch
ay
a (great shadow),
since the tip of the direction of the shadow has to be opposite to the direction
in which the Sun is.
11.15
Determination of the directions
Now, when the shadow, and the corresponding bhuj

a and kot.i at a desired
(place and time) for a 12-inch gnomon have been derived, construct a circle
with the shadow as radius and fix the gnomon at its centre. Mark with a dot,
the point on the circumference, where the tip of the shadow of the gnomon
falls. Touching the said point, place two rods, one being twice the length of
11.16 Sama-sanku
: Great gnomon at the prime vertical
553
the ch
ay
a-bhuj
a laying it north-south, and the other being double the length
of the ch
ay
a-kot.i, laying it east-west, in such a manner that the other ends
(of these two rods) also touch the circumference (of the circle drawn). The
directions having been known roughly, the kot.i-rod will be along the eastwest and the bhuj
a-rod along the north-south. This is another method to
ascertain the direction.
11.16
Sama-sanku
: Great gnomon at the prime

vertical
Now sama-sanku
is explained. Now, the sama-man.d.ala (prime vertical) is

a great circle which passes through the east and the west cardinal points,
and the zenith (and nadir). The ghat.ik
a-vr.tta (celestial equator) is a great
circle which passes through the east and the west cardinal points touching
the north-south circle at a place removed from the zenith towards the south
by (the extent of) the latitude (of the desired place). The descent of the
ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala from the zenith would be equal to the ascent of the north
pole from the horizon. The day on which the diurnal circle (of the Sun)
becomes identical with the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala, on that day the rising and the
setting take place at the east and west cardinal points. Midday occurs at a
place removed south from the zenith by (the extent of) the latitude. All the
diurnal circles will be inclined southwards. Hence the midday will occur to
the south, from where the rising had taken place. However, on the day when
the northern declination is smaller than the latitude, the rising and setting
will be to the north of the east and west cardinal points, and midday will be
to the south of the zenith. Since there is the meeting point (of the diurnal
circle) with the north-south circle, the planet will cross the sama-man.d.ala
(prime vertical) once between its rising and noon. In the same manner, in the
afternoon, it will cross the sama-man.d.ala once before setting. The gnomon
at that time would be sama-sanku.
(Again), at that time the shadow will

be exactly east-west.
Now, on the day when the northern declination is equal to the latitude, the
planet will meet the sama-man.d.ala at the zenith. When the northern decli-
554
11. Gnomonic Shadow
nation becomes greater than the latitude the diurnal circle does not intersect
with the sama-man.d.ala. Hence, on that day, the sama-sanku
does not occur. Also, during southern declination, the sama-man.d.ala and the diurnal
circle do not intersect and hence on that day (or during that period) also
sama-sanku
does not occur. Here, when the northern declination becomes

equal to the latitude, the planet meets the sama-man.d.ala at the zenith and
the sama-sank
is equal to trijy
a. Then, applying the same argument for a
given northern declination less than the latitude as to what the sama-sanku
would be, the sama-sanku
can be calculated. By a calculation reverse to

this, the northern declination can be obtained from the sama-sanku.
And,
from that the bhuj
a-jy
a of the planet can also be derived. This is one way
of obtaining the sama-sanku.
11.17
Samacchaya
Now is (stated) the method to derive the hypotenuse of the 12-inch gnomon
corresponding to the sama-sanku.
Here, it has been stated above that the

sama-sanku
is got by multiplying the trijy

a by the (Rsine of the) northern
declination, which is less than the latitude, and dividing the product by Rsine
of the latitude (of the place). By the proportion: If for this sama-sanku
the
hypotenuse is the trijy
a, what will be the hypotenuse for the 12-inch gnomon,
the hypotenuse for the sama-sanku
will be got. Then, the hypotenuse of the
samacch
ay
a in (terms of) angula-s
is got by multiplying trijy

a by 12 and
dividing by sama-sanku.
Here, since the mah

a-sanku
is the divisor and that
is got from the product of the trijy
a and the apakrama (Rsine of declination),
the divisor would be the product of trijy
a and apakrama, and the dividend
is the product of trijy
a and 12. Then, since trijy
a occurs both in the divisor
and in the dividend, trijy
a can be left out (in the calculation). Since the aks.a
(Rsine of latitude) is the divisor-of-the-divisor it will form a multiplier to the
dividend. Hence, (ultimately) when aks.a is multiplied by 12 and divided by
the northern declination which is less than the latitude, the result will be
the hypotenuse of the samacch
ay
a.
triangles
555
Here (it might be noted that) the product of the aks.a and 12 would be equal
to the product of the equinoctial shadow and the lambaka, for the reason
that the product of icch
a and pram
an. a-phala is equal to the product of the
pram
an.a and icch
a-phala. Hence, this (product of equinoctial shadow and
the lambaka) might be divided by the apakrama to derive the hypotenuse of
the samacch
ay
a.
Now, the 12-inch gnomon shadow of a planet at noon on the equinoctial
day is its equinoctial shadow (vis.uvacch
ay
a). When the kr
anti (declination)
of the Sun is to the north, samacch
ay
a will occur only when the noon-time
shadow is less than equinoctial shadow. The difference between this noontime shadow and the equinoctial shadow is the noon-time agr
a in angula-s
(madhy
ahn
agr
angula).
This is equal to the equinoctial shadow on the day

when midday occurs at the zenith. On that day, the hypotenuse of the
midday shadow will be equal to the hypotenuse of the samacch
ay
a. On a
day when the agr
angula
is very small, the hypotenuse of the samacch

ay
a is
very much longer than the hypotenuse of the midday shadow. In proportion to the increase of the agr
angula,
the difference between the hypotenuse

of the midday shadow and the hypotenuse of the samacch
ay
a will become
lesser and lesser. Hence, inverse proportion is to be applied here. Therefore,
when the equinoctial shadow is multiplied by the midday hypotenuse and
the product divided by the agr
angula
at midday (madhy
ahn
agr
angula),
the
result will be the hypotenuse of the samacch
ay
a.
11.18
The Sama-sanku-related
triangles
Now are explained the characteristics of certain planar figures (ks.etra-vises.a)

which arise in places with latitude, on account of the latitude. Now, on
the day when the diurnal circle meets the horizon to the north of the east
and west cardinal points and similarly meets the north-south circle towards
the south of the sama-man.d.ala, a triangle can be conceived wherein the
hypotenuse is that portion of the diurnal circle between the horizon and
556
11. Gnomonic Shadow
the sama-man.d.ala, the kot.i is the sama-sanku

and the bhuj
a is the ark
agr
a.
At places where there is no latitude, since there will be no inclination of
the diurnal circle (from the vertical), the above-said triangle will not occur.
Now, consider the three, viz., (1) the distance between the east and west
cardinal points and the point of contact with the diurnal circle, occurring
on the horizon, which is the ark
agr
a; (2) the declination on the unman.d.ala
(equinoctial colure or six-o clock circle); and (3) the portion of the diurnal
circle between the horizon and the unman.d.ala, which is the ks.iti-jy
a. These
three make a triangle arising due to the latitude, with the above three taking
the place of bhuj
a, kot.i and karn.a. Then, the portion of the diurnal circle
above the unman.d.ala (may be taken as) the kot.i, the portion of apakrama
along the unman.d.ala would be the bhuj
a and sama-sanku
would be the
hypotenuse. Thus will be formed another triangle. All the above three
triangles are as if made up of the latitude, co-latitude and trijy
a. Thus, if
one of them is known, the others can be derived using trair
asika.
11.19
The ten problems
Now, let there be two equal circles, their centres being at the same place
cutting each other. It might be necessary to know as to what would be the
distance of separation between the circumferences when we proceed by a
given distance from the point of contact of their circumferences, and also
what would be the distance from the meeting point of the circumferences at
a place where their circumferences are at a given distance. Herein below is
given in detail as to which trair
asika-s have to be used to know the above,
and as an illustration of their application, the ten problems are discussed.
Now, there are five entities, viz., the sanku
(gnomon), the nata-jy

a (Rsine
hour angle), apakrama (Rsine of declination), desired a
sa
gr
a (Rsine of amplitude) and aks.a-jy
a (Rsine of latitude). When three of the above are known,
here are stated the methods to derive the other two. This can happen in ten
ways and so it is called The Ten Problems.
nku
and Nata
11.20
nku
Problem one: To derive Sa
and Nata
11.20.1
Shadow and gnomon at a desired place
557
First is stated the method to derive the sanku
and the nata-jy

a when the
declination, amplitude (
asa
gr
a or digagr
a) and latitude are known. Now
conceive of a circle passing through the zenith and the planet. Such a circle
is called is..ta-digvr.tta, or drnman
. d.ala (also dinman

. d.ala). Now, the Rsine of
the distance from the meeting point of the dr.nman.d.ala and the horizon to
the east-west cardinal points along the horizon is the is..ta
sa
gr
a (the desired
sine amplitude). Now, construct a circle passing through the zenith and that
part of the horizon whose separation from the south-north svastika (cardinal
point) is equal in measure to the is..ta-
asa
gr
a. This circle is called vipartadigvr.tta. Construct another circle passing through the point of intersection
of the viparta-digvr.tta and the horizon, and also passing through the two
poles. This is called a tiryag-vr.tta, for the reason that it is at right angles
to the is..ta-digvr.tta and the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta. In this circle occurs the maximum
divergence between the is..ta-digvr.tta and the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta. The distance on
the horizon, between the north-south circle and the viparta-digvr.tta would
be their maximum divergence. This maximum divergence occurs on the
horizon since their point of contact is at the zenith. This would be equal
to the is..ta-
asa
gr
a. Taking this as the pram
an. a-phala, the Rsine of the arcbit on the north-south circle between the zenith and the Dhruva will be the
lambaka (co-latitude). This is the icch
a. The icch
a-phala would be the Rsine
of the distance between the Dhruva and the viparta-digvr.tta. Take this as
the kot.i, the Rsine latitude as bhuj
a; derive the karn.a (hypotenuse) by finding
the square root of the sum of the squares (of the two). The result will be the
Rsine of the distance between the horizon and the tiryag-vr.tta, with its tip
at the Dhruva. This will also be the maximum divergence between the is..tadrnman
a-man.d.ala. The poles (p

arsva) of the digvr.tta are
. d.ala and the ghat.ik
at the points of contact of the viparta-digvr.tta and the horizon. The poles
of the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta are the Dhruva-s. (These) will be touching the four sides
of the is..ta-digvr.tta and the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta. Since the distance between the
558
11. Gnomonic Shadow
poles on the tirvag-vr.tta is equal to the maximum divergence amongst these,

the hypotenuse derived as above would be the maximum divergence between
the is..ta-digvr.tta and the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta. Here, since it is difficult to grasp the
geometrical situation when we deal with all the directions (and possibilites),
a specific direction (and situation) should be considered.
Specified below is the case, when the sanku
is in the south-west direction

in the southern hemisphere. In this case, the digvr.tta would be passing
through the horizon at the south-west and the north-east directions. And,
the viparta-digvr.tta would be passing through the south-east and northwest directions. The Rsine in the tiryag-vr.tta, which is the distance between
the north-west corner and the northern Dhruva, would serve as the divisor.
Take this divisor as the pram
an.a and the latitude which is the height of the
Dhruva as the pram
an. a-phala. Then the icch
a-phala will be obtained, as it
is the maximum divergence between the tiryag-vr.tta and the horizon on the
digvr.tta in the north-east.
Here, whatever be the extent of the altitude of the point of intersection
of the tiryag-vr.tta from the horizon on the digvr.tta on the north-east, that
much will be depression of the point of intersection of the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta and
digvr.tta from the zenith in the south-west on the digvr.tta. Now, it is known
that when there are two circles (with a common centre and inclined to one
another) having a common circle (tiryag-vr.tta) at right angles to them, the
two circles meet at points a quarter of the circumference (vr.tta-p
ada) away
from where they touch the tiryag-vr.tta. Hence, in the instance discussed
earlier, the divergence on the tiryag-vr.tta from the point where it meets
the digvr.tta in the north-west, to the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta, is equal to the divisor
mentioned above. Take this as the bhuj
a and as the pram
an.a. Now, at
the north-east consider the arc from the point of contact of the digvr.tta to
the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta in the south-west, which is a quarter of the circumference
(vr.tta-p
ada) along the digvr.tta, the Rsine of this (arc) is the radius. Take
this as the hypotenuse and pram
an.a. The divergence from the zenith to
the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta on the north-south circle is the latitude and this would
be the icch
a. The divergence from the zenith to the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta on the
nku
and Nata
559
dr.nman
a-phala. Here is one set up where icch

a is the bhuj
a
. d.ala is the icch
and icch
a-phala is the hypotenuse.
Now, from the point on the dr.nman
. d.ala where it meets the tiryag-vr.tta, at a

distance of a quarter of the circumference (vr.tta-p
ada), would be the meeting
point of the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta on the dinman
. d.ala. Hence, the ascent of the tiryagvr.tta from the horizon and the descent of the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta from the zenith
on the digvr.tta are equal. Thus, this can be considered in two ways. There
will be no difference in the derivation of the icch
a-phala. In the derivation
of the gnomon at a desired place, the above would represent the latitude.
The kot.i of this is the distance from the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala to the horizon.
On the dinman
. d.ala, this would represent the lambana. Then the divergence

between the desired diurnal circle and the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta on the north-south
circle, is the desired declination. Take this as the bhuj
a and icch
a and take
the divergence of the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta and the diurnal circle on the dinman
. d.ala
as the hypotenuse, and calculate the icch
a-phala. This would represent the
declination. Here, since the mere (i.e., actual) latitudes and the declination
on the north-south circle are representatives (sth
anya) of the latitudes and
the declination on the dinman
. d.ala, the differences/divergences are equal.

For the above reason, the same pram
an. a-phala which is representative of
the latitude (aks.a-sth
anya) can be used to derive the representatives of the
declination. Here, the distance from the zenith to the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta on the
dinman
. d.ala is the representative of the latitude. Again, the divergence of

the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta from the diurnal circle on the dinman
. d.ala is the representative of the declination. If these are added together or subtracted from
each other, the result will be the distance from the zenith to the diurnal
circle on the dinman
. d.ala. And, that would be the shadow at the desired

place (is..tadik-ch
ay
a). Then, the divergence between the horizon and the
ghat.ik
a-vr.tta on the dinman
. d.ala represents the lambana. The divergence of

the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala and the diurnal circle on the dinman
. d.ala represents the

declination. When these have been added to or subtracted from in accordance with their hemisphere, the result would be the gnomon at the desired
place (is..ta-dikchanku).
Now, in any place, it is possible to derive the midday
560
11. Gnomonic Shadow
shadow and gnomon by the addition or subtraction of the latitude and declination or of the lambaka and declination on the north-south circle. In the
same manner, the shadow and gnomon at a desired place can be derived applying them on the digvr.tta at the desired place. Here, after the addition or
subtraction of the desired arcs, their Rsines can be derived. Or, the Rsines
themselves can be added or subtracted amongst themselves.
Now, square the representatives of the latitude and the declination, subtract
a and find the square roots; thus, the respective kot.i-s
would be obtained. Then, multiply the representatives of the latitude and
the declination by the kot.i-s of each other, add them together or subtract
one from the other and divide by the trijy
a. The result will be the shadow
at the desired place. Again, when the representatives of the lambaka (colatitude) and the declination are also cross-multiplied by the kot.i-s, and the
result divided by trijy
a, then also the result will be the shadow of the desired
place.
Then, take the actual latitude and declination, add together or subtract one
from the other, and derive the midday shadow. Multiply it by trijy
a and
divide by the divisor obtained earlier, which is the maximum divergence
of the digvr.tta at the desired place and the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta, and thus obtain
the shadow at the desired place. Here, the multiplication by trijy
a and
division by the divisor can be done either before or after the addition or
subtraction of the latitude and declination, since there will be no difference
in the final result. Since in such cases, multiplication has to be done by the
latitude, co-latitude and declination, and division by the divisor, we might
consider the divisor as the pram
an. a, the actual latitude and declination, as
the pram
an.a-phala, trijy
a as icch
a, and the representatives of the latitude
and declination as icch
a-phala. In this, the place occupied by the actual
latitude and declination in a circle having the divisor as radius, will be the
same as that occupied by the representatives of the latitude and declination
in the circle which has trijy
a as radius. Therefore, if the actual latitude
and declination are squared and subtracted from the square of the divisor
and the roots calculated, the results will be the kot.i-s of the latitude and
nku
and Nata
561
declination in the circle with the divisor as radius. The same kot.i-s will be
obtained also when the dyujy
a (radius of the diurnal circle) and co-latitude
are multiplied by the divisor and divided by trijy
a. Multiply the kot.i of the
latitude by the kot.i of the declination, simiiarly multiply the declination by
the latitude and divide both by the divisor. The two results obtained shall
be added together or subtracted from one another. The result would be
the gnomon at the desired direction on the circle of which the divisor is the
radius. When this is multiplied by the trijy
a and divided by the divisor, the
gnomon in the required direction is obtained. (It is to be noted that) the
gnomon in the southern direction is obtained in the southern hemisphere
by the difference of the co-latitude and the declination, and in the northern
hemisphere, by the sum of the co-latitude and the declination.
When the declination is larger than the kot.i of the latitude, the point of
intersection of the diurnal circle with the desired digvr.tta would be below
the horizon. Therefore, when subtraction is done, there will be no gnomon
in the desired direction. When the northern declination is greater than the
latitude, the midday would be to the north of the zenith. On that day too,
there will be no gnomon in the southern direction. When, however, the
a
sa
gr
a is north, the gnomon will occur. When the sum of the arcs of the
representatives of the co-latitude and declination is greater than trijy
a, the
kot.i-jy
a thereof would be the gnomon in the northern direction. If the sum
of the jy
a-s exceeds a quarter of a circle, the result will be kot.i-jy
a.
Now, in the northern hemisphere, when the declination is greater than the
latitude, the gnomon with northern a
sa
gr
a will result. When the northern
declination is less than the latitude, in certain cases depending on the a
sa
gr
a,
the gnomon with northern a
sa
gr
a and the gnomon with the southern a
sa
gr
a
might occur on the same day. Here, by the sum of the co-latitude and
declination and by their difference, gnomons will occur with equal amounts
of southern a
sa
gr
a and the northern a
sa
gr
a, respectively.
Then again, when the desired declination is greater than the divisor, the
representative of declination will become greater than trijy
a. Since there
562
11. Gnomonic Shadow
can be no such jy
a, no gnomon will be there for that a
sa
gr
a. Thus has been
explained the methods of deriving the desired gnomon.
11.20.2
Corner shadow
Now, herein below is stated the equivalence of the above procedure (ny
ayas
amya) for the case of kon.a-sanku
(corner shadow) with that stated in the

S
urya-siddh
anta. Since here, the desired dinman
. d.ala is facing the corner,

the a
sa
gr
a is the Rsine of one-and-a-half r
asi-s. And, this will be half of the
total chord (samasta-jy
a) of three r
asi-s, for the reason that the dinman
. d.ala
touches the horizon at the middle of the interstice between the east-west
cardinal points and the north-south cardinal points. When the Rsine (ardhajy
a) and Rversine are squared, added and the root of the sum found, the
result would be the total chord. In a quadrant both the Rsine and the
Rversine are equal to trijy
a. Therefore the sum of their squares is twice the
square of trijy
a. And one-fourth of that is the square of (Rsine) of one and
a half r
asi-s. Now, when half the square of trijy
a, which is the same as the
square of above mentioned a
sa
gr
a, is taken in the circle of the co-latitude
(lamba), it will be half the square of the co-latitude. When the square of
Rsine of latitude is added to half the square of Rsine of co-latitude and the
root found, it will be the divisor here also. When the product of declination
and latitude and the product of their kot.i-s in the h
araka-circle are added
together or subtracted from one another, as the case may be, and the result
divided by the h
araka (divisor), then the corner-shadow on this h
araka-circle
will be obtained. Then again, when the product of the squares of these arcs
are added together or subtracted from one another, and the result divided
by the square of the divisor, the square of the gnomon is obtained. When the
root of this is found and is multiplied by trijy
a and divided by the divisor,
the result will be the gnomon on the trijy
a-circle.
Here, the product of the squares of the kot.i-s of the declination and latitude is
a divisor. Now, the squares of the (two) kot.i-s are the remainders obtained
by subtracting from the square of the divisor, the squares of the latitude
nku
and Nata
563
and the declination, respectively. Now, consider the square of the kot.i of the
latitude as the multiplicand and the square of the kot.i of declination as the
multiplier. Then, the square of the declination will be the difference between
the multiplier and the divisor. Now, consider the calculation: Multiply the
square of the co-latitude by the square of the declination. Divide by the
square of the divisor. Subtract the result from half the square of the colatitude. The result obtained will be equal to the product of the squares
of the Rcosine of the latitude and declination, divided by the square of the
divisor. This is the method of calculation when one takes the multiplier as
simply half of the square of the co-latitude. There is the rule:
is..tonayuktena gun.ena nighno bh.s.taghnagun.y
anvitavarjito v
a.
(Bhaskaras Ll
avat, 16)
(Multiplication can be done also by) deducting or adding a desired number to the multiplier and multiplying the multiplicand,
and adding or deducting from that, the product of the said number and the multiplicand.
As stated above, the multiplicand, which is half the square of the co-latitude,
is added to the required number represented by the square of the latitude.
Take the multiplicand as equal to the square of the divisor. Then, the
square of the declination which is the difference between the multiplier and
the divisor should be subtracted from half the square of the co-latitude which
is the multiplicand. There is a distinction here, viz., that a correction is to
be made to the square of the declination which is to be subtracted. The said
correction is as follows: Here the simple multiplicand is half the square of
the co-latitude. To this has been added, (as stated earlier), the square of the
latitude as the desired additive number. Hence that square of the latitude
should be multiplied by the square of the declination which is the difference
between the multiplier and the divisor. This, divided by the square of the
divisor, is the correction. This correction has to be subtracted from the
square of the declination, for the reason that the desired number had been
added to the multiplicand. On the other hand, in case the square of the
564
11. Gnomonic Shadow
declination had been deducted from half the square of the co-latitude, that
correction should have been added. The square root of the remainder (after
the abovesaid deduction) is one part of the gnomon. The other part is got
by multiplying the latitude and the declination and dividing the result by
the root of the divisor, which is the square mentioned above. When this
result is squared, it will be the above-mentioned correction to the square of
the declination. Then, these (two) parts of the gnomon should respectively
be multiplied by the trijy
a and divided by the divisor.
Now, substract the square of ark
agr
a from the square of trijy
a. Multiply the
remainder by the square of the co-latitude and divide by the square of trijy
a.
The result obtained would be equal to half the square of the co-latitude minus
the square of the declination. Multiply this by the square of the trijy
a and
divide by the square of the divisor. Since this result has to be converted
to the trijy
a-vr.tta (circle with trijy
a as the radius), the multiplication and
division by the square of the trijy
a can be dropped. Now, from half the
square of trijy
a, subtract the square of the ark
agr
a; multiply the remainder
by the square of co-latitude and divide by the square of the divisor; the result
will be on the trijy
a-circle. In the same manner, when the declination has
to be multiplied by the latitude, if instead the ark
agr
a is multiplied and the
product is multiplied by the co-latitude and divided by the divisor, the result
will be a part of the gnomon on the trijy
a-circle, the reason being that the
relation between trijy
a and co-latitude is the same as that between ark
agr
a
and declination. Then, the (two) parts of the gnomon have to be added
or subtracted, depending on whether the hemisphere is south or north; the
results would be the southern and northern corner-gnomons.
Here, in place of latitude and co-latitude, the equinoctial shadow and 12inch gnomon can be used. There, the only distinction is that the square of
the equinoctial shadow is added to half the square of 12, being 72, to get
the square of the divisor. Thus has been explained the method of deriving
the desired gnomon under problem one. It has also been indicated that
there are the above-mentioned easier methods for the case of the kon.a-sanku
(corner-shadow).
nku
and Apakrama
11.20.3
565
Derivation of Nata-jya (Rsine hour ang1e)
Now, nata-jy
a (Rsine of hour angle) has to be obtained. Conceive of the
maximum divergence between the desired dinman
. d.ala and the north-south

circle as the Rcosine of the desired a
sa
gr
a (is..ta
sa
gr
a-kot.i). A consideration
of what it would be on the tip of the shadow, would lead to the ch
ay
a-kot.i.
This ch
ay
a-kot.i is the nata-jy
a. The distinction is that, in order to convert
it in terms of its own minutes of arc in the diurnal circle, the above should
be multiplied by trijy
a and divided by dyujy
a. Now, the products of Rcosine
a
sa
gr
a and shadow, of ch
ay
a-kot.i and trijy
a, and of nata-jy
a and dyujy
a
would all be numerically the same. Hence, when a factor of one of these is
used to divide the product of the other two, the second factor would be got.
This fact might be kept in mind in the present problem, as also in all the
other problems. Thus ends problem one.
11.21
nku
Problem two: Sa
and Apakrama
11.21.1
Derivation of the gnomon
Now, the second problem. Here, using the nata-jy

a, a
sa
gr
a and aks.a, the
other two, viz., sanku
and kr
anti (or apakrama) are to be derived. The
geometrical construction (ks.etra-kalpana) here is as follows: Construct a
circle touching the two poles and the planet. This is called nata-vr.tta. The
maximum divergence between the nata-vr.tta and the north-south circle is
on the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala. Construct another great circle passing through the
zenith and the point where the nata-vr.tta meets the horizon. This circle
is called nata-sama-man. d.ala. Mark the point on the horizon a quarter of
the circumference away along the horizon from the point where the natasama-man.d.ala and the horizon meet each other. Construct another circle
passing through this point and the zenith. This circle is called nata-dr.kks.epavr.tta. It is on this circle that the maximum divergence between the natavr.tta and the nata-sama-man. d.ala occurs. It is again on this circle that the
maximum divergence between the nata-vr.tta and the horizon occurs. The
above-said two maximum divergences are called, respectively, svadesa-nata
566
11. Gnomonic Shadow
and svadesa-nata-kot. i. Now, construct the is..ta-digvr.tta and vyasta-digvr.tta

as instructed earlier (in connection with problem one). Now, the extent by
which the nata-vr.tta is below the zenith on the nata-dr.kks.epa-man.d.ala, to
that extent the pole of the nata-man.d.ala would be higher than the horizon
on the same vr.tta (nata-dr.kks.epa-man.d.ala). The point of intersection of the
nata-dr.kks.epa-man.d.ala and the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta is also the pole of the natavr.tta.
Now, construct another circle passing through the point of intersection of the
horizon and the vyasta-digvr.tta and the pole of the nata-vr.tta on the natadr.kks.epa-man.d.ala. This will be a tiryag-vr.tta which is perpendicular (?)
both to the nata-vr.tta and is..ta-digvr.tta. Note how much this tiryag-vr.tta
is above the horizon on the is..ta-digvr.tta; to that extent will the point of
intersection of the digvr.tta and the nata-vr.tta be lower from the zenith. The
distance between the zenith and the nata-vr.tta on the digvr.tta will be the
shadow. Its kot.i will be the gnomon.
Now, moving from the northern Dhruva to the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta on the northsouth circle, the divergence between the nata-vr.tta and the north-south circle
is the nata-jy
a. The co-latitude thereof is the distance between the Dhruva
and the zenith. The distance from this to the nata-vr.tta will be the svadesanata. Put one end of this at the point of intersection of the nata-vr.tta and the
svadesa-nata-vr.tta. The kot.i of this svadesa-nata-jy
a would be the distance
from this point to the horizon. Now, presume that the is..ta
sa
gr
a meets the
horizon a little to the south of the east cardinal point. In that, the gnomon
shall also be in the same way. In this situation, the nata-vr.tta will meet the
horizon a little to the west of the north svastika and a little to the east of
the south svastika. The svadesa-nata-vr.tta will then touch the horizon that
much to the north from the east svastika and that much south from the west
svastika.
The vidin-man
. d.ala (vidig-vr.tta) will meet the horizon at a point west of

the south svastika by a length equal to the is..ta
sa
gr
a. From that point, the
tiryag-vr.tta will begin to rise. When it reaches the svadesa-nata-vr.tta, it
nku
and Apakrama
567
would touch the pole (of the nata-vr.tta) which is above the horizon by the
extent of Rsine of svadesa-nata. The distance between the pole of the natavr.tta and the horizon is the divisor here. When this tiryag-vr.tta reaches
the digvr.tta, it would have traversed one quadrant from its point of contact
with the horizon. Hence, in this digvr.tta, the tiryag-vr.tta and the horizon
would have their maximum divergence. And that (divergence) is equal to the
shadow. Its kot.i, which is equal to the gnomon, would be the distance from
the zenith on the digvr.tta to the point of intersection of the digvr.tta and the
tiryag-vr.tta. This will be the maximum divergence between the tiryag-vr.tta
and the vidig-vr.tta. When the difference between the nata-vr.tta and the
horizon becomes equal to svadesa-nata-kot. i, its hypotenuse is trijy
a. This
being so, by applying the rule of three to find what it will be for dhruvonnati,
we will obtain the distance between the north pole and the horizon on the
nata-vr.tta. Now, the maximum difference between the nata-vr.tta and the
north-south circle is the nata-jy
a. Then, consider the proportion: When so
much is the divergence in the north-south circle for the dhruva-ks.itij
antar
alajy
a on the nata-vr.tta, what will be the divergence in the north-south circle
for the dhruva-ks.itij
antar
ala-jy
a; thus the divergence between the nata-vr.tta
and the north-south circle on the horizon would be obtained. The same will
be the divergence of the point of intersection of the nata-dr.kks.epa and the
horizon, to the south of the western svastika. Subtract this from the kot.i of
a
sa
gr
a. The remainder will be the divergence of the svadesa-nata-vr.tta and
the vidig-vr.tta on the horizon.
Here, when Rsines are added or subtracted, they should mutually be multiplied by their kot.i-s and the results added or subtracted and then divided
by trijy
a. [According to the above rule, the following is to be done]: The
nata-jy
a is multiplied by the latitude and divided by the svadesa-nata-kot. i.
The square of this is subtracted from the square of trijy
a and the square root
found. This root is multiplied, respectively, by a
sa
gr
a and a
sa
gr
a-kot. i. Find
the difference between the products found, if the gnomon is in the south,
and add them if the gnomon is in the north. If this is divided by trijy
a, the
result would be the divergence between the svadesa-nata-vr.tta and the vidigvr.tta, on the horizon. Now if the a
sa
gr
a is to the north in the forenoon, the
568
11. Gnomonic Shadow
point of contact of the vidig-vr.tta and the horizon would be away from the
north svastika towards the west at a distance equal to the a
sa
gr
a. From this
point the trijy
a-vr.tta begins to rise. And, from this point, the distance up
to the west svastika is the kot.i of the a
sa
gr
a. Now, the meeting point of the
svadesa-n
ata-vr.tta and the horizon is to the south of the west svastika; therefore, add this distance to the kot.i of a
sa
gr
a. The result will be the distance
from the vidig-vr.tta to the svadesa-nata-vr.tta. This would be the maximum
divergence between the digvr.tta and the svadesa-nata-vr.tta on the horizon.
Now, when one proceeds on the svadesa-nata-vr.tta from the zenith up to
the pole of the nata-vr.tta (nata-vr.tta-p
arsva), the divergence would be equal
to the svadesa-nata-kot. i. Derive the vidig-vr.tt
antara for this, it being the
vidig-vr.tt
antara from the pole (nata-p
arsva) of the nata-vr.tta . Square this.
Square also the svadesa-nata-jy
a, it being the altitude (nata-p
arsvonnati)
of the pole of the nata-vr.tta. Add the two, and find the root. The result
will be the divergence between the pole of the nata-vr.tta and the horizon
on the tiryag-vr.tta. Take this as the pram
an.a. The pram
an. a-phala-s are the
altitude of the pole of the nata-vr.tta from the horizon and the divergence
between the pole of the nata-vr.tta and the vidig-vr.tta. For this pram
an. a
the above two are the shadow and gnomon. Trijy
a is the icch
a here. The
icch
a-phala-s are is..ta-dikch
ay
a and gnomon.
11.21.2
Derivation of the declination
Now, when the shadow and the kot.i of a

sa
gr
a are multiplied together and
divided by nata-jy
a, the result would be is..ta-dyujy
a. Square this, subtract
a and find the root. The result will be the desired
declination. Thus has been stated the second problem.
11.22
nku
sagra
Problem three: Sa
and A
11.22.1
nku
Derivation of Sa
In the third problem, given nata, apakrama and aks.a, sanku

and a
sa
gr
a are
to be found. Here, when the nata and trijy
a are squared, subtracted from
nku
and Aks.a
569
each other, and the root found, it will be the distance of the planet on the
diurnal circle (sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta). This is what it would be if the radius of
the dyu-vr.tta (diurnal circle) is taken as trijy
a. Then multiply this kot.i of
the nata by dyujy
a. The result will be the Rsine of the
dyu-vr.tta in terms of the measure of trijy
a. Subtract ks.iti-jy
a from this in
the southern hemisphere and add in the northern hemisphere. Multiply the
nku
result by the co-latitude and divide by trijy
a. Sa
(gnomon) will result.
11.22.2
sagra
Derivation of A
The kot.i of the sanku
derived above is the shadow. Multiply the nata-jy

a
and dyujy
a and divide by the gnomon. The result would be a
sa
gr
a-kot. i.
11.23
nku
Problem four: Sa
and Aks.a
Next, given nata, kr

anti and a
sa
gr
a, to derive the sanku
(gnomon) and aks.a
(latitude).
11.23.1
nku
Derivation of Sa
(gnomon)
Now, when nata-jy

a and dyujy
a are multiplied together, place the product
at two places. Divide one by the kot.i of a
sa
gr
a and the other by trijy
a. The
results will be the shadow and the ch
ay
a-kot.i. By squaring the shadow and
the trijy
a, subtracting them from one another and finding the root thereof,
the gnomon is got.
11.23.2
Derivation of Aks.a (latitude)
The following is the geometrical construction (ks.etra-kalpana) for the derivation of aks.a. Construct a (smaller) north-south circle parallel to the northsouth circle at a distance equal to the ch
ay
a-kot.i. This will be like the
diurnal circle with respect to the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala. In relation to the (nor-
570
11. Gnomonic Shadow
mal) north-south circle, this (new circle) would be the one on which the
true planet is situated. Construct another circle touching the planet and
the east-west svastika-s. In this situation, the distance from the planet to
the north-south circle is the ch
ay
a-kot.i. The distance from the planet to the
east-west-svastika is the kot.i of the ch
ay
a-kot.i. This latter kot.i would be the
radius of the kot.i-circle conceived here. The ch
ay
a-bhuj
a is the Rsine in this
kot.i-radius (circle). And, that would be the distance from the planet to the
sama-man.d.ala. The kot.i of this (ch
ay
a-bhuj
a) is the gnomon.
Now, the distance between the planet to the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta is the declination.
The kot.i of this (declination) will be square root of the difference between
the squares of the ch
ay
a-kot.i and dyujy
a. This will be the interstice between
the planet and the unman.d.ala on this kot.i-circle. Now, multiply the ch
ay
abhuj
a by the kot.i of apakrama; add them or find the difference between them
as the case may be. Divide the result by the radius of the kot.i-circle, which
is nothing but the square root of the difference of the squares of trijy
a and
ch
ay
a-kot.i. The result will be the aks.a on this kot.i-circle. Now, multiply
this aks.a by trijy
a and divide by the radius of the kot.i-circle. The result will
be the latitude of the place (svadesa-aks. a). Here, if the kr
anti (declination)
and a
sa
gr
a are in opposite directions, the two should be added, and if in the
same direction, they are to be subtracted from each other. Again, there will
be addition if the planet is between the unman.d.ala and the horizon. (It is
also to be noted that) the root of the difference of the squares of the ch
ay
a
and ch
ay
a-kot.i is the ch
ay
a-b
ahu.
Thus the four problems involving sanku
(gnomon) have been discussed.
11.24
Problem five: Nata and Kranti
Now is discussed the derivation of the nata (hour angle) and kr

anti (declination) (when the other three are known).
Construct a circle with its radius as the Rsine of the arc extending from the
east or west svastika to the planet. The Rsine on this circle is the ch
ay
a-
sa
gr
a
571
bhuj
a. It was stated earlier that chay
a-bhuj
a is the sum or difference of
the aks.a on the kot.i-circle and the declination on the trijy
a-vr.tta. Hence,
when the aks.a on the kot.i-circle and the ch
ay
a-bhuja are added together
or mutually subtracted, the result will be declination on the trijy
a-circle.
Now, since the co-latitude and latitude have to be converted to the kot.icircle, multiplication by the radius of the kot.i-circle and division by trijy
a are
needed. By the co-latitude and latitude so obtained, multiply, respectively,
the ch
ay
a-bhuj
a and sanku.
Add or subtract the results as the case may

be and divide by the radius of the kot.i-circle. The result will be the desired
declination. Here, multiplication or division by the kot.i-circle is not required.
Now, when simply the co-latitude and latitude are multiplied, respectively,
by the ch
ay
a-bhuj
a and sanku,
and the results added or subtracted as the

case may be and divided by trijy
a, the result will be the desired apakrama
(declination). The kot.i of this would be is..ta-dyujy
a. Divide with this the
product of ch
ay
a-kot.i and trijy
a. The result will be nata-jy
a (Rsine of hour
angle).
11.25
sagra
Problem six: Nata and A
Now are derived nata and a

sa
gr
a (from the other three). For this, first, the
ch
ay
a-b
ahu is obtained. And that is got by the addition or subtraction of
ark
agr
a and sankvagr
a. Now, ark
agr
a is the divergence between the east and
west svastika-s and the rising and setting points of the Sun on the horizon.
And, sankvagr
a is the distance by which the planet has moved south at the

desired time, in accordance with the slant of the diurnal circle from the
place of its rising. Since it moves only to the south it (i.e., sankvagr
a) is
said to be ever to the south (nitya-daks.in.a). Then (the planet) will rise in
the northern hemisphere towards the north of the east-west svastika. Hence,
on that day the ark
agr
a is northern, and in the southern hemisphere the
ark
agr
a is southern. Hence, the sum of the ark
agr
a and the sankvagr
a in
case both are in the same direction, or their difference if they are in opposite
directions, will give the distance of the planet from the sama-man.d.ala. And,
that is the ch
ay
a-bhuj
a.
572
11. Gnomonic Shadow
Now, here the ark

agr
a and declination bear the relationship obtaining between trijy
a and lambaka, and the sanku
and sankvagr
a bear the relationship

between lambaka and aks.a. Hence, if the declination is multiplied by trijy
a
and the sanku
is multiplied by aks.a and added to or subtracted from, in

accordance with the hemisphere in which they are, and divided by the lambaka, the result will be ch
ay
a-bhuj
a. When this ch
ay
a-bhuj
a is multiplied
by trijy
a and divided by the ch
ay
a, the result will be a
sa
gr
a. And, when
the product of ch
ay
a and a
sa
gr
a-kot. i is divided by dyujy
a the result will be
nata-jy
a.
11.26
Problem seven: Nata and Aks.a
Next is derived nata and aks.a (when the other three are known). Here, the
nata-jy
a is to be derived in the manner explained above. Now, the root of
the difference between the squares of ch
ay
a-kot.i and dyujy
a is the Rsine of
the distance of separation between the planet and the unman.d.ala on the
diurnal circle. This Rsine which rises from the horizon is termed unnata-jy
a.
The Rsine on that part of the diurnal circle situated between the horizon
and the unman.d.ala is called ks.itija-jy
a (ks.iti-jy
a). Since, however, in the
southern hemisphere the unman.d.ala is below the horizon, the unnata-jy
aplus-ks.itija-jy
a is the root of the difference between the squares of ch
ay
a-kot.i
and dyujy
a. In the northern hemisphere however, it would be equal to the
unnata-jy
a-minus-ks.itija-jy
a.
Now, the unnata-jy
a is the hypotenuse in the triangle whose sides are sanku
and sankvagr
a. The ks.itija-jy
a is the bhuj
a of a triangle which is similar to
this triangle. In the southern hemisphere, this is the sum of the bhuj
a and
the hypotenuse of two triangles. (Again), in the southern hemisphere, the
ch
ay
a-bhuj
a is the sum of ark
agr
a and sankvagr
a. Add this ch
ay
a-bhuj
a to
the unnata-jy
a to which ks.iti-jy
a has been added. This will then be the sum
of the bhuj
a and karn.a of two triangles. In the northern hemisphere, however,
it would be the difference between the bhuj
a and karn.a. This would, again
sa
gr
a
573
be the sum of the ch

ay
a-bhuj
a and the root of the sum of the squares of the
ch
ay
a-kot.i and dyujy
a.
Here, there is a triangle with sanku,
sankvagr
a and unnata-jy
a as its three
sides. There is another triangle with apakrama, ks.iti-jy
a and ark
agr
a as its
sides. In the southern hemisphere there will be, the addition of the bhuj
a-s
and of the karn.a-s in these two triangles. In the northern hemisphere, however, there will be the subtraction of the sum of the two bhuj
a-s from the sum
of the two karn.a-s. Since these two triangles are similar (tulya-svabh
ava),
even when addition or subtraction is made, it will be as if the sum and difference of the bhuj
a and karn.a has been done in the same triangle. By its
nature, the sum of the sanku
and apakrama will be the kot.i of the triangle.
Therefore, in the southern hemisphere, divide the square of the sum of this
sanku
and apakrama by the sum of the bhuj
a and karn.a. The result will be
their difference. In the northern hemisphere, however, divide by the difference between the bhuj
a and karn.a. The result will be their sum. When the
sum and difference of the bhuj
a and karn.a are found thus, half their sum
will be the karn.a, and half their difference will be bhuj
a. Now, the bhuj
a is
multiplied by trijy
a and divided by the karn.a. The result will be the aks.a,
since the above said two triangles are similar to the triangle formed by the
lamba, aks.a and trijy
a.
11.27
sagra
Problem eight: Apakrama and A
Next is stated the derivation of the apakrama and a

sa
gr
a. Now, the maximum divergence between the nata-vr.tta and the horizon is the svadesa-natakot.i. Take this as the pram
an. a. The divergence between the svadesa-natavr.tta and the horizon on the nata-vr.tta, is a quarter of the circumference
(90 degrees). The jy
a thereof is the radius, and is the pram
an.a-phala. The
sanku
is the icch
a. The distance between the planet and the horizon on
the nata-vr.tta will be the icch
a-phala. For these pram
an. a-phala-s, when the
altitude of Dhruva is the icch
a, there will be the interstice between Dhruva
and the horizon on the nata-vr.tta.
574
11. Gnomonic Shadow
Now, when the planet is north of the point of intersection of the svadesanata-vr.tta and the nata-vr.tta, then subtract from one another the arcs of
the (Rsines of the) icch
a and phala. The result will be the arc between the
north pole and the planet, on the nata-vr.tta. When, however, the planet is
to the south of the abovesaid point of intersection, add together the arcs of
the Rsines of the icch
a and phal
a. The result will be the arc between the
south pole and the planet on the nata-vr.tta. The Rsine of this is the dyujy
a.
The kot.i thereof is the apakrama. The a
sa
gr
a can be derived as discussed
before.
11.28
Problem nine: Kranti and Aks.a
Next, are kr
anti (declination) and aks.a (latitude). First, derive the dyujy
a
and (using that) derive the kr
anti. The aks.a shall be derived by one of the
(two) methods described earlier (in the fourth and the seventh problems).
11.29
sagra and Aks.a

Problem ten: A
Next are, derived digagr

a and aks.a. Multiply dyujy
a and nata-jy
a or, ch
ay
akot.i and trijy
a. Either of the two shall be divided by the ch
ay
a. The result of
the division would be a
sa
gr
a-kot. i. The aks.a can be derived as stated earlier.
Thus have been stated the answers for all the ten problems.
11.30
Is..ta-dik-chaya : Another method
Now is stated, a method for the derivation of the is..tadik-ch

ay
a (shadow in
any desired direction). Now, consider the shadow of a l2-inch gnomon when
the planet is at the point of intersection of the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala and the
is..ta-dinman
. d.ala (i.e., the vertical passing through the planet at the desired
location). When the planet is at the equinox, the ch
ay
a-bhuj
a of gnomonic
shadow will be equal to the equinoctial shadow. The a
sa
gr
a on the trijy
a
circle will be the ch
ay
a-bhuj
a in the circle whose diameter is the shadow
11.31 K
ala-lagna, Udaya-lagna and Madhya-lagna
575
of the l2-inch gnomon. In order to find the ch

ay
a-kot.i when it (i.e., the
a
sa
gr
a) becomes equal to the equinoctial shadow, multiply a
sa
gr
a-kot. i and
equinoctial shadow and divide by the a
sa
gr
a. The result will be the ch
ay
akot.i. Square this and the equinoctial shadow, add and find the root. The
result will be the shadow of the 12 inch gnomon when the planet is on the
ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala. If this shadow is converted to (the shadow in) the trijy
avr.tta, the result will be the distance between (the zenith and) the ghat.ik
aman.d.ala in the is..ta-dinman
. d.ala. This can be conceived to be representive

of the latitude (aks.a-sth
anya). Here, the distance between the zenith and
the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala on the north-south circle is the latitude. The distance
on the same between the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala and the diurnal circle is the declination. Hence the latitude and the representative of latitude will be the
pram
an.a and pram
an.a-phala and the icch
a will be the declination. For that
icch
a, the icch
a-phala would be the distance from the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala to
the diurnal circle on the is..ta-digvr.tta. This will be the representative of
the declination (apakrama-sth
anya). Then, following the method by which
the noon-day shadow is computed, when the arcs of the representatives of
the latitude and the declination are added together or subtracted from each
other and the Rsine thereof is found, the result will be the shadow in the
desired direction.
11.31
K
Now is stated the method for deriving the k

ala-lagna (time elapsed since the
rise of the first point of Aries) and udaya-lagna (the orient ecliptic point).
Here, the ecliptic, i.e., the great circle which is the central circle of the
zodiac (r
asi-cakra), which revolves westwards on account of the Pravahav
ayu, touches the horizon at the desired time, (at two points) either towards
the north or south of the east and west svastika-s. Lagna is a point of
contact of the ecliptic and the horizon. Conceive of a circle touching the two
lagna-s and the zenith. This is called lagna-sama-man. d.ala. Now, conceive of
another circle touching the zenith and the points on the horizon, which are as
much removed from the north-south svastika-s as the lagna-sama-man.d.ala is
removed from the east-west svastika-s. This circle is termed dr.kks.epa-vr.tta .
576
11. Gnomonic Shadow
This circle and the lagna-sama-man.d.ala will be at right angles (viparta-dik).

These two circles and the horizon divide the celestial sphere into octants.
Here, in the centre would be situated the apakrama-vr.tta. Here, the r
asi-k
u.ta
(the converging points of the sign segments of the ecliptic), which is the pole
of the ecliptic, will be raised with respect to the horizon on the dr.kks.epavr.tta by the same amount by which the point of contact of the ecliptic
and the dr.kks.epa-vr.tta is depressed from the zenith, which also represents
the maximum divergence between the lagna-sama-man. d.ala and the ecliptic.
This is because the zenith is removed by a quarter of the circle (from the
horizon).
Now, that point on the ecliptic which is removed farthest from the ghat.ik
aman.d.ala is called ayan
anta. Here, that circle which passes through the
farthest points of the ecliptic and the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala will pass through the
four poles of the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala and the ecliptic. Hence, the two interstices between the poles will be contained in this circle passing through the
ayan
anta-s.
Let it be conceived that the observer is on the equator, and the vernal
equinox is at the zenith. Then the north solstice would be removed to the
north from the eastern svastika by the measure of the maximum declination
on the equatorial horizon, and the south solstice would be that much removed
from the western svastika towards the south. The two r
asi-k
u.ta-s would be
on the horizon, one to the east of the south-svastika, and the other to the
west of the north-svastika. When the north solstice would rise from the
horizon, on account of the Pravaha-v
ayu, the south r
asi-k
u.t a will also rise.
In the same manner, they reach the north-south circle and the horizon in the
west at the same instant. Thus the rising and setting of the the southern
ayan
anta (winter solstice) and the northern r
asi-k
u.ta occur at the same
moment. Thus, the altitude of the r
asi-k
u.ta-s is in exact accordance with
the altitude of the solstices. Hence the Rsine altitude of the solstice is equal
to the Rsine altitude of the r
asi-k
u.ta-s.
Now, the gnomon for the r
asi-k
u.ta has to be derived. That will be the altitude of the r
asi-k
u.ta from the horizon. Now, since the r
asi-k
u.ta is removed
11.31 K
577
from the pole as much as the maximum declination, the maximum declination would be equal to the (radius of the) diurnal circle of the r
asi-k
u.ta.
Therefore multiply the Rsine altitude of the solstice (ayan
antonnata-jy
a)
with the maximum declination and divide by trijy
a. The result would be
the gnomon of the r
asi-k
u.ta at the equator. At places with latitude, since
it (i.e., the equator) would be inclined, this should be multiplied by the colatitude and divided by trijy
a and the result should be added to the portion
of the gnomon (derived) above corresponding to the interstice between the
horizon and the hour circle (unman.d.ala), in the case of the gnomon pertaining to the northern r
asi-k
u.ta, and subtracted from the gnomon pertaining
to the southern r
asi-k
u.ta. The result will be the gnomon of the r
asi-k
u.ta.
Now, conceive of a circle touching the r
asi-k
u.ta-s and the zenith. That is
clearly the dr.kks.epa-vr.tta. On this circle, the meeting point with the ecliptic
would be located below the zenith by the same amount by which the gnomon
is lower than the r
asi-k
u.ta. That will be the dr.kks.epa. Hence, it follows
that the gnomon of the r
asi-k
u.t a will itself be the dr.kks.epa. Now, arises
the proportion: If the latitude is the gnomon for the distance between the
horizon and the hour circle (unman.d.ala) when (a point) moves from eastwest svastika to the pole on the hour circle (unman.d.ala), then what will be
the gnomon for the antya-dyujy
a when it moves by the distance between
the diurnal circle and the r
asi-k
u.ta. The result will be the portion of the
gnomon for the interstice between the equator and the hour circle at the
desired place.
Then the Rsine of 90 degrees-minus-k
ala-lagna will be equal to the Rsine of
the altitude (unnata-jy
a) of the r
asi-k
u.ta from the hour circle. If this Rsine
is converted to the required diurnal circle and from it is subtracted the
correction to the extent of the lamba due to the inclination of the latitude,
the result will be the gnomon of the r
asi-k
u.ta. K
ala-lagna with respect to the
equinox (gol
adi) when subtracted from 90 degrees will be the k
ala-lagna with
respect to the solstice (ayan
adi). Hence it is enough to take the Rsine of the
k
ala-lagna-kot.i. The kot.i of dr.kks.epa-jy
a thus derived, will be the greatest
distance between the horizon and the ecliptic. Take this as the pram
an.a, and
578
11. Gnomonic Shadow
trijy
a as the pram
an.a-phala. Now, the gnomon of the planet at the required
time is the distance between the horizon and the point on the ecliptic where
the planet is. That will be the icch
a-r
asi. The icch
interstice between the horizon and the planet along the ecliptic. Convert
it into arc and add or subtract the arc (i.e., the longitude) of the planet;
the result would be the portion of the ecliptic between the equinox and the
point of contact with the horizon. That will be the lagna at the time of the
setting of the planet (asta-lagna) in the west, and in the east, it will be the
time of the rising of the planet (udaya-lagna).
Next, the method to derive the gnomon at this place. Now the nata (hour
angle) is the interstice, on the diurnal circle, between the planet and the
north-south circle. Now, all diurnal circles would have revolved once during
a day and night. In a day-night, the number of pr
an.a-s would be equal to
21,600 (cakra-kal
a-tulya) in number. Hence, when all the diurnal circles are
conceived as divided into pr
an.a-s, they would be 21,600 in number. Hence,
the nata-pr
an. a-s are only part of the minutes in the diurnal circle. Therefore,
the Rsine of 90 degrees less the Rversine of the hour angle, would be equal
to the Rsine of the portion of the diurnal circle in the interstice between the
planet and the hour-circle. If to this, the correction due to the cara-jy
a is
applied, the result will be the Rsine of the altitude from the horizon (unnatajy
a). In order to convert it to the circle with trijy
a as radius, it should be
multiplied by dyujy
a, and to correct for the inclination on account of the
latitude, it should be multiplied by the co-latitude (lambaka) and divided by
the square of trijy
a. The result got would be the distance on the required
dinman
. d.ala (vertical circle), from the horizon to the place in the diurnal
circle where the planet is situated. This will be the (required) gnomon.
Since the point where the Sun is on the diurnal circle would touch the ecliptic,
the distance between the horizon and that point on the ecliptic would be
this very same gnomon. Hence, this gnomon will be the icch
a. Hence,
that portion of the ecliptic which is between the planet and the horizon of
which the gnomon is the icch
a, even during night time, the gnomon derived
as above would be the distance between the specified point on the ecliptic
11.32 K
ala-lagna corresponding to sunrise
579
and the horizon. Hence, the gnomon would be the icch

a-r
asi during night
time also. Here, the difference between half the measure of the night and
the portion of the night which has either gone (gata) or is yet to go (es.ya),
would be the nata-pr
an.a-s (pr
an.a-s of the hour angle). This is for the reason
that this is the portion of the diurnal circle corresponding to the difference
between the planet and the north-south circle below. When the Rversine of
this is subtracted from trijy
a, the result will be the Rsine of that portion of
the diurnal circle between the planet and the hour circle. To convert this to
the difference between the horizon and the planet, subtract from it the cara
in the northern hemisphere, and add the cara in the southern hemisphere.
Then derive the gnomon as before. Then multiply that by trijy
a and divide
by the dr.kks.epa-kot.i. The result will be the Rsine of the interstice between
the planet and the horizon on the ecliptic. Find the arc of this Rsine and
add to the (longitude of the) planet in the eastern hemisphere and subtract
from the planet if the gnomon is directed below. The result will be the lagna
at the time of rising. In the western hemisphere if this is applied to the
planet in the reverse order, the lagna at setting would be obtained. The
lagna exactly at the middle of the rising and setting is the dr.kks.epa-lagna.
And, that will fall at the point of intersection of the dr.kks.epa circle with the
ecliptic.
Now, madhya-lagna is the point of intersection of the north-south circle and
the ecliptic. This can be obtained using the method of fifteen questions
(pa
ncadasa-prasna-ny
aya) dealt with earlier. The madhya-k
ala is the point
of intersection of the north-south circle and the celestial equator (ghat.ik
aman.d.ala). This can be obtained from the method of madhya-lagna.
11.32
K
K
ala-lagna is madhya-k
ala plus three r
asi-s (90 degrees), which will fall at the
point where the celestial equator meets the eastern svastika. The method
to derive this is stated now. If the s
ayana Sun is in the first quadrant,
then derive its bhuj
a-pr
an.a-s as stated earlier. Construct a transverse circle
(tiryag-vr.tta) passing through the Sun on the ecliptic and the two poles (of
580
11. Gnomonic Shadow
the equator). Note the point where it touches the celestial equator. The
distance from that point to the point of equinox on the celestial equator
would be the measure of the bhuj
a-pr
an.a-s. If the Sun is supposed to be at
the horizon, then the meeting point of the celestial equator and the tiryagvr.tta will be a little below the eastern svastika, with the distance being
equal to the cara. Hence when the required cara is subtracted from the
bhuj
a-pr
an.a, the result will be the distance from the eastern svastika to the
equinox on the celestial equator. This will be the k
ala-lagna when the s
ayana
Sun is in the first quadrant.
Similarly, in the second quadrant, when the Sun rises calculate the bhuj
apr
an.a-s of the Sun. Construct also the transverse circle (tiryag-vr.tta) as
before. Here too, as stated earlier, the distance between this transverse
circle and the equinox to the north would be the bhuj
a-pr
an.a-s. Here, the
bhuj
a-pr
an.a-s would occur below the horizon and the intersection with the
transverse circle would occur below the eastern svastika. Therefore, add
the cara to the bhuj
a-pr
an.as-s and subtract (the sum) from 6 r
asi-s (180
degrees). The remainder would be the difference from the eastern svastika
to the equinox in the east, on the celestial equator. That will be the k
alalagna at the time of sunrise.
In the third quadrant, the sunrise is to the south of the eastern svastika.
There, the horizon would be above the hour circle and hence the transverse
circle constructed would be above the eastern svastika. Therefore, to reach
upto the svastika, the pr
an.a-s of cara have to be added to the bhuj
a-pr
an.a-s.
And, that has its beginning in the equinox to the north. Hence six r
asi-s
(180 degrees) are to be added. The result will be the k
ala-lagna.
In the fourth quadrant also, as in the second quadrant, there is a portion
of arc yet to be traversed (es.ya), the bhuj
a-pr
an.a-s are below the horizon.
Since the transverse circle is above the eastern svastika, to reach up to the
horizon, the pr
an.a-s of cara are to be subtracted from the bhuj
a-pr
an.a-s.
Thus the subtraction has to be done from all the twelve r
asi-s, since it is yet
to be traversed. This is the k
ala-lagna for sunrise. In this manner, the k
ala-
11.33 Madhya-lagn
anayana
581
lagna for all the twelve r

asi-s have to be calculated and the earlier ones have
to be subtracted from the subsequent ones, successively. The differences
would be, in order, the r
asi-pram
an. a-s (appropriate time measures for the
r
asi-s). Now, the twelve r
asi-s are formed by dividing the ecliptic equally,
commencing from equinox in the east. When, as a result of the motion of
the Pravaha-v
ayu, when the forefront of a r
asi meets the horizon, that r
asi
is said to commence. When its hind end leaves the horizon, that r
asi is said
to end. The time interval between these two events are said to be the time
asi-s and time measure
measure of the r
asi-pr
an.a-s. Thus, incidentally, the r
of r
asi-s have also been stated.
11.33
Madhya-lagnanayana: Calculating the meridian ecliptic point
In this manner, calculate the k

ala-lagna for (the required) sunrise and add
to it the time elapsed (since sunrise) in terms of pr
an.a-s. That will be the
k
ala-lagna of the desired time. When three r
asi-s are subtracted from it the
result will be the point of contact of the celestial equator and the north-south
circle. This would be the madhya-k
ala.
The kot.i of this would be that portion of the celestial equator lying between
the equinox and the east-west cardinal points. Calculate the Rsine declination (apakrama-jy
a) corresponding to this kot.i. That will be the distance
between the celestial equator and the ecliptic on the r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta which
touches the east and west cardinal points. Then derive the kot.i-jy
a and
dyujy
a for this and obtain the bhuj
a-pr
an.a-s. That will be the kot.i of the
interstice on the ecliptic between the equinox and the point of intersection
of the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and ecliptic mentioned above. Then, consider the portion of the ecliptic contained in the interstice between the equinox and the
north-south circle. This will be madhya-bhuj
a. The rest (of the work) is as
per the different quadrants, as has already been stated for k
ala-lagna. The
only distinction here is that the ecliptic is considered as the celestial equator
582
11. Gnomonic Shadow
and the celestial equator is considered as the ecliptic. Thus has been stated
the method of deriving the madhya-lagna.
11.34
Dr.kks.epa-jy
a and Kot.i
Now is stated the method for deriving dr.kks.epa-jy

a using the udaya-lagna
and madhya-lagna. First conceive the ecliptic and dr.kks.epa-man.d.ala as directed above. Then, that point of the ecliptic which meets the horizon to
the east of the north-south circle is called udaya-lagna (rising or orient ecliptic point), and that point which touches (the horizon) at the west is called
asta-lagna (setting or occident ecliptic point). That point (of the ecliptic)
which touches the north-south circle is called madhya-lagna. The method to
ascertain these has been stated earlier.
Now, udaya-jy
a would be the distance from the east and west svastika-s of
the point of contact of the ecliptic with the horizon. The udaya-jy
a should
be derived in the same manner as the ark
agr
a, (with the difference) that
the udaya-lagna is (here) taken as the Sun. Now, madhya-jy
a would be
the distance from the zenith to the point of intersection of the ecliptic and
the north-south circle. This has to be derived in the same manner as the
madhy
ahnacch
ay
a, with the difference that madhya-lagna is taken as the
Sun.
Now, the prime vertical and dr.kks.epa-sama-man.d.ala meet at the zenith,
and have their maximum divergence on the horizon. This maximum divergence is the udaya-jy
a. Now, the dr.kks.epa-vr.tta is perpendicular (viparta)
to the dr.kks.epa-sama-man. d.ala. Hence the maximum divergence between
the dr.kks.epa-vr.tta and the north-south circle on the horizon will be equal
to the udaya-jy
a. Such being the case, if the madhyama-jy
a is towards the
south, take as pram
an. a the karn.a (i.e., the radius) of the north-south circle
which has its end in the southern svastika. If however, the madhyama-jy
a
is towards the north, take as pram
an.a the radius which has its end in the
northern svastika. Then, the pram
an. a-phala would be the distance between
11.35 Parallax in latitude and longitude (Nati and Lambana)
583
the (south or north) svastika to the dr.kks.epa-vr.tta on the horizon, which is

the same as the udaya-jy
a. Icch
a will be the madhya-jy
a. And, icch
a-phala
would be the interstice between the end of the madhya-jy
a to the dr.kks.epavr.tta on the ecliptic. This is taken as the bhuj
a. This would be the Rsine
of that portion of the ecliptic lying between madhya-lagna and dr.kks.epalagna. The square of this is subtracted from the square of trijy
a and the
root of this would be its kot.i. This will be the Rsine of the portion of the
ecliptic which is between the north-south circle and the horizon. When the
square of the bhuj
a is subtracted from the square of the madhya-jy
a and
the root extracted, the result would be the distance between madhya-lagna
and dr.kks.epa-sama-man. d.ala. Take this as the pram
an.a-phala and the kot.i
mentioned above as the pram
an. a. Then take the radius of the ecliptic which
has its end at the dr.kks.epa-lagna as icch
a and derive the icch
a-phala by the
rule of three. The result would be dr.kks.epa-jy
a. It is the icch
a-phala since it
is the maximum divergence between the ecliptic and the dr.kks.epa-man.d.ala.
Now take as pram
an.a what has been stated as pram
an.a above, the distance
between the madhya-lagna and the horizon, which is an Rsine on the northsouth circle. Consider the madhyama-jy
a-kot.i as the pram
an. a-phala, and
the trijy
a as icch
a. The resultant icch
a-phala would be the maximum divergence between the ecliptic and the horizon, since the divergence between
the dr.kks.epa-lagna and the horizon is a Rsine on the dr.kks.epa-vr.tta. This is
called dr.kks.epa-sanku
or para-sanku
and dr.kks.epa-kot.i. Thus has been stated
the methods for deriving dr.kks.epa-jy
a and dr.kks.epa-kot.i.
11.35
Parallax in latitude and longitude (Nati and

Lambana)
Next are stated the methods for deriving nati (parallax in latitude) and lambana (parallax in longitude) which are used in computations relating to the
Moons shadow, eclipses and the like. Here, lambana is the amount by which
the shadow on the dr.nman
(the lo. d.ala which has its centre at dr.nmadhya

cation of the observer), is more than the shadow on the dr.nman
. d.ala whose
584
11. Gnomonic Shadow
centre is bhagola-madhya (the centre of the celestial sphere). This has been
stated in ch
ay
a-prakaran. a. Conceiving this lambana as the karn.a, a method
to derive the actual nati and lambana is going to be stated presently. Conceive, as before, the dr.kks.epa circle (vertical circle through the central ecliptic point), ecliptic and dr.nman
. d.ala (vertical circle). Conceive also another

r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta passing through the two r
asi-k
u.ta-s (poles of the ecliptic) and
the planet. Such being the case, the planet will be at the meeting place of
r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta passing through the planet and dr.nman
. d.ala and the ecliptic.

Now, consider these three circles as having not been shifted by parallax and
the planet to have a parallactic shift. When the planet is shifted by parallax,
it is shifted downwards along the dr.nman
. d.ala. Here, the interstice along the

dr.nman
. d.ala between the planet shifted by parallax and the (location of the
unshifted planet at the) meeting point of the circles is the ch
ay
a-lambana
(parallax of the shadow). Then, the distance from this parallactically shifted
planet to the ecliptic is its nati (parallax in latitude). And, the interstice
between this shifted planet to the r
asi-k
u.t a circle passing through the (unshifted) planet will be its lambana (parallax in longitude). These parallaxes
in latitude and in longitude form the bhuj
a and kot.i, and the ch
ay
a-lambana
will be the hypotenuse.
11.36
Second correction for the Moon
Now the method to compute the ch

ay
a-lambana. This can be done as stated
earlier by computing the dr.kkarn.a which is in terms of minutes; it can also
be obtained (in terms of yojana-s) by converting the dr.kkarn.a into yojana-s.
The method for this is stated herein below.
Now, the manda-karn.a of the Sun and the Moon is the distance between
the planet (here Sun and Moon) and the centre of the bhagola (sphere
of the asterisms). For them, the second-true-hypotenuse (dvitya-sphut.akarn.a) is the interstice between the planet and the centre of the Earth.
Here, the interstice between the centre of the bhagola and the centre of the
Earth, will vary in accordance with that between the candrocca and the Sun.
11.36 Second correction for the Moon
585
Conceive that (later) interstice as the radius of the ucca-nca circle. Now, the
centre of the Earth and the centre of the bhagola are displaced along the line
connecting the centre of the orb of the Sun and the centre of the shadow of
the Earth. Hence, that line is the ucca-nca line. Since the Sun is always on
this ucca-nca line, in both the circles, the circle with its centre at the centre
of the bhagola, and the circle with centre of the Earth as its centre, its sphut.akal
a (true longitude in minutes) is (the same); there would be difference only
in the hypotenuse (karn.a). For the Moon, however, there is motion from the
ucca-nca line. And that will be the motion away from the Sun. Hence,
the tithi-s (lunar days) of specific lengths, commencing from pratipad would
be the kendra, being the planet-minus-ucca. Therefore, calculate the bhuj
aphala and kot.i-phala using the radius of the ucca-nca circle, which is the
distance from the centre of the bhagola and the centre of the Earth, and
the Rsines and Rcosines of the required tithi. Then, using these (bhuj
a and
kot.i-phala-s) and the manda-karn.a compute the dvitya-sphut.a-karn.a, either
in terms of minutes or in terms of yojana-s. Then, using this karn.a, correct
the bhuj
a-phala and apply that bhuj
a-phala to the Moon. The result will be
the candra-sphut. a on the circle with the centre of the Earth as the centre.
Thus is computed the dvitya-sphut.a by the principle of sghra-sphut. a.
Now, the radius of the ucca-nca circle is variable. Here is the rule relating
to it. Now, conceive of a line passing through the centre of the bhagola and
at right angles to the ucca-nca line passing through (the orbs of) the Sun
and the shadow of the Earth. If the candrocca lies on that side of the line
where the Sun is, then the centre of the bhagola will move to that side from
the centre of the Earth. The Sun will be at its ucca (apogee) at that time.
If, however, the candrocca is on that side of the transverse line where the
Earths shadow is, then the centre of the bhagola will move from the centre
of the Earth towards the Earths shadow. Since, at that time, the apogee
is at the Earths shadow, here also the lengthening and shortening of the
radius of the ucca-nca-vr.tta will be according to the Rcosine of Sun-minuscandrocca. Here also, if the quadrants (beginning with) Mr.ga and Karki are
the same for both Rcosine Sun-minus-candrocca and Moon-minus-Sun, then
586
11. Gnomonic Shadow
the Rcosine of Moon-minus-Sun has to be applied positively in the mandakarn.a, otherwise negatively. When there is viks.epa (latitude) the above-said
kot.i-phala shall have to be applied to the viks.epa-kot.i.
Just as the viks.epa derived from the manda-sphut. a is squared and it is subtracted from the square of the manda-karn.a, if it is measured in terms of
the minutes of the pratiman. d.ala, and from the square of trijy
a being the
radius of the manda-karn.a circle, if it is measured in terms of the minutes
of manda-karn.a circle, and the root found and the resulting viks.epa-kot.i is
corrected by kot.i-phala measured in similar units (angular or in yojana-s):
In the same manner, here also, square the latitude derived from the Moons
first sphut.a, and subtract it from the square of the first hypotenuse or the
square of the trijy
a and extract the root. The result would be viks.epa-kot.i.
To this should be applied the second kot.i-phala (dvitya-sphut.a-kot.i-phala).
Here, the antya-phala in the case of dvitya-sphut.a is half the Rcosine of
Sun-minus-Moon. Since this would be in terms of yojana-s, the bhuj
a-phala
and kot.i-phala of dvitya-sphut.a which are derived by multiplying the Rsine
and Rcosine of Sun-minus-Moon by the above-said (antya-phala) and dividing by trijy
a, would also be in terms of yojana-s. Therefore, the viks.epa-kot.i
should also be converted into yojana-s and the kot.i-phala should be applied
to it. To the square of this add the square of the bhuj
a-phala, and extract
the root. The result will be the yojana-s between the centre of the Earth and
the centre of the Moon. Then, multiply the bhuj
a-phala by trijy
a and divide
by this karn.a and apply the result to the sphut.a of the Moon. The method
of this correction will be stated later. If the Rcosine of Sun-minus-candrocca
is in the Makar
adi quadrant, subtract the bhuj
a-phala from the Moon in the
bright fortnight, add in the dark fortnight. If it is the Karky
adi quadrant,
add in the bright fortnight and subtract in the dark fortnight.
Then, multiply the mean motion (of the Moon) by ten and by trijy
a and
divide by the second sphut.a-karn.a. The result will be the (mean) dvityasphut.a-gati. Thus is the method of dvitya-sphut.a. With this, the true Moon
on the circle with its centre at the centre of the Earth, and having at its
circumference the centre of the Moons orb can be derived. From this, the
11.37 Ch
ay
a-lambana: Parallax of the gnomon
587
sphut.a on the circle with its centre at the observer standing on the Earths
surface (bh
u-pr.s..tha) can be derived.
11.37
Chaya-lambana: Parallax of the gnomon
The method for this (derivation) using the correction for parallaxes in latitude and longitude (nata-lambana-sam
ara) is stated here. This method is
. sk
only slightly different from the method stated for the ch
ay
a-lambana. The
ch
ay
a-lambana in this case is conceived of in two parts. By how much has the
planet, which is shifted along the path of the shadow, been deflected along
the ecliptic, and secondly, by how much it has been deflected along the r
asik
u.ta circle passing through the planet. The first is called lambana (parallax
of longitude) which will be the difference between the sphut.a-s. The latter is
called nati (parallax in latitude). This will be in the form of latitude. Now,
consider a situation when a planet without latitude and hence located on
the ecliptic itself, happens to be passing through the zenith in the course of
its motion caused by the Pravaha-v
ayu. At that time, the ecliptic itself will
be the dr.nman
ay
a-lambana will be the
. d.ala (vertical circle). Hence, the ch
apparent depression towards the horizon along the ecliptic. Then, when the
planet is on the dr.kks.epa-man.d.ala, since at that time both the dr.nman
. d.ala
and the r
asi-k
u.ta circle passing through the planet are identical, the ch
ay
alambana which will be along the dr.nman
d
ala
will
be
at
right
angles
to
the
..
ecliptic. Hence, the ch
ay
a-lambana will be wholly in latitude and there will
be no difference between the sphut.a-s. On the other hand, when the r
asik
u.ta circle passing through the planet, the ecliptic and the dr.nman
. d.ala, are
all different, then the planet which is deflected from the meeting point of the
three circles due to parallax along the dr.nman
. d.ala, will deviate from both

the r
asi-k
u.ta circle and the ecliptic. There, the deflection from the r
asi-k
u.ta
circle will be the difference between the sphut.a-s and the deflection from the
ecliptic is the latitude. If there is already a latitudinal deflection, then this
will be the difference between the latitudes.
Here the division into quarters is through the r
asi-k
u.ta circle and the ecliptic.
Conceive the dr.nman
. d.ala as the valita (inclined) circle to these. Conceive
588
11. Gnomonic Shadow
also the ch
ay
a, which is the distance of separation between the planet and
the zenith along the dr.nman
. d.ala, to have its foot at the meeting point of the

three circles and its tip at the zenith. Then, ascertain at what distance are
the ecliptic and the r
asi-k
u.ta circle, passing through the planet, from the tip
of the ch
ay
a.
Now, the distance from the zenith to the ecliptic is the dr.kks.epa-jy
a. The
dr.kks.epa circle and the r
asi-k
u.ta circle passing through the planet, have
their meeting point at the r
asi-k
u.ta-s. Their maximum divergence is on the
ecliptic and is the distance between dr.kks.epa-lagna and the planet. It is to
be pram
an. a-phala here. The interstice between the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and the
dr.kks.epa-lagna, being the trijy
a on the relevant section of the dr.kks.epa, is
the pram
an. a. In this dr.kks.epa circle itself, the interstice between the zenith
and the r
asi-k
u.ta is dr.kks.epa-kot.i. This is the icch
a. The icch
a-phala is the
interstice between the zenith and the r
asi-k
u.t a circle passing through the
planet. This is called dr.ggati-jy
a. These two, the dr.ggati and the dr.kks.epa,
would be the bhuj
a and kot.i for the ch
ay
a, and the ch
ay
a itself would be the
hypotenuse. In the same way, on the other side of the meeting point of the
three circles, the differences between the latitudes and of the sphut.a-s will
be the bhuj
a and kot.i for the hypotenuse formed by the portion forming the
ch
ay
a-lambana in the dr.nman
ay
a is the pram
an.a, dr.kks.epa
. d.ala. Here, ch
and dr.ggati are the pram
an. a-phala-s, the ch
ay
a-lambana is the icch
a and
nati and lambana are the icch
a-phala-s.
Therefore, the nati and the lambana might be derived using the dr.kks.epa
and dr.ggati. There, using the proportion: when the ch
ay
a becomes equal to
trijy
a, the ch
ay
a-lambana would be equal to the radius of the Earth, then
how much it will be for the desired ch
ay
a. Similarly, when the dr.kks.epa and
dr.g-gati become (separately) equal to trijy
a, the nati and the lambana will
each be equal to the number of minutes in the radius of the Earth, then
what will the nati and lambana be for the desired dr.kks.epa and dr.ggati.
Now, multiply the dr.kks.epa and dr.ggati by the yojana-s of the radius of the
Earth and divide by the yojana-s of dr.kkarn.a. Here, we can avoid multiplying
11.38 Dr.kkarn.a when the Moon has no latitude
589
and dividing by trijy

a since there will be no difference in the result. Here, it
is to be noted that if the planet is on the east of the dr.kks.epa-lagna, it will
be (seen) depressed towards the east, and the sphut.a related to the observer
on the surface of the Earth would be greater than the sphut.a related to the
centre of the Earth. If, however, the planet is on the west of the dr.kks.epalagna, it will be less. Similarly, If the viks.epa is to the south, there will
be a depression to the south and hence the nati will be towards the south,
and, if it is the other way, (the nati) will be towards the north. All these
follow logically (yukti-siddha). Thus has been stated the method for nati
and lambana.
11.38
Dr.kkarn.a when the Moon has no latitude
Now is stated the specialities in the matter of deriving the shadow and the
gnomon from which the dr.kkarn.a can be calculated when the Moon has
latitude. It is always the case that, when there is no latitude for the shadow,
the root of the sum of the squares of dr.kksepa-jy
a and dr.ggati-jy
a will be
the kot.i-sanku
of the shadow. When the shadow and gnomon are calculated
in this manner and multiplied, individually, by the yojana-s of the radius of
the Earth and divided by trijy
a, the bhuj
a and kot.i-phala-s in the calculation
of dr.kkarn.a are in terms of yojana-s. Now, the kot.i-phala is subtracted from
the hypotenuse of the second sphut.a in terms of yojana-s (dvitya-sphut.ayojana-karn.a). The remainder is squared and added to the square of the
bhuj
a-phala and the root found. The result will be the dr.kkarn.a in terms of
yojana-s.
11.39
Shadow and gnomon when the Moon has

latitude
Now is stated the method of deriving the shadow and gnomon for the Moon
when it has latitude. Conceive a circle as much removed (in all its parts)
590
11. Gnomonic Shadow
from the ecliptic as the latitude of the planet. The centre of this circle will
also be removed from the centre of the ecliptic by the measure of the latitude.
These two circles will be like the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala (celestial equator) and the
ahor
atra-vr.tta (diurnal circle). This circle is called viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta. The
planet will be situated in this circle at the point where the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta
passing through the planet meets it. Here, the rising and setting lagna (of
the planet) are the two points where the ecliptic and the horizon meet.
The lagna-sama-man. d.ala passes through these two points and the zenith.
Conceive the division of the sphere (into equal parts) made by the said lagnasama-man.d.ala, dr.kks.epa-man.d.ala and the horizon. Conceive the ecliptic as
the valita-vr.tta for these. Then the maximum divergence of the ecliptic to
the lagna-sama-man.d.ala would be dr.kks.epa-jy
a. dr.kks.epa-kot.i would be the
maximum divergence between the horizon and the ecliptic. This would be
the pram
an.a-phala. The pram
an.a is trijy
a. Icch
a is the interstice between
the planet and the point of intersection of the horizon and the ecliptic on
the ecliptic. Icch
a-phala is the interstice between the planet and the horizon.
This will be the gnomon of the planet which has latitude and the ch
ay
a is
the root of the sum of the squares of the dr.kks.epa-jy
a and dr.ggati-jy
a.
Now to the speciality of the gnomon and shadow of the planet on the viks.epakot.i-vr.tta. Here dr.kks.epa is that part of the dr.kks.epa-vr.tta forming the interstice between the zenith and the dr.kks.epa-lagna, which in turn is equal to
the maximum divergence between the lagna-sama-man. d.ala and the ecliptic.
The viks.epa (latitude) is the interstice between the dr.kks.epa-lagna and the
viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta along the dr.kks.epa-vr.tta. Now, add together or subtract
one from the other, the viks.epa and the dr.kks.epa. This will be the interstice between the zenith and the viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta along the dr.kks.epa-vr.tta.
This is called nati (parallax in latitude). The kot.i of this is the maximum
distance between the horizon and the viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta being a portion of
the dr.kks.epa-vr.tta. This is called parama-sanku
(maximum gnomon). Now,

the noon shadow and the noon gnomon on the north-south circle are derived by the sum or difference of the latitude and declination and the sum
or difference of the co-latitude (lambaka) and the declination, and by taking the interstices. In the same manner the nati and parama-sanku
on the
11.39 Shadow and gnomon when Moon has latitude
591
dr.kks.epa-vr.tta can be derived from the sum or difference of the dr.kks.epa and
viks.epa and the dr.kks.epa-kot.i and viks.epa. Here, the Rsine of the interstice
between the lagna and planet, which has been taken as the icch
a, should
be subtracted from trijy
a which is taken as the pram
an. a. The remainder
shall then be considered as the icch
a. Then the icch
difference between the pram
an. a-phala and the icch
a-phala.
The sara (celestial latitude) of the portion of the ecliptic that lies between
the r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta touching the planet and the dr.kks.epa-vr.tta has to be derived first. Then, this sara should be multiplied by viks.epa-kot.i and divided
by trijy
a. The result will be the sara in the viks.epa-kot.i circle that lies between the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta touching the planet and the dr.kks.epa-vr.tta. Now,
multiply the sara of the viks.epa-kot.i circle by dr.kks.epa-kot.i and divide by
trijy
a. Subtract the result from the parama-sanku.
The remainder will be

the required sanku
of the planet on the viks.epa-kot.i circle.
It is to be noted that if the multiplication is done by parama-sanku,
it would
not be correct to divide by trijy
a. The division should be made by the
viks.epa-kot.i which has been corrected by the difference between the horizon
and the unman.d.ala. The reason for this is as follows: When the unnata-jy
a
of the diurnal circle or the sara of the nata-jy
a is multiplied by lambaka
(Rcosine of the latitude) and the result is divided by trijy
a, the result will
be the desired sanku
or the difference between the noon-day sanku
and the
desired sanku.
Here, if the multiplication has to be done by the noon-day

sanku,
then the division is not to be done by trijy

a. On the other hand, the
division should be made by that part of the diurnal circle which is above
the horizon and which is the radius of the diurnal circle as corrected by the
ks.iti-jy
a. In the same way, here, it is the dr.kks.epa-kot.i which is in place of
the lambaka, and the parama-sanku
which is in place of the noon-day sanku.
Now, the slant of the diurnal circles is in the same way as (i.e., parallel to)
the slant of the celestial equator. And, the slant of the viks.epa-kot.i circle is
in the same way as the slant of the ecliptic. Since the two are alike in nature,
there would be similarity in methodology (ny
aya-s
amya) also. Hence, the
sanku
is derived thus.
592
11. Gnomonic Shadow
Now, the shadow. Here, the sum or difference of the viks.epa and the dr.kks.epa
is the distance between the viks.epa-kot.i circle and the lagna-sama-man. d.ala,
on the dr.kks.epa circle. This is called nati.
Now, take the interstice between the planet and the dr.kks.epa circle on the
viks.epa-kot.i circle, and derive the Rsine and Rversine. These will result
when the Rsine and Rversine of the interstice between the dr.kks.epa-lagna and
Moon are, respectively, multiplied by viks.epa-kot.i and divided by trijy
a. Here
too, calculate first Rversine, and then multiply this Rversine by dr.kks.epa-jy
a
and divide by trijy
a. The result will give the slant of the tip of the Rversine
from its foot. Add to or subtract this from the above stated nati, derived
earlier, in accordance with its direction. The result obtained will be the
distance between the foot of the Rversine to zenith. This will also be the
same as that obtained from the foot of the Rsine stated here. From this
argument it will be clear that this is the distance between the planet at the
tip of the Rsine and the lagna-sama-man.d.ala. This is called b
ahu. When
this and the bhuj
a mentioned earlier are squared, added together and the
root calculated, the result will be the shadow. Thus have been stated the
methods to derive the gnomon and the shadow. Now, it is also possible to
calculate one of these two by the methods enunciated above, and calculate
the other by squaring it and subtracting it from the square of trijy
a and
finding the root of the difference.
Chapter 12
Eclipse
12.1
Eclipsed portion at required time
Calculate the gnomon and shadow of the Moon in the above manner. From
these calculate the dr.kkarn.a in terms of yojana-s. Using the dr.kkarn.a-yojana
calculate the minutes of the corresponding lambana. The minutes of lambana
of the Sun and Moon are to be applied, respectively, to the (true longitudes
of) Sun and Moon. When the resulting true longitudes of the two are the
same, that will indicate the time of the middle of the eclipse.
Or the time of the lambana can be calculated from dr.ggati. Here, when the
dr.ggati is equal to trijy
a, the lambana will be four n
ad.ik
a-s. Then using the
rule of three, find out what will be the lambana for the desired dr.ggati. It
is known that when the dr.kks.epa and dr.ggati are equal to trijy
a then the
yojana-s of nati and of lambana are equal to the radius of the Earth. It
is also known that the minutes of madhya-yojana-karn. a are equal to trijy
a.
Multiply the minutes of lambana thus obtained by the true motion and
divide by mean motion. Then the lambana will be obtained in terms of
the minutes of bhagola. Therefore, multiply the madhya-yojana-karn. a and
the mean motion and divide by the yojana-s of the Earths radius. The
result will be 51,770 (asau sak
amah.). Now multiply dr.kks.epa and dr.ggati by
true motion and divide by 51,770. The results, dr.kks.epa and dr.ggati, can
be derived for everyday. Derive the time of lambana in this manner and
apply it to the syzygy (parv
anta). Then calculate the dr.kks.epa-lagna and
the planet for the required time and (from them) find the lambana in time
units and apply it to the parv
anta. In this manner do the avises.a-karma
594
12. Eclipse
(iteration or repetition of the calculation till the results do not vary). Here,
only by knowing the correct lambana, the sama-lipt
a-k
ala (the parv
anta,
which represents the time of equality in minutes of true Sun and Moon) can
be ascertained. And, only by knowing the sama-lipt
a-k
ala can the lambanaminutes be ascertained. Hence, the necessity of avises.a-karma.
Since, at this moment, there is no difference in the true longitudes for the
Sun and the Moon, there will be no east-west divergence. Their divergence
will only be north-south, on account of nati and viks.epa . These two have to
be ascertained and shall have to be subtracted from the sum of the halves
of the orbs (bimb
ardha-s of the Sun and Moon). The remainder will give the
extent of the eclipsed portion (of the orbs).
Now, when the distance between the spheres (bimba-ghana-madhy
antara of
the Sun and Moon) is equal to half the sum of the orbs (bimba-yog
ardha),
the circumferences of the two orbs will be touching each other. The commencement or end of the eclipse will occur at that time. When, however,
the distance between the spheres (bimb
antara) is greater, there will be no
eclipse, since the circumferences will not touch.
Now, at the desired time apply the lambana to the true longitudes of the Sun
and the Moon. Find the square of their difference. To it add the square of
the true viks.epa and find the root. The result will be the distance between
the spheres at that time. Subtract this from the sum of the minutes of half
the sum of the two orbs. The remainder will be the extent of the eclipsed
portion at that time. This is the method to ascertain the eclipsed portion
at any required time.
12.2
Time for a given extent of eclipse
Here is the method to calculate the moment of time when a specified portion
(of the orbs) have been eclipsed. Now, the eclipsed portion subtracted from
half the sum of the orbs will give the distance between the centres of the two
spheres (bimba-ghana-madhy
antar
ala). This is called bimb
antara (difference

antara
595
between the spheres). Using this, the desired time is to be calculated. When
the square of true viks.epa is subtracted from the square of the difference of
the bimb
antara, the root of the remainder will be the difference between the
true longitudes (sphut.a
ntara). Then, calculate the time using the proportion:
If 60 n
ad.ik
a-s pertain to the difference between daily motions, how many
n
ad.ik
a-s would it be for the given sphut.a
ntara. The time got thus is to be
applied to the time of the parv
anta. Calculate the true viks.epa for that time,
square it and subtract from the square of half the sum of the orbs. The root
thereof would again be the sphut.a
ntara. In this manner, the result obtained
by avises.a-karma will be the true time of the required (extent of the) eclipse.
Then calculate in this manner, the times, before and after mid-eclipse, which
are required for the bimb
antara to be equal to half the sum of the orbs, after
finding the nati and viks.epa by avises.a-karma. The results will be the times
of the commencement and end of the eclipse.
In computing eclipses, it is necessary to know, first, the actual (moment in)
time when the longitudes of the planets are identical. Now, when the Moon
is exactly six r
asi-s (180 degrees) away from the Sun, it is the end of the
full-Moon. When that Moon is hidden by the Earths shadow it is lunar
eclipse.
When at the end of new-Moon, the Moon hides the Sun, then it is solar
eclipse. Now, when either of the (two) eclipses (their times, as stated above)
occurs near sunset, then calculate the longitudes of the Sun and the Moon
for that time. If such times occur at near sunrise, then also calculate the
Sun and Moon for that time. There, if the (longitude of) Moon is more,
the distance will keep increasing. If the candra-sphut. a is lesser, there will be
further and further decrease. Then use the difference in daily motion to find
the time of conjunction.
12.3
Computation of Bimbantara
Here is the method for computing the bimb

antara. Now, the orbs of the
Sun, Moon and the Earths shadow will appear to be large when they are
596
12. Eclipse
close to the Earth, and appear to be small when they are far from the Earth.
The dimension of their (the Sun and the Moon) orbs is dependent on the
magnitude of sva-bh
umyantara-karn. a (the distance from the Earth). When
they move away from the Earth, they (the orbs) look small. Therefore,
when the bimba is derived using the karn.a, the reverse rule of three is to be
employed. Now, the minutes of the orb would be changing every moment.
But the yojana measure of the orb always remains the same. Now, the rule
of three here is: If the minutes of the sphut.a-yojana-karn.a is that of trijy
a,
how much it would be for the yojana measure of the orbs. So, the yojana
measure of the diameters of the orbs of the Sun and the Moon are multiplied
by trijy
a and divided by the yojana measure of the sva-bh
umyantara-karn. a
(the distance between the planet and the Earth). The result will be the
diameter of the orb (of the planet) in minutes. Here the division should be
made by dr.kkarn.a since it is a case of the use of the reverse rule of three.
As is well known, the rule is:
vyastatrair
asikaphalam icch
abhaktapram
an. aphalagh
atah. .
[Br
ahmasphut. a-siddh
anta, Gan.ita, 11]
The result of the reverse rule of three is the product of praman.a
and (pram
an. a)-phala divided by the icch
a.
12.4
Orb measure of the planets
Now, the orb of the Sun is a large sphere of effulgence. Somewhat much
smaller is the sphere of the orb of the Earth. That half of the (Earths orb)
which is facing the Sun will be illuminated. The other half will be dark.
And that is the shadow of the Earth. Of this, the base will be large and the
tip pointed. Here, since the orb of the Sun is large, the rays that go beyond
the Earths (circumference) will be those emanating from the circumference
of the Sun. These rays will converge. At that point will be the tip of the
Earths shadow; its radius at its base will be that of the Earth. From then
on, being in the form of a circle (based cone), it tapers to a point. The Suns
rays emanating from its circumference pass over the circumference of the
12.5 Direction of the eclipses and their commencement
597
Earth and would converge to a point on the other side of the Earth. Now,
the distance of the Earth from the Sun is equal to the sva-bh
umyantarakarn.a in yojana-s. For this distance, the rays of the Sun emanating from
the circumference of the Sun come up to the Earth according to the Earths
diameter. Thus, for the rays to taper by an amount of measure equal to
the difference between the diameters of the Sun and the Earth, the distance
required is the above karn.a in yojana measures. Then, what that distance
would be for the tapering by an amount equal to the diameter of the Earth,
that would give the length of the shadow. Now, for the shadow of the Earth,
for the distance from the tip of the shadow to the base of the shadow (cone),
the diameter is equal to the diameter of the Earth in yojana-s: then, for the
distance from the tip of the shadow to the point where the Moons path cuts
it, what is the diameter of the Earths shadow at that place. To know this,
subtract the candra-karn.a from the length of the Earths shadow, multiply
it by the diameter of the Earth and divide by the length of the Earths
shadow. The result will be the yojana measure of the diameter of Earths
shadow along the path of the Moon. For this (yojana measure) derive the
diameter in terms of minutes.
Thus has been stated the method for obtaining the orb-measures of the
eclipsed and eclipsing planets. From these (measures of the) orbs of the
planets, the times of begining, middle, and that of any desired extent of
eclipse can be calculated as explained earlier.
12.5
Direction of the eclipses and their commencement
Here is stated how to know the direction where the eclipse commences and
what its configuration (samsth
ana) would be at any desired time. Now,
when the solar eclipse commences, the Moon which is in the west, moves a
little towards the east, and a little of the Suns orb at its circumference in
the west will begin to be hidden. It is now intended to identify that portion
thereof. Now, the ecliptic is a circle which touches the centre of the Suns
598
12. Eclipse
sphere and the centre of the Moons sphere when there is no viks.epa for the
Moon. At that time, it is that portion in the west of the Suns sphere from
where the ecliptic passes through, that will be the portion that gets hidden
first by the Moon when it has no viks.epa. The diurnal circle of the Sun at
that moment will be touching the centre of the solar sphere. Since that is
exactly east-west in places of zero latitude, there the diurnal circle emerges
exactly to the west.
12.6
Ayana-valana
Since, however, the ecliptic deviates from the diurnal circle, the emergence
of the ecliptic will be a little to the north or south of the western direction.
Hence the beginning of the eclipse which occurs on the solar orb will be
deflected from the west by a certain amount at that time. This deflection is
called Ayana-valana.
Now, it is necessary to know how much this would be. Conceive of the
following set up: Let the winter solstice on the ecliptic touch the north-south
circle at the meridian ecliptic point. Let the equinox be at the eastern rising
point of the ecliptic and the Sun be one r
asi (30 degrees) from the winter
solstice in the eastern hemisphere. There, the intersection of the ecliptic and
the diurnal circle would be at the centre of the Suns sphere. The emergence
of the diurnal circle would be exactly west thereof and the emergence of the
ecliptic would be deflected a little to the south. It is to be known what
this divergence is. Now, Rcosines on the ecliptic are the Rversines on the
radius which has its tip at the point of intersection of the ecliptic and the
north-south circle drawn from the centre of the Earth. Hence the bases of
the Rcosines are on that line.
Now, conceive of a Rsine corresponding to the Rcosine (kot.i-c
apa) which has
its tip at the centre of the Sun and its foot at the point of intersection of
the north-south circle and the ecliptic. Then, conceive of a Rcosine having
its tip at the point where the ecliptic emerges through from the western

12.6 Ayana-valana
599
side of the Suns orb. Then the feet of both of them, will touch the diameter
which has its tip at the meridian ecliptic point. There, that which has its tip
at the centre of the planetary sphere (bimba-ghana-madhya) will touch the
bottom circumference, and the interstice between the feet of the Rcosines on
the diameter, having its tip on the circumference, will touch the top (of the
circumference). It is well known that the kot.i-khan.d.a is equal to the distance
between the feet of the kot.i-jy
a-s. Therefore, conceive of a vertical line from
the centre of the Earths sphere and with its tip at the zenith. Now, when
the ayan
anta touches the north-south circle, the maximum distance between
the ayan
anta and the vertical line will be the maximum declination.
Then consider the point where the base of the Rcosine which has its tip at
the centre of the planets sphere touches the ayan
anta-s
utra. The distance
from that point to the vertical line would be equal to the required declination (ist.a
pakrama). Now, the distance from the base of the Rcosine with
its tip at the circumference of the orb to the vertical line will be greater
than the required declination. This excess will be the declination pertaining
to the bhuj
a-khan.d.a. The a
yana-valana will be equal to the said (excess)
declination associated with the bhuj
a-khan.d.a.
This declination of the said bhuj
a-khan.d.a will be the distance between the
points of emergence of the points of intersection of the diurnal circle and
of the ecliptic on the circumference at the west end of the orb. Here, the
bhuj
a-khan.d.a is to be derived using the Rcosine with its tip at the middle of
the arc. The Rcosine with its tip at the centre of the sphere is sphut.a-kot.i.
Since the distance between the centre of the sphere and the circumference is
the c
apa-khan.d.a, the bhuj
a-jy
a-khan.d.a is derived by multiplying the sphut.akot.i-c
apa-jy
aminusone-fourth-the-orb with the icch
a-r
asi formed by half
the orb which is the full chord, and dividing by the radius. When this is
multiplied by maximum declination and divided by the radius, the result is
the a
yana-valana. There, it should be possible to derive the declination of
the kot.i-jy
a by first multiplying the kot.i-jy
a by the maximum declination
and dividing by the radius. In the result, there will be no difference. Thus
the derivation of a
yana-valana.
600
12.7
12. Eclipse
. a-valana
Aks
In a place having aks.a (terrestial latitude), (besides the above) the diurnal
circle is also inclined and it is necessary to find this inclination. For this
conceive of an east-west circle. The centre of this circle, its circumference and
all its parts should be removed from the prime vertical by an amount equal
to ch
ay
a-bhuj
a at the desired time. This will be related to the prime vertical
even as the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala is to the sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta. This circle is called
ch
ay
a-kot.i-vr.tta. It is to be noted that the ch
ay
a-kot.i-vr.tta, apakrama-vr.tta
and sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta cut one another at the centre of the planetary sphere
(bimba-ghana-madhya). And the circumferences of the three will emerge in
three different ways. The ch
ay
a-kot.i-vr.tta will go straight westwards from the
centre of the solar sphere. The sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta will be inclined southwards
from this. Therefore, when the Sun is in the eastern side of the north-south
circle, the sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta will emerge deflected to the south from the west.
When, however, the planet is on the western side of the north-south circle,
the sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta (diurnal circle) is deflected to the north. This removal
is called a
ks.a-valana.
12.8
Combined valana
When the two valana-s arrived at as above are added together when their
directions are similar, and subtracted from each other when their directions
are dissimilar, the distance between the icch
a-kot.i-vr.tta and the ecliptic is
obtained. At the periphery of the orb, this will be the valana in a place
with latitude, when there is no viks.epa . When, however, there is viks.epa
there is a shift of it by the measure of the viks.epa and along the direction
of the viks.epa. There the viks.epa which had been derived earlier applying
the rule of three will be that relating to the bimb
antara (difference of the
orb). Therefore, multiply that viks.epa by half the diameter of the Suns
orb and divide by bimb
antara. The result will be the viks.epa-valana at the
circumference of the solar orb. In this way, the point of contact and release
will also deflect according to this, on the circumference of the orb. Again, on
12.9 Graphical chart of the eclipse
601
the eastern side of the circumference of the orb, the directions of the valana
will be correspondingly reversed. This alone is the speciality here.
Here, since the Sun is being eclipsed, the Sun is called gr
ahya-graha (the
planet that is eclipsed). Thus has been stated the derivation of the a
yanavalana-s by the use of the rule of three. The same principle is applicable to
the derivation (also of the) a
ks.a-valana.
Thus it is seen that the ch
ay
a-kot.i-vr.tta and sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta meet at the
centre of the planetary sphere (bimba-ghana-madhya) and have the maximum
divergence on the north-south circle. The last will be a section of the latitude
pertaining to the natotkrama-jy
a at that time. Nata is the difference between
the planet and the north-south circle along the sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta. Here, the
nata-jy
a is the Rcosine.
Since the aks.a represents the maximum declination, we now have the proportion; If nata-jy
a multiplied by aks.a-jy
a is the a
ks.avalana for the trijy
a-vr.tta, then what would it be for the radius of the orb
eclipsed (gr
ahya-bimb
ardha); this would give the valana for the circumference
of the eclipsed orb.
12.9
Graphical chart of the eclipse
Calculate the valana for the desired time and the times of commencement
and release of the eclipse and draw the eclipsed orb. Further, mark on it
the east-west line and the north-south line. Then identify a point removed
from the east-west line by a measure equal to the valana. Now, construct
a valana-line passing through the above-said point and the centre of the
eclipsed orb. Then draw the orb of the eclipsing planet with its centre
on the said valana-line at a point which is removed from the centre of the
eclipsed body by a distance equal to the difference between the orbs at that
time. Then, that portion of the eclipsed orb which falls outside the eclipsing
orb would be bright. And, that portion of the eclipsed body which falls
602
12. Eclipse
inside the eclipsing body would be hidden. The setup of the eclipse has to
be understood in this manner. Here, it is not essential to make the valana
for the eclipsed body. It can as well be made for a circle of desired radius.
In that case, care should be taken to move by the needed valana from the
dr.k-s
utra of that circle. This is the speciality. Thus has been stated the
computation of the solar eclipse.
12.10
Lunar eclipse
What is of note in the lunar eclipse is that the Moons orb is the orb that
is eclipsed, the Earths shadow is the eclipser. Here, the (circular) extent of
the Earths shadow along the path of the Moon is called tamo-bimba (orb
of darkness). Since here, both the eclipsed and the eclipser are at the same
distance from the observer, the nati and lambana are the same for both,
and hence both (nati and lambana) might be ignored in this case (of lunar
eclipse). All the other rules are the same here too (as in the solar eclipse).
Thus have been stated the procedures for the computation of eclipses.
It is to be noted however, that for the kendra-bhuj
a-phala of both the Sun
and the Moon there is a correction called ahardala-paridhi-sphut. a (half daytrue-circumference). There will occur difference of true longitude on account
of this. And, for that reason, there will occur some difference in the time
of equality of the longitudes (of the Sun and the Moon). There is a view
(paks.a) that, on account of this, there will be a difference also in the time of
the eclipse.
Chapter 13
Vyatp
ata
13.1
Vyatpata
Next is stated vyatp

at
a. Now, if the declinations of the two, Sun and Moon,
become equal at some time, when one of them is in an odd quadrant with the
declination increasing and the other in an even quadrant with declination
decreasing, then at that moment vyatp
ata is said to occur.
13.2
Derivation of declination
A method of computing the declination of the Sun and the Moon has been
stated earlier. Now, another method of computing the declination of the
Moon is stated here. Now, when a set up is conceived where there are
several circles of equal measure and have a common centre but with their
circumferences diverging, it will be that the circumferences of all circles (considering them in pairs) will intersect with all other circles (again considering
them in pairs) at two places, and will have maximum divergence at two
places. Now, we know where the ecliptic and the celestial equator meet and
where they have maximum divergence. Now, if it is known that the ecliptic
and the viks.epa-vr.tta meet at this place and that this much is the maximum
divergence and that from their point of intersection the Moon has moved
this much on the viks.epa-vr.tta, then how far the celestial equator is from the
Moon can be computed as in the case of the declination of the Sun.
604
13.3
13. Vyatp
ata
Viks.epa
Here is stated a method to know at which place the ghat.ik

a-vr.tta and the
viks.epa-vr.tta meet and what is their maximum divergence. Now, on a particular day towards the middle of the Mna, the meeting of the ghat.ik
a and
apakrama-vr.tta-s will occur. From that meeting point, the apakrama-vr.tta
will diverge northwards. From the same day it will diverge southwards from
the middle of Kany
a. When it has fully diverged, it would have diverged
by 24 degrees. The viks.epa-vr.tta will touch the apakrama-vr.tta at the point
where R
ahu (the ascending node of the Moon) is situated. It will then diverge northwards from the point (R
ahu) and from Ketu (the descending node
of the Moon), it will diverge southwards. Conceive that R
ahu is situated at
the point of contact of the apakrama-man. d.ala and the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala, and
that this point is rising at the equator. Then, the maximum declination and
maximum viks.epa are on the north-south circle. There, from the ghat.ik
avr.tta, the apakrama-vr.tta, and from that, the viks.epa-vr.tta, will both diverge
in the same direction. For this reason, the ayan
anta-pradesa (the solsticial
points on Moons orbit) of the viks.epa-vr.tta is removed from the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta
by the sum of the maximum declination and maximum viks.epa. Hence, that
will be the maximum declination of the Moon on that day. Therefore, taking
it as the pram
an. a-phala, it should be possible to derive the declination of
the Moon at that time from the equinox.
This being the case, the northern r
asi-k
u.ta (pole of the ecliptic) is on the
north-south circle, raised from the nothern Dhruva (north pole) by a measure
equal to the maximum declination. Since the northern viks.epa-p
arsva (pole
of the viks.epa-vr.tta) is raised above this by the measure of the maximum
viks.epa, the distance of the viks.epa-p
arsva to the (north) pole is equal to
the sum of the maximum viks.epa and the maximum apakrama. The relation
of the viks.epa-vr.tta to the viks.epa-p
arsva is the same as that between the
Dhruva (north pole) and the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta and that between the r
asi-k
u.ta
and the apakrama-vr.tta. Therefore, the distance between the Dhruva and
the viks.epa-p
arsva will be equal to the maximum divergence between the
ghat.ik
a and viks.epa-vr.tta-s. Now, conceive of a circle touching the Dhruva
13.3 Viks.epa
605
and the viks.epa-parsva. In this circle will occur the maximum divergence
between the ghat.ik
a and viks.epa-vr.tta-s.
Now, the distance between the Dhruva and the viks.epa-p
arsva has to be
computed. Conceive the set-up as above and consider R
ahu to be at the
ayan
anta in the middle of the arc. Then the viks.epa-vr.tta would be deflected
towards the north by the measure of the maximum viks.epa from the vernal
equinox along the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta which touches the equinox. Therefore,
the viks.epa-p
arsva would be shifted to the west by the above-said measure
from the uttara-r
asi-k
u.ta (north pole of the ecliptic). Since in this set-up,
the maximum viks.epa and maximum declination form the bhuj
a and kot.i,
the distance between the pole and the viks.epa-p
arsva will be the karn.a.
Consider the circle which passes through the viks.epa-p
arsva and the poles.
The maximum divergence of ghat.ika and apakrama-vr.tta-s on this is the
viks.ep
ayan
anta. Hence this circle is called viks.ep
ayan
anta-vr.tta. The points
of intersection of this with the north-south circle are the poles. Starting from
here, as we traverse a measure of the maximum declination, the viks.ep
ayanavr.tta would have moved towards the west by the measure of the maximum
viks.epa. When we traverse a quadrant it would have inclined towards the
west from the north-south circle and will have its maximum divergence in
the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta. Therefore, the viks.ep
ayan
anta would shift to the west
from the north-south circle by the above said measure to touch the ghat.ik
avr.tta. Therefore, the viks.epa-vis.uvat would be on the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala raised
by the above measure from the vernal equinox on the horizon. The reason
for what is said above is that the meeting point and maximum divergence
between two circles would occur at a distance equal to the quadrant of the
circle. This shift is called viks.epa-calana. Now, when this correction (of
viks.epa-calana) is applied to the commencing point of apakrama-vis. uvat the
result will be the commencement of the viks.epa-vis.uvat.
For this reason, when R
ahu arrives at the vis.uvat in the middle of sign
Kany
a (Virgo), the viks.epa-vr.tta would have shifted towards the north of
the ayan
anta at the centre of the arc by a measure equal to the maximum
declination. The viks.epa-p
arsva would have been depressed to that extent
606
13. Vyatp
ata
from the northern r

asi-k
u.ta. The distance of separation between the poles at
that time would be the maximum declination of the Moon. That will be half
a degree less than twenty (i.e., 19.5 degrees). Since the difference between
viks.epa-p
arsva and Dhruva is on the north-south circle, the viks.ep
ayan
anta
will lie on the apakram
ayan
anta only. The viks.epa-vis.uvat and the apakramavis.uvat will be at the same point. At that time there will be no viks.epacalana.
When, however, R
ahu reaches the ayan
anta at the middle of the Mithunar
asi (Gemini), the viks.epa-vr.tta will touch the r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta which passes
through the middle of Kany
a-r
asi northwards at a distance equal to the
maximum declination. Hence, the viks.epa-p
arsva will be shifted to the east
from the northern r
asi-k
u.ta by a measure equal to the maximum viks.epa.
There again, the distance between the viks.epa-p
arsva and the Dhruva will
represent the hypotenuse. The viks.epa-p
arsva will be above the northern
r
asi-k
u.ta just as in the case when the R
ahu is on the vernal equinox. In
this way, the location of southern viks.epa-p
arsva will be on the southern
r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta. Thus the viks.epa-p
arsva is going around, according to the
motion of R
ahu, at a place which is removed from the r
asi-k
u.ta by a distance
of the maximum viks.epa.
13.4
Viks.epa-calana
Now, conceive of a circle with radius equal to the maximum viks.epa. The
centre of this circle should be at a place on the line from the r
asi-k
u.ta
to the centre of the celestial sphere at a distance of the Rversine of the
maximum viks.epa. Conceive of another circle with its circumference passing
through the centre of the above-mentioned circle and having its centre on
the polar axis (aks.a-dan.d.a). These two circles will then be mutually like
the kaks.y
a-vr.tta and ucca-nca-vr.tta. Here the ascent of the ks.epa-p
arsva
(viks.epa-p
arsva) from the polar axis would represent trijy
a. Now, note the
point where the ks.epa-p
arsva falls on the viks.epa-p
arsva (vr.tta); from that
point draw a vertical line to its own centre; that line will represent the
kot.i-phala. The east-west distance on the north-south circle represents the
13.5 Karn.a
nayana
607
bhuj
a-phala. When the viks.epa-p
arsva, which is revolving, happens to be
above the r
asi-k
u.t a, add the kot.i-phala to the ascent of the ks.epa-p
arsva
(ks.epa-p
arsvonnati); if it is below, subtract it. When R
ahu happens to be at
the middle of Mna-r
asi, the height from the pole will be maximum. And,
when R
ahu happens to be in the middle of Kany
a-r
asi, it will be lowest.
Hence it turns out that the updown distance is kot.i-phala, and that it is
positive in the (six) r
asi-s commencing from Makara-r
asi and negative in
the (six) r
asi-s commencing from Karki.
At the ayan
anta, the bhuj
a is full (i.e., 90 degrees). When R
ahu is situated
there, there will be a east-west shift from the ks.epa-p
arsva, and the bhuj
aphala is also east-west. The day when R
ahu is situated at the beginning of
Tul
a (Libra) the ks.epa-p
arsva is to the west of the north-south circle and so
the viks.epa-calana is to be added to the beginning of Libra. At the beginning
of Aries (Mes.a
di), the viks.epa-p
arsva is to the east of the north- south circle,
and hence (the viks.epa-calana) is to be subtracted. Now, multiply the Rsine
and Rcosine of R
ahu at the beginning of vis.uvat by maximum viks.epa and
divide by trijy
a. The results will be the bhuj
a-phala and kot.i-phala.
13.5
Karn.
anayana
Now is given the method to derive the karn.a (hypotenuse) from the above.
The karn.a is the Rsine of the distance between the pole and viks.epa-p
arsva,
at the time when the above ks.ep
ayan
anta-vr.tta passes through the r
asi-k
u.ta.
If the maximum declination and maximum viks.epa have to be added to or
subtracted from each other, then mutual multiplication by the Rcosines and
division by trijy
a are necessary.
When the maximum declination and the kot.i-phala are to be added to or
subtracted from each other, the multipliers would be antya-ks.epa-kot.i and
anty
apakrama-kot. i. Now, the maximum viks.epa, which is the Rsine of a
portion of the north-south circle, is the line from the centre of the ks.epap
arsva-vr.tta to the circumference of this (north-south circle). A portion of
this (line) is kot.i-phala. This is all the difference, and there is no difference
608
13. Vyatp
ata
in placement. Therefore, in the addition or subtraction there will be no

difference in the multipliers; the difference is only in the multiplicands. Now
when the maximum declination is multiplied by the Rcosine of the maximum
viks.epa and divided by trijy
a, the result will be the distance from the centre
of the ks.ep
a-parsva to the polar axis (aks.a-dan.d.a). The kot.i-phala will be
the remnant of this. When multiplication is made by param
apakrama-kot. i
and division by trijy
a, the result obtained, being the distance from the kot.iphal
agr
a to the viks.epa-p
ars.va, is the bhuj
a-phala. Then, find the square of
the sum or the difference of these two, add it to the square of the bhuj
a-phala
and find the square root. The result will be the Rsine of the arc forming
the distance between the pole and the viks.epa-p
arsva. This is also the same
as the maximum declination, which is the maximum divergence between the
ghat.ik
a-vr.tta and the viks.epa-vr.tta.
13.6
Determination of Viks.epa-calana
Now, the maximum divergence between the ks.ep

ayan
anta-vr.tta and the
north-south circle on the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta is got by applying the rule of three:
If the divergence in the north-south is equal to the bhuj
a-phala when one
moves along the ks.epayananta-vr.tta from the pole to the ks.epa-p
arsva, then
what will it be if one moves through quarter of a circle. This will be the
distance between the two ayan
anta-s, since this is the distance between the
vis.uvat-s. This is called viks.epa-calana. When viks.epa-calana is applied to
s
ayana-candra (i.e., Moon to which a
yana-calana has been applied) the result will be the distance between the point of contact of the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta
and viks.epa-vr.tta to the Moon, on the viks.epa-vr.tta.
13.7
Time of Vyatpata
Now, the auspicious time of vyatp

ata occurs when the declination of the
Moon to which viks.epa-calana and ayana-calana have been applied, and that

ata
609
of the Sun to which ayana-calana has been applied, become identical, when
one of them is in an odd quadrant and the other in an even quadrant.
13.8
Derivation of Vyatpata
Now is explained the procedure for finding the time at which the declinations
of the two become equal. First estimate an approximate time when there
is equality of the longitudes (bhuj
a-s
amya) for the Sun and the Moon when
one is in an odd quadrant and the other in an even quadrant. Using the
bhuj
a-jy
a of the Sun find out its declination at that time. Then, using the
rule of three, ascertain what the bhuj
a-jy
a of the Moon should be, for it to
have the same declination as the Sun. Now, the maximum declination of the
sun is 1398 (dugdhaloka). Here, the rule of three would be as follows: If
this (i.e., 1398) is the bhuj
a-jy
a for the Sun, then what would be the bhuj
ajy
a for the Moon which has a given maximum declination at the moment,
to become equal in declination to the Sun. This is the rule of three to be
applied. Here, the Suns maximum declination is the pram
an.a, its bhuj
a-jy
a
is pram
an.a-phala, the Moons anty
apakrama is the icch
a and the Moons
bhuj
a-jy
a is icch
a-phala.
Now, if the anty
apakrama is large, the bhuj
a-jy
a will be small; for small
anty
apakrama, the other will be big. Then, at that time the declinations
would become equal. Hence the inverse rule of three should be applied.
For this, multiply the bhuj
a-jy
a and anty
apakrama of the Sun and divide by
the anty
apakrama of the Moon. The result will be the Moons bhuj
a-jy
a.
Compute its arc and apply it to the ayana-sandhi or gola-sandhi according
to the quadrant and compute the Moon.
Then subtract the Moon computed (as above) from the Sun, and the Moon
which has been computed (independently) for the given time. Place the
result in two places and multiply by the daily motions of the Sun and the
Moon, respectively, and divide by the sum of the daily motions. This correction is to be applied to the two separately. It has to be subtracted if the
610
13. Vyatp
ata
vyatp
ata is past and to be added if the vyatp
ata is yet to occur. In the case
of the node, the application should be made the other way. In this way do
avises.a-karma (repeating the process till results do not vary) till the Moons
longitude-arc (bhuj
a-dhanus) derived from the Sun and that of the Moon
computed for the desired time become equal. There, in the odd quadrants,
if the longitude-arc of the Moon calculated for the desired time is larger, the
vyatp
ata has already occured; if it is smaller, then the vyatp
ata is yet to
occur. In the even quadrants it is the other way round. Here, when, for the
Sun and the Moon, and for the Earths shadow and the Moon, the diurnal
circle is the same, vyatp
ata occurs. When however, even if parts of the orbs
do not have identical diurnal circles, there will be no vyatp
ata. Hence a
vyatp
ata will last for about four n
adika-s.
Chapter 14
Maud.hya and Visibility Corrections
of Planets
14.1
Computation of visibility correction
Next is stated darsana-sam

ara. This is indicated by that part of the
. sk
ecliptic which touches the horizon when a planet having viks.epa rises above
the horizon. Consider a set up in which the northern r
asi-k
u.ta is raised
and the planet is in one of the first three r
asi-s beginning from Mes.a; let
the point of contact of the ecliptic and the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta passing through
the planet be rising on the horizon. Further, suppose that the planet has
viks.epa towards the northern r
asi-k
u.ta. Then, the planet will be raised
above the horizon. Therefore, the gnomon of the planet at that time is
computed first. When this gnomon is taken as Rcosine, its hypotenuse will
be the distance between the planet and the horizon on the viks.epa-kot.ivr.tta. Now, the dr.kks.epa-vr.tta meets the apakrama-vr.tta towards the south
at a distance equal to the distance between the zenith and the dr.kks.epa. In
the dr.kks.pepa-vr.tta itself, at a place north of the horizon, at a height equal to
the distance between the horizon and the dr.kks.epa, is the northern r
asi-k
u.ta.
The northern viks.epa is that which moves towards the northern r
asi-k
u.ta.
Applying the rule of three: If the maximum distance between the horizon
and the r
asi-k
u.ta (vr.tta) touching the planet is the dr.kks.epa, how much will
be the distance from the horizon to the planet with viks.epa; the result would
give the gnomon of the planet with viks.epa. Then, the proportion: If for the
612
14. Maud.hya and Visibility Corrections of Planets
dr.kks.epa-kot.i the hypotenuse is trijy

a, then what will be the hypotenuse for
this gnomon, will give as result the portion of the arc of the ecliptic between
the planet and the horizon. In the same manner, the portion of the viks.epakot.i-vr.tta for the distance between the horizon and the planet with latitude
is also obtained.
14.2
Rising and setting of planets
Now, conceive of a r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta touching the meeting point of viks.epa-kot.ivr.tta and the horizon. This circle will intersect the r
asi-k
u.ta circle passing
through the planet and the r
asi-k
u.ta. The planet is situated at a distance of
the viks.epa-kot.i from the said point of contact. At that place, the divergence
between the two r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta-s is equal to the hypotenuse of the sanku
of
a planet with viks.epa which has been obtained. In this set up, the maximum
divergence between the two r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s would be on the ecliptic. Here,
when the true planet is the lagna, for the reason that the planet would be
raised by that number of minutes at the time, the distance between the true
planet and the lagna when the planet rises will be the maximum distance
between r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta-s. Since the rising has taken place earlier here, this
difference is subtracted from the true planet to get the lagna at the time of
the rising of the planet. This is the case when the viks.epa is north.
In the case of the south viks.epa when the same set up is conceived, the planet
will be below the horizon, since due to latitude it is deflected from the point
of contact of the horizon and the ecliptic, above and southwards on the r
asik
u.ta-vr.tta. When this is the case, just as the rising and setting lagna were
directed earlier to be computed using the downward gnomon (adho-mukhasanku),
(working in the same manner), the minutes of the distance between

the true planet and the lagna at the time of the rising of the planet which
is at the tip of its viks.epa would be obtained. Since the planet will rise only
after that much time, these minutes of the difference should be added to the
true planet to derive the lagna at the rising of the planet.
14.3 Planetary visibility
613
In the same manner, derive the setting lagna at the time of the setting of
the planet. Now, if it is the downward gnomon, the planet will set earlier, if
it is the upward gnomon, the planet will set later than the setting lagna of
the true planet. Hence, there is an inversion in the addition and subtraction.
This is all the difference (for this case).
When the southern r
asi-k
u.ta is raised from the horizon, the planet will be
raised when the viks.epa is to the south, and will be lowered when the viks.epa
is to the north. Hence, in this case, the nature of addition and subtraction
will be opposite to that stated when the northern r
asi-k
u.ta is raised. This
is the only difference (for this case).
Now, when the dr.kks.epa is south, the northern r
asi-k
u.ta would be raised,
and, when it is north, the southern (r
asi-k
u.t a will be raised). Hence, if
the direction of the viks.epa and the dr.kks.epa happen to be the same, the
darsana-sam
ara-phala should be added to the planet when it rises. If the
. sk
directions are different, it is to be subtracted. At setting, (all this) is in the
reverse.
14.3
Planetary visibility
Now, we find difference in the k

ala-lagna-s corresponding to the rising of the
planet and of the Sun in minutes. It is (empirically) found that there is a
critical value exceeding which the planet would be visible and below which
the planet is not visible. The position and the rising of the planet based on
this will be stated later. The method for obtaining the madhya-lagna of the
planet with viks.epa at the noon is also similar. Here, the difference is that
computations have to be done with that dr.kks.epa which is derived without
taking the latitude into account. The reason for this is that the north-south
circle is the same for both places with latitude and without latitude. Thus
has been stated the visibility correction.
Chapter 15
Elevation of the Moons Cusps
15.1
The second true hypotenuse of the Sun and

the Moon
Now is stated the (computation of) the elevation of the cusps of the Moon.
For this, first compute the second true hypotenuse (dvitya-sphut.a-karn.a) of
the Sun and the Moon. Apply also the second true correction (dvitya ipati, author of)
sphut.a-sam
ara) for the Moon. Here, the view of (Sr
. sk
Siddh
antasekhara is that when the radius of the ucca and nca circles have
been ascertained, a correction has to be applied to them. The view of
Mu
njala, author of Laghum
anasa is that the antya-phala of the Moon is
to be multiplied by Moons manda-karn. a and five and divided by trijy
a.
These two views are worth consideration. Then, (for the Moon), compute
the dr.kkarn.a and apply the corrections of bh
u-pr.s..tha and nati. Then compute the nati for the Sun. Compute and apply the correction of lambana for
both the Sun and the Moon. Ascertain also the distance, at the required
time, between the centres of the solar and lunar spheres.
15.2
Distance between the orbs of the Sun and

Moon
Now, at a time when there is no nati or viks.epa, compute the Rsine and
Rversine of the difference in the sphut.a-s; square them, add them together
15.2 Distance between the orbs of the Sun and Moon
615
and derive the root of the sum. The result will be the samasta-jy
a (complete
chord of the arc) on the circle which has the observer as the centre and whose
circumference passes through (the centres of) the two orbs.
Here, in the matter of ascertaining the distance between the two orbs: For
the sake of convenience, conceive the ecliptic as the prime vertical of the
observer, touching the zenith and lying east-west. Conceive of the Sun at
the zenith. Conceive the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta passing through the Sun as the
north-south circle. A little away, place the Moon and passing through the
Moon conceive of a r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta. Conceive also of two lines from the centre
of the circle, one passing through the Sun, and the other passing through the
Moon. It will be seen that the line drawn through the Sun is vertical and
that passing through the Moon will be a little inclined to it. Here, consider
that (segment) which has its tip at the meeting place of the candra-r
asi-k
u.t avr.tta and apakrama-vr.tta and the foot on the vertical line. This would be the
bhuj
a-jy
a, the half chord of the part of the arc on the apakrama-vr.tta cutoff by the two r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta-s. The Rversine (sara) would be the distance
from the foot of the above to the location on the vertical circle where the
Sun is situated. The root of the sum of the squares of these two is the full
chord of the distance between the two orbs. When this is halved and the arc
thereof is doubled, the result will be the arc of the difference between the
two orbs, when there is no nati or viks.epa.
When, however, the Moon has a viks.epa on the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta, then the base
of the viks.epa-jy
a will meet the candra-s
utra at a point lower to the Moon by
the measure of the viks.epa-sara. Then apply the rule of three: If the, bhuj
ajy
a is the difference between the tip of the candra-s
utra and the vertical line,
then what would be the distance between the base of the viks.epa-jy
a and
the vertical line. This rule of three would be: If the bhuj
a-jy
a is the distance
between the tip of the candra-s
utra to the vertical line, then what will it
be for a distance less by the Rversine of the viks.epa. Or, one might do the
rule of three using the Rversine of the viks.epa and subtract the result from
the bhuj
a-jy
a. Now, the bhuj
a-jy
a-s derived by subtracting the square of the
viks.epa-sara-phala from the square of the ks.epa-sara and finding the root
616
15. Elevation of the Moons Cusps
would be equal to the vertical distance between the bhuj

a-jy
a which touches
the tip of the candra-s
utra and the bhuj
a-jy
a which touches the foot of the
viks.epa. Add this distance to the Rversine of the difference between the true
positions. The result will be the distance between the Sun and the foot of
the bhuj
a-jy
a which touches the foot of the viks.epa.
However, now, the sara would be a little longer, and the bhuj
a-jy
a would
be a bit shorter. The root of the sums of the squares of these two will be
the line from the Sun to the foot of the viks.epa-jy
a. If to the square of this,
the square of the viks.epa is added and the root of the sum found, it will
be the full chord of the difference between the orbs. When there is nati for
the Sun, then assume that it has deflected from the zenith along the northsouth circle. There, from the sara of the difference of the true longitudes,
the nati-sara of the Sun has to be subtracted. The remainder would be the
portion of the vertical line between the foot of the nati-jy
a of the Sun and
the foot of the bhuj
a-jy
alessviks.epa-sara. This would also be the sara of
the difference between the true positions less the nati-sara of the Sun plus
the kot.i-phala of the Moons ks.epa-sara. This would be one r
asi (the first
quantity). The bhuj
a-jy
a of the difference between the true positions will
also be one r
asi.
If the Sun and the Moon move on the same side of the ecliptic the difference
in their nati-s is to be taken and if (they move) on the two sides, the sum
of the nati-s should be taken. This will be one r
asi. The only distinction is
that, here, the bhuj
a-jy
a and sara of the difference in the sphut.a-s should be
conceived straight from that planet which has the smaller nati. By adding
up the squares of all these three (quantities) and finding the root of the sum,
the full chord of the difference in the orbs would be obtaind. This is the case
when the difference of the true planets is less than three r
asi-s.
When it is more (than three r
asi-s) also, the ecliptic is to be conceived as
follows: The Sun and the Moon are to be conceived on the two sides of
the zenith, equally removed from it, since at that time there is no nati for
both. The distance between the orbs would be double the half-jy
a of half
the difference between the true longitudes when there is no nati for both.
15.2 Distance between the orbs of the Sun and Moon
617
Now, the Rsines of half the difference in the true longitudes are the distances
from the points of contact of the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and the ecliptic to the vertical line. Here, subtract the bhuj
a-jy
a-phala derived from the respective
nati-sara-s from the respective halves. The results would be the respective
distances from the foot of the nati-jy
a to the vertical line. Here, too, they
would have touched the vertical line along its verticality according to the
magnitude of the nati.
Now, calculate the distance between the feet of the bhuj
a-jy
a in the vertical
line. That will be the kot.i-phala of the sara of the nati, which is, the vertical
length of this sara. But the difference between the kot.i-phala-s of the two
sara-s is the vertical distance between the feet of the two bhuj
a-jy
a-s. This
is a r
asi. When the bhuj
a-phala of the respective nati-sara-s are subtracted
from the jy
a-s of half the difference of the true longitudes: the remainders
would be the bhuj
a-jy
a-s of the difference of the true longitudes. The sum
of these two is the second r
asi. The difference between the nati-s or their
sums forms the third r
asi. The root of the sum of squares of these is the full
chord of the difference between the orbs. The sum or difference of the nati-s
is the north-south distance between the Sun and the Moon. The nati-phala
subtracted from the sum of the antar
ardha-jy
a-s will be the distance in the
east-west. The sum of half of the Rcosines of the nati and sara is the updown difference. The root of the sum of the squares of these three is the full
chord of the difference between the orbs. Thus has been stated the difference
between the orbs when the difference between the true longitudes is more
than three r
asi-s. The same procedure will apply also for the derivation of
the difference of the orbs in computation of eclipses.
618
s.a
Gan.ita-Yukti-Bha
Explanatory Notes
Chapters 815
Chapter 8
Computation of Planets
8.1
Planetary motion
In Indian astronomical texts, as a first approximation, the planets are taken

to move uniformly along different circular orbits; the linear velocity of all
the planets is taken to be a constant. In other words, if Rp be the radius of
the planetary orbit (usually given in yojan
a-s), and Tp be the sidereal time
period, then
Rp
= C,
Tp
(8.1)
where C is a constant. Given C, the radius of the planetary orbit is determined, if the time period of a planet is known. The term yuga-bhagan.a
refers to the number of complete revolutions made by the planet in a caturyuga consisting of 43,20,000 years. This period is also called a Mah
a-yuga
and consists of four parts namely Kr.ta-yuga, Tret
a-yuga, Dv
apara-yuga and
Kali-yuga.
The centre of the planetary orbit is not the centre of the Earth. As seen by
an observer on the surface of the Earth, there are two types of motion for the
planets: (i) the proper motion, which is eastward due to the motion of the
planet in its own orbit with respect to the stars, and (ii) the diurnal motion,
the uniform westward motion of all celestial objects, as seen from the Earth.
The proper motion is discussed in this chapter, whereas the diurnal motion
is considered in a later chapter1 . The true planet should be computed with
respect to the observer with the first point of Aries (Mes.a
di) as the reference
point.
1
Chapter 11 primarily deals with the diurnal problems.
622
8.2
Zodiacal celestial sphere
The terms bha and gola mean stars and sphere respectively. Hence, bhagola
refers to the sphere dotted with stars. In modern terminology, it is called
the celestial sphere. At this stage, the centre of the zodiacal celestial sphere
is stated to be the centre of the Earth. Any finer distinction will be dealt
with later.
Following this, two different conceptions are proposed for perceiving the motion of the planets. In modern terminology they are known as the eccentric
and the epicycle models.
8.3
Motion of planets: Eccentric model
To start with, the computation of true positions of the Sun and Moon,
which involve just the manda-sam
ara (equation of centre) is discussed. In
. sk
Figure 8.1a, the planet at P is conceived to be moving on an eccentric circle
(pratiman. d.ala). The centre of the pratiman. d.ala is O , and the centre of the
zodiacal sphere (bhagola-madhya) is O. The point O is located from O along
the direction of the mandocca, which is the apogee (for Sun and Moon) or
aphelion (for other planets) in modern terminology. O is moving on a circle
called manda-vr.tta which is a small circle centred around O.2
It is further conceived that as O moves on the circle around, it carries the
pratiman. d.ala along with it also. In other words, even if the planet does
not move on its own on the pratiman.d.ala it has motion with respect to the
bhagola-madhya due to the motion of the mandocca. As the Text notes, this
is like the motion of persons travelling in a vehicle.
In Figure 8.1a, represents the direction of the fixed star which is taken
as the reference point for the measurement of the nirayan.a longitude of
the planet. O and O are the centres of the manda-vr.tta and pratiman. d.ala
respectively. The two lines N O S and EO W passing through O , and per2
The word vr.tta means circle. With the adjective manda added to it, the word mandavr.tta suggests that this circle plays a key role in the manda-sam
ara. The same circle is
. sk
also called manda-ncocca-vr.tta for reasons explained in the next section.
8.4 Motion of planets: Epicyclic model
623
(true planet)
P
P0
(mean planet)
N
purvapararekha
(eastwest line)
daksinottararekha
(northsouth line)
Pratimandala
O
O
Mandavrtta
Figure 8.1a: The eccentric model of planetary motion.

pendicular to each other, represent the daks.in.ottara-rekh
a (north-south line)
and p
urv
apara-rekh
a (east-west line). It is further mentioned that even as
O moves at the rate of mandocca, the directions of the east-west line and
north-south line remain unchanged. In the figure,
and
8.4
= longitude of mandocca,
OO
0 = longitude of madhyama-graha,
O P = OP
OP
= longitude of sphut.a-graha (the true planet). (8.2)
Motion of planets: Epicyclic model
As suggested by the title, this model explains the irregularities in the planetary motion by considering an epicycle instead of an eccentric circle discussed
in the previous section. Apart from explaining the epicyclic model, the Text
also establishes the equivalence of the two models.
624
E
Manda
nicoccavrtta
P0
Pratimandala
daksinottararekha
(northsouth line)
(true planet)
P
purvapararekha
(eastwest line)
Kakshyamandala
Figure 8.1b: The epicyclic model of planetary motion.
In Figure 8.1b, the deferent circle called kaks.y

a-vr.tta is the circle centred
around O, with a radius equal to the radius of the pratiman. d.ala described
earlier. The mean planet P0 moves on this circle with mean uniform velocity.
Around P0 we draw a circle whose radius is the same as the radius of the
manda-vr.tta described earlier. Here it is called the manda-ncocca-vr.tta.3
At any given instant of time, the actual planet P is located on the mandancocca-vr.tta by drawing a line from P0 along the direction of mandocca.
The point of intersection of this line with the manda-ncocca-vr.tta is the
true position of the planet. In fact, it can be easily seen that this point
happens to be the point of intersection of the pratiman. d.ala and the mandancocca-vr.tta centered around the mean planet on the kaks.y
a-vr.tta. Thus we
see the equivalence of the two models.
3
The adjective ncocca is given to this vr.tta because, in this conception, it moves from
ucca to nca on the deferent circle along with the mean planet P0 . The other adjective
manda is to suggest that this circle plays a crucial role in the explanation of the mandasam
ara.
. sk
8.5 The position of Ucca
8.5
625
The position of Ucca
The term ucca or tunga

means peak. With reference to planetary motion,
this refers to the direction of apogee/aphelion of the planet. This is because
it is along this direction that the distance of the true planet from the centre
of the kaks.y
a-man.d.ala becomes maximum.
The direction of ucca varies from planet to planet. It may be noted that
the true planet P is always at the intersection of manda-ncocca-vr.tta and
pratiman.d.ala, in fact at that intersection which is close to the ucca or in the
ucca region. The portion above the north-south line of the pratiman.d.ala (see
Figure 8.2) is the ucca region.
8.6
Ucca, Madhyama and Sphut.a
When the ucca and madhya coincide, that is, the longitude of madhya is the
same as that of the ucca, the centres of kaks.y
a-man.d.ala, pratiman. d.ala, and
the two ucca-nca-vr.tta-s are on the same straight line, namely p
urv
apararekh
a (east-west line). This is depicted in Figure 8.2.
Then the sphut.a-graha (true planet) is the same as the madhyama-graha
= OP
0 . When the madhya moves away from the
(mean planet). OP
ucca, the true planet begins to differ from the mean planet.
8.7
Computation of true Sun
In the case of the Sun, it is noted that the mandocca moves so slowly (actually
a few seconds of arc per century) that its motion can be neglected. The Text
then gives a detailed description of how to find the difference between the
true planet (sphut.a) and the mean planet (madhyama).
In Figure 8.3, when the madhyama is at the east point E or the west point W ,
the true planet is at E or W and there is no difference between madhyama
and sphut.a (mean and the true longitudes). When the mean planet is at
626
E
Uccanica vrtta
centered around
the mean planet
P (true planet)
Pratimandala
P0
Eastwest line
N
O
O
Uccanica vrtta
(at the centre of
Kakshyamandala)
Kakshyamandala
Figure 8.2: The four circles when the madhya coincides with the ucca.
N , the north point of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta, the true planet is at N , the north
point of pratiman. d.ala. Draw a circle with bh
umadhya O as the centre, with
ON = KN as the radius. This is the karn.a-vr.tta at this point. The arc

N N = N on the karn.a-vr.tta is the difference between the sphut.a N
and the madhyama N . Clearly, at this point,
KN sin N = r,
(8.3)
where r is the radius of the ucca-nca-vr.tta (epicycle). The sphut.a is less

than the madhyama in this position. Similarly, when the planet is at S ,
the difference between sphut.a and madhyama is given by the same relation.
However, the sphut.a will now be more than madhyama. When the planet is
at E and W , the sphut.a and madhyama coincide. The procedure to find
the radius of the karn.a-vr.tta is given in the next section.
627
Karnavrtta when the

Madhyama is at P0
Pratimandala
P
X
Q
L
Mo
P0
M
E
N"
KN
r
S
N
Uccanicasutra
Karnavrtta when the

Madhyama is at N
Kakshyamandala
Figure 8.3: The karn.a-vr.tta of the planet.

For an arbitrary position P0 of the mean planet on the kaks.y
a-vr.tta,, the
true planet is at P as shown in Figure 8.3. The line joining the centre
of the kaks.y
a-man.d.ala and the mean planet, OP0 when extended cuts the
ucca-nca-vr.tta at X. Then,
0 = E O P
E OP
= madhyama ucca
= P P0 X
= A,
(8.4)
where A is what is called the anomaly in modern astronomy. Now, from the
figure it may be seen that
= madhyama sphut.a
0 OP
= OP
0.
= P OP
(8.5)
628
Draw the perpendicular P Q from P to OX. Then, it is seen that

P Q = K sin = r sin A,
(8.6)
where K = OP is the radius of the karn.a-vr.tta when madhya is at P0 .

Similarly draw the perpendiculars P0 M0 and P M from P0 and P on OE.
Then, it is seen that
P M = K sin(P OE)
= P0 M0 = R sin(P0 OE).
(8.7)
In other words,
K sin (sphut.a ucca) = R sin (madhyama ucca).
(8.8)
Both these prescriptions (8.6) and (8.8) are given in the text.
8.8
Computation of the Karn.a
Karn.a refers to the hypotenuse drawn from the centre of the kaks.y
a-man.d.ala
to the planet on the pratiman.d.ala (OP , in Figure 8.3). Let the radius of the
kaks.y
a-vr.tta (which is also the radius of the pratiman. d.ala) be R, and the
radius of the ucca-nca-vr.tta be r. The radius of the karn.a-vr.tta denoted by
K is to be determined. In Figure 8.4, OPi (i = 1 . . . 4) are the radii of the
karn.a-vr.tta-s corresponding to the positions of the planet at Pi . From the
planet at Pi (i = 1 . . . 4) on the pratiman. d.ala, we drop the perpendicular
Pi Bi on the ucca-nca-s
utra. Measuring with respect to O , O Pi represent
the longitude of the madhya (M ) and O B1 that of the ucca (U ). Then,
Bi = madhya ucca
Pi O
= M U,
(8.9)
when the planet is to the east (upper portion) of the north-south line of the
pratiman. d.ala.
When the planet is to the west (lower portion) of the north-south line of the
pratiman. d.ala, then
Bi = 180 (M U ).
Pi O
(8.10)
629
E
Pratimandala
P1
B1
Eastwest line
Northsouth line of
Pratimandala
O
P3
B3
Northsouth line of
Uccanicavrtta
O
P4
B4
P2
Mandocca
nicavrtta
B2
Kakshyamandala
W
Figure 8.4: The planet P at different positions on the pratiman. d.ala.
Here M U represents the magnitude of difference between M and U . The
sine and cosine of these angles called bhuj
ajy
a and kot.ijy
a are to be found
for deriving the radius of the karn.a-vr.tta. The sines are given by
Pi Bi = R sin(M U ),
(8.11)
(i = 1 . . . 4), as O Pi = R. The cosine of the hypotenuse, Bi O, called the

karn.a-vr.tta-kot.i (written as Kk henceforth) is determined thus:
1. When the planet is at P1 , above (to the east of) the mandocca-ncavr.tta (called simply as ucca-nca-vr.tta for convenience hereafter),
Kk = B1 O
= B1 O + O O
= R cos(M U ) + r.
(8.12)
630
2. When the planet is at P2 , below the ucca-nca-vr.tta,

Kk = B2 O
= B2 O O O
B2 ) r
= R cos(P2 O
= |R cos(M U )| r.
(8.13)
3. When the planet is at P3 , such that B3 , the base of the Rsine, is within
the ucca-nca-vr.tta and above its north-south line,
Kk = B3 O
= OO B3 O
B3 )
= r R cos(P3 O
= r |R cos(M U )|.
(8.14)
4. When the planet is at P4 , such that B4 is within the ucca-nca-vr.tta

and below its north-south line,
Kk = B4 O
= B4 O O O
B4 ) r
= R cos(P4 O
= |R cos(M U )| r.
(8.15)
Now, the radius of the hypotenuse circle (karn.a-vr.tta) K is given by
K=
p
(bhuj
ajy
a)2 + (karn.a-vr.tta-kot.i)2 .
Note: All the four cases above can be expressed in terms of a single formula
by taking the signs of sine and cosine into account, and denoting the radius
of the pratiman. d.ala by R, as follows:
q
R2 sin2 (M U ) + [R cos(M U ) + r]2
K =
p
=
R2 + r 2 + 2rR cos(M U ).
(8.16)
The above expression is valid even when the planet P is to the south, that
is to the right of ucca-nca-s
utra in Figure 8.4.
631
At this point, the Text draws attention to the important feature of the
manda-correction that the dimension of the manda-ncocca-vr.tta r is assumed
to increase and decrease in the same manner as manda-karn.a K. The mean
radius of the manda-ncocca-vr.tta ro tabulated in texts corresponds to the
radius R of the pratiman.d.ala (or the kaks.y
a-man.d.ala), usually taken to be
3438 . However, the mean and the actual radii are related by
r0
r
=
= C,
K
R
(8.17)
where C is a constant.4 This will ensure that while calculating the mandacorrection by using (8.6), we need to know only the mean values of the radius
of the epicycle r0 and the radius of the pratiman. d.ala R = 3438 , because
sin =
r
r0
sin(M U ) =
sin(M U ).
K
R
(8.18)
Note: To obtain the actual values of r or K in terms of the minutes of

arc of the pratiman. d.ala, usually a process of iteration avises.a-karma is employed which is outlined in all standard texts of Indian Astronomy starting
from Mah
abh
askarya (629 AD) to Tantrasangraha
(1500 AD).5 Here, we

shall briefly summarise this process of iteration and refer the reader to the
detailed discussion in K. S. Shuklas translation of Mah
abh
askarya6 for further details.
In Figure 8.5, P0 is the mean planet moving in the kaks.y
a-man.d.ala with O
as the centre, and E is the direction of mandocca. Draw a circle of radius r0
with P0 as centre. Let P1 be the point on this circle such that P0 P1 is in the
direction of mandocca (parallel to OE ). Let O be a point on the line OE ,
such that OO = r0 . Join P1 O and let that line meet kaks.y
a-man.d.ala at Q.
Extend OQ and P0 P1 so as to meet at P . The true planet is located at P .
Then, it can be shown that, OP = K and P0 P = r are the actual mandakarn.a and the corresponding (true) radius of the epicycle as will result by
the process of successive iteration which is described below. Since P1 O is
parallel to P0 O, the triangles OP0 P and QO O are similar and we have
P0 P
O O
r0
r
=
=
= .
K
OP
QO
R
4
The value of C varies from planet to planet.

Mah
abh
askarya, IV.9-12; Tantrasangraha
II.41-42.
6
Mah
abh
askarya, Ed. and Tr. by K. S. Shukla, Lucknow 1960, p.111-119.
5
(8.19)
632
E
Kakshyamandala
r0
P1
Purvaparasutra
P (true planet)
O"
r0
O
Figure 8.5: Mean and true epicycles.

The process of successive iteration to obtain K is essentially the following.
In triangle OP1 P0 , with the angle P1 P0 O = 180 (M U ), the first approximation to the karn.a (sakr.t-karn.a) K1 = OP1 and the mean epicycle
radius r0 = P1 P0 , are related by
q
K1 = R2 + r02 + 2r0 R cos(M U ).
(8.20)
In the RHS of (8.20), we replace r0 by the next approximation to the radius
of the epicycle
r0
(8.21)
r1 = K1 ,
R
and obtain the next approximation to the karn.a
q
K2 = R2 + r12 + 2r1 R cos(M U ),
(8.22)
8.9 Alternative method for the Karn.a
633
and so on. This process is iterated till Ki and Ki+1 become indistinguishable,
and that will be the avisis..ta-karn.a K,7 which is related to the corresponding
epicycle radius r as in (8.21) by
r=
r0
K.
R
(8.23)
It can actually be shown8 that the sequence K1 , K2 , K3 , . . . indeed converges and the limit is OP = K. Also, from the triangle OP0 P it follows
that K and r are also related by
p
(8.24)
K = R2 + r 2 + 2rR cos(M U ).
8.9
Alternative method for the Karn.a
Here, another approach for the determination of karn.a (hypotenuse) is presented, primarily using the ucca-nca-vr.tta (epicycle). This can be understood with the help of Figure 8.6.
In fact, two cases are considered here: (i) the foot of the bhuj
a-phala of
the planet on the pratiman. d.ala lies outside the circumference of the kaks.y
avr.tta, and (ii) the foot of the bhuj
a-phala is inside the circumference of the
kaks.y
a-vr.tta.9
1. Case 1: Planet at P1
Considering the triangle P1 B1 M1 , the sine and the cosine are given by
bhuj
a-phala = P1 B1 = r sin(M U ),
kot.i-phala = B1 M1 = r cos(M U ).
(8.25)
The term vises.a means distinction. Hence, avises.a is without distinction. Therefore
the term avisis..ta-karn.a refers to that karn.a obtained after doing a series of iterations such
that the successive values of the karn.a do not differ from each other.
8
vide K. S. Shukla cited above in footnote 6.
9
These also correspond to the situations when the planet is located in the pratiman.d.ala
to the east or west of the north-south line passing through the centre of the pratiman.d.ala.
The Text seems to wrongly suggest that these cases also correspond to the situations when
the planet, located in the pratiman.d.ala, lies outside or inside the kaks.y
a-man.d.ala. This
error, however, is not made in the next section, 8.10, where only the location of the foot
of the bhuj
a-phala is considered.
634
E
Pratimandala
P1
B1
M1
Eastwest line
O
r
O
P2
M2
Madhyamasutra
B2
Kakshyamandala
W
Figure 8.6: The determination of karn.a using epicyclic approach.

The distance between the centre O and the base of the bhuj
a-phala
OB1 = B1 M1 + R
= R + r cos(M U ).
(8.26)
Hence,
karn.a = OP1
q
P1 B1 2 + OB1 2
=
q
r 2 sin2 (M U ) + {R + r cos(M U )}2 . (8.27)
=
2. Case 2: Planet at P2
Considering the triangle P2 B2 M2 , the sine and the cosine are given by
bhuj
a-phala = P2 B2 = r sin(M U )
kot.i-phala = B2 M2 = |r cos(M U )|
= r cos(M U ),
(8.28)
8.10 Viparta-karn.a : Inverse hypotenuse
635
as 90o < M U < 180o . Now the distance between the centre O and
a-phala
OB2 = OM2 B2 M2
= R |r cos(M U )|.
(8.29)
Hence,
karn.a = OP2
q
P2 B2 2 + OB2 2
=
q
=
r 2 sin2 (M U ) + {R |r cos(M U )|}2 . (8.30)
In either case, (8.27) or (8.30) lead to the same expression for the karn.a,
viz.,
q
K =
r 2 sin2 (M U ) + {R + r cos(M U )}2
p
R2 + r 2 + 2rR cos(M U ),
(8.31)
=
which is the same as the formula (8.24) in the last section. From K, we can
find how much the planet has moved on the hypotenuse circle by (8.18).
8.10
Viparta-karn.a : Inverse hypotenuse
It appears that it was the celebrated Madhava (c.1320-1400) who gave an

exact formula for evaluating the true manda-karn.a, without employing the
iterative process. As noted in Tantrasangraha
II.44, Madhava expressed the

true manda-karn.a in terms of the so called viparta-karn.a or inverse hypotenuse. The expression for viparta-karn.a is based on the inverse relation
between the karn.a and radius, which is being dealt with first. Madhavas
expression for the avisis..ta-manda-karn.a will be discussed later towards the
end of the section 8.12.
Here, the aim is to obtain R from K. That is the radius of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta
when the radius of the karn.a-vr.tta is taken to be trijy
a (= 3438 ). As in the
previous section, we consider two cases (refer to Figure 8.6).
636
1. Case 1: Planet is at P1 and B1 , the base of bhuj

a-phala, is outside
the kaks.y
a-vr.tta. Now, the radius of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta is
OM1 = OB1 B1 M1
= OB1 kot.i-phala,
(8.32)
where OB1 is the distance between the kaks.y

a-kendra and the base of
the bhuj
a-phala and is given by
q
a-phala2 .
(8.33)
OB1 = K 2 bhuj
2. Case 2: Planet is at P2 and B2 , the base of bhuj
a-phala, is inside the
kaks.y
a-vr.tta. Now, the radius of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta is
OM2 = OB2 + B2 M2
= OB2 + kot.i-phala,
(8.34)
where OB2 is the distance between the kaks.y

a-kendra and the base of
the bhuj
a-phala and is given by
q
OB2 = K 2 bhuj
a-phala2 .
(8.35)
In both the cases we get
q
R = K 2 r 2 sin2 (M U ) r cos(M U ).
8.11
(8.36)
Another method for Viparta-karn.a
Here, another method for determining the trijy

a from the karn.a is described.
We explain this with the help of Figure 8.7. In this, and the subsequent
section, we use P and U to represent the longitude of the planet and the
ucca respectively. Consider the case when B1 , the base of the bhuj
ajy
a, is
outside the ucca-nca-vr.tta and to the east of it (as is the case when the
planet is at P1 ). The angle
1 = sphut.a ucca
U OP
= P U,
(8.37)
8.11 Another method for Viparta-karn.a
637
is the difference between the longitudes of the mandocca and the planet.
Also,
P1 B1 = K sin(P U )
OB1 = K cos(P U )
O B1 = OB1 OO
= K cos(P U ) r.
(8.38)
Then the radius of the pratiman. d.ala/kaks.y

a-vr.tta is
O P1 = R =
K 2 sin(P U )2 + (K cos(P U ) r)2 .

U(ucca)
(graha)
P1
(8.39)
Pratimandala
B1
R
Eastwest line
K
O
C1
B3
C2
O
B4
P2
(graha)
Mandocca
nicavrtta
B2
Kakshyamandala
Figure 8.7: The determination trijy

a from karn.a alternate approach.
When the base of the bhuj
ajy
a B3 , is inside the ucca-nca-vr.tta and east of
O,
O B3 = r K cos(P U ),
(8.40)
638
and the expression for R is same as above. In both cases, P U < 90 .

Similarly when B2 , the base of the bhuj
ajy
a, is outside the ucca-nca-vr.tta
and to the west of it (as is the case when the planet is at P2 ),
q
P2 B2 2 + O B22
R = O P2 =
q
=
P2 B22 + (O O + OB2 )2
1
= [K 2 sin2 (P U ) + (r + |K cos(P U )|)2 ] 2 .
(8.41)
It is easy to see that this is also the case when the base B4 is inside the
ucca-nca-vr.tta and west of O. In both these cases cos(P U ) is negative,
as 90o P U < 180o . Hence, taking the sign of cos(P U ) into account,
we get in all cases,
1
R = [K 2 sin2 (P U ) + (K cos(P U ) r)2 ] 2

1
= [K 2 + r 2 2rK cos(P U )] 2 .
8.12
(8.42)
Still another method for Viparta-karn.a
There is yet another method for finding the radius of the pratiman.d.ala in
terms of the karn.a. We explain this with reference to Figure 8.7. Here, C1
and C2 are the feet of the perpendiculars from the centre of the pratiman. d.ala
O to the line joining the planet and the centre of kaks.y
a-man.d.ala (OP1 and
OP2 ). In the Text, the planets at P1 and P2 are referred to as lying in the
ucca and nca regions of the pratiman.d.ala. The phrase ucca and nca regions
used in this context, have to be understood as referring to the portions above
and below the north-south line of the pratiman.d.ala.
1. The planet is at P1 (ucca region).
The radius of the pratiman.d.ala is
p
R = O P1 = (O C1 )2 + (P1 C1 )2 .
We need to calculate O C1 and P1 C1 , which are given by

O C1 = doh.phala = r sin(P U ),
(8.43)
8.12 Still another method for Viparta-karn.a
639
and
OC1 = kot.i-phala = r cos(P U ).
In the figure,
P1 C1 = OP1 OC1
= K r cos(P U ).
(8.44)
Hence, (8.43) reduces to

q
R = r 2 sin2 (P U ) + {K r cos(P U )}2 .
(8.45)
The radius of the pratiman. d.ala is

p
R = O P2 = (O C2 )2 + (P2 C2 )2 .
(8.46)
2. The planet is at P2 (nca region).
We need to calculate O C2 and P2 C2 , which are given by

2)
O C2 = doh.phala = r sin(O OC
2)
= r sin(P2 OB
and
= r sin(P U ),
2)
OC2 = kot.i-phala = r cos(O OC
2)
= r cos(P2 OB
= |r cos(P U )|.
(8.47)
In the figure,
P2 C2 = OP2 + OC2
= K + |r cos(P U )|.
(8.48)
Hence, (8.46) reduces to

1
R = [r 2 sin2 (P U ) + {K + |r cos(P U )|}2 ] 2 .
(8.49)
In (8.49), cos(P U ) is negative, as 90o P U 180o . Taking the

sign of cos(P U ) into account, in all cases, the expression for trijy
a
is
1
R = [r 2 sin2 (P U ) + {K r cos(P U )}2 ] 2

1
= [K 2 + r 2 2rK cos(P U )] 2 ,
which is the same as (8.42).
(8.50)
640
Now, the avisis.ta-manda-karn. a is to be determined in terms of the minutes

of arc of the pratiman. d.ala. The radius of the karn.a-vr.tta is equal to the
trijy
a R, when measured in the minutes of arc of karn.a-vr.tta (i.e., its own
measure). Then the radius of the pratiman. d.ala will be given (in the measure
of the karn.a-vr.tta) by the viparta-karn.a Rv , which is obtained by setting
K = R and r = r0 in (8.36) and (8.42), where r0 is the mean radius of the
manda-ncocca-vr.tta :
q
R2 r02 sin2 (M U ) r0 cos(M U ),
(8.51)
Rv =
and
Rv
= [R2 + r02 2r0 R cos(P U )] 2 .
(8.52)
By the rule of three: Rv is the radius of the pratiman.d.ala when the radius
of the karn.a-vr.tta is trijy
a or R. Now when the radius of the pratiman. d.ala
is R, then the radius of the karn.a-vr.tta K will be given by
R
Rv
R2
or
K =
.
(8.53)
Rv
This is the Madhavas formula for the true or avisis..ta-manda-karn.a.
K
R
Note: We may briefly indicate the geometrical representation of the avisis..tamanda-karn.a and the viparta-karn.a with reference to Figure 8.5 on page 632.
Here, T is a point on the line OP0 , such that the line QT is parallel to P0 P1 .
Then, it can be easily seen that OT will be the viparta-karn.a Rv . Now, in
= P OE
= P U , and we have
the triangle OQT , OQ = R, QT = r0 , OQT
1
OT = [R2 + r02 2Rr0 cos(P U )] 2 ,
(8.54)
which is the same as the viparta-karn.a Rv as given by (8.52). Again, the

triangles OP P0 and OQT are similar. Hence
OP
OQ
OP0
,
OT
OP0 OQ
.
or
OP =
OP
Since OP0 = OQ = R and OT = Rv is the viparta-karn.a, we get
=
OP =
R2
,
Rv
which is the same as the avisis.ta-karn.a K given by (8.53).
(8.55)
(8.56)
8.13 Manda-sphut.a from the Madhyama
8.13
641
Manda-sphut.a from the Madhyama
In Figure 8.8, O is the bh

u-madhya, O is the centre of the pratiman. d.ala, P
is the planet on the pratiman.d.ala and U is the ucca. R and K are the radii
of the pratiman.d.ala and the karn.a-vr.tta. In the figure,
A = P O U
= P OU
and
= madhya ucca
= M U,
= sphut.a ucca
= P U.
(8.57)
It may be noted that while A corresponds to the arc measured along the
corresponds to the arc measured along the karn.a-vr.tta.
pratiman.d.ala, B
Draw a perpendicular from P to OU , meeting it at C. Obviously,
P C = R sin(M U ) = K sin(P U ).
(8.58)
U (ucca)
Karnavrtta
Pratimandala
R
A
K
O
B
Kakshyavrtta
Figure 8.8: The determination manda-sphut.a from madhya.

This means that the measures of the pratiman.d.ala and karn.a-vr.tta are dif in the measure of the karn.a-vr.tta is equal to the jy
ferent. Jy
a of B
a of A
642
can be determined from the knowlin the measure of the pratiman.d.ala. B
edge of trijy
a R, A and the karn.a K which can be found using any of the
sphut.a is determined. This is
methods described earlier. Adding ucca to B,
the manda-sphut.a, that is the mean planet to which the equation of centre
is added to get the sphut.a-graha.
On the other hand, if the sphut.a is known, the above relation (8.58) can be
used to obtain the manda-karn.a; and from that the radius of the epicycle
can also be determined using (8.23).
Here, it is again reiterated that the radius of the epicycle (ucca-nca-vr.tta),
r, increases or decreases as the manda-karn.a K, that is, Kr is constant. It
is noted that this simplifies the calculation of P M , as it can be simply
determined from the relation
K sin(M P ) = r sin(madhya ucca)
= r sin(M U ).
(8.59)
If r0 is the mean radius of the epicycle, or the radius of the epicycle in terms
of the minutes of arc of the pratiman. d.ala, then
r0
r
sin(M U ) =
sin(M U ).
(8.60)
sin(M P ) =
K
R
Thus, in calculating the manda-correction, there is no need to compute the
manda-karn.a K, or the true epicycle radius r.
It is further noted that there is a difference between the manda and sghra
procedures. As will be discussed in the next section, in sghra correction, the
radius of the sghra-ncocca-vr.tta is taken to be a constant, and not varying
with the sghra-karn. a.
8.14
ghra-sphut.a of the planets

The S
Note: It may be mentioned that the revised planetary model proposed by

Nilakan.t.ha in Tantrasangraha
forms the basis of the discussion in this and

the subsequent sections. An overview of the conventional planetary model
employed in Indian Astronomy (at least from the time of Aryabhat

. a) and
the important revision of this model by Nlakan.t.ha Somayaj is presented in
the Epilogue to this Volume.

8.14 The S
643
For the Sun and the Moon, the sphut.a obtained above is itself the true
planet. For the planets (Mars, Jupiter, Saturn, Mercury and Venus), another correction has to be applied to find the true planet which involves
the use of a sghrocca. This would be equivalent to the determination of
the true geocentric planet called the sghra-sphut. a from the true heliocentric planet called the manda-sphut. a. We first, delineate the procedure given
in the Text.
In Figure 8.9, the sghra-ncocca-vr.tta is a circle with the
Mandakarnavrtta
B
Mandanicoccavrtta
(Mandocca) U
K
(Sighrocca)
S
Ks
T
Pratimandala
O
A section of
Sighrakarnavrtta
Sighranicoccavrtta
Figure 8.9: The determination of sghra-sphut.a for exterior planets.

bhagola-madhya as the centre, and whose radius is the sghr
antyaphala, rs .
The sghrocca, S is located on this circle. It is also stated that sghrocca is
the a
ditya-madhyama (the mean Sun). The manda-ncocca-vr.tta is a circle
with the sghrocca as the centre. The mandocca is located on this circle. The
planet P is located on the pratiman. d.ala which is centered at the mandocca.
is the manda-sphut. a. P O
is the true
SP is the manda-karn.a and P S
geocentric planet known as the sghra-sphut. a. The sghra-sphut. a is found
in the same manner from the manda-sphut.a, as the manda-sphut. a is found
644
from the mean planet, madhyama-graha. Thus it may be noted that, in the
computation of the sghra-sphut.a, the sghrocca and the manda-karn.a-vr.tta
play the same roles as the mandocca and the pratiman.d.ala did in the computation of the manda-sphut.a. The sghra-karn.a Ks = OP can be determined
in terms of the manda-karn.a, SP = K, or the trijy
a R. Apart from the
similarities, there is one difference, as was pointed out in the previous section. In manda-correction, the radius of the manda-ncocca-vr.tta r varies. It
increases or decreases in the same way as the manda-karn.a K. In the sghra
correction, the radius of the sghra-ncocca-vr.tta rs , does not vary with the
sghra-karn.a. To start with, both the mean radius r0 of the manda-ncoccavr.tta and the radius rs of the sghra-ncocca-vr.tta are specified in the measure
of the pratiman. d.ala radius, being trijy
a or R = 3438 .
We first define the basic quantities/angles which are used in the later discussion, with reference to Figure 8.9:
madhyama-graha = UP,
manda-karn.a = SP = K,
= Ms .
manda-sphut.a = SP
(8.61)
It is this manda-sphut.a, (the last of the above), which is determined by the

manda-sam
ara discussed in the sections 8.7 and 8.13. The sghra-sphut.a,
. sk
to be determined, is defined by
sghra-sphut.a = P = OP.
(8.62)
In connection with this, two more quantities are defined, namely
and
sghr
antyaphala = OS = rs ,
= S.
sghrocca = OS
(8.63)
The former is the radius of the circle in which sghrocca moves, and the latter
is the longitude of sghrocca. Now, the sghra-kendra is given by,
sghra-kendra = manda-sphut. a sghrocca
OS
= SP
SB
= SP
= P SB.
(8.64)

8.14 The S
645
The Rsine of the above is called sghra-kendra-jy

a. It is given by
sghra-kendra-jy
a = P B = P S sin P SB
= K sin(Ms S).
(8.65)
Similarly, the kot.ijy

a is given by
sghra-kendra-kot. ijy
a = SB = P S cos P SB
= K cos(Ms S).
(8.66)
The jy
a and the kot.i above are defined in the measure of the manda-karn.a
K. Now, the bhuj
a-phala and kot.i-phala will be defined in the measure of
the pratiman. d.ala (i.e., taking R = 3438 ) as follows:
sghra-bhuj
a-phala = OC = OS sin OSC
= OS sin P SB
and
= rs sin(Ms S),
sghra-kot.i-phala = SC = OS cos OSC
= OS cos P SB
(8.67)
= rs cos(Ms S).
(8.68)
Now the sghra-karn.a is given by

Ks = OP
1
2
1
(SC + P S)2 + OC 2 2
i
h
= (sghra-kot.i-phala + manda-karn.a)2 + (sghra-bhuj
a-phala)2

1
(8.69)
= (rs cos(Ms S) + K)2 + rs2 sin2 (Ms S) 2 .
=
P C 2 + OC 2
This sghra-karn.a is in the measure of the pratiman. d.ala. That is, the expression for Ks has been obtained under the assumption that R is taken to
be trijy
a (= 3438 ) and K is the calculated value of manda-karn.a (could be
less than or greater than trijy
a). However, when the manda-karn. a is itself
taken to be trijy
a, then the sghra-karn. a will be
R
Ks
K
#1
"
2

2
R 2 2
R
sin (Ms S) , (8.70)
=
rs cos(Ms S) + R + rs
K
K
s =
K
646
R
R
where rs K
cos(Ms S) and rs K
sin(Ms S) would be sghra-kot.i-phala and
sghra-bhuj
a-phala in the measure of the manda-karn.a respectively.
The expression (8.69) for sghra-karn.a was derived using the triangle OCP.
Now considering the triangle OPB, we have
Ks = OP
OB 2 + P B 2
=
=
1
(SB + OS)2 + P B 2
21
1
(sghra-kot. ijy
a + sghr
antya-phala)2 + (sghra-bhuj
ajy
a)2 2

1
= (K cos(Ms S) + rs )2 + K 2 sin2 (Ms S) 2 .
(8.71)
This is another expression for the sghra-karn.a Ks in the measure of the

pratiman. d.ala, and is equivalent to (8.69). However, in the measure of the
manda-karn.a, when it is taken to be trijy
a (that is, when K = trijy
a), it will
be
R
Ks
K
#1
"

2
R 2
+ R2 sin2 (Ms S) ,
=
R cos(Ms S) + rs
K
s =
K
(8.72)
R
is the sghr
antya-phala in the measure of the manda-karn.a.
where rs K
Now, considering the two triangles PSB and POB, we have
OP sin(P OB)
= P B = SP sin(P SB).
(8.73)
OB)
Ks sin(OP
= K sin(Ms S).
(8.74)
Ks sin(P S) = K sin(Ms S).
(8.75)
Therefore,
That is,
In other words,
R sin(P S) =
R
K sin(Ms S),
Ks
(8.76)
where R is the trijy

a. From this, the arc P S is found. When this is added
to the sghrocca S, the result will be the sghra-sphut.a P.

8.14 The S
647
Also, it can be easily seen that

OP C = manda-sphut.a sghra-sphut. a
= Ms P,
OP sin(OP C) = OC.
(8.77)
Using (8.67) in the RHS, the above equation reduces to

Ks sin(Ms P) = rs sin(Ms S).
(8.78)
Multiplying by trijy
a and dividing by karn.a, we get
R sin(Ms P) =
R rs sin(Ms S)
.
Ks
(8.79)
From this, the arc Ms P is found. When this is subtracted from the
manda-sphut.a Ms , the result will be the sghra-sphut.a, P.
It is again emphasized that one has to be careful about the measure employed. In the two alternative ways of finding the sghra-sphut. a P, if the
sghra-bhuj
a-jy
a K sin(Ms S) and the sghra-bhuj
a-phala rs sin(Ms S)
are in the measure of manda-karn.a or pratiman. d.ala, the divisor Ks (sghrakarn.a) should also be in the same measure.
A geometrical summary of finding the manda-sphut.a/sghra-sphut. a is then
provided. The motion of the planet on the pratiman. d.ala, whose centre is
the ucca, is known. From this, one should determine the motion of the
planet on the karn.a-vr.tta whose centre is the bhagola-madhya. Here the
pratiman.d.ala and karn.a-vr.tta are called the j
na
ta-bhoga-graha and j
neyabhoga-graha-vr.tta-s respectively. The terms j
na
ta and j
neya mean known
and to be known. Bhoga in this context means the arc covered. Hence,
j
na
ta-bhoga-graha-vr.tta refers to the circle in which the arc covered by the
planet is known, which is the pratiman.d.ala. Similarly, j
neya-bhoga-grahavr.tta refers to the circle in which the arc covered by the planet is to be
known. Obviously this is the karn.a-vr.tta. It could be sghra-karn.a-vr.tta or
manda-karn.a-vr.tta as the case may be. These two, along with the other
three vr.tta-s are shown in Figure 8.10.
648
Uccanicavrtta
U (Ucca)
Uccakendravrtta
O
(Bhagolamadhya)
Jnatabhogagrahavrtta
(Pratimandala)
Kakshyavrtta
Jneyabhogagrahavrtta
(Karnavrtta)
Figure 8.10: The j

na
ta-bhoga-graha-vr.tta and j
neya-bhoga-graha-vr.tta.
8.15
ghra-sphut.a of Mercury and Venus

The S
For Mercury and Venus, sghra-ncocca-vr.tta (sghra-vr.tta) is large and the

manda-karn.a-vr.tta is small. Hence, the sghra-vr.tta with its centre at the
centre of bhagola, is taken to be the kaks.y
a-vr.tta. On this, the sghrocca
(S) moves (see Figure 8.11). The j
na
ta-bhoga-graha-vr.tta is a circle with the
sghrocca as the centre, and on the circumference of this the planet moves
with the same speed as the manda-sphut.a. Here it is to be considered as the
ucca-nca-vr.tta. As we shall see later, this is essentially the manda-karn.avr.tta with its radius reduced from K to rs = K rRs . Also construct another
ucca-nca-vr.tta /j
na
ta-bhoga-vr.tta whose centre is same as the centre of the
kaks.y
a-vr.tta (which is same as bhagola-madhya). On this the manda-sphut.a = SP
. With this (O ) as the centre,
graha is located such that OO
the pratiman. d.ala is constructed whose radius is the same as the sghra-

8.15 The S
649
vr.tta or the kaks.y

a-vr.tta. The planet is located at the intersection of this
pratiman.d.ala and the j
na
ta-bhoga-graha-vr.tta. The j
neya-bhoga-graha-vr.tta
is the circle whose centre is the same as that of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta and touches
the planet. That is, it is the circle with OP as radius in Figure 8.11. We
now define the following:
= O P = S,
sghrocca = OS
= SP
= Ms .
manda-sphut. a = OO
(8.80)
The sghra-kendra is given by

sghra-kendra = manda-sphut.a sghrocca
OS
= SP
SB
= SP
= P SB
= Ms S.
(8.81)
The sine of it, called the sghra-kendra-bhuj

ajy
a is
R sin(Ms S) = R sin P SB
= R sin P O C
= PC
= Ks sin P OC
= Ks sin(Ms P).
(8.82)
Considering the triangle POB,
sghra-bhuj
a-phala = P B = Ks sin P OB
= P S.
sghra-bhuj
a-phala-c
apa = P OB
(8.83)
We compare this with Figure 8.9 and determine the sghra-sphut. a in a similar
manner. Here, we take the motion of O , on the ucca-nca-vr.tta as the grahagati, and the motion of P on the pratiman. d.ala (whose centre is O and whose
radius is same as the radius of the kaks.y
a-man.d.ala) as the sghrocca-gati.
In this sense, the roles of kaks.y
a/pratiman. d.ala and the ucca-nca-vr.tta are
reversed in this case.
is the same as that for
The procedure for finding the sghra-sphut.a OP
finding the manda-sphut. a of a planet, with O which moves with graha-gati
650
Jneyabhogagrahavrtta
rs
S
R
Ks
Sighravrtta
C
O
O
Pratimandala
Uccanicavrtta
Figure 8.11: The five circles employed in elucidating the sghra-sphut. a of

Mercury and Venus.
playing the role of ucca and P , which moves on pratiman. d.ala with sghroccagati, playing the role of madhyama-graha. Now, the sghra-sphut.a is given
by
P = OP
+ P OB
= OS
= sghrocca + sghra-phala-c
apa,
(8.84)
(8.85)
is determined from
where the sghra-bhuj
a-phala-c
apa P OB
Ks sin(P OB)
= rs sin P SB
= rs sin(Ms S),
(8.86)
where Ks = OP , is the radius of the sghra-karn. a-vr.tta, and rs = SP = OO

is the radius of the ucca-nca-vr.tta, which is the the manda-karn.a reduced

8.15 The S
651
to the scale of the sghra-vr.tta and is given by

rs =
K
rs ,
R
(8.87)
where K is the manda-karn.a and rs is the radius of the sghra-ncocca-vr.tta

or equivalently the sghra-antya-phala. Now, for obtaining the sghra-sphut. a
(OP ), the sghra-phala-c

apa (P OB)
has to be applied to sghrocca. Using
(8.86) and (8.87), P OB = P S is given by

R sin(P S) = R
rs
rs
sin(Ms S) = K
sin(Ms S),
Ks
Ks
where the sghra-karn. a Ks is given by

p
Ks =
(P B 2 + OB 2 )
(8.88)
= [{
rs sin(Ms S)}2 + {R + rs cos(Ms S)}2 ] 2 .
(8.89)
Using (8.87) in the above, we get

Ks = [{
1
rs K
rs K
sin(Ms S)}2 + {R +
cos(Ms S)}2 ] 2 .
R
R
(8.90)
The sghra-karn.a is also given by

Ks = [{R cos(Ms S) +
1
rs K 2
} + {R sin(Ms S)}2 ] 2 .
R
(8.91)
Alternatively, sghra-sphut. a
OP
P OC
= OO
= manda-sphut.a sghra-kendra-bhuj
ajy
a-c
apa,
(8.92)
= Ms P is determined from
where the sghra-kendra-bhuj
ajy
a-c
apa P OC
is known. This has to be
(8.82). Since Ms and S are known, the c
apa P OC
applied to the manda-sphut.a to obtain the true planet.
The Text clearly notes the difference between the exterior planets, Mars,
Jupiter and Saturn and the interior planets Mercury and Venus. For the
former, the stated values of manda-vr.tta and sghra-vr.tta are in terms of
their pratiman.d.ala-s. For Mercury and Venus, since the sghra-vr.tta-s are
larger, the pratiman. d.ala is measured in terms of the (larger) sghra-vr.tta
and set out as the sghra-vr.tta.
652
Note:
The Text also notes that the procedure for finding the true planet for Mercury and Venus in Tantrasangraha
is different from that in other works.

For these planets, since the sghra-vr.tta-s are large, it is the pratiman. d.ala
which has been measured in terms of the minutes of this (sghra-vr.tta)
and set out as sghra-vr.tta in Tantrasangraha.
In the earlier texts, the

manda-vr.tta-s of Mercury and Venus are in the measure of the sghra-vr.tta.
In Tantrasangraha,
the manda-ncocca-vr.tta-s are in the measure of the

pratiman. d.ala. Though it is not stated here, it is implied that the mandasphut.a-ny
aya is wrong in the earlier texts, as the equation of centre is applied
to the a
ditya-madhyama (mean Sun), whereas it should be applied to the
mean planet (which is termed the sghrocca in earlier texts).
On the other hand, according to Tantrasangraha,
the equation of centre is applied to the mean planet (termed as such it is the mean heliocentric planet
in the modern technology) to find the manda-sphut.a (the true heliocentric
planet). Then the manda-karn.a (radius of the orbit of the manda-sphut.a)
is reduced by a factor of rRs , where rs is the sghra-antya-phala and R is the
trijy
a. This reduced manda-karn.a-vr.tta on which the manda-sphut.a moves
is centered around that mean Sun (sghrocca), which itself moves around
the bhagola-madhya in an orbit of radius R. With this, the true geocentric
planet is found. This is essentially the same as the standard planetary model
employed in modern astronomy since Kepler, (except that here the sghrocca
is the mean Sun, whereas it should be the true Sun), as the stated valued of
rs /R is equal to the ratio of the planet-Sun and Earth-Sun distances in the
modern picture.
It is noteworthy that the procedure for finding the true planet is essentially
the same for both the exterior and the interior planets. In both the cases,
the true heliocentric planet is found first from the mean heliocentric planet
with the manda-sphut.a-ny
aya, that is, by the application of what is called
the equation of centre in the modern terminology. Then the true geocentric
planet (sghra-sphut. a) is found taking the Sun as the sghrocca. The difference is that the orbit of the planet around the sghrocca is larger than the
orbit of the Sun around the Earth (sghra-vr.tta) for exterior planets, and
smaller for the interior planets. This is all as it should be.10
10
For further details regarding the planetary model outlined in Tantrasangraha,
see the
discussion in the Epilogue to this Volume.

8.16 S
8.16
653

S
In the earlier sections, while discussing the procedure for finding the true
longitudes, the deflection of the planet from the ecliptic as it moves along
its orbit was not considered. A detailed discussion of it is taken up in this
section. Since the diurnal motion is not of any significance in this discussion,
the apakrama-man. d.ala (ecliptic) is taken as an exact vertical circle situated
east-west in the middle of the bhagola. This is the circle with the centre
of the Earth as the centre. This is divided into 12 r
asi-s. Considering the
two r
asi-k
u.ta-s (poles of the ecliptic, which are the points of intersection of
all the r
asi-s), which are diametrically opposite to each other, six circles are
constructed. These are shown in Figure 8.12. It may be noted that these
circles meet at the poles (r
asi-k
u.ta-s) on the north-south line drawn through
the centre of the apakrama-man. d.ala.
Rasikutas
(Points N & S)
Apakramamandala
Rasikutavrttas
Figure 8.12: The apakrama-man. d.ala and the six r

asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s.
654
By construction, the sghra-vr.tta is in the plane of the apakrama-man. d.ala,

with its centre at the centre of the Earth. The size of the sghra-vr.tta will be
different for different planets. The manda-ncocca-vr.tta is a circle inclined
to the sghra-vr.tta, with its centre on the sghra-vr.tta, and intersecting the
apakrama-man. d.ala at the p
ata-s (nodes, which have a retrograde motion).
These are shown in Figure 8.13. The pratiman.d.ala and the manda-karn.avr.tta will be in the plane of manda-ncocca-vr.tta, which is inclined to the
plane of ecliptic. The planet P is on the manda-karn.a-vr.tta whose centre is
S and will have viks.epa (latitudinal deflection from the apakrama-man. d.ala).
Pratimandala
(in the plane of MNV)
Mandoccanicavrtta (MNV)
(inclined to the plane of ecliptic )
S
S
Mandakarnavrtta
(in the plane of MNV)
Sighravrtta
(in the plane of ecliptic )
Figure 8.13: Manda-karn.a-vr.tta when there is latitude.

In Figure 8.14,
d
P
N = manda-sphut. a p
ata.
(8.93)
When the planet is 90 from the p

ata, we have the maximum viks.epa given
by
vmax = K sin i,
(8.94a)

8.16 S
655
where K is the radius of the manda-karn.a-vr.tta and i the inclination of the

manda-karn.a-vr.tta to the pratiman. d.ala. At an arbitrary position P , the
viks.epa is given by
v = P B = K sin ,
(8.94b)
where is the latitude as observed from the sghrocca S.11 In arriving at
the above result, we have used the planar triangle PSB. Considering the
spherical triangle PNQ and applying the sine formula, we get
sin(P N )
sin P Q
=
,
(8.95)
sin i
sin 90
where P and N are the longitudes of the planet and the node respectively.
Hence the viks.epa (K sin P Q = v = K sin ) is given by
v
= K sin P Q
= K sin i sin(P N )
= K sin i sin(manda-sphut. a p
ata)
K sin i
=
R sin(manda-sphut. a p
ata)
R
vmax
=
R sin(manda-sphut. a p
ata).
trijy
a
(8.96)
It is precisely the above equation (8.96) that is given in the Text.

In Figure 8.14, let SS = P B, be perpendicular to the apakrama-mand. ala.
Viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta is the circle parallel to the sghra-vr.tta with S P = SB
as the radius. Considering the triangle SP B, since SP = K, the radius of
viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta S P is equal to
SB = K cos
q
K 2 K 2 sin2
=
q
manda-karn.a2 viks.epa2 .
=
(8.97)
This is in the measure of pratiman. d.ala, when the manda-karn. a and viks.epa
are in that measure.
The viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta is essentially manda-karn.a-vr.tta projected on to the
plane parallel to the sghra-vr.tta in which the planet is located. The sghrasphut.a should be calculated taking the viks.epa-kot.i as the manda-karn.a. The
11
This is essentially the heliocentric latitude of the planet.
656
O
Sighrakarna
K cos
Vertical to the ecliptic

passing thro the planet
S
K
Apakram
avrtta
Mandakarnavrtta
i
B
N
(Pata)
Figure 8.14: The latitudinal deflection (viks.epa) of a planet.

result is the graha-sphut.a (true planet) on the sghra-karn.a-vr.tta, which is a
circle with O as the centre. O is the point in the plane of viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta,
at distance OO = P B from the apakrama-man. d.ala. The distance between
the centre of the apakrama-man. d.ala and the planet P , represented by OP
in Figure 8.15, is the bh
u-t
ar
agraha-vivara. Vivara is distance of separation;
t
ar
agraha is planet; and bh
u is Earth. Hence, the term bh
u-t
ar
agraha-vivara
means the distance of separation between the Earth and the planet.
Sighrakarna
in the plane of
Viksepakotivrtta
Bhutaragrahavivara
S
Figure 8.15: The bh
u-t
ar
agraha-vivara and the bhagola-viks.epa.
The angle of deflection of the planet, as seen from bhagola-madhya, is
different from the angle of deflection , as seen from S, which represents the

8.16 S
657
a
ditya-madhyama. Bh
u-t
ar
agraha-vivara is given by,
OP =
O P 2
q
= (sghra-karn. a2 + viks.epa2 ).
(8.98)
v = OP sin .
(8.99)
R
.
R sin = viks.epa
OP
(8.100)
OO2
Now the viks.epa is also given by
Therefore,
In the above equation, LHS is nothing but the bhagola-viks.epa. That is, the
latitude of the planet as seen from the Earth. The term bhagola is used as
an adjective to viks.epa to indicate the fact that the Earth is taken to be at
the centre of the bhagola and hence the viks.epa as seen from the Earth is the
same as the bhagola-viks.epa. Thus, we see that
trijy
a
Bhagola-viks.epa = viks.epa
.
bh
u-t
ar
agraha-vivara
(8.101)
Thus the angle is found from (8.96) and (8.100). This is the geocentric
latitude. Though the viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta is smaller than the apakrama-vr.tta,
the angles are the same for the both, just as the hour-angle in the diurnal
circle is the same as in the equatorial circle.
The case when the sghra-vr.tta itself is inclined to the apakramaman.d.ala

Next, the more general case when the sghra-vr.tta itself is inclined to the
apakrama-man. d.ala is considered. This is a hypothetical case, as the sghravr.tta, the orbit of the Sun around the Earth, is stated to be in the plane of the
apakrama-man. d.ala. In Figure 8.16, let i and i be the inclinations of sghravr.tta with respect to the apakrama-mand. ala, and that of the manda-karn.avr.tta (with respect to the sghra-vr.tta) respectively. Let S be the sghrocca,
N the p
ata of the sghra-vr.tta (intersection point of sghra and apakramaman.d.ala-s). P is the manda-sphut.a-graha in the manda-karn.a-vr.tta with S
as the centre, and N , the p
ata of the manda-karn.a (intersection point of
manda-karn.a and the sghra-vr.tta plane). Here SC = OO and P B = SS .
658
Viksepakotivrtta
of the Sighrocca
O
S
O
Vertical to the ecliptic

passing thro the planet
S
K
Apakram
avrtta
ta
vrt N
ra
Sigh
i
N
tta (Pata)
Mandakarnavr
Figure 8.16: The latitude of a planet when sghra-vr.tta itself is inclined to

apakrama-man. d.ala.
Now, the viks.epa of the centre of the manda-karn.a-vr.tta (S), which lies on
the circumference of sghra-vr.tta, is given by
SC = OS sin
= OS sin i sin(S N )
= rs sin i sin(S N ).
(8.102)
This viks.epa is in the measure of the pratiman. d.ala, where rs is the radius
of the
antyaphala. Then, we need to
sghra-vr.tta which is also the sghr
2
2
find OS SC . This gives OC = O S which is equal to viks.epa-kot.i in
terms of the minutes of the arc of the pratiman. d.ala. The latitude of the
planet with reference to the sghrocca (point S in the sghra-vr.tta), called
the manda-karn.a-viks.epa, is
P B = SP sin
= SP sin i sin(P N )
= K sin i sin(P N ).
(8.103)
This is in the measure of the pratiman.d.ala, where K is the manda-karn.a. If

both CS and BP are north (of apakrama and sghra-vr.tta respectively), or
south, then the net viks.epa of the planet will be
vtot = SC + P B.
(8.104)
8.17 Calculation of the mean from the true Sun and Moon
659
This case is represented in Figure 8.16. If one of them is north and other is
south, then the net viks.epa of the planet will be
vtot = SC P B.
(8.105)
When the sghra-vr.tta is also inclined to the apakrama-man. d.ala, we have

to find the radius of the viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta of the sghrocca first, for finding the longitude of P . The radius of this is rs cos . We have to find the
mandakarn.a-viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta too. The sghra-bhuj
a-phala is determined using the first circle as the sghra-ncocca-vr.tta, and the second as the
pratiman.d.ala. This is applied to the manda-sphut. a to obtain the sghrasphut.a P .12
The Text mentions that it is only giving the procedure for the hypothetical
situation when the sghra-vr.tta happens to be inclined to the ecliptic not
that such a situation actually arises in practice. Then it gives a remarkable
example where the above general discussion may find application: namely,
when we seek to make computations with respect to an observer at the centre
of the Moon. The Text also makes a very perceptive remark that, then,
the Moons orbit is to be considered as the ucca-nca-vr.tta. The motion
with respect to the bhagola-madhya is determined from the position with
respect to the Moons centre. The Text also notes that we can use this
procedure to convert computations from a Moon-centric frame of reference
to the geocentric frame.
8.17
Calculation of the mean from the true Sun

and Moon
In this and the next few sections, the reverse problem of finding the mean
position from the true position of the planet is considered. First, the Sun
and the Moon are considered, for which only manda-sam
ara is applicable.
. sk
The corresponding problem for the planets is more involved as it involves
two sam
aras, and is considered later.
. sk
12
Here the Text does not specify how the manda-karn.a-viks.epa-kot. i-vr.tta may be found;
For this, we have to find the angle between SP and the apakrama-man.d.ala.
660
In (8.58), it was shown that

R sin(madhya ucca) = K sin(sphut.a ucca)
R sin(M U ) = K sin(P U ),
(8.106)
where R is trijy
a and K is the karn.a. Here, if the manda-karn.a K is known,
then we know (M U ) in terms of (P U ). If we add ucca to this we will
get the madhya. That is,
(M U ) + U = M.
(8.107)
Or, with reference to Figure 8.7 on page 637

1
O P1 C1 = B1 O P1 B1 OP
= madhya sphut.a.
(8.108)
Considering the triangle O OC1 , the b

ahu-phala is given by
O C1 = r sin (sphut.a ucca),
where r is the radius of the manda-ncocca-vr.tta. Considering the triangles
P1 O C1 and O OC1 , we have
R sin(M P ) = O C1 = r sin(P U ).
(8.109)
Here r should be in the measure of pratiman. d.ala. That is,

r = r0
K
,
R
(8.110)
where, r0 is the mean epicycle radius given in the Text. As before, if K is

known (madhya sphut.a) is determined. Adding sphut.a to this, we find the
madhyama-graha (mean planet).
Note: In both the above relations (8.106) and (8.110), the avisis..ta-mandakarn.a K is used which itself has to be determined. The method for determining this (when the manda-sphut.a is known) is given in Tantrasangraha
II. 46-47. It is based on first computing the viparta-karn. a, which can be

expressed in terms of the manda-sphut.a P, the ucca U , the mean epicycle
radius r0 and trijy
a R, by the relation given earlier (8.52):
1
Rv = [R2 + r02 2r0 R cos(P U )] 2 .

The manda-karn.a is then found from the relation K =
R2
Rv .
(8.111)
8.18 Another method for the mean from true Sun and Moon 661
8.18
Another method for the mean from true Sun

and Moon
Again, from (8.59), we get

K sin(madhya sphut.a) = r sin(madhya ucca).
Therefore,
rR
sin(M U )
K
= r0 sin(M U ),
R sin(M P ) =
(8.112)
where r0 , the mean radius of the manda-ncocca-vr.tta, is of course a known

parameter. The madhya is obtained from this equation using an iterative
procedure. First, the sphut.a itself is taken to be the madhya in the RHS of
(8.112), and the madhya sphut.a is calculated. Adding sphut.a to this, we
get the new madhya. This is approximate. This is used in the RHS now,
and madhya sphut.a is again calculated. Adding sphut.a to this, the next
iterated value of madhya is found. The process is repeated. It is noteworthy
that here the avisis..ta-karn.a K does not come into the picture at all.
U
O
r
Figure 8.17: Finding the mean planet from the true planet.
662
Another interesting iterative procedure for determining the madhya from

the sphut.a is described next. In Figure 8.17, O P = R, OP = K, OO = r,
= P U and U O P = M U . Hence,
U OP
OP O = (M U ) (P U ) = M P.
(8.113)
Considering the triangle OP O we have

O P
OO
OP
=
.
=
sin OP O
sin O OP
sin OO P
(8.114)
Therefore we have
and
R sin(M P ) = r sin(P U ),
K sin(M P ) = r sin(M U ).
(8.115)
(8.116)
From the above relations, we get

r sin(M U ) =
K
r sin(P U ).
R
(8.117)
Therefore,
r sin(M U ) r sin(P U ) =
(K R)
r sin(P U ).
R
(8.118)
Again, in the triangle OP O , the karn.a can be expressed in terms of the

sphut.a via the relation
1
K = {R2 r 2 sin2 (P U )} 2 + r cos(P U ).
(8.119)
Neglecting the term containing square of phala-varga (r 2 sin2 (P U )), we

get
K R + r cos(P U ).
(8.120)
Using the above in (8.118), we have
r sin(M U ) r sin(P U ) r cos(P U )
r sin(P U )
. (8.121)
R
If the true epicycle radius r is known (it can be found by computing the
karn.a K), then the above equation can be used to determine the mandakendra (M U ) and hence the madhyama. From (8.115) and (8.121), we
also obtain
R sin(M P )
. (8.122)
R
8.19 Calculation of the mean from true planet
663
As (M P ) is small, R sin(M P ) (M P ) in minutes. Therefore the

above equation reduces to
(M P )
in minutes. (8.123)
R
In the above equation, LHS is the bhuj

aphala-khan. d.a and (M P ) is the
difference in the arc (c
apa) between the true and the mean planet. Therefore,
bhuj
a-phala-khan. d.a = kot.i-phala
c
apa corr. to difference
.
trijy
a
(8.124)
This is nothing but the relation

R sin( + ) R sin = R cos
R
.
= R cos
R
(8.125)
It is further mentioned that bhuj

a-khan.d.a is according to kot.ijy
a. The mean
planet M is to be found iteratively from (8.123) as mentioned earlier. Equation (8.123) is an approximate relation. If the approximate value of M is
found by any method, that can be used in the RHS and M can be determined
iteratively from (8.123).
8.19
Calculation of the mean from true planet
The mean of all the planets can be obtained from their manda-sphut. a in
the same way as outlined above. The process of determining the mandasphut.a from sghra-sphut. a is indeed simpler. Considering the triangle OP S
in Figure 8.9 on page 643, we have the following relation
rs sin(P S) = K sin(Ms P).
(8.126)
Given that the longitude of sghrocca is known, it follows from the above
relation that if the sghra-sphut. a P, radius of the sghra-ncocca-vr.tta rs and
the manda-karn.a K are known, (Ms P) and hence Ms can be determined.
The term in the LHS of (8.126) is sghra-khan. d.a-bhuj
a-jy
a on sghra-ncoccavr.tta. This equation could be written as
R sin(Ms P) = R sin(P S)
rs
.
K
(8.127)
664
Here it is noted that R is taken to be 80 in Tantrasangraha
and 360 in other

13
texts.
From this relation, Ms or manda-sphut.a on manda-karn. a-vr.tta is
obtained.
It is noted that while calculating manda-sphut.a from manda-kendra, the
karn.a K has to be found by avises.a-karma or iteration, but the karn.a does
not appear while calculating the bhuj
a-phala. When we want to calculate
madhyama from manda-sphut. a we do not have the simple relation as above,
and we have to either evaluate the avisis.ta-manda-karn.a K (in terms of the
sphut.a) or do iteration on the equation
r0 sin(M U ) = R sin(M P ),
(8.128)
where the unknown madhyama appears on both sides of the equation.

On the other hand, when sghra-bhuj
a-phala is calculated, we need to compute the karn.a Ks . But when we calculate manda-sphut.a from sghra-sphut. a
no iteration is required.
For deriving Ms from M , the karn.a is not required. We have
or
K sin(Ms M ) = r sin(M U )
R sin(Ms M ) = r0 sin(M U ),
(8.129)
as Kr = rR0 . It may be noted that though karn.a does not appear in the above
equation, when M is to be calculated from Ms , we need a avises.a-karma or
successive iteration process.
On the other hand, when P (sghra-sphut. a) is calculated from Ms , karn.a is
required. From the triangle OPS in Figure 8.9 on page 643, we have
Ks sin(P S) = K sin(Ms S).
(8.130)
But, for deriving Ms from P using

rs sin(P S) = K sin(Ms P),
(8.131)
no iteration is required. However, it is noted that using the above equation,

P can also be found by an avises.a process. That is, we need to take P = Ms
in LHS, and find Ms P and then P. Then, put the new value of P in
LHS, find Ms P, thus a new P and so on. Thus the sghra-sphut. a P can
be found by an avises.a process.
13
There is a complication that the manda-karn.a varies with the manda-kendra but the
text seems to imply that K in the RHS is replaced by R itself.
8.20
Computation of true planets without using

Manda-karn.a
The Text has so far clearly prescribed a two step process to compute the true
planet from the mean planet manda-sam
ara (which is essentially convert. sk
ing the mean heliocentric planet to the true heliocentric planet) followed by
sghra-sam
ara (converting heliocentric planet to geocentric planet). Here
. sk
the manda correction can be read-off from a table as, given the mean epicycle radius, the manda-phala is not a function of the manda-karn.a. But this
is not the case for sghra correction, for the sghra-phala depends not only
on the sghra-kendra, but also on the sghra-karn. a which (as we see from
(8.69)) depends on manda-karn.a, which in turn depends on manda-kendra.
Hence, given the radius of sghra-ncocca-vr.tta, sghra-phala cannot be read
off from a table as a function of sghra-kendra alone, as it also depends on
manda-karn.a and hence on the manda-kendra.
The Text presents an elaborate derivation showing that it is possible to
simulate, to some extent, the effect of manda-karn.a in sghra-phala by doing
a four-step process instead of the two-step precess discussed so far. For
the exterior planets, texts of the Aryabhat

abh
askarya
. a school from Mah
to Tantrasangraha
prescribe the following steps: (i) If M is the madhyama,

apply half-manda-phala to it to obtain M . (ii) Using M evaluate the sghraphala, where the sghra-karn.a is calculated as in (8.69), but with the mandakarn.a K replaced by the trijy
a R, and apply half of this sghra-phala to M
to obtain M . (iii) Using M evaluate the manda-phala and applying that to

M to obtain the manda-sphut. a Ms . (iv) Use the manda-sphut. a to calculate
the sghra-phala, where the sghra-karn. a is calculated with manda-karn.a
replaced by the trijy
a R, to obtain the sghra-sphut.a, the true planet P.
The Text outlines a derivation, which purports to show that under certain
approximations, there is no appreciable difference between the above sghrasphut.a, and the one obtained by calculating the sghra-phala with the mandakarn.a-dependent sghra-karn.a, as described earlier in section 8.14.
For the interior planets, Mercury and Venus, earlier texts such as Mah
abh
askarya prescribe a three-stage process: Application of half manda-phala followed by manda-sam
ara and the sghra-sam
ara, where, in the latter cor. sk
. sk
rection, the sghra-karn.a is calculated in terms of the radius R only, and not
in terms of the avisis..ta-manda-karn. a. However, Tantrasangraha
does not
666
prescribe any three-stage process for the interior planets. Instead, it prescribes just the manda-sam
ara followed by the sghra-sam
ara,14 where
. sk
. sk
the latter involves the use of avisis..ta-manda-karn.a. Further, as was noted
earlier, Tantrasangraha
also stipulates that the manda-phala should be applied to the mean planet and not the mean Sun as stipulated in the earlier
texts.
The Text presents an elaborate justification to show how the effect of the
avisis..ta-manda-karn.a in the simple two step process of manda-sam
ara fol. sk
lowed by sghra-sam
ara can be simulated by employing a multi-stage pro. sk
cess. It also presents a discussion of alternative models proposed by the
Parahita School, by Mu
njala and others, who employ different rules for the
variation of manda-karn.a. The Text also discusses the pre-Tantrasangraha
formulations for interior planets.

However, details of the argument presented in the Text are not entirely clear
to us. Perhaps, a study of the discussion of the same topic as found in
nkara
Sa
Variyars commentary Yukti-dpik

a on Tantrasangraha
may help in
explicating all the details of the argument as presented in the Text.
14
Tantrasangraha,
II.6879.
Chapter 9
Earth and Celestial Spheres
The chapter commences with a discussion on the three spheres, (i) Bh
ugola
the terrestrial sphere, (ii) V
ayugola the equatorial celestial sphere (described with reference to the celestial equator which is revolving uniformly
due to Pravaha-v
ayu) and (iii) Bhagola the zodiacal celestial sphere (described with reference to the ecliptic). This is followed by a discussion on the
motion of equinoxes. Then, we find the description of some of the important
great circles and their secondaries, which are used as the reference circles for
describing the location of a celestial object using different co-ordinates. Finally, there is an elaborate discussion on the determination of the declination
of a celestial object with latitude.
9.1
Bh
ugola
Bh
ugola1 means the spherical Earth. Some of the physical properties of the
Earth that are mentioned here are listed below:
It is a sphere situated at the centre of the Bhagola or Naks.atra-gola2 .
It is suspended in space without any support.
It supports all living and nonliving beings on its surface.
It is the nature of all heavy things to fall towards the Earth from all
the directions around.
It is situated below when viewed from any part of the sky.
1
2
Bh
u is Earth and gola is sphere.
The terms bham
. and naks.atram
. are synonyms and refer to a star.
668
The sky is above from all locations on its surface.

Its southern half is predominantly filled with water, whereas the northern half is predominantly land.
India (Bh
arata-khan. d.a) is located in the northern half.
Mahameru
(Terrestrial North pole)
Samarekha
predominantly
land
Siddhapura
Ujjayani
E
predominantly Romakapuri
water
Yavakoti
Lanka
Niraksadesa
( Equator dividing the earth into
northern and southern regions)
Badavamukha
(Terrestiral south pole)
Figure 9.1: Bh
ugola - The spherical Earth.
Continuing with the description, a few important locations on the surface
of the Earth are mentioned. They are specified with reference to niraks.adesa and samarekh
a. Niraks.a-desa refers to the locus of points with zero
latitude (the terrestrial equator). Samarekh
a is a longitude circle (secondary
to the equator). The names of the cities located at the four corners on the
terrestrial equator which are ninety degrees apart are mentioned. The names
of the north and the south poles are also given. Ujjayani is situated on the
samarekh
a passing through Lank
a, and has a northern latitude. The names
of these places and their locations on the Earth are indicated in Figure 9.1.
Then we find the description of Dhruva-s (celestial poles) and the diurnal
circles of celestial objects. For an observer having a northern latitude, the
northern Dhruva P1 is visible, whereas the southern Dhruva P2 is not visible, as it lies below the horizon (see Figure 9.2).
9.2 V
ayugola
669
Axis about which the Earth spins
(Uttaradhruva) P1
Celestial North Pole
diurnal
circles
Earth
Horizon
diurnal circle close

to the south pole
P2 (Dakshinadhruva)
South Pole
Figure 9.2: The celestial sphere for an observer having northern latitude.
On the other hand, for an observer on the equator, both the Dhruva-s (celestial poles) P1 and P2 lie on the horizon and hence both are visible. The
relationship between the location of the Dhruva and the latitude of the place
is given by:
1 = Altitude of the Dhruva = Latitude of the place = ,
N OP
as in Figure 9.2. Stars near the northern Dhruva P1 would be circumpolar
(they never rise or set). Similarly, stars near the southern Dhruva P2 would
never be observed as they are always below the horizon. However at the
equator, all the stars would be visible, as can be seen in Figure 9.3.
9.2
Vayugola
In Figure 9.3, S1 , S2 are the diurnal paths of the stars which are close to
the Dhruva P1 . The horizons for an equatorial observer and an observer
with a northern latitude , are also indicated. P1 , P2 are the north and
south poles. S3 and S4 are the diurnal circles (sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta-s) of two
stars which are far removed from the Dhruva-s. The sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta-s are
shown by dotted lines. As viewed from the equator, these are vertical circles
parallel to the celestial equator which is called the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala. The
radius of the sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta-s keep gradually decreasing as they approach
670

Z1
Svahoratravrttas
(diurnal circles)
S4
E(east)
S3
S1
S2
Earth
P1
rizo
l Ho
P2
toria
Equa
W(west)
Horizon for
latitude
Daksinottaravrtta
Z2
Ghatikamandala
(Celestial equator)
Figure 9.3: The celestial sphere for an observer on the equator.

the Dhruva from the equator. The axis of the celestial sphere passes through
the two Dhruva-s, P1 and P2 .
The daks.in.ottara-vr.tta (prime meridian) is the great circle passing through
the poles and the zenith. Lank
a-ks.itija is the equatorial horizon. Further,
it may be noted that the three great circles ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala, daks.in.ottaravr.tta and Lank
a-ks.itija are perpendicular to each other. They intersect at
six points: P1 , W, P2 , E, Z1 and Z2 . While the first four points lie on
the horizon, the latter two are the poles of the horizon right above and
below. These six points are called the svastika-s, cardinal points. The three
great circles divide the celestial sphere into eight equal parts, four above the
horizon, and four below.
9.3
Bhagola
The celestial sphere described with reference to the ecliptic as the central
circle is the Bhagola. This may be contrasted with the V
ayugola described
earlier, which has celestial equator as the central circle and the diurnal circles
9.3 Bhagola
671
Tula, Uttaravisuvat
(Autumnal Equinox)
Ayanasandhi; Karkataka
(Summer Solstice)
24
Apakramamandala
(Ecliptic)
Earth
Ghatikamandala
(Celestial Equator)
Ayanasandhi; Makara
(Winter Solstice)
Mesadi
Poorvavisuvat
(Vernal Equinox)
Figure 9.4: The celestial equator and the ecliptic.

on its sides. The apakrama-man. d.ala or the ecliptic is the path traced by the
Sun in its eastward (annual) motion. In Figure 9.4, the four important points
on the ecliptic and its orientation with respect to the celestial equator are
indicated.
In Figure 9.5, the different orientations of the ecliptic with respect to the
celestial equator at different times during the day are depicted for an equatorial observer. In Figure 9.5(a) Mes.a
di is shown at the east point of the
horizon; it is just rising. In (b) it is at the zenith. In (c) it is setting and is
at the west point and in (d) it is at the nadir. In 9.5(d), the other halves of
the equator and the ecliptic (which is usually shown by dashed lines) have
not been shown.
Just as the celestial equator is the central great circle of the V
ayugola, the
ecliptic is the central great circle of the Bhagola. The two poles of the
ecliptic K1 and K2 are the r
asik
uta-s.3 They bear the same relation to the
ecliptic, as the Dhruva-s P1 and P2 to the celestial equator. A r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta
(secondary to the ecliptic) is a great circle passing through K1 and K2 .
Consider the situation when the Mes.a
di is at the zenith. Then the ecliptic
is a vertical circle. In this situation, the poles of the ecliptic, K1 , K2 lie
3
The word r
asi-k
u.ta refers to a point of intersection of all the r
asi-s. That the poles of
the ecliptic are the points where all the r
asi-s meet can be seen from Figure 9.6 on page
673.
672
(a)
(b)
Z (zenith)
Mesa
Makara
24 o
Apakramamandala
Mesa
Karkataka
E
P1
P2
W
P1
24 o
24 o
Tula
P2
Makara
24 o
Karkataka
Tula Ghatikamandala
(Celestial equator)
Ghatikamandala
(Celestial equator)
(c)
Karkataka
(d)
Z (zenith)
Tula
Apakramamandala
(Ecliptic)
E
P1
P2
Tula
W
Karkataka
24 o
P2
Mesa
24 o
Ghatikamandala
(Celestial equator)
P1
Makara
Mesa
Ghatikamandala
(Celestial equator)
Figure 9.5: (a) Mes.a

di is rising; (b) Mes.a
di is at the zenith;
is setting; (d) Mes.a
di is at the nadir.
(c) Mes.a
di
9.3 Bhagola
673
Mesadi
First rasikutavrtta
(passing through
Mesadi & Tuladi)
Mesa
Second rasikutavrtta
(passing through
Vrisabadi & Vriscikadi)
Vrisabha
24 o
Mithuna
K1
24 o
Third rasikutavrtta
P1
24
W
K2
o
P2
Dhanus
Third rasikutavrtta
Second rasikutavrtta
Vriscika
Ecliptic
Tula
First rasikutavrtta
Tuladi
Figure 9.6: The r

asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s.
on the ks.itija (horizon) and are 24 west of the north Dhruva (P1 ) and 24
east of south Dhruva (P2 ), respectively. The r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta passing through
Mes.a
di and Tul
adi is the north-south circle. Similarly we can conceive of the
r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta passing through Vr.s.abh
adi and Vr.scik
adi which is separated
from the earlier one by 30 along the ecliptic; similarly the one through the
Mithun
adi and Dhanur
adi, and so on, as shown in Figure 9.6. The Bhagola
with the ecliptic at the centre and the r
asi-k
u.ta
-s as the poles is completely
spanned by these six r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta-s passing through the beginning points
of the twelve r
asi-s. Inside each r
asi, we can concieve of various circles to
represent the division of the r
asi into degrees, minutes and seconds.
In Figure 9.7, the diurnal circles of the solstices, denoted by dotted lines and
marked M1 and M2 are 24 away for the celestial equator. Similarly, the
diurnal circles of the poles of the ecliptic K1 , K2 , denoted by the solid lines
and marked C1 and C2 , are 24 away from the poles P1 and P2 . The other
674
halves of the diurnal circles are not shown in the figure. It is clear that the
northern solstice and K2 rise and set together at the equator. Similarly, the
southern solstice and K1 rise and set together.
Ghatikamandala
(Celestial equator)
M1
M2
C1
C2
P1
P2
24 o
24 o
24 o
Lankaksitija
Figure 9.7: The diurnal circles of the poles of the ecliptic and the solstices.
9.4
Ayana-calana
The points of intersection of the celestial equator and the ecliptic, denoted
by and , are called the equinoxes. The ends of Virgo (Kany
a) and Pisces
(Mna), or equivalently Tul
adi and Mes.a
di, would be the equinoxes at some
epoch as shown in Figure 9.8. This would be the case when there is no
ayana-calana and the equinoctial points are taken as the reference points for
the measurement of s
ayana or tropical longitude. But actually these points
are in motion with respect to the fixed stars. The manner in which they
move is described in the following section.
9.5
The nature of the motion of equinoxes
It is stated that the motion of equinoxes can be eastward or westward.

These are schematically shown in Figures 9.9a and 9.9b. Actually, the motion described in the Text represents the phenomenon called Trepidation
9.5 The nature of the motion of equinoxes

B (Tuladi)
(Autumnal Equinox)
quato
tial E
Celes
675
tic
lip
Ec
Earth
(Vernal equinox)
A (Mesadi)
Figure 9.8: Equinoxes when there is no ayana-calana.

of equinoxes, where the equinox executes an oscillatory motion, going both
eastwards and westwards from Mes.a
di to a maximum extent of 24 . This is
different from the continuous retrograde motion, which is usually referred to
as the Precession of the equinoxes.
ator
Equ
estial
Cel
B (Tuladi)
Earth
Ecliptic
A(Mesadi)
(Vernal equinox)
Figure 9.9a: The westward motion of the vernal equinox.
In Figure 9.9a, the motion of the equinox is shown westward (retrograde).

Hence, the amount of precession/trepidation should be added to the nirayan.a
longitude, longitude measured from the Mes.a
di eastwards, to obtain the
tropical longitude, longitude measured from the vernal equinox eastwards.
In Figure 9.9b, where the motion of the equinox is shown eastward (direct),
the amount of precession/trepidation should be subtracted from the nirayan.a
longitude to obtain the tropical longitude. The obliquity of the ecliptic
remains the same at 24 even as the motion of the equinoxes takes place.
With respect to an observer on the Earth, it is the ecliptic which is moving
and not the celestial equator. Because of this, the r
asi-k
u.ta
-s also have a
676

B (Tuladi)
quato
tial E
Celes
ic
litp
Ec
Earth
(Vernal equinox)
A (Mesadi)
Figure 9.9b: The eastward motion of the vernal equinox.
motion. But their diurnal circles remain the same as the deviation of the
r
asi-k
u.ta
-s from the Dhruva-s is always 24 . This can be explained through
the ayan
anta-r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta which is the r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta (see Figure 9.10)
passing through the ayan
anta-s (the solsticial points) and of course through
the poles of the ecliptic K1 and K2 . It is further mentioned that all these
circles can be drawn with the aid of a pair of compasses (karkat.aka-sal
ak
a).
The celestial equator and the ecliptic are both great circles which intersect
at two points. Consider the common diameter of these two circles, passing
through the common centre and the equinoxes. The diameter joining the
two solstices would be perpendicular to the common diameter. These are
indicated by dotted lines in Figure 9.10.
The ayan
anta-r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta is perpendicular to both the celestial equator
and the ecliptic. The solstices (ayan
anta-s) will move on account of precession/trepidation. Due to this, the ayan
anta-r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta will also move in
the same direction and so will the r
asi-k
u.ta-s, K1 and K2 . The latter move
around the Dhruva-s, maintaining a distance of 24 . This implies that their
diurnal circles remain the same, though they swing to the west or east on
these, due to the motion of the equinoxes. The picture described here is the
same as the modern geocentric picture of precession, except that the motion
considered here is oscillatory (can be in either direction).
The longitude of the true planet obtained from calculations, called the
sphut.a-graha corresponds to the distance of the planet from Mes.a
di. To
this, the amount of motion of the equinoxes has to be added to obtain the
corrected true planet which is referred to here as gol
adi.
9.6 V
ayugola for a non-equatorial observer
Dhruva (north)
P1
677
Ayanantarasikutavrtta
K1
Solstice
B
A
Solstice
ic
clipt
ial
elest
tor
Equa
Equinox
K2
P2
Dhurva (south)
Figure 9.10: The motion of the vernal equinox.
9.6
Vayugola for a non-equatorial observer
For an observer having zero latitude the central circle of the v

ayugola (celestial equator), and the diurnal circles are all vertical circles and the bhagola
is inclined to the v
ayugola. For an observer having a northern or southern
latitude, the v
ayugola is not vertical but is inclined. The bhagola whose orientation is fixed with respect to the v
ayugola, is also correspondingly inclined
and has a slow motion (corresponding to the motion of equinoxes).
9.7
Zenith and horizon at different locations on

the surface of the Earth
The Earth is a sphere. Hence, at any place on Earth, a person would feel
that he is standing on top of the Earth. But the surface of the Earth (over
which he stands) looks spread and so the observer feels that he is standing
678
perpendicular to the flat Earth surface. In fact, a ks.itija (horizon) is conceived at every point on the surface of the Earth. This is the svadesa-ks.itija
or the local horizon. All the celestial bodies are rising and setting on that
horizon. Only that portion of the sky which is above the horizon is visible.
The centre of this visible part is the zenith called khamadhya. The celestial
spheres for observers at different locations on the Earth are described below.
These are illustrated in Figures. 9.11.
The aks.a-dan.d.a is the north-south axis passing through the centre of the
Earth and extending to the poles. The celestial sphere is attached to it
and rotates around it. The celestial equator and the equatorial horizon
would have different inclinations with the local horizon at different places.
For an equatorial observer, the celestial equator passes through the east(E),
west(W) points and the zenith(Z); and the horizon (niraks.a-ks.itija) passes
through the poles (refer to Figure 9.11(a)). For an observer at the north
pole, the Dhruva is the zenith and the celestial equator is the horizon. As
one moves gradually from the equator northwards, the altitude of the north
pole also increases correspondingly. The zenith, the horizon and the altitude
of the pole star, are different for observers at different parts of the Earth.
These are illustrated in Figure 9.11 (b) and (c).
For a place with a northern latitude, the meridian circle passing through
E, W and Z is called the sama-man.d.ala. The local horizon which passes
through the four cardinal points N, E, S, W is perpendicular to this.
The unman.d.ala is the equatorial horizon passing through E, W and the
north pole P1 . This is called 6 o clock circle in modern astronomy. The
inclination of the unman.d.ala to the local horizon is the same as that of the
celestial equator (ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala) to the sama-man.d.ala, which is equal to
the latitude of the place . Just as the three great circles, namely the celestial
equator, equatorial horizon, and the north-south circle (daks.in.ottara-vr.tta)
are perpendicular to each other, the sama-man.d.ala (prime vertical), local
horizon and the north-south circle are three great circles perpendicular to
each other. The globe can be divided into eight equal parts even with these
circles, the six svastika-s being N, S, E, W, Z and Z (the nadir, opposite of
zenith).
Consider a fourth circle called valita-vr.tta4 passing through any pair of
svastika-s formed by two of the three circles, and inclined to them. The
4
The term valita means bent or inclined.
9.7 Zenith and horizon at different locations
679
Direction of motion
of celestial globe
Dakshinottaravrtta
Z , P1 (Dhruva)
P1
Rotation of
the Earth
Equatorial
horizon
E
E
Earth
Celestial
Equator
(a)
Horizon
Celestial Equator
Equatorial
horizon
Earth
Rotation of
the Earth
P2
Unmandala
(Equatorial horizon)
Earth
(b)
P1
(c)
Zenith
Samamandala
(Vertical circle)
Ghatikamandala
(Celestial Equator)
Daksinottaravrtta
Rotation of
the Earth
Svadesaksitija
(Local horizon)
Figure 9.11: The celestial sphere for (a) an equatorial observer (b) observer
at the north pole and (c) observer with a northern latitude.
680
distance of separation between points on this valita-vr.tta and the other two
circles is found through the rule of three, as will be explained below.
The v
ayugola, bhagola and the bh
ugola and their interrelations are important
for calculations pertaining to the planets. Hence they have been explained
here in detail.
9.9
Distance from a Valita-vr.tta to two perpendicular circles
Consider three great circles in the sphere with radius R; two of them are
perpendicular to each other and the third in between them. The aim is to
find the distance of any point on the circumference of the third circle from
the the other two (which are perpendicular to each other). This problem is
illustrated by considering the celestial equator, the meridian (daks.in.ottaravr.tta) and the ecliptic. It may be noted from Figure 9.12, that the ecliptic
is situated between the two great circles namely, the celestial equator and
the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta which are perpendicular to each other.
Apakramamandala
(Ecliptic)
Ghatikamandala
(Celestial Equator)
Z,
Y2
Dakshinottaravrtta
Visuvadviparitavrtta
(Northsouth circle)
Y1
W2
P1
(N)
K
(Karkataka)
P2
(S)
W1
E
Lankakshitija
(Ayanantaviparitavrtta)
Figure 9.12: The perpendicular distance of a point on the circumference of

a valita-vr.tta from two mutually perpendicular great circles.
9.9 Distance from a Valita-vr.tta to two perpendicular circles
681
In Figure 9.12, EW is the equator, XK the ecliptic, and P1 P2 is the

daks.in.ottara-vr.tta. P1 EP2 is the ayan
anta-viparta-vr.tta which is perpendicular to all the above circles. For convenience, the vernal equinox is taken
to be at the zenith. X is a point on the ecliptic whose s
ayana longitude is .
XY1 and XY2 are perpendiculars to the planes of the celestial equator and
the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta respectively. KE = , is the obliquity of the ecliptic.5
Let XO be perpendicular to OZ (= O). O Y1 and O Y2 are in the plane
of the celestial equator and daks.in.ottara-vr.tta respectively. X = is the
celestial longitude of X. Now, XO is the is..ta-dorjy
a given by
XO = OX sin = R sin .
(9.1)
KW1 and KW2 are perpendicular to EW and N S respectively. Then,

and
KW1 = OK sin = R sin ,
(9.2)
KW2 = OK cos = R cos ,
(9.3)
are the param

apakrama (maximum declination) and the parama-sv
ahor
atra
(radius of the diurnal circle at the maximum declination). The triangles
O XY1 and OKW1 are similar right angled triangles. Hence,
R sin
O X
XY1
=
= sin .
=
KW1
OK
R
Using (9.2) in the above, the is..ta
pakrama R sin is given by
R sin = XY1 = KW1 sin = R sin sin .
(9.4)
This is the distance between X on the ecliptic and the celestial equator.
Similarly, triangles O XY2 and OKW2 are similar right angled triangles.
Therefore,
O X
R sin
XY2
=
=
= sin .
KW2
OK
R
Using (9.3), the is..ta
pakrama-kot. i XY2 is given by
XY2 = KW2 sin = R cos sin .
(9.5)
This is the distance between X on the ecliptic and the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta.

Thus, the use of the rule of three prescribed in the Text to find the distances,
amounts to using the appropriate similar triangles.
5
Here, and in what follows, we represent the angle corresponding to an arc by the arc
itself. For instance, KE means K OE.
682
9.10
Some Viparta and Nata-vr.tta-s
Here, the problem of finding the distance of a point on a great circle from
a set of three mutually perpendicular great circles is further elaborated geometrically.
Ghatikavrtta
(Celestial Equator) Z,
Dakshinottaranatavrtta
(Visuvadviparitanatavrtta)
90
Ghatikanatavrtta
Dakshinottaravrtta
(Visuvadviparitavrtta)
X
X
B
Apakramavrtta
(Ecliptic)
Ayanantaviparitavrtta
P1
Ksitija
D
Rasikutavrtta
C
P
Figure 9.13a: The viparta-vr.tta-s, nata-vr.tta-s and the apakrama-man. d.ala.

In Figure 9.13a, the vernal equinox coincides with the zenith. P is a planet
with latitude Y P = (as will be specified in later sections) where Y is on the
ecliptic. The ghat.ik
a-vr.tta, the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta and the ayan
anta-vipartavr.tta are three mutually perpendicular great circles. As a fourth circle, the
apakrama-vr.tta which is inclined to the celestial equator is considered. X is
9.10 Some Viparta and Nata-vr.tta-s
683
a point on it 90 away from Y . At this stage, X is referred to as the desired

point on the ecliptic. Now three more circles are considered.
1. The first is the ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta which passes through X and the
poles P1 and P2 . This is perpendicular to the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta and in
tersects it at X . That is, P1 X W = P2 X W = 90 . The maximum

separation between ghat.ik
a-nata and daks.in.ottara-vr.tta which is also
called the vis.uvad-viparta-vr.tta is ZX , along the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta The
maximum separation between ghat.ik
a-nata and the ayan
anta-vipartavr.tta is X W , which is also along the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta.
2. The second is the vis.u
vad-viparta-nata-vr.tta or the daks.in.ottara-natavr.tta, W XV passing through X and the intersection point W of ghat.ik
avr.tta and ayan
anta-viparta-vr.tta. As W is the pole of the vis.uvadviparta-vr.tta, this vis.uvad-viparta-nata is perpendicular to it. The
maximum separation between vis.uvad-viparta-nata-vr.tta and the ghaa-vr.tta is ZV , along the vis.uvad-viparta-vr.tta.
.tik
3. The pole of the ecliptic K1 is on the ayan
anta-viparta-vr.tta, at a
separation of = 24 away from the pole P1 . The r

asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta
passing through Y , P and K1 intersects the celestial equator at Y
and the ghat.ik
a-nata at U .
Now we show that ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta is perpendicular to r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta.
Since K1 is the pole of the ecliptic, XK1 = 90 . By choice, the point Y
on the ecliptic is such that XY = 90 . Therefore, any point on the great
circle passing through K1 and Y is at 90 from X. In other words, X is
the pole of the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta U K1 Y Y . This implies that XY = 90 . But
P1 Y = 90 as Y is on the celestial equator. Therefore any point on the
great circle passing through P1 and X is at 90 from Y . In other words,
Y is the pole of the ghat.ik
a-nata P1 U XP2 . Hence, Y U = 90 . This also
implies that the ghat.ik
a-nata is perpendicular to the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta.
The maximum divergence between the r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta U K1 Y Y and the gha
a-vr.tta is U X , along the ghat.ik
a-nata, which is perpendicular to both
.tik
the circles. X which lies on the vis.uvad-viparta-nata is the pole of the
r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta. Hence, the vis.uvad-viparta-nata is perpendicular to r
asik
u.ta-vr.tta. It is also perpendicular to the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta. Hence, the
maximum divergence between the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and vis.uvad-viparta-vr.tta
684
is DV , along the vis.uvad-viparta-nata. The three circles (i) ghat.ik

a-nata,
(ii) vis.uvad-viparta-nata, and (iii) the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta are shown by bold solid
lines in Figure 9.13a.
Now, let the longitude of X be X = ZX = . The distance between X
and OZ is
XM = R sin .
(9.6a)
Similarly, the distance between X and ayan
anta-viparta-vr.tta is
XN = R cos .
(9.6b)
Ayanantaviparitavrtta
am
vrt
ta
P2
Ap
akr
W
tta
X
vr
ik
at
Gh
Figure 9.13b: A section of Figure 9.13a.

In Figure 9.13b, X X = , the declination measured along the ghat.ik
a-natavr.tta. Therefore, the distance between X and the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta is
XJ = R sin ,
(9.7a)
and the distance between X and the polar axis P1 P2 is

XL = R sin XP2
= R sin(90 )
= R cos .
(9.7b)
685
Actually XL gives the radius of the diurnal circle of X, called dyujy

a. This
is also determined by considering an arc on the ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta. For, in
Figure 9.13a,
U X = U X XX = 90 .
(9.8)
Also,
Therefore,
P2 X = P2 X XX = 90 .
(9.9)
R sin U X = R sin P2 X = R cos = dyujy

a.
(9.10)
Thus, dyujy
a is the maximum separation between the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and
ghat.ik
a-vr.tta on the ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta. It is also the Rsine on the nata-vr.tta
from the pole P2 to the desired point on the apakrama-vr.tta.
9.11
Declination of a planet with latitude
Consider a planet P on the r

asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta as in Figure 9.13a. In the following, a declination type formula is employed at different stages to determine
the declination of the planet with latitude. By this, we mean a formula of
the form
sin = sin sin ,
(9.11)
where is the declination of the Sun whose longitude is . is the inclination
of the ecliptic with respect to the equator (Figure 9.14(a)).
Consider any two great circles which are inclined to each other by an angle,
say , as in Figure 9.14(b). Then, the distance (d) of a point P on one of
the circles, corresponding to an arc from the point of intersection O, from
the other circle is
d = R sin = R sin sin .
(9.12)
This can be proved along the same lines as was followed in section 9.9 for
deriving (9.4). This also follows from the application of sine formula, to
the spherical triangle OPN in Figure 9.14(b).
It may be noted that (9.12) reduces to (9.11) when the two great circles
considered happen to be the celestial equator and the ecliptic.
In Figure 9.13a, it may be noted that the apakrama-man. d.ala and daks.in.ottaravr.tta intersect at Z and the angle of inclination is 90 . Hence, the
686

(a)
(b)
Equator
O
cliptic
Figure 9.14: (a) Declination of the Sun; (b) Declination of a planet.

is..ta
pakrama-kot. i is equal to the distance of X from daks.in.ottara-vr.tta, which
is
R sin V X = R sin(ZX) sin(90 )
= R sin(ZX) cos .
(9.13)
The Rsine of the arc from X to W on the daks.in.ottara-nata-vr.tta is the kot.i

of the above and is given by
R sin XW
= R sin(90 V X)
= R cos V X.
(9.14)
Consider the arc ZX . As it lies along the equator, it is related to time

(k
ala), and hence the Rsine of it is called k
alajy
a and is given by
k
alajy
a = R sin(ZX ).
(9.15)
It is also called lankodaya-jy
a. In the above equation, ZX = 360

and ZX = 360 , where and are the longitude and Right Ascension
(RA) of X. Here we have subtracted and from 360 , because both the
longitude and RA are measured eastwards. The kot.i of (9.15) is
Lankodayajy
a-kot. i = R sin X W = R cos ZX .
(9.16)
ZY = ZX + X Y = ZX + 90 ,
(9.17)
Further,
as Y is the pole of the ghat.ik
a-nata and X Y = 90 . It may be noted
that the k
ala-kot.i-jy
a, which is defined to be R sin ZY is the same as the
Lankodayajy
a-kot. i given by (9.16).

Now, Y Y is a segment of r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta which is perpendicular to the
apakrama-man. d.ala. Now, k
ala-kot.yapakrama also called k
alakot.i-kr
anti given
687
by R sin Y Y , is the distance of Y (on celestial equator) to the ecliptic. The

inclination between the two being , we have
R sin Y Y
= R sin sin(ZY )
= R sin cos(ZX ).
(9.18)
Let the planet P be situated on the r

asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta as shown in Figure 9.13a.
Y P is viks.epa or the latitude of P . Y P is the arc from Y (intersection of
r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and celestial equator) to P on the r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta.
The maximum separation between r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala (both
of which are perpendicular to ghat.ik
a-nata) is UX = 90 - XX.
This is also equal to the inclination of the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta with the ghat.ik
a
man.d.ala (= U Y X ), since Y is the pole of ghat.ik

a-nata along which U X
is measured. The Rsine of the declination of P (= R sin ) is equal to the
distance of P from the celestial equator, and is given by
|R sin | = R sin(Y P ) sin(U X )
= R sin(Y P ) sin(90 XX )
= R sin(Y Y + Y P ) cos(XX )
= R(sin Y Y cos Y P + cos Y Y sin Y P ) cos XX
= R sin Y Y cos XX cos Y P
+ R cos XX cos Y Y sin Y P.
(9.19)
Now, R sin Y Y cos XX is the declination of Y ; as Y Y is on r

asi-k
u.t avr.tta, it corresponds to declination of a planet at Y whose latitude is zero
(aviks.ipta-graha). Denoting it by Y , (9.19) reduces to
|R sin | = |R sin Y | cos Y P + R cos XX cos Y Y sin Y P.
(9.20)
Also, the declination of X is

|R sin X | = R sin XX = R sin sin ZX,
(9.21a)
and the declination of Y is

R sin Y = R sin sin ZY = R sin cos ZX.
(9.21b)
From (9.21a) and (9.21b), we get

R2 sin2 X + R2 sin2 Y = R2 sin2 .
(9.22)
688
Subtracting both sides from the square of trijy

a, we get
or
R2 R2 (sin2 X + R2 sin2 Y ) = R2 R2 sin2 .

2
R cos X R sin Y
= R cos .
(9.23a)
(9.23b)
But,
R2 sin2 Y
= R2 sin2 Y Y cos2 XX
= R2 sin2 Y Y cos2 X .
(9.23c)
Using (9.23c) in (9.23b), we get

R2 cos2 = R2 cos2 X R2 sin2 Y Y cos2 X
= R2 cos2 (Y Y ) cos2 X
= R2 cos2 (Y Y ) cos2 (XX ).
(9.24a)
Hence,
R cos Y Y cos XX = R cos .
(9.24b)
Substituting (9.24b) in (9.19), we have

|R sin | = |R sin Y | cos Y P + R cos sin Y P
= kr
antijy
a of Y viks.epa-kot.i +
paramakr
anti-kot. i viks.epa,
(9.25a)
where sin Y P is viks.epa (jy

a), and cos Y P is the viks.epa-kot.i of a planet P
with latitude.
In Figure 9.13a, all the arcs are measured westwards. Also, X, Y and P are
south of the celestial equator. Let , and be the longitude, latitude and
the declination of P respectively. In terms of these, we have (since is also
the longitude of Y )
R sin = R(sin(Y ) cos + cos sin )
= R(sin sin cos + cos sin ).
(9.25b)
This result is exact and is same as the expression for the declination of
a planet with latitude in modern spherical astronomy, as we shall explain
below.
9.12
689
Apakrama-kot.i
Apakrama-kot.i refers to the distance between the planet and the daks.in.ottaravr.tta (north-south circle). In Figure 9.13a, the daks.in.ottara-nata-vr.tta is
perpendicular to the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta. The maximum divergence between the latter two circles occurs on the former and is
equal to DV . Further
V V = V D + DX + XV = 180 ,
as the daks.in.ottara-nata-vr.tta is bisected by the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta. Also
DX = 90 , as X is the pole of the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta. Hence, the distance
between D and daks.in.ottara-vr.tta is R sin DV , where
R sin DV = R cos V X
= kot.i of is..ta
pakrama-kot. i,
(9.26)
as is..ta
pakrama-kot. i or is..takr
anti-kot.i = R sin V X, as was noted earlier.
Now the problem is to determine the distance of the planet P from the
daks.in.ottara-vr.tta. Let the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta passing through P intersect the
daks.in.ottara-vr.tta at B and C as shown in Figure 9.13a. D, which is 90
away from the intersection point of daks.in.ottara-vr.tta and r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta, is
at a distance of R cos V X from the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta. Hence the distance
of P from the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta is R sin(P C) cos V X. But P C = Y C Y P ,
where Y P is the latitude of the planet P . Hence,
Apakrama-kot. i = R sin(Y C Y P ) cos V X
= R sin Y C cos V X cos Y P
R cos Y C cos V X sin Y P.
(9.27)
Now the distance of Y from the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta is R sin Y C cos V X. This

can also be calculated in a different way. The maximum divergence between the ecliptic and the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta occurs on the Lank
a-ks.itija or
ayan
anta-viparta-vr.tta as shown in Figure 9.13a, and is equal to R sin(90
) = R cos , as the two circles are inclined to each other at an angle 90, as
is clear from Figure 9.13a. Hence, the distance of Y from the daks.in.ottaravr.tta is R cos sin Y Z . (If is the longitude of the planet P , Y Z = 180 ).
Therefore,
R sin Y C cos V X = R cos sin Y Z .
(9.28)
690
Now, we have to simplify R cos Y C cos V X in the second term of the RHS
of (9.27). For this, consider
R2 cos2 Y C cos2 V X = R2 cos2 V X (1 sin2 Y C)
= R2 cos2 V X R2 sin2 Y C cos2 V X

= R2 R2 sin2 V X
2
R2 cos2 sin2 Y Z
2
[using (9.28)]
= R R cos sin ZX
R2 cos2 sin2 Y Z ,
(9.29)
as R sin V X = R cos sin ZX (the is..ta-dorjy

a-kot.i). But, ZX + Y Z = 90 ,
as ZZ = 180 and XY = 90 . Hence, ZX and Y Z are bhuj

a and kot.i of
each other, and
R2 sin2 ZX + R2 sin2 Y Z = R2 .
Using the above, (9.29) reduces to
R2 cos2 Y C cos2 V X = R2 R2 cos2
= R2 sin2 .
(9.30a)
Therefore,
R cos Y C cos V X = R sin .
(9.30b)
Using (9.27), (9.28) and (9.30), we obtain the distance of the planet P with
latitude Y P from the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta to be
Apakrama-kot.i = R cos sin Y Z cos Y P R sin sin Y P
1
(Apakrama-kot. i of Y viks.epa-kot.i
=
R
Param
apakrama viks.epa).
(9.31)
We now find the expression for the k

alajy
a. For this, consider the great circle
in Figure 9.15 passing through the planet P and the north and south poles
P1 and P2 . Let it intersect the celestial equator at A. Then R sin AZ is the
k
ala-jy
a or k
ala-dorgun.a. This is termed so, as AZ is an arc on the celestial
equator and hence related to the time. In fact, AZ = 180 , where is
the Right Ascension of the planet P . P B is a section of the diurnal path of
the planet, which is a small circle parallel to the equator. P A = , where
is the declination of P , and P P2 = 90 P A. Hence,
R sin P P2 = R cos = dyujy
a.
691
Ghatikamandala
(Celestial equator)
P1
Great circle passing

through the poles
and the planet
P2
P (planet)
Figure 9.15: Determination of the k

alajy
a.
Now the maximum separation between the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta and the great
circle P1 P P2 is AZ , as the celestial equator is perpendicular to P1 P P2 and
AP2 = 90 . Hence, the distance of P from the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta is given by
Apakrama-kot. i = R sin P P2 sin AZ
1
(dyujy
a k
alajy
a).
=
R
(9.32)
This is already given by (9.31). Equating the two, we get

R sin P P2 sin AZ = R(cos sin Y Z cos Y P sin sin Y P ).
(9.33)
Or,
R sin AZ = k
alajy
a
R(cos sin Y Z cos Y P sin sin Y P )
=
.
sin P P2
(9.34)
It may be noted that the RHS of the above equation is

Apakrama-kot. i of Y viks.epa-kot.i Param
apakrama viks.epa
.
R dyujy
a
692
If we use the modern notation,

AZ = 180 , Y Z = 180 , Y P = , P P2 = 90 ,
equation (9.32) reduces to
Apakrama-kot. i = R cos sin
= R sin sin + R cos cos sin .
(9.35)
Supplementary Note
Since these results for the declination and right ascension of a planet with
latitude are not commonly known, we sketch a simple spherical trigonometrical derivation of these results in the following. In Figure 9.16, X is the
planet with longitude and latitude .
(pole of the ecliptic)
P (celestial north pole)
K
90
P
o
90
Equ
ator
tic
Eclip
Po
Daksinottaravrtta
(Prime Meridian)
Figure 9.16: Declination and the Right Ascension of a planet X with longitude and latitude .
Expression for Declination
Consider the spherical triangle KPX. Here,
= 90 .
KX = 90 , KP = , P X = 90 and P KX
693
Applying the cosine formula, we get

cos(90 ) = cos cos(90 ) + sin sin(90 ) cos(90 ).
(9.36a)
Hence,
sin = sin sin cos + cos sin .
(9.36b)
This is the distance of X from the celestial equator which is same as (9.25b).
Expression for Right Ascension
In Figure 9.16, XPo = is perpendicular to the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta. Then the
distance of X from the plane of daks.in.ottara-vr.tta is R sin . Let X = ,
o = . Note that K P
o = 90 and K P
= . Hence,
and X P
= 90 ;
P X
= 90 .
X K
Applying the sine formula to the spherical triangle KX, we get

sin KX
sin X
=
.
sin P K
sin X K
Therefore,
or,
sin
sin(90 )
cos
=
=
,
sin
sin(90 )
cos
sin cos = sin cos .
(9.37a)
In the spherical triangle XP0 , XP0 is perpendicular P0 . Therefore,

sin = sin sin .
(9.37b)
= P X
= 90 .
Consider the spherical triangle XP0 , where X P
0
Using the sine formula, we get
sin XP0 = sin sin(90 ).
(9.38a)
That is,
sin = sin cos( + )
= sin (cos cos sin sin )
= cos sin cos sin sin sin .
(9.38b)
694
Using (9.37a) and (9.37b) in the above, we get

sin = cos sin cos sin sin .
(9.39)
This is the distance of X from the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta. Now, consider the

spherical triangle P XPo . Here X P P0 = Arc(Y ) = , which is the Right
Ascension of X. Hence,
sin(P X)
sin(XPo )
=
,
sin(X P Po )
sin(P Po X)
(9.40a)
sin
sin(90 )
=
.
sin
sin 90
(9.40b)
sin = sin cos .
(9.40c)
or,
Therefore,
Using (9.40c) in (9.39), we have

cos sin = cos sin cos sin sin ,
(9.41)
Chapter 10
The Fifteen Problems
10.1
The fifteen problems
The seven great circles which are frequently employed in deriving various
results in this chapter are listed in Table 10.1. These circles are indicated by
solid lines in Figure 10.1. Three more circles which are referred to later in
the chapter are indicated by dashed lines. In Table 10.1, the second column
gives the names of the circles in Sanskrit. The third column gives their
modern equivalents. In the last column we have listed the poles (visible ones
with ref. to Figure 10.1) of these great circles.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Circle
Apakrama-vr.tta
Daks.in.ottara-vr.tta
Daks.in.ottaranata-vr.tta
Lank
a-ks.itija
Ghat.ik
a-vr.tta
Ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta
R
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta
Description in modern terms

Ecliptic
Prime meridian
Secondary to the prime meridian
passing through the celestial body X
Horizon for equatorial observer
Celestial equator
Secondary to the celestial equator
passing through the celestial body X
Secondary to the ecliptic intersecting it at points which are at
90 away from the celestial body X
Pole/s
K1
W
B, C
Z, Z
P1 , P2
Y
X
Table 10.1
In Figure 10.1, for the sake of convenience, the celestial sphere has been
drawn for an equatorial observer. The position of the ecliptic is chosen
696
such that the equinoxes coincide with the zenith and the nadir. This does
not result in any loss of generality, as only (terrestrial) latitude-independent
quantities are discussed in this chapter. X is a celestial body whose longitude
(ZX = X) is , declination (south) is and right ascension is .
With reference to the seven great circles listed in Table 10.1, six quantities,
which are primarily related to the motion of a celestial object, are defined
below (Table 10.2). When any two of them are known, the other four can be
determined. We know that, given six independent quantities, two of them
can be chosen in 15 different ways. Hence the title of the chapter.
No.
1
2
3
Quantity
parama-kr
anti
is..ta-kr
anti
is..ta
pakrama-kot. i
4
5
dorjy
a
k
alajy
a
natajy
a
Description
Maximum declination
Desired declination
Distance of the celestial
body from prime meridian
Rsine longitude
Rsine of the
Right Ascension
Max. separation between the
celestial equator and the
Secondary to the meridian
Notation
R sin
R sin
R cos sin
R sin
R sin
R sin zv =
R sin
R2 R2 cos2 sin2
passing through the body

Table 10.2
The following table, would be useful in identifying the six quantities, with
reference to the seven great circles shown in Figure 10.1:
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
Quantity
parama-kr
anti
is..ta-kr
anti
is..ta
pakrama-kot. i
dorjy
a
k
alajy
a
natajy
a
Representation in Figure 10.1
R sin = R sin X ZX
R sin = R sin XX
R cos sin = R sin V X
R sin = R sin ZX
R sin = R sin ZX
R sin zv = R sin ZV
Table 10.3
10.1 The fifteen problems
697
Second
Rasikutavrtta
Z,
Dakshinottaranatavrtta
90
Ghatikanatavrtta
Dakshinottaravrtta
(Northsouth circle)
X
B
First
Tiryagvrtta
Apakramavrtta
(Ecliptic)
Ghatikavrtta
(Celestial Equator)
P1
W
Ksitija
(Horizon)
T1
D
Second
Tiryagvrtta
C
Y
Rasikutavrtta
Figure 10.1: The seven great circles and their intersections.

The seven circles depicted in Figure 10.1, have already been explained in
chapter 9 in connection with Figure 9.13a on page 683. Now we give some
relations which would be used in later discussions. In Figure 10.1, it may be
noted that X Y = XY = XD = 90 . Hence,
Y Z = 90 ZX ,
Y Z = 90 ZX,
V D = 90 V X.
Since X is the pole of the r

asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta, XU = XD = 90 ; Hence, U X =
90 XX = 90 ; Also, XP2 = 90 . The Rsine of the maximum

divergence between celestial equator and the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta is
R sin U X = R sin(90 ) = R cos = dyujy
a.
(10.1)
698
Similarly, the Rsine of the maximum divergence between the north-south

circle and r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta is
R sin V D = R sin(90 V X)
= R cos V X
= kot.i of is..ta
pakrama-kot. i.
(10.2)
Also BV = 90 . Hence, ZV = 90 BZ, so that

natajy
a = R sin ZV = R cos BZ.
10.2
(10.3)
Problem 1
The maximum declination R sin (parama-kr

anti), and the actual declination R sin (is..ta-kr
anti), are given.
It may be noted that the first two items listed in Table 10.2 are given and
we have to find the other four. Now, from the given quantities,
p
R cos =
R2 (R sin )2
= parama-kr
anti-kot. i,
(10.4)
(10.5)
and
R cos =
R2 (R sin )2
= is..ta-kr
anti-kot.i or dyujy
a,
are trivially found. The other four are determined as follows.
1. Dorjy
a : The relation between , and is determined as before
(Eq. (9.4)), by rule of three
R sin =
R. R sin
.
R sin
Since the RHS is known, is..ta-dorjy

a is found.
(10.6)
10.2 Problem 1
699
2. Is..ta
pakrama-kot. i :
It is defined by
is..ta
pakrama-kot. i = R sin V X
= R cos sin .
(10.7)
Since both the factors in the RHS have been found, is..ta
pakrama-kot. i is
known. The rationale for the above expression is as follows. For the arc
ZS = 90 , the divergence between the ecliptic and daks.in.ottara-vr.tta
is
R sin SP2 = R sin(90 ) = R cos .
Hence, for the arc ZX = , the divergence is given by
R sin XV = R cos sin .
3. Nata-Jy
a :
This refers to R sin ZV which is the maximum divergence between the celestial equator and daks.in.ottara-nata-vr.tta, measured along the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta corresponding to the arc W V = 90 .
Hence, the divergence corresponding to the arc W X = 90 V X on
the nata-vr.tta is given by
R sin ZV sin(90 V X) = R sin ZV cos V X.
But this is R sin XX = R sin . Hence,
R. R sin = R sin ZV p
R cos V X
= R sin ZV
R2 R2 sin2 V X.
(10.8)
Using (10.7) in (10.8), we have

R sin ZV
=
=
p
p
R. R sin
R2
(R cos sin )2
trijy
a is..takr
anti
trijy
a2 is..ta
pakrama-kot. i2
(10.9)
Since all the terms in the RHS are known, nata-jy

a is known.
4. Lankodaya-jy
a : Consider the divergence between the ghat.ik

a-natavr.tta and the daks.in.ottara-vr.tta. Lankodaya-jy
a or k
alajy
a, R sin ZX ,
is the maximum divergence corresponding to the arc P2 X = 90 . The
700

is..ta
pakrama-kot. i, as given by (10.7), is the divergence corresponding
to the arc P2 X = 90 . Hence, by the rule of three, we get
R sin = R sin ZX =
=
R sin(V X)R
R sin(P2 X)
R cos sin R
.
R cos
(10.10)
ista
pakrama-kot. i trijy
a
.
Lankodaya-jy
a = ..
dyujy
a
Considering the divergence between ghat.ik
a-nata and ks.itija, Lankodaya
jy
a-kot.i is given by
R cos = R sin X W =
R sin(XS)R
R cos R
=
.
R sin(P2 X)
R cos
(10.11)
That is,
dorjy
a-kot.i trijy
a
.
dyujy
a
Similarly, considering the divergence between the daks.in.ottara-nata
and ks.itija, nata-jy
a-kot.i is obtained. It is given by
Lankodaya-jy
a-kot.i =
R sin V P2 =
10.3
R sin(XS)R
R cos R
.
=p
R sin(XW )
R2 R2 cos2 sin2
(10.12)
Problem 2
The maximum declination, R sin (parama-kr

anti), and is..ta
pakrama-kot. i =
R cos sin , are given.
Using the rule of three
R sin SP2 : R sin ZS = R sin XV : R sin ZX,
or
R cos
R cos sin
=
.
R
dorjy
a
Hence,
R . R cos sin
.
R cos
The other quantities are obtained as in problem 1.
dorjy
a = R sin =
(10.13)
10.4 Problem 3
10.4
701
Problem 3
The maximum declination = R sin (parama-kr

anti), and dorjy
a = R sin ,
are given.
By considering the divergence between the apakarama and ghat.ik
a-vr.tta-s,
we find
is.t
apakrama = R sin
= R sin(XX )
R sin(W S) R sin(ZX)
=
R sin ZS
R sin R sin
.
(10.14)
=
R
Similarly, by considering the divergence between the apakarama and daks.in.ottara-vr.tta-s, we find
is.t
apakrama-kot. i = R sin(V X)
R sin(SP2 ) R sin(ZX)
=
R sin ZS
R cos R sin
.
=
R
The rest (k
alajy
a and natajy
a) are obtained as before.
10.5
(10.15)
Problem 4

anti), and k
alajy
a = R sin ,
are given.
Now,
k
alajy
a = R sin ZX = R sin .
By construction, X Y = 90 . Therefore, ZX = W Y . Hence,
R cos = k
ala-kot.i = R cos ZX
= R sin(90 + ZX )
= R sin ZY
= R sin Y Z .
(10.16)
702
The distance between ghat.ik

a and apakrama-vr.tta on r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta is
R sin Y Y
= R sin sin Y Z
= R sin cos
(10.17)
= K
alakot.i-apakrama.
Consider a second r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta ZK1 Z , passing through the zenith and
the pole of the ecliptic K1 . By construction, the angle between this second
r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and the equator is 90 . Therefore, the distance between
Y and the second r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta will be
= R sin(90 ) sin(ZY )
= R
pcos cos
R2 cos2 R2 sin2 cos2
=
q
(k
alakot.i-jy
a)2 (k
alakot.i-apakrama)2 .
=
(10.18)
Now, K1 being the pole of ecliptic, K1 Y = 90 . Therefore, K1 Y + Y Y =

90 . And
R2 sin2 K1 Y = R2 cos2 Y Y
= R2 R2 sin2 Y Y.
(10.19)
Using (10.17) in the above equation we have

R2 sin2 K1 Y = R2 R2 sin2 cos2 .
(10.20)
Consider the two r

asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s passing through K1 . It can be seen that
Distance between Y and second r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta
=
R sin K1 Y
R sin Y Z
Max. divergence between the two r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s
=
.
R sin K1 Y
R
Hence,
R sin Y Z = p
R. R cos cos
R2 R2 sin2 cos2
(10.21)
Using the relation, Y Z = 90 ZX = 90 , in the above equation, we

have
R. R cos cos
.
(10.22)
R cos = p
R2 R2 sin2 cos2
10.6 Problem 5
703
The kot.i of this is R sin ZX = R sin . Other quantities can be determined

as before.
Note: The above relation can also be derived using cos =
Using this in RHS of (10.22), we have
p
cos cos
1 sin2 cos2
=
=
=
=
cos
cos
cos cos
q
2
cos 1 sin2 cos
cos2
p
p
p
cos cos
cos2 sin2 cos2

cos cos
1 sin2 sin2 cos2
cos cos
1 sin2 sin2 sin2 cos2

cos cos
= p
1 sin2
= cos .
10.6
(10.11).
(10.23)
Problem 5

anti), and the natajy
a =
R sin ZV , are given.
It is stated1 that
nata-kot.i = R cos ZV = R sin Z C.
(10.24)
Now, the maximum separation between the apakrama and daks.in.ottara-vr.tta

1
This can be derived once we note the following:

X is the pole of the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and hence X is at 90 from C.
W is the pole of the daks.inottara-vr.tta and hence that is also at 90 from C.

Therefore, C is pole of the great circle through X and W . This implies that V C = 90 .
But, ZV + V C + Z C = 180 . Hence, ZV + Z C = 90 . Therefore,
R cos ZV = R sin Z C.
704
is R sin SP2 = R cos . Therefore, the distance of C from the apakrama-vr.tta,

R sin Y C = R sin(ZC) cos
= R cos(ZV ) cos .
(10.25)
The angle between the second r

asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta (ZK1 Z ) and the daks.in.ottaravr.tta is . Hence, the distance of C from the second r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta will be
= R sin sin(Z C)
= R sin cos ZV
p
R2 cos2 ZV R2 cos2 ZV cos2 .
=
(10.26)
Considering the divergence between the two r

asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s, the above is
the pram
an.a-phala or distance, which corresponds to the arc
K1 C = K1 Y + Y C = 90 + Y C,
the Rsine of which is the pram
an.a given by
p
R sin K1 C = R cos Y C = R2 R2 cos2 ZV cos2 .
The icch
a-phala is the maximum divergence between the two r
asi-k
uta-vr.ttas,
which is R sin Y Z . This corresponds to the arc K1 Y = 90 , the Rsine of

which is the icch
a = R. Applying the rule of three in the form
we have
icch
a-phala
pram
an. a-phala
=
,
icch
a
pram
an. a
R sin Y Z
R2 cos2 ZV R2 cos2 ZV cos2
=
.
R
R2 R2 cos2 ZV cos2
(10.27)
From this, R sin Y Z is found. The kot.i of this is R sin ZX (as ZX + Y Z =

90 ), which is sin (is..ta-dorjy
a). This is how the is..ta-dorjy
a is determined
in terms of parama-kr
anti and the nata-jy
a. The rest is as in the earlier
problems.
10.7
Problems six to nine
In problems 1 5, one of the two quantities given was parama-kr

anti,
(item 1 in Table 10.2). We now move on to the next set of four problems
(6 9) in which one of the quantities given is is..ta-kr
anti, the second of the
six quantities listed in Table 10.2.
10.7 Problems six to nine
10.7.1
705
Problem 6
The actual declination = R sin (is..ta-kr

anti), and the is..ta
pakrama-kot. i =
R cos sin , are given.
Here, the dorjy
a = R sin is simply obtained from the square-root of the
sum of the squares of the given quantities. That is,
p
(10.28)
R sin = R2 sin2 + R2 cos2 sin2 ,
since and are related by the relation (10.6). All the other quantities are
determined as earlier.
10.7.2
Problem 7

anti), and the dorjy
a = R sin , are
given.
It is straightforward to find all the four quantities.
10.7.3
Problem 8

anti), and the k
alajy
a = R sin , are
given.
First the cosines R cos (dyujy
a) and R cos (k
alakot.i-jy
a) of the given
quantities are determined. For this, consider the divergence between the
ghat.ik
a-nata and ks.itija. Here, R sin X W = R cos , the pram
an.a-phala,
and R sin XS = R cos , the icch
a-phala, are the distances of X and X corresponding to the arcs X P2 , the Rsine of which is R (pram
an. a) and XP2 ,
the Rsine of which is R cos (icch
a). Now, the dorjy
a-kot.i = R cos is found
using the principle of rule of three. Thus, we have
R cos
R cos
=
.
R
R cos
(10.29)
From the above cos can be found. With this, the dorjy
a and the other
quantities can be determined.
706
10.7.4
Problem 9

anti), and natajy
a = R sin ZV , are
given.
When R sin ZV is the separation between the y
amyottara-nata and the equator, R sin V P2 = R cos ZV is the separation between y
amyottara-nata and
the horizon. When
R sin = R sin XX ,
(10.30)
is the separation between the first two, the distance between the other two,
R sin XS, is given by the rule of three:
Since ZX + XS = 90
R cos ZV
R sin XS
=
.
R sin
R sin ZV
and ZX = ,
(10.31)
R cos ZV
R sin .
(10.32)
R sin ZV
In the language of the Text, the above equation may be written as,
R cos =
dorjy
a-kot. i =
natajy
a-kot.i
is..ta
pakrama.
natajy
a
The kot.i of (10.32) is the dorjy

a = R sin . The rest are found as earlier. The
result (10.32) can also be obtained using standard spherical trigonometry.
Considering the triangle ZVX and applying the four-parts formula,
cos ZV cos(90 ) = sin ZV cot sin(90 ) cot 90 .
Simplifying the above, and using the result sin = sin sin , we have
R cos =
R cos ZV
R sin ,
R sin ZV
10.8
Problems ten to twelve
In problems 6 9, one of the two given quantities was is..ta-kr

anti. We now
move on to the next set of three problems in which one of the quantities
given is is..ta
pakrama-kot. i, the third of the six quantities listed in Table 10.2.
10.8 Problems ten to twelve
10.8.1
707
Problem 10
The is..ta
pakrama-kot. i = R cos sin , and dorjy
a = R sin , are given.
By finding the difference of the squares of the given quantities and taking
the square root, we get the is..ta-kr
anti
p
(10.33)
R sin = R2 sin2 R2 cos2 sin2 = R sin sin .
From R sin and R sin , the rest can be obtained.
10.8.2
Problem 11
The is..ta
pakrama-kot. i = R cos sin , and k
alajy
From k
alajy
a, the k
alakot.i, R cos (R sin X W ) is obtained. Consider the
separation of X and X on the ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta from the daks.in.ottaravr.tta. Using the rule of three, we have
or
R sin(ZX )
R sin X P2
R sin
R
=
=
R sin(V X)
,
R sin(XP2 )
R sin(V X)
.
R cos
(10.34)
Therefore,
R sin V X
R sin
ista
pakrama-kot. i
= trijy
a ..
.
k
alajy
a
R cos = R
(10.35)
(10.36)
From this, the is..ta-kr

anti = R sin is obtained.
Again, consider the separation of X and X on the ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta from
the horizon. Then,
R sin(XP2 ) R sin(X W )
,
R sin X P2
R cos R cos
.
(10.37)
or
R cos =
R
This is the dorjy
a-kot. i, from which the dorjy
a (R sin ) is obtained. From
R sin and R sin , the rest are obtained.
R sin XS =
708
10.8.3
Problem 12
The is..ta
pakrama-kot. i, R sin V X = R cos sin , and natajy
a = R sin ZV , are
given.
The maximum separation between y
amyottara-nata-vr.tta and the horizon is
p
(10.38)
R sin V P2 = R cos ZV = R2 R2 sin2 ZV .
Also,
R sin XW = R cos V X =
R2 R2 sin2 V X.
(10.39)
Then, R sin XS = R cos (dorjy

a-kot. i), which is the separation between X
and the horizon, is given by
R cos =
R sin(XW ) R sin(V P2 )
.
R
(10.40)
From this, the dorjy

a is obtained. Again, from the is..ta
pakrama-kot. i and
dorjy
a, R cos , and hence parama-kr
anti (R sin ), can be obtained. With
them, the rest can be determined.
10.9
Problems thirteen and fourteen
In problems 10 12, one of the two given quantities was is..ta

pakrama-kot. i. We
now move on to the next set of two problems in which one of the quantities
given is dorjy
a, the fourth of the six quantities listed in Table 10.2.
10.9.1
Problem 13
The dorjy
a = R sin , and k
alajy
From this,
R sin XS = R cos =
and
R sin X W = R cos =
R2 R2 sin2 ,
R2 R2 sin2 ,
(10.41)
(10.42)
10.10 Problem 15
709
are found. Also we have

R sin(XS)
R sin(XP2 )
R cos
=
=
.
R sin(X W )
R sin(X P2 )
R
(10.43)
Using (10.40) and (10.41) in the above equation, R cos is determined. From
this, R sin is found and with the knowledge of R sin and R sin , the rest
are obtained.
10.9.2
Problem 14
The dorjy
a = R sin , and natajy
a = R sin ZV , are given.
From them,
R sin XS = R cos =
and
R sin V P2 = R cos ZV =
R2 R2 sin2 ,
R2 R2 sin2 ZV ,
(10.44)
(10.45)
are found. Now, consider the separation of X and V on the daks.in.ottaranata-vr.tta from ks.itija. We have
R sin XW
R sin V W
R
=
=
.
R sin XS
R sin V P2
R sin V P2
(10.46)
Using the previous two equations in the above equation, R sin XW is obtained. The kot.i of this is R sin V X (kr
anti-kot.i). From R sin and R sin V X,
others are obtained.
10.10
Problem 15
This is the last problem in which the last two quantities in Table 10.2, namely
the k
alajy
a = R sin ZX , and nata-jy
a = R sin ZV , are given.
Now,
R sin W Y = k
alajy
a,
and
R sin W D = R sin V X = kr
anti-kot.i.
(10.47)
710
Further, R sin X W = k
ala-kot.i and XD = V W = 90 . Now,
R sin P1 B = nata-jy
a,
and
R sin P1 U
= kr
anti,
(10.48)
which is the divergence between the r

asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta and the horizon along
the ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta. Also, U Y = CD = 90 , and P1 Z = 90 .
Now, the maximum divergence between the ghat.ik
a and y
amyottara-natavr.tta is the nata-jy
a = R sin ZV = R sin Z V . Hence, the divergence between these two vr.tta-s on the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta, which is R sin Y D corresponding to the arc W Y = ZX , is given by
R sin Y D = R sin ZV sin ZX .
(10.49)
Similarly, the maximum divergence between the ghat.ik

a-nata-vr.tta and the
north-south circle is the k
alajy
a = R sin ZX . Hence, R sin BU which is
the distance between B on the north-south circle and the ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta
corresponding to the arc P1 B is given by
R sin BU
= R sin P1 B sin ZX
= R sin ZV sin ZX
= R sin Y D.
(10.50)
That is, the two icch

a-phala-s are equal. Now Y C = CDY D = 90 Y D.
Hence, the divergence between the ghat.ik
a-vr.tta and the north-south circle
along the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta, is R sin Y C given by the expression
q
(R2 R2 sin2 Y D)
R sin Y C =
q
=
(R2 R2 sin2 ZV sin2 ZX ).
(10.51)
Then, the is..ta

pakrama-kot. i R sin V X and is..ta
pakrama = R sin = R sin P1 U ,
which are considered as icch
a-phala-s, are obtained from the relations (based
on the rule of three) :
p
(R2 sin2 ZX R2 sin2 Y D)
R sin V X
=
,
R
R sin Y C
p
(R2 sin2 ZV R2 sin2 Y D)
R sin P1 U
=
.
(10.52)
R
R sin Y C
In the above expressions, the LHS is nothing but the ratio of icch
a-phala to
icch
a. These can be derived in the following manner.
10.10 Problem 15
711
Consider the first tiryag-vr.tta, which is the great circle through B, W and
C. As B is the pole of the y
amyottara-nata-vr.tta the maximum divergence
between this vr.tta and r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta is
R sin W D = R sin V X = is..ta
pakrama-kot. i.
Consider the divergence between these two vr.tta-s at Y which is R sin Y T1
(Y T1 being perpendicular to this tiryag-vr.tta). Therefore,
R sin Y T1 = R sin(W D) sin(BY ).
(10.53)
Since, BY = 90 + BU = 90 + Y D, we have
R sin Y T1 = R sin(W D) cos(Y D)

q
1
R sin(W D) R2 R2 sin2 (Y D).
=
R
(10.54)
Now, the angle between the ghat.ik

a-vr.tta and the first tiryag-vr.tta is
T1 = 90 Y W
D
Y W
= 90 V Z
= 90 ZV.
(10.55)
Therefore,
R sin Y T1 = R sin W Y sin(90 ZV )
= R
psin W Y cos ZV
= pR2 sin2 W Y R2 sin2 W Y sin2 ZV
R2 sin2 W Y R2 sin2 Y D.
(10.56)
From (10.54) and (10.56), we have

p
p
R sin W D R2 R2 sin2 Y D = R R2 sin2 W Y R2 sin2 Y D,
Or,
R sin V X
R2 R2 sin2 (ZX ) sin2 ZV =

q
R2 sin2 (ZX ) R2 sin2 (ZX ) sin2 ZV .
(10.57)
From this, the is..ta

pakrama-kot. i (R sin V X) is obtained in terms of the k
alajy
a
(R sin ZX ) and natajy

a (R sin ZV ).
712
Consider the second tiryag-vr.tta, which is the great circle through P1 , Y

and P2 . As Y P1 = U Y = 90 , the maximum divergence between this vr.tta
and the r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta is
R sin P1 U = R sin = is..ta
pakrama.
(10.58)
Consider the divergence between the two vr.tta-s at B which is R sin BT2
(BT2 being perpendicular to this tiryag-vr.tta). Therefore,
R sin BT2 = R sin(P1 U ) sin(BY ).
(10.59)
Since, BY = 90 + BU = 90 + Y D, we have
R sin BT2 = R sin(P1 U ) cos(Y D)

p
1
R sin(P1 U ) R2 R2 sin2 Y D
=
R

p
1
=
R sin R2 R2 sin2 Y D.
R
(10.60)
Now, the angle between the y

amyottara-vr.tta and the second tiryag-vr.tta is
B P1 T2 = Y Z = 90 W Y
= 90 ZX .
(10.61)
Therefore,
R sin BT2 = R sin P1 B sin(90 ZX )
= R
psin ZV cos ZX
= pR2 sin2 ZV R2 sin2 ZX sin2 ZV
R2 sin2 ZV R2 sin2 Y D.
(10.62)
Equating the two expressions for R sin BT2 , we get

p
p
R sin R2 R2 sin2 Y D = R R2 sin2 ZV R2 sin2 Y D,
or
R sin
R2 R2 sin2 (ZX ) sin2 ZV =

q
R R2 sin2 (ZV ) R2 sin2 (ZX ) sin2 ZV ).
(10.63)
From this, the is..ta

pakrama (R sin ) is obtained in terms of the k
alajy
a
(R sin ZX ) and natajy

a (R sin ZV ).
10.10 Problem 15
713
In summary, the formulas for is..ta

pakrama-kot. i (R sin V X = R cos sin ),
and is..ta
pakrama (R sin ), in terms of the k
alajy
a (R sin ), and natajy
a
(R sin ZV ), are:
p
p
R sin V X R2 R2 sin2 sin2 ZV = R R2 sin2 R2 sin2 sin2 ZV ,
p
p
R sin R2 R2 sin2 sin2 ZV = R R2 sin2 ZV R2 sin2 sin2 ZV .
Then, from k
alajy
a, natajy
a and the above relations, the other quantities
can be obtained.
Chapter 11
Gnomonic Shadow
Apart from providing the rationale behind different procedures, this chapter also summarizes and synthesizes all the problems related to the diurnal
motion of the Sun and shadow measurements carried out with a simple instrument called sanku
(gnomon).1 Since a major portion of the chapter deals
with the measurement of shadow (ch
ay
a) cast by gnomon, the choice of the
title of the chapter, Ch
ay
a-prakaran. am (chapter on gnomic shadow) seems
quite natural and appropriate.
The chapter commences with a discussion of the method of identifying the
four directions using the forenoon and afternoon shadows of a gnomon. A
few corrections, such as the one due to the finite size of the Sun, the effect
of parallax etc., that need to be incorporated for making the measured values more accurate, are discussed in the next few sections. The theoretical
background for the procedures involved in finding the latitude of a place and
estimating the time from shadow are also presented.
The Text then goes on to an important topic called Dasa-prasn
ah. (Ten
Problems), wherein among the five quantities related to the diurnal motion,
the method to derive two of them given the other three is discussed. This is
followed by a detailed discussion of topics related to the calculation of the
orient ecliptic point, called udaya-lagna or simply lagna. Then, the effect of
parallax on longitudes and latitudes is discussed. The chapter ends with an
interesting discussion on the calculation of gnomic shadow of Moon when it
has a latitudinal deflection.
1
Gnomon is essentially a stick of suitable thickness and height, usually taken to be 12

units, with one of its edges sharpened to facilitate taking fine measurements of the tip of
the shadow cast by a celestial body.
11.1 Fixing directions
11.1
715
Fixing directions
Draw a circle with a suitable radius, on a flat surface and place the gnomon
at its centre. The centre of the circle is represented by O in Figure 11.1(a).
This is the base of the gnomon (sanku
OA).
Z
E"
K
(b)
O
W
O
izon
W
Box blown
up in (b)
Circle around
sanku in the plane
of the horizon
E"
(c)
Hor
(a)
E
N
S
W
Figure 11.1: Fixing the directions through shadow measurements.
Let the tip of the shadow be at W and E in the forenoon and afternoon
respectively, on the circle. If the declination of the Sun were to be constant
during the course of the day, then W E would be the west-east line. However, due to the northward or southward motion of the Sun, the declination
() changes. Consequently, the tip of the eastern shadow point would have
got shifted towards south (to the point E , as shown Figure 11.1(a)), if the
Sun has northward motion ( increases) or north if the Sun has southward
motion ( decreases). So a correction , which is equal to E B (see Figure
11.1(b)), has to be applied to E to get the true east-point E . If the change
in the declination be from 1 to 2 , then the magnitude of the correction,
716
11. Gnomonic Shadow
is stated to be
K(R sin 2 R sin 1 )

,
(11.1)
R cos
where K is the hypotenuse of the shadow in angula-s
(the gnomon being

taken to be 12 angula-s)
and is the latitude of the place. The expression

for given here is the same as the one found in Siddh
antasiroman. i and
Tantrasangraha
and may be understood as follows.

=
Z
0
Suns diurnal circle
A
z
(A90)
to
a
qu
lE
a
sti
le
Ce
izon
Hor
12
Y
L
(a)
(b)
Figure 11.2: Relation between the zenith distance of the Sun and length of
the shadow cast by a sanku.
Consider the situation when the Sun has declination , zenith distance z
and azimuth A (refer Figure 11.2). OX is the gnomon, the length of whose
shadow is L given by
L = OY = XY sin z = K sin z,
(11.2)
where K = XY is the ch
ay
a-karn.a (shadow-hypotenuse). For future purposes, we also note that
12
,
(11.3)
12 = K cos z
or
K=
cos z
as the gnomon OX = 12, and the shadow will be
sin z
L = 12
.
(11.4)
cos z
11.1 Fixing directions
717
Ark
agr
angula
Y Q is the distance of Y , the tip of the shadow of the Sun,

from the east-west line. It is given by
Y Q = L sin(A 90) = L cos A.
(11.5)
The declination of the Sun, , is given by the expression below, a formula

similar to which will be derived later:
sin = cos z sin + sin z cos cos A.
(11.6)
Now the shadow-lengths corresponding to W and E being the same, their

zenith distances are the same. When the declination of the Sun changes
from 1 to 2 , we have
sin 1 = cos z sin + sin z cos cos A1
sin 2 = cos z sin + sin z cos cos A2 .
(11.7)
sin 2 sin 1 = sin z cos (cos A2 cos A1 ) .
(11.8)
Therefore,
Rewriting the above, we get
K (sin 2 sin 1 )
cos
= K sin z (cos A2 cos A1 )

= L (cos A2 cos A1 ) ,
(11.9)
which is the difference in ark

agr
angula
or amplitude corresponding to 1
and 2 . Hence,
K (sin 2 sin 1 )
=
.
(11.10)
cos
Then the true east point E is the point on the circle which is at a distance
from the line E W . The true east-west line is E W . The north-south
line is the perpendicular bisector of this, and is determined by the standard
fish-figures.
The fish-figure is constructed as follows. With E and W as centres draw
two circles of equal radii. These circles instersect at two points N and S .
The region of intersection forms a fish figure as illustrated in Figure 11.1(c).
The line passing through N and S is the north-south line. By construction,
it is perpendicular to the east-west line through E and W .
718
11. Gnomonic Shadow
11.2
Latitude and co-latitude
On the equinoctial day, the declination at sunrise and sunset are equal and
opposite, and the Sun would be on the equator at noon. Let the shadow
of the gnomon (OX = 12) be OY on that day (see Figure 11.3). Then the
shadow hypotenuse is
p
p
K = XY = OX 2 + OY 2 = 122 + OY 2 .
(11.11)
Z
P
L
Sun
90
ua
to
al
Eq
90
sti
le
Ce
on
Horiz
Figure 11.3: Determination of latitude through shadow measurements.

It is obvious that
OX = K cos
OY
= K sin .
Therefore,
(11.12)
R sin =
OY R
,
K
(11.13)
R cos =
OX R
,
K
(11.14)
is the latitude (aks.a), and
11.3 Time after sunrise or before sunset
719
is the co-latitude (lambana). The equinoctial shadow is

OY =
12 sin
OX sin
=
.
cos
cos
(11.15)
If the radius of the celestial sphere is R, the distance between the zenith and
the celestial equator is ZM = R sin . This is the same as the distance P M
between the pole star Dhruva and horizon, and is referred to as the aks.a.
Similarly the lambana is the perpendicular distance SL between the ghat.ik
aman.d.ala (celestial equator) and the horizon, or the distance ZL between the
zenith and the Dhruva, both of which are R cos .
11.3
Time after sunrise or before sunset
Sixo clock circle
(unmandala)
le
Ce
rcle
al ci
rn
Diu
sti
al
Eq
ua
to
on
Horiz
Figure 11.4: The role of unman.d.ala in the determination of time.

On any day, the Sun moves on the diurnal circle (sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta), all of
whose parts are at a constant distance R sin from the celestial equator
(ignoring the change in the declination during the course of the day). This
circle is parallel to the celestial equator (see Figure 11.4). Its centre C is on
the polar axis of the celestial sphere and the radius is R cos (is..ta-dyujy
a,
720
11. Gnomonic Shadow
day radius). This circle is divided into four quadrants using the north-south
circle and the six-o clock circle (unman.d.ala) and into 21,600 divisions, being
the number of pr
an.a-s in a day (1 pr
an.a = 4 seconds). The rate of motion
of the Pravaha wind is constant. Hence it is possible to calculate correctly
the position of a planet on the diurnal circle, given the time elapsed after it
has risen or the time yet to elapse before setting.
11.4
Unnata-jya
Z
Diurnal circle
H
Meridian passing
through the
setting point
z
u
Sixo clock cirlce
(unmandala)
C
S"u
Celestial
Equator
Sh
St
F
Su
Horizon
Su
Figure 11.5: The unnata-pr

an.a and cara-pr
an.a.
In Figure 11.5, the diurnal circle of the Sun with C as the centre is indicated.
It is divided into 21,600 equal divisions, each of which is a pr
an.a. S is the
position of the Sun at some instant. The Sun sets at St . Then the arc SSt =
, on the diurnal circle corresponds to the time to elapse before sunset.
The unman.d.ala or the six-o clock circle and the diurnal circle intersect at
Su . The arc Su St = c corresponds to the cara-pr
an. a. SSu = u is termed
the unnata-pr
an.a. Both are measured in the pr
an.a measure of the diurnal
11.5 Mah
a-sanku
and Mah
acch
ay
a
721
circle. Clearly,
SSt = SSu (unnata-pr
an.a) + Su St (cara-pr
an. a),
or,
= u + c .
(11.16)
Now drop perpendiculars St Su and SSu from St and S on CSu . CSu is

clearly parallel to OW , the east-west line. Also, let SSu be extended to
meet the horizon at Sh . SSh is the Unnata-jy
a. It may be noted that
SSh = SSu + Sh Su
= SSu + St Su ,
(11.17)
or,
Unnata-jy
a (north) = R cos (sin u + sin c ) ,
(11.18)
where R cos or the dyujy

a, is the radius of the diurnal circle. This is true
when the declination of the Sun is north. When it is south, one can see that
= u c and
Unnata-jy
a (south) = R cos (sin u sin c ) .
(11.19)
Note: Considering the spherical triangle St P W , it can be shown that

R sin c =
R sin sin
= R tan tan ,
cos cos
(11.20)
which is the well known relation for the cara-jy

a. Also, u = 90o H, where
H is the hour angle in modern parlance. Hence,
Unnata-jy
a = R cos (cos H + tan tan ).
(11.21)
Though this relation is not stated here, we mention it as it will be useful

later.
11.5
Mah
a-sanku
and Mahacchaya: Great gnomon

and great shadow
In Figure 11.5, let F be the foot of the perpendicular from S to the horizon.
Then SF , the perpendicular from the Sun to the horizon is the mah
a-sanku.
722
11. Gnomonic Shadow
Now, SSh is a straight line in the plane of the diurnal circle perpendicular
to the east-west line. Also the diurnal circle is inclined to the horizon at an
angle 90 , equal to the co-latitude of the place.
Clearly SF = SSh cos . Therefore,
Mah
a-sanku
= Unnata-jy
a cos .
(11.22)
Note: If z is the zenith distance of the planet S, the mah

a-sanku
SF =
R cos z. This can also be seen as follows. From (11.21) and (11.22),
Mah
a-sanku
= R(cos cos cos H + sin sin ).
(11.23)
Applying the cosine formula to the side ZS (which is the zenith distance
z) in the spherical triangle P ZS, where P Z = 90 , P S = 90 and
Z P S = H, we get
R cos z = R(cos cos cos H + sin sin ).
(11.24)
Thus we see that mah

a-sanku
is same as the Rcosine of the zenith distance
of the Sun, R cos z. The kot.i of this, or R sin z, is called mah
acch
ay
a. The
reason for this nomenclature could be as follows. The ch
ay
a and sanku
are equal to K sin z and K cos z respectively, where K is the ch

ay
a-karn.a
(shadow-hypotenuse). When K is replaced by the trijy
a R, we obtain the
mah
a-sanku,
R cos z, and mah

acch
ay
a, R sin z.
11.6
Dr.nman
. d.ala or Dr.gvr.tta
The dr.nman
. d.ala is the vertical circle ZSA (refer Figure 11.5) passing through
the zenith and the planet. Clearly, mah
a-sanku
and mah
acch
ay
a are the sine
and cosine of the arc AS on this circle. The centre of dr.nman
d
ala
is O, which
..
is the centre of the Earth-sphere.
11.7
Dr.ggolacchaya
Bhagola is the celestial sphere with the centre of the Earth C as the centre
and dr.ggola is the celestial sphere with the observer O as the centre (as
11.7 Dr.ggolacch
ay
a
723
Z
X
d
z
Drggola
O
Re z
Bhagola
Figure 11.6: The bhagola and dr.ggola.

in Figure 11.6). The sanku
and ch
ay
a are different for these two, when we
consider an object at a finite distance. The distance between the two centres,
OC = Re is the radius of the Earth. Let X be an object at a distance R
from Earths centre. Further, let d be the distance of X from the observer
at O. Then,
Bhagola-sanku
= CX = R cos z,
(11.25)
Dr.ggola-sanku
= OX = d cos z ,
(11.26)
where z and z are the zenith distances of X for bhagola and dr.ggola. The
relation between the two is given by
Dr.ggola-sanku
= OX
= CX OC
= Bhagola-sanku
Earth-radius.
(11.27)
It may be noted that the linear measure of the ch

ay
a-sanku
, which is CB
with reference to bhagola and OA with reference to dr.ggola, is the same. In
other words,
d sin z = R sin z,
(11.28)
724
11. Gnomonic Shadow
where d, the dr.kkarn.a, is the distance of the object from the observer on the
surface of the Earth and is given by
p
OA2 + OX 2
d =
q
=
R2 sin2 z + (R cos z Re )2 .
(11.29)
Moreover, the procedure for obtaining dr.kkarn.a is the same as that for the
computation of manda-karn.a using pratiman. d.ala, with the radius of the
Earth playing the role of ucca-nca-vr.tta-vy
as
ardha (radius of the epicycle).
When R and Re are in yojan
a-s, d is called the sphut.a-yojana-karn.a. As is
clear from the figure, the drkkarn.a d is smaller than R. Hence, the zenith
distance z for O, is larger than that for C which is z, since d sin z = R sin z.
For future purposes, we note that
d R Re cos z,
(11.30)
up to first order in RRe . When the observer takes the distance between him
and the object X as the trijy
a R, the shadow in the dr.ggola is
R sin z = R sin z
R
.
d
(11.31)
This is the dr.ggolacch

ay
a.
11.8
Chaya-lambana
In Figure 11.6 above, drop a perpendicular OD from O on CX. Now

OD = d sin(z z) = Re sin z.
Hence,
R sin(z z) = R sin z
Therefore,
z z = (R sin)
or

Re
.
d

Re
,
R sin z
d

bhagolacch
ay
a bh
u-vy
as
ardha
Ch
ay
a-lambana = c
apa
.
sphut.a-yojana-karn.a
(11.32)
(11.33)
(11.34)
(11.35)
11.9 Earths radius and Ch

ay
a-lambana
725
Ch
ay
a-lambana is the difference between the zenith distances in minutes as
measured from the surface of the Earth and its centre. These are the arcs
corresponding to dr.ggolacch
ay
a and bhagolacch
ay
a. Therefore,
Dr.ggolacch
ay
a = Bhagolacch
ay
a + Ch
ay
a-lambana,
(11.36)
where it is understood that the entities refer to the corresponding arcs. The
procedure is the same as the determination of c
apa corresponding to mandaphala in the manda-sam
sk
a
ra.
.
11.9
Earths radius and Chaya-lambana
It may be noted that the radius of the Earth plays the role of antya-phala,
when karn.a is taken to be trijy
a. When d is taken to be trijy
a and the
shadow R sin z is also trijy
a, then,
Re = R sin(z z)
R(z z)
= z z
(in min.),
(11.37)
when
z is small. Hence, the radius of the Earth in yojan
a-s is the
ch
ay
a-lambana in minutes. Also, there is not much difference between the
sphut.a-yojana-karn.a d (distance between the observer and the planet), and
the madhya-yojana-karn. a R (distance between the planet and the centre of
the Earth). For the Sun, it is stated that
1
Re
=
.
(11.38)
R
863
Essentially this is the horizontal parallax. Then ch
ay
a-lambana is the product of the above and the shadow, R sin z, when d is approximated by R in
the denominator. If ch
ay
a-lambana of the dr.nman
. d.ala is taken as the hypotenuse, then as we shall see later (section 11.37), its sine and cosine will
be nati and lambana.
11.10
Corrected shadow of the 12-inch gnomon
Here the correction to the shadow and the gnomon (mah

a-sanku)
due to the
finite size of the Sun is described. In Figure 11.7, P SQ represents the solar
726
11. Gnomonic Shadow

P
S
A
z
Sanku
z
S
observers horizon
O
Figure 11.7: The correction to the shadow where, the source of light is an
extended object.
disc, where S is the centre and P and Q are upper and lower points of the
disc. = P S is the angular semi-diameter of the Sun. OS is the shadow
corresponding to the centre and OP is the shadow corresponding to the
point P , which is what is observed. Then the corrected shadow (ch
ay
a) and
the gnomon (mah
a-sanku)
are given by
R sin(z ) = R sin z (R cos z ),
(11.39)
R cos(z ) = R cos z + (R sin z ),
(11.40)
and
where the second terms are the differentials of the sine and cosine functions, the khanda-jy
a-s. The corrected mah
a-sanku
and ch
ay
a are stated
to be pertaining to the dr.g-vis.aya (actually observed) i.e., related to what is
actually observed.
The increase in size of the mah
a-sanku
can also be viewed in the following

manner (illustrated in Figure 11.8). If the Sun were a point object at S,
then the length of the sanku
is OB corresponding to the observed length of
the shadow OC. Since it is actually the upper limb P which corresponds to
the tip of the shadow at C, the mah
a-sanku
is effectively increased to OA.
11.11 Vipartacch
ay
a : Reverse shadow
727
P
S
Q
A
B
observers horizon
C
Figure 11.8: Another rationale for the increase in mah

a-sanku.
In the above, the khan.d.a-jy

a-s are evaluated at z , the tip of the arc P S,
whereas they should be evaluated at a point midway between P and S for
better accuracy. However, the difference between the two would be small.
So, from the lambana and the khand.a-jy
a-s corresponding to the radius of
the Sun, the corrected gnomon and shadow corresponding to the upper point
of the solar disc in the dr.ggola are obtained. The corrected shadow of the
12-inch gnomon will be the corrected shadow (ch
ay
a) as obtained above,
multiplied by 12 and divided by the gnomon (mah
a-sanku).
11.11
Vipartacchaya : Reverse shadow
The procedure to obtain the time to elapse before sunset or the time elapsed
after sunrise from the observed shadow of the 12-inch gnomon is termed
vipartacch
ay
a or the reverse shadow. Obviously, the process is the reverse
of obtaining the actual shadow from the time, which was indicated in the
previous sections (11.310).
If L is the length of the shadow corresponding to the 12-inch gnomon, the
ch
ay
a-karn.a is
p
(11.41)
K = 122 + L2 ,
728
11. Gnomonic Shadow
z 12
L
Figure 11.9: Relation between sanku
and its shadow.
and
L = K sin(z )
12 = K cos(z ).
(11.42)
Then the mah

acch
ay
a and mah
a-sanku
are obtained as:
R sin(z ) =
R
R
.K sin(z ) =
L,
K
K
(11.43)
and
R
R
.K cos(z ) =
12,
(11.44)
K
K
respectively. These are dr.g-vis.aya and correspond to the upper limb of the
Sun. The same quantities corresponding to the centre of the Sun are
R cos(z ) =
R sin z = R sin(z ) + R cos(z )
R cos z = R sin(z ) R sin(z ).
(11.45)
These correspond to the dr.ggola. We have to obtain R sin z and R cos z

corresponding to bhagola. These are stated to be

1
,
(11.46)
R sin z = R sin z R sin z
863
and
R cos z = R cos z + Re .
(in min.)
(11.47)
Actually,
R sin z = d sin z
(R Re cos z) sin z
Re
R sin z R sin z
cos z,
R
(11.48)
11.12 Noon-time shadow
729
where terms up to first order in RRe are considered. As was noted earlier,
1
. Hence a factor of cos z (or cos z to this order) is
the Text takes RRe = 863
missing in the given correction term for R sin z in (11.46)
Again,
R cos z = d cos z + Re
(R Re cos z ) cos z + Re
(R cos z ) + Re sin2 z .
(11.49)
Hence a factor of sin2 z is missing in the correction term for R cos z given
in (11.47).
The same procedure is to be adopted for computing the latitude and the
colatitude of the place also.
Now R cos z is given by the expression
R cos z = R cos cos cos H + R sin sin .
(11.50)
Thus,
R sin u = R cos H =
R.R sin R sin

R cos z.R2
.
R cos R cos
R cos R cos
(11.51)
Here u is the time to elapse before the Sun reaches the unman.d.ala or sixo clock circle. Since all the quantities in the RHS are known, u can be
determined. The second term in the RHS of the above equation is the carajy
a (R sin c ). This is calculated separately and from that the arc c , the
cara, corresponding to time interval between six-o clock circle and sunset,
is determined. The sum of u and c , or the difference between them2 gives
the time to elapse before sunset from the given instant, in angular measure.
11.12
Noon-time shadow
The distance between the celestial equator and the zenith on the north-south
circle is the latitude . The declination is the distance between the planet
and the celestial equator. The meridian zenith distance is z.
2
When the Suns declination is north the cara has to be added and when it is south it
has to be subtracted.
730
11. Gnomonic Shadow

A
Z B
Celestial Equator
Horizon
Figure 11.10: Relation between , and z Sun at noon.

In Figure 11.10, when the Sun is at A or B or C at noon,
z = , or + ,
(11.52)
and correspondingly,
= z + , z or z ,
= z, z + or z .
(11.53)
When any two of the three quantities z at noon, and are known, the
other can be found.
11.13
nkvagr
Chaya-bhuj
a, Arkagra and Sa
Ch
ay
a-bhuj
a (sine-shadow) is the distance between the planet and the prime
vertical (sama-man.d.ala). This is represented by F R in Figure 11.11. If a is
90 ),
the angle between ZS and the prime vertical (i.e., azimuth (P ZS)
then
Ch
ay
a-bhuj
a = FR
= OF sin a
= R sin z sin a,
(11.54)
nkvagr
11.13 Ch
ay
a-bhuj
a, Ark
agr
a and Sa
731
where z is the zenith distance of S. Ch

ay
a-kot.i is the distance between S
and the prime meridian (north-south circle) and is given by
Ch
ay
a-kot.i = R sin z cos a.
Samamandala
(11.55)
Z
M
Diurnal circle
Sr
Eq
Ce
l.
uat
or
E
C
D
Sh
St
O
a
on
oriz
Figure 11.11: Relation between ch

ay
a-bhuj
a, ark
agr
a and sankvagr
a.
The distance of the rising or setting point of the Sun from the east-west
line is the ark
agr
a. In Figure 11.11, the Sun sets at St and St G is the
perpendicular from St to EW line and
Ark
agr
a = St G.
(11.56)
SF is the gnomon which is perpendicular to the horizon. Sr St is the line

connecting the rising and setting points of the Sun on the diurnal circle.
This is clearly parallel to the EW line.
The distance of the foot of the gnomon, F , from the line Sr St , is sankvagr
a.
That is,
nkvagr
Sa
a = Sh F.
(11.57)
The foot of the gnomon has shifted from Sr to F during the diurnal motion.
Hence the name sankvagr
a.
732
11.14
11. Gnomonic Shadow
Some allied correlations
Consider Figure 11.11. Draw a perpendicular GD from G to the plane of the

diurnal circle. It can be easily seen that St D is the sine on the diurnal circle
intercepted between the horizon and the unman.d.ala. This is the ks.iti-jy
a
(R tan sin ) which is the product of cara-jy
a and cos . Also,
GD = OC = R sin .
(11.58)
Consider the planar triangle St GD. This is a right angled triangle where
the angle GSt D is the inclination between the diurnal circle and the horizon
which is 90 , and the hypotenuse is the ark
agr
a = St G. Therefore,
GD
GD
=
= sin(90 ) = cos .
St G
Ark
agr
a
(11.59)
Using (11.58) in the above equation, we have

Ark
agr
a=
R sin
.
cos
(11.60)
Further, the triangle SSh F is also a latitudinal triangle with the sankvagr
a
Sh F as the bhuj
a, the gnomon SF as the kot.i and the unnata-jy
a SSh as the
hypotenuse. The angle S Sh F is of course the co-latitude (90 ). Hence,
nkvagr
cos(90 )
Sh F
Sa
a
=
.
=
SF = R cos z
sin(90 )
Sanku
(11.61)
Therefore,
sin
nkvagr
Sa
a = R cos z
.
(11.62)
cos
Now, both the sankvagr
a Sh F and the ark

agr
a St G are north-south lines.
Also, the distance of F from the east-west line is the ch
ay
a-bhuj
a given by
Ch
ay
a-bhuj
a = FR
= OF sin a
= R sin z sin a.
Now,
Sh F
= Sh R + RF
= St G + RF,
(11.63)
11.14 Some allied correlations
733
or
nkvagr
Sa
= Ark
agr
a + Ch
ay
a-bhuj
a.
(11.64)
This translates into

R cos z
sin
sin
= R sin z sin a + R
,
cos
cos
or
sin = cos z sin sin z cos sin a.
(11.65)
Note: The above relation is what would result when we apply the cosine
formula to the side P S (= 90 ) in the spherical triangle P ZS, where
= A = 90 + a.
P Z = 90 , ZS = z and the spherical angle P ZS
When the declination is south, it is easily seen that
nkvagr
Ch
ay
a-bhuj
a = Sa
a + Ark
agr
a.
(11.66)
However, ch
ay
a-bhuj
a (= R sin z sin a) is also the distance between the planet
on the dr.nman
. d.ala and the sama-man.d.ala (prime vertical) as was noted

earlier in (11.54). When this is considered as bhuj
a, and ch
ay
a (R sin z) as
the hypotenuse, the corresponding kot.i is ch
ay
a-kot.i = R sin z cos a, which is
same as in (11.55).
Now, the ch
ay
a-kot.i is the sine of the hour angle (nata-pr
an.a) on the diurnal
circle (whose radius is R cos ), or
R sin H =
R sin z cos a
,
cos
(11.67)
where H = Z P S is the nata-pr

an. a in degrees. This can be seen as follows.
Let the diurnal circle intersect the north-south circle at M . The north-south
circle is inclined to P S and ZS by H and 90 a, respectively. Then,
R sin SM = R sin H sin(P S) = R sin(ZS) sin(90 a),
which leads to (11.67), as P S = 90 and ZS = z.
(11.68)
734
11. Gnomonic Shadow
Agr
angula
is defined to be
Agr
angula
= Ch
ay
a-karn.a
Ark
agr
a
Trijy
a
sin
cos
12 sin
,
cos z cos
= K
=
(11.69)
as dv
adasa
ngula-
sanku
= 12 = K cos z. Also, since
sin
nkvargr
Sa
a = R cos z
,
cos
sin
,
Dv
adasa
ngula-
sankvagr
a = 12
cos
which is the vis.uvacch
ay
a (equinoctial shadow) in angula-s.
We had
nkvagr
Sa
a Ark
agr
a = Ch
ay
a-bhuj
a,
(11.70)
R cos z sin R sin
= R sin z sin a.
cos
cos
(11.71)
or,
Multiplying by 12 and dividing by R cos z, we have

12 sin
12 sin z
12 sin
=
sin a.
cos
cos z cos
cos z
(11.72)
Now ch
ay
a in angula-s
is
L = K sin z =
12 sin z
,
cos z
(11.73)
and ch
ay
a-bhuj
a in angula-s
is (see Figure 11.2(b) on page 716)

Y Q = L sin a =
12 sin z
sin a,
cos z
(11.74)
is the difference between sankvagr
a and ark
agr
a in angula-s.
If the declination is south, we have to add these two. In both the cases, the direction of
the ch
ay
a-bhuj
a will be clearly opposite to that of bhuj
a of mah
acch
ay
a (see
Figure 11.11).
11.15 Determination of the directions
11.15
735
Determination of the directions
Here is described a method to find the east-west and the north-south directions from the ch
ay
a (OY), ch
ay
a-bhuj
a and ch
ay
a-kot.i. In Figure 11.12,
OX is the sanku
whose length is taken to be 12 units (dv
adasa
ngula).
Now,
Dv
adasa
ngulacch
ay
a = OY
=
=
12 sin z
cos z
12 Mah
acch
ay
a
.
Mah
a-sanku
(11.75)
Sanku
E
a
Y
Figure 11.12: Determination of the directions from the ch

ay
a, ch
ay
a-bhuj
a
and ch
ay
a-kot.i.
The bhuj
a of the above, or the ch
ay
a-bhuj
a in an.gula-s is given by
Ch
ay
a-bhuj
a=
12 sin z
sin a,
cos z
which is obtained from sankvagr
a, and ark
agr
a (in an.gula-s) is found from
(11.72). The ch
ay
a-kot.i in an.gula-s is found from the above two.
Now, draw a circle with the radius equal to ch
ay
a in angula-s
with the
gnomon at the centre. Let the tip of the shadow be at Y at some instant.
Place two rods equal to twice the ch
ay
a-bhuj
a (Y Q = 2 Y Q) and twice the
ch
ay
a-kot.i (Y R = 2 Y R) at Y such that their other ends touch the circle.
Then Y Q is the north-south direction and Y R is the east-west direction.
736
11.16
11. Gnomonic Shadow
Sama-sanku:
Great gnomon at the prime

vertical
In Figure 11.13, sama-man.d.ala is the prime vertical passing through E, Z

and W . Celestial equator is the great circle passing through E, W and a
point U on the north-south circle, such that ZU is the latitude of the place
(). When the declination of the Sun is zero, the celestial equator is the
diurnal circle. When the declination is northerly and less than the latitude,
corresponding to D1 in the figure, the rising and setting will be to the north
of E and W respectively and the midday will be to the south of the zenith.
Then, the diurnal circle cuts the sama-man.d.ala at two points, once before
the noon and once after. The mah
a-sanku
at the time corresponding to the
Sun at S (and S not shown in the figure) on D1 in Figure 11.13 is termed
the sama-sanku.
Samamandala
(prime vertical)
Z
Celestial Equator
U
D3
D1
D2
P
D4
E
izo
Hor
W
Figure 11.13: The sama-sanku.
When the declination = , the diurnal circle (D2 ) touches the samaman.d.ala at Z and there is no midday shadow, and the sama-sanku
is equal to
trijy
a R (as zenith distance z = 0). The sama-sanku
does not occur during
the days when the declination is northerly and greater than the latitude
(diurnal circle D3 in the figure), and also when the declination is southerly
(as in D4 in the figure).
11.17 Samacch
ay
a
737
The angle between the sama-man.d.ala and the ghat.ik

a-mand.ala is equal to
the latitude of the place (Z W U = ). The sama-sanku
(R cos ZS), when

the northerly declination is less than the latitude, is given by the relation
R sin =
R sin R cos zs
,
R
(11.76)
R R sin
.
R sin
(11.77)
or,
R cos zs =
(Here zs = ZS on the sama-man.d.ala, when the Sun is at S in Figure

11.13). This is obvious from the spherical triangle W SF , where W S =
90 zs , SW F = , SF = and SF W = 90 . Alternately, the northerly
declination and the longitude can be obtained from the sama-sanku.
11.17
Samacchaya
Samacch
ay
a is the shadow (ch
ay
a) when the Sun is on the sama-man.d.ala.
The hypotenuse of the samacch
ay
a of the 12-inch sanku
is
R sin
12.R.R sin
12R
= 12
,
=
R cos zs
R.R sin
R sin
(11.78)
where we have used (11.77). Now,

Equinoctial Shadow =
12R sin
,
R cos
(11.79)
or,
12.R sin = Equinoctial Shadow R cos .
(11.80)
So, the samacch

ay
a-karn. a is also given by
Equinoctial Shadow R cos
.
R sin
(11.81)
The samacch
ay
a occurs when is north and noon-shadow is less than the
equinoctial shadow ( < ). Therefore, the difference between the equinoc-
738
11. Gnomonic Shadow
Horizon
O
YE
Figure 11.14: The noon shadow.

tial shadow and the noon shadow is given by
OYE OY
=
=
=
12 sin 12 sin( )
cos
cos( )
12[sin cos( ) cos sin( )]
cos cos( )
12 sin
.
cos cos( )
(11.82)
From the previous expression for agr

angula
(11.69), we get
Madhy
ahna-agr
angula
12 sin
12 sin
=
,
cos z cos
cos cos( )
(11.83)
as z = at noon. Hence,
Madhy
ahna-agr
angula
= Equinoctial shadow Noon shadow.

On the day when the Sun passes through the zenith at noon ( = ),
Madhy
ahna-agr
angula
12 sin
= Equinoctial shadow.
cos
(11.84)
On this day,
Madhyacch
ay
a-karn. a = Samacch
ay
a-karn. a = 12.
(11.85)
triangles
739
This is because karn.a = OX = 12, as the rays are travelling from the zenith,
vertically down and there is no shadow.
When is very small, madhy
ahna-agr
angula
is very small, madhyacch

ay
a12 sin
12
ay
a -karn.a which is sin is very large. Now,
karn.a is cos() and samacch
12
12 sin
12 sin
cos
cos( )
,
=
12 sin 12 sin( )
sin
cos
cos( )
or,
Samacch
ay
a-karn. a =
11.18
Vis.uvacch
ay
a Madhyacch
ay
a-karn. a
.
Madhy
ahna-agr
angula
(11.86)
The Sama-sanku-related
triangles
Z
P
Samamandala
ato
Sr
Di
urn
al
cir
cle
Unmandala
Ce
le
sti
al
E
qu
C
Ss
Sd
N
Sh
Su
St
F
G
rizo
Ho
Figure 11.15: The latitudinal triangle formed by sama-sanku.
Let the Sun be on the sama-man.d.ala at Ss on a day when the declination

is (see Figure 11.15). Ss F is drawn perpendicular to the horizon. F is on
740
11. Gnomonic Shadow
the east-west line, as the Sun is on the prime vertical. The sama-sanku
will
be
R sin
Ss F =
.
sin
From Ss draw Ss Sh perpendicular to the line St Sr passing through the rising and setting points and is parallel to the east-west line. Sh F is also
perpendicular to the east-west line and is equal to
Ark
agr
a=
R sin
.
cos
Ss F (sama-sanku),
Sh F (ark
agr
a) and Ss Sh (portion of the diurnal circle
between the horizon and the sama-man.d.ala) form a right angled triangle
with one angle being Sh Ss F = , the latitude. Hence, it is a latitudinal
triangle.
If the Sun is at Su on the unman.d.ala (six-o clock circle), CSu is parallel to
the east-west line, where C is the centre of the diurnal circle. Let Ss Sh ,
which is also in the plane of the diurnal circle, cut this line at Sd . Sd F is
perpendicular to CSu and is equal to R sin . Sd F is parallel to CO and
perpendicular to the plane of the diurnal circle and hence perpendicular to
Ss Sd and Ss Sh . In the triangle Sh Sd F , Sh Sd F = 90 . Further,
and
Sd F
= R sin
Sh F
= ark
agr
a=
R sin
,
cos
(11.87)
is the hypotenuse. Here the angle at F is the latitude, and Sh Sd F is a

latitudinal triangle. Sd Ss F is also a latitudinal triangle with Ss Sd F = 90 .
As before,
and
Sd F
= R sin
Ss F
= Sama-sanku
=
R sin
,
sin
(11.88)
is the hypotenuse. In this case, the angle at Ss is the latitude.

These three triangles are shown in Figure 11.16. The fourth triangle shown
is the standard latitudinal triangle with the sides R, R sin and R cos .
11.19 The ten problems
741
Ss
Ss
Sd
Sd
R Sin
Sin
R Sin
Sin
R Sin
R Cos
R Sin
Sh
R Sin
Sh
R Sin
R Sin
Cos
Cos
(iii)
(ii)
(i)
(iv)
Figure 11.16: The different latitudinal triangles.
11.19
The ten problems
In Figure 11.17a, two circles with a common radius R and a common centre,
O intersect at points X and X . Let i be the angle of inclination between
the two circles. It may be noted that the maximum separation between the
two circles given by CD = R i occurs when CX = DX = 90 .
C
X
Ri
A
R
O
i
Figure 11.17a: Measure of the arc connecting two intersecting circles.

Consider a point A on one of the circles such that arc XA = R. Draw a
great circle arc AB = R such that it is perpendicular to the second circle
XDX at B. Then R sin is the perpendicular distance between A and the
second circle and is given by
R sin = R sin i sin .
(11.89)
This can be found if the arc R is given; conversely, the arc R can be found
when the perpendicular distance R sin is known. This is the trair
asika
that is being referred to and was discussed in detail in chapter 9. The
applications of this follow.
742
11. Gnomonic Shadow

Samamandala
ato
r
Ce
les
tia
lE
qu
S
E
Diurnal circle
N
on
iz
Hor
W
Figure 11.17b: Representation of the five quantities discussed in the ten

problems.
Now, there are five quantities: (i) sanku
(gnomon) R cos z, (ii) nata-jy

a
(Rsine hour angle) R sin H, (iii) apakrama (declination) R sin , (iv)
asa
gr
a
(amplitude) R sin a, where a = 90 A, A being the azimuth, and (v)
aks.ajy
a (Rsine latitude) R sin . When three of them are known, the other
two are to be determined. This can happen in ten different ways, and so the
section is titled The ten problems. The angles/arcs corresponding to these
five quantities are depicted in Figure 11.17b.
11.20
nku
Problem One : To derive Sa
and Nata
11.20.1
Shadow and gnomon at a desired place
We now discuss the method to derive the sanku

and the nata-jy
a, when the
declination, a
sa
gr
a and latitude are known.
In Figure 11.18 X is the planet. The great circle through Z and X is the
is..ta-digvr.tta, cutting the horizon at A. If W A = a is the arc between the
west point and A, the asa
gr
a is R sin a. Let B be between N and W , at
90 from A. Then the great circle through Z and B is the viparta-digvr.tta.

Consider the great circle through B and the north celestial pole P . This
is the tiryag-vr.tta which is perpendicular to both the is..ta-digvr.tta and the
nku
and Nata
90
743
digvrtta
Viparita
Z
a
90x
le
lc
na
iu
r
B
90a
Istadigvrtta)
Horiz
r
ato
Ti
Eq
dig
l.
Ce
ta
(pole of
on
vrt
irc
C
N
ry
rtt
Ist
ag
Figure 11.18: The important circles and their secondaries considered in the
ten problems.
celestial equator. This is so because this circle passes through the poles of
both the digvr.tta and the celestial equator (B and P respectively). Let the
tiryag-vr.tta intersect the is..ta-digvr.tta and the celestial equator at C and D
respectively. Let the arc BP = x. Then, as B is the pole of the is..ta-digvr.tta,
BC = 90 or P C = 90 x. As P D = 90 , CD = x. This is indeed the angle
between the digvr.tta and the celestial equator at Y (X Y U ). The distance
between P on the meridian and the viparta-digvr.tta ZB is given by
R sin P F = R sin a cos ,
(11.90)
the inclination of the viparta-digvr.tta with the

as P Z = 90 , and P ZB,
meridian is a.
744
11. Gnomonic Shadow
Let the angle between the tiryag-vr.tta and the horizon be i. Then the angle
between the tiryag-vr.tta and the viparta-digvr.tta is 90 i. It follows that
R sin P F is also given by
R sin P F = R sin x cos i.
(11.91)
Equating the above two expressions,

R sin x cos i = R sin a cos .
(11.92)
Now P N = is the perpendicular arc from P on the tiryag-vr.tta, on the

horizon, which is inclined to it at angle i. Therefore,
R sin x sin i = R sin .
From (11.92) and (11.93), we get
q
R sin x = R2 sin2 a cos2 + R2 sin2 ,
(11.93)
(11.94)
which is what has been stated. This is the maximum separation between
the is..ta-digvr.tta and the celestial equator, as the angle betweeen them is
x. Now the arc BC on the tiryag-vr.tta and the arc BC on the horizon
are both 90 . Hence arc CC = i, the angle between the two vr.tta-s. Then
CZ = 90 i, and as C is at 90 from Y , the intersection between the
celestial equator and the is..ta-digvr.tta, ZY = i. Hence, the ascent of the
tiryag-vr.tta from the horizon on the digvr.tta = i, is the same as the descent
of the ghat.ika-vr.tta from the zenith on the digvr.tta. Let the arc XY = .
XG is the perpendicular arc from X on the digvr.tta on the celestial equator.
R sin(XG) = R sin = R sin(XY ) sin x
= R sin sin x.
(11.95)
Now the perpendicular arc from Z on the digvr.tta on the celestial equator
= ZU = . Therefore,
R sin ZU = R sin = R sin(ZY ) sin x
= R sin i sin x.
(11.96)
R sin and R sin i are called the sth

anya-s or the representatives of the
apakrama and aks.ajy
a on the digvr.tta. Now the zenith distance3
z = ZX = ZY XY
= i .
If the declination is southern, z = i + .
(11.97)
nku
and Nata
745
Therefore,
R sin z = R sin(i ) = R sin i cos R cos i sin
(R sin cos R sin cos i).R
=
(11.98)
R sin x
Consider the kot.i-s of the R sin and R sin on a circle of radius R sin x
(which are denoted as kot.i ):
q
R2 sin2 x R2 sin2
kot.i () =
p
=
R2 sin2 x R2 sin2 i sin2 x
= R cos i sin x.
Similarly,
p
kot.i () =
R2 sin2 x R2 sin2
q
R2 sin2 x R2 sin2 sin2 x
=
= R cos sin x.
(11.99)
(11.100)
Hence, we have
(R sin kot.i () R sin kot.i ())R
.
(11.101)
R2 sin2 x
This is the shadow R sin z at the desired place which is expressed in terms
of the declination , latitude and the a
sa
gr
a, as x is given in terms of
and a by
q
R sin z =
R sin x =
R2 sin2 a cos2 + R2 sin2 .
(11.102)
The gnomon R cos z is given by
R cos z = R cos(i )
= R(cos i cos + sin i sin )

(kot.i ()kot.i () + R sin R sin )R
.
(11.103)
=
R2 sin2 x
When the declination is south and > 90 , the diurnal circle is below
the horizon and there is no gnomon. When the northern declination is
greater than the latitude, the midday would be to the north of the zenith
and there will be gnomon in the southern direction. However, in this case,
gnomon will occur only when a
sa
gr
a is north i.e., A is north of W.
The different possible cases (for northerly declinations) are depicted in Figures 11.19(a)(c).
746
11. Gnomonic Shadow

Z
(a)
(b)
Y
Eq
ua
to
r
Equ
ator
Horizon
Y
on
Horiz
(c)
X"
Equ
ator
Horizon
Figure 11.19: The different possible cases of northerly declinations.
(a) In this case, the sum of the representatives of the co-latitude, Y A,

and the declination XY , is greater than trijy
a. Even then, there is
a gnomon R cos(ZX).
(b) On a given day, consider the verticals through X and X corresponding to southern and northern a
sa
gr
a-s. Then XA = XY + Y A =
sum of representatives of co-latitude and declination that figure in the
expression for the gnomon at X, and X A = X Y Y A = difference of representatives of co-latitude and declination that figure in the
expression for the gnomon at X .
(c) Corresponding to some a

sa
gr
a the declination will be greater than
x. In such a case, there is no gnomon. This corresponds to a point
X with x < , which cannot lie on the declination circle. For points
on the declination circle with > , a
sa
gr
a a should be such that
R sin x R sin .
nku
and Nata
11.20.2
747
Kon.a-sanku
(Corner Shadow)
The term kon.a means corner. In this context, it refers to the corner between
any two cardinal directions, such as north-east, south-west etc. Technically,
kon.a-sanku
or the corner shadow occurs when the a
sa
gr
a = 45 . In this case,
from (11.101) and (11.102) we have
r
1 2
R cos2 + R2 sin2
(11.104)
R sin x =
2
R sin R cos R sin R cos
R sin z sin x =
.
(11.105)
R sin x
In the RHS of the above equation, R sin x is given by (11.104), and
p
R cos kot.i = R2 sin2 x R2 sin2 ,
q
R2 sin2 x R2 sin2 .
R cos kot.i =
(11.106)
Similarly,
R cos z sin x =
(R cos R cos + R sin R sin )

.
R sin x
(11.107)
Now in the case of kon.a-sanku,
we have
sin2 x =
1
cos2 + sin2 .
2
Comparing the above result with (11.106), we have

(cos )2 =
1
cos2 .
2
Using this and (11.106), we get

1
cos2
2
1
2
cos2 sin2
sin2 x
=
=
=
1
2
cos2 (sin2 x sin2 )

sin2 x
1
2
2
2 cos (cos )
sin2 x
(cos )2 (cos )2
.
sin2 x
(11.108)
Therefore,
1 2
2
2
2
1 2
R2 (cos )2 R2 (cos )2
2
2 R cos R sin
R
cos
=
.
(R sin x)2
2
R2 sin2 x
(11.109)
748
11. Gnomonic Shadow
One part of the kon.a-sanku,
viz.,
R cos R cos
,
R sin2 x
(11.110a)
is got this way and the other part is

R sin R sin
.
R sin2 x
(11.110b)
Ark
agr
a Lambaka
R sin
cos =
,
cos
R
(11.111)
Now R sin can be written as
and the second part can be expressed in terms of ark

agr
a.
It may be noted that in the denominator of (11.109) and (11.110) we have
R sin x. From (11.104), we get
r
1
sin x =
cos2 + sin2 .
(11.112)
2
Also,
sin
cos
L
12
or
sin =
, cos = ,
(11.113)
K
K
where L is the equinoctial shadow and K = L2 + 122 = karn.a. Using

(11.113) in (11.112), we have

q
1
2 + L2
12
2
.
(11.114)
sin x =
K
L
12
Thus, instead of sin and cos , the equinoctial shadow L and the 12 inch
gnomon can be used in the various expressions.
11.20.3
Derivation of Nata-jya
In Figure 11.20, X is the planet whose declination is . Let H be the hour

angle. Since P X = 90 , the distance between X and the north-south
nku
and Apakrama
749
Z
90+a
H
90
X
Istadigvrtta or
Drnmandala
Cel.
Equ
ator
Horizon
Figure 11.20: The is..ta-digvr.tta passing through a planet.

circle will be
= R sin H sin(90 )
= R sin H cos .
(11.115)
But the maximum angle between the north-south circle and is..ta-digvr.tta on
which X is situated at a distance z from the zenith is 90 + a. Therefore the
distance between X and north-south circle is also
= R sin z sin(90 + a)
= R sin z cos a = ch
ay
a-koti.
(11.116)
Equating the two expressions, we get

R sin H cos = R sin z cos a = ch
ay
a-koti.
Therefore, the nata-jy
a is given by
R sin H =
11.21
ch
ay
a-kot.i trijy
a
ch
ay
a-kot.i
=
.
cos
dyujy
a
(11.117)
nku
Problem two: Sa
and Apakrama
Here, the sanku
and kr
anti (apakrama) are to be derived in terms of the
nata-jy
a, a
sa
gr
a and aks.a.
750
11. Gnomonic Shadow

vyasta/vidigvrtta
Z
Digvrtta
Natasamamandala
nata drkshepavrtta or
svadesanatavrtta
tta
vr
Nata
H
P
X (Sun)
90
W
C
Celestial Equator
(ghatikamandala)
F"
A
E
z
90z
L
G
rtta
gv
a
Tiry
Figure 11.21: Some important great circles and their secondaries.
11.21.1
nku
Derivation of Sa
In Figure 11.21, nata-vr.tta is the great circle passing through P and X (Sun)
which intersects the horizon at C. Now, draw the nata-samaman. d.ala which
is a vertical through Z and C. D is a point on the horizon at 90 from
C. Nata-dr.kks.epa-vr.tta or svadesa-nata is the vertical through D and is..tadigvr.tta is the vertical through X intersecting the horizon at A. B is a point
90 from A and the vertical through B is the vyasta or viparta or vidig-vr.tta.
The point of intersection of ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala and the nata-dr.kks.epa-vr.tta is
denoted by G.
Consider the great circle (tiryag-vr.tta) through B and G. We show that BG
is perpendicular to both the nata-vr.tta and digvr.tta. The tiryag-vr.tta and the
nku
and Apakrama
751
is..ta-digvr.tta intersect at F . Y is the point of intersection of nata-dr.kks.epavr.tta and nata-vr.tta. Let ZY = . R sin ZY = R sin is the svadesa-natajy
a. Y D = 90 , R sin(Y D) = R cos is the svadesa-nata-kot. i. Since
B is at 90 from Z and A, it is the pole of the is..ta-digvr.tta. Therefore
BF = BX = 90 . Similarly, C is the pole of the nata-dr.kks.epa-vr.tta, since
CD = CZ = 90 . Therefore G is at 90 from C. G being on the celestial
equator is at 90 from P . Therefore G is the pole of nata-vr.tta. Hence
BG passes through the poles of nata-vr.tta and digvr.tta. Thus, BG is the
perpendicular to both the nata-vr.tta and is..ta-digvr.tta.
Now X is the pole of tiryag-vr.tta, as it is at 90 from B and G.4 Therefore
XF = 90 . But XA = 90 z. Hence, AF = z, where z is the maximum
separation between the horizon and the tiryag-vr.tta (as BA = BF = 90 ).
Therefore, z = D BG.
The tiryag-vr.tta meets the is..ta-digvr.tta also at F .
Then,
180 = F F = ZF + ZF
= ZF + ZA + AF
= ZF + 90 + z.
Therefore, ZF = 90z or F F = z. This is the elevation of the tiryag-vr.tta
from the horizon on the is..ta-digvr.tta. As this maximum separation occurs
at 90 , BF = 90 . It is clear from the figure that the angle between the
tiryag-vr.tta and the vidig-vr.tta is 90 z.
Now C is the pole of ZD. Therefore CY = 90 , and the angle at Y is 90 .
Since the angle between ZP and Y P is H and ZP = 90 , the sine of
the zenith distance of the point Y , denoted by , is
sin = sin(90 ) sin H
= cos sin H.
Therefore,
cos =
1 cos2 sin2 H.
(11.118)
(11.119)
Let CS = be the distance between north-south circle and nata-vr.tta at

the horizon. It is easy to see that N C = ED = , where C is the point on
the horizon diametrically opposite to C.
4
The point X is at 90 from G, since G is the pole of nata-vr.tta.
752
11. Gnomonic Shadow
Note:
(i) C being the pole of ZDG, DY = 90 is the angle between nata-vr.tta
and the horizon. Therefore
sin = sin P N = sin(90 ) sin(P C).
Hence,
sin P C =
sin
.
cos
(11.120)
(ii) Now H is the angle between the north-south circle and the nata-vr.tta.
Therefore,
sin = sin(SC) = sin H sin P C.
Using (11.120) in the above equation, we get
sin =
=
sin H sin
cos
sin sin H
p
,
1 cos2 sin2 H
(11.121)
(11.122)
using (11.119). This result would be used later.
Again, in Figure 11.21, AE = a is is..ta

gr
a. The angle between the natasama-vr.tta and digvr.tta on the horizon is given by CA = . It may be noted
that this is also equal to the angle between nata-dr.kks.epa-vr.tta and vyastadr.kks.epa-vr.tta. Since B is the pole of the the digvr.tta, clearly = 90 a.
Therefore,
sin = sin(90 a)
= cos( + a)
= (cos cos a sin sin a).
(11.123)
When a
sa
gr
a a is to the north of east, = 90 +a and sin = cos cos a+
sin sin a. Thus sin is determined in terms of known quantities, since sin a
is given and sin is known from (11.122).
Now, let GB = x and GL be the perpendicular arc from G to vidig-vr.tta.
Then sin DG, which is the same as sin ZY , is given by
sin = sin z sin x.
(11.124)
nku
and Apakrama
753
Also
sin GL = sin x cos z,
(11.125)
as z and 90 z are the angles between tiryag-vr.ttaand horizon, and tiryagvr.tta and vidig-vr.tta, respectively. But the angle between ZG and ZL is
and ZG = 90 + . (For, GY = 90 , G being the pole of nata-vr.tta).
Therefore,
sin GL = sin(90 + ) sin
= sin cos .
(11.126)
Equating the two expressions for sin GL, we get

sin x cos z = sin cos .
(11.127)
sin x sin z = sin .
(11.128)
We had
From (11.127) and (11.128), we get
q
sin x = sin2 + sin2 cos2 .
(11.129)
Using the above in (11.127) and (11.128), we have

cos z =
and
sin z =
Now
sin =
sin cos
p
,
sin2 + sin2 cos2
sin
.
sin x
sin sin H
.
cos
(11.130)
(11.131)
(11.132)
Therefore,
cos =
=
=
=
=
q
1 sin2
r
sin2 sin2 H
1
cos2
p
2
cos sin2 sin2 H
cos
p
1 cos2 sin2 H sin2 sin2 H
cos
cos H
.
cos
(11.133)
754
11. Gnomonic Shadow
Hence from (11.123), (11.132) and (11.133), we have

sin cos = (cos cos a sin sin a) cos
= cos H cos a sin sin H sin a.
(11.134)
We have already shown that

sin = cos sin H.
(11.135)
Substituting these in (11.130), we obtain the following expression for sanku
in terms of natajy
a, a
sa
gr
a and aks.a:
R cos z = p
(R cos H cos a R sin sin H sin a)R
.
+ (R cos H cos a R sin sin H sin a)2
(11.136)
Similarly substituting in (11.131), we have
R sin z = p
R2 cos2 sin2 H
(R cos sin H)R
.
+ (R cos H cos a R sin sin H sin a)2
(11.137)
These are the gnomon and the shadow respectively.
11.21.2
R2 cos2 sin2 H
Derivation of Apakrama
Now X is at the intersection of the nata-vr.tta and digvr.tta which make angles
H and 90 a, respectively, with the north-south circle. P X = 90 and
ZX = z. Equating the two expressions for the distance between X and the
north-south circle, we get
R cos sin H = R sin z cos a.
Hence,
R cos =
or
Dyujy
a=
R sin z R cos a
,
R sin H
(11.138)
(11.139)
ch
ay
aa
sa
gr
a-kot.i
,
natajy
a
from which the apakrama can be obtained as

p
R sin = R2 R2 cos2 .
(11.140)
nku
sa
and A
gr
a
11.22
755
nku
sagra
Problem three: Sa
and A
Now the problem is to find R sin z and R sin a given R sin H, R sin and
R sin .
11.22.1
nku
Derivation of Sa
Consider the product of dyujy

a and the kot.i of the hour angle divided by
trijy
a, that is, R cos cos H. To this, we add or subtract ks.itijy
a (Rsine of
the ascensional difference on the diurnal circle) given by
R sin sin
,
cos
depending upon whether the declination is positive or negative. Multiply by
R cos
sanku.
In other words, we have

R . This is the

R sin sin
R cos z = cos R cos cos H +
cos
(11.141)
This expression for mah

a-sanku
has already been proved in section 11.5,

after deriving the expression for unnata-jy
a. In the modern notation, this
will be
cos z = sin sin + cos cos cos H.
11.22.2
sagra
Derivation of A
The shadow R sin z can be found from the sanku,
R cos z. In the previous

section, we had derived the relation
R sin H cos = R sin z cos a,
or
R cos a =
(R sin H)(R cos )

.
R sin z
This is the a
sa
gr
a-kot. i. From this, we find the a
sa
gr
a, R sin a.
(11.142)
756
11. Gnomonic Shadow
nku
Problem four: Sa
and Aks.a
11.23
Given nata (R sin H), kr

anti (R sin ) and a
sa
gr
a (R sin a), to derive the
sanku
(R cos z) and aks.a (R sin ):
Samamandala
Z
J
sin = sin z cos a
90a
a
90H
Ghatikamandala
=90
Horizon
Figure 11.22: The kot.i circle passing through the planet.
11.23.1
nku
Derivation of Sa
We have already shown that

R sin z =
R sin H. R cos
.
R cos a
From this, we have the sanku
R cos z =
and the ch
ay
a-kot.i
R sin z cos a =
R2 R2 sin2 z,
(11.143)
(R sin H. R cos )
.
R
(11.144)
nku
and Aks.a
11.23.2
757
Derivation of the Aks.a
Consider Figure 11.22. The distance of the planet X from the north-south
circle is
R sin = ch
ay
a-kot.i = R sin z cos a.
(11.145)
Now, draw a small circle through X parallel to the north-south circle. This
will bear the same relation to the north-south circle, as the diurnal circle
does to the equator. Here, R sin = R sin z cos a, is the equivalent of the
kr
anti = R sin . The radius of this circle called kot.i circle is equivalent to
dyujy
a, R cos . The arc W X = = kot.i = 90 and the radius of the
kot.i circle is equal to
p
(11.146)
R sin = R sin (90 ) = R2 R2 sin2 z cos2 a.
This is the ch
ay
a-kot.i-kot.i. If we conceive of a right-angled triangle with the
radius of the kot.i circle as the hypotenuse, and ch
ay
a-bhuj
a R sin z sin a as
the bhuj
a, kot.i of this on the kot.i circle is the sanku,
because,
p
R2 R2 sin2 z cos2 a R2 sin2 z sin2 a = R cos z.
(11.147)
Similarly, if the apakrama R sin is the bhuj
a, then the kot.i of this (apakramakot.i) on this circle is R cos cos H, since,
p
p
R2 R2 sin2 z cos2 a R2 sin2 =
R2 R2 sin2 H cos2 R2 sin2
= R cos cos H,
(11.148)
where we have used R sin z cos a = R sin H cos .

It may be noted that R cos cos H is the distance between the planet X and
the unman.d.ala P W . It can also be visualized as Rsine of 90 H on the
diurnal circle (whose radius is R cos ).
The aks.a, R sin , is then obtained from the relation
R sin =
=
apakrama sanku
+ ch
ay
a-bhuj
a apakrama-kot. i
(trijy
a)
(ch
ay
a-kot.i-kot.i)2
R sin . R cos z + R sin z sin a. R cos cos H
R.
(11.149)
(R2 R2 sin2 z cos2 a)
This can be understood as follows. The latitude is the angle between the
sama-man.d.ala and the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala and is the sum of two angles and
758
11. Gnomonic Shadow
, where is the angle between XW and ghat.ik

a-man.d.ala, and is the
angle between XW and sama-man.d.ala, as shown in Figure 11.22.
Now,
R sin sin = R sin ,
or
R sin =
R sin
.
sin
(11.150)
Hence,
R cos =
=
=
=
R2 R2 sin2
p
R2 sin2 R2 sin2
sin
p
2
R R2 sin2 z cos2 a R2 sin2
sin
R cos cos H
,
sin
(11.151)
where we have used (11.148). The distance of the planet X from samaman.d.ala is
R sin z sin a = R sin sin .
Therefore,
R sin =
R sin z sin a
.
sin
(11.152)
Hence,
R cos =
=
=
=
R2 R2 sin2
p
R2 sin2 R2 sin2 z sin2 a
sin
p
2
2
R R sin2 z cos2 a R2 sin2 z sin2 a
sin
R cos z
.
sin
(11.153)
Now,
R sin = R sin( + )
R sin . R cos + R cos . R sin
=
.
R
(11.154)

anti
759
Using (11.150) (11.153) in the above, we get

R sin =
=
R sin R cos z + R sin z sin a. R cos cos H

R sin2
(R sin R cos z + R sin z sin a. R cos cos H)R
, (11.155)
(R2 R2 sin2 z cos2 a)
which is the desired expression for the aks.a as given in (11.149). This is
true when declination and a
sa
gr
a a are in opposite directions from X.
But, when they are in the same direction (when X is to the north of samaman.d.ala), the second term in the numerator of (11.155) is negative. However,
when the planet is between the unman.d.ala and the horizon (H > 90 , a is
to the north of sama-man.d.ala), it is positive. Note that the aks.a on the kot.i
circle is
R sin . R cos z + R sin z sin a. R cos cos H
p
.
R2 R2 sin2 z cos2 a
Note: The modern way of deriving the expression for sin would be to start
from
cos z = sin sin + cos cos cos H,
(11.156)
or,
q
1 sin2 cos cos H = cos z sin sin .
Squaring, we get
(1 sin2 ) cos2 cos2 H = cos2 z + sin2 sin2 2 cos z sin sin ,

or,
sin2 (sin2 + cos2 cos2 H) 2 cos z sin . sin + cos2 z cos2 cos2 H = 0.
Solving this quadratic equation, we get the same expression as stated above.5
11.24
Problem five: Nata and Kranti
The first four problems involved the calculation of sanku.
Now the fifth

problem is to find nata (R sin H) and kr
anti (R sin ) from aks.a (R sin ),
a
sa
gr
a (R sin a), and sanku
(R cos z).
5
In the course of simplification we need to use (11.138).
760
11. Gnomonic Shadow
Referring to Figure 11.22 again, we may note that the angle between XW
and the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala is = . Using this, we have
R sin = R sin( )
R sin R cos R cos R sin
.
=
R
(11.157)
Hence,
R sin = R sin . sin
(R sin sin )R cos (R cos sin )R sin
=
. (11.158)
R
R
Using (11.152) and (11.153), we obtain
Apakrama =
(Latitude on the kot.i-circle) sanku
Radius of the kot.i-circle

(Co-latitude on the kot.i-circle) ch
ay
a-bhuj
a
,
Radius of the kot.i-circle
which is same as the relation

nku
Latitude Sa
Co-latitude Ch
ay
a-bhuj
a
.
Apakrama =
Trijy
a
(11.159)
We see that the above relation is equivalent to

sin = sin cos z cos sin z sin a,
(11.160)
which is the result obtained by applying the cosine formula to the spherical
=
triangle P ZX, where P Z = 90 , ZX = z, P X = 90 and P ZX
90 + a. When the planet X is to the north of sama-man.d.ala, the second
term is positive and we have to add the two quantities in the numerator of
(11.159). From apakrama, we find dyujy
a = R cos . Then, we have
R sin H =
or
11.25
Nata-jy
a =
(R sin z cos a) R
,
R cos
Ch
ay
a-kot.i Trijy
a
.
Dyujy
a
(11.161)
sagra
Problem six: Nata and A
To find a
sa
gr
a (R sin a) and nata (R sin H) from sanku
(R cos z), apakrama
(R sin ) and aks.a (R sin ):
11.26 Problem seven: Nata and Aks.a
761
It was shown in section 11.13 that

nkvagr
Ch
ay
a-bhuj
a = Sa
a Ark
agr
a.
That is,
R cos z. sin R sin
.
(11.162)
cos
cos
When the declination is south, the second term is positive. In either case,
the RHS is known. Then, a
sa
gr
a is given by
R sin z sin a =
R sin a =
=
R sin z sin a. R
R sin z
Ch
ay
a-bhuj
a Trijy
a
.
Ch
ay
a
(11.163)
From this, a
sa
gr
a-kot. i = R cos a is found. Then, nata-jy
a is given by
R sin H =
=
=
11.26
R sin z cos a
cos
R sin z R cos a
R cos
sa
Ch
ay
a A
gr
a-kot.i
.
Dyujy
a
(11.164)
Problem seven: Nata and Aks.a
To find nata (R sin H) and aks.a (R sin ) from sanku
(R cos z), apakrama

(R sin ) and a
sa
gr
a (R sin a):
Nata is found by the method described earlier (Eq. 11.161) and is given by
R sin H =
(R sin z R cos a)
.
(R cos )
(11.165)
Now, consider Figure 11.23. For definiteness, we consider the planet to be in

the northern hemisphere, or the declination to be north, > 0. It has been
noted that Rsine of the arc (XXu ) between the planet and the unman.d.ala
on the diurnal circle is equal to R cos cos H, which is given by
p
(11.166)
R cos cos H = R2 cos2 R2 sin2 z cos2 a.
762
11. Gnomonic Shadow

Z
a
90H
X
nd
ma
Un
ala
cle
ir
lc
run
Di
Xu
N
Xt
ato
al
sti
le
Ce
u
Eq
Figure 11.23: The unman.d.ala and the diurnal circle.

This is nothing but the root of difference between the squares of dyujy
a and
ch
ay
a-kot.i. This is equal to the difference between the unnata-jy
a, which is
the Rsine of the arc (XXt ) between the planet and its setting point on the
diurnal circle and the ks.itijy
a, which is the Rsine of the arc (Xu Xt ) between
the unman.d.ala and the setting point on the diurnal circle. (The latter is
equal to ascensional difference multiplied by dyujy
a or
R sin sin
).
cos

sin
= R cos z cos
form a latitudinal

sin
triangle (see sections 11.13, 11.14). Similarly, ark
agr
a = Rcos
, apakrama

sin
, with ark
agr
a as the karn.a and ks.itijy
a as the
and ks.itijy
a = R sin
cos
bhuj
a, form another latitudinal triangle. We can consider a third triangle
whose karn.a and bhuj
a are the sum of the karn.a-s and bhuj
a-s of the aforesaid
latitudinal triangles. It is clear that this is also a latitudinal triangle.
Now unnata-jy
a, sanku
and sankvagr
The latitudinal triangles involved in finding aks.a are depicted in Figure 11.24.
In the third latitudinal triangle,
Karn.a = Unnata-jy
a + Ark
agr
a
nkvagr
Bhuj
a = Ks.itijy
a + Sa
a.
11.26 Problem seven: Nata and Aks.a
Unnatajya
Sankvagra =
Arkagra =
Sanku
(R cos z)
R cos z sin
Rsin
cos
Ksitijya =
cos
763
Apakrama
(R sin )
Unnatajya
+ Arkagra
Sanku +
Apakrama
Sankvagra+Ksitijya
R sin sin
cos
Figure 11.24: The different latitudinal triangles.

Therefore,
nkvagr
Karn.a Bhuj
a = Unnata-jy
a ks.itijy
a (Sa
a Ark
agr
a).
Since,
and
Unnata-jy
a Ks.itijy
a = R cos cos H,
Sankvagr
a Ark
agr
a = Ch
ay
a-bhuja
= R sin z sin a,
we have,
Karn.a Bhuj
a = R cos cos H R sin z sin a.
(11.167)
Now, in this triangle,

Karn.a2 Bhuj
a2 = Kot.i2
nku
= (Sa
+ Apakrama)2
= (R cos z + R sin )2 .
(11.168)
From (11.167) and (11.168), we get

Karn.a + Bhuj
a =
=
(Karn.a2 Bhuj
a2 )
Karn.a Bhuj
a
(R cos z + R sin )2
.
(R cos cos H R sin z sin a)
(11.169)
Adding and subtracting (11.167) and (11.169), we have

Karn.a =
Bhuj
a =
1 (R cos cos H R sin z sin a)2 + (R cos z + R sin )2

,
2
1 (R cos cos H R sin z sin a)2 (R cos z + R sin )2
.
2
764
11. Gnomonic Shadow
As this is a latitudinal triangle, we have

Bhuj
a
Trijy
a = R sin .
Karn.a
Hence, we obtain
R sin =
(R cos cos H R sin z sin a)2 (R cos z + R sin )2

,
(R cos cos H R sin z sin a)2 + (R cos z + sin )2
(11.170)
where the RHS is a function of z, a and , when we recall that

p
R cos cos H = R2 cos2 R2 sin2 z cos2 a.
When the declination is south, we should consider
nkvagr
Karn.a + Bhuj
a = Unnata-jy
a + Ks.itijy
a + Sa
a + Ark
agr
a
= R cos cos H + R sin z| sin a|.
(11.171)
Also, Ch
ay
a-bhuj
a = sankvagr
a + ark
agr
a and Unnata-jy
a + ks.itijy
a =
R cos cos H, in this case. Here,
Karn.a Bhuj
a =
=
(Karn.a2 Bhuj
a2 )
(Karn.a + Bhuj
a)
(R cos z + |R sin |)2
.
R cos cos H + R sin z| sin a|
(11.172)
Karn.a and bhuj

a are now found and finally we have the same expression
as (11.170) for R sin , with sin z sin a replaced by sin z| sin a| and sin
replaced by | sin |.
11.27
sagra
Problem eight: Apakrama and A
To find apakrama (R sin ) and a

sa
gr
a (R sin a) from sanku,
aks.a and nata:

Refer to Figure 11.21 on page 750. The Rsine of the angle between the natavr.tta and the horizon, which is the kot.i of the svadesa-nata-vr.tta, is given
by
R sin(90 ) = R cos = Pram
an.a.
(11.173)
sa
gr
a
765
The divergence between the svadesa-nata-vr.tta and the horizon on the natavr.tta is
R sin(CY ) = R sin 90 = R = Pram
an.a-phala.
(11.174)
The distance between planet at X on the nata-vr.tta and the horizon is

nku
R sin AX = R sin(90 z) = R cos z = Sa
= Icch
a
(11.175)
Distance between planet at X and C on the horizon, along the nata-vr.tta, is

R sin CX = Icch
a-phala.
(11.176)
Using the rule of three,

R sin CX = R
R cos z
R cos z
=
.
R cos
cos
(11.177)
With pram
an. a and pram
an.a-phala being the same, we now take the icch
a
to be the distance between the north pole P and N which is Dhruva-nati =
R sin . Then icch
a-phala, which is the distance between the P and C along
nata-vr.tta, is given by
R sin P C =
R sin
R. R sin
=
.
R cos
cos
(11.178)
The arc corresponding to dyujy

a
P X = P C CX
= (R sin)1 (R sin P C) (R sin)1 (R sin CX).
(11.179)
When the planet X is to the north of the intersection between the svadesanata-vr.tta and the nata, CX > 900 . Then,
(R sin)1 (R sin CX) = 180 CX,
as the c
apa is always less than 90 (when derived from the jy
a). Similarly
P C > 90 when X is above the horizon. Then,

(R sin)1 (R sin P C) = 180 P C.
Using the above in (11.159), we have
P X = 90 = (180 CX) (180 P C)
= Difference of the c
apa-s.
(11.180)
766
11. Gnomonic Shadow
Hence,

R sin(90 ) = R sin (R sin)1 (R sin CX) (R sin)1 (R sin P C) .
(11.181)
Using (11.177) and (11.178), the above reduces to

1 R cos z
1 R sin
R cos = R sin (R sin)
(R sin)
. (11.182)
cos
cos
In the above expression, the RHS is known, since cos is known (refer to
(11.119) in section 11.21). From R cos , the apakrama R sin is determined.
Now, a
sa
gr
a-kot. i is determined from the relation
R sin H cos
,
(11.183)
R cos a =
sin z
as usual. From this, a
sa
gr
a is calculated.
When X is to the south of the intersection between svadesa-nata-vr.tta and
nata-vr.tta, CX < 90 (as in Figure 11.21). Then (R sin)1 (R sin CX) =
CX, whereas (R sin)1 )(R sin P C) continues to be 180 P C. Then the
distance between X and south pole, Q (not shown in the figure), will be
XQ = CX + 180 P C.
It may be noted that along the nata-vr.tta, P Q = 180 = P C + CQ. Therefore, CQ = 180 P C. Hence,
XQ = CX + CQ = CX + 180 P C.
(11.184)
Now, the arc corresponding to dyujy

a is given by
90 + = CX + (180 P C)
= sum of the c
apa-s.
(11.185)
Therefore,
R sin(90 + ) = R cos = R sin(CX + 180 P C),
where
R cos z
,
cos
R sin
and
R sin(180 P C) =
.
(11.186)
cos
From this, the apakrama, R sin , is determined and a
sa
gr
a follows from
(11.183).
R sin CX =

anti and Aks.a
11.28
767
Problem nine: Kranti and Aks.a
To determine R sin and R sin from R cos z, R sin a and R sin H:

The dyujy
a R cos is determined using the relation
R cos a sin z
,
(11.187)
sin H
and from that the apakrama, R sin , is found. Then aks.a is determined from
the method outlined in problem four (section 11.23) or problem six (section
11.26).
R cos =
11.29
sagra and Aks.a

Problem ten: A
To determine R sin a and R sin from R sin z, R cos and R sin H:

Given the sanku,
apakrama and nata-jy

a, a
sa
gr
a-kot.i is obtained using the
relation
R cos sin H
R cos a =
sin z
Dyujy
a Nata-jy
a
=
.
(11.188)
Ch
ay
a
From this, a
sa
gr
a, R sin a, is determined. Then aks.a, R sin , is derived
as in section 11.26. Thus the solutions to all the ten problems have been
discussed.
11.30
Is..tadik-chaya: Another method
The term is..ta

dik-ch
ay
a essentially refers to the Rsine zenith distance of the
planet (having non-zero declination), denoted by R sin z. To determine this,
first the ch
ay
a of a corresponding point on the is..ta-dinman
. d.ala, with a given

a
sa
gr
a and which is located on the equator, is obtained. As noted in section
11.1, the 12-inch gnomic shadow is
12 sin z
.
cos z
(11.189)
768
11. Gnomonic Shadow
And, the vis.uvacch

ay
a, equinoctial shadow, is
12 sin
.
cos
(11.190)
When = 0, ark
agr
a = 0. We denote z by z0 in this case. Hence, from
(11.70), we obtain
nkvagr
Sa
a = Ch
ay
a-bhuj
a
R cos z0 sin
= R sin z0 sin a,
cos
or
sin z0
sin
sin a =
.
cos z0
cos
(11.191)
(11.192)
Therefore
12 sin z0
sin a
cos z0
12 sin
=
cos
= Vis.uvacch
ay
a.
Dv
adasa
ngula-ch
ay
a-bhuj
a =
(11.193)
Hence,
Dv
adasa
ngula-ch
ay
a-kot. i =
=
12 sin z0
cos a
cos z0
12 sin cos a
.
cos sin a
(11.194)
Therefore Dv
adasa
ngulacch
ay
a6 (l) is given by
12 sin z0
cos z
s 0
2
2
12 sin z0
12 sin z0
=
cos a +
sin a
cos z0
cos z0
s

12 sin cos a 2
12 sin 2
=
+
.
cos sin a
cos
l =
(11.195)
Though the term literally means shadow corresponding to 12 angula-s,
in the present
context it refers to the shadow of a sanku
whose height is 12 inches, taking an angula
to
be equivalent to an inch.
11.30 Is..tadik-ch
ay
a: Another method
From this, the karn.a, K =
also given by
769
l2 + 122 , can be obtained. But, the karn.a is

K=
12
.
cos z0
(11.196)
Therefore, the shadow in the trijy

a-vr.tta, which is the ratio of the dv
adasa
ngula
ch
ay
a and karn.a multiplied by trijy
a,
R
R sin z0 =
12 sin z0
cos z0
,
12
cos z0
(11.197)
can be determined.
Z
P
Istadigmandala
X
x
XO
la
da
le
m
G
ha
tik
ur
Di
an
irc
c
al
Figure 11.25: Is..ta-dinman
. d.ala passing through the planet.

In Figure 11.25, let the planet with declination be at X on its diurnal circle.
Is..ta-dinman
. d.ala is a vertical passing through the planet. Let it intersect the

ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala at X0 . The angle between these two circles is denoted by
x. The zenith distance of this point (z0 ), has already been obtained. This
is called the representative of the latitude on the dr.nman
. d.ala. Similarly
= XX0 is called the representative of the declination. If x is the angle
770
11. Gnomonic Shadow
between the dr.nman
. d.ala and the equator, it is clear that

R sin = R sin x sin z0
R sin = R sin x sin .
(11.198)
R sin z0 R sin
,
R sin
(11.199)
Therefore,
R sin =
from which the c

apa can be calculated. Then the desired zenith distance
z = z0 .7 The shadow (is..tadik-ch
ay
a) is R sin z.
11.31
K
The methods for deriving the k

ala-lagna (time elapsed after the rising of
the first point of Aries), udaya-lagna (the longitude of the orient ecliptic
point) and madhya-lagna (the longitude of the meridian ecliptic point) are
explained in this section.
In Figure 11.26, the ecliptic cuts the horizon at L1 and L2 which are the
udaya and asta-lagna-s respectively. Lagna-sama-man.d.ala is the vertical
L1 ZL2 . Let M1 and M2 be at 90 from L1 and L2 , respectively, on the
horizon. The vertical M1 ZM2 is the dr.kks.epa-vr.tta. The ecliptic cuts the
dr.kks.epa-vr.tta at V . Now L1 is at 90 from M1 and Z, and hence is the pole
of the dr.kks.epa-vr.tta. Therefore V is also at 90 from L1 and Z V L1 = 90 .
Thus, the dr.kks.epa-vr.tta is perpendicular to the ecliptic. Naturally, the pole
of the ecliptic, K1 (northern r
asi-k
u.ta to be precise), is on this vr.tta and at
90 from V . Hence,
K1 Z + ZV = 90 .
(11.200)
But,
K1 Z + K1 M2 = 90 .
(11.201)
Therefore, K1 M2 = ZV . In other words,

Altitude of the r
asi-k
u.ta (K1 ) = zv ,
(11.202)
where zv is the zenith distance of V (vitribha-lagna or dr.kks.epa-lagna). Further it may be noted that when the vernal equinox is at E, K1 is on the
7
When the declination is south, it is clear that z > z0 and z = z0 + ||.
11.31 K
Drkksepavrtta
771
Lagnasamamandala
Z
Northern Rasikuta
(pole fof ecliptic)
K1
Ayananta
(dakshina)
S2
L2
M2
on
iz
Hor
L1
M1
T
Eclip
tic
Ce
les
tia
lE
qu
ato
Figure 11.26: The lagna-sama-man.d.ala and dr.kks.epa-vr.tta.

north-south circle. At the given time, and K1 are as indicated in the figure.8 Hence, at any given instant, Z P K1 = H is the time after the rise of
and is the k
ala-lagna. Note that the maximum divergence between lagnasama-man.d.ala and the ecliptic (or the angle between them) is ZV = zv , the
dr.kks.epa. S2 at 90 from the equinox , is the southern solstice which is at
the maximum distance from the equator.
In Figure 11.27, we consider the situation at the equator ( = 0) when the
vernal equinox is at the zenith. The northern and southern solstices S1
and S2 and the northern and southern r
asi-k
u.ta-s K1 and K2 are indicated
in the figure. Here,
ES1 = N K1 = W S2 = SK2 = ,
8
(11.203)
It may be recalled that their position in the celestial sphere keeps continuously changing due to diurnal motion.
772
11. Gnomonic Shadow

Diurnal
path of S
Z ,
ip
Ecl
tic
S2
K1
S2
S
K2
Horizon
Celestial Equator
90H
H
K1
N, P
S1
Figure 11.27: Celestial sphere when the vernal equinox coincides with the
zenith.
is the obliquity of the ecliptic. It is easy to see that K1 and S2 are on the
same secondary to the ecliptic and the equator (which is same as the horizon
in the figure), and that they rise and set together. Hence, their hour angles
remain the same at all times. This is true of the points S1 and K2 also.
The diurnal circle of S2 has radius R sin , and that of K1 has radius R cos .
Consider the situation when the northern r
asi-k
u.ta and the southern solstice
1 and S2 respectively. Now, the k
are at K
ala-lagna is given by
1 = Z P S2 = H,
Z P K
(11.204)
where P is the north celestial pole coinciding with the north point of the
1 P W = 90 H, is the angle between the secondary to equator
horizon. K
1 (northern r
through K
asi-k
u.ta) and the horizon. The gnomon of the north 1 and the horizon and
ern r
asi-k
u.t a is the perpendicular distance between K
1 = .
is equal to R sin sin(90 H) = R sin cos H, as N K
Now we consider a place with latitude . It has been shown that the altitude
(90 z) of northern r
asi-k
u.ta is equal to the zenith distance of dr.kks.epa
(11.202). Hence,
nku
dr.kks.epa = Sa
of the r
asi-k
u.ta = R sin zv ,
where zv = ZV = K1 M2 in Figure 11.26 on page 771.
(11.205)
11.31 K
773
Drkksepavrtta
Z
Box blown
up in (b)
H
(pole of ecliptic) K1
P
V
K1
nm
an
da
la
N1
R1
Eclip
tic
Ce
les
tia
lE
qu
ato
K1
Diurnal path of the

Northernrasikuta
90 H
(a)
(b)
N1 N1
K1
Plane of Unmandala
Figure 11.28: The dirunal path of the nothern r

asi-k
u.ta.
In Figure 11.28, consider the diurnal path of the northern r
asi-k
u.ta, K1 . Let
1 . Since,
it intersect the unman.d.ala at K
1 = 90 , W P = 90 , and P N = ,
WK
(11.206)
the sanku
corresponding to this point is
1N
1 = R sin (K
1R
1)
K
= R sin sin (90 )
= R sin cos .
(11.207)
This is the portion of the sanku
of the northern r
asi-k
u.ta, between the
unman.d.ala and the ks.itija.
774
11. Gnomonic Shadow
When the northern r

asi-k
u.ta is at K1 , its gnomon at the equator, which is
the same as the perpendicular distance to the unman.d.ala K1 N1 , is given by
K1 N1 = R sin cos H,
(11.208)
where N1 is the foot of the perpendicular from K1 on the unman.d.ala, as

shown in Figure 11.28(b). This has to be multiplied by cos to obtain the
portion of the gnomon, K1 N1 , above the unman.d.ala, as the angle between
the unman.d.ala and the horizon at the desired place is equal to the latitude
of the place ().
Hence, the gnomon of the northern r
asi-k
u.t a at the desired place, which is
the dr.kks.epa R sin ZV , is given by
1N
1
R sin ZV = K1 N1 + K
= R(cos sin cos H + sin cos ),
(11.209)
where H is the k
ala-lagna or the hour angle of the northern r
asi-k
u.ta K1 .
Now, consider Figure 11.26. As V L1 = L1 M1 = 90 , the maximum divergence between the horizon and the ecliptic is
V M1 = 90 ZV.
(11.210)
Considering the planet at X on the ecliptic, we have

R sin V M1 = R cos ZV = Pram
an.a,
R = Trijy
a = Pram
an.a-phala,
R sin XT
= Gnomon of the planet = Icch

a.
R sin XL1 is the distance between the horizon and the planet on the ecliptic,
and is also the icch
a-phala.
Therefore,
or,
R
R sin XL1
=
,
R sin XT
R sin V M1
R. R sin XT
R. R sin XT
=
.
(11.211)
R sin V M
R cos ZV
We have to find XL1 from this. Udaya-lagna is the longitude of L1 . Therefore,
R sin XL1 =
Udaya-lagna = L1
= X + XL1
= p + XL1 ,
(11.212)
11.31 K
775
where p = X is the longitude of the planet. Thus the udaya-lagna has

been determined in terms of the gnomon of the planet and the dr.kks.epa,
which involves the k
ala-lagna H.
It has already been shown (recall the discussion in sections 11.4 and 11.5)
that the gnomon corresponding to the planet is given by
R sin XT
= cos Unnata-jy
a

sin sin
,
= R cos cos cos Hp +
cos cos
(11.213)
where Hp = Z P X is the hour angle of the planet. The second term in the
bracket corresponds to the ascensional difference.9
When the planet is in the western hemisphere at X , as shown in Figure
11.26, X = L2 + X L2 , where X and L2 are measured eastwards.
Therefore,
Asta-lagna = L2
= X X L2
= p X L 2 ,
(11.214)
where X L2 is measured as described earlier. The same considerations apply

when the planet is below the horizon.
Consider the motion of the planet (Sun) as shown in Figure 11.29. Here
it transits the north-south circle below the horizon at Xm , rises at Xr and
reaches the unman.d.ala at Xu . The angle Xm P Xr (or arc Xm Xr on the
diurnal circle) corresponds to half the duration of the night, and the angle
X P Xr corresponds to the portion of the night yet to pass. The difference
between them, Xm P X, is the hour angle Hp and X P Xu = 90 Hp . Find
R cos Hp (cosine of the hour angle). The cara corresponds to Xr P Xu and
is given by
R sin sin
.
(11.215)
R sin(Xr P Xu ) =
cos cos
Then the sanku
of the planet X is given by

R sin sin
.
(11.216)
R sin(XT ) = R cos cos cos Hp
cos cos
9
Hp is found from the time after sunrise. H = Hp + R.A. of X, where R.A. (Right
Ascension) is obtained readily from the longitude. Hence the udaya-lagna would be related
to known quantities.
776
11. Gnomonic Shadow

Z
P
.
Cel
90 p
a
Equ
Ec
lip
Cara
tor
tic
Hp
Xu
la
nda
Xr
L1
T
X
Xm
nma
Diurmal circle
of the planet (sun)
Figure 11.29: The transit of the Sun across the north-south circle below the
horizon.
When the declination is south, the cara has to be added. As shown earlier
(11.211), if L1 is the udaya-lagna,
R sin XL1 =
R. R sin(XT )
.
R cos ZV
(11.217)
In the RHS of the above equation, while the numerator is known from
(11.216), the denominator has to be calculated from R sin ZV (dr.kks.epa),
which in turn is given by (11.209). Then the udaya-lagna is given by
L1 = X XL1
= p XL1 ,
(11.218)
where p is the longitude of the planet. The asta-lagna is also determined

in a similar manner and is given by
L2 = p + X L2 .
(11.219)
In this case, X is in the western hemisphere below the horizon. The

dr.kks.epa-lagna is exactly midway between the udaya and asta-lagna-s and is
at the intersection of the dr.kks.epa-vr.tta with the ecliptic.
11.32 K
777
Z
Madhyalagna
N1
P
Cel
tor
qua
. E
(lagna)
L1
al
and
Unm
N
Ecliptic
M1
Figure 11.30: Madhya-lagna and udaya-lagna.

Madhya-lagna is the longitude of the meridian ecliptic point, at any instant.
Madhya-k
ala is defined to be the difference in the time of rising of madhyalagna and the vernal equinox, .
Madhya-k
ala = Time of rising of madhya-lagna Time of rising of
= N1 .
(11.220)
The presence of the negative sign indicates that madhya-lagna has risen
before the equinox. Now we find the relation between madhya-lagna and
k
ala-lagna The latter, which is the time after the rise of , is given by
E = M1 EM1
= N1 M1 EM1 N1
= N1 E N 1
= 90 N1
= 90 + Madhya-k
ala.
11.32
(11.221)
K
Here the aim is to determine the k

ala-lagna at sunrise, which is the same as
the time interval between sunrise and the rise of the vernal equinox . Bhuj
a-
778
11. Gnomonic Shadow
pr
an.a is essentially the Right Ascension - though it is measured eastwards
or westwards from (vernal equinox) or (autumnal equinox). In Figures
11.31(a) (d), the positions of and when the Sun is on the horizon
(that is sunrise) are shown. In all cases, the k
ala-lagna is the time elapsed
after the rise of at E and is the segment of the ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala between
E and corresponding to the angle P E.
Z
Eclip
ma
ala
Un
nd
ma
ala
tic
Un
nd
tic
ircle
al c
ator
ircle
al c
lip
rn
Diu
Equ
rn
Diu
ator
Equ
Ec
Horizon
Horizon
S
E
(b)
(a)
Figure 11.31a: K
ayana longitude of the Sun is < 180 .
(a) When the Sun is in the first-quadrant, that is, 0 s 90 [Figure

11.31(a)],
K
ala-lagna = P E
= P S E P S
= ,
(11.222)
where is the bhuj

a-pr
an.a (Right Ascension) and is the cara-pr
an. a given
by
R sin sin
.
(11.223)
R sin =
cos cos
(b) When the Sun is in the second quadrant, that is, 90 s 180 [Figure
11.31(b)],
P E = P S + E P S
= + .
(11.224)
But P E + P E = 180 , as and are 180 apart and E is between
11.32 K
779
and . Therefore,
K
ala-lagna = P E
= 180 P E
= 180 ( + ).
(11.225)
Z
Equ
rn
Diu
Horizo
Un
Un
ma
ma
nd
nd
ala
tic
lip
rcle
i
al c
Ec
rcle
i
al c
ala
rn
Diu
ator
Ecliptic
ator
Equ
Horizo
(d)
(c)
Figure 11.31b: K
ayana longitude of the Sun is > 180 .
(c) When the Sun is in the third quadrant, that is, 180 s 270 [Figure
11.31(c)],
P E = P S + EP S
= + .
(11.226)
Now P E = P E + 180 , as is between E and . Therefore,

K
ala-lagna = P E
= 180 + + .
(11.227)
(d) When the Sun is in the fourth quadrant, that is, 270 s 360
[Figure 11.31(d)], is below the horizon at sunrise and
P E = P S E P S
= .
(11.228)
As is below the horizon,

K
ala-lagna = 360 P E
= 360 ( ).
(11.229)
780
11. Gnomonic Shadow
This is the way to determine k

ala-lagna corresponding to sunrise, when the
Sun is in various quadrants. In this manner, k
ala-lagna corresponding to
the beginning of each r
asi can be calculated. The time taken by a particular r
asi to rise above the horizon is the difference between the k
ala-lagna-s
corresponding to the beginning and end of that r
asi. This can be calculated
for each r
asi.
11.33
Madhya-lagna: Meridian ecliptic point

Z
M
U
P
K
Ra
sik
uta
rtt
ipti
Ecl
ator
Equ
90
Hori
zon
I
S
90
Figure 11.32: Determination of the meridian ecliptic point.

K
ala-lagna at any desired instant is the k
ala-lagna at sunrise (discussed in
detail in the preceeding section) plus the time elapsed after sunrise. When
90 is subtracted from the k
ala-lagna in degrees, the resultant point U represents the point of contact of the celestial equator and the north-south circle.
11.33 Madhya-lagna: Meridian ecliptic point
781
In Figure 11.32,
U
= Madhya-k
ala
= K
ala-lagna 90
= .
(11.230)
In other words, madhya-k

ala is the time elapsed after the meridian transit
of . Clearly,
W
= E
= 90o U,
(11.231)
where U has been obtained in (11.230). The ecliptic cuts the meridian at
M . The longitude of this point, represented by M , is the madhya-lagna.
Consider the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta W KIE in Figure 11.32 passing through east
and west points and intersecting the ecliptic at I. K is the northern r
asi
k
u.ta, the pole of the ecliptic. M is at 90 from both E and K. Hence, it is
the pole of this r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta. In that case, the arc EI is perpendicular to
the ecliptic at I, and EI = is given by
R sin = R sin sin (90 )
= R sin cos .
(11.232)
Normally, we draw perpendiculars from points on the ecliptic and calculate

the bhuj
a-pr
an.a
-s along the equator. Here, we do the reverse. R sin and
R cos are the equivalents of apakrama-jy
a and dyujy
a. Corresponding to
E on the equator (= 90o ), we find the bhuj
a-pr
an.a
I along the
ecliptic (using the formula for the bhuj
a-pr
an.a
) as follows:
R cos( I) = R cos( E)
R
.
R cos
(11.233)
From this we find I. Then madhya-lagna

M = 90 I.
(11.234)
This is the method of deriving the madhya-lagna or the meridian ecliptic

point.
782
11. Gnomonic Shadow
11.34
Dr.kks.epa and Kot.i
The aim is to determine the dr.kks.epa from the udaya-lagna and madhyalagna. Refer to Figure 11.33. L1 , L2 and M are the udaya-lagna, asta-lagna
and madhya-lagna respectively. EL1 is related to the azimuth of L1 . The
udaya-lagna-jy
a, R sin(EL1 ) is found in the same way as ark
agr
a. Just as in
the case of the ark
agr
a, udaya-lagna-jy
a is given by
R sin EL1 =
R sin(L1 )
,
cos
(11.235)
where L1 is the declination of L1 (determined from R sin L1 = R sin L1 sin ).

The madhya-jy
a is the Rsine of the zenith distance of the madhya-lagna.
Lagnasamamandala
Drkksepavrtta
Z
Northern Rasikuta
(pole of the ecliptic)
Q
K1
P
S2
X
L2
M2
izo
Hor
M1
L1
Sama
man
dala
(Prim
e ver
tical)
Eclip
tic
Ce
les
tial
Eq
uat
or
Figure 11.33: Determination of dr.kks.epa from the udaya-lagna and madhyalagna.

As the madhya-lagna M is on the meridian, the madhya-jy
a R sin ZM is
found in the same manner as the madhy
ahnacch
ay
a (noon shadow) of the
11.34 Dr.kks.epa and Kot.i
783
Sun, which is the meridian zenith distance of the Sun:

Madhya-jy
a = R sin ZM
= R sin( |M |),
(11.236)
M being the declination of the madhya-lagna. This can be found as M has

been determined.
Now the maximum divergence between the dr.kks.epa-vr.tta and the northsouth circle is
SM1 = EL1 = .
(11.237)
This is also equal to the angle between prime vertical EZ and lagna-samaman.d.ala or dr.kks.epa-sama-man. d.ala, L1 Z. Now,
Udaya-jy
a = R sin EL1
= R sin SM1
= R sin .
(11.238)
Using the rule of three, we have

R sin M V
R sin SM1
R sin ZM
.
R sin ZS = R
(11.239)
Therefore,
R sin M V
= R sin(ZM ) sin
Udaya-jy
a Madhya-jy
a
.
=
R
(11.240)
This is the interval between the madhya-lagna and the dr.kks.epa on the ecliptic and is termed bhuj
a. Now V is the dr.kks.epa, L2 is the asta-lagna. There
fore V L2 = 90 and
M L2 = V L2 V M = 90 V M.
Therefore, R sin M L2 = R cos M V. This is the Rsine of the portion of the
ecliptic between the north-south circle and the horizon.
Consider the spherical triangle ZMQ, where MQ is the perpendicular arc
from the madhya-lagna M to the lagna-sama-man.d.ala. Now,
V ZM
M ZQ
= V ZQ
= 90 .
(11.241)
784
11. Gnomonic Shadow
Therefore,
R sin M Q = R sin ZM sin(90 )
= R sin ZM cos .
But, we had R sin M V = R sin ZM sin . Therefore,

q
R2 sin2 ZM R2 sin2 ZM sin2
R sin M Q =
p
R2 sin2 ZM R2 sin2 M V .
=
(11.242)
(11.243)
This is the distance between the madhya-lagna and dr.kks.epa-sama-man. d.ala

or lagna-sama-man. d.ala. Consider the quadrants L2 V and L2 Z. M Q and
V Z are perpendicular arcs from M and V on L2 V to L2 Z. Therefore, using
the rule of three,10 we have
R sin ZV
R sin L2 V = R
R sin M Q
.
R sin L2 M = R cos M V
(11.244)
R sin(M Q) R
.
R cos(M V )
(11.245)
Therefore,
R sin ZV =
This gives the dr.kks.epa R sin ZV in terms of madhya-jy

a and udaya-jy
a which
are in turn determined from udaya-lagna and madhya-lagna. This is the
maximum divergence between the ecliptic and the lagna-sama-man. d.ala.
Consider the quadrants L2 V and L2 M1 (along the ecliptic and horizon).
Again, applying the rule of three, we get
R sin M S = R cos M Z
R sin V M1
=
.
R sin L2 M1 = R
R sin L2 M = R cos M V
Therefore,
(11.246)
R cos M Z R
.
(11.247)
R cos M V
This is the dr.kks.epa-kot.i which is also the maximum divergence between the
ecliptic and the horizon. This is also the dr.kks.epa-sanku,
as it is equal to
R cos(ZV ).
R sin V M1 =
10
Here the rule of three is of the form

pram
an.a-phala
icch
a-phala
=
,
icch
a
pram
an.a
11.35 Parallax in latitude and longitude
11.35
785
Parallax in latitude and longitude

Pole of the ecliptic
da
la
Dr
nm
an
K
ta
vrt
uta
sik
Ra
(planet) P
(paralactically
displaced P
planet)
Q
Ec
lip
tic
izon
Hor
Figure 11.34: Deflection of the planet along the vertical due to parallax.
In Figure 11.34, P is the planet and P represents the position of the planet
displaced due to parallax along dr.nmand
. ala. The displacements due to parallax are given by

QP
PQ
PP
=
=
=
Nati (parallax in latitude),

Lambana (parallax in longitude),
Ch
ay
a-lambana.
If is the angle between the dr.nmand
. ala and the ecliptic, it can be easily

seen that
N ati = P Q = P P sin ,
Lambana = P Q = P P cos .
(11.248)
(11.249)
In obtaining the above relations, the triangle P P Q has been considered to

be small and hence planar.11 It is seen that nati is the bhuj
a of the ch
ay
alambana and the lambana is the kot.i of the ch
ay
a-lambana.
11
This is true in reality since the shift due to parallax is of the order of a few minutes
at the most, though this has been exaggerated in Figure 11.34 for the purposes of clarity.
786
11.36
11. Gnomonic Shadow
Second correction for the Moon
Here a second correction is applied to the Moon to obtain the dvitya-sphut.a

of the Moon with respect to the centre of the Earth. This is essentially the
Evection term, calculated along the same lines as in Tantrasangraha,
except
for a modification which takes into account Moons latitude. The ch
ay
alambana is then calculated taking the above correction also into account.
The procedure for the second correction is similar to the calculation of the
manda-sphut. a with the centre of the bhagola serving as the ucca, which is
taken to be in the direction of the Sun. The distance between this and the
centre of the Earth, which is the radius of the epicycle, is a continuously
varying quantity and is given by
R
cos(S U ),
(11.250)
2
in yojan
a-s, where S and U are the longitudes of the Sun and the apogee
of Moon (candrocca). Here, the mean distance between the Moon and the
centre of the bhagola is 10R = 34380 yojan
a-s. The actual distance between
the same points is 10K, where K is the manda-karn.a in minutes.
For the present we ignore Moons latitude. In Figure 11.35, C is the centre
of the Earth, separated from the centre of the bhagola (CZ ) by a distance
R
cos(S U )
(in yojan
a-s).
(11.251)
2
Z = S (Suns longitude). The manda-sphut.a of
A is the Mes.a
di, and ACC
Moon is at M1 . Hence ACZ M1 = M (Moons manda-sphut. a). CZ M1 =
10K, where K is the manda-karn.a in minutes. It is clear that C CZ N =
M S .
r=
CM1 , the dvitya-sphut.a-karn.a in yojan

a-s, is the distance between the
manda-sphut. a and the centre of the Earth. The bhuj
a-phala and kot.i-phala
are given by
CN
and
CZ N
= r sin(M S )
R
=
cos(S U ) sin(M S ),
2
= r cos(M S )
R
cos(S U ) cos(M S ).
=
2
(11.252)
(11.253)
11.36 Second correction for the Moon
787
M1
A
(Mesadi)
M S
M
Cz
M1
A
(Mesadi)
S
C
Figure 11.35: The second correction for the Moon.

Then, dvitya-sphut.a-karn.a is given by
p
(M N )2 + CN 2
CM1 =
p 1
=
(M1 CZ + CZ N )2 + CN 2
q
(manda-karn.a + kot.i-phala)2 + bhuj
a-phala2
=
"
2
R
=
10K + cos(S U ) cos(M S )
2
2 # 21

R
cos(S U ) sin(M S )
.
(11.254)
+
2
When the Moon has a latitude , both the manda-karn.a
CZ M1 = 10K,
(11.255)
and the kot.i-phala

CZ N =
R
cos(S U ) cos(M S ),
2
(11.256)
have to be reduced to the ecliptic. This is achieved by replacing the mandakarn.a K by

q
q
K
R2 R2 sin2 ,
K cos = K 2 K 2 sin2 =
(11.257)
R
788
11. Gnomonic Shadow
where the viks.epa is K sin in the measure of pratiman. d.ala and R sin in
the measure of the manda-karn.a-vr.tta. The kot.i-phala is also modified in the
same manner (by multiplying it with cos ). The bhuj
a-phala is not affected.
The dvitya-sphut.a-karn.a with viks.epa is given by
q
cos2 (manda-karn. a + kot.i-phala)2 + bhuj
a-phala2 .
(11.258)
1 . By
Now, the true longitude of the Moon, dvitya-sphut.a, is M = ACM
drawing CM1 parallel to CZ M1 , it is clear that

1
M M = ACZ M1 ACM
1 ACM
1
= ACM
1
= M1 CM
1 CZ .
= CM
(11.259)
Therefore,
1 CZ )
R sin(M M ) = R sin(C M
R CN
=
CM1
R bhuj
a-phala
.
=
dvitya-sphut.a-karn.a
(11.260)
Hence,
M M = manda-sphut.a dvitya-sphut.a

a bhuj
a-phala
1 trijy
= (R sin)
.
dvitya-sphut.a-karn.a
(11.261)
Thus the dvitya-sphut.a is obtained. The sign of the RHS is determined by

(S U ) and (M S ). When (S U ) is in first or fourth quadrant,
cos(S U ) is positive. Then the RHS is positive if (M S ) is in first or
second quadrant (the bright fortnight) and negative if (M S ) is in third
or fourth quadrant (the dark fortnight). When (S U ) is in second or
third quadrant, it is the other way round.
The distance of the planet from the centre of the Earth is actually the dvityasphut.a-karn.a, instead of 10K. Hence, the mean motion of dvitya-sphut.a is
10K mean motion of Moon
.
dvitya-karn.a
Thus, the true Moon on the circle with its centre at the centre of the Earth
has been calculated.
11.37 Ch
ay
a-lambana : Parallax of the gnomon
11.37
789
Chaya-lambana : Parallax of the gnomon
Next, the ch
ay
a, R sin z of the true Moon, is calculated.
Drkksepavrtta
Z
K
P"
V
90
Rasikutavrtta
through the planet
P
P
Ecl
Horiz
ipti
on
Figure 11.36: Determination of ch

ay
a-lambana.
In Figure 11.36, V is the dr.kks.epa-lagna, P is the planet and K is the
pole of the ecliptic. P is the foot of the perpendicular arc from Z to the
r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta through the planet. The maximum divergence between the
dr.kks.epa-vr.tta and this r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta is R sin(P V ), where P and V
are the longitudes of the planet and the dr.kks.epa-lagna. This corresponds
to the arc KV = 90 . Hence, the divergence R sin(ZP ) called dr.ggati-jy
a
or dr.ggati corresponding to the arc KZ = 90 ZV , is given by
R sin(P V ) R sin(90 ZV )
R
= R sin(P V ) cos ZV.
Dr.ggati-jy
a =
(11.262)
If z is the zenith distance of the planet P along the dr.nman
. d.ala passing
through it, and is the angle between the dr.nman
. d.ala and the ecliptic,

then
Dr.kks.epa = R sin(ZV ) = R sin sin z,
Dr.ggati-jy
a = R sin(ZP ) = R cos sin z.
(11.263)
(11.264)
790
11. Gnomonic Shadow
Hence
R sin z = Ch
ay
a =
(Dr.kks.epa)2 + (Dr.ggati-jy
a)2 .
(11.265)
Thus the ch
ay
a (R sin z) is determined in terms of P , V and dr.kks.epa.
Now ch
ay
a-lambana P P is determined in terms of the ch
ay
a (R sin z) and
other quantities. We have
N ati = P P sin
P P R sin z sin
=
R sin z
Ch
ay
a-lambana Dr.kks.epa
.
=
Ch
ay
a
(11.266)
Similarly,
Lambana = P P sin
Ch
ay
a-lambana Dr.ggati
.
=
Ch
ay
a
(11.267)
In fact, the nati and lambana can be directly calculated by multiplying

dr.kks.epa and dr.ggati, respectively, by the ratio of the radius of the Earth and
dr.kkarn.a (the actual distance between the observer and the planet). This
can be understood as follows. By definition, ch
ay
a-lambana is the difference
in the zenith distances measured by an observer on the surface of Earth and
as measured from the center of the Earth (see Figure 11.37). That is,
Ch
ay
a-lambana = z z = p.
(11.268)
From the planar triangle OCP , we have

R sin p
R sin z
=
.
Re
d
(11.269)
Therefore, ch
ay
a-lambana in minutes is given by
Ch
ay
a-lambana = R p
R sin p
Re R sin z
=
d
Radius of the Earth Ch
ay
a
.
=
Dr.kkarn.a
(11.270)
11.37 Ch
ay
a-lambana : Parallax of the gnomon
791
P (planet)
(Drkkarna)
z
D
(Observer) O
Re
C
(centre)
Earth
Figure 11.37: Change in the zenith distance due to the effect of parallax.
Using the above relation in (11.266) and (11.267), we have
N ati =
Radius of the Earth Dr.kks.epa

,
Dr.kkarn.a
(11.271)
and
Lambana =
Radius of the Earth Dr.ggati

.
Dr.kkarn.a
(11.272)
The procedure for calculating the dr.kkarn.a in terms of dvitya-karn.a is described in the next section.
Z
Q
V
P
P
P
Q
P
S
N
W
(a)
(b)
Figure 11.38: The increase and the decrease in the longitude due to parallax.
792
11. Gnomonic Shadow
When the planet is to the east of the dr.kks.epa V , the parallax in longitude
P Q is also towards the east. That is, the effect of parallax is to increase the
longitude as shown in Figure 11.38(a). If it is to the west of the dr.kks.epa
as in Figure 11.38(b), the parallax P Q is also towards the west and hence
the apparent longitude will decrease. Similarly the nati P Q will be towards
south, if the planet is in southern hemisphere, and it will be towards north if
it is in northern hemisphere. (Here it should be noted that the increase or decrease in the latitude of the planet will depend upon the relative orientation
of the vertical through the planet and the ecliptic).
11.38
Dr.kkarn.a when the Moon has no latitude
When the Moon has no latitude, we had seen in (11.265) that the ch
ay
a
(R sin z) was given by
p
a)2 .
(11.273)
R sin z = (Dr.kks.epa)2 + (Dr.ggati-jy
Ch
ay
a-sanku
(R cos z) is the kot.i of this. Clearly OM = Re sin z and CM =
Re cos z, in Figure 11.37, are the ch
ay
a and sanku
in yojan
a-s. Then the
dr.kkarn.a, OP = d, is given by
p
(M P )2 + (OM )2
d = OP =
p
(CP CM )2 + (OM )2
=
p
(D Re cos z)2 + (Re sin z)2 ,
(11.274)
=
where D is clearly the dvitya-sphut.a-karn.a.
11.39
Shadow and gnomon when the Moon has

latitude
The procedure for calculating the sanku

and ch
ay
a of a planet with latitude
is similar to the procedure for calculating the sanku
and ch
ay
a of an object
with declination at any given time. Figure 11.39 is drawn keeping this in
mind, where P is the planet with latitude . RP Pt is the viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta,
11.39 Shadow and gnomon when the Moon has latitude

Drksepamandala
Z
R
K (pole of the ecliptic)
ZR
793
Zp
M1
Ec
lip
tic
Ph
Pt
L1
(Udayalagna)
on
Horiz
Vikse
pak
otiv
rtta
Figure 11.39: The viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta passing through the planet.

which is a small circle passing through P and parallel to the ecliptic. O is
the centre of the celestial sphere and C is the centre of the viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta,
with OC = R sin and the radius of the viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta is RC = R cos .
If PE is the projection of the planet on the ecliptic, then PE L1 = L1 P ,
which is the difference between the longitudes of the lagna and the planet.
The sanku
of PE (planet with no latitude) is R sin PE M , where M is the

foot of the vertical through PE on the horizon. We have the trair
asika (rule
of three)
R sin V M1 = R cos ZV
trijy
a=R
R sin(PE M )
,
R sin(PE L1 )
(11.275)
or,
R cos ZV R sin(L1 P )
.
(11.276)
R
The interstice between the zenith and the viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta along dr.kks.epavr.tta is the nati. This is the equivalent of the Rsine of the meridian zenith
distance. Thus,
R sin(PE M ) =
N ati = R sin(RZ)
= R sin(ZV ),
(11.277)
794
11. Gnomonic Shadow
since RZ = ZV . The kot.i of this is the parama-sanku
and is given by
R cos(RZ) = R sin(RM1 ).
(11.278)
Parama-sanku
is the equivalent of noon shadow. Then the sanku,
R cos(P Z),
is stated to be equal to
R cos(RZ)
R cos R cos(ZV ) R R cos(V PE )
,
R
R
(11.279)
where R R cos(V PE ) is the sara corresponding to the arc V PE in the

ecliptic.
This can be derived as follows. We draw PE PE perpendicular to OV . Then,
OPE = OPE cos(V PE ) = R cos(V PE ).
(11.280)
Then,
Sara
= V PE = OV OPE = R R cos(V PE ).
(11.281)
Similarly, draw P P perpendicular to RC. Then RP is parallel to V PE

(and is in the plane of the dr.kks.epa-man.d.ala), and it is the sara reduced to
the viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta as given by
RP = (cos )(R R cos(V PE )).
(11.282)
Draw P Zp and RZR perpendicular to OZ. P Q is perpendicular to RZR . It

is easy to see that PE PE and P P are parallel to the plane of the horizon (in
fact parallel to OL1 ), and OZP is the sanku
corresponding to P . Therefore,
nku
Sa
= OZP = OZR ZP ZR .
(11.283)
Now OZR = R cos(RZ). As the inclination of the ecliptic with the prime
vertical is the angle corresponding to the arc ZV , we have
ZP ZR = P Q
= RP cos(ZV )
R cos(ZV ) R R cos(V PE )
.
= R cos
R
R
(11.284)
Hence,
R cos(ZV ) R R cos(V PE )
nku
Sa
= R cos RZ R cos
.
R
R
(11.285)
795
As RZ = ZV ,
cos(RZ) = cos(ZV ) cos + sin(ZV ) sin .
(11.286)
Hence,
nku
Sa
= R cos(P Z)
= R[sin(ZV ) sin + cos(ZV ) cos cos(V PE )]. (11.287)
This is similar to the standard relation
R cos z = R [sin sin + cos cos cos H],
(11.288)
when it is realized that ZV is the equivalent of aks.a , latitude is the

equivalent of the declination , and ZK P = V PE is the equivalent of the
hour angle. The parama-sanku
R cos(RZ) is the equivalent of the noongnomon.

When R cos(RZ) is used as the multiplicand in the second term (instead of
R cos(ZV )) it is stated that the divisor should not be trijy
a, but viks.epa-kot.i
corrected by the difference between the horizon and the unman.d.ala. This
correction is the equivalent of the Rsine of the ascensional difference on the
diurnal circle, and is given by
R sin(ZV ) sin cos
.
cos(ZV ) cos
So, the divisor should be
R cos +
R sin(ZV ) sin
.
cos(ZV )
(11.289)
This can be understood from the relation

R cos(RZ)
R sin(ZV ) sin
R cos +
cos(ZV )
R cos(ZV ) cos(RZ)
R(cos(ZV ) cos + sin(ZV ) sin )
R cos(ZV )
,
R
(11.290)
as RZ = ZV . Geometrically this can be seen as follows. Let V , R be

the feet of the perpendiculars from V and R on the plane of the horizon.
Let RC meet the plane of the horizon at Ph . Then, OCPh is a right angled
796
11. Gnomonic Shadow
h is the angle between the

triangle in the plane of the dr.kks.epa-vr.tta. C OP
12
great circle in the case of the celestial equator. through K and L1 and
the horizon. This angle is the same as ZV which is the equivalent of aks.a.
Then,
CPh =
=
sin(ZV ) OC
cos(ZV )
R sin sin(ZV )
.
cos(ZV )
(11.291)
As RC = R cos , we get
RPh = R cos +
R sin(ZV ) sin
.
cos(ZV )
(11.292)
Also, RR = R cos(RZ) and V V = R cos(ZV ). Further,

VV
RR
=
.
RPh
OV
(11.293)
Therefore,
R cos(RZ)
R sin(ZV ) sin
R cos +
cos(ZV )
R cos(ZV )
.
R
(11.294)
We now consider the ch

ay
P P = cos PE PE
= cos R sin(V PE ).
(11.295)
P Zp = QZR = RZR RQ.
(11.296)
This is the bhuj

a. Further,
But,
RZR = R sin(RZ),
and RQ = RP sin(ZV )
(R R cos(V PE ))
R sin(ZV )
R cos
, (11.297)
=
R
R
12
This great circle perpendicular to the ecliptic may be thought of as the equivalent of
unman.d.ala
797
from (11.282). Hence,

P Zp = R sin(RZ)
(R R cos(V PE ))
R sin(ZV )
R cos
. (11.298)
R
R
This is the distance between the planet and the vertical circle ZL, in the
diagram and is termed b
ahu. Then the shadow, (ch
ay
a) is P ZP and is given
by
Ch
ay
a = R sin(P Z)
As
= P ZP
p
(P ZP )2 + (P P )2
=
q
b
ahu2 + bhuj
=
a2 .
2
nku
Sa
+ Ch
ay
a2 = Trijy
a2 ,
it is sufficient to calculate any one of them.
(11.299)
(11.300)
Chapter 12
Eclipse
12.1
Eclipsed portion at required time
The dr.kkarn.a d in yojan

a-s is calculated in terms of the gnomon (R cos z),
and the shadow (R sin z), as
p
(12.1)
d = (D Re cos z)2 + (Re sin z)2 ,
where D is the dvitya-sphut.a-yojana-karn.a and Re is the radius of the Earth

(Refer to Figure 11.37 and equation (11.274)). The lambana-s of the Sun and
Moon should be applied, to obtain their true longitudes (for the observer).
When the true longitudes are the same, it is the mid-eclipse. Now, we had
Lambana =
Re
Dr.ggati
d
Re
Dr.ggati,
D
(12.2)
where, we approximate d by D, the true distance from the centre of the Earth
in the denominator (essentially ignoring the higher order terms in RDe ).
be the mean distance from the centre of the Earth. Now the rate
Let D
of angular motion is inversely proportional to the distance (as the linear
velocity is assumed to be constant). Hence
Mean motion
D
=
.
True motion
D
(12.3)
Re
True motion
Dr.ggati.
Lambana (in min) =
Mean motion
D
(12.4)
Therefore
12.1 Eclipsed portion at required time

Now
799
Mean motion (in minutes)

D
Re
is stated to be 51, 770.1 Tantrasangraha
gives the number of revolutions

of the Moon in a Mah
ayuga with 1, 57, 79, 17, 500 yuga-s
avana-dina-s as
57, 753, 320. D for the Moon is 10 times trijy

a or 34, 380 yojan
a-s. The
circumference of the Earth is 3300 yojan
a-s from which Re = 1050.42 yo355
nkara
as stated in Sa
Variyars Laghu-vivr.ti. Then,

jan
a-s taking = 113
Mean motion
D
Re
34380 57753320 360 60

1050.42 1577917500
= 51751.06591.
(12.5)
In the text, this is taken to be 51, 770. Hence,

Lambana (in min.) =
Dr.ggati
(True daily motion).
51770
(12.6)
The assumption made in many Indian texts that the horizontal parallax is
1
equal to 15
of daily motion is not being made here. Therefore, the difference
in lambana of the Moon and the Sun is given by
Dr.ggati
(Difference in daily motion).
51770
(12.7)
Here, the value of the difference in daily motions in minutes of arc, corresponds to 60 n
ad.ik
a-s. Therefore, the difference in lambana of the Moon and
Sun in n
ad.ik
a-s is given by
Dr.ggati
60.
51770
(12.8)
This has to be applied to the parv

anta or the middle of the eclipse to obtain
the true mid-eclipse. The lambana is again calculated at this value of the
parv
anta and applied to the original parv
anta to obtain the true parv
anta
corresponding to the second iteration. This iterative process is carried on till
the successive values of the parv
anta are the same (to the desired accuracy).
As the Text notes:
Only by knowing the correct lambana can the samalipta-k
ala
be ascertained and only by knowing the samalipta-k
ala can the
lambana be ascertained.
1
This would be the same for all celestial bodies as the linear velocity is constant.
800
12. Eclipse
At the true middle of the eclipse, the longitudes of the Sun and the Moon
are the same. That is, M = S . However, the difference in nati-s of the
Sun and the Moon and the viks.epa (latitudinal deflection) of the Moon have
to be taken into account.
Solar disc
A
S
M
B
Lunar disc
Figure 12.1: Mid-eclipse.

Let S and M be the centres of the solar and lunar discs (see Figure 12.1).
The distance between them at the mid-eclipse is given by
SM = N ati + Viks.epa = ,
(12.9)
where nati stands actually for the difference in nati-s of Moon and Sun. The
eclipsed portion is given by
AB = SB + SA
= SB + M A SM
1
(Sum of orbs of Moon and Sun) .
=
2
(12.10)
It can be seen from Figure 12.2(a) that when

1
SM = SC + CM = (Sum of orbs of Sun and Moon),
2
(12.11)
the eclipse commences. Similarly, it is obvious that there is no eclipse when

SM > 12 (Sum of orbs of Sun and Moon) (see Figure 12.2(b)).
The distance between the centres of the solar and lunar discs (bimb
antara)
is given by
p
(12.12)
SM = (M S )2 + 2 .
12.1 Eclipsed portion at required time
801
M
S
C
M
S
(b)
(a)
Figure 12.2: (a) Orbs at the commencement of eclipse; (b) Orbs when there
is no eclipse.
The eclipsed portion at that time (see Figure 12.3) is given by
AB = AM BM
= AM (SM SB)
= AM + SB SM
1
(Sum of orbs of Moon and Sun) Bimb
antara. (12.13)
=
2
M
B
A
M S
Ecliptic
Figure 12.3: The portion of the Moon eclipsed.
802
12. Eclipse
12.2
Time corresponding to a given eclipsed

portion
After the commencement of the eclipse, at any time t, the bimb

antara is
given by
1
SM = (Sum of orbs of Moon and Sun) Eclipsed portion.
2
(12.14)
Then, the difference in longitudes of the Sun and the Moon is given by
q
antara2 2 .
(12.15)
M S = Bimb
The time interval, t corresponding to this sphut.a

ntara is readily carlculated
from the fact that difference in daily motions corresponds to 60 n
ad.ik
a-s.
Then, the desired time t is given by
t = tm t,
where tm corresponds to the parv

anta or the middle of the eclipse. Now in
calculating t, is involved. But, this is unknown for it is the value of nati
+ viks.epa at the desired instant tm t. Hence, an iterative process is used
to find t. First find at tm . From this t is calculated, as explained above.
This is the first approximation to t. From this is calculated at tm t,
and t is determined from this. That would be the second approximation
to t. The iterative process is carried out till t determined does not vary
significantly2 in successive iterations. Then, as mentioned earlier, tm t
is the desired time corresponding to a given eclipsed portion.
Both at the beginning and the end of the eclipse, the bimb
antara is equal to
half the sum of the orbs of Sun and Moon. The times corresponding to the
beginning or the end are calculated in exactly the manner described above.
For a solar eclipse, M S = 0 , for a lunar eclipse, M S = 180 .
When either of the eclipses occurs near the sunrise or the sunset, M and
S are calculated at that time. Now, consider the solar eclipse. If M > S
at sunrise, middle of the eclipse is not visible. If M < S , the middle is
visible. At sunset, if M > S , middle of the eclipse is visible. For a lunar
eclipse, S is replaced by S + 180 .
2
The accuracy is set to desired value, which could be as gross a one-hundredth or as

fine as one-billionth part.

antara
12.3
803
Computation of Bimbantara
Now, the angular radius of the Sun or Moon in minutes is given by

Angular radius =
Linear radius R
.
Distance from Earth
(12.16)
Here the denominator is actually dr.kkarn.a. So, a reverse rule of three is

being used in calculating the angular radius.
Ds
DM
Moons orbit
Lc
Sun
Figure 12.4: Lunar eclipse.

Figure 12.4 depicts the lunar eclipse. Let the diameters of the Sun, the
Earth and that of the shadow (ch
ay
a) at the Moons orbit be dS , dE and dc
respectively. Further, let DS and DM be the true distances of the Sun and
the Moon from the Earth, and Lc be the length of Earths shadow. Then
from Figure 12.4, it is clear that
or
Lc + DS
Lc
=
,
dE
dS
(12.17)
Lc
DS
=
.
dE
dS dE
(12.18)
dc
Lc DM
=
.
Lc
dE
(12.19)
Lc DM
dE .
Lc
(12.20)
From this, Lc is determined. Further,
Therefore,
dc =
804
12. Eclipse
12.4
Orb measure of the planets
The shadow diameter at the Moons orbit in minutes is given by

dc
R.
DM
(12.21)
In the above expression dc is in yojan

a-s. Having obtained the orb-measures
of the eclipsed and eclipsing planets, the extent of the eclipse at the midpoint and at any desired time can be calculated.
12.5
Direction of the eclipses and their

commencement
Z
Sc
Celestial Equator
Lunar disc
S
S
Solar disc
N, P
Horizon
Ecl
ipti
Figure 12.5: Ayana-valana.

Consider the small circle which is parallel to the prime vertical passing
through the centre of the solar disc. This is the ch
ay
a-kot.i-vr.tta or the
east-west small circle all of whose points are at a distance of
Ch
ay
a-bhuj
a = R sin z sin A,
from the prime vertical. At the beginning of the solar eclipse, the solar
and lunar discs touch each other at a point. The separation of this point

12.6 Ayana-valana
805
from this small circle (ch

ay
a-kot.i-vr.tta) is the valana. It consists of three
components. (i) a
yana-valana, which is due to the inclination of the ecliptic
with the diurnal circle (which coincides with the small circle at the equator)
(ii) a
ks.a-valana, which is due to the inclination of the diurnal circle with the
small circle, and (iii) valana due to the viks.epa of the Moon.
12.6
Ayana-valana
Consider a place on the equator. Without loss of generality, we take the

vernal equinox, at the east point (see Figure 12.5), the winter solstice
on the meridian, and the Sun situated between them on the ecliptic. The
Moon without latitude is also situated on the ecliptic and touches the
solar disc at Sc on the ecliptic. S is the point where the solar disc intersects
the ecliptic. The eclipse starts at Sc and S Sc is the a
yana-valana and it is
southwards in the figure. The angle between the ecliptic and the celestial
equator (prime vertical) is . Let S = , be the longitude of the Sun. Let
rs be the angular radius of the solar disc.
The distances of the centre of the Sun S and the point Sc from the celestial
equator are given by
R sin s = R sin sin .
R sin sc
= R sin( + rs ) sin .
(12.22)
(12.23)
Therefore S Sc , which is the difference between the two, is given by

R sin sc R sin s = R[sin( + rs ) sin ] sin .
sin ,
= rs R cos
(12.24)
corresponds to a point midway between S and Sc , and is given by

where
= + rs
2
ds
= + ,
4
(12.25)
where ds is the angular diameter of the solar disc. (The Text states that
the bhuj
a-khan.d.a, R sin( + rs ) R sin , is to be obtained from the kot.i-jy
a
R cos at the c
apa-khan.d.a-madhya).
806
12.7
12. Eclipse
. a-valana
Aks
Prime vertical
Chayakotivrtta
Z
PM
A
P1
180 H
Secondary to
prime vertical
P
R
rizon
Ho
Di
E
urn
al
Cel.
cir
Equ
cle
ator
Figure 12.6: Aks.a-valana.

Now we consider a place with latitude, . Here the diurnal circle is inclined
to the ch
ay
a-kot.i-vr.tta (the small circle parallel to the prime vertical) at an
angle as shown in Figure 12.6. Then a
ks.a-valana, rs sin , is the distance
along the north-south direction from the point on the diurnal circle to the
ch
ay
a-kot.i-vr.tta. Here rs represents the radius of the Suns disc (P Q, as
shown in the figure). The expression for R sin given in the Text is
R sin = R sin sin H.
(12.26)
It is further mentioned that the aks.a

m
a is given by
. sa of the natotkrama-jy
R(1 cos H) sin .
This is the distance between PM on the celestial equator and the vertical
small circle passing through P , a point on the celestial equator corresponding to hour angle H. This may be understood as follows. The distance between PM and the prime vertical is R sin . Similarly, the distance between
P and the prime vertical is R sin cos H, as P E = 90 H. Therefore, the
distance between PM and the small vertical circle is
R sin (1 cos H).
. a-valana
12.7 Aks
807
The correct expression for R sin may be obtained as follows. It may be

noted that is also the angle between the secondaries to celestial equator
and prime vertical (whose pole is N) from P. In Figure 12.6, let P R =
(that is, P N = 90 + ). In the spherical triangle P P1 N ,
Therefore,
sin
sin(P N )
=
.
sin(180 H)
sin
(12.27)
sin sin H
.
(12.28)
cos
The denominator in the RHS of the above equation could be determined
using the ch
ay
a-bhuj
a given by3
sin =
sin = sin z sin A.
(12.29)
In any case, R sin is the valana in the trijy

a circle. Therefore, a
ks.a-valana,
which is the valana corresponding to radius of the solar disc, is given by
R sin
rs .
R
(12.30)
In Figure 12.7(b), Ay is the a

yana-valana and Ak is the a
ks.a-valana. If V
be the total valana, when Ay and Ak are in the same direction, it is given
by4
V = Ay + Ak .
(12.31)
If they are in opposite direction, then

V = Ay Ak .
(12.32)
So far, we have considered the case when there is no viks.epa. Considering

viks.epa, it may be noted that viks.epa+nati= , as shown in the Figure
12.7(a). This corresponds to the bimb
antara. Hence, viks.epa-valana at the
circumference of the disc is
Radius of solar disc
.
(12.33)

Bimb
antara
The direction of the valana-s at the time of moks.a (release) will be opposite
to those at sparsa (contact).
3
For details the reader may refer to section 11.14.

However, Ay should be multiplied by cos to obtain valana in the north-south direction.
4
808
12. Eclipse
Ak
Ay
Viksepa
valana
Ecliptic
Chayakotivrtta
(b)
or
at
qu
.E
l
Ce
E
A blownup
version of
this section is
shown in (b)
Di
ur
Horizon
Ecliptic
na
(a)
lc
irc
le
Figure 12.7: Combined Valana.
12.8
Graphical chart of the eclipse
Valana is calculated for the times of commencement and culmination of the

eclipse, as well as for any other desired instant. Then, the eclipsed orb (solar
disc in the solar eclipse) is drawn and the local east-west line (ch
ay
a-kot.ivr.tta) is drawn through its centre (as in Figure 12.8). Choose a point at a
distance of valana from the point on the eclipsed orb which is on the local
east-west line. The valana line passes through the chosen point and the
centre of the eclipsed orb. Draw the orb of the eclipsing planet with its
centre on the valana line at a distance of bimb
antara from the centre of the
eclipsed orb. Then, the eclipsed and bright portion of the eclipsed orb can
be easily found as indicated in Figure 12.8. Here it is not mandatory that
the valana corresponding to the actual radius of the eclipsed orb should be
calculated. It can be calculated for any suitable radius, and the valana line
can be drawn suitably.
12.9 Lunar eclipse
809
Local eastwest line
Eclipsing orb
Valana
corresponding to
the eclipsing orb
Eclipsed orb
S
lin
n
la
(Distance of separation between

the eclipsing and eclipsed orbs)
Va
Bimbantara
Figure 12.8: Graphical representation of eclipse.
12.9
Lunar eclipse
In the lunar eclipse, the Moons orb is being eclipsed and the Earths shadow
is the eclipser. The diameter of the Earths shadow at the path of the Moon is
called tamo-bim
. ba (orb of darkness). As the Earths shadow and the Moons
orb are at the same distance from the Earth, the nati and lambana are the
same for the eclipser and the eclipsed. Hence, they cancel out and do not
figure in the calculation. All the other rules are the same for the solar and
lunar eclipses.
Thus the procedures for the computation of eclipses have been stated. It is
noted that there is a correction called paridhi-sphut. a for both the Sun and
the Moon. Nothing more is stated about its magnitude or nature, except
that it would affect the longitudes of the Sun and the Moon and thereby the
time of the eclipse.
Chapter 13
Vyatp
ata
13.1
Occurence of Vyatpata
Vyatp
ata is said to occur when the (magnitudes of) declinations of the Sun
and Moon are equal, and when one of them is increasing and the other is
decreasing. This can happen when one of these bodies is in an odd quadrant,
and the other is in an even quadrant.
13.2
Derivation of declination of the Moon
A method of computing the declination of the Moon (which has a latitude)

has already been described. Here, a new method to compute the same is
described. The declination of the Sun is determined with the knowledge of
the intersection point ( in Figure 13.1) and the maximum divergence R sin
of the ecliptic and the celestial equator. Similarly, the declination of the
Moon can be determined if we know (i) the point where the celestial equator
and the viks.epa-vr.tta (lunar orbit) intersect, (ii) the maximum divergence
between them, and (iii) the position of the Moon on the viks.epa-vr.tta.
13.3
Viks.epa
The viks.epa-vr.tta will intersect the ecliptic at R

ahu (ascending node of the
Moon) and Ketu (descending node) and diverge northwards and southwards
respectively, from those points. A method to determine the intersection
point of the celestial equator and the viks.epa-vr.tta, and their maximum
13.3 Viks.epa
811
divergence, is described first in qualitative terms. For this, four distinct

cases are discussed.
P
(Viksepaparsva)
Vo
K
Vi
ks
ep
vr
tta
tic
lip
Ec
ator
l Equ
stia
Cele
(Also Rahu)
Figure 13.1: Moons orbit when the node R

ahu coincides with the vernal
equinox .
Case 1: R
ahu at the vernal equinox:
Here, the maximum declination () on the ecliptic and maximum viks.epa (i)
on the viks.epa-vr.tta are both on the north-south circle as shown in Figure
13.1. The maximum possible declination of the Moon on that day will be
equal to the sum of these two ( + i). Then, the declination of the Moon can
be determined with the knowledge of its position on the viks.epa-vr.tta, as the
inclination of viks.epa-vr.tta with the equator is ( + i). The viks.epa-p
arsva1 is
the northern pole (V0 ) of the viks.epa-vr.tta. When the R
ahu is at the vernal
equinox, the distance between this and the north celestial pole is equal to
( + i).
The viks.epa-p
arsva is the (north) pole of the viks.epa-vr.tta, just as the north
celestial pole is the pole of the celestial equator or the r
asi-k
u.t a is the pole
of the ecliptic. Whatever be the position of R
ahu, the distance between the
celestial pole and the viks.epa-p
arsva is equal to the maximum divergence
between the equator and the viks.epa-vr.tta.
1
Though generally the term p

arsva refers to a side, in the present context it is used to
refer to the pole.
812
13. Vyatp
ata
P
Viksepayanavrtta
K
V
Vw
tic
lip
rtta
av
iksep
Ec
Cw
tor Dw
Equa
Rahu

ahu coincides with the winter
solstice.
Case 2: R
ahu at the winter (southern) solstice:
In this case, the viks.epa-vr.tta would be deflected towards the north from
the vernal equinox by the measure of maximum viks.epa as shown in Figure
13.2. The viks.epa-p
arsva2 would be deflected towards west from V0 and
would be at VW , with the arc length KVW = i. The distance between
the (celestial) pole P and VW is the viks.ep
ayan
anta (I). The great circle
passing through P and VW is called viks.ep
ayana-vr.tta. Its intersection point
(DW ) with the celestial equator would be deflected west from the northsouth circle by the angle K P VW . The point of intersection of the viks.epa
and viks.ep
ayana-vr.tta-s corresponds to maximum declination of the Moon
in this set-up. The viks.epa-vis.uvat is the point of intersection of the viks.epavr.tta and the celestial equator and is denoted by CW . CW is at 90 from
DW . CW = K P VW is called viks.epa-calana. CW is situated west of the
vernal equinox when R
ahu is at winter solstice.
Case 3: R
ahu at the autumnal equinox:3
As depicted in Figure 13.3, the viks.epa-vr.tta would intersect the north-south
circle at a point north of the winter solstice by i, which is taken to be 4 12 .

The viks.epa-p
arsva, now at V , would also be deflected towards north from
K, and the distance between V and P would be i = 19 12 . It is easy to

2
It may be noted that this point VW lies on the other side of the celestial sphere.
Autumnal equinox was approximately at the middle of the Kany
a-r
asi at the time of
composition of Yuktibh
a.s
a.
3
13.3 Viks.epa
813
Vo
Rahu
tic
ip
l
Ec
tor
Equa
ta
vrt
Viksepa

ahu coincides with the autumnal
equinox.
see that viks.epa-vis.uvat would coincide with the equinox now and there will
be no viks.epa-calana.
Case 4: R
ahu at the summer (northern) solstice:
This situation is depicted in Figure 13.4. Here, the viks.epa-p
arsva VE is
deflected towards the east from V0 , with KVE = i. The viks.ep
ayana-vr.tta
touches the equator at DE , which is deflected east from the north-south
circle. The viks.epa-vis.uvat is at CE and is east of the vernal equinox .
P
Viksepayanavrtta
K
V
VE
Rahu
tic
ip
Ecl
rtta
pav
DE
tor
Equa
CE
Vikse

ahu coincides with the summer
solstice.
814
13. Vyatp
ata
Thus the location of the viks.epa-p

arsva, V , depends upon the position of
R
ahu. However, it is always at a distance of maximum viks.epa from the
northern r
asi-k
u.ta (KV = i). The location of the southern viks.epa-p
arsva
with respect to the southern r
asi-k
u.ta can be discussed along similar lines.
13.4
Viks.epa-calana
Perpendicular cross section
of this portion is shown in (b)
M
Vo
V
K
Vo
(b)
l Equato
(a)
Celestia
Figure 13.5: The distance between viks.epa-p

arsva and the north celestial
pole.
Here the method to determine the distance between the (north) celestial pole
and the viks.epa-p
arsva is described in broad terms first. Consider Figure
13.5. The viks.epa-p
arsva is at V0 separated from K by the maximum viks.epa
i. Drop a perpendicular V0 T from V0 to OK, where O is the centre of the
sphere. As the arc V0 K = i, V0 T = R sin i. Draw a circle with radius R sin i
centered at T in the plane perpendicular to OT . This is the viks.epa-p
arsvavr.tta. It may be noted that this circle (shown separately in Figure 13.5(b)
will be parallel to the plane of the ecliptic.4 ) Mark a point V on this circle
4
In the figure V M is along the east-west line and is perpendicular to the plane of the
figure.
13.5 Karn.a
nayana
815
such that the angle corresponding to the arc V0 V is the longitude of R

ahu,
N . Drop a perpendicular T U from T to the aks.a-dan.d.a OP . Conceive a
circle with U as the centre and T U as the radius in the plane perpendicular
to OP . The relationship between this circle and the viks.epa-p
arsva-vr.tta is
the same as that of the kaks.y
a-vr.tta and the ucca-nca-vr.tta. Now,
OT
and T U
= R cos i,
= OT sin = R cos i sin ,
is the radius of the kaks.y

a-vr.tta. Draw V M perpendicular to V0 T . Then,
V M = R sin i sin N and M T = R sin i cos N play the role of bhuj
a-phala
and kot.i-phala respectively in the determination of V U , which is the karn.a.
It must be noted that V M is along the east-west direction and perpendicular
to the plane of the figure. It is the distance between V and the north-south
circle. When the R
ahu is between Makar
adi and Karky
adi (or equivalently
N is between 270 and 90 ), the kot.i-phala has to be added to the representative of trijy
a which is T U . Similarly, when it is between Karky
adi and
Makar
adi (N is between 90 and 270 ), the kot.i-phala is to be subtracted.
(Actually the kot.i-phala has to be projected along T U before this is done;
this becomes clear in the next section). When R
ahu is at the vernal equinox,
viks.epa-p
arsva is at V0 and V P would be maximum. Similarly, when R
ahu
is at the autumnal equinox, viks.epa-p
arsva is at V and V P is minimum.
The viks.epa-p
arsva is in the eastern part of the sphere (or to the east of
the north-south circle), when R
ahu moves from the vernal equinox to the
autumnal equinox (or N is between 0 and 180 ). Then the viks.epa-vis.uvat
is situated east of the equinox, and viks.epa-calana is to be subtracted (from
the longitude of the Moon) while calculating Moons declination. Similarly,
the viks.epa-vis.uvat is situated west of the equinox, when the R
ahu moves
from the autumnal equinox to the vernal equinox (or N is between 180
and 360 ), and viks.epa-calana is to be added (to the longitude of the Moon)
while calculating Moons declination.
13.5
Karn.
anayana
In Figure 13.6, the points V0 , V , T (centre of the viks.epa-p

arsva-vr.tta), M
and U have the same significance as in Figure 13.5. M V is perpendicular to
the plane of the figure. Draw M U from M , perpendicular to the aks.a-dan.d.a,
816
13. Vyatp
ata
P
K
M
Vo
V
I
Figure 13.6: The inclination of the Moons orbit with the equator.
OP . V M is perpendicular to the plane of the figure and hence to OP , and
M U is also perpendicular to OP . Hence V U M is a triangle, right angled
at M , and in a plane perpendicular to OP . Therefore, V U is perpendicular
to OP and is the desired distance, R sin I, between V and aks.a-dan.d.a. Let
M M be perpendicular to U M which is the extension of U T . The angle
between T M and T M is . It is clear that M U = M U . Therefore,
M U
= M T + T U
= M T cos + R cos i sin
= R sin i cos N cos + R cos i sin ,
(13.1)
where MT is the kot.i-phala discussed in the previous section. It may be seen

that M V = R sin i sin N , is the bhuj
a-phala. Then,
p
(M V )2 + (M U )2
V U =
p
(R sin i sin N )2 + (R sin i cos N cos + R cos i sin )2 . (13.2)
=
Clearly V U = R sin I, where I is the angle corresponding to the arc V P .

Hence,
p
R sin I = (R sin i sin N )2 + (R sin i cos N cos + R cos i sin )2 . (13.3)
This is the maximum declination, or the maximum divergence between the

equator and the viks.epa-vr.tta (viks.ep
ayan
anta).
13.6 Determination of Viks.epa-calana
817
Vo
18
K
I
i
V
Figure 13.7: Spherical trigonometric derivation of the inclination.

Note: Equation (13.3) can be derived using spherical trigonometrical results
as follows: In Figure 13.7, consider the spherical triangle V KP , with KV =
i, KP = , V P = I and the spherical angle at K being 180 N (as
= N ). Then, applying the cosine formula to the side V P ,
V0 KV
cos I = cos i cos + sin i sin cos(180 N )
= cos i cos sin i sin cos N .
From this, it can be easily shown that

p
sin I = (sin i sin N )2 + (sin i cos N cos + cos i sin )2 ,
(13.4)
(13.5)
13.6
Determination of Viks.epa-calana
In Figure 13.8, the viks.ep

ayana-vr.tta cuts the equator at D. The viks.epavis.uvat is at C which is at 90 from D. Hence the viks.epa-calana is C = DN ,
which is the arc corresponding to K P V = . Now is the inclination of
viks.ep
ayana-vr.tta with the north-south circle. The distance between V and
the north-south circle is V M 5 and is given by
V M = R sin i sin N .
5
(13.6)
The point M is the foot of perpendicular from V to the plane of the north-south circle,
which is the same as the plane of the paper.
818
13. Vyatp
ata
This is the bhuj

a-phala related to and I through the relation
V M = R sin i sin N = R sin I sin .
(13.7)
P
K
Viksepavrtta
M
V
Ch
Q
R
D
ti
clip
Celestia
l Equato
i
I
Ch
Figure 13.8: The change in the deflection or Viks.epa-calana.

Hence, viks.epa-calana is the arc corresponding to
R sin C = R sin =
R sin i sin N
.
sin I
(13.8)
Viks.epa-calana is to be applied to the s

ayana-candra to obtain the distance
between the viks.epa-vis.uvat (C) and the Moon on the viks.epa-vr.tta (Ch ),
that is CCh . Then the declination of the Moon, R sin M , is given by
R sin M = R sin Ch Ch = R sin I sin(CCh ),
(13.9)
as I is the inclination and CCh is the arc.

Here, it is not specified how the viks.epa-calana is actually applied to the
s
ayana-candra to obtain the arc CCh along the lunar orbit (viks.epa-vr.tta).
In Tantrasangraha
(VI, 36), the declination of the Moon is stated to be

R sin(M C) sin I, where M is the s
ayana longitude of the Moon (Q in
Figure 13.8) and C is the viks.epa-calana. Perhaps, this is what is implied
here also. This could be understood as follows, when the inclination of
13.7 Time of Vyatp

ata
819
Moons orbit is taken to be very small.

CCh = Ch R + RC,
(where R is R
ahu)
= Ch R + R + CR R
RQ + R (R CR)
= Q (R CR)
Q C
= M C.
(13.10)
Here we have taken RCh RQ and R CR C. These are fairly good

approximations, to the first order in the inclination i, as cos i is taken to be
1 in both the cases. Hence,
R sin M = R sin I sin(M C).
13.7
Time of Vyatpata
13.8
Derivation of Vyatpata
(13.11)
As already stated, vyatp

ata occurs when the declinations of the Moon (calculated as above, taking into account viks.epa-calana) and the Sun are equal,
and when one of them is in the odd quadrant, and the other in the even quadrant. First, the instant of vyatp
ata is estimated in an approximate manner
from the longitudes of the Sun and Moon on any day. This approximate
instant is the zeroth approximation and is denoted by t0 . The declination
of the Sun is given by
R sin s = R sin sin S .
(13.12)
The declination of the Moon is calculated using the procedure described in

the previous sections, and that is equated to the declination of the Sun as
follows:
R sin M = R sin I sin(M C) = R sin sin s .
(13.13)
820
13. Vyatp
ata
From this, the longitude of the Moon, M is calculated from the arc corresponding to the expression below (and adding the viks.epa-calana):
R sin(M C) =
R sin sin s
.
sin I
(13.14)
M , calculated in this manner from the Suns longitude (and other quantities), would not coincide with M calculated directly, as the instant of
vyatp
ata is yet to be found. If M (from Sun) > M (direct), and the Moon
is in the odd quadrant, the declination of the Moon is less than that of the
Sun and the vyatp
ata is yet to occur. Similarly, the vyatp
ata has already occurred if M (from Sun) < M (direct), with the Moon in the odd quadrant.
In the even quadrant, it is the other way round.
In any case, 1 = M (Sun) - M (direct), is found. This is the angle to
be covered. As the Sun and Moon are moving in opposite directions for
vyatp
ata, the above is divided by the sum of the daily motions of the Sun
and the Moon to obtain the instant at which vyatp
ata will occur as a first
approximation. That is, the approximation for the instant of vyatp
ata is
t1 = t0 + t1 , where
t1 =
M (Sun) M (direct)
1
=
,
M + S
M + S
(13.15)
where M and S are the daily motions of the Moon and Sun respectively
at t0 . The above result which is in units of days has to be multiplied by 60
to obtain it in n
ad.ik
a-s.
The longitudes of the Sun or Moon are calculated at t1 by multiplying t1
by S or M and adding the results to S or M at t0 . In the case of
Moons node, t1 should be multiplied by N (daily motion of the node)
and subtracted from N at t0 , as the motion of Moons node is retrograde.
Again, the longitude of the Moon is calculated from that of the Sun by
equating its declination with that of the Sun, and 2 = M (Sun) M
(direct) is found. Then, the next approximation for the instant of vyatp
ata
is
t1 + t2 = t0 + t1 + t2 ,
(13.16)
where,
t2 =
2
.
M + S
(13.17)

ata
821
This iteration procedure is carried on till the longitude of the Moon as calculated from that of the Sun (by equating the declination) and that obtained
directly, are equal (to the desired accuracy). Thus,
t = t0 + t1 + t2 . . . ,
(13.18)
is the instant of vyatp

ata where the declinations of the Sun and Moon are
equal. At any stage, t is positive or negative, when M (Sun) is greater or
less than M (direct), when the Moon is in an odd quadrant (that is, when
its declination keeps increasing with time). It is the other way round, when
Moon is in an even quadrant. Thus, it is clear that vyatp
ata can occur only
when the declination circle of some part of Moons orb is identical with that
of a part of Suns orb at the same instant.6
Towards the end of the chapter, it is stated that the duration of vyatp
ata is 4 n
ad.ik
a-s.
What this means is not clear and perhaps this cannot be true. The procedure for calculating the half-duration of vyatp
ata is described in Tantrasangraha.
Chapter 14
Maud.hya and Visibility Correction
to Planets
Here, the lagna corresponding to the rising and setting of a planet having a latitudinal deflection (viks.epa), is calculated. The visibility correction
(darsana-sam
ara) is the correction that should be applied to the longitude
. sk
of the planet to obtain the lagna corresponding to the rising and setting of
the planets.
14.1
Computation of visibility correction
Consider the situation in Figure 14.1 when the point L on the ecliptic, having
the same longitude as the planet P , is on the horizon, or L is the lagna. The
planet P has a (northern) latitude and P P is the viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta parallel
to the ecliptic, with C as the centre. K1 P L and K1 P L are the arcs of the
r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s passing through P and P (point in the viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta
on the horizon) respectively. Here K1 is the northern r
asi-k
u.ta. V is the
dr.kks.epa whose zenith distance is ZV = zv , also referred to as dr.kks.epa.
ZK1 M M is a vertical circle and it is clear that
= 90 zv .
ZK1 = 90 zv , K1 M = zv and M M = P LL
As L is at 90 from both Z and K1 , it is the pole of the vertical Z1 KM M .
= zv .
Hence, LM = LK1 = 90 and K1 LP
Now, drop a perpendicular P F from P to the plane of the horizon. Clearly,

P F is the sanku
of P , whose zenith distance is ZP = z. Also, the arc LP =
= K1 LM
= zv , with
(latitude of the planet) is inclined at an angle, P LM
the arc LP M . Therefore,

P F = R cos z = R sin zv sin .
(14.1)
14.1 Computation of visibility correction
823
90 o
z
zV
K1
ti
lip
Ec
V
P1
L"
Hori
zon
P"
zv
F1
P
o
90 z v
Viksepavrtta
(when the planet
has a southern viksepa)
M
Viksepakotivrtta
when the planet has
a northern viksepa
M
Figure 14.1: Visibility correction when the planet has latitude and the northern K1 is above the horizon.
Draw P P1 perpendicular to CP and P1 F1 perpendicular to OL. It is clear
that P1 F1 = P F = R cos z. Now, P1 F1 P is a right angled triangle with
P1 P F1 = 90 zv , and this is the angle between the viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta and
the horizon, which is the same as the angle between the ecliptic and the
horizon. Hence,
P P1 =
=
=
P1 F1
sin(90 zv )
R cos z
cos zv
R sin zv sin
.
cos zv
(14.2)
This is the distance between the planet and the horizon on the viks.epa-kot.ivr.tta.
824
14.2
14. Maud.hya and Visibility Correction to Planets
Rising and setting of planets
Consider the angle between the r

asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s K1 P L and K1 P L in
Figure 14.1. It corresponds to the arc LL on the ecliptic and
= LOL
.
= P CP
(14.3)
Now, the planes of the viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta and ecliptic are parallel and, just
as P P1 is perpendicular to CP, L F1 is perpendicular to OL. Hence,
L F1 = R sin .
(14.4)
As the radius of the viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta is R cos ,

P P1 = CP sin = R cos sin .
(14.5)
R sin zv sin
P P1
=
.
cos
cos zv cos
(14.6)
Hence,
R sin =
From this, the arc LL = is obtained. This formula is the same as the
one for cara, with zv replacing the latitude of the place, and replacing the
declination .
Now consider the situation when the planet is at P on the horizon, i.e., it
is rising. Then, the lagna L is given by
L = L LL
= Longitude of the planet ,
(14.7)
where the arc LL = is calculated as above. So, the visibility correction

(), is subtracted in this case. When the planet has a southern latitude,
which is also shown in Figure 14.1, the visibility correction , which is the
angle between the r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta-s passing through the planet at P and the
lagna at L, is calculated in the same manner. In this case, the lagna is given
by
L = L + LL
= Longitude of the planet + ,
and hence, the correction has to be added.
(14.8)
825
At the setting, there is reversal of addition and subtraction. In fact, the

same figure can be used, with the only difference being that L and L are
westwards now. As the longitude is always measured eastwards, it is clear
that when the viks.epa is north, the lagna will be greater than the longitude of
the planet (visibility correction is added). Similarly, the visibility correction
is subtracted when the latitude is south.
Z
V
Viksepakotivrtta
(southern viksepa)
K2
Viksepakotivrtta
(northern viksepa)
zon
Hori
P"
L"
Ec
lip
tic
(Southern
Rasi-kuta)
Figure 14.2: Visibility correction when the planet has latitude and the southern K2 is above the horizon.
It may be noted that the dr.kks.epa V is south, when the northern r
asi-k
u.ta
K1 is above the horizon (Figure 14.1). In Figure 14.2, the situation when the
southern r
asi-k
u.ta K2 is above the horizon is displayed. Here, the dr.kks.epa
is north. P and P correspond to raising points of a planet with northern

and southern latitudes respectively, and L is the lagna. Then the visibility
correction is LL when the planet has a northern latitude and it has to
be added to the longitude of the planet (L ) to obtain the lagna (L).
Similarly, the visibility correction is LL , when the planet has a southern
latitude and it has to be subtracted from the longitude of the planet(L )
to obtain the lagna (L). Hence, this is the reverse of the situation when
the northern r
asi-k
u.t a is above the horizon.
In both the cases, the darsana-sam
ara (visibility correction) should be
. sk
added to the planets longitude when the directions of the viks.epa and the
826
14. Maud.hya and Visibility Correction to Planets
dr.kks.epa are the same, and subtracted from it when the directions of these
two are opposite, to obtain the lagna. At the setting we have the reverse
situation.
14.3
Planetary visibility
Having determined the lagna at the rising and setting of a planet, the corresponding k
ala-lagna is determined (as described in Chapter 11). The difference in k
ala-lagna-s of the planet and the Sun (in terms of minutes of time)
is found. The planet is visible only when this difference is more than a specified measure.1 The method for obtaining the madhya-lagna of a planet with
viks.epa is stated to be similar. The madhya-lagna does not depend on the
latitude of the place, as it is the meridian ecliptic point, and the meridian
or the north-south circle is the same for places with or without latitude.
This measure is not specified in this Text, whereas in chapter 7 of Tantrasangraha,
the minimum angular separation in degrees for visibility are specified to be 12, 17, 13, 11,
9 and 15 for the Moon, Mars, Mercury, Jupiter, Venus and Saturn respectively.
Chapter 15
Elevation of the Moons Cusps
Though the title of this short chapter is candra-s.rngonnati
or Elevation
of the Moons Cusps, it is exclusively devoted to the computation of the
distance between the centres of the lunar and solar discs (bimb
antara). The
bimb
antara of course figures prominently in the computations of the Moons
phase and the elevation of its cusps, but these are not discussed in the Text
as available.
15.1
The Dvitya-sphut.a-karn.a of the Sun and the

Moon
In chapter 11, prior to the discussion on ch

ay
a-lambana, the calculation
of dvitya-sphut.a-karn.a (section 11.36) which is the actual distance of the
Sun and the Moon from the centre of the Earth, after taking into account
the second correction (essentially, the evection term), was discussed. The
second correction has to be applied to the manda-sphut.a of the Moon, to
obtain the true longitude. (In the case of the Sun, there is no correction
to the manda-sphut.a, as the mandocca of second correction is in the same
direction as manda-sphut. a of the Sun). Here the view of Siddh
antasekhara
pati) is quoted.1
(of Sr
The dr.kkarn.a, or the distance of the planet from the observer on the surface
of the Earth, is obtained from the dvitya-sphut.a-karn.a as in chapter 11. The
nati (parallax in latitude) and lambana (parallax in longitude) of the Sun
1
It is also stated that according to Laghum

anasa (by Mu
nj
ala) the antya-phala of the
Moon is to be multiplied by Moons manda-karn.a and five and divided by trijy
a.
828
and Moon are found from the dr.kkarn.a. The longitudes are corrected for
lambana. From the corrected longitudes and the nati, the distance between
the centres of the solar and lunar spheres is to be computed, as outlined
below.
15.2
Distance between the orbs of the Sun and the

Moon
S
M
Ecliptic
S"
Rasikutavrtta
through the Moon
M"
Q
M
Rasikutavrtta
through the Sun
(northsouth circle)
Horizo
n
K (pole of the ecliptic)
Figure 15.1: Calculation of bimb

antara, the distance between the orbs of the
Sun and the Moon.
In Figure 15.1, the Sun S without nati is conceived to be at the zenith and
the ecliptic is conceived as the prime vertical with its poles on the North and
South points. The r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta through the Sun will be the north-south
circle. (In the figure, the ecliptic which is the prime vertical is in the plane
of the paper). If O is the center of the sphere, OS is the vertical line.
Case 1: Consider the Sun without nati at S, and the Moon without viks.epa
at M . Draw M Q perpendicular to the vertical line. If is the difference in
their longitudes,
M Q = R sin = Bhuj
a-jy
a
SQ = R(1 cos ) = Sara.
(15.1)
15.2 Distance between the orbs of the Sun and the Moon
829
In this case, it is clear that

Bimb
antara = SM
=
=
M Q2 + SQ2
2
(Bhuj
a-jy
a)2 + (Sara)
.
(15.2)
Case 2: Now consider the Moon with latitude at M and the Sun without
nati.2 From M draw M M perpendicular to OM . Clearly,
= = latitude (c
M OM
apa of viks.epa),
M M = R sin = viks.epa,
M M = R(1 cos ) = viks.epa-sara,
OM = R cos .
(15.3)
Now we have to find the distance between M and S. From M drop perpendiculars M P and M Q on M Q and OS respectively. Then,
M Q = P Q = R cos sin .
(15.4)
Equation (15.4) can also be obtained as follows:

MP
= M M sin
= R(1 cos ) sin
= Bhuj
a-phala of viks.epa-sara.
(15.5)
Hence,
M Q = P Q = M Q M P
= R sin R(1 cos ) sin
= R cos sin .
(15.6)
Now,
QQ = P M = M M cos
= R cos (1 cos )
= kot.i-phala of viks.epa-sara,
2
(15.7)
The difference in the longitudes of the Sun and Moon is assumed to be less than 90 .
830
which can also be computed from

p
M M 2 P M 2
QQ = P M =
q
R2 (1 cos )2 R2 (1 cos )2 sin2
=
= R cos (1 cos ).
(15.8)
SQ is the distance between the Sun and the foot of the bhuj
a-jy
a (Q ), which
is drawn from the foot of the viks.epa (M ). It is given by

SQ = SQ + QQ
= R(1 cos ) + R cos (1 cos )
= R(1 cos cos ).
(15.9)
Then, SM which is the distance between the Sun and the foot of the viks.epa,
is given by
p
SQ2 + M Q2
SM =
q
R2 (1 cos cos )2 + R2 sin2 cos2 .
=
(15.10)
Now the viks.epa M M is perpendicular to the plane of the ecliptic and is

perpendicular to SM . Therefore,
SM 2 = SM 2 + M M 2
= R2 (1 cos cos )2 +
R2 sin2 cos2 + R2 sin2 .
(15.11)
SM which is the square root of this is the distance between the Sun, S
(without nati) and the Moon M (with viks.epa).
Case 3: Now consider the case when the Sun has nati and it is at S ,
separated from the ecliptic by the arc SS = s . Drop a perpendicular S S
from S to the vertical, OS. S S is perpendicular to the ecliptic and to OS.
Then,
S S = R sin s = nati,
and
SS
= R(1 cos s )
= Arkonnati-sara.
(15.12)
(15.13)
Then,
S Q = SQ SS
= Sphut.a-sara Arkonnati-sara
= R(1 cos ) R(1 cos s ),
(15.14)
831
is the vertical distance between the base of the nati-sara and the base of the
bhuj
a-jy
QQ = kot.i-phala of Moons ks.epa-sara
= R cos (1 cos ).
(15.15)
Then,
S Q = S Q + QQ
= R(1 cos ) R(1 cos s ) + R cos (1 cos )
= r1 ,
(15.16)
is one quantity (r
asi), which is the vertical distance between the Sun and
the Moon.
The horizontal distance M Q between the Sun and the Moon in the plane
of the ecliptic is the second quantity given by,
r2 = M Q = R(1 cos cos ).
Clearly,
S M =
r12 + r22 .
(15.17)
(15.18)
The sum or difference of the nati-s of the Sun and Moon is the third quantity,
r3 . This is the distance between the Sun and the Moon along the line
perpendicular to the ecliptic (plane of the paper in Figure 15.1). If the
nati-s are in the same direction with respect to the ecliptic, the difference is
to be considered. If they are in the opposite directions, the sum of the nati-s
is to be taken. In Figure 15.1, where both the nati-s are above the plane of
the paper, we have
r3 = M M S S = R sin R sin s .
(15.19)
Then the bimb

antara or the distance S M between the centres of the lunar
and solar discs is given by
q
(15.20)
Bimb
antara = r12 + r22 + r32 .
This can be understood as follows:
In Figure 15.2, S M is in the plane of the ecliptic (of the paper). S S and
M M are perpendicular to the plane of the paper. Let
M T = S S = N ati of Sun.
832

S"
S
M"
T
M
Figure 15.2: The actual distance between the apparent Sun and the Moon.
Then,
T M = M M M T
= Difference in nati s
= r3 .
(15.21)
S T is a line parallel and equal in length to S M and T M is perpendicular

to it. Hence,
p
S T 2 + T M 2
S M =
p
S M 2 + T M 2
=
q
=
r12 + r22 + r32 .
(15.22)
Hence, r1 , r2 and r3 are essentially the differences in the coordinates of the
Sun and the Moon along the vertical, east-west (horizontal direction in the
plane of the paper), and the north-south directions respectively. This is the
rationale for the expression for the bimb
antara.
Case 4: Now consider the case when the difference between the longitudes
of the Sun and Moon is more than 90 . In this case, the treatment is similar
except that the zenith Z is conceived to be situated exactly midway between
the Sun and the Moon, without viks.epa or nati, at S and M respectively
(see Figure 15.3). The line SM cuts the vertical at Q. As the arcs ZM and
ZS are both equal to half the difference in longitudes, we have

M Q = QS = R sin
2
= Bhuj
a-jy
a of Moon/Sun.
(15.23)
833
P1
R
M"
S"
/2
P2
S
S
/2
Figure 15.3: The distance between the Sun and the Moon when their difference in longitudes is 90 .
In Figure 15.3, M and S are the true Moon and Sun with viks.epa and nati.
M and S are at the feet of the viks.epa (arc ) and nati (arc s ) on the
s
utra-s of Moon and Sun respectively. M Q and S R are the perpendiculars
from M and S respectively on the vertical OZ. M P1 and S P2 are
perpendiculars from M and S on M S. Now,
and
QQ = Kot.i-phala of Moons sara

(1 cos ),
= R cos
2
QR = Kot.i-phala of Suns sara

= R cos
(1 cos s ).
2
(15.24)
(15.25)
R Q , which is the difference between the feet of the perpendiculars from S

and M on the vertical line, is given by the relation:
R Q = QQ QR
= r1 .
(15.26)
This is the difference between kot.i-phala-s of the sara-s of Sun and Moon,
and is the first quantity.
834
Now,
M Q = M Q M P1

= R sin
R sin
(1 cos )
2
2

cos ,
= R sin
2
(15.27)
is the Rsine of half the longitude difference from which the dorjy
a-phala of
Moons sara has been subtracted.
Similarly,
S R = SQ SP2

= R sin
R sin
(1 cos s )
2
2

= R sin
cos s ,
2
(15.28)
is the Rsine of half the longitude difference from which the dorjy
a-phala of
Suns sara has been subtracted. The sum of the above two is the second
quantity:
r2 = M Q + S R

= R sin
cos + R sin
cos s .
2
2
(15.29)
The third quantity (r3 ), is the sum or difference in nati-s of the Sun and
Moon:
r3 = M M S S
r3 = M M + S S
(same direction),
(opposite directions).
(15.30)
Then bimb
antara, S M , is given by the square root of the sum ofv the
squares of the above three quantities r1 , r2 and r3 :
q
(15.31)
S M = r12 + r22 + r32 .
Here the third quantity r3 , which is the sum or difference of the nati-s, is the
north-south separation between the Sun and the Moon. The second quantity r2 , which is the sum of M Q and S R (nati-phala-ty
aga-visis..ta
ntaraardhajy
an
am
. yogam
. ), is the east-west separation between them. The first
835
quantity r1 , which is the distance between the feet of the perpendiculars from
the Sun and the Moon on the vertical (nati-sar
an. a
m
antaram u
rdhv
a. kot.i-phal
dhobh
agya-antar
alam), is the vertical separation between them. Hence,
q
(15.32)
Bimb
antara = S M = r12 + r22 + r32 .
The same procedure is used in the derivation of the separation of the orbs
in the computation of eclipses.
The Text (as presently available) ends at this point without going further
. ngonnati,
into the details of the calculation of Sr
which may be found in other

texts such as Tantrasangraha.
Blank page Inserted deliberately
Epilogue
Revision of Indian Planetary Model by
Nilakan.t.ha Somay
aji (c. 1500 AD)
It is now generally recognised that the Kerala School of Indian astronomy,1
starting with Madhava of Sangamagr
ama in the fourteenth century, made

important contributions to mathematical analysis much before this subject
developed in Europe. The Kerala astronomers derived infinite series for ,
sine and cosine functions and also developed fast convergent approximations
to them. Here, we shall discuss how the Kerala School also made equally
significant discoveries in astronomy, in particular, planetary theory.
Madhavas disciple Paramesvara of Vat.asseri (c. 1380-1460) is reputed to
have made continuous and careful observations for a period of over fiftyfive years. He is famous as the originator of the Dr.g-gan.ita system, which
replaced the older Parahita system. Nlakan.t.ha Somayaj of Tr.kkan.t.iyur
(c. 1444-1550), disciple of Paramesvaras son Damodara, carried out an even
more fundamental revision of the traditional planetary theory. In his treatise
Tantrasangraha
(c. 1500), Nlakan.t.ha Somayaj presents a major revision

of the earlier Indian planetary model for the interior planets Mercury and
Venus. This led Nlakan.t.ha Somayaj to a much better formulation of the
equation of centre and the latitude of these planets than was available either
in the earlier Indian works or in the Islamic or the Greco-European traditions
The material in this Epilogue is based on the following sources, which may be consulted
for details: (i) K. Ramasubramanian, M. D. Srinivas and M. S. Sriram, Modification of
the Earlier Indian Planetary Theory by the Kerala Astronomers (c. 1500 AD) and the
Implied Heliocentric Picture of Planetary Motion, Current Science 66, 784-790, 1994;
(ii) M. S. Sriram, K. Ramasubramanian and M. D. Srinivas (eds.), 500 years of Tantrasangraha:
A Landmark in the History of Astronomy, Shimla 2002, p. 29-102.

1
For the Kerala School of Astronomy, see for instance, K. V. Sarma, A Bibliography
of Kerala and Kerala-based Astronomy and Astrology, Hoshiarpur 1972; K. V. Sarma, A
History of the Kerala School of Hindu Astronomy, Hoshiarpur 1972.
838
Revision of Indian Planetary Model
of astronomy till the work of Kepler, which was to come more than a hundred
years later.
Nlakan.t.ha Somayaj was the first savant in the history of astronomy to
clearly deduce from his computational scheme and the observed motion of
the planets and not from any speculative or cosmological arguments
that the interior planets go around the Sun and the period of their motion
around Sun is also the period of their latitudinal motion. He explains in
his Aryabhat
a.sya that the Earth is not circumscribed by the orbit of
.ya-bh
the interior planets, Mercury and Venus; and the mean period of motion in
longitude of these planets around the Earth is the same as that of the Sun,
precisely because they are being carried around the Earth by the Sun. In his
works, Golas
ara and Siddh
antadarpan. a, Nlakan.t.ha Somayaj describes the
geometrical picture of planetary motion that follows from his revised model,
where the five planets Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn move in
eccentric orbits around the mean Sun, which in turn goes around the Earth.
Most of the Kerala astronomers who succeeded Nlakan.t.ha Somayaj, such
as Jyes.t.hadeva, Acyuta Pis.
arat.i, Putumana Somayaj, etc., seem to have
adopted this revised planetary model.
The conventional planetary model of Indian astronomy
In the Indian astronomical tradition, at least from the time of Aryabhat

.a
(499 AD), the procedure for calculating the geocentric longitudes for the five
planets, Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn involves essentially the
following steps.2 First, the mean longitude (called the madhyama-graha) is
calculated for the desired day by computing the number of mean civil days
elapsed since the epoch (this number is called the ahargan.a) and multiplying
it by the mean daily motion of the planet. Then, two corrections namely
the manda-sam
ara and sghra-sam
ara are applied to the mean planet
. sk
. sk
to obtain the true longitude.
2
For a general review of Indian astronomy, see D. A. Somay
aj, A Critical Study of
Ancient Hindu Astronomy, Dharwar 1972; S. N. Sen and K. S. Shukla (eds), A History
of Indian Astronomy, New Delhi 1985 (Rev. Edn. 2000); B. V. Subbarayappa, and
K. V. Sarma (eds.), Indian Astronomy: A Source Book, Bombay 1985; S. Balachandra
Rao, Indian Astronomy: An Introduction, Hyderabad 2000.
1 Conventional planetary model
839
In the case of the exterior planets, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn, the mandasam
ara is equivalent to taking into account the eccentricity of the planets
. sk
orbit around the Sun. Different computational schemes for the mandasam
ara are discussed in Indian astronomical literature. However, the
. sk
manda correction in all these schemes coincides, to first order in eccentricity, with the equation of centre as currently calculated in astronomy. The
manda-corrected mean longitude is called manda-sphut. a-graha. For the exterior planets, the manda-sphut. a-graha is the same as the true heliocentric
longitude.
The sghra-sam
ara is applied to this manda-sphut.a-graha to obtain the
. sk
true geocentric longitude known as sphut.a-graha. The sghra correction is
equivalent to converting the heliocentric longitude into geocentric longitude.
The exterior and interior planets are treated differently in applying this
correction. We shall now briefly discuss the details of the manda-sam
ara
. sk
and the sghra-sam
sk
a
ra
for
the
exterior
and
the
interior
planets
respectively.
.
1.1
Exterior planets
For the exterior planets, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn, the mean heliocentric
sidereal period is identical with the mean geocentric sidereal period. Thus,
the mean longitude calculated prior to the manda-sam
ara is the same as
. sk
the mean heliocentric longitude of the planet as we understand today. As
the manda-sam
ara, or the equation of centre, is applied to this longitude
. sk
to obtain the manda-sphut.a-graha, the latter will be the true heliocentric
longitude of the planet.
The manda-sam
ara for the exterior planets can be explained using a simple
. sk
3
epicycle model as shown in Figure 1. Here O is the centre of the concentric
circle called kaks.y
a-man.d.ala. P0 is the mean planet on the concentric, and
P is the true planet (manda-sphut. a) on the epicycle. OU is the direction
of mandocca or the aphelion. P P0 = OU = r, is the radius of the epicycle
and OP0 = R is the radius of the concentric. OP = K is the manda-karn.a.
The longitudes are always measured in Indian astronomy with respect to a
fixed point in the zodiac known as the nirayan.a-mes.a
di denoted by A in the
figure.
3
Equivalently this can be explained with an eccentric model also.
840
0 = 0
AOP
AOU
= u
AOP = ms
(mean longitude of the planet)

(longitude of mandocca)
(manda-sphut. a).
P (true planet)
Kakshyamandala
Purvaaparasutra
U
P1
P
O"
r0
O
A
Figure 1: The manda-sam

ara.
. sk
The difference between the longitudes of the mean planet and the mandocca,
namely,
= 0 u ,
(1)
is called the manda-kendra (anomaly) in Indian astronomy. From the triangle OP0 P we can easily obtain the result
r
sin .
(2)
sin(ms 0 ) =
K
An important feature of the Indian planetary models, which was specially
emphasised in the texts of the Aryabhat

. an School, is that the radius of the
841
epicycle r is taken to vary in the same way as the manda-karn.a K, so that

their ratio is constant
r0
r
= ,
K
R
where r0 is the tabulated or the mean radius of the epicycle. Eaquation (2)
therefore reduces to
r0
sin(ms 0 ) =
sin .
(3)
R
The manda-sphut.a ms can be evaluated without calculating the true radius
of the epicycle r or the manda-karn. a K. The texts however give a process of
iteration by which the manda-karn.a K (and hence the epicycle radius r also)
can be evaluated to any given degree of accuracy.4 The for the exterior
planets can be explained with reference to Figure 2. The nirayan.a-mes.a
di
denoted by A in the figure, E is the Earth and P the planet. The mean Sun
S is referred to as the sghrocca for exterior planets. We have
ASP
= ms
AES
= s
AEP
=
(manda-sphut. a)
(longitude of sghrocca (mean Sun))
(geocentric longitude of the planet).
The difference between the longitudes of the sghrocca and the manda-sphut. a,
namely,
= s ms ,
(4)
is called the sghra-kendra (anomaly of conjunction) in Indian astronomy.
From the triangle EP S we can easily obtain the result
sin( ms ) =
r sin
1
[(R + r cos )2 + r 2 sin2 ] 2
(5)
which is the sghra correction formula given by Indian astronomers to calculate the geocentric longitude of an exterior planet.
From the figure it is clear that the sghra-sam
ara transforms the true
. sk
heliocentric longitudes into true geocentric longitudes. This will work only
if Rr is equal to the ratio of the Earth-Sun and planet-Sun distances and is
indeed very nearly so in the Indian texts. But (5) is still an approximation
as it is based upon the mean Sun and not the true Sun.
4
Nlakan.t.ha, in his Tantrasangraha,
has given an exact formula due to M

adhava by
which the manda-karn.a can be evaluated without resorting to successive iterations.
842

P
F
r
G
ms
ms
A
ghra correction for exterior planets.

Figure 2: S
1.2
Interior planets
For the interior planets Mercury and Venus, ancient Indian astronomers, at
least from the time of Aryabhat

. a, took the mean Sun as the madhyamagraha or the mean planet. For these planets, the mean heliocentric sidereal
period is the period of revolution of the planet around the Sun, while the
mean geocentric sidereal period is the same as that of the Sun. The ancient
astronomers prescribed the application of manda correction or the equation
of centre characteristic of the planet, to the mean Sun, instead of the mean
heliocentric planet as is done in the currently accepted model of the solar
system. However, the ancient Indian astronomers also introduced the notion of the sghrocca for these planets whose period is the same as the mean
heliocentric sidereal period of these planets. Thus, in the case of the interior planets, it is the longitude of the sghrocca which will be the same as
the mean heliocentric longitude of the planet as understood in the currently
accepted model for the solar system.
The sghra-sam
ara for the interior planets can be explained with reference
. sk
to Figure 3. Here E is the Earth and S (manda-corrected mean Sun) is the
843
manda-sphut.a-graha and P corresponds to the planet. We have,
AES
= ms
(manda-sphut. a)
ASP
= s
(longitude of sghrocca)
AEP
=
Again, the sghra-kendra is defined as the difference between the sghrocca
and the manda-sphut.a-graha as in (4). Thus, from the triangle EP S we get
the same formula
r sin
sin(s ms ) =
(6)
1 ,
[(R + r cos )2 + r 2 sin2 ] 2
F
s
R
G
ms
ghra correction for interior planets.

Figure 3: S
which is the sghra correction given in the earlier Indian texts to calculate
the geocentric longitude of an interior planet. For the interior planets also,
the value specified for Rr is very nearly equal to the ratio of the planet-Sun
and Earth-Sun distances. In Table 1, we give Aryabhat

. as values for both
the exterior and interior planets along with the modern values based on the
mean Earth-Sun and Sun-planet distances.
844

Table 1: Comparison of
Planet
Mercury
Venus
Mars
Jupiter
Saturn
r
R
in Aryabhat
.ya with modern values
Aryabhat
.ya
0.361
0.712
0.637
0.187
0.100
to
to
to
to
to
0.387
0.737
0.662
0.200
0.113
Modern value
0.387
0.723
0.656
0.192
0.105
Since the manda correction or equation of centre for an interior planet was
applied to the longitude of the mean Sun instead of the mean heliocentric
longitude of the planet, the accuracy of the computed longitudes of the
interior planets according to the ancient Indian planetary models would not
have been as good as that achieved for the exterior planets.
Computation of planetary latitudes
Planetary latitudes (called viks.epa in Indian astronomy) play an important

role in the prediction of planetary conjunctions, occultation of stars by planets, etc. In Figure 4, P denotes the planet moving in an orbit inclined at
angle i to the ecliptic, intersecting the ecliptic at the point N , the node
(called p
ata in Indian astronomy). If is the latitude of the planet, h its
heliocentric longitude, and 0 the heliocentric longitude of the node, then
for small i we have
sin = sin i sin(h 0 ).
(7)
This is also essentially the rule for calculating the latitude, as given in Indian
6
texts, at least from the time of Aryabhat

. a. For the exterior planets, it was
5
Ratio of the mean values of Earth-Sun and planet-Sun distances for the exterior planets
and the inverse ratio for the interior planets.
6
Equation (7) actually gives the heliocentric latitude and needs to be multiplied by
the ratio of the geocentric and heliocentric distances of the planet to get the geocentric
latitude. This feature was implicit in the traditional planetary models.
2 Computation of planetary latitudes
845
bit
y or
etar
Plan
Ecliptic
i

h
Figure 4: Heliocentric latitude of a planet.

stipulated that
h = ms ,
(8)
the manda-sphut.a-graha, which as we saw earlier, coincides with the heliocentric longitude of the exterior planet. The same rule applied for interior
planets would not have worked, because according to the traditional Indian
planetary model, the manda-corrected mean longitude for the interior planet
has nothing to do with its true heliocentric longitude. However, all the older
Indian texts on astronomy stipulated that, in the case of the interior planets,
the latitude is to be calculated from (7) with
h = s + manda correction,
(9)
the manda-corrected longitude of the sghrocca. Since the longitude of the

sghrocca for an interior planet, as we explained above, is equal to the mean
heliocentric longitude of the planet, (9) leads to the correct identification so
that, even for an interior planet, h in (7) becomes identical with the true
heliocentric longitude.
Thus, we see that the earlier Indian astronomical texts did provide a fairly
accurate theory for the planetary latitudes. But they had to live with two
entirely different rules for calculating latitudes, one for the exterior planets
given by (8), where the manda-sphut.a-graha appears and an entirely
different one for the interior planets given by (9), which involves the sghrocca
of the planet, with the manda correction included.
This peculiarity of the rule for calculating the latitude of an interior planet
was repeatedly noticed by various Indian astronomers, at least from the time
of Bh
askarac
arya I (c. 629), who in his Aryabhat
a.sya drew attention to
.ya-bh
846
the fact that the procedure given in Aryabhat

.ya, for calculating the latitude
of an interior planet, is indeed very different from that adopted for the
exterior planets.7 The celebrated astronomer Bhaskaracarya II (c. 1150) also
draws attention to this peculiar procedure adopted for the interior planets, in
his V
asan
a-bh
as.ya on his own Siddh
antasiroman. i, and quotes the statement
of Caturveda Pr.th
udakasvamin (c. 860) that this peculiar procedure for the
interior planets can be justified only on the ground that this is what has
been found to lead to predictions that are in conformity with observations.8
Planetary model of Nlakan.t.ha Somayaj
Nlakan.t.ha Somayaj (c. 1444-1550), the renowned Kerala astronomer, appears to have been led to his important reformulation of the conventional
planetary model, mainly by the fact that it seemingly employed two entirely
different rules for the calculation of planetary latitudes. As he explains in
his Aryabhat
a.sya,9 the latitude arises from the deflection of the planet
.ya-bh
(from the ecliptic) and not from that of a sghrocca, which is different from
the planet. Therefore, he argues that what was thought of as being the
sghrocca of an interior planet should be identified with the mean planet
itself and the manda correction is to be applied to this mean planet, and
not to the mean Sun. This, Nlakan.t.ha argues, would render the rule for
calculation of latitudes to be the same for all planets, exterior or interior.
Nlakan.t.ha has presented his improved planetary model for the interior planets in his treatise Tantrasangraha
which, according to Nlakan.t.has pupil
Sankara
Variyar, was composed in 1500 AD.10 We shall describe here, the

main features of Nlakan.t.has model in so far as they differ from the conventional Indian planetary model for the interior planets.11
Aryabhat
askara I and Somesvara, K. S. Shukla (ed.)
.ya, with the commentary of Bh
New Delhi 1976, p. 32, 247.
8
Siddh
antasiroman
askar
ac
arya, with V
asan
abh
a.s ya and V
asan
av
arttika of
. i of Bh
Nr.sim
na, Muralidhara Caturveda (ed.), Varanasi 1981, p. 402.
. ha Daivaj
9
Aryabhat.ya with the bh
a.sya of Nlakan.t.ha Somay
aji, Golap
ada, S. K. Pillai (ed.),
Trivandrum 1957, p. 8.
10
nkara
Tantrasangraha
of Nlakan.t.ha Somay
aji with the commentary Laghuvivr.tti of Sa
V
ariyar, S. K. Pillai (ed.), Trivandrum 1958, p. 2.
11
For more details concerning Nlakan.t.has model see, M. S. Sriram et al, 500 years of
7
3 Planetary model of Nlakan.t.ha Somayaj
847
In the first chapter of Tantrasangraha,
while presenting the mean sidereal

periods of planets, Nlakan.t.ha gives the usual values of 87.966 days and
224.702 days (which are traditionally ascribed to the sghrocca-s of Mercury and Venus), but asserts that these are svaparyaya-s, i.e., the mean
revolution periods of the planets themselves.12 As these are the mean heliocentric periods of these planets, the madhyama-graha or the mean longitude
as calculated in Nlakan.t.has model would be equal to the mean heliocentric
longitude of the planet, for both the interior and exterior planets.
In the second chapter of Tantrasangraha,
Nlakan.t.ha discusses the manda

correction or the equation of centre and states13 that this should be applied
to the madhyama-graha as described above to obtain the manda-sphut. agraha. Thus, in Nlakan.t.has model, the manda-sphut. a-graha will be equal
to the true heliocentric longitude for both the interior and exterior planets.
Subsequently, the sphut.a-graha or the geocentric longitude is to be obtained
by applying the sghra correction. While Nlakan.t.has formulation of the
sghra correction is the same as in the earlier planetary theory for the exterior
planets, his formulation of the sghra correction for the interior planets is
different. According to Nlakan.t.ha, the mean Sun should be taken as the
sghrocca for interior planets also, just as in the case of exterior planets.
In Figure 5, P is the manda-corrected planet. E is the Earth and S the
sghrocca or the mean Sun. We have,
AES
= s
ASP
= ms
AEP
=
(longitude of sghrocca)
(longitude of manda-sphut. a)
The sghra-kendra is defined in the usual way (4) as the difference between
the sghrocca and the manda-sphut. a-graha. Then from triangle ESP , we get
Tantrasangraha,
cited earlier, p. 59-81.

12
Tantrasangraha,
cited above, p. 8. It is surprising that, though Tantrasangraha
was
published nearly fifty years ago, this crucial departure from the conventional planetary
model introduced by Nlakan.t.ha seems to have been totally overlooked in most of the
studies on Indian Astronomy. For instance, Pingree in his review article on Indian Astronomy presents the mean rates of motion of Mercury and Venus given in Tantrasangraha
as
the rates of motion of their sghrocca-s (D. Pingree, History of Mathematical Astronomy
in India, in Dictionary of Scientific Biography, Vol.XV, New York 1978, p. 622).
13
Tantrasangraha,
cited above, p. 44-46.
848

P
r
ms
S
s
A
E
ghra correction for interior planets according to Nlakan.t.ha

Figure 5: S
the relation:
sin( s ) =
r sin
1
[(R + r cos )2 + r 2 sin2 ] 2
(10)
which is the sghra correction given by Nlakan.t.ha for calculating the geocentric longitude of the planet. Comparing (10) with (6), and Figure 5 with
Figure 3, we notice that they are the same except for the interchange of the
sghrocca and the manda-sphut.a-graha. The manda correction or the equation of centre is now associated with P whereas it was associated with S
earlier.
In the seventh chapter of Tantrasangraha,
Nlakan.t.ha gives formula (7) for

14
calculating the latitudes of planets, and prescribes that for all planets, both
exterior and interior, h in (7) should be the manda-sphut. a-graha. This is as
it should be for, in Nlakan.t.has model, the manda-sphut.a-graha (the mandacorrected mean longitude) coincides with the true heliocentric longitude, for
both the exterior and interior planets. Thus Nlakan.t.ha, by his modification
of traditional Indian planetary theory, solved the long-standing problem in
Indian astronomy, of there being two different rules for calculating the planetary latitudes.
In this way, perhaps for the first time in the history of astronomy, Nlakan.t.ha,
by 1500 AD, had arrived at a consistent formulation of the equation of centre
14
Tantrasangraha,
cited above, p. 139.
3 Planetary model of Nlakan.t.ha Somayaj
849
and a reasonable planetary model that is applicable also to the interior planets. As in the conventional Indian planetary model, the ancient Greek planetary model of Ptolemy and the planetary models developed in the Islamic
tradition during the 8th-15th centuries also postulated that the equation of
centre for an interior planet should be applied to the mean Sun, rather than
to the mean heliocentric longitude of the planet as we understand today. In
fact, Ptolemy seems to have compounded the confusion by clubbing together
Venus along with the exterior planets and singling out Mercury as following
a slightly deviant geometrical model of motion.15 Further, while the ancient
Indian astronomers successfully used the notion of the sghrocca to arrive at
a satisfactory theory of the latitudes of the interior planets, the Ptolemaic
model is totally off the mark when it comes to the question of latitudes of
these planets.16
Even the celebrated Copernican Revolution brought about no improvement

in the planetary theory for the interior planets. As is widely known now, the
Copernican model was only a reformulation of the Ptolemaic model (with
some modifications borrowed from the Maragha School of Astronomy of
Nasir ad-Din at-Tusi (c. 1201-74), Ibn ash-Shatir (c. 1304-75) and others) for
a heliocentric frame of reference, without altering its computational scheme
in any substantial way for the interior planets. As a recent study notes:
Copernicus, ignorant of his own riches, took it upon himself for

the most part to represent Ptolemy, not nature, to which he had
nevertheless come the closest of all. In this famous and just
assessment of Copernicus, Kepler was referring to the latitude
theory of Book V [of De Revolutionibus] , specifically to the librations of the inclinations of the planes of the eccentrics, not
15
See for example, The The Almagest by Ptolemy, Translated by G. J. Toomer, London
1984. For the exterior planets, the ancient Indian planetary model and the model described
by Ptolemy are very similar except that, while the Indian astronomers use a variable radius
epicycle, Ptolemy introduces the notion of an equant. Ptolemy adopts the same model for
Venus also, and presents a slightly different model for Mercury. In both cases the equation
of centre is applied to the mean Sun.
16
As a well known historian of astronomy has remarked: In no other part of planetary
theory did the fundamental error of the Ptolemaic system cause so much difficulty as in
accounting for the latitudes, and these remained the chief stumbling block up to the time
of Kepler. (J. L. E. Dreyer, A History of Astronomy from Thales to Kepler, New York
1953, p. 200)
850

in accordance with the motion of the planet, but . . . the unrelated motion of the earth. This improbable connection between
the inclinations of the orbital planes and the motion of the earth
was the result of Copernicuss attempt to duplicate the apparent
latitudes of Ptolemys models in which the inclinations of the
epicycle planes were variable. In a way this is nothing new since
Copernicus was also forced to make the equation of centre of the
interior planets depend upon the motion of the earth rather than
the planet.17
Indeed, it appears that the correct rule for applying the equation of centre
for an interior planet to the mean heliocentric planet (as opposed to the
mean Sun), and a satisfactory theory of latitudes for the interior planets,
were first formulated in the Greco-European astronomical tradition only in
the early 17th century by Kepler.
Geometrical model of planetary motion
It is well known that the Indian astronomers were mainly interested in successful computation of the longitudes and latitudes of the Sun, Moon and
the planets, and were not much worried about proposing models of the universe. The Indian astronomical texts usually present detailed computational
schemes for calculating the geocentric positions of the Sun, Moon and the
planets. Their exposition of planetary models, is by and large analytical and
the corresponding geometrical picture of planetary motion is rarely discussed
especially in the basic texts.
However, the Indian astronomers do discuss the geometrical model implied
by their computations at times in the commentaries. The renowned Kerala astronomer Paramesvara of Vat.asseri (c. 1380-1460) has discussed the
geometrical model implied in the conventional planetary model of Indian
astronomy. In his super-commentary Siddh
anta-dpik
a (on Govindasvamins
commentary) on Mah
abh
askarya of Bhaskaracarya-I, Paramesvara gives a
detailed exposition of the geometrical picture of planetary motion as implied
17
N. M. Swerdlow and O. Neugebauer, Mathematical Astronomy in Copernicus De

Revolutionibus, Part I, New York 1984, p. 483.
4 Geometrical model of planetary motion
851
by the conventional model of planetary motion in Indian astronomy.18 A

shorter version of this discussion is available in his commentary Bhat.adpik
a
19
on Aryabhat
ya.
.
Following Paramesvara,20 Nlakan.t.ha has also discussed in detail the geometrical model of motion as implied by his revised planetary model. Nlakan.t.ha
is very much aware that the geometrical picture of planetary motion crucially
depends on the computational scheme employed for calculating the planetary
positions. In his Aryabhat

a.sya, Nlakan.t.ha clearly explains that the
.ya-bh
orbits of the planets, and the various auxiliary figures such as the concentric
and eccentric circles associated with the manda and sghra processes, are to
be inferred from the computational scheme for calculating the sphut.a-graha
(true geocentric longitude) and the viks.epa (latitude of the planets).21
Nlakan.t.has revision of the traditional computational scheme for the longitudes and latitudes of the interior planets, Mercury and Venus, was based
on his clear understanding of the latitudinal motion of these planets. It is
this understanding which also leads him to a correct geometrical picture of
the motion of the interior planets. The best exposition of this revolutionary
discovery by Nlakan.t.ha is to be found in his Aryabhat

a.sya, which is
.ya-bh
reproduced below:
Now he [Aryabhat
. a] explains the nature of the orbits and their
locations for Mercury and Venus... In this way, for Mercury, the
increase of the latitude occurs only for 22 days and then in the
next 22 days the latitude comes down to zero. Thus Mercury
moves on one side of the apaman.d.ala (the plane of the ecliptic)
for 44 days and it moves on the other side during the next 44 days.
Thus one complete period of the latitudinal motion is completed
in 88 days only, as that is the period of revolution of the sghrocca
[of Mercury].
18
Siddh
antadpik
a of Paramesvara on Mah
abh
askarya-bh
a.s ya of Govindasv
amin,
T. S. Kuppanna Sastri (ed.), Madras 1957, p. 233-238.
19
Bhat.adpik
a of Paramesvara on Aryabhat
.ya, H. Kern (ed.), Laiden 1874, p. 60-1. It is
surprising that this important commentary, published over 125 years ago, has not received
any scholarly attention.
20
D
amodara the son and disciple of Paramesvara was the teacher of Nlakan.t.ha.
Nlakan.t.ha often refers to Paramesvara as Paramaguru.
21
Aryabhat.ya-bh
a.sya of Nlakan.t.ha, K
alakriy
ap
ada, K. Sambasiva Sastri (ed.), Trivandrum 1931, p. 70.
852

The latitudinal motion is said to be due to that of the sghrocca.
How is this appropriate? Isnt the latitudinal motion of a body
dependent on the motion of that body only, and not because
of the motion of something else? The latitudinal motion of one
body cannot be obtained as being due to the motion of another
body. Hence [we should conclude that] Mercury goes around
its own orbit in 88 days... However this also is not appropriate
because we see it going around [the Earth] in one year and not
in 88 days. True, the period in which Mercury completes one full
revolution around the bhagola (the celestial sphere) is one year
only [like the Sun]...
In the same way Venus also goes around its orbit in 225 days
only...
All this can be explained thus: The orbits of Mercury and Venus
do not circumscribe the earth. The Earth is always outside their
orbit. Since their orbit is always confined to one side of the
[geocentric] celestial sphere, in completing one revolution they
do not go around the twelve r
asi-s (the twelve signs).
For them also really the mean Sun is the sghrocca. It is only
their own revolutions, which are stated to be the revolutions of
the sghrocca [in ancient texts such as the Aryabhat

.ya].
It is only due to the revolution of the Sun [around the Earth]
that they (i.e., the interior planets, Mercury and Venus) complete
their movement around the twelve r
asi-s [and complete their revolution of the Earth]... Just as in the case of the exterior planets
(Jupiter etc.), the sghrocca (i.e., the mean Sun) attracts [and
drags around] the manda-kaks.y
a-man.d.ala (the manda orbits on
which they move), in the same way it does for these [interior]
planets also.22
The above passage exhibits the clinching argument employed by Nlakan.t.ha.

From the fact that the motion of the interior planets is characterised by two
different periods, one for their latitudinal motion and another for their motion in longitude, Nlakan.t.ha arrived at what may be termed a revolutionary discovery concerning the motion of the interior planets: That they go
around the Sun in orbits that do not circumscribe the Earth in a period that
22
Aryabhat
a.sya of Nlakan.t.ha, Golap
ada, cited above, p. 8-9.
.ya-bh
853
corresponds to the period of their latitudinal motion (which is the period

assigned to their sghrocca-s in the traditional planetary model), and that
they go around the zodiac in one year as they are dragged around the Earth
by the Sun.
It was indeed well known to the ancients that the exterior planets, Mars,
Jupiter and Saturn, also go around the Sun in the same mean period as they
go around the Earth, as they clearly placed the geocentric orbits of these
planets outside that of the Sun. Nlakan.t.ha was the first savant in the history of astronomy to rigourously derive from his computational scheme and
the observed motion of the planets, and not from any speculative or cosmological argument, that the interior planets go around the Sun in a period of
their latitudinal motion. The fact that the mean period of their motion in
longitude around the Earth is the same as that of the Sun is explained as
being due to their being carried around the Earth by the Sun. Nlakan.t.ha
also wrote a tract called Grahasphut. a
nayane viks.epav
asan
a, where he has
set forth his latitude theory in detail. There he has given the qualitative
nature of the orbits of the Sun, Moon and the five planets in a single verse,
which may be cited here:
The Moon and the planets are deflected along their mandakaks.y
a (manda orbit) from the ecliptic both to the North and
the South by amounts depending on their [longitudinal] separation from their nodes. For the Moon the centre of manda-kaks.y
a
is also the centre of the ecliptic. For Mars and other planets,
centre of their manda-kaks.y
a [which is also the centre of their
manda deferent circle], is the mean Sun that lies on the orbit of
the Sun on the ecliptic.23
Nlakan.t.ha presents a clear and succinct statement of the geometrical picture

of the planetary motion as implied by his revised planetary model in two of
his small tracts, Siddh
anta-darpan. a and Golas
ara. We present the version
given in Siddh
antadarpan. a:
The [eccentric] orbits on which planets move (graha-bhraman. avr.tta) themselves move at the same rate as the apsides (ucca-gati)
23
Grahasphut.
anayane viks.epav
asana of Nlakan.t.ha, in Gan.itayuktayah., K. V. Sarma
(ed.), Hoshiarpur 1979, p. 63.
854

on manda-vr.tta [or the manda epicycle drawn with its centre
coinciding with the centre of the manda concentric]. In the case
of the Sun and the Moon, the centre of the Earth is the centre
of this manda-vr.tta.
For the others [namely the planets Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter
and Saturn] the centre of the manda-vr.tta moves at the same rate
as the mean Sun (madhy
arka-gati) on the sghra-vr.tta [or the
sghra epicycle drawn with its centre coinciding with the centre
of the sghra concentric]. The sghra-vr.tta for these planets is
not inclined with respect to the ecliptic and has the centre of the
celestial sphere as its centre.
In the case of Mercury and Venus, the dimension of the sghravr.tta is taken to be that of the concentric and the dimensions
[of the epicycles] mentioned are of their own orbits. The mandavr.tta [and hence the manda epicycle of all the planets] undergoes
increase and decrease in size in the same way as the karn.a [or
the hypotenuse or the distance of the planet from the centre of
the manda concentric].24
The geometrical picture described above is presented in Figures 6, 7. It

is important to note that Nlakan.t.ha has a unified model for the both the
exterior and interior planets and the same is reflected in his formulation
of the corresponding geometrical picture of planetary motion. Nlakan.t.has
description of the geometrical picture of the planetary motions involves the
notions of manda-vr.tta and sighra-vr.tta, which are nothing but the manda
and sghra epicycles drawn with the centre of their concentric as the centre.
An important point to be noted is that the geometrical picture of planetary
motion as discussed in Siddh
anta-darpan. a, deals with the orbit of each of the
planets individually and does not put them together in a single geometrical
model of the planetary system. Each of the exterior planets have different
sghra-vr.tta-s, which is in the same plane as the ecliptic, and we have to
take the point where the a
ditya-s
utra (the line drawn from the centre in
the direction of the mean Sun) touches each of these sghra-vr.tta-s as the
centre of the corresponding manda-vr.tta. On this manda-vr.tta the mandocca
is to be located, and with that as the centre the graha-bhraman. a-vr.tta or the
planetary orbit is drawn with the standard radius (trijy
a or R sin 90). In the
24
Siddh
antadarpan. a of Nlakan.t.ha, K. V. Sarma (ed.), Hoshiarpur 1976, p. 18.
855
Mandavrtta
M (Mandocca)
C2
S
Sighravrtta
C1
(Earth)
Grahabhramanavrtta
(circle on which an
exterior planet moves)
Figure 6: Nlakan.t.has geometrical model for an exterior planet
case of the interior planets, Nlakan..tha says that the sghra-vr.tta has to be
drawn with the standard radius (trijy
a or R sin 90) and the graha-bhraman. avr.tta is to be drawn with the given value of the sghra epicycles as the radii.
In this way, we see that the two interior planets can be represented in the
same diagram, as the sghra-vr.tta is the same for both of them.
The integrated model involving all the planets in a single diagram adopting
a single scale, that can be inferred from Nlakan..thas discussions at several places, is essentially following: the five planets, Mercury, Venus, Mars,
Jupiter and Saturn move in eccentric orbits (of variable radii) around the
mean Sun, which goes around the Earth. The planetary orbits are tilted with
respect to the orbit of the Sun or the ecliptic, and hence cause the motion
in latitude. Since it is well known that the basic scale of distances are fairly
accurately represented in the Indian astronomical tradition, as the ratios
of the radius of the sghra epicycle to the radius of the concentric trijy
a is
very nearly the mean ratio of the Earth-Sun and the Earth-planet distances
(for exterior planets) or the inverse of it (for interior planets), the planetary
picture will also be fairly accurate in terms of the scales of distances.
856

C3
Mandavrtta
Sighravrtta
M (Mandocca)
C2
S
Grahabhramanavrtta
(circle on which an
interior planet moves)
(Earth)
C1
Figure 7: Nlakan.t.has geometrical model for an interior planet

Nlakan.t.has modification of the conventional planetary model of Indian astronomy seems to have been adopted by most of the later astronomers of
the Kerala School. This is not only true of Nlakan.t.has pupils and con nkara
temporaries such as Citrabhanu (c. 1530), Sa
Variyar (c. 1500-1560)

and Jyes.t.hadeva (c. 1500-1600), but also of later astronomers such as Acyuta
Pis.
arat.i (c. 1550-1621), Putumana Somayaj (c. 1660-1740) and others. Incidentally, it may be of interest to note that the well-known Oriya astronomer
of 19th century, Candrasekhara Samanta, who was trained solely in traditional Indian astronomy, wrote a treatise Siddh
anta-darpan. a, in 1869,
wherein he has also discussed a model of planetary motion in which the five
planets, Mercury, Venus, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn, go around the Sun.25
25
Siddh
antadarpan. a, of Candrasekhara S
amanta, J. C. Roy (ed.), Calcutta 1897, V.36.
Blank page Inserted deliberately
857
tPjvTtZhIrXamb
KWnXbpn`mjm
Aymbw
VIII - XV.
858
859
KWnXbpn`mjm
cmw `mKw
A-ymbw Fv{Kl-K-Xnbpw kv^pShpw

1. {Kl-f
- psS KXn
1
C-hnsS {Kl--sfmw Hcp hr-amtW Kan-pw. Znh-k-n

hrns C{X Awiw Kan-p-sap \nbXw Xm\pw. AhnsS Znhk-n C{X tbmP\ Kan-p-sa-p tbmP-\-KXn Fm3 {Kl-n\pw
kaw. AhnsS sNdnb hr-n-4 Kan-p--h-n\p Ipd-tmcp
Imew sImp hw IqSpw. henb hr-n-5 Kan-p--h-n\p
s]cnsI Imew IqSntb hw XnI-bq. Fnp N{\v Ccp-]-sp6
Znhkw sImp ]{p cmin-bn-epw Kanp IqSpw ap-Xn-mp IqSntb
i\n \S-p-Iq-Sq7. hr-ns hen--np X-hw Ime-ns
s]cp-w. AXXp {Klw Xs8 hr-n Hcp hw Kan-p-Iq-Sp-Xnv `KWw Fp- t]. NXpbp-K-n- F{X Bhrn Kanpw
Xs hr-n- AXp Xs Xs bpK-`-K-W-am-Ip--Xv9.
ChnsS N{s\ Hcp-\m Hcp \-{X-tmSp IqsS Im ]nt\m AXns Ingt \-{X-tm-Sp-IqSn ImWmw. CXn-s\-smp
1. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
C.Bcw`w: lcnx- {io-K-W-]-Xsb \ax, Ahn-Lv\-a-kvXp.

B.A{X
D.Fm
B.hr-ns
B.hr-nt
B.27
H.IqSp
G.Xs
H.om.bpK
860
VIII. {Kl-K-Xnbpw kv^pShpw
KXn-bp-s-pw Ing-tmp10 KXn Fpw In-mw. Ing-tmv cmin{I-a-sapw Iev]n-mw. Cu hr-v Fm-npw IqSn Hcp {]tZis BZnsbp In-p-am-dp-v. Ahn-S-n\p tajcminbpsS BZn
Fp-t]. Cu tKmf-n-11 Iev]n-p hr-sf Fm-tbpw
Ccp-]-tm-cm-bn-c--dp-\qdp Jfi-ambn12 hn`-Pn-p-am-dp-v. CXn
Hmtcm Jfiw Cen-bm-Ip-X
- v. Ch henb hr-n- hepXv13 sNdnb
hr-n- sNdp-Xv. kwJy Fm-n\pw14 Hpw. AXXp {Klw Xs
Xs hr-n- C{X Cen Kanpw Hmtcm Znhkw15 Fp \nb-Xw.
{Klw Kan-p hr-ns tI{-n- Ccp-p- t\mpw {ZjvSmhv
Fn, \nXyhpw KXn Hpw Cu {Kl-n\v Fp tXmpw. `qa-[yntp16 Hp taeq {Kl-hr--tI-{w. `qao-ep {ZjvSm-hv. Cu {ZjvSmhn- tI{-am-bnv Hcp hrw I]n-q {Kl-tmSv kv]in-p-amdv. B hr-n17 F{X sNn-n-cnpw18 {Klw A{X sNq tajmZn- b n- \np {Klw Fp tXmpw Cu 19 {Zjv S m- h n\v . CXv
Adnbpw{]Imcw kv^pS-{In-b-bm-Ip--Xv. CXns\ sNmp-q.20 A\-cw
hnti-j-ap--Xns\ ]ns sNmp-p-v21.
2. `tKmfw
AhnsS 1 `tKm- f - a [yw Fp- s mcp 2 {]tZ- i w. bmsXmcp
{]tZintp kmam\yw \-{X--sfmw AIew Hp-q B
{]tZiw AXv. AhnsS `qa-[yhpw Cu `tKmfa-[y-hpw3 an-hm-dp-samt
Fp tXmpw4. hnti-j-ap--Xns\ ]ns sNmp-p-v.
1. 10. B.Ing-tm-tp
11. F. Cu tKmf-n
12. C. Jfi-amn
13. B. henb Cen-I; C.G. hepXv Cen-I
14. B.C.D Fm-bn-epw
15. H. om. Hmtcm -Zn-hkw Fv
16. F. CXp-ap-X ChnsS D-\o-N-hrw Fp XpS-p `mKw hsc f-- ImWm-\n-.
17. D.G hr-n-
18. B sbn-cnpw
19. D.G. om. Cu
20. B.C.G sNmp-pv
21. D. om. A\-cw (to) sNmp-pv
2. 1. G reads A\-cw ChnsS
2. H. Fsmcp
3. H. Cu `tKmf-a-yhpw
4. D. anXpw Ht-Xm\pw; G. om. tXmpw
3. {Kl--fpsS a[y-K-Xn--Hmw {]Imcw
861
3. {Kl-f
- psS a[y-KXn Hmw {]Im-cw
AhnsS BZn-Xy-N-{am-cpsS kv^pSs \tS sNmp-p, Ffp--ap-Xn\v Fn-v. ChnsS `qtKm-f-a[yw tI{-am-bnv Hcp hrs
I]n-q1. CXv {Klw Kan-p hr-t-m s]cnsI sNdp-Xv.
Cu hr-ns t\an-bn- tI{-am-bn-p {Kl-{`-a-W-hr-w. Cu
sNdnb hr-n\v atm--\o-N-hr--sap t]. {Kl-{`-a-W-hr-n\v {]Xn-a-fi-e-sap t]. {]Xn-a-fi-e-tI{w D-\o-N-hr-n-t Kan-pw. atm--ns KXn CXn\p KXn-bm-Ip--Xv2. {]Xna-fi-e-n-t {Kl-ns KXn a[y-a-KXn BIp--Xv3. hr-
tI{-tmSpw t\an-tbmSpw CS-bn ]gp-Xp-Iq-SmsX Xqn-cn-p-amdpw
I]n--Ww.
ChnsS kv^pS-\ym-b
- n- Hcp hr-t\-an-bn- Hcp hr-ns
tI{w {àn-p-amdv I]n-p-tm Cu {àn-p hr-ns ]qm]-ct- cJ Fm-bvt]mgpw Ing-p-]S- n-m-dm-bn-p-Xs Ccn-W
- w. CXn\p
hn]-coX-am-bn-cn-p Zn-tWm--c-tcJ Xm Duzm-t[m-tcJ Xm
Hv4. AXv kZm Aw Xs Ccn--Ww. ZnKvt`Zw hscm-m. Aw
thWw {à--Ws I]n-m5. A--am-Ip-tm Cu hr-tI{w
F{X hen-sbm-cp -hr--n-t {àn-p-q, Cu {àn-p hrn Fm Ah-b-hhpw A{X hen-sbmcp hr-n-t {àn-pq
Fp hcpw. tI{-{`-a-W-n\v Hcm-hrn Ign-bp-tm Ah-b-hm-c- Fm-n\pw Hcp {àWw Ign-p-Iq-Spw. ChnsS hr-t\-an-bn Ccn-p {Kl-n\p X\np KXn Cm-Xn-cn-p-X
- m-Inepw X\nv6
B[m-c-am-bn-cn-p hr-n tI{-n\p7 X-h-w, Xm\n-cn-p
t\an-{]t-Ziw bmsXmcp hr-{]-tZ-i-n- {àn-p-q, B {Klhpw
3. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
G. Ievn-q
G. om. {]Xn-a-fi-e....... BIp-Xv
B. BIp-Xpw
G. om. Hv
G. Ievn-m
B. kzm[mc
G. {à-W-n\p
862
B hr-{]-tZ-i-n-- B atm-ns KXn-bm-bnp Kan-pp

Fv êw sImp hn-cn-pw. hml\-n-tte Kan-p--h-cpsS
KXn-t]m-se.
Fm {]Xn-afi
e
- t- I-{-KX
- nv A[o-\a
- m-bn-cn-p {Kl-KXn CXv.
Cs\ A-N-{-mv `tKm-f-a[yw ay-am-bnv Hcp a-\o-tNmhr--ap-v. CXns t\an-bn- tI{-ambnv Hcp {Kl-{`-a-W-hr-apv.
Cu {Kl-{`-a-W-hrns tI{w atm--K-Xnp X-hw Cu
atm--t\-an-bn- Kan-pw. ]ns Cu {Klhr--n- a[y-K-Xnp-X--hw {Klhpw Kan-pw. Cs\ {Kl-n-tbpw {Kl-{`-a-Whr--n-tbpw KXn-{]-Imcw Iev]n-Ww. Cuhw hkvXp-n-Xn.
4. {Kl-f
- psS a[y-KXn cmw {]Imcw
]ns asmcp {]Imcw Iev]n-mepw ê-km-ay-ap-v. AhnsS
`tKm- f - a [yw tI{- a m- b nv {Kl- { `- a Whr- t mfw t]msmcp 1
hrs I]n-q. CXn\p Iym-hr--sap t]. CXns
t\ao- tI{-am-bnv Hcp D-\o-N-hr-s I]n-q. app sNmnb-Xnt\mfw D\o-Nhr-
- ns hen-w. C-ym-hr-t- \-ao Cev]n D-\oNhr-tI-{w2 {Kl-a-[y-ns KXn-tbmfw KXn-bm-bnv
Kan-pw. Cu D-\o-N-hr--t\-ao atm--ns KXn-tbmfw KXnbm-bnp {Klhpw Kanpw. ChnsS D-\o-N-hrw {Kl-{`-a-W-n\v
B[m-c-am-Ip--Xv. Fnp apn {]Xn-a-fi-e-hr--n- {Kln\p sNmnb KXn Ctm D-\oNhr-tI-{-n\p I]n-q.
apn {]Xn-a-fi-e-tI-{-n\p sNmnb KXn Iym-{`-a-W-hr--t\an-bn- tI{-ambn Iev]nv D-\o-N-hr--ns t\ao-te {Klns KXn-bm-bnp Iev]n-q. Fmepw ê-kmayw hcpw. ChnsS
{]Xn-a-fi-e-tm-fw hen-sbmcp Iym-hr--n-s3 t\an-bn- D-
4. 1. C. t]mnv
2. G. hr-ns tI{w
3. G. adds Cu
4. {Kl--fpsS a[y-K-Xn--cmw {]Imcw
863
\o-Nh
- r-
- ns tI{w Kan-p-tm. Cu \otNm-h
- r-ns Fm
Ah-bhhpw Aymhr--tmfw t]msmcp hr-n-t Kanpw. Fm D-\o-N-hr--t\-aote {Klhpw X\nv B[m-c-am-bncn-p-4 hr-{`-aWw sImp-Xs A{X t]msmcp {]Xn-a-fi-ehr--n-t {àn-p-q Fp ên-n-cn-pw. ChnsS D-\o-N-hr-ns tI{-{`-a-W-n\v B[m-c-am-bn-n-cn-p Iym-a-fi-e-n\p
bmsXm-cn-Sp tI{w, Chn-Spv D-\o-N-hym-km-tmfw AI-tSp tI{-am-bn-p-q. D-\o-N-hr--ns t\an{à-W-n\v B[m-cam-bn-n-cn-p {]Xn-a-fi-e-ns tI{w.
Cu kv^pS-{]-I-c-W-n Iev]n-p hr-{`-a-W-n- FmShpw {àn-p hr-ns ZnKvtc-Jbvv ZnKvt`Zw hcmsX Ccn-pamdv {àWw Iev]n-p-p. Fnv Cu {à-W-n\p hr-ns tI{w
F{X hen-sbmcp hr-n- {àn-p-q, av Fm Ah-b-hhpw A{X
hen-sbmcp hr-n-t {ànpw Fv \nbXambn-cn-pp. Fm
Iym-hr--t\-aote \otNm--hr--tI-{-n-\p-Xm CXns t\an{`-a-W-n-\m-[m-c-am-bn-n-cn-p {]Xn-a-fi-e-n-t {Kl-n-\p-Xm
a[y-KXn Iev]n-mw, cp {]Im-chpw ê-kmayw Dm-I-bm. ChnsS
`tKm-f-a-y-n- tI{-am-bn-n-cn-p Iym-a-fi-ehpw CXns
t\aote D-\o-N-hr-hpw, Ch ct aXn kv^pS-bpn \ncq-]nm Fm-Inepw Csm-nb \mep-hr--fpw IqSn Iev]n-pamw.
5. N{-Xpw-Ks m\w
Cuh-am-Ip-tm N{\v CjvS-Im-e-n--tep ss{Xcm-inIw
sImp hcp-nb XpwK Fp t]cm-Ip Dw tajm-Zn-bn-tp
XpS-op F{X -tNn-cn-p-p `tKm-f-ayw tI{-am-bn-cn-p D\o-N-hr--n-1 tI{-am-bnp {]Xn-a-fi-es Iev]n-q. {]Xn-a-fie-t\-ao- {Kl-tbpw Iev]n-q. ss{Xcm-inIw sImp h a[yaw
4. 4. C. E. G ambnv Ccn-p
5. 1. G. adds B {]tZ-i-n-
864
bmsXmcp {]tZ-iv, AhnsS Iev]n-p-p {Kls. ]ns Iymhr--t\-ao- D-\o-N-hr--tI--tbpw Xevmea[yaw sNn-cnp-p bmsXm-cn-Sv, AhnsS Iev]nq. ]ns D-\o-N-hr--t\-ao Xevm-e-Xpw-K bmsXm-cn-S-v, AhnsS {Kl-tbpw Iev]nq.
Cuhw Iev]n-p-tm Iym-hr--t\-ao-te D-\o-N-hr--t\anbpw {]Xn-a-fi-e-t\-anbpw bmsXm-cn-Sp X-fn Dm-k-am-bn-cnp {]tZ-i-n- kv]in-pq AhnsS {Kl-ns nXn.
Cu hr-t\-an-Iv cp2 {]tZ-i-n- kw]m-X-ap-v. AhnsS
D{]tZ-i-n-se t\aokw]m-X-n- {Kl-ns nXn kw`-hnn-cn-pw3.
6. D-a[
- y-am-c
- hpw kv^pS-a[
- y-am-c
- hpw
ChnsS bmsXm-cn- ss{Xcm-in-Im\o-X-am-bn-cn-p Dhpw a[yhpw
Xpey-am-bn-ncn-p-q, Atm Hcp kq{X-n-te Ccnpw \mephrfptSbpw tI{-. Ch bmsXm-cn- ]q-kq-{X-n-
kw`-hn-p-q, AhnSw BZn-bmbn hr-{`-a-W-tbpw {Kl--{`-a-Wtbpw IqsS \ncq]n--nv Day-am--cs Iev]npw {]Im-cs
sNmp-p.
AhnsS Iym-a-fi-e-tI-{hpw D-\oNtI{hpw `tKm-f-a-y-n Xs Iev]n-q. ]ns Cu D\oNhr-ns ]qkq{Xm-{Kn- {]Xn-a-fi-e-tI-{s. Cu ]qkq{X-n- Xs Iymhr--t\-ao tI{-am-bnp asmcp D-\oNhr-tbpw Iev]n-q.
CXns ]q-kq-{Xm-{Khpw {]Xn-a-fi-e-ns ]qkq{Xm-{Khpw Xfn kv]in-n-cn-pw1. D-\o-N-hr--n-tbpw {]Xn-a-fi-e-n-tbpw
t\aokv]iw ]q-kq-{Xm-{K-n- Xs BI-bm {Klhpw ]qkq-{Xm-{K-n- Xs Ccn-pw. Ct-cp Iym-a-fi-e-tI-{-ntpw {]Xn-a-fi-e-tI-{ntpw XpSn {Kls kv]in-p
5. 2. H. Hcp; B. om cp
3. B. G. kw`hnpw
6. 1. G. kv]inpw
6. D-a-[y-am--chpw kv^pS-a-[y-am--chpw
865
kq{Xw Ht BI-bm {Kl-ns kv^pS-a-y-a-p t`Z-anm.

]ns ay-ns D-tbm-K-n-tp XpS-n-bnv kv^pS-a-y-a-fpsS t`Z-ap-m-Ip-p.
7. kqcy-k^
v p-Shpw kv^pS-a
- ym-c
- m-fhpw
ChnsS BZn-Xys kv^pSs \ncq-]n-t-q. \tS AhnsS {]Xnafi-e-tI{-ns KXn AXn-a--am-I-bm C F-t]mse Iev]nnp \ncq-]n-mw. Fm {Kl-n\v Hn-t\-sbtm KXn Iev]n-tp
Fv Hcp Ffp--ap-v. Cs\ \tSs ]w. cmw ]-n
]ns Iym-hr--ns t\ao-se D-\o-N-hr--tI-{-nt\ KXnbpp Fp Iev]n-q. Fmepw1 ê-km-ay-ap-v. cp {]Im-cap
KXn IqSn Hcn-se \ncq-]n-tq Fv Ffp--am-Ip--Xv. A\-cw
D-tbm-K-n-tp a[yaw aqp cmin sNp-tm Iymt\ao-ep2
D-\o-N-hr--tI-{w. Cu D-\oNhr-ns ]q-kq-{Xm{Kw {]Xna-fi-e-ns Zn-tWm-ckq{Xm-{Ks kv]in-n-p-an-cn-pw. AhnSv At-cs {Klw. ChnsS {]Xn-a-fi-e-t\-ao-3 {Kl-npw
Iym-t\-ao- D-\o-N-hr--tI-{-npw4 Xpey-am-bnv Ccn-smp
KXn. Hcn-te Hcp Znn Xs XpSn ka--fm-bn-cn-p cp
hr--fn ka-ambn Kan-p-h cpw Xm Kan-p hr-n Xpey--fm-bn-cn-p5 Awi-sfsmv Kan-n-cn-pw. Fnp
Xs Xs hr-n- \msemp Kan-n-cn-p-tm {Klhpw D\o-N-hr--tI{hpw AX-Xn- D-c-kq-{Xm-{K-n- Ccn-pw.
ChnsS Iym-{]-Xn-a-fi-e- cnpw IqSn-bp ]q-kq-{X-nv
D-\o-N-kq-{X-sap t], `tKm-f-a-[y-n-tp {]Xn-a-fi-e-t\-an-bn Fm-bn-ep-a-I {]tZ-i-n-epw AW- {]tZ-i-n-epw
7. 1. C. Fm-Inepw
2. H. Iym-t\-ao-te D-c-kq{X`mKw {]Xn-a-fi-e-ns D-c-kq{Xm{Ks
kv]in-n-p-an-cnpw
3. D. t\aose
4. D. hr-n\pw
5. B.G. Xpey--fm-Ip
866
kv]in-n-cn--bm. ChnsS {]Xn-a-fi-e-ns ]q-kq-{Xm-{K-ntv CXn-t aqp cmin sNXp a[yaamIp--Xv. `tKm-f-a[yw
tI{-am-bnp {Kls kv]in-p kq{Xw sImp hrw hoin6
B hr-n- F{X-sNp AXp kv ^ pS- am- I p- Xv 7. ChnsS
Iymhr-ns D-c-kq-{Xm-{K-n- {Kl-an-cn-p-tm kv^pSw
D-n-tp aqp cmin- sN-n-cn-pw. Fm a[yaw aqp cminsN-p-tm Iym-hr--ns D-c-kq-{Xm-{K-n-tv D\oNhy-km-tmfw Ing-p -{K-lw. Fnv D-\o-N-hym-kmw Atcp a[y-ak
- v^p-Sm-c
- a
- m-Ip-X
- v. Fnv aqp cmin XnI-bp-t-S
- ov
D-\o-N-hym-km-tmfw Ipdbpw kv^pSw.
ChnsS `tKm-f-a[y-n- tI{-am-bnv {Kl-tm-f-ap kq{Xw
hymkm-am-bn-p hr-np I-hr- -sap t]. CXn\pw
Iym-afi
e
-
- n\pw tI{w Hcn-S
- m-Ib
- m Cen-I cn-epw Ht
Fnp Iym-hr--ns Dc-kq-{Xm-{K-n-te D-\o-N-hr-tI{w a[y-a-{Klw Fp Iev]n-n-cn-p--Xns\ I-hr--ns
D-c-kq-{Xm-{K-n- Iev]n-nv Ahn-Spv {Kl-tm-f-ap Acmfw kv^pS-a[y-am--cm-f-Nm]w Fn-cn-pw. BI-bm D-\o-N-hymkms I-hr--n-se Pymhv Fp Iev]np Nm]n-m
Dm-Ipw kv^pS-a-y-am--cmfNm]w. CXns\ D-tc-J-bm-Ip ]qkq-{X-n-tp sNp a[y-aw. aqp-cmin AXn-tp If-m Ihr--n- {Kl-n-tp D-kq-{X-tm-Sp A-cmfw tijnpw. AXn D-s-q-n-bm tajm-Zn-{K-l-kv^pSw hcpw. ]ns
ay-a-n-tp Xs kv^pS-a[y-am--cm-f-am-Ip I-hr--nte Nm]-`m-Ks If-mepw I-hr--n- C{X-sNq {Klkv^pSw Fv Dm-Ipw. Cns\ ]q-kq-{X-n- Dhpw D-n a[yahpw Fp Iev]n-p-tm {]Xn-a-fi-e-ns ]q-kq{Xm-{K-n- {Klhpw D-\o-N-hr--tI-{hpw Fn-cn-p-tm
Iym-{]-Xn-a-fi-e--fn cn--ep-samt ]q-kq-{Xw. Fnv B
Cen Ht Bbn-n-cnpw cn-epw At-cv. Fnv kv^pS-a[y7. 6. D. hnbn; C.E.F hobnb
7. G. adds Fnv aqp cmin-sN-t-Sv
7. kqcy-kv^p-Shpw kv^pS-a-ym--cm-fhpw
867
Hp Xs At-c-v. ]ns Xpey-K-Xn-I-fm-bn-cn-p {Klhpw

D-\o-N-hr--tI-{hpw aqp cmin Kan-p-tm {]Xn-a-fi-tem--ckq-{Xm-{K-n- {Klw. Iym-hr--ns D-c-kq-{Xm-{K-n-
D-\oNhr-tI-hpw. Cuhw8 D\oNhr-tI{w Kan-p-tm
ZnKvt`-Zw hcm-sX-bn-cn-p-amdv Iev]n-p-tm- D-\o-Nh
- r-
- ns ]qkq-{Xm-{K-n-tp {Klw Hcn-epw ths]-Sp-I-bn-. Fnp kv^pSa-[y-a-m-cmfw D-\o-N-hym-km-am-bn-n-cn-pw. Atm ]ns AhnSpv Hcp hr-]mZw Kan-p-tm ]n-a-kq-{Xm-{K-n- {]Xn-afi-e-n {Klhpw Iy-mhr--n- D-\o-N-hr--tI-{-hpam-bn-n-cn-pw. Atmfpw D-\o-N-hr--ns ]q-kq-{Xm-{K-n-ev
{Klw Fn-cn-pw. ChnsS Iy-bn-tpw {]Xn-a-fi-e-n-t-pap ]n-a-kq{Xw Ht-bm-I-bm B {]tZ-i-n- cn-tbpw
Cen Ht BI-bm kv^pS-a[y-a- Ht At-cpw. Cs\
\oNhpw a[y-ahpw kaw BIp-tmfpw kv^pS-a[y-am-cm-f-an-. ]ns
Chn-Sv Hcp hr]mZw Kan-p-tm Zn-W-kq-{Xm-{K-n- cpw.
Chn-tSbpw D-\o-N-hr--ns ]q-kq-{Xm-{K-n- {Klw. Fnp
{Kl-n-tp D-\o-N-hym-km-tmfw ]Sn-mdp D-\o-N-hr-ns tI{w. Fnv ChnsS D-\oNhykm-Nm]w Iq-Ww. a[yn- AXp kv^pS-am-Ip--Xv. ]nsbpw aqp-cmin Kan-nv D-n9 sNp-tm kv^pS-a-yam--c-an-. Fn-s\ D-tbm-K-ntp XpS-ov aya-ns ]Z-np X-hw kv^pS-a[y-am--c-fpsS hrn-{lm-k- XnI-bp-p Fp hp. Fm {]Xn-a-fie-n-se D-a[y-am--cmf-`pPmPymhns\ ss{Xcm-inIw sNbvXv D\oNhr--n--em-n-bXp kv^pS-a-y-am--c-Pym-hm-bn-n-cnpw Fp
hnti-jw.
AXv F-s\sbn AhnsS Iymhr-tI-{-n-tp AXns
t\ao-se D-\o-N-hr--tI-{-qsS AXns ]pds t\ao--temfw
sNp kq{Xw bmsXmv CXv a[y-a-{K-l-n-se Cen BIp-Xv.
7. 8. H. Cuhw D-\o-Nh
- ym-km-am-bn-cn-pw. Atm ]ns Ahn-Spp Hcp hr-]mZw Kan
9. H. D-n-
868
Ft D-\o-N-hr--ns t\ao-te ]q-kq-{Xm{Kw kv]in-p10

{]tZ-ihpw {]Xn-a-fi-e-t\-anbpw X-fn-ep kw]mXw bmsXm-cn-Sv
Ahn-Sv Fsm {Klw. B {Kl-tmSp a[y-a-en-]vX-tbm-Sp Acm-fw -a-[y-a-kv^p-Smcam-Ip-Xv. AhnsS Iym-hr--tI{n-tv
D-\o-N-hr--ns Fm-bnepw AI {]tZ-i-n-epw AW
{]tZ-i-n-epw kv]in-n-cnpw ay-a-kq-{Xw. Fnv Cu kq{Xm-{Kn-ev D-\o-N-hr--n-se D-{]-tZ-i-am-Ip--Xv. Fnv D-\o-Nhr--n-se D-{]-tZ-i-tmSv ]q-kq-{X-tm-Sp A-cm-fNm]-`m-K
- n-se D-\o-Nh
- r-K
- X
- P
- ymhv ay-ak
- v^p-Sm-c
- a
- mIpw. AhnsS
Iym-hr--t\-ao-ep ]q-kq{XtmSp A-cm-f-Nm-]`mK-nse D-\o-N-hr--K-X-Pymhv a[y-a-kv^p-Sm--c-am-Ip-Xv11. AhnsS
Iym-hr--t\ao-se ]q-kq-{X-n-ev D-\o-N-hr--tI-{-sa-n
D-\o-N-hr--n-epw ]q-kq-{Xm{Kw D-{]-tZ-i-am-Ip-Xv. ]ns
Iym-t\-an-bn- Cui-tIm-Wn- D-\oNhrtI{-sa-n D\o-N-hr--n- Cu CuitImWw D-\oN{]tZ-i-am-Ip-Xv. D-ckq-{X-n- tI{-n- AhnSw D-{]-tZ-i-am-Ip--Xv12. Fm
Dkq{X-am-bnp Iev]n-n-cn-p ]q-kq-{X-n-tp Iy-mt\-anbn- F{X sNt-Spv D-\o-N-hr--tI{w hn-p-q, D-\oN-hr--n-eq D-{]-tZitmSp A-chpw Xs Awiw sImp
A{X Dm-bn-cn-pw. Fm Iym-hr--t\aote D-a-[ym-cmf{]tZ-i-ns Pymhns\ ss{Xcm-inIw sImv D-\o-N-hr--nse Pymhm-n-sm-m D-a-[ym--cm-f-Pym-hm-bn-n-cn-pw. AhnsS
{]Xn-a-fi-e-n-se D-{]-tZ-i-tmSp {Kl-tm-Sp A-cm-f-Pymhns\ ss{Xcm-inIw sNbvXmepw hcpw Cu a[y-a-kv^p-Sm--cm-f-Pym-hmIp--Xv. AhnsS {]Xn-a-fi-e-nse D-kq-{X-{K-lm--cm-fhpw D\o-N-hr--n-se D-kq-{X-{K-l-m-cm-fhpw Xpeyw. Fnv ChnsS
{]Xn-a-fi-e-n ]q-kq-{Xm{Kw Fp Iev]nv D-{]-tZ-i-nv XpSn {Klw Hcm-hn {àn-p-tm D-\o-N-hr-nse
D-kq-{X-{K-lm--cm-fhpw Xs Awiw sImp Xpeyw. Fm D7. 10. C. adds kq{X-ns
11. G. om. AhnsS Iym-hr--t\-an-ep to kv^pSm--cam-Ip--Xv.
12. B.H.om. ]ns to {]tZ-i-am-Ip--Xv.
7. kqcy-kv^p-Shpw kv^pS-a-ym--cm-fhpw
869
a[ya-m--cm-f-Pym-hns\ D-\o-N-hym-kmw sImp KpWnv {XnPysImp lcn-m a[y-a-kv^p-Sm--cmf-Pym-hm-bnp hcpw 13. ]ns
AXns\ At-cs I-hr--nse Pymshp Iev]np Nm]nv
a[y-a-n kwkvI-cn-m kv^pSw hcpw14.
8. Im-\b
- \w
A\-cw1 I-hr--n-se PymhmIpw {]Im-cs sNmp-p.
AhnsS Iym-hr--tI-{-n-tp {]Xn-a-fi-e-tI-{-nIqSn
{]Xn-a-fi-e-t\-aokv]in-p kq{Xw bmsXmv AXv D-kq{X-am-Ip-Xv. AXns\ ChnsS ]q-kq-{X-sap Iev]n-Xv Fp
apn sNmn-sbtm. B kq{X-ti-ja
- m-bn-cn-p {]XyIvkq{Xw \oNkq-{X-amIp-Xv. Fnv Cu kq{X-n-smsbpw D-\oNkq{Xsap t]. CXv D-\oNkq{XtmSp {Kl-tm-Sp A-cmfw {]Xna-fi-e-`m-K-n-se Pymhv bmsXmv AXv a[y-a-n-tv Dw
hmnb tij-n-te `pPm-Pymhv. CXnp {Kl-n- A{Kw, D\o-N-kq-{X-n- aqew, Fn-s\ Iev]n-pw {]Im-cw. CXnhnsS
I-hr--hym-kmw hcp-p-t-S-tv `qPm-Pym-hm-Ip--Xv. `pPmaq-et- m-Sp IymtI{-tm-Sp A-cmfw tImSn B
- I
- p-X
- v. IymtI-{-tmSv {Kl-tm-Sp A-cmfw I-am-Ip-Xv. ]ns {]Xna-fie
-
- ns \oN-`m-K
- n-eq {Klw Fn-cn-p-q-Xm-In a[y-a
- ns
tImSn-bn- D-\o-N-hym-kmw Iqn-bXv tImSn-Pym-hm-Ip--Xv2.
ChnsS {]Xn-a-fi-tem--`m-K-n-ep {Klw Fn-cn-p--qXm-In
Dtm-\-a-[y-a-tIm-Snbpw D-\o-N-hym-kmhpw X-fn-e--cn-Xp `pPmaq-e-tmSp Iym-tI-{-tm-Sp A-cm-f-am-Ip--Xv tImSn-Pym-hmIp--Xv. ChnsS {]Xn-a-fi-e-tI-{-tmSp `pPm-aq-e-tm-Sp Acmfw bmsXmv AXv Da[y-am--cmfw tImSn-Pym-hm-Ip--Xv. {]Xn-a7. 13. B. Pymhm-bn-hcpw; F. Pymshp hcpw
14. G. add Fp nX-ambn
8. 1. G. ]ns AXns\ At-cs I-hr--n-se Pymhm............
2. C. om. ]ns ....to.... tImSn-Pym-hm-Ip-Xv.
870
fi-e-tI--tmSp Iym-tI-{-tm-Sp A-cmfw D-\o-N-hymkm- a m- I p- - X v . ChnsS {]Xn- a - fi - e - t I- { - n- se Zn- t Wmckq{X-ns3 Ingv {Kl-san-cn-n tI{-tIm-Sn-bn D-\o-Nhym-kmw Iqn I-hrtImSn Dm-t-q. ]ns {]Xnafie-ns Zn-tWm-c
- k
- q-{X-n\p ]Sn-m-dp- {Klw Fn-cn-p-qXmIn D-\o-Nh
- ym-km-ns A-`m-K
- n-e
- m-bn-n-cn-pw `pPm-aq-ew.
ChnsS Iym-a-y-n-te D-\o-N-hr--ns Zn-tWm--ckq-{X-n-\p Ing-s-p-dv `pPm-aq-e-sa-n-cn-p-qXm-In `pPm-aq-etmSv D-\o-Nt- \-an-tbmSp A-cmfw tI{-tImSn BIp-X
- v. CXns\
4
D-\o-Nh
- ym-km-n-se D-\o-Nh
- r-
- n-se hymkm-n-v
If-m tijw tI{-tmSv `pPm-aq-e-tm-Sp A-cmfw Ihr--tIm-Sn-bm-Ip-Xp hcpw. ]ns Iy-ma-y-n-se D-\o-N-hr-n-se Zn-tWm--c-kq-{X--ntv ]Sn-m-dp `pPm-aqew Fncn-p-q-Xm-In tI{-tIm-Sn-bn-tv D-\o-N-hym-kms If
tijw Ihr--tImSn BIp--Xv. Dtm-\-a-ys ChnsS tI{sap sNmp-am-dp-v. Cs\ I-hr--n-se `pPm-tIm-Sn-Isf
Dmn hnp Iqn aqen-m Iym-tI-{-tmSp {Kl-tm-Sp
A-cmfw I-hr--hym-kmw {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-eIsf-smv AfXv DmIpw. CXns\s I-hr--I-e-I-tf-smv Af-ptm {XnPym-Xp-ey-am-bn-n-cn-pw. AXXp hrs Ccp-]-tm-cm-bnc--dp\q-dmbn hn`-Pn--Xn- Hcwiw Xs-Xs5 Iem-am-\-am-Ip--Xv.
AXn-s\-smv Xs-Xs hymkmw {XnPym-Xp-ey-am-bn-n-cnpw
Fp I-hr--I-e-I-sf-smp {XnPym-Xpeyw Fm tlXp.
ChnsS atm- -\o-N -hr- - np a- I- h - im hrn{lmk- apmIbm kZm- I-hr--I-em-anXw CXv. Fnv Cu Is
Ah-nti-jnt {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-em-an-X-amhq. Cs\ {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-eIsfsmv I-hr--am-\s Adnbpw {]Im-cw.
8. 3. D.G.kq{X-n-v; F. kq{X-n\p
4. F. \oN-`m-K-n-eqw
5. B. AXn-sem-cwiw kzkzIem-am-\-am-Ip-Xv.
9. Im-\-b\w {]Im-cm-cw
871
9. Im-\-b\w {]Im-cm-cw
]ns {]Im-cm--tcW1 Adnbpw {]Imcw. AhnsS IymtI-{-ntp XpSn Iym-t\-ao-te D-\oNtI{-qsS CXns t\ao
kv]in-p kq{Xw bmsXmv AXnp a[y-a-kq-{X-sap t] Fp
apn sNmn. Cu a[y-a-kq-{X-tmSp {Kl-tm-Sp A-cmfw aya-kv^p-Sm--c-am-Ip--Xv. CXnp `pPm-^-e-sap t]. CXns\ {Kln- A{K-ambn a[y-a-kq-{X-n- aqe-am-bnp I]n-t-q.
ChnsS `pPm-aq-e-tmSp Iym-hr--t\-ao-se D-\oNhr-tI-{tm-Sp A-cmfw tImSnê-am-Ip-Xv. ChnsS Iym-t\-ao-tp
]pd--I-s-n-cn-p {]Xn-a-fi-e-t\-ao-ep {Klw Fn-cn-p-q-XmIn tZmxê-aqew Iym-t\-an-bpsS ]pdt AI-s-n-cn-pw. Atm
tImSn-^-es Iym-hym-km-n Iqn-bm tZmxê-aq-e-tmSp
Iym-tI-{-tm-Sp A-cm-f-ap-m-Ipw. ]ns Iym-t\anbpsS
A`m-K-n-te {]Xn-a-fi-e-t\-ao-ep {Klw Fn-cn-p--qXm-In
Iym-t\-an-bpsS A`m-K
- n-e
- m-bn-n-cnpw tZmxê-aqew. Atm
tImSnês Iymhymkm-n-tp Ifp tijw tZmx^-eaq-e-tm-Sp Iym-tI-{tm-Sp A-cmfw tImSn-bmbn tZmxêw
`pPm-tIm-Sn-bm-bpw Iev]np cntbpw h-tbm-K-aqew sNbvXm
Iym-tI-{-tmSv {Kl-tm-Sp- A-cmfw {]Xn-a-fi-e-hr--I-eman-X-ambnp apn hcp-nb Iw Xs hcpw. Cs\ I-hr-hym-kmw cp {]Imcw hcp-mw. ChnsS {]Xn-a-fi-e-n
C{X sNp {Klw Fp ayaw sIm-dn-Xp I-hr--n C{X sNp {Klw FdnI thn-bn-cn-p--Xv. AXnp km[\w
Cu Iw.
10. hn]-coXIw
A\- cw I- h r- - I - e - I sfsmp Iym- h ym- k mw
F{Xsbp Xm {]Xn-a-fiehymkmw F{X-sbp Xm Adnbpw
{]Im-c-s- sNm-p-p. Im-\-b\w hn]-co-X-{In-b-sImp hcn-I-bm
9. 1. D.adds Iym-tI{w B
872
hn]-co-X-I-sap t]cp-v CXnv. ChnsS a-kv^p-S-n- aykv^p-S-mcw a-I-hr--I-e-Isf sImp Af--Xm-bn-p-p.

Fm ay-kv^p-Sm--c-Pym-hm-Ip tZmx^-es hnp {XnPym^-e-n-tp Ifv aqen-m tZmx^-e-aq-e-tmSp Iym-tI-{tm-Sp A-cmfw hcpw. CXn-tp tImSnêw If-hq tZmx^-eaqew Iym-t\-aotp ]pdp Fm1, AI-s-n Iqq2. AXp
Iym-hym-kmw I-hr--I-em-an-X-am-bn-n-cn-tmv3.
11. hn]-co-X-Iw {]Im-cm-cw

C\n -{]-Im-cm--tcW1 {]Xn-a-fiehymkms I-hr--I-eI-tf-smv C{X2 F-dnbpw {]Im-cs sNmp-p. ChnsS Dkv^pSm-c
- t- Zm-Pymhp I-hr-I
- e
- m-an-Xa
- m-bn-p-p. I-hr-
- n C{X sNq {Klw Ftm kv^pS-am-Ip--Xv. \otNm--kq-{Xn- aqe-ambn {Kl-n- A{K-ambnncn-smv Cu `pP-mPym-hv.
`pPm- a q- e - t mSp Iym- t I- { - t m- S p A- c mfw kv ^ ptSm- mctImSn-Pym-hm-Ip--Xv. CXn-tp3 -I-ym-{]-Xn-a-fi-em--c--fpsS
tI{m--cm-f-am-Ip D-\oNhymkms If-hq. D-\o-N-hr--t\ao-p ]pdp tZmPym-aq-e-sa-n, Am-bvIn4 Iqq. tijn5 tImSntbbpw tZmPym-hn-t\bpw hnp Iqn aqen-m {]Xn-a-fi-e-tI-{n-tp {Kl-tm-Sp A-cmfw {]Xn-a-fi-e-hym-kmw Ihr--I-em-an-X-am-bn-p-m-Ipw.
10.
11.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B. BIn; E. G Fn
F. Om. AI-s-n Iqp
F. Bbn-cn-smv
B. AY {]Im-cm--tcW
F. F{X
C. F CXn
B. D. As-n
B. C.om. tijn; D. B tImSn-tbbpw
12. hn]-coXIm-\-b\w {]Imcmcw
873
12. hn]-co-X-Im-\-b\w {]Im-cm-cw

A\- cw kv ^ ptSm- m- ctZmxtImSnê- sfsmv Cu
hymkms hcppw {]Imcw. ChnsS I-hr--n-se Dkq-{Xhpw {Kl-kq-{Xhpw X-fn-ep A-cm-f-`m-K-n-se Pymhp
bmsXmv AXp kv^ptSm-m--c-tZm-Pym-hm-Ip--Xv. Cu kq{X-m-cPymhp Xs I- h r- - t I- { - n- te D- \ o- N - h r- - n-
Iev ] np- t m kv ^ ptSm- m- - c tZmxê- a m- b n- n- c n- pw. Cu
tZmxês1 {]Xn-a-fi-e-tI-{-n- A{Khpw {Kl-kq-{X-n-
aqe-hp-am-bnp Iev]n-t-q. Cu2 tZmxê-aq-e-tmSp I-hr--tI{-tm-Sp A-cmfw3 {Kl-kq-{X-n--teXv ChnsS4 AtmSnêam-Ip--Xv. tImSn-êw t]mb kq{Xtijw tImSn-bm-Ip--Xv. tZmxêw
`pP--fnse h-tbm-K-aqew {]Xn-a-fi-e-tI-{-tmSv {Kl-tm-Sp
A-cmfw {]Xn-a-fi-e-hym-kmw I-hr--I-em-an-X-am-bn-p-m-Ipw.
Cs\ D-`m-K-n- {Kl-an-cn-p-tm. \oN-`m-K-n-5 hntij-ap-v. ChnsS \oN-kq-{X-tmSp {Kl-kq-{X-tm-Sp A-cmfw Ihr--n--teXv kv^ptSm-m--c-tZm-Pym-hm-Ip--Xv. Cu A-cmfw
\otNm--hr--n--te-Xv tZmxê-am-Ip--Xv. ChnsS \oN-kq-{X-ns
tijw D-kq-{X-am-bn-p-tm, {Kl-kq-{Xhpw Aw I-hr-tI-{-qsS at-]p-dp \on Iev]n-q. AhnsS Cu {Kl-kq-{X-]ptmSv D-kq-{X-tmSp A-cmfw Cu tZmxêw Xs-bm-bn-ncnpw. Chn-tSbpw {]Xn-a-fi-e-tI-{-n- A{K-ambn {Kl-kq-{X-tij-n- aqe-am-bnv tZmxês Iev]n-q. tZmx^-e-tmSp Ihr--tm-Sp A-cmfw {Kl-kq-{X-ti-j-n--teXp tImSnê-amIp--Xv. Cu tImSn-êw I-hrhymkm-am-Ip {Kl-kq-{Xn- Iqn-bm {Kl-tmSv C-ev]n tZmxê-aq-e-tm-Sp Acm-f-ap-m-Ipw. CXns h-n tZmx^-e-hw Iqn aqen-m {]Xn12.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B. F. tZmx^-e-tImSnê-sf
C. H. om. Cu
C. D. G. kq{Xm--cmf
F. Chn-Sv, G. Chn-S-tv
B. adds ]ns
874
a-fi-e-tI-{-tmSv {Kl-tm-Sp A-cmfw {]Xn-a-fie-hymkmw

I-hr--I-em-an-X-am-bn-p-m-Ipw. A-cm-f-Pym-sf Xe-]-Ip
Iev]n-XpsImp am\-t`-Z-ap-mI-bn-. Cs\ I-hr--I-em-anX-am-bnp {]Xn-a-fi-e-hym-km-tbpw Iym-a-fi-e-hym-kmtbpw Dmpw {]Imcw. Cs\ Dmb CXnp hn]-co-X-Isa-p-t]. {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-e-I-tfsmp I-hr--hym-kms
am\w sNbvX-Xn-s\-sbtm I-sap sNmp-p. AXn-tp ssh]co-Xy-ap-m-I-bm hn]-co-X-I-anXv. Cu hn]-co-X-I-s-smv
hymkmhs lcn-m êw {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-e-Isfsmp
I-hr--hym-kms am\w sNbvXn-cn-p I-am-Ip-Xv
Dm-Ipw. ChnsS {]Xnafi-e-hym-kmw Xs hr-ns A\-]p-cmwiw sImv {XnPy-mXpeyw, I-hr--I-e-Isfsmv hn]co-XI
- -Xpeyw I-hr-h
- ym-kmw. ]ns Xs Ie-Isfsmv
{XnPymXpeyw. {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-e-I-sf-smv F{X Fv ss{XcminIw.
êw {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-e-I-tf-smp am\w sNbvXp I-hr--hymkm-am-bn-n-cn-pw.
13. a-kv^pSw
]ns a[y-a-n Dw hmnb tij-ns `pPm-Pymhp bmsXmv
AXv D-\o-N-kq-{X-n-tp {Kl-tm-Sp Acm-f-nse {]Xna-fi-e-`m-K-n-se Pymhm-bn-n-cn-pw. Cu Pymhn-s\-s I-hr-I-e-I-tf-smp C{X-sb--dn-p -Nm-]n-m D-\o-N-kq-{X-tmSp
{Kl-tmSp A-cm-f-n-te I-hr--`m-K-am-Ipw. Cm-]s
D-n Xm \oN-n Xm kwkvIcn-m I-hr--n-
C{X1 -sNq {Klw Fp hcpw. AXp kv^pS-{Klam-Ip-Xv.
ChnsS Cs\ Ccn-smp ss{Xcm-inIw. I-hr--hym-kmw
{]Xn-a-fi-e-I-em-an-X-am-bn-n-cn-p--Xv I-Xp-eyw. CXp {]am-W-am-Ip-Xv. CXp I-hr--I-em-an-X-am-Ip-tm {XnPym-Xp-eyw. CXp {]am13.
1. F. F{X
13. a-kv^pSw
875
W-^-e-am-Ip--Xv. D-\oNkq{X-{K-lm--cm-f-nse {]Xn-a-fie`mK2

Pymhv Cm. CXn-t\-s I-hr--I-em-an-X-amn I-hr--`mK-Pymhmbn Iev]n-n-cn-pXv Cm-^-ew. CXns\ AW-hnp Xhw D-n Xm \oN-n Xm kwkvI-cn-Xv kv^pS-{K-l-amIp--Xv. Cu kv^pS-{]-Im-c-n\p {]Xn-a-fi-e-kv^p-S-sap t].
ChnsS kv^pSn-tp Dw hmnb tij-np Pymhp-sIm-m
CXv ChnsS sNmnb Cm-^-e-am-bn-n-cn-pw. ay-a-n-tv Dw
hmnb3 tij-n-tv Dm-nb `pPm-Pymhv ChnsS sNmn-bXp
Cm-cm-in-bm-Ip--Xv.
Fm Cm-^-es {]am-W-sapw Cm-cm-insb {]am-W-^-esapw Iev]nv I-hr--hym-km-am-bn-cn-p {XnPysb Cmcm-in-sbp Iev]n-p-m-p Cm-êw ChnsS sNmnb I-ambn-n-cnpw. ChnsS ay-a-n-tv Dw hmnb tij-ns Pymhv
bmsXmv AXp {]Xn-a-fi-sse-I-tZ-i-n-te Pymhm-I-bm {]Xn-afi-e-I-em-anXw. ]ns kv^pS-n-tv Dw hmnb tij-ns
Pymhm-Ip-Xpw CXp-X-s-b-t{X. D-\o-N-kq-{X-tmSp hn]-co-X-ambn
-- m
{Kl-tmSv D-\o-N-kq-{X-tmSv4 A-cm-f-{]-tZ-i-am-bn-n-cn-b
Pym cp-sam-t. am\-t`Zw sImp kwJym-t`-Z-ta-bp-p. kv^pStI-{-Pym-hn\v Nm]-am-Ip-Xp I-hr--ns GI-tZ-i-am-I-bm
I-hr--I-em-an-Xw. kv^pS-tI-{-Pymhv Fm Cu Pymhv Ihr--I-e-I-tfsmp kv^pS-tI-{-Pym-hv. CXp-X-s {]Xn-a-fi-e-Iem-an-X-am-Ip-tm a[y-a-tI-{-Pymhv. Atm I-hr--I-e-I-tfsmp hymkm-Xp-ey-am-Ip-tm {]Xn-afi
e
- I
- e
- I
- t- f-smv F{Xsbp apnsNm-nb Iw hcpw.
C-t\bpw hcpmw Iw. ChnsS a[y-a-tI-{-Pymhv {]Xn-a-fie-I-em-an-X-am-Ip-tm a[y-a-tI-{-`p-Pm-êw Fs\ I-hr--Iem-an-X-am-Ipp F ibvv5 DcwIw hep-Xm-Ip-tm a-
13.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B. C. F. G. om. `mK
F. t]mb
F.adds D
B. Fp i
876
\o-N-hr-hpw AXnp- X--hw IqSn hep-XmIpw. {XnPy-tb-m

sNdp-Xm-Ip-tm atm--\o-N-hr-hpw AXn-p -X--hw sNdp-XmIpw. Fnv Cu hr-nse Pymhv Fm-bvtmgpw I-hr--I-eman-X-am-bn-n-cn-p-a-t{X. Fnv a-Iw Csm-n-b-hw hcp-tXpw, a[y-tI-{-`p-Pm-^-es a[y-a-n kwkvI-cn-m-\mbnsImp
I-hr--I-em-an-X-am-p-hm ss{Xcm-inIw sNtnhcm-Xpw.
Cs\ a-I-n\p X-hw atm--\o-N-hr--n\p hrn-{lmk-ap-m-I-bm a-I-n\pw a`pPm-êw sImp kv^pSnpw hnti-j-ap-v. {io{L-n-tp io{L-\o-tNm--hr--n
Xs I-n\p X-hw hrn-{lm-k-an-. Cs\ a-kv^p-Sn-te {Inb.
14. io{L-k^
v pSw
A\-cw io{L-kv^p-S-{]-Im-cs sNmp-p. ChnsS N{m-Zn-Xym-cpsS1 a-\o-tNm--hr--ns tI{w `tKm-f-a-y-n-eq Fnv
N{m-Zn-Xy-mp a-kv^pSw sNbvXXp Xs `tKm-f-K-Xn-bm-Ip--Xv.
sNmm XpS-n-bphn\pw `tKm-f-a[yw tI{-ambn {Kls kv]innp Hcp hr-s -I-ev]n-m AXn- F{X sNq Fp-Xv
`tKm-f-- KXn-bm-Ip--Xv. Ah-np hnti-j-am-Ip--Xv `tKm-f-a[yw tI{am-bnv Hcp io{L\otNm--hr--ap-v. AXns t\ao- iot{Lm-ns KXn-bm-bn-n-cp-smv2 a-\o-tNm--hr-w. Fnp Xevm-en- iot{Lm--\o-N-hr--t\-ao- bmsXm-cn-Sp iot{Lmw
hn-pq3, AhnsS tI{-am-bn-n-cn-smp a-\o-tNm--hr-w. Cu
hr-n- atm--ns KXn. B atmw bmsXm-cn-Sv AhnSw
tI{-am-bn-n-cn-smv a-\o-tNm--hr--n- {]Xn-a-fi-e-sapw
Iev]nv B {]Xn-a-fi-e-t\-ao- {Kl-_nw_w Kan-pp Fpw
Iev]n-q. ]ns {]Xn-a-fi-e-n- tajm-Zo-tp XpS-ov C{X14.
1. B. C. F. BZn-Xy-N-{-m-cpsS
2. G. ChnsS Ah-km-\n-pp
3. D. D-am-Ip chn-ayw hn-pp
14. io{L-kv^pSw
877
sNp Ctm {Kl-sap a[yaw sIm-dn-bp--Xv. ]ns a-\o-tNm-hr--ns tI{w Xs tI-am-bnp {Kl-_nw-_s kv]intmcp4 hrs Iev]n-q. CXnp aI-hr--sap t]. B
a-I-hr--n- {]Xn-a-fi-e-sapw Iev]np tajm-Zo-tp
XpSn Ft{XSw5 sNn-cn-p-q {Klw Fp a-kv^pSw sIm-dnbp--Xv. ]ns iot{Lm--\o-N-hr--ns tI{w Xs tI{-ambnp {Kl-_nw-_s kv]in-tmcp hrs Iev]n-q. CXn\p
io{L-I-hrsap t]. Cu hr-n- tajm-Zn-bn-tp
XpSn cmiymZn F{X sNp FXp io{L-kv^pSw sIm-dn-bp-Xv. Cu io{L-kv^p-S-n- a-I-hr-s {]Xn-a-fi-e-sap
Iev]np a-kv^p-S-{K-ls ay-a-sapw Iev]np a-kv^p-S-n-te-tmse {Inb-sN-bv-Xm io{L-I-hr--n- tajm-Zn-bn-tp
XpSn cmiymZn F{X sNq F-Xp-m-Ipw.
ChnsS io{L-kv^p-S-n hnti-j-am-Ip-Xp ]ns. io{L-`p-Pm^-es Dm-n-bm ]ns AXns\ io{L-I-I-em-{]-an-X-am-nbm io{L-I-hr--nse Pymhm-Ipw. AXns\ Nm]np kwkvIcn-m {Klw io{L-I-hr--n- C{X sNp Fp hcpw.
CXn-mbnsmp io{L-`p-Pm-^-es {XnPy-sImp KpWnv io{LIw sImp lcn--Ww. Fm io{L`qPm-êw a-I-hr-{]-an-X-am-bnp hcp-hm {XnPy-sImv KpWnv io{L-Iw sImp
lcn--Ww. Fm io{L-I-hr--I-em-{]-an-X-am-bn-p -h-cpw io{L`p-Pm-êw. ChnsS a-`p-Pm-êw a-I-hr--I-em-{]-an-X-am-bnp hcphm Cu ss{Xcm-inIw sNt. a-tI-{-Pymsf atm--\o-N-hr-hym-kmw sImp KpWnv {XnPy sImp lcn-m Xs
aI-hr--I-em-an-X-am-bnp6 hcpw. AXnp tlXp a-Iw
hep-Xm-Ip-tm atm--\o-N-hr-hpw IqSn hep-Xm-Ipw. B In\p X-hw Iw sNdp-Xm-Ip-tm sNdp-Xm-hqXpw sNpw.
Fnp a-`p-Pm-tImSnê- Fmbvtmgpw a-I-hr--I-em{]-an-X-am-bn-n-cn-p-p. iot{Lm--\o-N-hr--n\p ]ns io{L-I14.
4. D. kv]in-n-cn-tmcp
5. B. Ft{Xmfw
6. D. Iem-{]-anX
878
n\p X-hw hrn-{lm-k-an-. Fnp io{L-tIm-Sn`p-Pm-^-e-

{]Xn-afi
e-Ie
- m-{]-an-Xa
- mbnt Ccn-p-at- {X. Fnv Chs io{L-Ihr--I-em-{]anX Bp-hm ss{Xcm-in-Im-cw thWw.
\tS ]Tn-p-tm Xs Xs7 {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-em-am\w sImv C{X
Dv a-\o-tNm--hrw, C{X Dv io{L-\o-tNm--hr--sap ]Tnp--Xv. Fnp {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-em-an-X-am-bnp \tS Dm-p-p. Fnv8
a-\o-tNm--hr--np hrn-lm-kapv. io{L-\o-tNm--hr--np
hrn-{lm-k- C Fp hnti-j-am-Ip--Xv. ChnsS a-kv^p-S-{Klhpw iot{Lm-hpw X-fn-ep A-c-op Pym io{LtI-{-Pym- Fp t]cm-Ip-h a-Ihr-nse Pymhm-I-bm
a-I-I-em-{]-an-X-. io{L-hrw ]ns {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-em-{]-anX-am-I-bm iot{Lm--\o-N-hr--tbpw AXns hymkm-am-Ip
io{Lm-y^-e-tbpw {XnPy-sb-smp KpWnp a-Iw sImp
lcn- m ê- a- I - h r- - I - e m- { ]- a n- X - - f m- b n- n- c n- p
iot{Lm--\o-N-hr-hpw AXns hymkmhpw Bbn-p- h-cpw. Ch
{]am-W-^-e--fm-bnp a-I-hrw kzI-em-{]-an-X--fm-bn-n-cn-pXpw AXns hymkmhpw {]am-W-^-e--fm-bnp Iev]np io{LtI-{`p-Pm-tIm-Sn-Pym-sf Cm-cmin-bm-bnpw Iev]nv Dm-Ip Cm^-e- a-I-hr--I-em-{]-an-X--fm-bn-n-cn-p io{L-tImSn`pPm^-e--fm-bn-p-hcpw. ]ns kzI-em-{]-an-X-ambn9 {XnPym-Xp-ey-am-bn-n-cnp a-I-hr-h
-- ym-km-n- Cu tImSn-êw kwkv-cnv
]ns CXns hhpw `pPm-^-e-hhpw Iqn aqen-m iot{Lm-\o-N-hr--tI-{-am-bn-n-cn-p `tKm-f-a-[y-n-tp {Kl-tm-Sp
CS a-I-hr--I-em-{]-an-X-am-bn-p-m-Ipw. CXp io{L-I-amIp--Xv.
14.
7. B.kz kz for Xs Xs
8. B. Ft-Sv
9. D. Iem-an-X-ambn
14. io{L-kv^pSw
879
Cs\ ]e{]Imcw hcpmw

(I) ChnsS a-I-hr--I-em-{]-an-X-am-bn-n-cn-p io{Lm-y
ês io{L-tIm-Sn-Pym-hn- aI-cm-Zn-I
- ym-Zn-p X-hw tbmKw
Xm\-cw Xm sNbvXv CXn-t\bpw io{L-tI-{-`p-Pm-Pym-hn-t\bpw
hnp Iqn aqen-mepap-mIpw apn sNmnb io{L-Iw. ChnsS
a-kv^p-S-{K-lhpw10 iot{Lm--am-Ip BZn-Xy-a-[y-ahpw X-fne-cn-tijw io{L-tI-{-am-Ip--Xv. CXns `pPm-tIm-Sn-Pym a-Ihr--I-em-{]-an-X- B hr--nse Pym-fm-I-bm Ahs ]ns
a-Iw sImp KpWnp {XnPy-sImp lcn-m a-I-hr-nse Pym {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-em-{]-an-X--fm-bn-p -h-cpw.
(ii) ]ns Cht tIhew {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-em-{]-an-X-ambn ]Tn-n-cnp io{Lm-y-^-e-s-smp KpWnv a-Iw sImp lcnm io{L-tImSn`pPm-^-e- {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-em-{]an-X-am-bn-p-m-Ipw.
]ns Cu tImSnês a- I - n kwkv I - c nv AXns
hhpw Cu `pPmê-hhpw Iqn aqen-m io{L-Iw {]Xn-afi-e-I-em-{]-an-X-am-bn-p-m-Ipw.
(iii) ]ns {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-em-{]-an-X-fm-bn-n-cn-p io{L-tI-{tIm-Sn-Pymhpw Ay-^-ehpw X-fn tbmKw Xm\-cw Xm sNbvXv
]ns AXns hhpw Cuh-an-cn-p `pPm-Pym-hhpw Iqn
aqen-m io{L-Iw {]Xn-a-fi-eIem{]an-X-am-bn-p-m-Ipw.
(iv) ]ns io{L-tI-{`pPm-Pym-hns\ {XnPysImp KpWnv Iw
sImp lcn-m êw iot{Lm--\o-N-kq-{X-tmSp {Kl-tm-Sp
A-cm-f-Pymhp io{L-I-hr--I-em-{]-an-X-am-bn-p-m-Ipw. CXns\
Nm]nv iot{Lm--n kwkvI-cn-m `tKm-f-a[yw tI{-am-bn-n-cnp io{L-I-hr-n- {K-lw C{X sNp Fp-m-Ipw. ]ns
`pPm-^-es {XnPy-sImp KpWnp Iw sImp lcnp Nm]n-Xns\ a-kv^p-S-{Kl-n kwkvI-cn-m Cu kv^pS-{Klw Xs
hcpw. ChnsS a-IIem-{]-an-X-am-bn-n-cn-p `pPm-Pym-hn-t\-m
`pPm-^-e-s-m {XnPy-sImp KpWn-n a-IIem-{]-an-X14.
10. D. a-kv^p-Shpw; F. a-{K-l-kv^p-Shpw
880
ambn-n-cn-p io{L-Iw sImp lcn-t-q. {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-em{]-an-Xs Fn {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-em-{]-an-Xambn-n-cn-p io{L-Iw

sImp lcn-tq Ft hnti-j-app11. ChnsS bmsXmcp {]tZ-in- tI{-am-bn-n-cn-p hr-ns t\ao-te12 {Kl-KXn Adn-Xv, B hr-nv mX-t`m-K-{K-lsap t]. CXns\ {]Xna-fi-e-sap13 Iev]n-tq. ]ns bmsXm-cnSw tI{-ambn t\an-bn {Kl-kv]i-am-bn-n-cn-p hr-n- {Klw sNq Fp
Adn-tb-p-hXv B hr-np tb-t`m-K-{K-l- Fp t].
CXns\ I-hr--sap Iev]n-t-q. ]ns tbt`m-K-{K-l-hr-tI-{-n- tI{-am-bnv mX-t`m-K-{K-l-hr--tI-{-n-
t\an-bm-bnv Hcp hrw Iev]n-p. CXv D-tI-{-hr--am-Ip-Xv.
Cs\ aqv hr-sf Iev]np io{L-\ym-b-n\p X-hw
Iw hcpn Csm-nbhw kv^pSn-m CjvS-{]-tZ-i-n-
tI{-ambn {Kl-n-14 t\an-bmbn Iev]n-n-cn-p hr-nse
{Kl-KXn Adn-bmw. Cs\ kmam\yw kv^pS-\ym-bw.
]ns bmsXm-cn-Sp Iym-hr-hpw Iym-t\-ao-se D-\o-Nhr-hpw Iev]n-p-q, AhnsS Iym-hrw Iev]npw {]Imcw.
tb-t`m-K-{K-l-hr--ns tI{w Xs tI{-am-bnp mX-t`mK-{Kl-hr--tmSp Xpey-am-bnv Hcp hrw Iev]n-q. AXp Iymhr--am-Ip--Xv. AXns t\-ao- D-\o-N-hrw Iev]n-q. mXt-b-tI-{-fpsS A-cm-f-hym-kmw am\-ambn Iev]n-nv. ChnsS
mX-t`m-K-{K-l-hr--n- bmsXm-cn-Sp {Klw, Cu Iev]n-
Iym-hr--n- AhnSw tI{-am-bnv D-\o-N-hr--tI{w Iev]nt-q. Cs\ Ap-hrw Iev]n-np kv^ptSm-]-]n -\n-cq-]nt-q. Csm-nbhw15 IpP-Kpcpa-m-cpsS kv^pS{]-Imcw.
14.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
B. lcn-Ww Fp hntijw
H. add. ]ns bmsXm-cnSw tI{-ambn t\an-bn- {Kl-kv]i-am-bn-cn-p hr-n-
F. {]Xn-a-fi-e-ns t\an-bn--teSw Fp t] Iev]n-tp
F. CjvS-{K-l-n-
B. Ghw
15. _p[-ip-{I-m-cpsS io{L-kv^pSw
881

_p[-ip-{I-m-v hnti-j-apv. AhntSbpw a-kv^pSw Cuhw
Xs. io{L-kv^p-S-n- iot{Lm--\o-N-hrw hep-Xv. a-Ihrw sNdp-Xv BI-bm. a-I-hr--t\-aosS ]pdv AI-s-Spw
iot{Lm--\o-N-hr--ns tI{w. Cs\ bmsXm-cn-Sv mXt`m-K-{K-l-am-bn-cn-p hr-ns hymkm-t-m-n mXtb{Klhr- t I- { m- cw BIp D- \ o- N - h r- - ns
hymkmw henbq Fn-cn-p-n-Sv Cu D-\o-N-hr--m-\o-b-amIp--Xns\ Iym-hr--sapw {]Xn-a-fi-e-m-\o-b-am-bncn-p
mX-t`m-K-{K-l-hr-s Iy-mhr--t\-aote D-\o-N-hr-sapw Iev]n-q. Iym-hrtI{w Xs tI{-am-bnp t\ao-
{Kl-kv]iw hcp-amdp tb-t`m-K-{K-l-hr--sap t]cm-Ip Ihr--tbpw Iev]n-nv kv^pS-{In-bsb \ncq-]n-t-q.
ChnsS ]nsbpw cp hrs Iev]n-t-p-In Cu Iev]n
Iym-t\-aose mX-t`m-K-{K-l-hr--tmSp Xpey-am-bnp IymtI-{-n-1 tI{-ambn Hcp hrs Iev]n-q. CXns\ mXt`m-K-{K-l-hr--tmSp Xpey-ambn tb-t`m-K-{K-l-hr--tI-{-am-bncn--bm Iym-hrw Fp apnte \ymbw sImp Iev]n-tp. Fnepw PRm-X-t`m-K-{K-l-hr--tmSp kv]i-an-m-bvI-bm
D\oNhr-sav Iev]n-p-sIm-q. ]ns mX-t`m-K{- K-lh
- rn a-kv^pS{Klw F{X sNn-cn-p-q. C-ev]n D-\o-N-hr-n-2, A-e-bn-3 tI{-am-bnp Iev]nv Iym-hr--tmfw
t]msmcp {]Xn-afi
e
- s Iev]n-q. Cs\ Iev]n-p-tm Iym{]-Xn-a-fi-e-sf D-\o-N-hr--sapw D-\o-N-hr--sf Iym{]-Xn-a-fi-e--sfpw Iev]n--Xmbn. tb-hr-s4 I-hr-sap-Xs
- bpw Iev]n-q. BI-bm Iev]n-X{- ]-Xn-afi
e
-
- ns tI{w
{Kl-K-Xn-bm-bnp Kan-p-p Fn-cn-p-p. Fnepw AXns\ D-KXn
15.
1.
2.
3.
4.
D.adds Iev]n-X-I-y-hr--tI{
B. hr-ns
B. B Ie-bn-
D. add tb-t`m-K-{Kl hrs
882
Fpw CXns tI{-an-cn-p-tSw D-sapw Iev]n-t-Ww. ]ns

mX-t`m-K-{K-l-hr-ns tI{-KXn D-KXn Fn-cn-p--XmInepw {Kl-KXn Fp Iev]n-q. mX-t`m-K-{K-l-hr-s D-\oN-hr--sap Iev]n--bm. ]ns mX-t`m-K-{K-l-hr--ns
tI{w5 bmsXm-cn-Sp Iev]np Iym-hr--t\-ao- AhnsS aya-{Klw Xpey-Iem Fp Iev]n-q, Fm AXnp X-hw
Iev]np {]Xn-a-fi-e-n- {Klw Kan-pw. CXp mX-t`m-K-{K-lhr--ntbpw Iev]n-X-{]-Xn-a-fi-e-n-tbpw t\an-I-fpsS tbmK-fn D-{]-tZiw, ASp-p tbmK-n-ev Fm-bvt]mgpw {Klw Ccn-bm. ]ns mX-t`m-K-{K-l-hr--n-se {Kl-KXn I-ym-hr-t\-ao Iev]n-p D-\o-N-hr--t\-ao- Iev]n-p {KlKXn Fp Iev]nq. Cuh-am-Ip-tm {Kls D-sapw Ds
{Kl-sapw Iev]n--Xmbn Fp- hn-cn-pw. BI-bm a-kv^p-Sn- kwkvI-cn-p io{L`qPm-^-es iot{Lm--nepw io{LI-I-em-{]-an-X-am-bn-cn-p io{L-tI-{-`p-Pm-Pym-hns\ a-kv^p-S-{Kl-n-epw6 kwkvI-cn-q. Fm _p[-ip-{I-m-cpsS tKmf-KXn7 DmIpw.
Chn-tSbvv At]--bp-m-I-bm apn Ap- hr---fn
IqSop Iev]n {Ktlm--K-Xn-I-tfbpw kv^ptSm-]-]-n-tbbpw Imn.
Fnv AXns\ kmh-[m-\-ambn \ncq-]n-m C{]-Imcw _py-[n-cq-VamIpw8. ChnsS IpPm-Zn-Ipw {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-e-I-tf-smp am\w
sNbvXnv C{X Fp ]Tn-n-cn-p-q, a-hr--tbpw io{L-hr-tbpw. _p[-ip-{I-mv ]ns io{L-hrw hep-Xm-I-bm CXns
Ie sImp {]Xn-a-fi-es am\w sNbvX-Xns\9 io{L-hr--am-bnp
]Tn-n-cn-p-q, C-{-kw-{K-l-n-. CXns\ Hgnp {K-fn _p[-ip-{I-m-cpsS a-hr--tbpw io{L-hr--am\w sImv
Afp ]Tn-n-cn-p-p. C-{-kw-{K-l-n- ]ns {]Xn-a-fi-e15.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
B. hr-tI{w
B.D. a-kv^p-S-nepw
D. `tKm-f-KXn
D. _pym-cq-V-amIpw; _pn-cq-V-amIpw
D. sNbvXnv AXns\
883
I-em-am\w sImp Xs Afp a-\o-tNmhr-sf ]Tn-n-cn-pp. Fnv10 kza-y-n-tp atmw hmnbm11 a-kv^p-S-\ymtb\ Dm-nb a-^-es Xs12 a[y-a-n Xs kwkvI-cnv
B a-kv^p-Ss ]ns iot{Lm--sap Iev]nv BZn-Xy-a-[y-as
Xs a[y-a-sap Iev]nv io{L-kv^pSw sNp-p. ]ns atm--\oN-hrw {]Xn-a-fi-e-t-m sNdpXv Ch-nv Fnv a-kv^pSw
Ign-thmfw kmam\yw \ymb-at{X _p[-ip-{I-mpw. io{L-kv^p-Sn- Xs {Ktlm---tfbpw Ch-ns KXn-I-tfbpw Ch-ns
hr--tfbpw ]Ip Iev]n-t-q. AhnsS a-Is io{Lmy-êw sImp KpWnv {XnPy-sImp lcn-m io{L-hr--I-eman-X-am-bn-cn-p a-Ihrhymkm-ap-m-Ipw. {]Xn-a-fi-es
apn io{L-I-hram-bnp ]Tn-n-cn-p-p. a-I-hr-s
io{L-I-hr--am-bnp Iev]n-tq FnXp tlXp-hm-Ip--Xv.
Ct{X hnti-j-ap-q _p[-ip-{I-mv. Cs\ sNmn Xmcm-{K-l-fpsS kv^pSs hnt-]anm t\c-t-v.
16. khn-t-]{- Kl-n io{L-kw-kI

v mcw
A\cw hnt- ] - a p t\c- t p hnti- j - a pv . AXns\
sNmpp1. ChnsS2 `tKm-f-a-y-n- A]-{Iaw Fp-smcp hrw
Dq3. CXns Ime-tZ-i-p X-h--ap kwm-\-t`-Zs
Chn-tSbvv At]--bn-m-bvI-bm t\tc taIo-gmbn Ing-p-]-Sn-mdmbn Ccn-smp Cu4 A]-{I-a-hrw Fv Iev]n-q. CXns t\ao ]{v Awiw Iev]nv Ch-ns5 hrm--fn AI-sSp Cucv Awi--fn kv]in-p-amdv Bdp-hr--sf Iev]n-q.
15.
16.
10.
11.
12.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
F. om. kz
D.F. hmn
B. kz for Xs
B. AY hnt-]-ap--tm-tgv
B. om. ChnsS
B. om. Dq; F. DXv
B. E. om. Cu
B. Ch-n
884
A]-{I-a-hr--ns tI{-n-tv6 t\sc sXpw hSpw Ch Xfnepff tbmKw. Cu cp tbmK-npw7 cminIqS-' Fp t].
Bdp hr--tf-smp ]{v A-cm-f- Dm-Ipw. Cu cp
hr--fpsS ]gp-Xp-I ]{p cmin-I-fm-Ip--Xv. Cu cmin-Iv
A]-{I-ah
- r-
- n- \Spth cminIqS-f
- n cv A{K-f
- pw. AhnsS
\Spth s]cnsI CS-ap-mbn Ccp-X-ebpw Iqn-cntm Nne cmin-I.
]ns Cu cmin-I-tf-smv Cuhw Xs Awinp Xob-Xn-I
Cen-I XpSn8 Iev]n-p-sIm-q.
Cuh-an-cn-p-t-Sv Cu A]-{I-ah
- r-
- ns tI{w-Xs tI{ambn t\anbpw. AXns am-n- Xs Bbn-cp-smv io{Lhr-w. tI{-n--Sp-p-n-S-nv A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-np "iot{Lm-\o-N-hrw' Fp t] Fv Hmn-ep-amw. Hmtcm {Kl-nv Hmtcm
{]Imcw io{L-hr--ns henw Ft hnti-j-ap-q. kwm-\t`-Z-an; Fm-n\pw Hcp {]Imcw Xs.
]ns Cu io{L-hr--t\-ao- bmsXmcp {]tZ-iv BZn-Xy-a-yaw, AhnsS tI{-am-bnp atm--\o-N-hrw. CXv Fm-n-\pw. Cuhw.
Cu atm--\o-N-hr--ns t\ao- {]Xn-tem-a-am-bnp ]mXs KXn.
Cu ]mX bmsXm-cn-Sv atm--\o-Nhr-ns B {]tZ-iw A]-{I-aa-fi-es kv]in-pw. Cu ]mXt-p9 Xp-S-n A]-{I-a-a-fi-eam-n-t p hS-t -]p- d - t a Ccnpw atm- - \ o- N - h r- - ns
]mXnbpw. ]mX-tp hrmw sNp-tSw ]nsbpw A]-{I-a-afi-e-ams kv]in-pw. ]ns Aw A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-amns sXt- ]p-d-ta. ChnsS A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-am-ntp Fmbn-ep-a-I-ep-tSw atm\o-Nhr--n10 Ie-sImv AXXp {Klns ]c-a-hn-t-]-tmfw AI-epw. ]ns Cu \otNm--hr--amw
16.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
C. B. A]-{I-a-tI-{-n-
B.C.F.Cu cp tbmK-npw cminIqS-sa; D. Cu cp hr-ka
- q-lt- bm-Kn
B. apX-embn For XpSn Fp XpSn
F. CXn-tv
D. atm\oN-hr--I-e-I-sf-sImv; B.F.atm--hr--I-e-sImv
16. khn-t-]-{K-l-n io{L-kw-kvImcw
885
Xs {]Xn-a-fi-e-np am-am-Ip--Xv. Fnv {]Xn-a-fi-ehpw IqSn

\otNm- - h r- - n\p X- h w A]- { I- a - a - fi - e - a m- n- t p
sXpw hSpw Ncn-n-cnpw. Cuhw Xs a-I-hr-hpw
Ncn-n-cn-pw. Fnp a-kv^p-S-n-tp hnt]w sImtq.
AhnsS a-I-hr--n-\p atmhr-ns tI{w Xs
tI{-am-I-bmepw AXnp X-hw A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-am-n-tp11
sXpw hSpw Ncn-n-cn--bmepw a-Ihr-ns t\an A]{I-a-a-fi-e-amK-n-tp Fm-bvt]mgpw12 AI-tSw a-IhrI-e-I-tf-smp ]c-a-hn-t-]-tmfw AI-n-cn-pw. BI-bm
]mtXm-\-a--kv^p-S-ns Pymhns\ ]c-a-hn-t]w sImp KpWn-m
{XnPy-sImv lcn-t-q, êw a-I-hr--n-te {Kl-ns
CjvS-hn-t-]w. C-cn-hnp "hnt-]'sap t]cm-Ip-p.
Cuh-an-cn-p-n-Sp bmsXm-cn- {Klw A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-amn-tp \on-bn-cn-pq Atm iot{Lm--\o-N-hr--npw
aI-hr--npw Znv Ht Am-bvI-bm a-I-hrw
io{L-kv^p-S-n- {]Xn-a-fi-e-ambn Iev]n-m tbmKy-a-. ]ns
]mX-t\mSp a-kv^pS{Kl-np tbmK-ap-t- m a-I-hr-s
iot{Lm--\o-N-hr--npw t\tc Iev]n-p-sIm-mw. {Kl-np
hnt-]-an-mtm Cu a-I-hr--sXs hnt-]np
Iev]n-t-m. Fm {Kl-an-cn-p {]tZiw a-I-hrn\v
A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-am-n-tv Fm-bn-ep-a-I-t-S-sav I]nv AhnSpv hr-]mZw sNp-t-Sv A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-tmSv tbmK-sapw
Iev]n-m Cu hnt-]-s-sImp sNcnhv Dmmw. a-I-hr-n\v hnt-]-an-m--tm ]ns a-I-hr--hymkm-hn hnt-]-h-s--fv aqenv hnt-]-tIm-Snsb Dm-mw.
CXp {Kl-n- A{K-ambn a-I-hr--tI-{-n-tv hnt-]tmfw AI-t-Sp aqe-am-bn-cn-smv Cu hnt-]-tIm-Sn. Cu
16.
11. F. {Ia-a-fi-e-n-v
12. H. Fm-bvt]mgpw
886
hnt-]tImSnp t\sc-bp hymkm-am-bnv Hcp hrs Iev]nq. CXv A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-am-n-tv Fm Ah-b-h-hp-sam--a-Iv

LSn-Im-a-fi-e-nv bmsXmcp {]Imcw kzmtlm-cm-{X-hrw Ft]mse Ccp-sm-v Cu hnt-]-tIm-Sn-hr-w. CXnp t\tc \on
Iev]nq iot{Lm--\oN-hr-w.
Atm iot{Lm--\o-N-hr--am-np t\tc Ccn--bm
hnt-]-tIm-Sn-hrw {]Xn-a-fi-e-am-Ipw io{L-kv^p-S-n--te-v13.
ChnsS hnt-]s {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-em-{]-an-X-amn hnp a-Ih-n-tp If-p aqenv hnt-]-tIm-Snsb Dm-mw. Fm
{]Xn-a-fi-e-I-em-{]-anXw hnt-]-tImSn F-dn-nv io{L-^-e-sf Dm--Ww. apn sNmnb hnt-]-tIm-Snsb hymkm--sapw
CXns\ a-I-sa-pw Iev]nv apn-te-tmse io{L-kv^pSw
sNbvhq. Fm A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-tI-{-n-tp hn-]-tmfw
sXp- X m hS- p- X m \onb {]tZiw tI{- a mbn {Kls
kv]inp t\an-tbmSp IqSn-bn-cn-p io{L-I-hr--n-se
{Kl-kv^p-S-ap-m-Ipw. CXp Xs-bt{X A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-`m-K-n-te
kv^pS-am-Ip--Xpw. A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-ns Ccp-]p-dhpw D tImSn-hr-n-epw Cen-I A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-tmSv Xpey-, tImSn-hr-n- Iem-Zn-I sNdp-Xv Fnp kwJymkmay-ap-v. ]ns kzmtlmcm-{X-hr--n- bmsXmcp {]Imcw {]am-W- henb LSn-Im-hr-n--temfw kwJy Dm-n-bn-cn-p-q, Aw hnt-]-tIm-Sn14
hr--n- Cen-I. CXp taen hy-am-Ipw.
]ns io{L-I-h-n hnt-]-hw Iqn aqen-m
A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-tI-{-n-tv {Kl-tm-f-ap A-cm-f-ap-m-Ipw.
CXnp `qXm-cm-{K-l-hn-h-c-sap t]. ]ns apn sNmnb hnt]s {XnPy-sImp KpWnv `qXm-cm- {K-lh
- n-hcw sImp lcnv Dmb
hnt]w `tKm-f-n-te hnt-]-am-Ip--Xv. A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-tI{w
16.
13. B. kv]pS-n--tebpw
14. D. om. tImSn
16. khn-t-]-{K-l-n io{L-kw-kvImcw
887
Xs tI{-am-bn-cn-p `qX-mcm-{K-l-hn-h-c-hr--ns t\an A]{I-a-a-fieam-n-tv F{X AI-e-apv FXp `tKm-f-hn-t-]am-Ip--Xv. Cu `qXm-cm-{Klhnhcw thm kv^pSn-m cmin-Iq-S-tmSv
AW-hnp X-hw sNdp-Xm-bn-cn-p Cen, Fnp tImSn-hr-n-epw A]-{I-a-hr--n-epw cmiym-Zn-I bmsXmcp {]Imcw
kzmtlm-cm-{X-hr-
- n-epw LSn-Im-hr-
- n-epw {]mW- kwJy
sImp ka--fm-bn-cn-pq. A--am-I-bm `qX-mcm-{K-l-hn-hcw
thm io{L-`p-Pm-^-es Dm-p-hm. Cs\15 sNmn-b-Xmbn
kv^pS-{In-b.
A\--cw16 iot{Lm--\o-N-hr--n-pw -A-]-{I-a-a-fi-e-amntp hnt-]a
- p-v. AXp a-I-hr-
- ns am-n\p Xh-a
- m Xm\pw hnt-]w, Cu io{L-hr-
- n- tv17 a-I-hrw
asm-cp-{]-Imcw hnt-]nv Ccn-pp Fpw Ccn-q Fn Cs\
kv^pS-tbpw hnt-]-tbpw Adn-tbq F-Xns\ Imp-q.
ChnsS iot{Lm--\o-N-hr--np Xs ]mX-m\w Fhn-S-v18
Fpw CXnp ]c-ah
- n-t]w F{X-sbpw Adn-p19a ]ns- CXnte
a-I-hr--tI-{-npw Xevm-e-n- F{X hnt]w Fdn-bq. CXn-\m-bn-smp iot{Lm--n-tp io{L-hr--]m-Xs\
hmn tij-ns `pPbvp Pymhp-sImv Xs ]c-a-hn-t]w
sImpw KpWnp {XnPy-sImp lcn-m êw iot{Lm--\o-N-hr-t\-ao-te a-I-hr--tI-{-{]-tZiw A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-am-{]-tZi-n-tv C{X hnt-]np F-Xp-m-Ipw. CjvSm-]-{Iaw t]mse
Cu hnt-]s hnv {XnPym-h-n \np If-b-Ww19b. tijns aqew hnt- ] tImSn. A\- cw Cu hnt- ] - t Im- S nsb
hymkm-ambn Iev]nv A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-am-n-eqsS Hcp hrw
16.
15. B. C\n kv^pS-{Inb

16. B. AYx; D. om. A\-cw
17. D. iot{Lm-\oNhr-n-tv
18. B. FhnsS
19a F. Adnp Ccnp Fn Cs\ kv^pSs hnt-]-tbpw Adnp
19b D. h-n-tp Ifv aqen--Xn hnt-]-tImSn ]ns hymkm-ambn
Hcp hrs Iev]n-p. hnt-]tmfw \on-sbv ]ns.
888
hc-bvpI. ]ns AXv A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-am-n-v CjvS-hn-t-]tmfw \on-tb-S-p ]ns CXns\ hnt-]-tIm-Snsb io{Lm-yêw sImp KpWnp {XnPy-sImp lcn-m {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-em-{]an-X-am-bn-n-cn-p hnt-]-tIm-Sn20hymkm-ap-m-Ipw. ]ns Cu
hnt-]-tImSnhrs21 io{L-\o-tNmhr-sap Iev]n-v, ]ns
apn sNmnb a-I-hrhnt-]-tIm-Sn-hr-s {]Xn-a-fiew
Fp Iev]nv io{L-`p-Pm-^-es Dmn a-kv^p-S-n kwkvIcnq Fn-s\ thn hcpw. iot{Lm--\o-N-hr--n\p hnt]w
thsd Hcp amn- Dm-bn-n-cn-p-q-Xm-In ]ns hnt-]nn-cn-p io{L-\o-tNm--hr--n-tp C{X hnt-]n-n-cn-p-p
a-I-hr--sav B ]--n- hcpw. Atm A]{Ia-a-fie-am-n-tp hS-tmp hn-]n-n-cn-p {]tZ-i-n- io{Lhr--t\-ao- tI{-am-bn-cn-p a-Ihr-n- Cu io{Lhr--t\-ao-tv t\tc sXtmv hnt-]n-n-cn-p {]tZ-i-n-ev
{Klw Fp- a n- c n- q. Fn Cu io{L- \ o- t Nm- - h r- - n- t bpw
aI-hr--n-tbpw CjvS-hn-t-]--fpsS Acw A]-{I-a-a-fie-am-n-tp Xm-e-n- {Kl-n\p hnt-]-am-Ip--Xv.
hnt-]- cpw-IqSn DcwXm ZnWwXm Fn-cn-p-Xm-In hnt-]--fpsS tbmKw Xevm-e--n {Kl-np hnt]-am-Ip--Xv. A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-am-n-tv D hnt]w Xm\pw AXv.
Cs\22 mXt`m-K-{K-l-n\pw mX-t-bm--cm-f23-cq-]am-bn-n-cn-p-24 D-\o-N-hr--npw cp am-qsS hnt-]-apv Fn-cn-p-q-Xm-In kv^pS-n-tbpw hnt-]-n-tbpw {]Imcs sNmo-Xm-bn. kv^pS-{]-Im-c-an--s\-sbmw kw`-hn-p-sao
\ymbs Imp-hm-\m-bn-smv sNmp-I-bt{X CXns\ sNbvX-Xv.
Cs\ Dm-bn--. ]ns ChnsS `tKm-f-a-[yaw tI{-am-bn-cn-p
16.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
H. tImSnhrhymkm
H. tImSn-hr-s
F. Cu
F. `pPm--cmf
B. apmbn-cn-p
17. kv^p-S-n \nv a[y-am-\-b\w
889
hr-n- C{X-sNq (sNm?) N{-_nw-_-L-\-a[yw tI{-am-bnn-cn-p hr-n- F{X-sNp F-dn-tb-p-In N{-I-ymhr-s D-\o-N-hr--amn Iev]nv kv^pS{In-bsb \ncq-]n-ptm C{]-Imcw kw`-hn-pw. at {]Im-c-sa-nepw IWp N{-_nw_-L-\-a-y-n--tep Adnv `tKm-f-ayw tI{-am-bn-n-cn-p
hr-n--tep Adn-tbq Fn-cn-p--Xm-In-epw, Cuh-tamWw.
17. kv^pS-n \nv a[y-am-\b

- \
- w.
A\cw1 kv^pS-s-smp ay-as hcppw {]Im-cs
sNmp-p. AhnsS N{m-Zn-Xy-mv kv^pS-n-tv Dw-hm-nb
tij-ns `pPm-Pym-hm-Ip--Xv, D-\o-N-kq-{X-tmSp {Kl-tm-Sp
A-cm-f
- n-te Pymhv. CXns\ IwsImp KpWnv {XnPy-sImp
lcnv {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-eman-X-am-n-bm {]Xn-a-fi-e-`m-K-ns Pymhmbn-p- h-cpw. CXns\ Nm]n-m {]Xn-a-fi-sseI-tZ-i-ns Pymhv.
CXns\ D-nXm \oN-nXm kwkvI-cn-m {]Xn-a-fi-en- C{X-sNq {Klw Fp- h-cpw. ]ns tZmx^-e-s-sb-nepw
Cuhw {]Xn-a-fi-e-I-em-{]-an-X-amn Nm]n-v -ta-j-Xp-emZn hn]-co-Xambn kv^pS-n kwkvI-cn-q. Fmepw a[yaw hcpw. ChnsS bmsXmcp-{]-Imcw {XnPym-I--fpsS A-c-an-cn-p-q, D-kv^p-Sm--ctZmPymhpw D-a[ym--ctZmPymhpw X-fn-ep A-c-hp-w A--an-cn-pw, {]am-W-X^-e-fpw Cm-X^-e-fpw X-fn.
17. 1. B. AY
890
18. kv^pS-n\nv a[y-am-\-b-\w-

{- ]-Im-cm-cw
]ns tZmx^- e s Ahn- t i- j n- mepw kv ^ pSw sImp
a[yas hcp-mw. AXns {]Im-c-am-Ip-Xv kv^pS-n-tv
Dw hmnb tZmx^-es Dmn taj-Xp-em-Zn- hn-]-co-X-ambn1 kv^pSnXs kwkvI-cn-m a[yaw hcpw qe-am-bnv. ]ns Cu
a[y-a-n-tv Dw hmn tZmx^-es Dmn apn-e-s2 kv^pSn Xs kwkvI-cnp ]nsbpw Cu a[ya-n-tv Dw hmn
tZmx^-e-s-smp \tS- t 3 kv ^ pS- nXs kwkv I cn- q.
Cs\ Ahn-tijw hcp-thmfw4 Fm a[yaw kqva-am-Ipw. Iap- m- t m Xm\pw Hcn- epw a- k v^pSn- . ChnsS
kv^ptSmmctZmx^-es Iw sImp KpWnp {XnPy-sImp
lcn-p-t-Sv {XnPym-Im-cw sImp kv^pS-tZmx-^-es
KpWnv {XnPy-sImp lcn-m êm--c-ap-m-Ipw5. CXns\ kv^pStZmx-^-e-n Iqq aI-cm-Zn-bn, Ifbq Iym-Zn-bn-. Fm
atym-m--c-tZmx-^-e-am-bn-p- h-cpw. ChnsS {XnPym-Im--c-am-Ip-Xp
tImSn-êw6 an-hmdpw tZmx^-e-h-tbmKw sImp hntijw Ipdbp-satm. Fnv Chn-sS7 tZmx^-es tImSn-êw sImp KpWnp
{XnPy-sImp lcn êw kv^pS-a-y-a-tI-{-tZmx-^-e--fpsS Acam-Ip--Xv. CXp an-hmdpw kv^pS-tZmx-^-e-ns h-am-\-J-fiPym--fm-bn-n-cn-pw8. tImSn-Pym-hns\ A\p-k-cn-ssm `pPmJ-fi-ancn-q. Fnp tImSn-^-e-np X-hw `pPm-^-e-J-fi-an-cn-q. `qPm^-e-Nm-]s a-Pym-shp9 Iev]np tImSn-êw sImp KpWnp
18.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
H. adds apn-es
D. apnse
C.F.om. smp \tSs
C. F. hcp-tm
D. êw kv^pSw a[y-a-tZmx-^-e--fpsS A-cm-f-am-Ip-Xv
D. tImSn-^-e-kaw
C.F. AhnsS
B. Bbn-cnpw; C. bnn-cn-pw, F. Bbn-cn-p
H. aPym
18. kv^p-S-n \nv a[y-am-\-b\w{]-Imcmcw
891
{XnPy-sImp lcn-m `pPm-^-e-J-fiw- h-cpw. ChnsS `pPm-^-es

Jfi-Pym-hn-t\-smp KpWnv Nm]-t-smp lcn-mepw `pPm^-e-n-s10 `pPm-^-e-Jfiw hcpw. CXp ]ns Xtp sIm
`pPm-^-es kwkvI-cn-n-cn-p tI{-n-t-psIm11 `pPm-^-enepw Cu `pPm-^-e-ns `pPm-^-e-Jfiw Gdn-m Ipd-pXm Ccn-pw. Fm kv^pS-tI-{-`p-Pm-^-es hn]-co-X-ambn
kwkvI-cnv Ahn-ti-jn-m a[y-a-tI-{-`p-Pm-êw hcpw. AXns\
kv^pS-n kwkvI-cn-m a[yaw hcpw. Cs\ At-p--fpsS
kv^pS-t-smp a[y-as hcp-mw.
19. ap {Kl-f
- psS io{L-a[
- y-am-\b
- \
- w.
Cuhw ap--h-cpsS1 a-kv^pSw sImp a[y-as hcp-mw.
]ns io{L-kv^p-S-tI-{-`p-Pm-^-essmp2 a-kv^p-Ss hcppw-{]-Imchpw3 Cuhw Xs. AhnsS hnti-j-ap-v. Ah-nti-jnt-4. I-Kp-W-\hpw {XnPym-l-c-Whpw thm. io{L-kv^pSs tI{-`p-Pm-Pym-hns\ hrw sImp KpWnv AioXn sImp
lcnv iot{Lm--\o-N-hr--nte Pymhmn Nm]nv taj-Xp-emZn hn]co-X-ambn io{L-kv^p-S-n kwkvI-cn-m a-kv^p-S-am-bn-p-h-cpw.
ChnsS bmsXm-cn-Sp a[yaw sImp kv^pSw hcp-p-hm\mbnsmp `pPm-^-es Dm-p-tSp Iw sImp ss{XcminIw sNtmp, A- s \5 Ccn- p a- k v ^ pSw sImp
a[yas hcp-p-tm `pPm-^-es Ahn-ti-jn-t-Ww F-Xns
D]]-nsb sNmn-sb-sm. CXp sImp-Xs hcpw a-kv^p-S-n18.
19.
10.
11.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
D. `qPm-^-emw-i-ns
A. om. sImp
B. At\yjmw
B. io{Lw sImv
C.F. {]Imcw
C. Ah-ti-jn-p-Ibpw th
B. Cs\
892
tp io{L-kv^p-Ss Dm-p-t-S-p6 Im-t] Dm-I-bm

io{L-kv^p-S-n-tp a-kv^p-Ss hcp-p-hm Iw thm.
BI-bm `pPm-^-es Ahn-ti-jn-bpw thm, \ymbw Xpey-am-Ibm7. Cuh-am-Ip-tm a-kv^pSw sImp io{L-kv^p-Ss hcpp- t - S p Iw- I qSmsX io{L- ` p- P m- ^ - e s Ahn- t i- j np
kwkvI-cn-m io{L-kv^pSw hcpw. Cs\ IwIqn ss{Xcm-inIw
sNbvXp `pPm-^-es Dm-p-t-Sp Iw IqSmsX Ahn-ti-jnnepw `pPm-êw Xpey-am-bn-n-cn-pw. ChnsS tImSn-^-ehpw {XnPybpw
IqSo-p ss{Xcm-in-I-n-te Cm-^-es `pPm-^-e-J-fi-hpw8 Nm]J-fihpw Iqov Dm-mw. CXns\ Pym{]-I-c-W-n- hnkvX-cn-psNm-n-bn-cn-p-p. Ahn-Sp Ip-sIm-q.
]ns Cu \ymbw sImp-Xs a-I-h-im bmsXm-p
io{L-]-cn-[np hntijw hcp--Xv, AXp-sImp bmsXmp ]ns
io{L-`p-Pm-^-e-n- t`Zw hcp--Xv, AXns\ a-^-e-J-fi-am-bn-pm- mw. CXn- m- b n- s mp \tS ay- a - n- t p iot{Lmw
hmnb io{L-`p-Pm-^-es Dmn ay-a-n kwkvI-cnv AXntv atmw hmn a-^-e-s9 hcp-p-tm B a-^-e-n10
io{L`p-Pm-^-e-`m-K-ns a-^-e-J-fi-Pym- Gdo-n-cn-pw, IpdnpXm. ]ns Cu ês11 Cs\ hcp-p-tm a-I-him bmsXmp io{L-^-e-n- hnti-j-ap-m-Ip-Xv AXv ChnsS
IqSn h-n-cn-pw. Fm a-ê
- s ay-a
- n kwkvIc
- n-p-tm
a-I-h-im io{L-`p-Pm-^-e-n- Dm-Ip ê-t`-Z-s-qn
kwkvI-cn--Xm-bn-p-h-cpw.
ChnsS a-I-hi
- m bmsXmp io{L-`pPm^-e
- n- hntij-ap-m-Ip-Xv. AXns\ io{L-`p-Pm-^-e-n-tv thtd Dm-Ip-amdp
19.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
D. hcp-t-Sp
C. F. Xpey-am-I -sImv
C. F. `pPm-^-ehpw
D. a`pPm-^-es
B. F. Gdn-bn-cnpw Ipd-n-cnpw Xm
C. F. a-ê
19. ap-{K-l--fpsS io{L-a-[y-am-\-b\w
893
\ncq-]n-p-tm A-Xnp cp ss{Xcm-inIw Dv. AXns \tS-tXn io{L-`p-Pm-^-es {XnPy sImp KpWnv a-Iw sImp
lcnq Fv. ]ns AXn-t\bpw {XnPy sImp KpWnv io{L-Iw
sImp lcnq FXp cm-a-Xv. ]ns CXns\ io{L-tI-{-n\p
X-hw kwkvI-cnq Fn-Xpw.
Cs\ Cu cp ss{Xcm-in-I-^-ehpw [\-hy-h-bpw
aqpw IqSn Fs\ hcpq, \tS io{L-tZmx-^-es kwkvI-cn-t-Snp a- ^ - e s sImm F- X ns\ sNmp- p. AhnsS
bmsXmp io{L-tZmx-^-es {XnPy-sImp KpWnv a-Iw
sImp lcn-mte êw, CXpw tIh-e-io-{L-tZmx-^-ehpw X-fn
D Acw bmsXmv CXv \tSt ss{Xcm-in-I-ns Cm-Xêm--cw. CXp \St KpWys Xs KpW-lm-cm--c-s-smp
KpWnv lmcIw sImp lcn-m-ep-m-Ipw. ]ns a-tIm-Sn-êw
sImp KpWnv {XnPy-sImp lcn-m-ep-m-Ip-w- Cu êw an-hmdpw. ChnsS \tS io{L-tZmx-^-es kwkvI-cn-nv ]ns atZmxêw Im AXnIqSn io{LtZmx-^-e-ns aJfi-Pym--fpm-Ipw. CXpw io{L-tZmx-^-e-n-tp a-I-h-im D hntij-am-bn-n-cn-pw. Cs\ io{L-tZmx-^-e-n-te \tSt ss{Xcm-inI-ns êw a-tZmx-^-e-n Iqn Dm-n-sm-mw. ]ns tIhe-a-[y-n- \nv D a-tZmx-^-ehpw io{L-tZmx-^-ehpw kwkvIcn-t-Sp tIh-e-a-[y-an-t-p-m-nb io{L-tZmxêhpw a-tZmx^-ehpw X-fn Acw bmsXmv AXp a-I-h-im io{LtZmx-^-e-n--ep hnti-j-am-Ip-Xv. Cs\ \tSs ss{Xcm-in-I^-ew.
]ns tIh-e-a-[y-a-n-p-sIm a-êw kwkvI-cnp a[y-an-tpmnb io{L-tZmx-êw bmsXmv, ]ns io{L-tZmx-êw
kwkvI-cn-t-S-n-p-sImv a-tZmx-êw kwkvI-cnp tIh-e-a-[y-an-t-p-m-nb12 io{L-tZmx-^-ehpw X-fn-ep Acw bmsXmv
19.
12. B.C.D.F.om. tIh-e-ay.....to......io{L-tZmx-^-ehpw
894
AXp cmw ss{Xcm-inIw sImpm-Ip ê-amIpXv. io{LIhim-ep-m-Ip hntijw io{L-I`pPm-Jfifm-bn-p-mIpw. a-I-h-im-epmIp êw a-`p-Pm-J-fi--fm-bn-p-m-Ipw.
ChnsS Is {XnPy Fpw {XnPym-Im--cs tImSn-^-esapw tZmx^-e-Nm-]s ka-kvX-Pym-shpw Nm]-J-fim-{K-n-te
tImSn^-es a[yan-teXv Fpw Iev]n-nv Csm-n-b-{]-Imcw
CXp sImp-m-Ip sueys Dt]-n-qXpw sNbvhq. ]ns
a-I-h-im io{L-tZmx-^-e-nepm-Ip hnti-js a-tZmx^-e-n Iqn Dm-p-tm a-tI-{-n\v X-hw kwkvImcw
kw`-hn-t-13, io{L-tI-{-np X-hw kwkvI-cn--Ww14.
CXns\ a-tI-{-h-im kwkvI-cn-mepw ê-kmayw hcpw FXns\ Imp-p. ChnsS a-I-h-im io{L-tZmx-^-e-n-te hrnbmwiw bmsXmv AXv a-I-t-m {XnPy hep-Xm-Ip-tm
Gdpw, sNdp-Xm-Ip-tm Ipd-bpw. a-tI-{-ns In-ar-Km-Znp
X-hw Ccn-p-an-Xv. Cu êw apnte io{L-^-e-ns a-êw
kwkvI-cn-p-tm Ign-ncnpw. ChnsS apnse io{L-êw [\ambn-n-cn-p-tm -bmsXm-cn- a-tI{w tajm-Zn-cm-in-{Xn-I-n-
Ccn-p-q, Atm a-Iw hep-Xm-I-bm CXnp X-h-apmIp io{L-êw sNdp-Xm-bn-n-cn-pw. Fm a-tIm-Snp Xh--ap-m-Ip io{L-êw If-I-th-p-h-Xv. a-^-ehpw If-I-th-ph-Xv. Fm cpw IqSn--f-bmw. AhnsS ]ns io{L-êw [\w
a-I-ym-Zn-{Xn-I-n-eq Fn-cn-p-tm a-I-h-im-epmIp
io{L-^-emwiw [\-am-bn-n-cn-pw. ]ns tIh-e-a--tI-{-t-m-n
io{L-`p-Pm-êw Iqnb a-tI{w hep-Xm-bn-n-cn-pw. AXp bp-]-Zam-Ip-tm tatsNtmfw `pPm-êw Ipd-n-cn-pw. Cu `pPmêw EW-am-Ip-tm sNdp-Xm-I-bm io{Lmw-iw15 [\-am-bn-p- h-pIqSpw ê-n-. ]ns io{L-êw [\w, a-tI{w Xpem-Zn-{Xn-I19.
13. B.F. kw`-hnpw

14. B.C.F. kwkv-cn-t CXv
15. B. io{L-^-emwiw
19. ap-{K-l--fpsS io{L-a-[y-am-\-b\w
895
n-eq Fn-cn-p-tm16 a-Iw {XnPr-tb-m sNdp-Xm-I-bm

CXn-t\-sm-p-m-Ip io{L-^-e-a-[nIw. a-êw Xpem-Zn-bm-I-bm
[\w Xm\pw. a-tI{w HmP-]-Z-am-I-bm io{L-êw kwkvI-cnp
a[y-a-n-tp Dm-nb a-êw hep-Xmbnncn-pw. Cu êw XpemZn-bm-I-bm [\w. Fm Chn-tSbpw a-tI-{-n\p X-hw
io{Lmw-i-I-ns kwkvIm-c-ap-Nn-Xw.
]ns a-tI{w aI-cm-Zn-{Xn-I-n-eq, io{L-êw [\w Fp-an-cnq Atm tIh-e-a--tI-{-t-m io{L-êw kwkvI-cn-n-cn-p
a-êw hepXv. CXv bp-]-Z-am-bnv KX-`mKw Gdp-I-bm Gjy-`m-Kam-Ip `pPm-Nm]w sNdpXv. Fnv CXns aêw tIh-e-tI-{-a-^-e-t-m Ipd-bpw. CXp ay-a-n Iqp-tm Ipd-smp
IqSn Fn- c n- p- t m EW- a m- b n- n- c n- p io{Lmw- i - ns
kwkvImcw Iqn ChnsS ên-n-cn-pw, EW-am-Ip a-Iw {XnPytb-m hep-Xm-I-bm.
Cs\ io{L- ^ ew [\- a m- I p- t m a- t I- { - ns \mep
]mZnepw a-tI-{-n\p X-hw io{Lmw-i-ns kwkvIm-cap-NnXw Fp- h-p. ]ns io{L-êw EW-am-Ip-tmfpw Cu \ymbn\p X-hw a-tI-{-h-im io{Lmw-i-ns [\--{]-Imcw
Duln-p-sIm-q. Fm a-I-h-im-ep-m-Ip io{L-^-emwiw
io{L-tI-{-n\p X-hw kwkvI-cn-tq Fn-cn-p--Xm-In-epw17
a-^-e-n Iqn Dmn a-tI-{-n\p X-hw kwkvI-cn-m
Acw hcnI C18 ê-n- Fp- h-p. Cuh-am-Ip-tm
io{L-^-e-n- a-Im-t] C. BI-bm io{L-^-es
Dmn ]Tn-t-mw, a-^-e-tbpw, kv^pS-{In-b-bpsS emL-h-n\m-bn-sm-v. ChnsS aqp `pPm-^-es Dmn cp `pPm-^-es
kwkvI-cnv a[yaw kv^pS-amIp--Xv19 Fn-s\ Hcp ]w.
19.
16.
17.
18.
19.
B. adds {XnI-n--ep-bn-cn-pp BIn

B. om. F-Xm-Inepw
B. hcnI
F. ay-kv^p-S-am-I-Xv
896
bmsXm-cn-Sp ]ns a-I-{Xn-Pym--cm-np X-hw

iot{Lm--\o-N-hr--n-p20 hrn-{lm-k-apv F ]-am-Ip-q,
AhnsS io{L-tZmx-^-es {XnPy sImp KpWnv a-I-{Xn-Pymtbm-Kmw sImp lcn--Ww. Cu Awis a-^-e-n Iqn
Dm-p-hm io{L-^-emw kwkvI-cn-n-cn-p a[y-a-n-tp
a-^-e-ap-m--Ww. At{X hnti-j-ap-q. tijw apn sNmn-bhw. ]c-ln-X-n- _p[-ip-{Iam-cpsS21 kv^pSs sNmn-b-sX-`n-{]m-bw.
am\-k-Im-cp ]ns a-I{Xn-Pym--cm-n\p X-hw
a-\o-tNmhr-n\pw hrn--b--fp-sp ]-am-Ip-p. B
]-n- a-ê
- t- bpw io{L-ê
- t- bpw {XnPysImp KpWnv
a-I-{Xn-Pym-tbm-Kmw sImp lcn-t-Ww. Cs\ Dmn
kwkvI-cnq a-^-e-s. io{L-^-es Cu KpW-lm-cm--c-tfsmp KpWnv lcnv22 ]nsbpw {XnPy-sImp KpWnv io{LIw sImp lcnp kwkvI-cn-q. Cs\ B ]-n- kv^pS{In-b. Cuh-am-I-smp am\-k-n tImSyw kwkvI-cn-n-cnp a-tZw sImp a-^-e-tbpw io{L-^-e-tbpw kwkvIcn-m sNmn. Cu ]-n- a-Iw IqSmsX AXns ês
Dm-t-p-In a-^-e-tbpw io{L-^-e-tbpw Anp aya-n kwkvI-cnv ]ns CXn-tv Dm-nb aês tIh-ea[y-a-n kwkvI-cnv CXn-t-p-m-nb io{L-êw Cu a-kv^pS-n Xs kwkvI-cn-q. Fm kv^pSw hcpw. Cu ]-n\p
X-hw \mep kv^pS-am-bnp sNmp-p. ]e-h-nepw a-Iw IqSmbvInte io{L-I-`p-Pm-^-es ]Tn-n-tb-m-hq. Fnv ChnsS
a-tIm-Sn-^-emw sImp `pPm-^-e-sf cn-t\bpw KpWn-t-pIbm a-io-{L-^-em- cn\pw IqSn a-^-e-ap-m-t-p-Ibm `pPmê- cn-tbpw Aw kwkvI-cn-t-S-pv a19.
20. F. \ntNm--n\v
21. C. ip{I-mv
22. D. adds kwkvI-cnv ]ns CXn-v Dm-nb a-^-es tIh-ea-y-a-n- kwkvI-cnv CXn-v Dm-nb io{L-êw
20. _p[-ip-{I-m-cpsS a[y-a-kv^pSw
897
^-e-ap-m-pp Fv Chn-tSv tlXp-hm-Ip--Xv. Cs\ sNmn-bXmbn kv^pS-{In-b.
20. _p[-ip-{I-m-cpsS a[y-ak

- ^
v pSw
A\-cw _p[-ip-{I-mv a-\o-tNm--hr--tbpw {]Xn-a-fie-tbpw iot{Lm--hr--I-e-I-sf-smp ]Tn-n-cn-p-t-Sv B
kv^pS-{In-bsb sNmp-p. ChnsS \tS iot{Lm--\o-N-hr--tbpw
{]Xn-a-fi-e-tbpw ]Ip Iev]np IpPm-Zn-I-tf-tmse a-kv^p-Stbpw io{L-kv^p-S-tbpw sNmw. Iev]nXkza[yaam-Ip BZnXy-a[y-an a-êw kwkvI-cn-Xp a-kv^p-S-am-Ip-Xv Fp
Iev]n-q. `tKm-f-a-[y-n-tp XpSn iot{Lm--\o-N-hr--sap
Iev]nv {]Xn-a-fi-e-tI-{-n- t\an-kv]iw hn-cn-p hrw
a-I-hr--am-Ip--Xv. a-\o-tNmhr-t\-ao- a-{]-Xn-a-fi-etI-{-an-cn-p-p. Iym-hr--t\-ao-te atm--\o-N-hr--n-te
{Klw F-t]mse BI-bm a-kv^p-S-n-tp Dm-nb io{Lês {XnPy-sImp KpWnv a-Iw sImp lcn-tp aI-hr--I-em-{]-an-X-am-hm. CXns\ Iw IqSmsX hcp-t-pIn ChnsS BZn-Xy-a[y-n a-êw kwkvI-cn--sXtm a-kv^pSw. B a-kv^p-S-n-tv Dm-nb io{L-^-es tIh-e-a-[ya
an kwkvI-cn-q. ]ns AXns\ a-kv^p-S-n- kwkvI-cnt-p-I-bm B io{L-kv^p-S-n-tp sIm a-^-es AXn Xs kwkv I - c n- q. Fm kv ^ pSw hcpw. io{L- I w
sImp hnti-js \tS ]Tn-p-tmsf Iqn Dmnsbtm
]Tn-p-p. BI-bm Cuhw thn-h-cpw. Cs\ kv^pS-{In-b.
[KWn-Xb
- pn`mj-bn
{Kl-KX
- nbpw kv^pS-hp-sa
Fma-[ymbw kam]vXw]
898
Aymbw H]Xv
`qhm-bp-`t
- Km-f
-
1. `qtKmfw
A\--cw1 `qhm-bp-`-tKm-f--fpsS kwm-\--tfbpw KXn-I-tfbpw
Imp-q. AhnsS \-{X-tKm-f-ns \Sp-hn BIm-in t\sc2
Dcp-p Xs in-sIm-p-Xs, asmcp B[mcw3 IqSmsX, Fm
]pdhpw mh-c-Pw-K-am-fl-I--fm-Ip Fm Pp--tfbpw Fm
hkvXp--tfbpw `cnp \nevs]mv Cu `qan. ]ns4 `qaosS5 Fm
]pd-p-ap BIm-i-n-pw6 I\ hkvXp- `qan-bn- hogpamdp kz`m-h-ap-v. Fnv BIm-i-n-tv Fm-Shpw Iogp `qan.
`qaosS Fm ]pdp \npw taep BImiw. ]ns `qaosS sXt
]mXn-bn- shamIp {]tZiw Gdq. hSs ]mXn-bn- eam-Ip {]tZiw Gdq, shamIp {]tZiw Ipd-hq7. ]ns `mc-X-Jfispdnp aos-pdw Fp tXmp-t-Sp Pe--e-k-nbn- e Fpv Hcp ]pco8. Ahn-Sp Ing-p-]-Sn-mdp `qansb
Npp-amdv hrm-Im-tcW Hcp tcJ Iev]n-q. CXn- ]Sn-mdp tcmaI-hn-jbw, Iotg-]p-dp kn-]p-cw, Ing-p-b-h-tIm-Sn. Cs\ \mep]p-c--fp-h9.
1. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
B. AY
B. om. t\sc
B. B[m-chpw
E. F.om. ]ns
E. adds Cu
B.F BIm-i-ov Fm-S-opw
B. A[nIw shamIp hSs ]mXn-bn-
B. e-sb-smcp ]pcn-bpv
B. \mep ]pc
1. `q-tKmfw
899
]ns Cuhw e-bn-p sXpw hSpw Iosg-p-dpw IqSn

`qansb Npp-amdv hr-mIm-tcW Hcp tcJ Iev]n-q. CXn- hSp
alm-tacp10, sXp _U-hm-ap-Jw11, Iosg kn-]pcw Cu tcJ katcJ BIp--Xv. C-a-tc-J-bn-eq D-bn-\o F \Kcw. ChnsS
apn sNmnb ]qm-]c
- t- c-Jb
- n-t- ep \nc-t- Ziw Fp t]cp-.v
B hr-am-n- Fm-S-npw {[ph F Hcp \{Xs `q]miz-n- sXpw hSpw A\pZbmkvXw ImWmw.
Cu {]tZ-i-n-p hS-tmp \on-bm hSs {[pht\ ImWm-hq.
hSp \on-tbmfw Dbn-cnpw Cu {[ph. Cu {[pthm--Xnsb
Aw Fp sNmp-q. sXt- {[p-hs\ ImW-cp-Xv, `q]miz-n XmWp-t]m-IsImv. {[phs\ Dbp ImWm-Ip-t-Sp {[ph-\Spp Nne \-{X-sf DZ-bm-kvX-a\w IqSmsX {[phs Iotg-pdsa Ing-tmpw tate-p-dta ]Sn-m-tdmpw \oq-Xp ImWmw.
A-ta at- {[p-h-\-Sp--hs Hcn-epw ImWp-Ibpw Acp-Xv, `q]mizn-tp Iotg ]cn-{`-an--bm. \nc--tZ-i-n-p ]ns \-{X-sf-m-n-tbpw DZ-bm-kvX-a-\-sf {ItaW ImWmw. ]ns, t\tc
Ing-pp F{X sXtm-p-Xm hS-tmpXm12 \on DZn-pq Hcp
\{Xw, {ZjvSm-hns t\tc taeov A{X Xs \on Dbmw. DZn-Xns t\tc ]Sn-mdv AkvX-an-qXpw sNpw13. Cs\ \nc--tZi-n- DZ-bm-kvX-a\w. km-tZ-i-n-epw Cuhw D-bm-Ip-Xv.
]ns DZn-t-S
- pv Hp sXp \oov Bbn-cnpw kztZiw hS-s-n.
2. hmbp-tKmfw
ChnsS \nc--tZ-i-n- bmsXm-cn-Sp bmsXmcp \-{Xw,
AXnv Ahn-sS Ahn-Spv t\tc Ingp ]Sn-mdp taep-Io-gmbn Ccn-
1.
10.
11.
12.
13.
D.E.F.om alm
_-hmn; C.E. _-am-ap-Jmn
B.C. hS-tmpXm sXtmpXm
B.C.F. AkvX-anbpw sNpw
IX. `qhmbp`-tKm-f-
900
tmv DZ-bm-kvX-a-b-amw Fp tXmpw. Chn-tSbpw ]ns t\tc1

Ingv DZn-p \-{X-ns {à-W-amw Fm-bnepw2 hen-sbmcp
hrw Bbn-cnpw. ]ns CXn\Spv Ccp-]p-dhpw3 D \-{X-fpsS amw AXn sNdnb hrw Bbn-m-bn-cn-pw. ]ns {ItaW
sNdp-Xmbn cp {[ph-tbpw ASp \-{X--fpsS hrw Fmbnepw sNdp-Xm-bn-n-cnpw4. Cuh-an-cn-p-tm cp Xe--tebpw
Ipn-I Dun-n-cn-bp Ap-X-p-t]m-se cp {[ph-t\bpw DupIp-n-bmbn Xncn-bp-smv Cu tPymXn-tmfw Fp tXmpw. ChnsS
\nc--tZ-i-n- t\tc Ingpw ]Sn-mdpw Xep t\tc taepw
IqSn kv]in-p-- hrw bmsXmv, CXnp LSn-Im-hrw Fp
t]. CXnv Ccp-]p-dhpw cp {[ph-t\m-f-ap \m\m-hr--p
kzmtlm-cm-{X-hr-- Fp t].
]ns5 e-bn\np t\tc taepw cp {[ph-epw kv]in-pamdv Hcp hrw Dv. CXnp Zn-tWm-cw Fp t]6. ]ns
`q]miz-n- Ingpw ]Sn-mdpw cp {[ph-epw kv]in-pamdv Hcp hrw Dv. AXv em-n-XnPw. ]ns Cu em-n-Xn-Pn-se Zn-tWm--c-hr--n-tp Ings As kv]inp-tm \-{X-p DZbw ]Sn-mtd As kv]inp-tm AkvX-a\w; Zn-tWm--c-hr-s kv]in-p-tm
D BIp-p.
Cuhw LSn-Im---Z-n-tWm--c-nXnP aqpw At\ym\yw
hn]-co-X-Zn-p-I-fm-bn-cn-p-p. Ah X-fn kv]in-p-t-S-nv
kzkvXnIw Fp t]cp-v. Ch ChnsS Bdqp, nXn-P-n-
\mep-Zn-nepw taepw Iogpw. Cu kzkvXn-I--fpsS ]gp-Xn hr-fpsS \msem-o-Xp-`mKw Fm-n-epw AI-s-Spw. BI-bm Cu aqp2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
A. t\cv
B.C.D.E Fm-bnepw hep-Xm-bn-cnpw
D.E. ]pds
B.C.E. Bbn-cn-p-tm
H.adds `q]miz-n-
B. CXv Zn-tWm-chr-am-Ip-p, C. Znn-tWm--c-sap t]
3. `-tKmfw
901
hr--sfsmp Xpey--fm-bnv Fp tKmf-J-fi--fm-bnncn-tmcp7

]IpXn-I-fpmw8. CXn \mep Jfi-fpw nXn-P-nv9 Iogv, \mep
taeq.
3. `tKmfw
]ns BZn-Xys Ing-tm-p KXn-bpsS am-nv A]-{I-aafiew Fp t]. CXp ct- S p LSn- I m- a - fi - e - t mSp 1
kv]inpw. hr-ns \msemp sNt-Sv A]-{I-a-a-fiew
LSn-Im-a-fi-e-n-tp2 sXpw hSpw3 Ccp-]-n-\mep XnXn AIn-cnpw. LSn-Im-a-fi-e-tm-Sp-IqSn ]Sn-m-tdmp {àn-qXpw4 sNpw.
CXnv A]-{I-a-a-fie-tm-Sp \tSs tbmKw tajmZnSpv.
]ns Ahn-Sv hS-tmv AI-epw. hr-ns ]mXn sNp-tSp5 Xpem-Zn-bn- ASp cmw tbmKw. Ahn-Spv LSn-Im-a-fie-ns sXt-p-dsa AIepw ]ntbpw hr-ns6 ]mXn -sN-pt-Sp IqSpw. Cu tbmK-p {ItaW ]ptm--c-hn-jp-h-pI Fp t]. ]ns Cu tbmK- cn-tbpw \Spth Fmbnepw AI-ep-t-S-nv Ab-\-kn Fp t].
ChnsS {]hl-{`-a-W-n\p X-hw bmsXm-cn- tajmZn DZnpq Atm XpemZn AkvX-an-p-p, aI-cmZn Ja-[y-n-p
sXt Zn-tWm--c-hr-s kv]in-pw, IymZn t\tc Iogp
LSn-Im-a-fi-e-n-tp hSt Zn-tWm--c-hr-s kv]inpw. At-cp Zn-tWm--c-hr--n- LSn-Im-]-{I-am-cw Ccp]-n-\mep XnXn. Fm-bnepw AI {]tZiw BI-bp-ap--Xv7. CXp
]ns LSn-Im-a-fi-e-np X-hw Xncnbpw. Atm bmsXm-cn2. 7.
8.
9.
3. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B. `tKm-f-J-fi--fp-mImw
C.E. ]IpXn DmIpw
C. nXn-P-n-tv
C.D.E LSn-Im-a-fi-e-n-p
B. LSn-Im-hr--n-tv
D. sXtmpw hS-tmpw
B. {àn-p-Ibpw
D. sNt-Sv
F. hr-n
B. {]tZiw BIpp
902
IX. `qhmbp`-tKm-f-
tajmZn D-bm-Ip-p, Atm XpemZn Iogq8, aI-cmZn ]Sn-mtd

kzkvXn-I-n-p Ccp-]-n-\mep XnXn sXp \on nXn-Ps
kv]in-pw; Iym-Zn- ]qkzkvXn-I-n-tv A{X hSp \on
nXn-Ps kv]in-pw. Cs\ taIo-gmbn Ccn-smp Atcs9 A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-ns kwm\w. ]ns tajmZn ]Sn-mtd
kzkvXn-I-n--em-Ip-tm XpemZn Ingt kzkvXn-I-n- Ccnpw, IymZn Ja-y-n-p Ccp-]-n-\m-ep -Xn-Xn hSv D-bmIpw, aI-cmZn Iogp sXp-\on Zn-tWm--c-hr-s kv]inpw. XpemZn D-bm-Ip-tm, tajmZn t\sc Iogv, aI-cmZn ]q-kzkvXn-I-n-p sXp nXn-Ps kv]in-pw. IymZn ]Snmsd kzkvXn-I-n-tv hSp nXn-Ps kv]inpw. Cu
t\cpw taIo-gmbn Ccnpw A]-{I-a-a-fiew. Cs\ Cu LSnIm-a-fi-e-ns Xncn-n-en\p X-hw kwm-\-t`-Z-apv A]-{I-aa-fi-e-nv. Cu LSn-Im-]-{I-a- X-fn Hcp {]Imcw sIps]p Xs Ccnpw As{X Fp tlXp-hm-Ip--Xv.
]ns LSn-Im-a-fiew bmsXm-cp-{]-Imcw {]h-l-hmbp-tKm-f-ns
a[y-hr--am-Ipq-, Aw A]-{I-a-a-fiew `tKm-f-ns a[y-hr-am-bn-n-cnpw. bmsXmcp {]Imcw LSn-Im-]miz-n- {[ph-m
Aw A]-{I-a-]miz-n- cp cmin-Iq-S- Dq. AhnsS
cmin-I-fpsS sXs Xe H Hcn-Sp IqSn Ccn-pw, hSs Xe H
Hcn-S-p- Iq-Spw. Cu tbmK- cmin-IqS--fm-Ip--Xv.
ChnsS ]q-hn-jp-h-v -J-a[y-n- BIp-tmtf cmin-IqSkwm\w Fv sNmp--Xv. At-cp t\tc taIo-gm-bn-cnpw
A]-{I-a-a-fiew. Ingt kzkvXn-I-n-tp hSpw ]Sn-mtd
kzkvXn-I-ntp sXpw nXn-P-n- kv]inpw A]-{I-a-afi-e-ns Ab-\m--. Ab-\m-hpw ]qm-]-c-kz-kvXn-Ifpw X-fn Ccp-]-n-\mep XnXn AI-e-apv10
2. 8. B.D.E.F. XpemZn t\sc Iogpw
9. B.C.D.E. At-cv
10. F. XnbXn A-c-apv
3. `tKmfw
903
]ns hSt {[ph-p Ccp-]-n-\m-ep- Xn-Xn ]Sn-mdpw sXt

{[ph-tv11 A{X- In-g-tbpw nXn-P-n- At-cp cmin-Ip-S. cp cmin-Iq-S--fnepw Ja-y-n-epw12 kv]in-nv Hcp
hrs Iev]n-q. CXv Hcp cminIqS-hr--am-Ip-Xv. ]ns tajmZn-bn-p A]-{Iaafi-e-n- Ingp13 Xs ]{-m-semp
sNt-S-pw cp cmin-IqS-fnepw kv]in-nv Hcp cmin-IqS-hr-s- Iev]n-q. Iogp -Xp-em-Zn-bn-pw A{X ]Sn-msd kv]in-pw.
CS apXp XnXn AI-e-ap-v. CXp cmw cmin-Iq-S-hr--am-Ip--Xv.
ChnsS Ja-y-n-p Ingv Cu cmin-Iq-S-hr-- cn-tbpw
]gpXp \ofw taj-am-Ip cmin. Iotg-p-dv Cu hr--fpsS14 ]gpXp
\ofw Xpem-am-Ip cmin.
]ns cmw cminIqShr-n-v C{X Awiw Ing-tbpw cp
cmin-Iq-S--fnepw Iogpv A{X ]Sn-m-tdbpw IqSn Hcp cmin-IqShrw Iev]n-q. Cu cmw cmin-Iq-Sh
- r-
- n-tbpw apm-aX
- n-tbpw15
CS-\ofw CShw cmin. Iotg-p-d-tXp hrnIw16. ]ns aqm-a-Xntbpw nXn-P-n-tbpw ]gp-Xp-\o-fw- anYp-\-am-Ip cmin. Iotg-pdp Ch-ns ]gp-Xp-\ofw [\p. Cs\ Bdp- cm-inI.
]ns Ja-y-n-p ]Sn-mtd A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-n- Cuhw
Acw Xpey-am-Ip-amdv cp hrw Iev]n-q. Fm at cmin-I
Bdpw ImWmw, {]Y-a-cm-in-IqS-hr-hpw17 nXn-Phpw IqSn \ncq-]n-ptm. ]ns cmin-I-fpsS \Sp-hn Cuhw hr-sf Iev]nv
cmiy-h-b-h-fmIp Xn-Xnbpw Cenbpw Hmt-Ww. ChnsS nXnP-npw Zn-tWm-c
- h
- r-
- npw {]h-lh
- i
- m-ep Xncn-n C.
Fnv Cu nXn-P-Xp-ey-am-bnv asmcp cmin-Iq-S-hrw Iev]n-p3. 11. B.E.F Ccp-]-n-\mep XnbXn Ing-tbpw
12. E.F. epw IqSn
13. E. reads Ing-tbpw nXn-P-n- At-cv cmin-p-S- cnepw Ja-yn-epw IqSn kv]in-nv Hcp hrs Iev]nq CXv (X-s)
14. B. Cu cmin-Iq-S-hr---fpsS
15. B. aqmw cminIqShr-n-tbpw
16. B. Iogv hrnIw
17. B.C.DE.om. {]Y-a-cm-in-pS to \ncq-]n-p-tm
904
IX. `qhmbp`-tKm-f-
sImtWw Xncnbp-tm-tfv. Cs\ ]{p cmin-I-sfsmp

\nd-n-cnpw Cu tPymXntm-f-sams. Cu18 tPymXntm-f-nv
A]-{I-a-a-fiew ay-am-bn, cmin-IqS- ]miz--fmbn \ncq-]n-ptm `tKm-fwFp t]. LSn-Im-a-fiew a[y-ambn {[ph-m ]miz-fmbn19 \ncq-]n-p-tm hmbp-tKm-fw-F-p-t]
Cs\ tajm-Zn-bn-se LSn-Im-]-{I-a-tbmKw Ja-y-n-em-Ip-tm
anYp-\m--am-Ip Ab-\-k-nbpw Zn-W-cmin-Iq-Shpw DZnpw. Nm]m-hpw D-c-cm-in-IqShpw AkvX-an-pw. ]ns {]h-l-{`-a-W-h-im
DZn-h D-bm-Ip-tm Zn-tWm--cs20 kv]in-p-tm AkvXan-h Iosg-p-dp Zn-tWm--cs kv]in-pw. ]ns anYp-\mhpw Zn-W-cm-in-IqShpw AkvX-an-p-tm Nm]m-hpw D-c-cmin-IqShpw DZnpw. Cs\ anYp-\m--tmSp Xpey-am-bnp Zn-W-cmin-Iq-Shpw Nm]m-t-- mSp Xpey-am-bnv D-c-cm-in-Iq-Shpw {àn-pw.
ChnsS LSn-Im-a-fi-e-n-p Ccp-]-n-\mep XnXn Ccp-]p-dhpw
AI-t-Sv cv Ab-\m--kzm-tlm-cm-{X--fp-q. ]ns cp {[phpw Ccp-]-n-\mep XnXn AI-t-Sv cp cmin-IqS-kzmtlm-cm{X-f
- p-q. Cu kzmtlm-cm-{X-am-qsS \nXy-am-bnv {à-Wa
- n-h
- n-v.
4. Ab-\N
- e
- \w
ChnsS1 Ab-\-N-e-\-an-m \m Cw I\ym-ao-\m-- tKmfk-p-, anYp-\N
- m-]m-
- Ab-\k
-
- p- Bbn-n-cnpw2. ]ns
Ab-\-N-e\w Iqt-p-m Cu kp--fn \np \tSs cminbn Ab-\-N-e-\-tmfw XnXn AI-t-S-v C-p- \mepw
hn-pw. Ab-\-N-e\w If-tb-p-m Csm-nb kn-bn-p
]ns cminbn Ab-\-N-e-\-Xn--Xn-tbmfw AI-t-S-v C-
3. 18.
19.
20.
4. 1.
2.
H. adds. Cu
B.C.D. om. {[ph-m to \ncq-]n-p-tm
B.C.D.F.om. Zn-tWm--cs kv]in-p-tm
D. AhnsS
B.C.D.E.F.om. Bbn-n-cnpw
5. Ab-\-N-e-\-{]-Imcw
905
p- \mepw hn-pw. kp--fm-Ip-Xp ]ns LSn-Im-]-{I-a Hcp-an-t-Shpw Fm-bnepw AI-t-Shpw. AIew Ccp-]-n-\m-ep
Xn--Xn- X-s3. Nen-p-tmfpw LSn-Im-]-{I-a-tbm-K-{]-tZ-ita \oq.
5. Ab-\N
- e
- \
- {- ]-Imcw
CXns Ne-\-{]-Imcw ]ns. A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-ns bmsXmcp Ahbhw LSn-Im-a-fi-e-ns bmsXmcp1 Ah-b-h-tmSp kv]in-pq
Ab-\-N-e-\-an-m \m, Ahn-Spp ]ns Ab-\-N-e\w Iqt-pm Cu cp hr--fp-tSbpw B2 Ah-b-h--fn \np LSn-Im]-{I-a- cp hr--fnepw At3 Ab-\-N-e-\-Xn--Xn-tbmfw
]nn \onb Ah-b-h- Xfn kv]inpw, Ab\Ne\w
Iftbpm cp hrmn\pw apnse Ahbhw Xfn
kv ] inpw. LSnImafiew Xm \opIbn. Xse tbmK 4
{]tZita \oq. A]{Iahrw X\npw Ne\apv 5 . AXp
tlXphmbnv cminIqSpw Ne\apv. Ah Xsd kzmtlm
cm{Xfn \nv AIepIbn. cminIqSkzmtlmcm{Xfn Xs
aptmnbpw ]ntmnbpw \opat{X. {[phZzbnv
cminIqSfpw LSnImafienv A]{Iamb\mfpw
Ccp]n\mev XobXn AIepw Fp \nbXw. Cu \mev Acmffpw
Hcp Ab\mcminIqShrnt Xs ImWmw. ]ns Hcp
ISIietIsS HcnSw Dun as XesImp Xncnp
hrapmptm6 Dunb Xe hrnsd \Sphv, B7
\Sphnp \m`n Fpw tI{ Fpw t], hnv t\an Fpw
4. 3. B.C.D.E.F.om. AIew Ccp-]-n-\mep XobXn Xs
5. 1. B.C.D.E.om. Ah-bhw (.....to.....) bmsXmcp
2. B.C.D.E.om. B
3. B.E.om.At Ab\ (.....to.....) cp hr-n\v
4. C.F. XmetbmK
5. B. Xs Iptd Ne\apv
6. D.E.F. asdd Xncnptm
7. F AhnsS
906
IX. `qhmbp`-tKm-f-
t]8 ChnsS9 tKmfhnjbns hrnse hrIev]\n

hrsfmn\pw `tKmfayn Xm `qtKmfaynm
HcnSp Xs \m`n Fpw hrnsd hepw Fmw Hpw
Fpw Iev ] npamdv kmam\yymbw, kzmtlmcm{Xtfbpw
kv^pS\ymbn Iev]np hrtfbpw Hgnv. Fm
ChnsS Aw Xpey\m`nIfmbncnp LSnIm]{Iap
ctSp Xfn tbmKapv. ]ns \m`na[yqsS Cu tbmK
cnepw kv]inp hymkkq{Xw cnpw Ht.
]camcmffn kv]inp hymkkq{X cp
hrnpw cv. ]camcmfsav AIetadntbSw. Cu
tbmKhymknsd ZnpsImv hn]coXZnmbnncntm Nneh
]camcmfhymkkq{X. AXp tlXphmbnt ]camcmffn
cnt\mSpw kv]inp Ab\mcminIqShrw Cu
LSnIm]{Ia cnt\mSpw hn]coXambnncnpw. Cu hn]coX
hrw cntbpw ]mizn kv ] inpw Fp \nbXw.
]mizkv]rjvSsan hn]coXw Fp \nbXw. Fm
Ab\mcminIqShrw LSnIm]{Ia cnpw hn]coXw.
Fnp cntbpw ]mizfmbncnp {[phcminIqSZzbfn
kv]inpw. Fm Xpeymcfmbn Hcp hrns
hntm Nneh cp hrfptSbpw ]mizmcmffpw
]camcmffpw Fp nXw.
Fm
Ab\Ne\him
Ab\mw
\optm
Ab\ms kv]inp hrw cminIqStbpw kv]inpw
Fp \nbaw sImv A]{Iamb\mw \onb Znn
Ab\mcminIqShpw
IqSn
\onbXmbnncnpw.
A]{Iaafiensd Ab\m{]tZiw LSnImafienp
Ccp]n\mep XnXn AIncnpw Fm\mfpw Fp
\nbXamIbm LSnIm]mizfnse {[ph-Zz-b-n-tv A]-{I-a5. 8. B.C. om. hnp .....to.... hrIev]\n
9. F.om. ChnsS .....to..... aynm
6. A-h-im kwm-\-t`-Z-
907
afie]miz--fnse cminIqSfpw A{XXs AIncnpw Fm

\mfpw Fp \nbXw. Fnv cminIqSkzmtlmcm{X Fm \mfpw
HpXs. Fnp kzmtlmcm{Xn Xs Ingtmpw
]Snmtdmpw \opas{X Ab\Ne\him cminIqSZzb Fp
{KlntphXv. ]ns tajmZnbnp F{X sNq {Klw Fp
{Klkv^pSw sImp hcpXv.
AXns\ ]ns LSnIm]{IatbmKnv XpSov F{X sNq
Fdnhm Ab\N\ew kwkvIcntWw. ]ns AXn\p tKmfmZn
Fp t]. Cs\ Ab\Ne\{]Imcw.
6. Ahim kwm\t`Z
Cs\ \nctZinp tPymXntmfs ImWptm
hmbptKmfhim t\tc ]Snmdp t\mn Xncnbpsmv CXv Fp
tXmpw. AXnp Xhw Cu hmbptKmfa[yhrw XpSnbp
LSnImhrZyphr Fnhbpw t\tc taogmbn tXmpw
FXns\ sNmoXmbn. ]ns B hmbptKmfop `tKmfnp
sNcnhpspw, Ipdsmcp KXnbpspw sNmoXmbn. A\cw
kmtZinp t\mptm B hmbptKmfnpw IqSn sNcnhp
tXmpw. AXnp Xhw `tKmfnpw FnXns\ sNmpp.
7. `qtKmfw
AhnsS t\tc DcpXnp tKmfw Fp t]. `qan tKmfmImtcW
Dq. Cs\ Ccnp `qaosS Fm {]tZinepw temIcpsS
nXnbpapv. AhnsS Xmm\ncnp {]tZiw `qaosS aospdw.
AhnsS `q{]tZiw. t\sc hnen XsXs \nehp t\tc
taIogmbnv 1 Cs\ Fmpw tXmpw {]Imcw. ChnsS
7. 1. B.E. \nem taIogmbnv
908
IX. `qhmbp`-tKm-f-
BImiayn Dcpncnp `qanv cp ]IpXn Iev]nq,

aosmXnbpw IosgmXnbpsav . AhnsS aosmXnp
\SphmIpXp Xm\ncnp2 {]tZiw Fncnpw. AamIptm
bmsXmp ]mizamIpXv AhnSpp IosgmXn `qansbsmp
adncnpw BImiw. Fm Aancnp `q]mizn
AIsSptm tPymXnpIfpsS DZbmkvXab. Cu
{]tZinp aotSw BImiw ImWmw. AXnsd \Sphp
JayamIpXv. CXv {ZjvSmhnsd t\sc XepaotSw. ChnsS3
bmsXmv LSnImafiesav sNmsSpXv \nctZin
Ingp ]Snmdmbn taogmbn Ccnsmv AXv. AXnsd tI{w
`qaosS H \Sphnembnncnpw. cp ]miznepw {[ph\pw.
Cs\ Ccn-p-t-Sv Cu `paosS \Sp-th-IqSn {[ph cp
{Klfpw kv]inpamdv sXphSv Hcp Zfip Iev]nq. AXnv
AZfiw Fp t], ApXpt]mse Ccnsmv AXv .
AXnt sIps]v AXp Xncnbptm AXnp Xhw IqSn
Xncnbpsmv Cu tPymXntmfw Fp Iev]nq. Fmepp
`q{]tZiw. `q{]tZit`Znp Xhw hmbptKmfnsd
sNcnhnpw t`Zw FdnbptStv Hcp Ffpw.
ChnsS4 \nctZin t\sc Ingp]Snmdmbn Jays
kv]inncpsmp LSnImafiew. AhnsS `qaosS
ka]mizn Ccnp {[ph kv]inncpsmp
\ncnXnPw Ftm apn sNmsphtm. ChnsS5 `qaosS
hSs ]miznte tacphnp t\mptm {[phs\
Jaynembnp
ImWmw.
Atm
\ncnXnPw
taogmbncnpw. LSnImafiew nXnPw t]mtebpancnpw.
AhntSbvv Fmpw Xs Xm\ncnp {]tZiw
7. 2.
3.
4.
5.
B. Xm\ncnpnSw
B.C.D.E.F.om. ChnsS bmsXmp.....to.....{[ph\pw
B.C.D.E.F.om. ChnsS to sNmspshsm
D. AhnsS
7. `qtKmfw
909
kaXncyXambncnsmv Fp tXmpw. AXn Xsd nXn

taogmbncnsmv Ftm tXmpq FnXp Jaynpw
`q]miznpw {]XntZiw t`Zapmhm tlXphmIpXv .
Cancnptm \nctZinp hSphSp \opXnp
Xhw `q]miznp {[phs\ Dbp Dbp ImWmw. tacp
hnp sXpsXp \opXnp Xhw Jaynp
XmWpImWmw.
\nc- - t Z- i - t mfw
Cs\
\m\m
{]tZinencnphv Jayhpw `q]mizhpw shtsd. ChnsS
ebnp t\tc hSv katcJbn HtcSw kztZiw Fp
Iev]nq. Fm LSnImZntWmcafietbmKnv hSp
ZntWmchrn bmsXmcnSw JayamIpXv AhntSbpw
apn sNmnb ]qm]ckzkv X nIfnepw kv ] innv Hcp
hrs Iev ] nq. CXn\p kaafiew Fp t]. ]ns
ZntWmchrn F{X AIeapv LSnImka
afiemcmfw D- c - { [p- h - n- p ZntWmchrn
A{X Iotgbpw ZnW{[phv A{X aotXbpw ]qm]c
kzkvXnIfnepw IqSn Hcp hrs Iev]nq. AXnp
kztZinXnPw Fp t], ChnsS 6 apn sNmnb
\ncnXnPw bmsXmv AXp ]qm]ckzkv X nInp
hStSw Cu kztZinXnPnv aos Ccnpw, sXtSw
Iotgbpw. Cs\ kztZ- i - n- X nPw thtd Iev]nptm
\ncnXnPnv Dfiew Fpt]. ]ns ChnsS bmsXmcp
{]Imcw
ZntWmcLSnIm\ncnXnPsfsmp
Xpeymcmffmbnv Bdp kzkv X nIfpw kafmbnv Fp
tKmfJfifpw DmIpq, Aw ZntWmckaafie
kztZinXnPsfsmpw tKmfhn`mKw Iev]nmw.
Cs\ FmShpw At\ym\ykaXncyXfmIp aqp
hrtfsmp kamcfmbncnp Bdp kzkvXnIfpw,
7. 6. B.C.D.E.F.om. ChnsS ....to.... Cs\
910
IX. `qhmbp`-tKm-f-
kafmbnp Fp tKmfJfifpw DmIpamdv tKmfhn`mKs

Iev]nq \tS.
]ns \memaXv Hcp hrs Iev]nq. AXv Cqn cp
hrsfsmv DmIp cp kzkvXnII- f nepw
kv]inpamdpq. ]ns Cu hrssmv Fp
tKmfJfifn \mep tKmfJfifpw s]fnbpamdv Ccnpw.,
CXn\p henXhrw Fp t]. Cu henXhrnp at
cp hrtfmSp AIeadnbpXv Hcp hrmcmf
ss{XcminIamIpXv Fp taen hnhcnp7 sNmppv. Cs\
ChnsS sNmoXmbXp8 hmbptKmfkzcq]w.
]ns hmbptKmfnp `tKmfnp kwm\t`Zapv
Fpw, ]ns `qan Dcpncnbm `qanbn Hmtcm
{]tZinencnphv AZfim{Knse {[phsd DXn
Hmtcm {]Imcw tXmpw. Fnv B AZfinsd Xncnp
Xhw9 Xncnbp hmbptKmfhpw \m\m{]Imcw sNcnpXncnbpp
Fp tXmpw Fpw sNmoXmbn. ]ns ChnsS hmbptKmfnsd
kzcq]hpw hmbptKmfkwm\np `tKmfkwm\nsd10
t`Zhpw `qan Dcpncnbpw Ch aqpas{X {Klkv^pSw Igntijw
{Klhnjbambncnp KWnXp anhmdpw tlXphmIpXv.
Fnv Ahnsd kzcq]w ChnsS \tS sNmn.
8. tKmf_w
]ns ChnsS Iev]n afiefpw {àW{]Imchpw _pymcqVw
BImbvIn Nne hfbsfsmp sIn, AZfinsd \Spth
Dcpsmcp hkv X p `qan Fpw Iev ] nv tKmfw Xncnbpamdv
7. 7. E. hnkvXcnv
8. B. ta hnhcnpw CXn hmbptKmfkzcq]w
9. B. Xncnnen\p Xhw
10. B. E.F. kwm\ t`Zhpw
9. alm-hr--
911
IpsImq. ChnsS kaafiehpw ZntWmchpw

nXntPmfiefpw Xncntbm, Fnn- h s hentbm Nne
hrsfsmv ]pdta sIq. ath Xncnbpamdv Ccnq. Fnv
B hrsf sNdpXmb- h - s smv 1 AIta sIq. kq{X
sfsmv Pymtfbpw _nq. Cs\ tKmfkwm\
{àWsf Ah[cnpsImq.
9. almhr
A\cw hensamv Hcp {]tZipXs tI{hpambncnp
hrfn hv henXhrntp at hr cntbpw
AIew ChnsS F{X Fdnbpw {]Imcs sNmpp. AhnsS
A]{IaPymhpw AXns tImSnbpw hcppw {]ImcssmXns\
\tS Impq. CXn\mbnsmv \nctZin ]qhnjphp
Jaynemmdp Iev ] np \ncq]npw{]Imcw. hnjphXv
{]tZintp LSnImafienp hn]coXambncnp
hnjphZzn]coXhrw ZntWmctmSv Hcpanncnpw.
Ab\mhn]coXhrw \ncnXnPtmsSmcpanncnpw.
Cs\ tKmfhn`mKw hncnptSp taepw Iogpap
kzkvXnIfnepw Ingt kzkvXnInp Ccp]n\mep XoXn
hSt nXnPnepw ]Snmtd kzkvXnIntp
Ccp]n\mep XobXn sXtbpw nXnPnepw kv]inpamdv
BZnXys Ingtmp KXnp amamIp A]{Iaafies
Iev]nq. ]ns hnjphXv{]tZiw ]ZmZnbmbn AhnsS icamIpamdv
Ja[yntp Ingv A]{Iaafiens CjvS{]tZine
{KamIpamdv Hcp CjvSPymhns\ Iev]nq. AXv A]{Iaafiense
Cjv S Nm]`mKnsd Pymhns\ hcpnbmepmIpw. ]ns
Cjv S Pym{Kntv LSnImaWv U ew t\tc sXphSv F{X
8. 1. B. adds Xncnbpamdv
912
IX. `qhmbp`-tKm-f-
AIeapv Fv Hv, Cu CjvSPym{Kntp Xs

ZntWmcafiew t\tc Ingp]Snmdv F{X AIeapv Fp
cmaXv Ch Adnbpw {]Imcw.
ChnsS A]{Iaafiehpw LSnImafiehpw Xfnep
]camcmfw Ab\mhn]coXhramIp nXnPn 1
ImWmw. CXv Ccp]n\mep XobXnbpsS Pymhmbncnp
]cam]{Iaw. ]ns A]{Iaafiehpw ZntWmchpw Xfnep
]c-am--cm-fhpw Ab-\m--hn-]-coXhr-n- Xs ImWmw 2.
CXn ]cam]{Ianp tImSnbmbnv A]{Ia afienp
{[pht\mSp Acmfambnncnpw. CXnv ]cakzmtlmcm{Xsap
t].
]ns tI{ntv Ab\mhn]coXhrt\antbmfap
A]{Iaafiehymkmw Iambn {]amWambn Iev]nv, Cu
]camcmf cnt\bpw Cu Insd `pPmtImSnIfmbn
{]amWêfmbn Iev]nv, ]ns A]{Iaafiensd
CjvS{]tZine{Kambncnp CjvStZmPymhns\ C Fpw
Iev]nv, ss{XcminIw sNbvXm Cu CjvStZmPym{Kntp
LSnImafietmfhpw ZntWmcafietmfhpw D
Acmf A]{Iaafiense CjvStZmPymhnsd
`pPmtImSnIfmbn Cmêfmbnv DfhmIpw. CjvSm]{Iahpw
Cjv S m]{IatImSnbpw Fnhnp t]. CXs{X FmShpw
tI{samnp hensamncnp hrfpsS Acmf
ss{XcminInte \ymbamIpXv.
9. 1. E. adds CXn ]cam]{Iaov

2. B. adds hn]coXhramIp nXnPn Xs ImWmw
10. hnjp-h-Zvhn-]-co-X-hr-hpw \X-hr-hpw
913
10. hnjp-hZvhn]coXhrhpw \Xhrhpw

]ns CXns\ Xs Npcpn Adnbpw {]Imcs sNmpq.
AhnsS LSnImafiehpw hnjphZzn]coXhpw Ab\mhn]coXhpw,
Ch apqpw At\ym\yXncyXfmbnptm. ]ns
LSnImafientv HpsNcnnv Hcp A]{Iahrhpw CSq.
]ns Cu \mepw IqSmsX ]nsbpw aqp hrsf Iev]nq.
AhnsS \tS cp {[phepw A]{IaaWvUensd
CjvS{]tZinepw kv]innv Hcp hrs Iev]nq. CXnvv
LSnIm\Xsapt]. CXn \np hnjphZzn]coXnpw
Ab\mhn]coXnpw D ]camcmfw LSnImafien
ImWmw.
]ns LSnImhrhpw Ab\mhn]coXhpw Xfn
IqptSpw A]{Iaafiensd CjvS{]tZinepw kv]innv
Hcp hrs Iev]nq. CXnp hnjphZzn]coX\Xsap Xm
AXnp ZntWmctmssSIyapmIbm ZntWmc
\Xsap Xm t]. CXntv Ab\mhn]coXnpw
LSnImhrnpap ]camcmfw hnjphZzn]coXn1 ImWmw.
]ns Cu Iev ] n A]{Iaafiekwm\n sXt
{[phtp Ccp]n\mep XobXn Ingtbpw, hSt {[phtv
A{X 2 ]Snmtdbpw Ab\mhn]coXamIp nXnPn
kv]innncnpw 3 . Atcp cminIqS cnepw
Ja[yntp ]Snmdv A]{Iaafitejv S {]tZintp
hrnsd \msemp sNtSv A]{Iaafienepw
kv]innv Hcp hrs Iev]nq. AXnp cminIqShrsap
t]. Cu cminIqShrhpw LSnImhrhpw Xfnep
10. 1. C. hn]coXhrn
2. C. 24 XobXn for A{X
3. C.F. kv]inpw
914
IX. `qhmbp`-tKm-f-
tbmKntp cntpw hrnsd4 \msemp sNtSv

Cu cntbpw ]camcmfamIpp. AXp LSnIm\Xhrn
kw`hnpw.
]ns LSnIm\Xhrw {[phZzbn kv ] inbm
LSnImhn]coXambnncnsmv. ]ns {ImojvSPym{Kw bmsXmcnSv
AhnSw cminIqShr]mizamIpXv. AhnsSbpw kv]inbm5
cminIqShrhn]coXamIbpapv LSnIm\Xhrw. Cs\
LSnImcminIqS cnpw hn]coXamIbm Ch Xfnse
]camcmfw Cu LSnIm\Xhrn kw`hntp. AXv
CjvSZypPymXpeyw. Cw cminIqShrhpw hnjphZzn]coXamIp
ZntWmchrhpw Xfnep ]camcmfw Ch cnpw IqSn
hn]coXhramIp bmtaymc\Xn kw`hntq.
]qm]ckzkvXnInepw CjvSPym{Knepw IqSn
kv]inbm cnpw IqSn hn]coXamIpp bmtaymc\Xw. cp
hr Xfn kv ] inp cp kw]mXntpw
hrn \msemp sNtSp kv]inp aqmw hrw
hn]coXhramIpXv. CXn apneth cntbpw
]camcmfw XfnepXp kw`hnp [Fp] \ymbw.
ChnsS
hnjphZzn]coXamIp
ZntWmchpw
Ab\mhn]coXamIp nXnPhpw LSnImafiehpw At\ym\yw
hn]coXfmIph. Cs\ Cu aqp hrtfsmv
]Zhyhbpw tKmfhn`mKhpw hncnptSv Cu ]Znsd
\Sphnep \Xhr cpw A]{Iahrhpw cminIqShrhpw.
Chtsmv hrmcmfs ]cntZnpp. AhnsS
LSnIm]{Iamcmfw nXnPn ]cam]{IaXpeyw. ]ns
hnjphntp XpSn A]{IaafitejvS{]tZin
A{KamIpXv tZmPymhv . Ab\mhn]coXntp XpSn
10. 4. B. hrn
5. B. cminqShr
11. hnn-]vX-{K-l-ns A]-{Iaw
915
CjvSm]{Iane{KamIpXv tZmPymtImSn. \Xm]{Ia

kw]mXntp LSnImafietmfap \Xafiente
Pymhv Cjv S m]{Iaw. ]ns {[phtp XpSn A]{Itajv S
{]tZitmfap \Xafientte Pymhv CjvSZypPymhmIpXv.
11. hnn]vX{Klns A]{Iaw

CjvSm]{Iahpw Cu hrn Xs Dq. ]ns Zn-tWmchr-n-tp tZmPym-{K-n--e-{K-am-bn-n-cn-p Zn-tWmc\X-hr--n-te Pymhv CjvSm-]-{I-a-tIm-Sn. Cu hr-n-
Xs ]qm]ckzkvXnIntp tZmPym{Kn-e{KamIpXv
A]{IatImSosS tImSn. ]ns hnjphn \npw
LSnIm\Xkw]mXn A{KamIpXv etmZbPymhv ImePymhp
Xs. Cu Pym{Kne{Kambn ]qm]ckzkv X nIntp
XpSnbXp etmZbPymhv. tImSnJayntp XpSn
LSnImafien
cminIqSLSnImkw]mXn
A{KambncnpXp ImetImSnPymhv . Cu Pym{Kne{Kambn
cminIqShrne]{Iaafiekw]mXntp XpSn
ImetImSy]{Iaw LSnImafien Iw Iev ] nnp
]cam]{Iaw sImv CXp hcptq.
Cu cminIqShr{Imnkw]mXntp Hcp {Klw hnt]np
Cu
cminIqShrnt
hnt]nbm
Fn 1
ImetImSy]{IaNm]tijambnncnpw B hnt]Nm]w.
Cm]tbmKw
Xm\cw
Xm
LSnImcminIqShr
kw]mXntp hnt]n {KltmSp AcmfamIpXv.
]ns LSnImcminIqShrfpsS ]camcmfw LSnIm\X
nemIpp. AXv CjvSZypPymXpeyw Xm\pw.
11. 1. F. tNmIn
916
IX. `qhmbp`-tKm-f-
Cu cminIqShrn\p \Xm]{Iakw]mXn ]mizamIpp.

ka]mizntp Xsd kmhbn\pw hr]mZw
AIeapmbncnqXpw.
Fnv
LSnIm\Xnepw
ZntWmcnepw cminIqSm]{Iamcmfw hr]mZsap hp.
Cu hr]mZsf LSnImaWvUew sImpw bmtaymcwsImpw
cp ]Ipncnpw. AXn LSnImafiensd hStqdv
CjvSm]{Iaambncnpw, Fm sXtqdv CjvSZypPymshp hcpw.
CXpXs LSnImcminIqSfpsS ]c-am--cm-f-am-Ip-Xpw.
LSnImcminIqSfpsS ]mizkv]rjvSw LSnIm\Xw. LSnIm\X
]mizkv]rjvS LSnImcminIqSfmIbm LSnImcminIqS
hrkw]mXntp
XpSn
\Xhrkw]mXn
e{Kambncnp cminIqShrnte {XnPymIn\v Csmnb
]camcmfamIp 2 Cjv S ZypPymhp tImSnbmIpXv . Atm
LSnImkw]mXntp XpSn cminIqShrntte
hnn]vX{Klne{Kambn Icq]ambncnp Pymhnv Fp
tImSnbmIpsXp hnn]vX{Klntp LSnImhrtmSp
AcmfapmIpw. AXv hnn]vX{Kl{ImnbmIpXv.
Cs\ ImetImSn{ImnNm]hpw hnt]Nm]hpw Xfn tbmKw
Xm\cw Xm sNbv X v Pymhp sImv ss{XcminIw sNbv X v
hnn]v X {Kl{Imn hcppw{]Imcw. Cu Cmêtbpw
{]amWêtbpw IqSn {Xn`pPIsfp sNmpInepamw. Cs\
Nm]tbmKw sNptSp PymtbmKw sNbvInepamw. At\ym\ytImSn
KpW\hpw {XnPymlcWhpw sNbvXm êtbmKw Xm Acw Xm
sNbv X v Cjv S ZypPymKpW\hpw {XnPymlcWhpw sNbv X m
hnn]vX{Kl{Imn hcpw. ChnsS ImetImSn{Imnp hnt]
tImSnbpw. Cjv S - Z yp- P ybpw KpW- I m- c - - f m- I p- - X v . AhnsS
ImetImSn{Imnsb \tS CjvSZypPysImp KpWnv {XnPysImp
lcnq. êw cminIqS{Imnhrkw]mXntp- LSnImhrmc
11. 2. B.C.F. ]cam]{IamcmfamIp
11. hnn]vX {Kl-ns A]-{Iaw
917
apmIpw. AhnsS A]{Iaafiensd bmsXmcp {]tZintp

{Klw hnt]np B {Kls hnt]nbmsX Iev]nptmtf
A]{IaafiePymhmbncnpaXv. ]ns ZypPysImp hnt]s
KpWntnbncptSv B hnt]nsd KpWImcamIp
ImetImSn{ImntImSnsb CjvSZypPysImp KpWnp {XnPysImp
lcnmw, êw cp {]Imcambmepw Xpeyw Fnv . Atm
ImetImSn{Imntbbpw AXnsd tImSntbbpw CjvSZypPysImp
KpWnv XnPysImv lcnXmbnncnpw. Atm ê
CjvSZypPymhymkmamIp hrnte `pPmtImSnIfmbnncnpw.
Fm Cu CjvSZypPymhymkmnte ImetImSn{Imntbbpw
AXnsd tImSntbbpw hnt]tImSnsImpw hnt]w sImpw
bYm{Iaw KpWnq. FmInepamw, Atm ChnsS Ime-tIm-Sn-{Im-nsb
CjvSZ- yp-Pym-hr-
- n-e
- m-n-bm AXp hnn]vX{Kl{ImnbmIpXv
Fp sNmnbtm.
Fm B hnn]v X {KlImnhs Cjv S ZypPymh
ntp IfXv AZypPymhXpeyw, AXns\ aqenXp
ZypPymhrnte ImetImSn{ImntImSnbmIpXv . AXp
]cam]{IatImSnbmbnncnpw. ChnsS CjvStZmPym{ImosS hs
{XnPymhntp IfXv CjvSZypPybpsS hamIpXv. ]ns
tZmPym{Kntv Ahnn]vX{Kls Iev]nq. Atm AXnsd
{Imn tImSn {Imnbmbnncnpw. Cu {ImnbpsS hhpw IqSn
Ifm tImSn{Imnhhpw `pPm{Imnhhpw IqSn
IfXmbnncnpw. tImSn{Imnhhpw `pPm{Imnhhpw Iqnbm
]ca{Imnhambnncnpw. AXp If {XnPymhw
]ca{ImntImSnhambnncnpw. AXns aqew ]ca{ImntImSn.
Fm ]ca{ImntImSnsImp hnt]s KpWnq.
hnt]tImSnsImv Ahnn]vX{Kl{ImnPymhnt\bpw KpWnq.
Xfn tbmKwXm\cw Xm sNbvXp {XnPysImp lcnm êw
hnn]vX{Kl{Imn Fp hp. Cs\ hnn]vX{Kl{Imn
hcppw {]Imcw3.
11. 3. B. CXn hnn]vX{Kl{Imym\b\w
918
IX. `qhmbp`-tKm-f-
12. A]{IatImSn
A\cw hnn]vX{Klnsd A]{IatImSnbmbnv Ingp
]Snmdv hnjphZzn]coXamIp ZntWmchrtmfap
Acmfapmpw{]Imcs sNmpp. AhnsS ]qm]c
kzkvXnIfn
ZntWmchr]mizfmIpXp
{ImojvSPym{Kw cminIqShrnsd ]mizamIpXv. Cu cp
hrfptSbpw ]mizsf kv]inp ZntWmc
\Xhrnsd 1 bmsXmcp {]tZiw {Imojv S Pym{Kn
kv]inXv AhnSpv hrnsd \msemp sNtSw
cminIqShrs kv]inpw, Xsd ]mizntv Xsd Fm
Ahbhhpw hr]mZmcnXw Fnv 2 . Cu hr]mZs
ZntWmchrw sImv cp ]Ipmw. AXn
Cjv S {ImntZmPym{Kntp ZntWmchrm- c mfw
CjvS{Im- n- t Im- S n- b m- I p- Xv. Ctm- S n-- t ijw 3 Zn- t Wmchrntp XpSn ]Ztijw cminIqShrtmfapXv
CjvSm]{IatImSotS tImSn. Fm hrnepw ]Zssmp
hn`Pnm Xfn `pPmtImSnIfmbncnpw. Fnv,
CjvSm]{IatImSn cminIqSZntWmcfpsS ]camcmfsap
hp.
ZntWmccminIqSkw]mXntp
XpSn
cminIqShrntte ZntWmc\Xhrtmfap
{XnPymIw {]amWw, Cu ]camcmfPym {]amWêw,
ZntWmckmXntp cminIqSntte hnn]v X
{Kltmfap `mKw CNv O bmbn Iev ] nm {Klntp
ZntWmchrtmSp Acmfw CNvOmêambnpmIpw.
ChnsS Cmcminsb Dmpw {]Imcw ]ns. ChnsS
12. 1. D. adds.cminIqSbmtaymcfpsS ]camcmfw Fncnpw.
ZntWmccminqSfpsS kw]mXn ZntWmc\X]mizhpw
Cs\ BIpq. ]ns ZntWmc\Xhrnsd bmsXmcp {]tZiw.
2. D. ]mZmcnXw Fp \nbXw Fnv
3. B. ]mZtijw
12. A]-{I-a-tImSn
919
ZnWkzkvXnIne{Kambncnp bmtaymchr- - h ymkmamIp4 hrn\v A]{Iahrmcmfw nXnPn

AyZypPymXpeyw {]amWêw. Jayntp XpSn
cminIqShrkw]mXne{Kambncnp
btaymc
hrPymhnv F{X A]{IahrtmSp Acmfsav
bmtaymcm]{IahrfpsS Acmfw cminIpShrn
CNvOmêambnpmIpw. ]ns Cu Pymhnt\mSp hnt]Pymhnsd
tbmKwXm\cw Xm sNbvhp. Fm bmtaymc
hrkw]mXntp hnn]v X {Klne{Kambncnp
cminIqShrPymhpmIpw. ]ns CXns\ cminIqSbmtaym
cfpsS ]camcmfw sImp KpWnv {XnPysImp lcnq. êw
hnn]v X {Klntp bmtaymchrmcmfambnpmIpw.
ChnsS CNv O mcminsb Dmphm\mbnsmp hnt]Pym
tbmKmc
sNptSv
]ckv]ctImSnKpW\hpw
{XnPymlcWhpw thWw. ]ns ]camcmfKpW\hpw thWw. AhnsS
\tS ]camcmfKpW\w sNbvhq. ]ns hnt]tImSn sImp
KpWnq F {Iaw sImpInepamw, êt`ZanmbvIbm. AhnsS
bmtaymcm]{Iahrmcmfnse cminIqShr`mKPymhns\
cminIqSbmtaymchrfpsS ]camcmfPymhnt\smp
KpWnv {XnPysImp lcn êw cminIqSm]{Iahr
kw]mXntp bmtaymchrmcmfapmIpw. AXp
Ahnn]vX{KlPymIambncnp {ImosS tImSnIfmbnp
hcpw5. ]ns bmtaymcm]{IahrmcmfPymhnsd tImSntbbpw
bmtaymccminIqSfpsS ]camcmfw sImp KpWnv
{XnPysImp lcnm, êw hnn]vX{Klm]{IatImSnhs
Cu ]camcmfhntp Ifp aqenXmbnncnpw.
{XnPymhrnse `pPmtImSnI cnt\bpw Hcp KpWImcw sImp
12. 4. B.reads. bmtaymchrfpsS F{X A]{IatmSp Acmfw
bmtaymcm]{IafpsS Acmfw....
5. B. tImSnIfmbnhcpw, D. tImSnbmbnphcpw
IX. `qhmbp`-tKm-f-
920
Xs KpWnv6 {XnPysImp lcnptm KpWImchymkm

hrnse `pPmtImSnIfmbnp hcpw Fnv.
ChnsS ]ns ]camcmfhrnse tImSn ]cam]{Ia
ambnpancnpw7. ChnsS CjvSm]{Iahs CjvStZmPymhn
tp If tijw CjvSm-]-{I-a-tIm-Sn-hw. CXns\ {XnPym-hn- t p
If- vtijw
bmtaymccminIqShr
]camcmfhw. CXntp ]ns Ahnn]vX{Kl{ImntImSn
htbpw Ifhq. tijw ChnsS htc-Xp tImSn-hw. AXv
]cam]{Iahambnncnpw.
ChnsS `pPm]{IatImSnhhpw tImSy]{IatImSnhhpw
Iqnbm
Aym]{IatImSnhambnncnpw.
AXp
{XnPymhntp If tijw Aym]{Iahw. AXnsd
aqew Aym]{Iaw. Fm Aym-]-{Iaw sImp hnt]tbpw
hnn]vX{Kl{ImntImSnsImp hnt]tImSntbbpw KpWnv
Xfn tbmKw Xm\cw Xm sNbvXpsImv {XnPysImp lcn
êw hnn]vX{Klntp bmtaymchrmcmfambnncnpw.
CXns\s {XnPysImp lcnbmsX hnn]vX{Kl{Imn
hs {XnPymhntp Ifp aqenpmIp hnn]vX
{KlZypPymhp bmsXmv CXns\smp lcnn hnn]v X
{Klnsd ImetZmpWambnncnpw. Cu ImetZmpWamIpXp
]ns apn sNmnbXv.
IqSmsX hnn]vX{Klnepw cp {[phepw kv]innv Hcp
hrs Iev]nq. AXp bmsXmcnSp LSnImhrnt
kv]inpq,
AhnSp
XpSn
hnjphtmfap
LSnImafientte Pymhv Cu ImetZmpWamIpXv. CXnsd
Nm]w {]mWfmbnpq.
C{X
{]mWImew
12. 6. C.F. lcnm

7. C. {Iaambnphcpw,
sImv
hnjphtmSp
F. ]caambnphcpw
hnn]vX
12. A]-{I-a-tImSn
921
{KltmSp Acmf{]tZiw {ànpw Fnv . ImeamIp

CXnsd Pymhv ImePymhv. Cu LSnImhrnse {]mWkwJyI.
]{p cminIfpsS CensImp XpeykwJyI. AXv A\]pcw
FXnt\mfw ImewsImv tKmfw Hv Xncnp IqSpw. Fnv
Ime{]mWfpsS
kwJymkmayw.
CuhamIptm
LSnImhrntetmse Fm kzmtlmcm{Xhrnepw8
Xsd Xsd A\]pcmwiw Hcp {]mWImewsImp {ànpw.
Fm, Fm kzmtlmcm{Xtfbpw N{IIemXpeykwJyfmbnp
hn`Pntq Imeadnbptm. Fm hnn]vX{Klntp
ZntWmchrmcmfw Cu hcpnbXp Xs Bbnncnpw.
hnn]v X {Klkzmtlmcm{Xhrnsd A\]pcmwiw
sImv Afptm F{X kwJy AXv Fnv B kzmtlmcm{X
hrPymhmbnv CcnpXmInepamw ImetZmpWw. AXnsd
Nm]w hnn]vXkzmtlmcm{Xhrntebpw bmtaymccminIqS
hrmcmfw {]amWfmbncnp ImetZmv BIpsXm
Inepamw. Fm hnn]v X {Klntp LSnImhrm
cmftbpw hnjphZzn]coXhrmcmftbpw Adnbpw {]Imcw
Cuhw sNmnbXmbn 9 . C{]Imcw Dv sNmov knm
ZWn BNmcyx/
Ay-Zyp-tPy-jvS-`-{Imtymx t]-tIm-Sn-Lv\-tbm bpXnx/
hnbp-Xn hm {Kl-{Imnkv {XnPym]vXm Ime-tZmKpWx/
Ay-{Im-ojvSXXvtImSym kzZyp-Pym-]vXm]n ]q-hXv/
(knm--Z-Ww, 28- 29)
Cs\ hnn]vX{Kl{Imnbpw ImePymhpw hcppXns\
sNmnbXpsImp hrmcmfss{XcminIsf apgphs\
hnkvXcnp ImoXmbn.
[KWn-Xb
- pn`mj-bn `q-hm-bp-`
- t
- Kmfsa
HXma-[ymbw kam]vXw]
12. 8. B. hrfnepw
9. B. {]Imcw sNmn E. adds C{]Imcw
922
Aymbw ]v
]Zi{]iv\w
]nsbpw
Cu
\ymbmXntZiss
hnkvXcnp
1
Imphm\mbnsmv Cu Iev]n Ggp hrfptSbpw
Acmf Xs hnjbambnv ]Zi{]iv t \mcsf
Imppv.
AhnsS Ay{Imn, CjvS{Imn, CjvS{ImntImSn, tZmPym,
ImePym, \XPym Cs\ Bdp km[\. Ahn cdnm
ath \ment\bpw Adnbpw {]Imcs sNmpp. AXp ]Xn\p
{]Imcw kw`hnpw. Hdnm AXnsd tImSn anhmdpw
{XnPymhn Xsd hw Ifp aqen-nv Adn-tb-q.
ChnsS LSnIm]{IahnjphZzn]coX\Xhr LSnIm\X
hrtmSp cminIqShrtp hr]mZmcnX. Cu
hr]mZ
hnjphZzn]coXhrw
sImv
cp
Jfinsncnpw hnjp- h - Z zn- ] - c o- X - L - S n- I m- \ - X - h r- - 2
hnjphZzn]coX\XcminIqShrfpsS
CSbn
hr
3
]mZmcnX . Cu Jfi Hs X-fn `pPm-tIm-Sn-I-fm-bnncnpw4 ]ns hr-]mZw sImp cp Jfin-m B Jfi-
X-fn `pPmtImSnI Ftm \nbXsatm Fnv.
1. 1.
2.
3.
4.
B. Ggp hrsfs hnjboIcnv ]Zi{]iv\w

D. hnjphZzn]coXm]{IaLSnIm
B.D.E.F. add hr]mZ LSnImhrw sImv cv JWvUnsncnpw
B.F. tImSnIfmbncnpw
2. Hmmw {]iv\w : Ay-{Im-nbpw CjvS-{Im-nbpw
923
2. Hmw {]iv\w: Ay{Im-nbpw

CjvS{Imnbpw
]ns ChnsS Ay{Imnbpw CjvS{Imnbpadnnv ath
\mepw Adnbpw 1 {]Imcw 2 ChnsS sNmpXv . Ay{Imnp
{XnPymhp I- s av CjvS{Imnv GXv Iw Fv
tZmPymhpmw.
]ns
LSnIm]{Iamcmfw
Aym]{IaamIptm bmtaymcm] {Iamcmfw, AyZypPym
CjvSm]{IaamIptm Fv Fv tZmPym{Kntp
bmtaymcmcmfapmIpw.
]ns
Ch
aqn\pw
{XnPymhmcaqe sImp tImSnI DmIpw. ]ns
]qm]ckzkvXnIntp XpSn bmtaymc\Xhrntte
tZmPym{Ktmfw sNptm LSnImbmtaymc\Xhrmcmf
amIpXv Cjv S m]{Iaw. Atm ZntWmchrn
Chnsd ]camcmf-sa-{X-sbv bmtaymc\XPymhv DmIpw.
]ns Dc{[phtp tZmPym{Kn \Xbmtaymc
hrmcmfamIpXv Cjv S m]{IatImSn. Atm LSnIm
hrn ]camcmfw F{Xsbp etmZbPymhpmIpw.
CamsIsmv CjvSm]{IatImSnIfmIp {]amWêv
CXtcXctImSnI {]amWfmbnp hp. Cu {]amWpXs
tZmPymtImSn {]amWêw BIptm {XnPymhv CbpamIptm
\XnXnPmcmf \XtImSnbpw etmZbPymtImSnbpambn
pmIpw. Cs\ \tSs3 {]ivt\mcw.
3. cmw {]iv\w: Ay{Imnbpw

CjvS{ImntImSnbpw
cmaXv Ay{Imnbpw CjvS{ImntImSnbpw IqSov
]cam]{IatImSnv {XnPym Iw, CjvSm]{IatImSnv Fv Iw
Fv tZmPymhpmq. ]ns \tSttmse DulnpsImq.
2. 1. B.C.F. \mepw Adntbpw
2. D. adds CjvS{Imnv Fp Iw
3. B. Hmas
X. ]-Z-i-{]iv\w
924
4. aqmw {]iv\w: Ay{Imnbpw

tZmPymhpw
aqmaXv, Ay{Imnbpw tZmPymhpw IqSov. ChnsS
Ab\mhn]coXn
{Imnhrkw]mXntp
LSnImhrtmfhpw hnjphZzn]coXtmfhpw D ]gpXpI
Ay{Imnbpw AyZypPybpw. Ch {]amWêfmbn tZmPymhv.
CNvObmbnv CjvSm]{IatImSnIfpmIpw. tijw apntetmse.
5. \memw {]iv\w: Aym]{Iahpw

ImePymhpw
]ns Aym]{Iahpw ImePymhpw IqSoq \memaXv. AhnsS
hnjphntp \XaWvUemap LSnImaWvUe`mKw
Ime`pPbmIpXv . hnjphntp cminIqShrtmfap
LSnImaWvUe`mKw ImetImSn. CXnv F]{Iahrmcmfw
Fp cminIqShrn- LSnIm]{IamcmfapmIpw. CXp
ImetImSy]{Iaw. ]ns hnjp-h-m-Ip Jaykv]rjvSambnv1 Hcp
cminIqShrw Iev]nq. CXpw \tSt cminIqShrhpw Xfn
D tbmKw nXnPnse cminIqShrn. AXv
Dc{[phtv Aym]{Iatmfw ]Snmdv, ZnW{[phtv
A{X Ingpw. ]ns ImetImSy]{Iahs ImetImSn
hntp Ifp aqenm, LSnImcminIqSkw]mXntp
cmw cminIqS hrtmfap AcmfapmIpw. ]ns
ImetImSy] {Iahs {XnPymhntp Ifp aqenm,
nXnP kw]mXntp LSnImkw]mXtmSp2 cminIqShr
`mKPymhpmIpw. Cu Pymhv Iambnv {]amWamIptm apn
5. 1. F. kv^pS-am-bnv
2. E. kw]mXtmfap
6. Amw {]iv\w : \X-Pymhpw Ay-{Im-nbpw
925
sNmnb aqew cminIqShr Xfnep Acmfw `pPbmbn

{]amWêambncnpw. Atm {XnPymhv C. cminIqSfpsS
]camcmfw cminIqShrmcmfw A]{Iahrn
Jayntp cminIqShrmcmfPymhv CmêambnpmIpw.
CXnsd tImSn Jayntp \Xhrtmfap
A]{IaaWvUente tZmPymhv. tijw apntetmse.3
6. Amw {]iv\w: \XPymhpw

Ay{Imnbpw
]ns 1 \XPybpw 2 Ay{Imnbpadnnv AmaXv . ]ns
Jaynp 3 \Xhrtmfap bmtaymchr`mKw
\XamIpXv. Jayntp cminIqShrtmfap
bmtaymc`mKw \XtImSnbmIpXv . ]ns ZntWmc
hrntp A]{Iahrmcmfw nXnPnteXv
AyZypPymhv, Atm \XtImSy{Kntv F{X - F v
cminIqShrn bmtaymcm]{IahrmcmfapmIpw.
CXnsd hs \XtImSnhntpw {XnPymhntpw
Ifp aqenm bmtaymc{]YacminIqSkw]mXntp
ZznXobcminIqShrmcmfw {]amWêambnpw bmtaymc
kw]mXntp nXnPtmfap cminIqShrnte Pymhp
Iambnpw {]amWambnpw4 DmIpw5. {XnPym hnbmIptm
cp cminIqSfptSbpw ]camcmfw Cmêw, \tSt
]camcmfw Xs. CXnsd tImSn tZmPymhv. tijw
Cs\
Ay{ImntbmSpIqSnbp
\tSttmse 6 .
{]iv\fpw.
5. 3.
6. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
B. tijw ]qh
F.om. ]ns
F. adds \Xhrtmfap Pymbpw.....
D. adds hnjphntv
E. Iambn {]amWambnv
C.D.F. hcpw
B. tijw ]qh
X. ]-Z-i-{]iv\w
926
7. Bdv, Ggv, Fv, H]Xv {]iv\

]ns Ay{Imn IqSmsX CjvS{Imnbpw, CjvS{ImntImSnbpw
IqSo- mdmaXv.
Chnsd
htbmKaqew
tZmPymhv
IambnpmIpw.
]ns CjvSm]{IatZmPymsf 1, Adnnp \tSttmse
GgmaXv.
Cjv S m]{IaImePymsfsmv FmaXv . Cu cntdbpw
hs {XnPymhn Ifp aqenq. Fm CjvSZypPymhpw
\XnXnPfpsS ]camcmfamIp ImetImSnPymhpw DmIpw.
{XnPymhp {]amWhpw, ImetImSn {]amWêhpw, CjvSZypPymhv
Cbpw, ChnsS DmIp CNv O mêw tZmPymtImSn. tijw
\tSt t]mse2.
]ns CjvSm]{Iahpw \XPymhpadnnv H]XmaXv.
bmtaymc\Xhrhpw LSnImhrhpw Xfnecmfw
\XPymhmIptm \XnXnPmcmfw \XtImSnPymhv,
Cjv S m]{Iaw {]YamcmfamIptm ZznXobmcmfsasv
tZmPymtImSn. tZmPym{Kntp nXnPmcmfw \tStXp Xs.
Cs\ CjvSm]{IatmSpIqSop \mep3 {]iv\w.
8. ]pw ]Xns\mpw {]iv\

C\n CXp IqSmsX ]ns CjvS{ImntImSnbpw tZmPymhpw IqSop
]maXv. Chnsd hmcaqew CjvS{Imn. tijw
\tSttmse1.
]ns
7. 1.
2.
3.
8. 1.
ImePymhpw
CjvSm]{IatImSnbpw
H. CjvS]{IaImePymsf
B. tijw, ]qh
B. IqSn \mev
B. tijw ]qhh
Adnnp
9. ]{mw {]iv\w : CjvS-{Im-n-tIm-Snbpw \X-Pymbpw
927
]Xns\mmaXv. ImePymbvv {XnPymhp Iw, CjvS{ImntImSnv

Fv Fv ZypPymhpmIpw. ]ns ZypPysb ImetImSnsImp
KpWnv {XnPysImp lcnm tZmPymtImSn DmIpw.
\Xbmtaymcmcmfw sImp \tSs ss{XcminIw.
\XnXnPmcmfw sImp cmw ss{XcminIw.
9. ]{mw {]iv\w:
CjvS{ImntImSnbpw \XPymbpw
]ns CjvS{ImntImSntbbpw \XPymtbbpadnnv 1
]{maXv. Chnsd hs {XnPymhntp Ifp
aqenm ]qkzkvXnIntp tZmPym{Ktmfap
bmtaymc\X`mKPymhpw
bmtaymc\XnXnPfpsS
]camcmfhpapmIpw. Xfn KpWnv {XnPysImp lcnm
tZmPymtImSn DmIpw.
10. ]Xnaqmw {]iv\w:

tZmPymhpw ImetImSnPymhpw
]ns tZmPymhpw, ImePymhpw IqSop ]XnaqmaXv . Ch
cnt\bpw hnv {XnPymhntp Ifp aqenm
tImSnIfpmIpw. ]ns ImetImSnp {XnPymhp Iw
tZmPymtImSntXp Isap ZypPymhpmIpw.
11. ]Xn\memw {]iv\w:

tZmPybpw \XPybpw
tZmPybpw \XPybpadnnv ]Xn\memaXv. \XtImSnp {XnPymhp
Iw, tZmPymtImSntXp 1 Isap tZmPym{Kntp
9. 1. B. \XPymbp-a-dn-nv
11. 1. B. Fv
928
X. ]-Z-i-{]iv\w
]qkzkvXnItmfap \XhrPymhpmIpw. CXnsd tImSn

CjvS{ImntImSn.
12. ]Xn\mw {]iv\w:

ImePymhpw \XPymhpw
]ns ImePymhpw \XPymhpadnnv ath Adnbpw{]Imcw
]Xn\maXv . ChnsS ]qm]ckzkv X nIntp cminIqS
hrkw]mXtmSnS LSnImhrnteXp ImePymhv. ]ns
]qm]ckzkvXnItmSv cminIqShrtmSnS bmtaymc\X
hrnse `mKw {ImntImSnbmbnpancnpw. AhnsS
Jayntp ImetImSnbpsS tijw Ime`pPmnXnPmcanXv.
]ns LSnIm\XhrtmSp cminIqShrtmSnS ]ZamIbpapv
bmtaymc\Xhrn. ]ns CXntp Xs
bmtaymckw]mXntp nXnPmhpw ]Zw. Fnv
CuhansXmamIpp.
]ns Cuhw Xs bmtaymckzkvXnItmSp
cminIqShrtmSv Acmfw bmtaymc\XhrnteXp
\XPymhmbnncnpw. ]ns LSnIm\Xnse cminIqS
hrnXnPmcmfw A]{Iaw. ChnsSbpw CXc\Xkw]mX
ntp cminIqShrmcw ]Zw, Zn- W kzkv X nImLSn- I m- c m- f hpw ]Zw. Fm Cuhan--c npw ChnsS.
Cuhw ss{Xcmin-Iw. ]n-a-k-z-kvXn-I-n-tp Ja-y-tm-fap LSn-Im-h-ym-km-am-Ip I-n\p bmtaymc-\Xhrns ]c-am--c-am-Ip-Xp \X-P-ym-hv. ]nakzkvXn-I-n-tp cminIq-S-hr-m--ap `mK-ns Pym-hv -Im-e-P-ymhv. AXp IamIptm bmtaym-c-\-X-hr-m--c-sav Fp cmin-IqS-hr--n-te
LSn-Im-\Xm-cm-f - a p - m - Ipw . A-ta bmtaym-chr-n
bmaykz-kvXn-I-n-p cminIqS-hr-m--ap \X-P-ymhv C. Ja-y-n-tp \X-hr]c-am--cm-f-am-Ip Ime-Pymhv {]am-W-êw.
12. ]Xn-\mw {]iv\w: Ime-Pymhpw \X-Pymhpw
929
bmta- y m- - c - h r- - n- t p cmin- I q- S - h r- - n- t te \Xm- cw

Cmêw. CXp \mtSt Cm-^-e-tmSp Xpe-y-am-bn-n-cn-pw. Cu
A-c-hw {XnPymh-n-tp If-p aqen-m LSn-Im-bm-taym-c-hr-m--cmfw cmin-IqS-hr--n-te `mKw Dm-Ipw. Cu `mKP-ymhp I-ambn {]am-W-am-bn-cn-p-tm {]am-W-^-e--fm-bnp cp
hrm--cm-{K--fp-m-Ipw. ]ns Ch-ns Cmê-am-bn-cn-p
]c-am-cm-f- \X-cm-in-IqShrkw]m-X-n-tp kz-kvXn-Im-h[n
D \X-Py- m- ChnsS bmtaym-c\Xn-t- eXv. CjvSm-]{- I-at- ImSn.
LSn-Im-\-X-n--teXv CjvSm-]-{Iaw.
Ch-ns {]am-W-^-e-ap-m-pw {]Imcw ]ns. \X-L-Sn-Im-cw
cminIqS-hr--`m-K-n--te -P-ym-hs ImePym-h-n-tp
Ifp aqenp Iev]n-m-\n-cn-p--Xn \tSt XncyKvhrm-h[n
DXv Hv. ]ns \X-P-ym-h-n-tp Ifp aqen-Xp cmaXv. cmw XncyKvhrm-h[n Dm-Ip-aX
- v. XncyKvhr-
- sf Iev]npw
{]Imcw ]ns. bmta-ym--c\-X-]miz-am-bn-cn-p cminIqSbm-taym- c - h r- - k w- ] m- X - n- epw ]qm- ] - c - k - z - k vXn- I - f nepw
kv]inpamdv \tSs XncyKvhrw cm-aXv. ]ns LSn-Im-\-X]mi-z-am-bn-cn-p LSn-Im-cm-in-Iq-S-kw-]m-X-n--epw ZntWm-ck-z-kvXnIfnepw kv]in-n-n-cn-pw.- C-h-tmSp cminIq-S-h-rtmSp ]cam-cm-f- \X-hr-- cn--ep-am-bn-ncnpw. Ch CjvSm]-{I-a-XXvtImSn-I-fm-Ip--h.
Cs\ ]Xn- \ p {]iv t \m- - c - sNm- o - X mbn. Cs\
hrmcmfss{Xcm-in-Im-Xn-tZi{]Imcw.
[KWn-Xb
- pn`mj-bn
]-Zi
- {- ]iv\sa
]ma-ymbw kam]vXw]
930
A-ymbw ]Xn-s\mv
Ombm{]I-cWw
1. ZnIvm\w
A\-cw Zn-dnbpw {]Imcw. AhnsS \tS1 Hcp \new \nc-naq.
AXp \Sp-hn shw hoWm h-n ]cv Fm-p-dhpw Hsms
Hgp-Ip-amdv Ccn--Ww. AXp ka\ne-n\p e-W-am-Ip--Xv. ]ns
Cu \nev Hcp hrw hcq. c-{K-n-epw Ipd-tmcp hf-hptmcp iem-tIsS Hc{Ks a-y-n--eqn at A{Ks Nppw
{àn-n-q. AXns A{Kw Dunb {]tZ-i-np tI{w Fpw
\m`n-Fpw t]cp-v. at A{K-{`-aWw sImp-mb tcJbvv
t\an Fp t]. CXns tI{-n- ka-ambn Dcp-ncn-tmcp
ip-hns\ \nq. ]ns HcnjvSZnh-k-n- {]mX:Ime-n Cu ip-hns Ombm-{Kw 2 hr-t\-an-bn- bmsXm-cn-Sp
kv]inp hr-n- AIp ]qhpw3 A]cm-n- bmsXmcn-Ss kv]in-nv ]pdp ]pdsSp-Xpw, Cu cp {]tZ-i-nepw hr-n- Hmtcm _np-sf Dmq. Ch X-fn
anhmdpw Ingp ]Sn-m-dm-bn-cnpw. Fn-n-h-np ]qm-]-c-_np- Fp t]. Ch Xs t\sc ]qm-]c_np--fm-bnncn-pw,
sXp-hS- p KXn-bn-m \-{X-f
- psS Ombm-_n-p-s
- f-n-. BZn4
X-y-\v ]ns Ab\m--h-im sXphSp KXn-bp-m-I-bm ]Snmtd Ombm-{K-_n-p-Im-e-n-t p Ingp _np Dm-Ip Ime-
1. 1.
2.
3.
4.
F. om. \tS
B. ip-Om-bm-{Kw
B. ]qIpp; C.D.]phpp
B. BZnXy\v Zn-tWm-cKXn D-Xp-sImv ]Sn-mtd Ombm-{K-l-_n-p-Imen-v Ingt Ombm-{K--_np Dm-Ip-p.
1. ZnIvm\w
931
-fpsS A-c-n-te A]-{I-am-c-n\p X-hw AZn-X-y

hSp \on Fn Ombm{Kw sXp \on-bn-cn-pw5. Ing-tXv
Fm AXp hS-tmp \ot-q t\sc ]qm-]cfm-hm6. BZnX-y sXp-\opIn AXnp X-hw AXov ]q_np-hns\
sXtmp \oq7. Ao--am-Ip-Xp cp Ime-n--tebpw A]-{Iam--c-np8 X-h--ap Am-{Kmw-Kpew. A]-{I-am-cs
Atcs Ombm-ImwKpew sImp KpWn-q, kz-tZ-i-ew-_Iw
sImp lcnq. êw B Ombmhr-nte Am-{Kmw-Kpew.
]ns Ab-\n\p X-hw ]q_nphns Cu AwKp-e-sf
Afv \nq. Cu \onb CSpw ]Sn-mtd _np-hn-epw IqSn
Hcp kq{X-ap-m-n-bm AXp ka-]qm-]cw, t\sc Ing-p-]-Sn-mdv
{]X-yIv_nphns\ Fn Ab-\-hn-]-co-X-am-bn-p \otp. ]ns
Cu kq{X-n-tp a-yt Dmn sXp hSp kq{X-t-bpap-m-q. \-{X-fpsS DZ-bm-kvX-a-b-fpw t\tc Ing-p-]-Sn-mdm-bn-n-cn-pw. AXn-t\-sm--dn-bmw Znv.
2. A-hpw ew_hpw
bmsXmcp Znhkw DZ-bm-kvXab--fn `nZn-p-I-fm-bn-cn-p
{Imn-I ka--fm-bn-cn-p-q, Av aym--n- hnjp-h-neq BZn-X-y Fnv. At-cs Zzm-ZimwKpe-i-p-hns Omb hnjph-mb-bm-Ip--Xv. Cu Omb `pPbmbn, Zzm-Z-imw-Kp-e-ip tImSn-bm-bn1
cntbpw htbmKaqew sNbvXv. Is hcp-q. Aw
{]amWw. Cu ip-OmbI {]am-W-^-e-, {XnP-ym-hv C. ChnsS2
Cm^-e- Am-h-ew-_--fm-Ip--Xv. Ch-np hn]coX-mbbn sNmp kwkvIm-c- sN-Ww. Fm kqva--fm-Ipw.
1.
2.
5.
6.
7.
8.
1.
2.
B. \oWw
B. ]qm-]-c-am-hm
B. \opp
C. A-cm-f-np
F. tImSn-bm-bncn-pp
B.F. Chn-Sps
932
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
ChnsS Ja--y-n-tp LSn-Im-a-WvU-em-cw A-am-Ip--Xv. ZntWm-c-hr--n--te-Xv, {[ph-nXnP-fpsS A-cm-f-am-Inepamw.

LSn-Im-hr--n-tv nXn-Pm--cmfw Zn-tWm--c-hr--n-teXp ew_Iw, Ja-y-{[p-hm--cm-f-am-In-ep-amw.
3. DZ-bm-kX
v a
- \
- I
- m-e
-
A\-cw Omb. AhnsS A]-{I-a-WvU-e-n-te Ingp t\mn
Kan-p BZn-X-yv A]-{I-a-a-WvU-e-ns Ncn-hn\p X-hw
sXpw hS-pw \o-apmbn-cn-pw. Cs\ Ccn-p BZn-X-y
CjvS-Im-e-n- A]-{I-a-a-WvU-e-ns bmsXm-cn-Sv AhnsS
kv]in-np LSn-Im-a-WvU-en-tp Fm Ah-bhhpw CjvSm-]{I-a-tmfw \on cp {[ph--epw `tKm-f-ay-n-epw kv]in-ncn-p A-Z-fin- tI{-am-bn-cn-tmcp hrs Iev]nq. CXv
CjvS-Im-e-k-zm-tlm-cm{Xw. CXn\v CjvSZyp-P-y-mhv hym-km--am-Ip-Xv. AhnsS D-WvUew sImpw Zn-tWm--chrw sImpw
CXn\p ]Zh-n-`mKw Iev]n-tq. {]hlh-im Cu CjvS-k-zmt-lm-cm{X-ntte D KXn-sImv DZ-bm-kvX-a-\--fp-m-Ip-p. ChnsS
hmbp-hns thKw \nb-X-am-I-bm, kzm-tlmcm{Xw C{X-Imew sImv
C{X \op-sa-pXpw \nbXamI-bm, DZn-nv C{X- sN-p-tm
Fp-Xm, AkvX-an-p--Xn\v C{X- apt Fp-Xm Cu CjvS-Ime-ap-m-Ip-tm At-cp kzm-tlm-cm-{X-n- nXnPntv
C{X Dbt-Sp {Kl-sap \nb-Xw.
4. kzm-tlm-cm-{X-hrw
Cs\ Ccp-]tmcmbncdp\qdp {]mW-Imew sImp {]h-lhm-bp-hnv Hcp {`-a-Ww hw IqSpw. BI-bm kzm-tlm-cm-{X-hr-npw Cmew sImv {àWw XnI-bpw Fnv. AXmXv kzm-tlm-
4. kzmtlm-cm-{X-hrw
933
cm-{X-hr--tbpw N{I-I-em-k-a-kw-J-y-am-bnv hn`-Pn-q. Fm Hmtcm

{]mW-Imew sImv Hmtcm Ah-bhw {ànpw. Fnv Hcp {]mWImew sImp Kan-p kzm-tlm-cm-{Xm-h-b-h-tbpw e-W-bm
{]m-W-s\p sNmp-p. Fm BZn-X-y-\-pZn-nv F{X {]mW-
KX--fmbn AkvX-an-m, C\n F{X{]mW-fpv Ch-n-p KX-K-hy- {]m-W--sfp t].
Fnv1 Cu KX-K-hy-{]m-W--tfmSp Xpeyw nXnPhpw BZnXy\p-ap A-c-n-te kzm-tlm-cm-{X-`m-K-n-te A\--]p-cmwiw
CXp Nm]- a m- I - b m CXnp Pym- h p- mq t\c- d n- h m. AhnsS
bmsXmcp {]Imcw sXp-h-Sv A-Pym-sf Iev]n-p-tm hrtI{np -\-Sp-th-bp ]qm]-c-kq{Xw Ah-[n-bm-Ip-p, Ing-p]-Sn-mdp Iev]nptm, hrtI{-a-t[-y-bp Zn-tWm--ckq{Xhpw Ah-[n-bm-Ip-p Pymhp-sIm-p-tm. A-w kzm-tlm-cm-{Xn-2 taIo-gm-bn-p Pym-hp-m-Ip-tm kzm-tlm-cm-{X-hrns tI{-n- IqSn-bp XnIvkq{Xw Ah-[n-bm-IWw. AXmIp--Xv D-WvU-ehpw kzm-tlm-cm-{X-hr-hpw X-fn-ep kw]mXw
cn-epw A-Z-WvUn--epw kv]in-nv Hcp- k-a-k-vX-P-ym-hp-mhq
D-WvU-e-nv. AXv Ah-[n-bm-bnv P-ym-hp-m-tq, BZn-X-y-\p-Znp nXnPn-. Fnv nXn-P-n-tp XpS-op KX-K-h-y-{]m-W--fpmbn. Fnp nXntPm-WvU-em--cm-f-n-te kzmtlm-cm-{X-hr--`mKw Nc-{]m-W-fm-Ip--Xv. CXns\ If-tbWw. KXK--h-y-{]m-W--fn \nv DZKvtKm-f-n-. AhnsS ]qm-]-c-k-zkvXn-I-n-tp hS-t-pdw nXnPw, D-WvU-e-n-tv Iogv,
Fnv Zn-W-tKm-f-n- KX-K--h-y-{]m-Wfn Nc-{]m-W-tf
Iqp, AhnsS nXnPw aot BI-bm. Fm D-WvU-e-ntv BZn-X-y-t\m-f-ap kzm-tlm-cm-{X-`m-K-n-te D-X-{]m-W-fp-m-Ipw. ]ns CXnv Pym-hp-mq. ]ns Cu Pym-hn- NcPym-hns\ hn]-co-X-am-bnv kwkvI-cn-q, D-c-tKm-f-n Iqp-Ibpw
4.
1. B. om. Fnv
2. B. hr-tI-{-n-se ta
934
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
ZnW-tKmf-n If-bp-Ibpw. Fm nXn-P-n-tp XpS-nbp D-X-Pym-hp-m-Ipw. CXv Cu kzm-tlm-cm-{X-ns cp ]Zn-epw Iqnbpsmv BI-bm tIh-ew- A-P-ym-h. BI-bm
Ch-ns tbmK-hn-tbm-K-v CX-tc-X-c-tIm-Sn-Kp-W\w thm, Xmt\
Pym-hns tijam-bn-cn--bm. tIhew tbmKhntbmKw am{Xta thq.
Fm nXn-P-tmSv BZn-X-y-t\m-Sp A-c-n-te kzm-tlmcm{X`mK-Pym-hp-m-Ipw. ]ns sNdnb Cen-I-fmIbm Zyp-P-ym-hn-s\smp KpWnp {XnP-ys-- Imp lcn-t-Ww. Fm {XnP-ym-hr--Ie-I-tf-smv Csm-nb DXPym-hn-{X-sbp hcpw.
5. alm-i
- phpw alm-m-bbpw
]ns kzm-tlm-cm-{X-hrw LSn-Im-hr--s-tmse A-him sXtmp Ncn-n-n-cn--bm1 Iw t]mse Ccn-p Cu
DXPym-hns\ ew_Iw sImp KpWnp {XnPy-sImp lcnq. êw
BZn-X-y-tp nXnPtm-Sp A-cm-fapmIpw. AXv alm-ip-hm-Ip--Xv. CXns tImSn Ja--y-{K-lm--cm-fw. AXp almm-bbm-Ip--Xv.
6. ZrMvaW
- U
v ew
]ns Ja--y-n-epw {Kl-nepw kv]in-nv Hcp hrs
Iev]nq. AXnp ZrMva-WvUew Fp t]. Cu hrnte
`pPm-tIm-Sn-Pym {Kl-n--e-{Kf-mbncnp alm-i-pm-b-I-fmIp--Xh1. ChnsS L\-`q-a-[-y-]m-izn- nXnPw, nXn-P-n ip-aqew. BI-bm L\-`q-a-[yw tI-{-am-bn-cn-smv Cu ZrMvaWvU-ew.
5. 1. B. Ncn-n-cn--bm sXtmv
6. 1. B.BIp-Xv; F. Omb-I-fm-Ip-h
7. Zrtm-f-mb
935
7. ZrKvtKmfmb
`q]r-jvT-n- hn-n-cn-p- -tem-I ]ns XsS ka-]mizn-tv C{X Dbn-cn-p-p {Klw Xebvv aotenv C{XXmWp- a n- c n- pq F- X ns\ ImWp- Xv . Fm `q]r- j v T nencnp {Z-jvSm-hns ZrMva[
- yw tI{-ambn Ja-[y-
- n-epw {Kln-epw t\an-kv]i-tm-Sp-IqSn Ccp-smcp ZrMva-WvU-e-n-ep
Ombm-i-p-sf -{Z-jvS-m ImWp--Xv. ChnsS L\-`q-a-[-y-]mi-z-nte nXn-P-n-tv FmShpw `qh-y-m-km--tm-f-ap-bnv `q]rjvTns ka-]miz-n Hcp nXn-Ps Iev]n-q. AXn-tp
DbXp `q]r-jvT-hn-Ip ip-hm-Ip--Xv. CXnp Zrtm-fip-shp t]. apn sNmn-bXp `tKm-f-ip. AXn-tp `qh-ymkm--en]vX t]mbXp Zrtmfip-hm-Ip--Xv. BI-bm ip-aq-eop h- y m- k m- - t m- f - a - - c - a p- v . nXn- P m- - c w sImp
Ombbvpw ]ns aqe-am-IpXv Cu Duz-kq{Xw. AXp `qa-[-y-nt-p-Xpw `q]r-jvT-n-t-p-Xpw Ht. Fnv Ombbvv aqe
s-am-cn-St Bbn-n-cn-pw. Fnp Ombbvv t`Z-an. FmSpw
Ombm-i-p--fpsS A{K- _nw_-L-\-a[y-n--em-Ip-p.
]ns Cu `q]r- j v T - nXnPw aqe- a m- b n- n- c n- p iphpw
Ombbpw hnp Iqn aqen-m `q]rjvTw tI-{-am-bnv Hcp I-apmIpw. AXnp Zr--sap t]. {]Xn-a-WvU-e\-ym-tb\ Dmsbmcp I-anXv. ChnsS `qa-WvUew tI{-am-bn-p--Xv {]Xn-a-WvUew.
`q]r-jvTw -tI-{-am-bn-p--Xv I-hrw. Cu hr--fpsS tI{m-c-am-Ip `qhym-kmw ChnsS D-\o-N-hym-km-am-Ip--Xv. \oNm\w JayamI-bm I-hr--I-e-I kztX sNdpXv. BIbm Cu `qtKmfaqe-I-e-I-tf-sm-p-mb I-hr--nte Omb
{XnP-ym-hr-
- n-e
- m-Ip-tm kwJ-yt- bdpw. AXnp X-hw Ja[yn- t - p Xmgv N Gsd- t mpw. Fm `tKm- f m- b sb
{XnPysImp KpWnp Zrw sImp lcnq. êw Zrtm-f-mbbm-bn-n-cn-pw. C-s\ {]XnaWvU-e-kv^p-S-\-ym-tb\ hrm--c-nse
Ombsb Dmpw {]Imcw.
936
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
8. Ombm-ew-_\w
]ns `tKm-f-m-bsb `qh-ym--km--tbm-P-\-sImp KpWnq. kv^pStbm-P-\-Iw sImp lcn-mw. Zr-tbm-P-\-sImp thpXm\pw. B êw `qPm-^-e-m-\o-b-am-bn-cn-smv. AXp Ombm-ew_-\- am-Ip--Xv. C-en-IXm\pw Cu êw, CXnt\ Iqq. `tKm-fmbbn1 Zrtm-f
- m-bb
- m-Ipw. Cs\ D-\o-Nk
- v^p-S\
- y- m-tb\ Ombmew-_\en]vX-sb hcppw{]Imcw.
9. `qh-ym-kmw
]ns Ahn-Ss {]Xnafie-en-]vXm-am\w sImv D-\o-N-h-ym-kms am\w sNbvXv Ay-ê
- a
- m-Ip-Xv. ChnsS kv^pS-tbm-P\
- I
- w
{]Xn-a-fiehym-km-am-I-bm Am\w sImv Cu D-\oNhymkmw `qh-ym-km-tbmP\Xpeyw. Aw {XnP-ymhm-Iq-tm
Fsv AXv.
B {K-l-ns `qh-ym-km--en]vX Dmpw {]Imcw ]ns.
{XnPym C-bm-Ip-tm `qh-ym-km--tbm-P\en]vX ew_-\-am-Ip-Xv, CjvS-m-bv F{X ew_\en]vX Fnns\2 {XnP-ymhp Omb-bmIp-tm KpWImchpw lmc-IhpamI-bm AXns\ Dt]-nmw.
Fm1 CjvS-m-bsb `qh-ym-km--tbm-P\ sImp KpWnp kv^pStbm-P-\-Iw sImp lcnq. êw -Om-bm-ew-_-\-en]vX. ChnsS
kv^pStbmP\Ihpw a-yt- bm-P\
- I
- hpw X-fn s]cnsI Ac-an. Fm-Iop `qh-ym-km-t- bm-P\w sImp a[-ya
- t- bm-P\
- I
- s
lcnq, êw BZn-X-yvv Fq-dp]-n-aqv. CXn-s\-sm-v CjvSOmbsb lcn-q. êw Ombm-ew-_\
- e
- n]vX. ChnsS ZrMvaW
- vUe
-
- n-
8. 1. `tKm-f-m-b-bn-
9. 1. D. adds Fm
2. H. Fn-Xns\
10. ZzmZ-imw-Kp-e-i-p-hns kwkvI-cn Omb
937
se Ombm-ew-_\w I-am-bn-n-cn-p-thmfw `p-PmtIm-Sn-If

- mbnn-cn-pw
CXn-\p-ta-en- sNmp-hm-\n-cnp \Xn-ew-_\
-
- . CXns {]Imcw
taen sNm-p-p-v. Cs\ Hcp kwkvIm-cw O
- mb-bvv.
10. ZzmZ-imw-Kp-ei
-
- p-hns kwkvIc
- n Omb
Cu Ombmip- BZn-X-ys _nw_-L\a[-y-n--e-{K--fm-bnn-cn-tm Nneh. ]ns BZn-X-y-a-WvU-e-ns Fm-Shpw civan-I-fpm-I-bm aot t\an-bn--te civan-I ip-hnt\smp ad-np
FhnsS Ft{XSw \nep Xp-p. At{XSw1 B ip-hns Omb
Dv. _nw_-L-\-a-[-y-nse civan-Itfsmv Am, Zzm-Z-imw-Kp-e-ip-hns Omb HSp-pp Fnv _nw_-ns aot t\an-bn--temfw
\ntfWw ip. Ahn-Sp-p Ja[-ym--cmfw Omb-bm-Ip--Xv. ChnsS
_nw_-L-\-a--y-tmSv Du-t\-an-tbm-Sp A-cmfw _nw_hymkmw. CXp ZrMva-WvU-e-n- ka-kvX-P-ym-hm-bn-n-cn-pw. Fnv
Cu _nw_-hy- m-km-ssmp ip-hn-t\-bpw, Omb-tbbpw KpWnp
{XnP-y-sImp lcn ê- _nw_-h-ym-km--n-te JWvU-Pym. AhnsS Omb-bn-t-p-m-nb ês ip-hn Iqq. iphn-tp-m-n-b-Xns\ Omb-bn-tp If-hq. Fm BZn-X-ys
Duzt\an-bn--e-{K--fm-bnp i-mbIfp-m-Ipw. Ah ZrKzn-j-bn--tep km[-\--fm-Ip--h. ChnsS kakvXPym-a-[-y-n-e-{K-fm-bn-n-cn-p `pPm-tIm-Sn-P-ym--tf-sImp JWvU-P-ym-sf hcptq, Fnepw ka-kvX-Pym-{K-n--te-h-tmSp s]cntI A-c-an-.
Fnv Ah-t-sm-p-m-m sNmn.
Cs\ ew_-\-tbpw _nw_-h-ym-km---J-WvU-P-ym--tfbpw
kwkvIcn-m Zrtm-f-n- _nw_-ns Du-z-t\-an-bn--e-{K-fm-bn-n-cn-smv Nne ip-m-b-I-fp-m-Ipw. ]ns Cu Ombsb
]{-n KpWnv Cu ip-sImp lcn-q. B êw Zzm-Z-imw-Kp-e-ip-hns Omb.
10. 1. B. A{X-tmfw
938
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
11. hn]-co-Xm-b
A\-cw hn]-c-oXmb. AXm-Ip-Xp Zzm-Z-imw-Kp-e-i-p-hnv C{X
Omb-sbv Adn-m Atm KX-K--h-y-{]m-W- F{X Fdnbpw {]Imcw. AhnsS Zzm-Z-imw-Kp-e-i-p-hns Ombbpw Zzm-Z-imw-Kp-ei-p-hn-t\bpw hnp Iqn aqen-m Ombm-Iw AwKp-eam-bn-pm-Ipw. ]ns Cu Omb-tbbpw ip-hn-t\bpw {XnP-y-sImp KpWnv
Cu Imw-Kpew sImv lcnq. Cu ê- alm-i-p-m-b-I-.
Ah ZrKznjbm- b sbsmpmIbm _nw_- ns aot
t\aoe{Kfm-bn-p-q. Fnp _nw_-hym-km--s-smp ipm-bsb1 shtsd KpWn-p {XnP-y-sImp lcn ê-sf {ItaW
Omb-bn IqpIbpw ip-hn-tp If-bp-Ibpw sNbvhq. Fm
_nw_-L-\-a--y-n-e-{K--fm-bnp hcpw. ]ns Omb-bn-tp KXnP
(863) s\smv lcn--^-e-s Omb-bn-tp If-hq. ip-hn `qhymkm-en]vX Iqq2. Ct{Xm-S-ap {Inbsb Am-h-ew-_-I- -fnepw
sNt-Ww.
]ns Cu ip-hns\ {XnPym-hw sImp KpWn-v Zyp-P-ymew_-ILmXw sImp lcnq. êw _nw_-L-\-a--y-n-Xn-Pm--cmfw. kzmtlm-cm-{X-hr--n-te Pymhv, Xs A\--]pcmwiw sImp--Xv.
]ns Nc-Pym-hns\ CXn- taj-Xp-em-Znp X-hw EWw -[\w
sNbvXp- Nm-]nv Nc-{]m-W-sf {ItaW [\-am-bnp kmwkvIcnq. êw KX-Khy-{]mW-. Cs\ CjvS-Im-e-n- Zzm-Zimw-Kp-e-i-p-hnp Imb-bn-tp {Iamb, Ombm-ssh-]-co-X-y{In-b-sb-smp KX-K--h-y-{]m-W--fp-mpw {]Im-cw.
12. a[-ymmb
A\-cw a[-ym--mb Dmpw {]Im-cw. AhnsS {Kl-nv
11. 1. B. C. D. ip-m-b-Isf
2. B reads ê-sf {ItaW mb-bn Iqp-Ibpw ip-hn If-bp-Ibpw sNbvXm
_nw_-L\ay-n--e-{K--fm-bn-p -hcpw.
13. Ombm-`p-P, Am{Km iwIz{Kw Fnh
939
Zn--tWm-c
- h
- r-k
- w]mXw hcp-tm Ja-[y- - tmSp {Kl- tm- Sp
Acmfw Zn-tWm--c-hr--n--tev a[-ym--m-b-bm-Ip-Xv.
AhnsS Ja[ytmSv LSn-Im-a-WvUetm-Sp A-cmfw Aw.
LSnIm-a-fietmSv BZn-X-y-t\m-Sp A-cmfw. A]{Iaw. Ja-[-yn- t v Fmbv t mgpw sXp LSn- I m- a - W v U ew. LSn- I m- a WvUentp tKmf- np X- h w sXpw, hSpw
\opamZnXy. Fm tKmf-h-im Am-]-{I-afpsS tbmKw
Xm\cw Xm sNbvXXv a[-ym--m-b-bm-Ip--Xv. Fm aym
mbm-fpsS tbmKw Xm\cw Xm sNbvX-Xv A]-{Iaw. a[ym-m-bm-]-{I-a--fpsS tbmKw Xm\cw Xm A--am-Ip--Xv. Cs\
aqn cdn-m1 atXp knn-pw.
13. Ombm-`pP, Am{Km, iwIz{Kw F-nh

A\-cw Ombm-`pP. AhnsS ZrMva-WvU-e-n-te Ombm-{K-ntp ka-a-WvU-em-cmfw Ombm-`p-P-bm-Ip--Xv. ]ns Ombm-{Kn-tp Zn-tWm-caWvU-em--cm-f-am-Ip-Xp Ombm-tImSn1
ChnsS nXntPjvSkzm-tlm-cm{Xkw]m-X-n-tp ]qm-]-ckzkvXn-Im-cw CnXnPn--teXv Am-{K-bm-Ip-2-Xv. AhnsS
BZn-X-y-\pZnpp. ]ns {]h-l-h-im Zn-tWm--cs kv]inp- t m- f p- Z n- t - S - np sXp \nnbncn- pw. Ao- - np
iwIz{K sap t]. AhnsS DZbmkvXa-b-fn IqSov Hcp kq{Xw
Iev]nq. Cu kq{X-n-tp ip-aqew F{X \on AXp iwIz{Kam-Ip-X
- v. B ip-hns A{Khpw A{X-Xs \on Ccnpw. Fnv
iwIz-{K-sap t]cp-m-bn.
12. 1. H. cp-a-dn-m
13. 1. B. adds BIp-Xv
2. H. Am-{K-am-Ip-Xv
940
XI. Omb-{]-I-cWw
14. ap- _--s hnj-b-

AhnsS Am{K -n-Xn-P-n-te Pymhv, CjvSm-]-{Iaw Dfien--te- P-ymhv, ]qm-]-c-k-z-kvXn-I-tmSv kzmtlm-cm-{X-tmSp
A-cm-f-am-bn-n-cn-panh. ]ns nXntPm-WvU-em--cm-f-n-te
kzmtlm-cm-{X-`m-K-P-ym-hnv nXnPym-sh-p-t]1. CXp `pP, A]-{Iaw
tImSn, Bm-{K- Iw, Cs\ Ccn-tmcp {Xy{iw. A-h-im
Dm-sbm-nXv. nXnPhpw D-WvUehpw A-h-im cm-I-bm
Dm-sbm-cp t{X-anXv. BI-bm CjvSm-]-{I-as {XnP-y-sImp
KpWnp ew_Iw sImp lcn êw A-m-{K-bmw.
]ns kzm-tlm-cm-t{Xm--X-P-ym-hpw iphpw iwIz{K-hpw, Cs\
Hcp {Xy{iw. CXv A-h-im D-X-P-ym-hnp Ncn-hp-m-I-bm Dmsbmcp {X-y{iw. ChnsS kzm-tlm-cmt{XmX-P-ymhp Iw, ip -tImSn, D-X-Pym-aq-e-tmSp ip-aq-e-tm-Sp A-cmfw `pP. Cu `pP
iwIz{K-am-Ip-Xv. CXp t\tc sXp-h-S-mbn Ccp-smv. \nc--tZi-n- kzm-tlm-cm-{X-hrw t\tc taIo-gm-I-bm AhnsS DXPymhpw t\sc -taIogm-bn-cp-smv. Ahn-Spp ]ns A-h-imep Ncnhp t\tc sXp t\mn-bmIbm, ipaqehpw D-X-P-ymaq-ehpw X-fn-e--cmfw, t\tc sXphSv, Am-{Kbpw t\tc
sXp hSv. Atm cn\pw Znsm-m-Ibm X-fn- tbmKm-c-s-sbvtI thq, tKmf-np X-hw. CX-tc-XctImSn
KpW\w thm. Cs\ tbmKm-cw sNbvXn-cn-p-Xv Ombm-`p-Pbm- I p- - X v . AXp ]qm- ] - c - k p- { Xhpw ip- a q- e hpw X- f n- e p
Acmfw nXn-P-n--teXv. ZrMva-WvU-e-n-te {Kl-n-tp
ka-a-WvU-em--cm-f-am-In-epamw. CXv `pP-bmbn Ombm I-am-bn-n-cnp-tmtf tImSn OmbmtImSn-bm-Ip--Xv. {Kl-n-tp Zn-tWm-c-hr-m--cm-f-anXv. CXp ]ns kzm-tlm-cm-{X-hr--n-te Pymhm-I-bp-apv. CXns\ Xnse A\--]p-cmwiw sImp am\w sNbvXp
Nm]n-m \X-{]m-W--fp-m-Ipw. Ch Xs Zzm-Z-imw-Kp-e-i-p-hn-tev
14. 1. B. t]cpv
15. ZnIvm\w ]co--W-n-eqsS
941
BI- b m Ah- t - s mp Zn- d nbmw. AXnv Am- { Ksb

OmbmIw sImp Kp-Wnv {XnP-y-sImp lcnq. ê-np2
A{Kmw-Kp-e-sap t]. iwI-z-{K-am-Ip--Xv Fm-bvtmgpw hnjp-h-mb
Xs-b-t{X Zzm-Zimw-Kp-e-i-p-hn-\v. Fm hnjphm-b-bpw A{KmwKp-ehpw X-fn tbmKw Xm\-cw Xm sNbvXm Zzm-Z-imw-Kp-e-ip-hns Ombm-`p-P-bp-m-Ipw. alm-mb `pP-mZn-np hn]-coXw3
CXnp Znm-Ip--Xv, BZn-Xy-\p Znn\p hn]-cn-X-Zn-n-ep-satm
Ombm{Kw Fn-v.
15. ZnIvm\w ]co-W

-
n-eqsS
ChnsS CjvSIme-n-t- ev1 Zzm-Zi
- mw-Kp-ei
-
- p-hns Omb -- `p-PmtImSn-I aqn-t\bpw hcp-n-b Ombm-Xp-ey- h
- y- m-km-am-bnv Hcp hrw
hobn B hr--a--y-n- ip -h-m B i-p-hn-s Ombm{Kw
hr-t\-an-bn- bmsXm-cn-Sp kv]in-p-q, AhnsS Hcp _np-hpmn2 B _n-p-hn-e
- {- K-f
- m-bnv3 cp iem-II
- sf shbv]
- q. AhnsS
Ombm-`p-Pb
- n Cc-n- \o-fa
- m-bp-sm-ns\ sXp-hS- pw, OmbmtImSnbn Cc-n- \o-f-ap-smcp4 iem-Isb Ing-p-]-Sn-mdm-bnpw hbv]q.
at A{K-fpw ]cn-[n-bn kv]in-p-amdv.
Cs\ {]mbn-I-am-bnv Znns\ Adn-n-cn-p-tm Cu iem-IIfn tImSn-i-em-I -t\-tc- ]qm]cw, `pPm-i-emI Zn-tWm-cw
Cs\bpap-smcp {]Imcw ZnK-zn-`m-Ks Adn-bphm.
14. 2.
3.
15. 1.
2.
3.
4.
B; C.adds B
B. hn]-co-X-am-bnv
H. ntep
B. _np-anv
B. A{K-am-bnv
B. Ccn \of-ap-smcp
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
942
16. kaip
A\-cw ka-i-p-hn-s\- sNmpp. ChnsS ]q-m]ckz-kvXn-I-nepw Ja--ynepw1 kv]in-n-cp-tmcp2 ka-hrw. ]ns ]qm]-c-kz-kvXn-I-n-epw Ja-y-n-tp A-tmfw sXp \ontb-Sp Zn-tWm--c-hr--n-epw kv]i-nncptmcp3 LSn-Im-hr-w. nXn-P-n-tv D-c-{[p-hs D-Xnp X-hw Jayn-tp LSn-Im-a-WvU-e-ns XmgvN4. ChnsS bmsXm-cn-m
LSn-Im-a-WvUew kzm-tlm-cm-{X-am-Ip-p {Kl-nv5, Ap ]qm-]c-kzkvXn-I--fn DZbm-kvXab. Ja--y-n-tv A-tmfw
sXp \on-tb-Sv D-bm-Ip-p. ]ns kzm-tlm-cm-{X--sfms
sXp-t\mn Ncn-n-cnpw. BI-bm DZn-t-S-p-p sXp-\on
D-bm-Ipw. Fm D-cm-]-{Iaw A-tm Ipd-bp-m ]qm]-c-k-z-kvXn-I-fn \nv hSt6 DZ-bm-kvX-a-b-. Ja--y-np7
sXt-p-dp D. Zn-tWm--c8-kw-]m-X-am-I-bm DZ-b-ntbpw
a-ym--ntbpw \Sp-hn-sem-cn- ka-a-WvU-es kv]in-pw
{Klw. Aw D-Xn-cn-m AkvX-a-b-n-\n-S-bn-ep-sam-cn- kaa-WvU-es kv]inpw. At-cs ip kaiphmIp--Xv.
At-cp t\tc Ingp]Sn-m-dm-bn-cnpw Omb.
]ns D-cm-]-{Iaw A-tmSp ka-am-bn-cn-pm Ja--y-n ka- a - W v U - e - k w- ] m- X w. kzm- t lm- c m--{ X- nv A- t - m
DZ{Imn Gdp-m kzm-tlm-cm-{X-hr--n ka-a-WvU-e-kv]ian-. BI-bm Av ka-i-p-hn-. Zn-W-{Im-n-bnepw kzm-tlm-cm{X-nv ka-aWvUe-kv]i-an--mbvI-bm Apw kai--phn-9.
16. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
B. Ja-y-n-tv
E. kv]in-n-cp-smv
D. F kv]in-n-cp-smv
B. Xe
H. om. {Kl-nv
E. hS-tXv
B. Ja-y-n-tv
B. add. hr
D. Av ka-i-php-an
310
17. ka-mbm
943
ChnsS D-cm]--{Iaw A-tmSp Xpe-y-am-Ip-tm Ja--y-n-

ka-a-WvU-e-kv]i-am-I-bm ka-ip {XnP-ym-Xp-e-yw. Atm At-m Ipd CjvtSm--c-{Im-nv F{X ka-ipshv ka-ip-hp-m-Ipw. CXns hn]-co-X-{In-b-sImv ka-i-p-hn-tp D-cm]-{I-a-ap-m-Ipw. AXn-tp {Kl-`p-Pm-P-ymhpw Dm-Ipw. Cs\ Hcp
{]Imcw ka-i--zm-\-b\w.
17. ka-mbm
A\-cw ka-i-p-hnse Zzm-Z-imw-Kp-e-i-p-hns Is hcppw
{]Imcw. ChnsS A-n Ipd D-c-m]-{Iahpw {XnP-ybpw Xfn KpWn-X
- n-tv A-Py- m-hn-t\-smp lcn-Xp ka-i
- p-shtm
sNmn-sbtm. ]ns Cu ka-i-p-hnp {XnPym Iw, Z-zm-Z-imw-Kp-eiphnv Fp I-sav ka- m- b m- I- ap- m- Ipw. Atm
{XnPysb ]{-n KpWnp ka-i
- p-hn-t\-smp lcn-X
- tm AwKpem-fl-I-am-Ip ka-m-bm-Iw. ChnsS alm-ip lmc-I-am-I-bm,
AXp {XnP-ym-]-{I-a-LmXw sImp-m-I-bm {XnP-ym-]-I-{I-a LmXw
lmcIw, {XnP-ybpw ]{pw X-fn KpWn-Xp1 lmcyw. Atm
lmc-I-n-epw lm-nepw IqSn {XnPy-bp-m-I-bm {XnP-y-bpt]-n-mw. Aw ]ns lmc-I-npw lmc-I-am-I-bm lmnp KpW-Imcambn-ncn-pw. Fm As ]{-n KpWnv
A--n Ipd D-cm-]-{Iaw sImp lcn-m ka-m-bm-Iap-m-Ipw2. ChnsS As ]{-n KpWn--Xn-t\mSp Xpeyw ew_Is hnjp-h-m-b-sImp KpWn-m, Cm-{]-am-W-^-e-fpw {]amtWmê-fpw X-fn-ep LmXw Xpe-y-am-I-bm. Fm CXns\
A]-{I-aw-sImp lcn-nepamw, ka-mbmI-ap-m-I-bm.
17. 1. B
2.B.I-amIpw
944
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
]ns hnjp-h-n-se {Kl-ns a[-ym-nte Zzm-Z-imw-Kp-ei-p-hns Omb hnjp-h-m-b-bm-Ip--Xv. DZ{Imn-bn- a[-ym-mb hnjp-h-m-b-tb-m Ipd-bp-tmtf ka-m-bbp-m-hqXpw. Cu
a[-ym--m-b-bpw, hnjp-hm-bbpw X-fn-ep Acw a[-ym-m{Kmw
Kpe-am-Ip--Xv. a-ym-m-{Kmw-Kpew hnjphm-bm-Xp-e-y-am-Ipw. Ja[-y-n D-bm-Ip \m. Ap a-ym--Om-bm-Iw Xs ka-mbmI-am-Ip--Xv. A{Kmw-Kp-ew -s]-cnsI Ipd-bp- -\m a[-y-mmbm
I- t - m ka- m- b m- I w s]cnsI hep- X v . A{KmwKp
etadpXnp X-hw a-ym--Om-bmI-tmSp ka-mbmIn\v Acw Ipdp Ipd- n- c n- pw. Fn- n- h nsS
hykvXss{XcminIw thp-I-bm hnjp-hmbbpw a-ym--Ihpw
X-fn KpWnv a-ym-m- {Kmw-Kpew sImp lcn êw ka-mbm-Iw.
18. ka-i
- p-KX
- t
- -{X-
A\-cw1 km-tZ-iv A-h-im Dmb Nne t{X-hn-tijsf Imp-p. kzm-tlm-cm-{X-op ]qm-]-c-k-z-kvXn-I-n-tp
hSp nXn-P-kw-]mXw. ka-a-WvU-e-n-tp sX-p \on ZntWm-c
- k
- w-]mXw Fn-cnpw \m2 nXnPtmSv ka-aW
- vUe
- t- mSp A-cm-f-n-te kzm-tlm-cm-{X-hr`mKw Iw, ka-ip
tImSn, Am-{K -`pPm. \nc--tZ-i-n kzm-tlm-cm-{X-n\p \a-\an-mbvIbm Cu t{Xan3. ChnsS ]qm-]-c-k-z-kvXnI kzmtlmcm-{X--fpsS kw]m-X--fn-ep4 A-cmfw5 nXnP`hw. Am{K
D-WvUe`hw. A]-{Iaw nXntPmfi-em--cmf`hw. kzm-tlm-cm18. 1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B. C. om. A\-cw
C. F. Fn-cn-p-tm
B. C.D. E. F om. \nc--tZ-i-n.....(to)..... t{X-an
E. kzkvXn-I-tmSp kzmtlm-cm{X kw]mX-tm-Sp
B. C.E.F.read A-cmfw nXn-P-n-sS D-fi-e-ov aot kzmtlm-cm-{X`mKw sImv D-fi-n-tte A]-{I-a-`mKw `pPm, ka-i-p- Iw (D reads:
A-cmfw nXn-P-n--teXv Am-{K. D-fi-e-n-t-teXv A]-{Iaw, nXntPm--fi-em--cm-f-n-se kzmtlm-cm-{X-`mKw nXn-Py. (Cu {Xy{iw)
19. Zi-{]-iv\-
945
{X-`mKw nXn-Pym. Cu {Xy{iw A-himepm-Ip-p, `pPm-tIm-SnI- a mbn 6 hnZ- y - a m- \ - a m- b nv . A\- cw Dfie- n- p antkzmtlmcm{X`mKw tImSn, D-WvU-entse A]{Ia`mKw `pP,
ka-i-p- Iw. Cs\ Hcp {Xy{iw. Cu aqp {Xy{i-fpw Amhew_-I-{Xn-P-yI-sf-tmse Ccntm Nneh. Fm Cm-en-semp
km[-\-am-bnp ss{Xcm-inIw sImp ath Dm-mw.
19. Zi-{]-i\
v
-
Zi-hn-[{]iv\-. ]nsbpw Xpe-y-]-cn-am-W-fm-bn Hcp {]tZ-in-1 Xs tI{-am-bn-cn-p2 cp hr-psS t\an-tbm-K-n \n-n{X sNt-Sp X-fn-ep AI-e-sa-{X-sb-pw C{X AIe- a p- t S- p- v C{X AIep Xn D t\- a n- t bm- K - s ap
Adnhm\mbnsm-p ss{Xcm-inIw bmsXmv AXns AXn-tZ-i{]-Im-c-s-s hnkvXn-cnp Imp-hm-\mbnsmp Zi-{]-iv\-sf
sNmp-p.
AhnsS ip, -\-X-P-ymhv, A]-{I-aw,- C-jvSmw-im{Kw, A-Pymhv
Fnh Ap- h-kvXp--fn aqn-s\ -sNm-n-bm Ah- km-[-\-fmbn ath cnt\bpw Adnhm\p-]mbw ChnsS sNmp--Xv. Ah
]p{]Imcw kw`-hn-pw. Fnp Zi-{]iv\w.
20. Hmw {]iv\w iphpw \Xhpw

20.i. kmam- \ - y - \ - y m- b -
AhnsS \tS -{Im-n-ZnK-{Km---sf-smp ip-\-X-sf Adnbpw
{]Im-cs sNmp-p. AhnsS \tS Ja[-y-n-epw {Kl-n-epw
18. 6. D. I- Xm\pw D.om. hnZy-am-\-am-bnv, A\-cw
19. 1. F. nv
2. D. F. tI{hp-am-bn-cn-p
946
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
kv]in-nv Hcp hrs Iev]n-]q. AXnv CjvSZnKvhrsap

t]. ZrMvafi-e, -sapw Xs. Cu CjvS-ZnKvhrhpw nXn-Phpw
D kw]mXntv ]q-m]-c-k-zkvXn-I-tmSp A-cmfw nXnP-n--te -Pymhv, CjvSmim{K-bXv1. ]ns2 Ja--y-tbpw ZntWmckz- k v X n- I - n- t v Cjv S m- i m- { K- t bm- f w Acn- t - S p
nXnPn-epw kv]in-np Hcp hrs Iev]nq. CXnp
hn]-co-XZ- nKvhrsap t]3. ]ns nXn-Phpw hn]-co-XZ- nKvhr-hpw
X-fn-ep kw]m-X-n-epw cp {[ph-n-epw4 kv]in-np Hcp
hrs
Iev]n]q. CXnv XnKv- h r- - s a- p- t ].
CjvSZnKvhrhpw LSn-I-mhr-hpw Ch cnpw IqSn Xn-Xw
CXv Fnv. Cu hr-n- CjvS-L-Sn-Im-hr-- X-fn-ep
]cm-a-m-cmfw ]ns Zn-tWm--c-hr--n-tp nXn-P-n-te
hn]-co-X-ZnKvhr-ns Acw bmsXmv AXv Ah-ns ]c-am-cm-f-am-Ip--Xv. Ja--y-n- tbmK-am-I-bm nXn-P-n- ]c-am- c m- f w. CXv Cjv S - m im- { Km- X p- e yw. CXp {]amWê- a m- b np
ZntWmc-hr--n- Ja-[-y-{[p-hm--cm-f-Nm]`mK-ns Pymhv
ew_Iw. CXv C- b mbn {[ph- t p hn]- c o- X - Z n- K v h rm- - c m- f Pymhnm^-e-am-bnv DmIpw. CXp tImSn-bmbn, A-Pym-hp- `p-P-bmbn, h- t bm- K - a qew sImp Is Dm- q. CXp
XnKvhrnte nXnPmcm-f-P-ymh,v {[ph--e-{K-am-bn-n-cnpw.
CjvS-Zn-Mvafi-e-hpw LSn-I-m-a-fiehpw X-fn-ep ]c-am--cm-f-ambn-n-cn-p-w CXv Xs. hn]-coX-ZnKvhr-hpw nXn-P-hp-ap kw]m-Xn-ep ZnKvhr]miz-5, {[ph--ep- L-SnIm-]mi-z-. CjvS-ZnKv L - S n- I - I - f psS \mep ]miz- n- epw kv ] in- n- c n- s mv . Cu6
XnKvhrn-te ]mizm-cm-f-tmSp Xpeyw Ch-ns ]c-am-cm-f-am-I-bm Cu Dm-b Iw Xs CjvS-Zn-KvL-Sn-Im-hr--20.1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
B. CjvS-mim-{K-tbmKw; D.CjvS-mim-{K-bm-Ip-Xv
F. reads ]ns Ja-[y-n-epw cp {[ph-epw
B. AXp hn]-co-X-hrw
H. hr-n-epw
F. adds. Ch-ns ]mizm--c-tmfw Xpeyw {[ph-ep
B.C.D.om. Cu
20. Hmw {]iv\wi-phpw \Xhpw
947
fpsS ]c-am--cm-f-am-Ip--Xv. AhnsS kZnIvkm[m-c-W-am-bnp \ncq]n-p-tm t{Xkwm\w Zp{Klw. Fnv Hcp ZnKvhnti-js
B{i-bnp \ncq-]n-t-Ww.
AhnsS Zn-W-tKm-f-n- \ncyXn-tIm-Wnse ip CjvS-am-Iptmtfp sNm-p-p. AhnsS \ncyXn-tIm-Wnepw Cui-tIm-Wnepw
kv]in-n-cnpw ZnKvhrw, hmbp-tIm-Wnepw AntImWnepw nXnPs kv]inpw ZnKvhrw. hmbp-tIm-Wn-tv D-c-{[p-h-tmSp A-cmfw XnKvhr--n--se -P-ymhv Cu Dm-nb lmc-Iam-Ip--Xv. Cu lmcIw {]am-W-am-bn-, {[p-hs Db-bm-Ip7 Aw
{]am-W-^-e-ambn, CuitIm-Wnse ZnKvhr--n-se XnKvhrhpw
nXn-P-hp-ap ]c-am--cmfw Cm^-e-am-bn-p-mIpw.
ChnsS CuitIm-Wn ZnKvhr--n- nXnPntv F{X
DXw XnKvhrkw]mXw Ja--y-n-tp \ncrXn-tIm-Wn
ZnKvhrn- A{X- Xm-tW-Sp LSn-ImZnKvhrfpsS tbmKw.
]ns cp hr-n\pw km[mcWambn-cn-p XnKvhrw cnepw bmsXmcp {]tZ-i-n- kv]inpq, Ahn-Spp cn-ttebpw hr-]mZw sNt-Sv8 Xfn-ep tbmKw Fp \nb-Xsatm. Fnv ChnsS9 CuitIm-Wnse ZnKvhr-kv]i-n-tp
Xn-Kvhrntte LSn-Im-hr--tm-Sp Acmfw ChnsS
Dm-nb lmc-I-tmSp Xpe-yw. CXns\ `pP-bmbn {]am-W-ambn
Iev]nq. ]ns CuitIm-Wn ZnKvhr10kw]m-X-n-tp \ncrXntIm-Wnse LSn-Im-tbm-K-11tm-Sp A-cmfNm]w ZnKvhr-n-teXv hr-]mZw bmsXmv AXns Pymhv hym-kmw-. CXp Iambn {]am-W-ambn Iev]n-q. ]ns Ja[yn-tp Zn-tWm--chr--n-se LSn-Im--cmfw Aw. CXv CbmIp-Xv. ]ns
Ja-[y-
- n-tp LSn-Im-c
- mfw ZrMvafi
e
-
- n-t- eXv Cm-êw. Cm
20. 7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
B. Db-bm-bn-cn-p
B. sNp-t-Sp
C. D AhnsS
B. Xn-Kv-hr
H. LSn-hr
948
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
`p-P-bmbn, Cm-êw I-am-bnpw Ccn-smv ChnsS ZrMvafien- bmsXm-cn-Sp XnKvhr-kw-]mXw12, Chn-Sp hr-]mZw
sNt- S p ZnMv a - fi - e - n- LSnImhr- k w]m- X w. Fnv
nXnPn-tp XnKvhr-ns Db-bpw Ja--y-n-tp
LSn-Im-afi-e-ns XmgvNbpw ZnKvhr-n- Xpe-y-am-bn-n-cn-pp. Cs\ cp {]Imcw \ncq-]nmw. Cmêm-\-b-\{Inbmt`Z-an. CXv CjvS-ZnIvip hcp-p-t-S-tv A-m-\o-b-am-Ip--Xv.
CXns tImSn LSn-Im-kw]m-X-n-tp nXn-Pm-c-- mfw13. ZnMva-fie-n-te CXv ew_-m-\o-b-am-Ip--Xv. ]ns CjvS-k-zm-tlm-cm-{Xhpw
LSn-Im-hrhpw X-fn-ep A-cmfw Zn-tWm--c-hr--n-se
CjvSm-]-{I-aam-Ip--Xv. CXns\ `pP-sbpw Csbpw Iev]nv Cu
LSn-Im-k-zm-tlm-cm-{Xm-cw Xs -Zn-Mvafi-e-t-Xn\p I-amn
Cm-^-e-amn hcp-q. CXp A]-{I-am-\o-b-amIp--Xv. ChnsS ZntWm--c-hr--n- Am-]-{I-a- tIh-e- ZnMvafie-neq Am-]-{I-a-m-\o-b--fmI-bm Xpeym-c-X-z-ap-v14.
20.ii. CjvS-tZ-iv ip-mb

Fnv A-m-\o-b-ap-m-p {]am-W-^-e- Xs A]-{Ia-m-\o-bs Dmp-hm\pw km[-\-am-Ip--Xv. ChnsS Ja-[-y-ntp ZnMva-fi-e-n-tte LSn-Im-hr--tm-f-ap CS A-m\o-b-am-Ip--Xv. ZnMvafi-e-n- Xs LSn-Im-hr--n-tp kzmtlm-cm-{X-ns CS A]-{Ia-m-\o-b-am-Ip--Xv. Ch X-fn IqpIXm A-cn--Xm sNbvXm Ja[-y-n-tv ZnMvaWvUe-n-se
kzm-tlm-cm-{X-ns CS Dm-Ipw. AXv CjvS-Zn-IvOm-b-bm-Ip--Xv.
]ns nXnPtmSp LSn-Im-hr--tm-Sp A-cmfw ZnMva-WvUe-n-t- eXp ew_--m-\obw. ]ns LSn-Im-aW
- vUe
- t- mSv kzm-tlmcm{XtmSnS ZnMvafi
e
-
- n-t- e-Xv A]-{I-a
m-\o-ba
- m-Ip-Xv. Ch-ns
15
tij-n\v X-h--ap tbmKw Xm\-cw Xm\n-jvS-Zn-Iv-p-hm-Ip20.12.
13.
14.
15.
B. adds Fnv
kw]m-X-n-Xn-Pm--cmfw
Xpey-m-cm-f-apv
C. sNbvXm CjvSw; F. sNbvXv
949
Xv. bmsXmcp {]Imcw Zn-tWm--c-hr-fnse16 Am-]-{I-a-fpsS Xm ew_-Im-]-{I-a--fpsS Xm tbmKm--c--sf-smp

aym--m-bm-i-p--fp-m-Ip-p. A--an-jvS-Zn-Kvhr--n--e-h-tsmv CjvS-Zn-Ivm-bm-i-p- hcpw17. ChnsS CjvS-Nm-]--fpsS
tbmKm--c- sNbvXp Pymhp-m-mw. Pym X-fn tbmKm-c- sNbvIn-ep-amw.
Fn Am-]-{I-a-m-\o-b-sf hnp {XnPym-h-n-tp
Ifp
aqenp
tImSn- I sf
Dmn
]ns
Am]{Iam\obsf CXtcXctImSnIsfsmv KpWnp
tbmKw Xm\cw Xm sNbvXp {XnPysImp lcnêw
Cjv S ZnIv O mbbmIpXv . ]ns ew_Im]{Iam\obsf
CXtcXctImSnItfsmp KpWnp tbmKw Xm\cw Xm sNbvXv
{XnPysImp lcnêw CjvSZnIvOmbbmIpXv18.
]ns tIhefmbncnp Am]{IafpsS tbmKw Xm\cw
Xm sNbvXp a[ymmbsb Dmn AXns\ {XnPysImp KpWnv
Cjv S ZnKv h rLSnImhrfpsS ]camcmffm bncnp
apnepmnb lmcIw sImv lcnv CjvSZnIvOmbsb
DmpInepamw. ChnsS Am]{IafpsS tbmKmc
sNpXn\p apsbpw ]nsbpw B 19 {XnPymKpW\hpw
lmcIlcWhpw sNbvI 20 , êt`ZanmbvIbm. Cs\
Amhew_Im]{Iatfsmp CjvSipmbIsf Dmmw.
]nsbpw Hcp {]Imcw ew_m-]-{I-a--fpsS tbmKmcsfsmv
CjvSip hcpmw. AhnsS Am]{Ia cnt\bpw
{XnPysImp KpWnv lmcIssmp lcntpIbm
lmcIs
{]amWsapw,
tIhemm]{Iasf
{]amWêsapw, {XnPysb Csbpw, Am]{Iam\obsf
20.16.
17.
18
19.
20.
B.D.F. hr-n-se
B. hcpmw
B.D CjvSZnIviphmIpXv.
B. om. B
B {XnPymêKpW\hpw sNbvI
950
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
Cmêsapw Iev]nmw. ChnsS {XnPymhymkmhrn

bmsXmcp {]Imcancnpw Am]{Iam\ob A{]Imcancnpw
lmcIw, hymkmambncnp hrn tIhemm]{Ia
Fm tIhemm]{Iasf hnp lmcIhntp
Ifp aqenm lmcIhymkmamIp hrnse
Am]{IatImSnIfpmIpw. ]ns ZypPymew_Isf21 hnp
lmcIhntp Ifp aqenm lmcIhymkmamIp
hrnse
Am]{IatImSnIfpmIpw.
]ns
ZypPymhew_Isf lmc-I-s-smp KpWnv {XnPy-sImpv
lcnmepw CtmSnI Xs hcpw. ]ns Cu AtImSnsbsmv A]{IatImSntbbpw A]{Ias Aw sImpw
KpWnv lmcIssmp lcn êfpsS tbmKwXm\cwXm
sNbvXm
lmcIhymkmamIp
hrnte
Cjv S ZnIv phpmIpw. CXns\ {XnPysImp KpWnv lmcIw
sImp lcnm CjvSZnIvphpmIpw. ChnsS bmaytKmfn
ew_I{ImnIfpsS tbmKw sImp ZnWZnIvp DmIpw.
ChnsS AcnptSv AtImSntbm A]{Iaw
hepXmIn kzmtlmcm{Xhrn\v CjvSZnKvhrtmSp tbmKw
nXnPns Iotgpdv BIbm Av Cjv S ZnIv phn.
Dcm]{Iaw Atm GdpIn Ja[yntp
hStpdv DbmIbm Ap ZnWZnIv phn. ChnsS
Dcmim{K BIptm B ip DmIpw. ChnsS ew_Im]{Ia
m\obfpsS22 Nm]tbmKw {Xncmintbm GdpIbm CXns
tImSnPymhv DcZnIvphmbnpmIpw. PymfpsS tbmKw sImv
hr]mZntedptSp tImSnPymhp hcpw.
20.21. B.D B. F. om. hnp ......to...... `ypPymhew_sf

22. B.C.D. ew_Im]{Iaobm\sf
951
Cs\ DctKmfn Atm A]{Iatadptm

Dcmim{Kmip hcpw. ]ns Dcm]{Iaw Atm
Ipdbptm Nne Bim{Km\nban Dcmim{Kmiphpw
ZnWmim{Kmiphpw IqSn Hcp Znhknte Dmw. AhnsS
ew_Im]{IatbmKw sImpw, Acw sImpw Xpeyambncnp
ZnWmim{Kbnepw, Dcmim{Kbnepw, ip DmIpp.
]ns CjvSm]{Iaw lmctm Gdptm A]{Iam\obw
{XnPytbm hepXmIpw. C\tmcp Pymhnmbv I bm B
Cjv S mim{Kbv p ip kw`hnbn 23 . Cs\ Cjv S ZnIv O p
hcppw {]Imcw.
20. iii tImWmb

A\cw CXnt\mSp kqcyknmn sNmnb
tImWiphns \ymbkmays sNmpp. ChnsS tImWm`napJw
CjvSZnMvafieamIbm Hc cmiosS Pymhv Bim{ibmIpXv.
]qm]ckzkv X nIIfptSbpw ZntWmckzkv X nIIfptSbpw
Acmfns \Sphn ZnMv a Wv U enp 24 nXnPkw]mXw.
Fnv aqv cmiosS kakv X Pymhns AambnncnpanXv .
APymicfpsS htbmKaqew kakvXPymhmIpXv.
N{I]mZn Pym_mW {XnPymXpey. Fm Ahns
htbmKw {XnPymhn25 Ccn. Fm AXn \msemtm
HccmiosS h26sanv27. Fm B CjvSmim{KmhamIp
{XnPymhmw ew_Ihrn BIptm ew_
hmambnncnpw. Fm ew_hmn A
20.23.
24.
25.
26.
27.
B.F CjvSmim{Kmip kw`hnn

F. ns
D. hov
H. ]mXosS hw
B,C,D,E. Adds AXv {XnPymhmw CcnbpsS hn \msemv,
F. \msemtm ]mXnbpsS hw Fv.
952
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
Pymhw Iqn aqenm AXv ChnsSbpw lmcIamIpXv. ]ns

{ImyLmXhpw Chns lmcIhrnse tImSnLmXhpw
Xfn tbmKw Xm\cwXm sNbvXp lmcIw sImp lcnm
Cu lmcIhrnse tImWiphpmIpw. ChnsS Chns
hLmXfpsS tbmKmcsf lmcIhw sImp lcnn
iphapmIpw. ]ns CXns\ aqenp {XnPysImv KpWnp
lmcIw sImp lcnm {XnPymhrnse iphmbnv hcpw.
ChnsS {ImytImSnIfpsS h Xfn KpWnXv Hcp
lmcIamIpXv. ChnsS tImSnhfmIpXv lmcIhntp
shtsd Am]{Iahsf Iftij. AhnsS
AtImSnhs KpWysapw {ImntImSnhs
KpWImcsapw
Iev]nq.
Atm
{Imnhw
KpWlmcmcamIpXv. Fm {Imnhw sImp
ew_hs KpWnp lmcIhw sImp lcnês
ew_hmntp
Ifm
Am]{IafpsS
tImSnhLmXs lmcIhw sImp lcn êapmIpw.
Cs\ tIheew_hmw KpWyambncnpXns\ Xs
KpWysap Iev]nptm Cuhw {Inb. ChnsS ]ns
CjvtSm\bpt\ KptW\ \nLvt\m
fòjvSLv\KpWym\znXhntXm
hm
(eoemhXn. 16)
FXn\p Xhw KpWyamIp ew_hmn

CjvSamIp Ahs Iqn lmcIhXpeyw KpWysap
Iev]nm KpWImcmcamIp A]{Iahss
KpWyamIp ew_28hmntv IftbphXv Fp hcpw.
AhnsS29 Iftbp Cu A]{Iahn\v Hcp kwkvImcapv
20.28. B.E.F. A[Pymhs CjvSntv IfbthphXv Xs hcpw,

29. B.C.F ChnsS
953
Fp hntijamIpXv . ChnsS tIhew KpWyambncnp

ew_hmn APymhs Cjv S ambn Iev ] np
IqpIbm B Ahs KpWlmcmcamIp A]{Iahw
sImp
KpWnv
lmcIhw
sImp
lcnêw
kwkvImcamIpXv. CXns\ A]{Iahntp IfIthphXv.
CjvSs KpWyn IqpIbtm sNbvXXv. Fnv
A]{Iahntp IftbphXv. tIhem]{Iahw
Ifncnp ew_Ihmnsen IqpI thphXv. ]ns
tijs aqenXp iphns Hcp Jfiw. at JfiamIpXv
Am]{Ia Xfn KpWnv Cu hambncnp
lmcIns aqewsImp lcn êw. CXns\ hnm apn
sNmnb A]{IahkwkvImcambnncnpw. ]ns Cu
ipJfisf {XnPysImp KpWnv lmcIw sImp lcntWw.
20. iv. iphns JfiZzbcqt]Wm\b\w

ChnsS
{XnPymhntv
Am{Kmhs
Iftijs ew_hw sImp KpWnv {XnPymhw sImp
lcnm
êw
ew_hmov
A]{Iahw
IfXmbnncnpw. CXns\ ]ns {XnPymhw sImp KpWnv
lmcIhw sImp lcnêw {XnPymhrnemtpIbm
{XnPymhw
sImp
KpW\hpw
lcWhpw
thm.
{XnPymhmntv Am{Kmhs If tijs
ew_hw sImp KpWnp lmcIhw sImp lcnt thq30.
Fm {XnPymhrnse êapmIpw. Cuhw Xs Aw
sImp A]{Ias KpWntptSv Amt{K KpWnn
Cu KpWnXns\ ew_Iw sImp KpWn lmcIw sImp
lcnptm {XnPymhrnse ipJfiambnncnpw, bmsXmcp
{]Imcw {XnPymew_I Xfnte kw_w A{]Imcancnpw
Am{Km]{Ia Xfn Fnv. ]ns bmtaymctKmfnp
20.30. B. thpIbm, {XnPymhnse
954
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
Xhw Cu ipJfifpsS tbmKmcsfsmp

bmtaymcZnpIfnse tImWipfpmIpw.
ChnsS Amhew_IfpsS m\p hnjphmbbpw
ZzmZimwKpeiphpw sImmw. AhnsS hnjphmbmhs
]{ns hns ]mXn Fgp]ncn IqnbXp
lmcIhamIpXv Ft hntijapq. Cs\ \tSt
{]iv\n CjvSiphns\ hcppw {]Imcw. AXp
tImWipshn Cs\smcp {InbmemLhapv FXnt\bpw
sNmoXmbn.
20.v. \XPym\b\w
]ns \XPymhns\ sNmtq. AhnsS CjvSZnMv
afientp ZntWmchrns31 ]camcmfamIpXv
Cjv S mim{K tImSn, Ombm{Kn 32 Fv FnpmIpw
OmbmtImSn. Cu OmbmtImSn Xs \XPymhmIpXv. {XnPysImp
KpWnv ZypPysImp lcntWw, kzmtlmcm{Xhrn
kzhrIem{]anXamhm, Ft hntijapq. Fm
Bim{KmtImSnbpw
Ombbpw
Xfn
KpWnXpw,
OmbmtImSn{XnPyI Xfnepw \XZypPyI Xfnepw KpWnm,
kwJysImp Xpeyfmbncnpw. Fm Chn hv
HcpLmXntp ath Zzzfn cn HpsImp lcnm
AXns {]XntbmKnbmIpXp hcpw. Cu \ymbw Cu {]iv\fn
FmShpw HmpsImpI. Cs\ Hcp {]iv\w.
20.31. H. afiens
32. H. Ombbn, B.C.om.Ombm{Kn
21. cmw {]iv\wi-phpw A]-{Iahpw
955
21. cmw {]iv\w: iphpw A]{Iahpw

21. i. kmam\ykzcq]w
A\cw cmw {]iv\w 1 . ChnsS \XPymim{Km
km[\fmbnp iphpw {Imnbpw DmIpXv , ChnSps
t{XIev]\w ]ns. cp {[phepw {Klnepw
kv]inncntmcp hrs Iev]nq. CXnp \Xhrsap t].
Cu \Xhrhpw ZntWmchrhpw Xfnse ]camcmfw
LSnImafienepw, ]ns \Xhrhpw 2 nXnPhpap
kw]mXnepw Jaynepw kv]innv Hcp hrs Iev]nq.
CXnp \Xkaafiesap t]. \Xkaafiehpw nXnPhpap
kw]mXntp3 nXnPnttebp hr]mZw sNtSp
nXnPnepw Ja[ynepw, kv ] innv 4 Hcp hrs
Iev]nq. CXnp \XZrIvt]hr5sap t]. Cu hrnep
\Xhrhpw \Xkahrhpw Xfnte ]camcmfhpw.
\Xhrhpw nXnPhpap ]camcmfhpw6 Cu hrn
Xs. kztZi\Xsapw kztZi\XtImSnsbpw Cu
]camcmfp t]. ]ns CjvSZnKvhrtbpw
hykvXZnKvhrtbpw apn sNmnb7 {]Imcw Iev]nq. ]ns
\Xhrw
Ja[yntp
F{X
\Xambncnpq
\XZrIvt]afiente Cu hrn Xs A{X DXw
nXnPntp
\Xafie]mizsancnpw.
Cu
\Xhr]mizn \XZrIvt]LSnImkw]mXw.
21.1.
2.
3
4..
5.
6.
B. AY ZznXob{]iv\w
C. Adds \XlmcIhrhpw
B. \XkaafienXnPkw]mXntv
F. kv]innp
B. \XZrIvt]w Fpt]
B. \XhrnXnP]camcmfhpw
956
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
]ns nXnPhpw hykvXZnKvhrhpw D kw]mXnepw8,

\XZrIvt]afientte \X]miznepw kv]innv Hcp
hrs Iev]nq. AXp \tXjvSZnMvafie cnpw IqSn
km[mcWambncntmcp XnKv h rw. ChnsS XnKv h rw
CjvSZnKvhrn 9nXnPn \nv F{X DXw A{X
XmWncnpw Ja[yntp ZnKvhrhpw \Xhrhpw Xfnep
kw]mXw. Cu ZnKvhrnte Ja[y\Xhrmcw
OmbbmIpXv. CXns tImSn iphmIpXv.
ChnsS Dc{[phtp ZntWmcafiente
LSnImhrtmfw sNptm \XhrZntWmcmcmfw.
\XPymhv . {[phtp JaytmSp CS ew_Iw. CXop
\Xhrmcsa{Xsbp kztZi\XapmIpw. ]ns CXns\
\Xhrhpw kztZi\Xhrhpw Xfnep kw]mXn
A{Kambnp Iev ] nq. Cu kztZi\XPymhns tImSn 10 Cu
kw]mXntp nXnPmcmfw. AhnsS ]qkzkvXnIntp
sXp \on nXnPs kv]inpamdv CjvSmim{K Iev]nq. B
Znn iphpw AamIptm Dckzkv X nIntv
]Snmdp \onbpw ZnWkzkvXnIntp Ingp \onbpw
nXnPkv]iw \Xhrn\v. ]ns ]qkzkvXnIntv
C{XXs hSpw ]nakzkvXnIntp A{X sXp
\ontbSpw nXnPs kv ] inncnsmv kztZi\X
hramIpXv.
]ns ZnWkzkvXnIntv CjvSmim{Ktbmfw ]Snmdp
\ontbSp hnZnMvafienp nXnPkw]mXw. AhnSpp
XnKv h rw Dbp XpSpp. kztZi\Xhrtmfw
sNptm nXnPkw]mXntp kztZi\XPymthmfw Dbn21. 7.
8.
9.
10
B. apsNmnb, F, hnkvXcnv sNmnb

B. nXhykvXZnKvkw]mXnepw
F. Adds Cu
B. \XPymtImSn
21. cmw {]iv\w iphpw A]-{I-ahpw
957
cn-p \X-]miz-n- 11kv]inpw.12\Xhr]miztmSp

nXnPtmSp 13 CS ChntSp lmcIamIpXv . ]ns Cu
XnKv h rw ZnKv h rtmfw sNptm 14 nXnP
kw]mXntp hr]mZw sNpw. BIbm Cu ZnKvhrn
nXnPhpw XnKv h rhpw Xfnep ]camcmfw. AXp
OmbmXpeyw. ]ns CXns tImSn ZnKvhrhpw XnKvhrhpap15
kw]mXntp Ja[ymcmfw ZnKvhrnteXp ipXpeyw. CXp
XnKvhrhpw hnZnKvhrhpap ]camcmfamIpXv16. ]ns
\XnXnPmcmfw kztZi\XtImSntbmfamIptm AXnp Iw
{XnPymhv , {[pthmXnv Fp Isav 17 Dc{[phw 18
nXnPhpap Acmfw \XhrnteXv DmIpw. ]ns
\Xhrhpw ZntWmchrhpap ]camcmfw \XPymhv.
Atm \XhrnteXv 19 {[phnXnPmcmfPymhnv C{X
ZntWmchrmcmfw,\XhrnteXv
{[phnXnPmcmfPymhnv F{X Fp Zn-tWm-c
- h
- r-m-c
- mfw
Fv \XhrZntWmchrmcmfw nXnPnteXv
DmIpw. Cu AcmftmSp Xpeyambnv ]n-ak
- z-kvXn-I
- n-tp
sXp \oo- v \XZrIv t ]n\p nXnPkw]mXw. CXns\
Bim{KmtImSnbntp Ifhq. Fm kztZi\Xhrhpw
hnZnKvhrhpw Xfnep Acmfw20 nXnPnteXv DmIpw.
21. ii. izm\b\w

ChnsS PymtbmKhntbmKw sNtptm ]ckv]ctImSnKpW\w
sNbv X p Xfn ]ckv ] cw IqpIXm\cnXm sNbv X v ,
21.11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
F. kv]inncnpw
C.D.F. read : XnKvhr\Xhr
C. D. Acmfw AhntSbvv
D. sNmptm
B. Xnse, C.F. Xfnep
B. XoKvhrZnKvhr]camcmfamIpXv
B.C.D.E, Iw Fv Fv
B.C Dc{[ph\pw
B.om. Xv
D. ]camcmfw
958
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
{XnPysImp lcntWw. Fm \XPymhns\ Aw sImp

KpWnv kztZi\XtImSn sImplcn êtbpw, CXns
hs {XnPymhntp Ifp aqenXnt\bpw, {ItaW
Bimt{KsImpw
Bim{KmtImSntbsmpw
KpWnv
Xfnecnq ZnWZnneq ipshn. DcZnneq
ipshn Xfn tbmKw sNbvhq. CXns\ {XnPysImp lcnm
hnZnKvhrtmSv kztZi\XhrtmSp Acmfw
nXnPnteXv DmIpw. ChnsS Dbvp apn
Dcmim{KbmIptm DckzkvXnInv ]Snmdv
Bim{Ktbmfw sNtSv hnZnKvhrnXnPkw]mXw. ChnSpp
XnKvhrns
Db
XpSpp.
AhnSpp
]nakzkvXnIns Acmfw Bim{KmtImSn. ]ns
]nakzkvXnIntp sXp kztZi\XhrnXnPkw]mXw.
Fnv . B Acmfw Bim{KmtImSnbn Iqq. Fm
hnZnKvhrntp
kztZi\Xhrmcmfapmw.
nXnPn CXp ZnKvhrhpw kztZi\Xhrhpw Xfnep
]camcmfw. ]ns kztZi\Xhrn Jayntp
\Xhr]miztmfw
sNptm
kztZi\X
tImSntbmfacmfapv . AXnv GXp hnZnKv h rmcsav
\X]mizntp hnZnKzrmcs Dmq. ]ns CXns
hhpw \X]mtizmXnbmIp kztZi\XPymhns hhpw
Xfn Iqn aqenq. Fm \Xhr]miztmSp
nXnPtmSp Acmfw XnKvhrnteXv DmIpw. CXp
{]amWamIpXv. nXnPntp \X]mtizmXnbpw
\X]mizntp hnZnKvhrmchpw {]amWêfmIpXv.
Cu {]amWn\v Ch OmbmipfmIpXv. {XnPy CbmIpXv.
CjvSZnIvmbmip CmêfmIpXv.
21. iii. {ImnPym

]ns Ombbpw Bim{KmtImSnbpw Xfn KpWnv
\XPymhnt\smp lcnm Cjv S ZypPymhpmIpw. CXns
22. aqmw {]iv\w : iphpw Bim-{Kbpw
959
hhpw {XnPymhhpw Xfnecnp aqenXv CjvSm]{Iaw.

Cs\ cmw {]ivt\mcw.
22. aqmw {]iv\w: iphpw Bim{Kbpw

A\cw aqmw {]iv \ n \Xm]{Iamtfsmv
iwIzmim{KIsf hcppp. ChnsS \XPym{XnPyIfpsS
hmcaqew {KltmSp Acmfw kzmtlmcm{X
hrnteXv DmIpw. CXp ZypPymhrhymkms
{XnPybmbnp Iev]nptmfpXmbnncnpw. ]ns CX tImSnsb
ZypPysImp
KpWnv
{XnPysImp
lcnq.
êw
{XnPymhrIeItfsmpmp ZyphrPymhv. CXntp
nXnPymhns\ Ifhq ZnWtKmfn, DctKmfn Iqq.
]ns CXns\ ew_Iw sImp KpWnv {XnPysImp lcnq. êw
ip.
CXns tImSn Omb. \XPybpw ZypPybpw Xfn KpWnv
Ombsbsmp lcnêw Bim{Km tImSn.
23. \memw {]iv\w : iphpw Ahpw

A\cw \X{Imymim{KItfsmv izsf hcppw
{]Imcw.
23.i. izm\b\w
\XPymZypPym
Xfn
KpWnv
shtsd
Bim{KmtImSnsImpw {XnPysImpw lcnm ê Ombbpw
OmbmtImSnbpambnv DmIpw. ]ns Ombm{XnPyIfpsS
hmcaqew sImv ip DmIpw.
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
960
23. ii. Am\b\w

Aw hcpptSs t{XIev]\w ]ns. ChnsS
ZntWmchrntp OmbmtImSntbmfw Fm Ahbhhpw
AIp t\tc sXphSmbnv Hcp hrs Iev]nq.
LSnImafienv kzmtlmcm{Xsa t]mse Ccnsmv. CXp
ZntWmchrnp {Klkv ^ pSambnpancntmv . ]ns
{Klnepw ]qm]ckzkv X nInepw kv ] innsmcp
hrs Iev ] nq. CXn {Klntp ZntWmc
hrtmSp
Acmfw
OmbmtImSn.
{Klnv
]qm]ckzkvXnImcmfw OmbmtImSosS tImSn. CXv Cu1 Iev]n
tImSnhrn\p hymkmamIpXv. Cu tImSnhymkmn
Hcp Pymhv Ombm`pPw. AXv {KltmSp kaafietmSp
Acmfw. CXns tImSn ip. ]ns LSnImafietmSv
{KltmSp Acmfw A]{Iaw. CXns tImSnbmIpXv
OmbmtImSnbpw ZypPybpw Xfnep hmcaqew. CXp
{KltmSp DfietmSp Acmfw Cu tImSn
hrnteXmbnncnpw. ]ns Ombm`pPsb A]{Ia
tImSnsImp KpWnv Xfn tbmKw Xm\cwXm bpnp
Xhw sNbv X v OmbmtImSn{XnPymhmcaqe 2amIp Cu
tImSnhrhymkmw sImp lcnq. êw Cu 3 tImSn
hrnte Aw. ]ns Cu As {XnPysImp KpWnv
tImSnhrhymkmw sImp lcnq. êw kztZimw. ChnsS
{Imymim{KI `nZnpI Fn Cu kwhfpsS tbmKw
Xpeyw Fn Acw thphXv. DfienXnPmcmfneq
{Klw Fnepw tbmKw. ChnsS Ombbpw OmbmtImSnbpw Xfnep
hmcaqew Ombm_mlp. Cs\ iphnt\mSpIqSnbp
{]ivt\mc4 \ment\bpw sNmnbXmbn.
23 1.
2.
3.
4.
B.om. Cu
B.C.D.E.F om. aqe
C. om. Cu
C. {]ivt\mcsf
24. Amw {]iv\w : \Xhpw {Imnbpw
961
24. Amw {]iv\w : \Xhpw {Imnbpw

A\cw \X{ImnIfpsS B\b\{]Imcw. ChnsS
]qm]ckzkvXnIfn Hn \np {KltmSp
AcmfNm]ns Pymhv hymkmambnv Hcp hrs Iev]nq.
AXnte Pymhv Ombm`pPbmIpXv . Cu tImSnhrnte
Ahpw {XnPymhrnte A]{Iahpw Xfn tbmKw
Xm\cw Xm sNbXv Cu Ombm`pPbmIpXv FnXp \tS sNmn1.
Fm tImSnhrnte Ahpw Ombm`pPbpw Xfn
tbmKw Xm\cw Xm sNbvXm {XnPymhrnte
A]{IaapmIpw. ChnsS ew_msf tImSnhrn
emtpIbm tImSnhymkmKpW\hpw {XnPymlcWhpw thWw
ew_mv.
]ns
Cs\bncnp
Cu
ew_msfsmp {ItaW Ombm`pPtbbpw iphnt\bpw
KpWnv tbmKw Xm\cw Xm sNbvXv tImSnhrhymkmw
sImp lcnq. êw CjvSm]{Iaw. ChnsS tImSnhrKpW\hpw
lcWhpw th. tIhew ew_msfsmp {ItaW
Ombm`pPtbbpw iphnt\bpw KpWnv tbmKw Xm\cw Xm sNbvXv.
{XnPysImp lcnêw CjvSm]{Iaw. CXns tImSn CjvSZypPymhv.
CXnt\smp lcnq. OmbmtImSn{XnPyI Xfn KpWnXns
êw \XPymhv.
25. Bdmw {]iv\w : \Xhpw Bim{Kbpw

A\cw \Xmim{KIsf hcppp. AhnsS \tS
Ombm_mlphns\ hcppXv . AXv Am{Kbpw iwIz{Khpw
Xfnte
tbmKw
Xm\cw
Xm\mIpXv.
AhnsS
24 1. F. sNmoXmbn
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
962
]qm]ckzkvXnIhpw BZnXys DZbmkvXab{]tZihpw Xfnse

Acmfw nXnPnteXv Am{KbmIpXv. DZn
{]tZintp kzmtlmcm{Xns Ncnhnp Xhw F{X
sXp \on {Klw CjvSImen FXp1 iz{KamIpXv. CXp
sXtmp \oq2. Fnv CXv \nXyZnWw. ]ns DZKvtKmfn
]qm]ckzkvXnIntp hSp \on DZnpw. Fnv Av
Am{K Dcw, ZnWtKmfn Am{K ZnWw. Fnp
XpeyZnsn3 Am{KmiwIz{KfpsS tbmKw, `nZnnecw.
Fm kaaWvUetmSp {KltmSp AcmfapmIpw. AXp
Ombm`pPbmIpXv. ChnsS Am-{Km-]-{I-a- {XnPym-ew-_-I-sf-tm-sebpw ip-i-z-{K- ew_Imsftmsebpw Ccntm
Nneh. Fnv A]{Ias {XnPysImpw iphns\ Aw sImpw
KpWnv tKmfn\p Xhw tbmKw Xm\cw Xm sNbv X v
ew_Iw sImp lcnêw Ombm`pP. Cu Ombm`pPsb
{XnPysImp KpWnv OmbsImp lcnêw Bim{KbmIpXv.
Ombmim{KmtImSnLmXntp ZypPysImp lcn êw
\XPymhv.
26. Ggmw {]iv\w : Ahpw \Xnbpw

A\cw \Xmsf hcppp. AhnsS \XPymhp
apntetmse 1. ]ns OmbmtImSnZypPyIfpsS hmcaqew
DfietmSp
{KltmSp
Acmfnte
kzmtlmcm{Xnte Pymhv. nXnPntp XpSnbp Cu
Pymhnv D- X - P ym - s hp t]. ]ns nXntPmfiem
cmfnse kzmtlmcm{Xhr`mKPymhnp nXnPPymshp
25 1.
2.
3.
26 1.
B.
B.
F.
B.
NcnhnpamIpXv
C. F. \opp
ZnmIn
apt]mse
26. Ggmw {]iv\w- : -Ahpw \Xnbpw
963
t]. Fm ZnWtKmfn nXnPntv Dfiew

IotgbmIbm nXnPPymhnt\mSp IqSnbncnp DXPymhv
OmbmtImSnZypPymhmcaqew. DctKmfn ]ns
nXnPPymhp t]mbn Ccnp DXPymhv CXv . DXPymhp
ipiwIz{Kp Iambncntmv . nXnPPymhv CXnp
kZriambncntmcp {Xy{in2se `pPbmIpXv3. Fm Zn-WtKm- f - n cp t{XfpsS `pPmItbmKanXv . ]ns
ZnWtKmfn Ombm`pPbmIpXv Am{KmiwIz{KfpsS
tbmKw. Cu Ombm`pPsb nXnPymhp IqSnbncnp DXPymhn
Iqq. Fm cp t{XfpsS `pPmItbmKanXv,
DctKmfn `pPmImcw. CXv OmbmtImSn,
ZypPymhmcaqehpw Ombm`pPbpw Xfn IqnbXmbnncnpw.
ChnsS ip, iz{Kw, DXPymhv Fns\ Hcp {Xy{iw.
A]{Iaw nXnPymhv, Am{K FnXv Hcp {Xy{iw. Cu t{X
cntbpw `pPmZzbntbpw IZzbntbpw tbmKw
ZnWtKmfnepmIpXv , DctKmfn IZzb
ntp `pPmZzbs IfpmIpXv. Cu cp {Xy{ifpw
Xpeykz`mhfmIbm tbmKmc sNbvXmepw Hcp
t{Xnte `pPmItbmKwXm\cwXms\t]mse
Ccnpat{X. kz`mhw sImp iz]{IatbmKw Cu t{Xn\p
tImSnbmbnncnpw. Fm Cu iz]{IatbmKns hs
ZnWtKmfn `pPmItbmKw sImp lcnq. êw Acw.
DctKmfn `pPmImcw sImp lcnq. êw tbmKw.
Cs\ `pPmIfpsS tbmKhpachpapmbm Xfn Iqn
AnXp Iw, Acnv AnXp `pP. ]ns `pPsb
{XnPysImp KpWnv Iw sImv lcn êw Aw,
ew_m{XnPyItfmSp Xpeykz`mh \tSs {Xy{i cpw
FnXv.
26.2. F. {Xn{inse
3. B. C. F. `pPbmbncnsmv
964
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
27. Fmw {]iv\w : A]{Iahpw Bim{Kbpw

A\cw A]{Iamim{Ksf hcppp. AhnsS \X-hr-hpw
nXn- P - h p- a p ]c- a m- - c mfw kztZi\XtImSn. CXp {]amWw.
kztZi\Xhrhpw nXnPhpap Acmfw \XhrntteXv
hr]mZw. CXn\p Pymhymkmw {]amWêw, ip Cm,
\Xhrn {KlnXnPyIfpsS Acmfw Cmêw. Cu
{]amWêpXs
{[pthmXn
CbmIptm
{[phnXnPmcmfw \XhrnteXp DmIpw.
]ns
kztZi\Xhrhpw
\Xhrhpw
Xfnte
kw]mXntv hSp {Klsan Dmnb CmêfpsS
Nm] Xfn Acnq. Fm \Xhrnte
Dc{[ph{KlmcmfapmIpw. Csmnb hrkw]mXntp
sXp {Klsancnn Csmnb CmêPymfpsS Nm]fpsS
tbmKs sNq. AXp ZnW{[ph\pw {Klhpap AcmfNm]w
\XhrnteXv DmIpw. CXns Pymhv ZypPymhv. CXns tImSn
A]{Iaw. Bim{Kw apn sNmnbt]mse.
28. H]Xmw {]iv\w : {Imnbpw Ahpw

A\cw {Imy. {Imnsb ZypPysb apnepmov
Dmnsmq As \tStXnsemcp {]Imcw.
29. ]mw {]iv\w : Bim{Kbpw Ahpw

A\cw
ZnK{Kmsf
hcppp.
AhnsS
ZypPym\XPymfpsSXm OmbmtImSn{XnPyIfpsS Xm
30. CjvS-Zn-IvOmb : {]Im-cm-cw
965
LmXntp OmbsImp lcnêw Bim{KmtImSn. Aw

\tSttmse hcpq. Cs\ ]p {]iv\fptSbpw Dcw
sNmoXmbn.
30. CjvSZnIvOmb : {]Imcmcw

A\cw Cjv S ZnIv O mbbn Xs {]Imcs sNmpp.
AhnsS LSnImafien Cjv S ZnMv a fiekw]mXn
{Klsancnptm ZzmZimwKpeiphns Omb DmIpp. \tS
AhnsS hnjphnep {Klw Fn ZzmZimwKpeiphns
Ombm`pP hnjphmbmXpeyw. {XnPymhrnte Bim{Km
ZzmZimwKpeipmbm hymkmhrn Ombm`pP
bmbnncnpw. AXp hnjphmbmXpeyamIptm Fp tImSn Fv
Bim{KmtImSnbpw hnjphmbbpw Xfn KpWnv Bim{KmsImp
lcnq. êw OmbmtImSn. CXnt\bpw hnjphmbtbbpw hnp
Iqn aqenq. AXv LSnImafienep {Klsancnptmtg
ZzmZimwKpei- pOmb. ]ns Cu Ombsb {XnPymhr
nemnbm CjvSZnMvafiente LSnImcmfapmIpw.
CXv Am\obamIpXv. ChnsS ZntWmchrnte
JayLSnImcmfw Aw. AXn Xs LSnImkzmtlm
cm{Xmcmfw A]{Iaw. Fnv Ahpw Am\obhpw
{]amWhpw {]amWêhpambnncnpw. A]{IaamIp Cbvv
Cmêw LSnImkzmtlmcm{Xhrmcmfw Cjv S ZnKv h r
nteXv DmIpw. CXv A]{Iam\obw. ]ns a[ymmbsb
Dmpt]mse Am]{Iam\obfpsS Nm]tbmKw
Xm\cm sNbvXp Pymhpmnbm AXv CjvSZnIv
mbbmbnncnpw.
966
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
31. Imeehpw DZbehpw

A\cw Imeetbpw DZbetbpw hcppw{]Imcw.
ChnsS {]hlhim ]Snmdpt\mn {ànp cminN{Ins
ayhramIp A]{Iahrw Cjv S Imen ]qm]c
kzkv X nIfn Hntp hSsbpw aXntp sXsbpw
nXnPn kv ] inncnsmv . A]{Iaafiense
nXnPkw]mX{]tZin\p e sapt]. Cu efnepw
Ja[ynepw kv ] innv Hcp hrs Iev ] nq. CXnp
ekaafie sap t]. ]ns Cu ekaafiew
]qm]ckzkvXnIfn \nv F{X \onbncnpp
ZntWmckzkvXnIfn \nv A{X \ontbSv
nXnPnepw Ja[ynepw kv]innSv Hcp hrs
Iev]nq. CXnp ZrIvt]hr sap t]. CXpw
ekaafiehpw t\tc hn]coXZnmbncnpw. Cu cp hrfpw
nXnPhpw Iqop tKmfnse ]Zhn`mKw. ChnsS \Spth
A]{Iahrw. ChnsS ekaafiehpw A]{Iahrhpw
Xfnte ]camcmfw, A]-{I-a-hr--]miz-n-tp hr-]m-Zm-cnXw cmin-IqSw, ZrIvt]hrn Jayntp F{X
XmWp A]{Iahrkw]mXw Cu ZrIvt]hrn A{X
Xs Dbncnpw A]{Iahr]mizamIp cminIqSw,
nXnPntp hr]mZmcnXw Ja[yw Fnv.
]ns
LSnImafientv
A]{Iaafiens
FmbnepaI {]tZiw bmsXmcnSw AhnSnv Ab\msap
t]. Cu LSnIm]{IahrfpsS ]camcmf{]tZis
kv]inp hrw bmsXmv Cu hrn Xs
LSnIm]{IafpsS ]miz \mepw kv]inpw. BIbm
]mizmcmf cpw Cu Ab\mkv]iap hrn
Xs AIsSpw.
31. Ime-e-hpw DZ-b-e-hpw
967
Fm \nctZin ]qhnjphv Jaynsep

Iev]nptm Dcmb\mw ]qkzkvXnIntp
]cam]{Iamcmfw
hSp
\ncnXnPnep,
A]ckzkvXnIntv A{X sXp ZnWmb\mw.
ZnWkzkv X nIntp Ingpw Dckzkv X nIntv
]Snmdpw nXnPn cminIqS cpw. AhnSpp
{]hlhim Dcmb\mw nXnPntv Dbcptm ZnW-cm-in-IqShpw IqSn Dbcpw. A-ta ZntWmchr{]m]vXnbpw
]Snmdp nXnP{]m]vXnbpw cnpw Hpw. 1 Cuhw
ZnWmb\mn\pw DccminIqSn\pw XpeyImen
DZbmkvXab. Fnv Ab\mtmXnp Xhw
cminIqtSmXn.
Fm
Ab\mtmXPymhpXs
cminIqtSmXPymhmIpXv.
]ns cminIqSn\p ip hcptWw. AXp nXnPntp
cminIqtSmXnbmIpXv. AhnsS cminIqSw {[phtv
Aym]{Iatmfw
AIncnbm
Aym]{Iaw
cminIqSkzmtlmcm{XamIpXv. Fnv Ab\mtmXPymhns\
]cam]{IawsImp KpWnv {XnPysImp lcnq. CXpXs
\nctZiv cminIqSip. kmtZin ]ns CXnp
NcnhpmIbm ew_Iw sImp KpWnv {XnPysImv lcnv ]ns
Cu ên, ]ns nXntPmfiemcmfnse
ip`mKs
IqtWw.
DccminIqSip`mKn,
ZnWcminIqSiphntp IftbWw. CXp cminIqSiphmIpXv.
ChnsS cminIqSnepw Jaynepw kv ] innv Hcp
hrs Iev]nq. AsXtm ZrIvt]hramIpXv. CXn
cminIqSipthmfw XmWncnpw Jayntp A]{Iakw]mXw.
AXp
ZrIvt]amIpXv.
Fnp
cminIqSipXs
ZrIvt]amIpXv Fp hp. ChnsS ]qm]ckzkvXnIntv
31 1. C. F. Hsms
968
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
D- fi - e - n- se {[ph- - t emfw sNp- t m nXntPm

fiemcmfiphmIpXv Aw, cminIqSkzmtlmcm{Xtmfw
sNptmtf AyZypPymhnv GXv Fv ChnSps
nXntPmfiemcmfnte ipJfiapmIpw.
]ns {Xncmiyq\Imee`pPmPymhv ChnsS Dfientp
cminIqtSmXPymhmIpXv.
CXns\
]ns
Xs
kzmtlmcm{Xnemn Ahimep Ncnhns\ ew_n\p
Xhw Ifm cminIqSiphpmIpw. tKmfmZnbmbncnp
Imeew {Xncmiyq\amIptm Ab\mZnbmbnp hcpw. Fm
ImeetImSnp
Pymhp
sImptI
thq.
Cuhapmnbncnp
ZrIvt]Pymhns
tImSn
nXnPm]{IaafiefpsS ]camcmfamIpXv. CXns\
{]amWsapw, {XntPy {]amWêsapw Iev ] nq. ]ns
A]{IaaWvUen
{Klancnp
{]tZintp
nXnPsa{XbIeapv FXv {Klns XevmeiphmIpXv.
AXv CmcminbmIpXv. {KltmSv nXnPtmSp
Acmfnte A]{Iahr`mKw Cmêw. CXns\ Nm]np
{Kln
IqpIXm
IfbpIXm
sNbvXm
{Imnhrnte hnjphntp nXnPkw]mXntv 2
A{Xtmfap `mKapmIpw. AXp {]XyIv I ]mense
AkvXew, {]mIvI]mensen DZbew.
ChnsS
iphns\
hcppw
{]Imcw
]ns.
Xevmekzmtlmcm{Xhrn ZntWmchrhpw
{Klhpap Acmfw \XamIpXv.
ChnsS Fm
kzmtlmcm{Xhrhpw
Hcp
Atlmcm{XImew
sImv
A\p{ànpIqSpw.
Atlmcm{Xn
{]mW
N{IIemXpeykwJyI. Fnv Fm kzmtlmcm{Xhrtfbpw
Iemhbhfmbnp
{]mWfmbnp
Iev]nptm
31.2. B. D. nXnPkw]mXtmfap
31. Ime-e-hpw DZ-b-e-hpw
969
N{IIemXpeyambnp hn`Pnpp. Fnv \X{]mWfmIpXp

kzmtlmcm{X`mKat{X. BIbm \X`mKns D{IaPymhns\
If Pymhv Dfie{KlfpsS Acmf`mKnte 3
kzmtlmcm{Xhr`mKPymhv. CXn NcPymhns\ kwkvIcnm AXv
nXnPntp
DXPymhv.
CXns\
{XnPymhrnemphm\mbnsmv
ZypPysbsmv
Ahimep Ncnhp Ifhm\mbnsmp ew_ssmp KpWnv
{XnPymhssmp lcnq. êw kzmtlmcm{Xhrn
{Klancnp {]tZitmSp nXnPtmSp Acmfw
CjvSZnMvafienteXv DmIpw. CXv iphmIpXv.
kzmtlmcm{Xhrn BZnXy \nevp {]tZiw
A]{IahrtmSp kv]inncnpw Fnv A]{ItajvS{]tZihpw
nXnPhpap AcmfamIpXv Cu ipXs. Fnv Cu ip
CbmIpp. {KlnXnPmcmfnte A]{Iahr
`mKPymhnbmIptSv cm{Xnbnepw Cs\ hcpnb ip
A]{ItajvS{]tZihpw nXnPhpap Acmfambnncnpw Fnv
ip cm{Xnbnepw Cmcminbmbnncnpw. AhnsS cm{Xn{]amWmhpw
cm{Xnbnse KssXjy`mKfmsempw XfnecnXv
\X{]mW\mIpXv At[m`mKnse ZntWmchrhpw
{Klhpw Xfnep Acmfnte kzmtlmcm{Xhr`mKw
Fnv. CXnv D{IaPymhpmn {XnPymhntp Ifm
{Ktlmfiemcmfnte kzmtlmcm{X`mKPymhv DmIpw.
AhnsS nXnP{Klmcmfamhm\mbnsmv Ncs Dc
tKmfn Ifhq ZnWtKmfn Iqq. ]ns apntetmse
iphns\ hcpq. B iphns\ {XnPysImp KpWnp
ZrIv t ]tImSnsImp lcnq. êw {Imnhrnte
nXnP{KlmcmfPymhv. CXns Nm]s {]mIvI]men
{Kln Iqq, At[mapJipshn {Klntp Ifhq. AXv
31.3. B. Acmfnte
970
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
DZbe amIpXv . {]Xy]men CXns\ {Kln

AkvXe apmIpw.
hn]coXambnp
kwkvIcnm
DZbmkv X abfpsS a[yew ZrIv t ]eamIpXv . AXp
ZrIvt]hrm]{Iaafiekw]mXnembncnpw.
32. a[yew
]ns ay-e--am-Ip-Xv Zn-tWm--c-hr-m1]{I-a-a-fi-e-kw]m-Xw. CXv apnte ]-Z-i-{]-iv\-\ymbw sImp-m-Ipw. ]ns a[yIm-e-am-Ip-Xv2 Zn-tWm--c3hpw LSn-Im-a-fi-ehpw X-fn-ep
kw]mXw. CXp a[y-e--\ymbw sImp hcpw.
ImeeamIpXp a[yImen 4 aqp cmin IqSnbXv. AXp
]qkzkvXnIhpw LSnImafiehpw Xfnep kw]mX{]tZiw.
CXns\ Dmpw {]Imcw ]ns. kmb\m \tSt ]Zneq
Fn CXns `pPm{]mWsf apn sNmnbt]mse Dmq.
ChnsS BZnXy \nevpnSv A]{Iaafienepw
{[phZzbnepw5 kv]innv Hcp XnKvhrs Iev]nq. CXp
LSnImhrns bmsXmcp {]tZin kv ] inpq
AhnSs LSnImafiente hnjphtmSp Acmfw
`pPm{]mWfmIpXv. ChnsS BZnXy nXnPneq Fp
Iev]nptm
LSnImXnKvhrfpsS
kw]mXw
]qkzkvXnIntv Hp Iogv, Acmfw CjvSNctmSp Xpeyw.
Fnv `pPm{]mWfn \nv CjvSNcs Ifm
]qkzkvXnIntp
hnjphtmSp
Acmfw
LSnImafienteXv DmIpw. CXp kmb\m {]Ya]Z
amIptmtf ImeeamIpXv.
32.1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
D. om. hr
H. ayZntWm
D. ZntWmchrhpw
D. ayen
F. {[phnepw
32. a[yew
971
]ns ZznXob]Znse BZnXy\pZnptmtgbvv6 BZnXys

`pPm{]mWsf Dmq. apntetmse XnKv h rtbpw
Iev]nq. AhntSp apn sNmnbt]mse Cu XnKvhrtmSv
DchnjphtmSp Acmfw `pPm{]mWfmIpXv. ChnsS
`pPm{]mW nXnPntp Iogpw, XoKvhrkw]mXw
]qkzkvXnIntp Iogpw BIbm Ncw Iqnb
`pPm{]mWsf
Bdp
cminbntp
Ifhq.
tijw
]qkzkvXnItmSp ]qhnjphtmSp Acmfw
LSnImafienteXv DmIpw. AXv BZntXymZbnse
ImeeamIpXv.
aqmw ]Znse BZntXymZbw ]ns ]qkzkvXnIntp
sXs. AhnsS Dfientp B nXnPw aotX BIbm,
AhnsS Iev]n XnKvhrw ]qkzkvXnIn\p aosX. BIbm
AhnsS kzkvXnItmfw sNphm `pPm{]mWfn
Nc{]mWsf IqtWw. AXv DchnjphZmZnbmbpXv. BIbm
CXn Bdpcminbpw IqtWw. CXp ImeeamIpXv.
]ns \memw ]Znepw cmw ]Zntetmse `pP
GjyamIbm `pPm{]mW nXnPntv At[m`mKnev.
XnKvhrw ]qkzkvXnIntp aotX. BIbm
nXnPmh[nbmhm `pPm{]mWfn \np Nc{]mWsf
IftbWw. CXns\ ]{p cminbntp IftbWw, GjyamIbm.
CXp ImeeamIpXv BZntXymZbntev. Cuhw ]{p
cmiynse Imeetbpapmn aotXntp IotgXp
IotgXp Ifp, Ac {ItaWbp cmin{]amWfmIpXv.
ChnsS A]{Iaafien ]qhnjphntp XpSn
kaambnv ]{mbn hn`Pnbvq. CXv ]{p cminIfmIpXv.
AhnsS {]hlhim Hcp cmiosS BZn, CXv nXnPn
kv ] inptm B cmin XpSpp, HSpw nXnPs
32. 6. B. BZnXy \nptmtgbvv
972
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
kv]inptm B cmin Ignbpp. Cu AcImen D

{]mW cmin{]mWfmIpXv. Cs\ {]kwKm cmintbbpw
cmin{]amWtbpw sNmoXmbn.
33. a[yem\b\w
Cs\ BZntXymZbnse Imeesbpmn, AXn
]ns IgnImetbpw {]mW\mbn Iqq. AXv CjvSImense
Imeew. CXntp aqpcmin Ifm LSnImZntWmc
kw]mX{]tZiw hcpw. CXp a[yImeamIpXv.
]ns
CXns
tImSnbmIpXp
hnjphtmSp
]qm]ckzkvXnItmSp Acmfnte LSnImafie`mKw.
]ns Cu tImSnv A]{IaPymhns\ Dmq. AXp
]qm]ckzkvXnIfn kv]inncnp cminIqShrnse
LSnIm]{Iamcmfw. ]ns CXnp tImSnPymhnt\bpw
ZypPymhnt\bpapmn `pPm{]mWsf Dmq. AXv Csmnb
cminIqSm]{Iakw]mXntp
hnjphtmSv
CS
A]{Iahr`mKw. CXns tImSnbmIpXp ]ns hnjphtmSp
ZntWmchrnte AcmftmSv D Acmfnte
A]{Iahr`mKw, CXp a[y`pPbmIpXv. ]ns tijw
]Zntp Xhw Imeen sNmnbt]mse. ChnsS
LSnImafiettmse A]{Iaafietbpw A]{Ia
afiettmse LSnImafietbpw Iev ] npp Ft
hntijapq. Cs\ a[yem\b\{]Imcw.
34. ZrIvt-]-Pym-tIm-Sym-\-b\w
973
34. ZrIvt]PymtImSym\b\w
A\cw DZbehpw a[yehpw IqSn ZrIvt]Pymhns\
hcppw {]Imcs sNmpp. AhnsS A]{Iaafietbpw
ZrIvt]afietbpw1 apn sNmnbhw Iev]nq. ]ns
ZntWmchrnp 2 Ingtpdv nXnPtmSp 3
kv ] inp A]{Iaafie{]tZin\v DZbesap t].
]Snmsd ]pdp kv]inp {]tZin\p AkvXesap
t]. ZntWmchrs 4 kv]inp {]tZin\p
ayesap t]. Chs Adnbpw{]Imcw apn sNmnbhw.
]ns ]qm]ckzkvXnIfn \nv F{X AIev
Ab\m 6 cmfw
nXnPkv]iw
A]{Iahrn\v 5
DZbPymhmIpXv. DZbes BZnXys\p Iev]nv Amt{K
Dmpw t]mse DZbPymhpmtq. ]ns Ja[yntv F{X
AIev ZntWmchrs kv]inpq A]{Iahrw,
B Acmfw a[yPymhmIpXv. a[yes BZnXys\p Iev]np
Amt{K7 Dmpwt]mse a[ymmbsb Dmtq.
]ns kaafiehpw ZrIvt]kaafiehpw Xfn
Ja[yn tbmKw, nXnPn ]camcmfw. Cu ]camcmfw
DZbPymhmIpXv.
]ns
ZrIvt]kaafienp
hn]coXambncnsmv
ZrIvt]hrw.
BIbm
ZrIvt]hrhpw ZntWmchrhpw
Xfnep
]camcmfhpw nXnPn DZbPymhnt\mSp Xpeyambncntmv.
CuhancnpnSp
ayaPymhp
ZnWm{Ksbn,
ZnWkzkv X nIn A{K- a m- b n- n- c n- p ZntWmc
34.1
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
B. adds ZrIvt]kaafietbpw
B. F. hrntp
B. IvjnXnPs
D. ZntWmc{]tZihrs
D. A]{Iaafien\v
F. om. Ab\m
A. aymmb hcppt]mese CXns\ Dmtq
974
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
hrs Iambn {]amWambn Iev]nq 8 . ayPymhv

Dcm{Ksbn,
DckzkvXnIne{Kambncnp
hymkms Cuhw Iev]nq. ]ns Cu kzkvXnIntp
ZrIvt]hrmcmfw
nXnPnteXv
DZbPym
9
Xpeyambncnp {]amWêw. a[yaPymhv C. a[yPm{Kntp
ZrIvt]hrmcmfw A]{Iahr`mKw Cmêw. CXnv `pP
Fp t]. CXp a[yeZrIvt] emcmfnse
A]{Iaafie`mKPymhv. CXns hs {XnPymhntp
Ifp aqenXv , CXns tImSn. CXp ZntWmchrhpw
nXnPhpap Acmfnse A]{Iaafie`mKPymhv. ]ns
Cu Dmnb `ptPsS hs a[yPymhntp Ifp
aqenXv a[yentp ZrIvt]kaafiemcmfw. CXn\v
{]amWêsapw t]. apn sNmnb tImSnsb {]amWsapw
Iev]nq.
]ns
ZrIvt]ene{Kambncnp
A]{Iaafiehymkms Csbpw Iev]nv, ss{XcminIw
sImp hcp Cmêw ZrIvt]Pymhv. CXv A]{Iaafiehpw
ZrIvt]afiehpw
Xfnep
]camcmfamIbm,
Cmêambnp hcpp.
]ns ChnsS sNmnb {]amWss {]amWsap Iev]nv,
a[yenXnPmcmfw ZntWmchrnte Pymhv .
a[yaPymtImSnsb {]amWêsav Iev]nv, {XnPysb Cbmbpw
Iev]nv, DmIp Cmêw A]{IanXnPfpsS ]camcmfw.
ZrIv t ]enXnPmcmfw ZrIv t ]hrnte Pymhv .
CXnp
ZrIvt]ipshp
t].
]cipshpw
ZrIvt]tImSnsbpw IqSn t]. Cs\ ZrIvt]PymtImSnIsf
hcppw {]Imcw.
35.8. B, C,F ZntWmchrhymkmne{Kambncnpw

9. F CcnpXv
35. \Xn-ew-_-\-en-]vXm-\-b\w
975
35. \Xnew_\en]vXm\b\w
A\cw \Xnew_\en]vXIsf hcppw {]Imcs sNmpp,
N{mbm{KlWmZyp]tbmKnmbnsmv. ChnsS `tKmfa[yw
tI{ambnp ZrMv a fiente Ombtbm F{X Gdpw
ZrMv a yw tI{ambncnp ZrMv a fiente Omb FXp
ew_\amIpXv. CXns\ Ombm{]IcWn sNmoXmbn. ]ns
Cu ew_\w Iambnncntm Nneh, ChnsS sNmphm\ncnp
\Xnew_\. CXn\mbnsmp ZrIvt]m]{IaZrMvafie
aqnt\bpw apn sNmnbt]mse Iev ] nq. ]ns cp
cminIqSfnepw {Klnepw kv ] inncntmcp cminIqS
hrtbpw Iev]nq. CuhamIptm {Klkv]rjvScminIqSw,
ZrMvafiew, A]{Iaafiew Fnh aqntbpw kw]mXneq
{Klw.
]ns Cu aqp hrtfbpw ew_nbmsXbpw {Kls
ew_nnpw Iev]nq. ZrMvafieamqsS Iogvt]mp
XmWncnpamdp {Klw ew_npp. ChnsS ew_nX{Klhpw
hrfpsS
kw]mXhpw
Xfnep
Acmfw
ZrMvafienteXv Ombmew_\amIpXv. ]ns Cu
ew_nX{Klntv A]{Iahrns Acmfw \XnbmIpXv.
Cu ew_nX{Klntp Xs {Klkv]rjvScminIqShrmcmfw
ChntSbvp ew_amIpXv. Cu \Xnew_\ `pPmtImSnI.
Ombmew_\w Iambncnpw.
36. Ombmew_\w
ChnsS Ombmew_\s hcppw{]Imcw. apn sNmnbhw
IemflIambnncnp Zrs hcpov DmpInepamw.
976
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
Zrw tbmP\mflIambnv Dmop hcppInepamw. AXns

{]Imcs sNmpp1.
ChnsS N{mmcpsS aIamIp `tKmfa[ytmSp
{KltmSp Acmfw, Ch-ns Xs ZznXobkv^pS-I-am-Ip- X v , L\- ` q- a - y- n- t p {Kl- t m- S p A- c m- f w. ChnsS
Nt{mhpw BZnXy\pw Xfnep AIen\p Xhw
`tKmfa[yhpw L\`qa[yhpw XfneIepw. Fnv Bbcmfs
D\oNhrhymkmambnp
Iev]np.
]ns
BZnXy_nw_L\a[ytmSv `qmbma[ytmSv \Spthbp kq{Xw
bmsXmv AXnt L\`qa[yhpw, `tKmfa[yhpaIepp. Fnv
B 2 kq{Xw D\oNkq{XamIpXv . Cu D\oNkq{Xn
BZnXy\p kZm nXnbmIbm `tKmfa[yw tI{ambncnp
hrnepw 3, L\`qa[yw tI{ambncnp hrnepw
kv^pSIe4sat{X It`Zapq BZnXy\v. N{\p ]ns Cu
D\oNkq{Xntp \oapv. AXv BZnXytp
\oambnncnpw. BIbm {]Xn]ZmZnbmbn CjvSIemh[n5 D
XnYnI Dtm\{Klambncnp tI{amIpXv . BIbm
`tKmfa[ytmSp L\`qa[ytmSp Acmfambncnp
D\oNhymkmssmpw Cjv S XnYnIfpsS 6 `pPmtImSn
Pymtfsmpw IqSn `pPmtImSnêsf Dmn, Chtbpw
aItbpw IqSn ZznXobkv ^ pSIs tbmP\mflI
ambnpXm IemflIambnpXm Dmq.
]ns Cu
Itsmp `pPmês kwkv I cnv B `pPmês
N{\nepw kwkv I cnq. Fm L\`qa[yw tI{ambncnp
hrnse N{kv^pSapmIpw. Cns\ io{Lkv^pS\ymtb\
ZznXobkv^pSw. ChnsS D\oNhymkmw \m\mcq]ambncntmv,
36.1
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
B. XXv{]Imcw
F. om. B
C. a[ytI{hambncnsmv
F. Ime
F. Imemh[n
B. XnYnbpsS
36. Ombm-ew-_\w
977
AXns \nbaw. ChnsS `qmbmmcn IqSnbp D\oNkq{Xw

bmsXmv AXnp hn]coXambnp `tKmfa[yn IqSn Hcp
kq{Xs Iev ] nq. Cu kq{Xntv BZnXy\p]pdp
Nt{msan Apdp \opw `qa[yntp `tKmfa[yw.
Atm BZnXy Dm\w.
]ns Cu Iev]n XnIvkq{Xntp `qmbbp]pdp
Nt{msancnn `qmbsb t\mn \opw L\`qa[yntp
`tKmfa[yw. Atm `qmbbn Dm\amIbm
Cqtm\mtImSnp Xhw D\oNhymkmns
hrn{lmk. ChntSbpw ]ns Cqtm\mtImSnpw
Atm\N{s tImSnpw cn\pw IqSn arKIymZnI Ht
Fn Atm\N{s tImSnêw aIn [\w,
Asn EWw Fp \nbXw Fp hcpw. hnt]aptm
hnt]ns tImSnbn kwkvIcntp Cu tImSnêw. bmsXmcp
{]Imcw akv^pSntv Dmnb hnt]s hnv, CXns\
{]XnafieIem{]anXsan aIhntv, aIhr
Iem{]anXsan aIhrhymkmambncnp {XnPybpsS
hntp Ifp aqenv hnt]tImSnbn CXn\p
kZriambncnp am\w sImp tImSnês kwkvIcnpq.
A{]ImcanhntSbpw N{s {]Yakv ^ pSntv Dmnb
hnt]s hnv CXns\ {]YaIhntp Xm
{XnPymhntp Xm Ifp aqenv hnt]tImSnbn
ZznXobkv^pStImSnês kwkvIcnq. ChnsS ZznXob
kv^pSnte AyêamIpXv Cqtm\mtImSnPymhns
Aw. CXp tbmP\mflIambnncntmv. BIbm CXnt\smv
Atm\N{s `pPmtImSnPymsf KpWnv {XnPysImp
lcnpmIp ZznXobkv^pSns `pPmtImSnêfpw
tbmP\mflIfmbnncntm Nneh7. BIbm hnt]tImSntbbpw
tbmP\mflIambn AXn tImSnêw kwkvIcntWw. ]ns
36.7. B. F. Ccntv
978
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
CXns hn `pPmêhtbpw Iqn aqenq. Fm

N{_nw_L\`qa[ytmSv CSbnse tbmP\I DmIpw. ]ns
`pPmês {XnPysImp KpWnv Cu Iw sImp lcnXns\
N{kv^pSn kwkvIcnq. kwkvImc{]Imcw ]ns.
Cqtm\mtImSn aIcmZnsbn ]q]n N{tp
`pPmêw Ifhq. A]c]n Iqq. ]ns IymZnbn
]q]n Iqq, A]c]n Ifhq. ]ns a[yKXnsb
]n KpWnv {XnPysImp KpWnv Cu ZznXobkv^pSIw
sImp
lcnq.
êw
ZznXobkv^pSKXn.
Cs\
ZznXobkv^pS{]Imcw. CXnt\smv L\`qa[yn tI{ambn
N{_nw_L\a[yn t\anbmbncnp hrnse
N{kv ^ pSapmIpw. ]ns CXntp `q]rjv T nencnp
{ZjvSmhn tI{ambncnp hrnse kv^pSapmIpw.
\Xew_\kwkvImcw sImv AXns {]Imcs sNmpp. ChnsS
Ombbn sNmnb ew_\\ymbnv Ipdsmt
hntijapq.
OmbmamqsS
ew_np
{Klw
A]{Iaafiem\pkmtcW F{X \on Fpw. {Klkv]rjvScmin
IqShrm\pkmtcW
F{X
\onsbpw.
Cs\
Ombmew_\ssmp cp ]Ipnp \ncq]npp. AhnsS
\tStXn\p ew_sap t]. AXp kv^pSmcambnncnpw.
]ntXnp \Xnsbp t]. AXp hnt]ambnncnpw.
ChnsS {]hl{àWhim bmsXmcn A]{Iaafiens
Hcp
{]tZiw
Ja- ys
kv]inpq
Atcp
hnt]anmsXbncnp {Klw A]{Iaafien Xs
Ccnpw. Atcv A]{Iaafiew Xs ZrMvafieamIpXv.
Fnv Ombmew_\amIpXv A]{IaafieamqsS nXnPw
t\mn ASp Fp tXmpXv. ]ns ZrIvt]afien
{Klancnpp Fnv Atcs Ombmew_\sams
kv^pSmcambnncnpw. bmsXmcn ]ns ZrIvt]afien
{Klancnpp.
Atcv
{Klkv]rjvScminIqShpw
36. Ombm-ew-_\w
979
ZrMv a fiehpsamtbmIbm ZrMv a fieamtW ew_np

Ombmew_\w A]{Iaafiehn]coXambnncnpw. Fnp
Ombmew_\sams hnt]ambnncnpw, kv^pSmcsampan8.
bmsXmcn ]ns {Klkv]rjvScminIqShpw A]{Iaafiehpw
ZrMvafiehpw aqpw aqmbnncnpq, Atcp aqntbpw
kw]mXntp ZrMvafieamtW 9ew_np {Klw B {Kl
kv]rjvS 10 cminIqShrambncnpXntpw
A]{Ia
11
hrntpw AIepw. AhnsS cminIqShrntp
AIew kv^pSmcw12, A]{Iaafientp AIew hnt]w.
\tS hnt]apmnbnncnn hnt]mcambnncnpanXv.
AhnsS cminIqSm]{Iatfsmp ]Zhn`mKw. CXn henb
hrambnp ZrMv a fietbpw Iev ] nv , ZrMv a fiente
Jay{Klmcmfambncnp Ombsb hr{Xbkw]mXn
aqehpw Ja[yne{Khpambn Iev]nv B Ombm{Kn \npw
F{X AIeapv A]{Iaafiehpw {Klkv ] rjv S cmin 13 IqS
hrhpsadnhq.
AhnsS Ja[yntv A]{IahrmcmfamIpXp
ZrIvt]Pymhv. ]ns ZrIvt]hrhpw {Klkv]rjvScminIqS
hrhpw Xfnep tbmKw cminIqSfn ]camcmfw.
A]{Iaafien
Cu
]camcmfamIpXp
ZrIv t ]e{Klmcmfw. CXv ChnsS {]amWêamIpXv .
cminIqShrtmSp ZrIvt]etmSp Acmfw
ZrIvt]`mKnte {XnPymhp {]amWamIpXv. Cu
ZrIvt]hrn
Xs
Ja[ycminIqSmcmfw
ZrIv t ]tImSnbmIpXv . AXv CbmIpXv . Ja[yntv
36.8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
kv^pSmcmfsampan
F. adds Kanp
H. kv]pjvS
C. F. A]{Iaafiehr
B. C. kv]pSmcmfw
H. {Klkv^pS
980
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
{Klkv]rjvScminIqS 14 hrmcmfw Cmêw. CXnp

ZrXnPymshp t]. Cu ZrIv t ]ZrXnI Ombbv p
`pPmtImSnIfmbncntm Nneh, OmbmIambnncnpw. Cuhw
hr{Xbkw]mXntp atpdv ZrMv a fie`mKnte
Ombmew_\mwiambncnp Inv `pPmtImSnIfmbnncnpw
hnt]kv^pSmc. ChnsS Ombm {]amWw, ZrIvt]ZrXnI
{]amWê, Ombmew_\anm, \Xnew_\ Cmê
FmInepamw.
]ns ZrIv t ]ZrXnItfsmpXs \Xnew_\sf
hcppInepamw. AhnsS Ombm {XnPymXpeybmIptm
`qhymkmtmfw Ombmew_\w, Cjv S mbbm 15 F{X.
Ft]mse. ZrIv t ]ZrXnI {XnPymXpeyfmIptm
`qhymkmen]vXmXpey
\Xnew_,
Cu
CjvSZrIvt]ZrXnIv F{X \Xnew_\ FmInepamw.
Fm ZrIvt]ZrXnIsf `qhymkmtbmP\ssmp
KpWnv ZrtbmP\w sImp lcnq. AhnsS {XnPysImp
KpWnbpw lcnbpw Dt]npIfhq16, êt`ZanmbvIbm.
ChnsS ZrIv t ]entp Ingp {Klsan Ingtmp
XmgpIbm `qa[ykv^pStm `q]r- j vTkv^pStadpw
ZrIvt]entv17, ]Snmdp {Klsan Ipdbpw. ]ns
hnt]w ZnWsan sXtmp XmgpIbm ChnsS \Xn ZnWw,
adnv Fn Dcw. Fsmw bpnknw. Cs\
\Xnew_\fpsS {]Imcw.
36. 14.
15.
16.
17.
D. om. {Klkv]rjvScmin
D,F, CjvSOmbbvv F{X
B. Dt]nmw
B. adds amdn
37. Zrm-\-b-\-{]-Imcw
981
37. Zrm\b\{]Imcw
A\cw N{p hnt]aptm Zrw hcpphm\mbn
smp Ombmipsf hcpptSp hntijs sNmpp.
ChnsS ZrIvt]ZrXnPymsf hnp Iqn aqenXv,
Ombmhnt]anmtm OmbbpsS tImSniphmIpXv
Fmbvtmgpw Fv \n-bXw. Cs\ Ombmipsf Dmn
`qhymkmtbmP\w sImp KpWnv {XnPysImp lcn ê
Zrw hcpptStp `pPmtImSnê, tbmP\mflI
Xm\pw. ]ns tImSnês ZznXobkv^pStbmP\Intp
If tijns htbpw `pPmêhtbpw Iqn aqenq.
AXp ZrtbmP\amIpXv.
38. hnn]vXN{s Ombmip

]ns hnt]aptm N{s Ombmipsf hcppw
{]Imcw. ChnsS A]{Iaafientp hnn]v X {Klns
CjvShnt]tmfw AInv Hcp hrs Iev]nq.
A]{IaafietI{ntv CjvShnt]tmfw AIncnpw
tI{hpw. bmsXmcp{]Imcw LSnImafienv kzmtlmcm{Xw,
AancnpanXv. CXn\v hnt]tImSnhrsapt]. CXn
{Klkv]rjvScminIqShrw kv]inptSncnpw {Klw. ChnsS
\sS DZbmkv X efmIp A]{IanXnPkw]mXfnepw
Ja[ynepw
kv]inncnp
ekaafiew,
ZrIv t ]afiew, nXnPw Fnh aqp hrsfsmp
tKmfhn`mKw
Iev]nv
AhnsS
henb
hrambnv
1
A]{Iaafietbpw Iev]n- q. B A]{Iaafienv
ekaafietmSp ]camcmfw ZrIvt]PymhmIpXv. nXn
38.1. H. afietbpw
982
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
Pm]{IafpsS ]camcmfw ZrIvt]tImSn. CXp {]amWêw.

{XnPymhp {]amWw. nXnPm]{IatbmKntp {KltmSp
Acmfw A]{IaafienteXv C. {Klntp
nXnPmcmfw Cmêw. CXp hnn]vX{Klns
iphmIpXv . ZrIv t ]ZrXnPymhKv K sf Iqn aqenXv
OmbbmIpXv.
]ns
hnt]tImSnhrnse
{Klns
ipmbIp hntijw. ChnsS ekaafiehpw
A]{Iaafiehpap
]camcmfsammbnncnp
Ja[yZrIvt]emcmfZrIvt]hr`mKw ZrIvt]amIpXv.
]ns ZrIv t ]entp hnt]tImSnhrmcmfw
ZrIv t ]hrnteXv hnt]w. hnt]Zrt]fpsS
tbmKwXm\cw
Xm
sNbvX
Ja[yntp
hnt]tImSnhrns Acmfw ZrIvt]hrnteXv.
CXnp \Xnsbp t]. CXns tImSn hnt]tImSn.
hrnXnPfpsS ]camcmfw ZrIvt]hr`mKw. CXnp
]cipshp t]. ChnsS bmsXmcp {]Imcw Am]{IafpsS
tbmKmctfsmpw ew_Im]{IafpsS tbmKmcsf
smpw Acmfsfsmpw ZntWmchrnte
aymmbmip Dmpq, Ahw ZrIvt]hrn
ZrIv t ]hnt]tbmKmctfsmpw ZrIv t ]tImSn
hnt]fpsS tbmKmctfsmpw \Xnbpw ]ciphpw hcpw.
ChnsS e{KlmcPymhv Cbmn Iev]nncpXns\
{]amWamIp {XnPybntp Ifhq. tijs Cbmn Iev]nmw.
Atm {]amtWIfpsS êmcw CmêambnpmIpw.
2
ChnsS {Klkv ] rjv S cminIqShrhpw ZrIv t ]hrhpw

Xfnep Acmfnte A]{Iaafie`mKns3 ict
38. 2. B,H. Xfnecmfnse

3. B. A]{Iahr`mKns
38. hnn]vX N{s Ombm-i-p-
983
\tS hcppXv. ]ns Cu ics hnt]tImSnsImp KpWnv

{XnPysImp lcnm êw {Klkv ] rjv S cminIqShrhpw
ZrIvt]hrhpw Xfnep Acmfnse hnt]tImSn
hrnte icambnp hcpw. ]ns hnt]tImSnhrnte
ics ZrIv t ]tImSnsImp KpWnp {XnPysImp lcn
ês ]ciphntp Ifhq. tijw hnt]tImSnhrn
\nev p {Klns Cjv S ip. ChnsS ]ciphnt\smp
KpWnn {XnPysImp lcn tbmKya. nXntPmfiemcmf
kwkvIrXambnncnp hnt]tImSnsbsmp lcn
tbmKyamIpXv . bmsXmcp {]Imcw kzmtlmcm{Xhrnte
DXPymhnt\m
\XPymhns
ictm
ew_Issmp KpWnp {XnPysImp lcn êw
CjvSipXm aymtjvSiwIzcw Xm Bbnp hcpp. ChnsS
a[ymiphnt\smp KpWnn {XnPysIm lcntp.
nXnPnp aot kzmtlmcm{X`mKambn kzmtlmcm{X
hymkmn nXnPym kwkv I cnncnpXns\smp
lcntp, AanhnsS ew_Im\obambncnpXv
ZrIvt]tImSn, a[ymipm\obamIpXp ]cip.
ChnsS LSnImafiens Ncnhpt]mse kzmtlmcm{XfpsS
Ncnhv, A]{Iahrns5 Ncnhpt]mse hnt]tImSnhrns
sNcnhv6. Fnp Xpeykz`mhfmIbm \ymbkmayapv. Cs\
ip hcpw.
A\cw
Ombm.
AhnsS
hnt]ZrIvt]tbmKw
Xm\cwXm\mIpXp bmsXmv AXp hnt]tImSn
hrnp e-k-a-a-fi-e-tm-Sp A-cm-fw, ZrIvt-]-hr-n-teXv. CXnv \Xn sbp t]cm-Ip-p.
38. 4. H. lcnb, tbmKyamIpXv

5. C. A]{Iafiens
6. B. sbpw Ncnhv
984
XI. Ombm-{]-I-cWw
]ns {Kl-tm-Sp ZrIvt-]-hr-tm-Sp7 A-cmfw hnt]-tImSn hr--n-teXv bmsXmv CXns Pym_mWsf Dmq.
ZrIv t ]eN{mcPym_mWsf hnt]tImSnsbsmv
KpWnv {XnPysImp lcn êfh 8 . CXn _mWs
apnepmn ]ns Cu _mWs ZrIvt]Pymhns\smp
KpWnv {XnPysImp lcnq. êw _mWaqentp
_mWm{Knv F{X Ncnhpv FXmbnp hcpw. CXns\
ZnKv t `Zkmayn\p Xhw apn sNmnb \Xnbntp
IqpIXm IfIXm sNq. AXp _mWaqentp
Ja[ytmSp
AcmfapmIpw.
ChnsS
sNmnb
`pPmaqentmInepamw. Cu \ymbw sImp Xs
`pPm{Knte {Klntp ekaafietmSp Acmfw
BIpXv CXpXs Fphcpw. CXnp _mlp Fpt]. ]ns
CXns\bpw apnsNmnb `pPtbbpw hnp Iqn aqenq. Fm
Omb DmIpw. Cs\ ipmbIsf hcppw{]Imcw.
CXnsemns\ \tS Capmn {XnPymhmcaqew sImv
atXnt\bpapmmw.
[KWn-Xb
- pn`mj-bn
Ombm-{]-Ic
- Ww F
]Xns\m-ma-ymbw kam]vXw]
38. 7. F. adds. hnt]tmSp

8. F. fnh
985
Aymbw ]{v
{KlWw
1. {Kmly_nw_hpw {KlWImehpw
Cs\ N{s ipmbIsf Dmn, Chtsmv
ZrtbmP\apmn, ZrtbmP\sImv ew_\en]vXbpw
Dmn, BZnXytbpw N{tbpw kv ^ pSn Xs Xs
ew_\en]vXIsf kwkvIcnm bmsXmcn kv^pSkmayw hcpq
Atm {KlWa[yImew. ]ns ZrXnbntp Xs ew_\Imew
hcppIbpamw. AhnsS ZrXn {XnPymXpeybmIptm \mep\mgnI
ew_\w, CjvSZrXnv F{X \mgnI ew_\sav ss{XcminIw.
ChnsS
ZrIvt]ZrXn
{XnPymXpeyfmIptm
`qhymkmXpey KXnew_\tbmP\ Fp \nbXw. ]ns
a[ytbmP\In\p {XnPymXpey IeIsfpw \nbXw.
Fm Cs\ DmIp ew_\en]vXIsf kv^pSKXnsImp
KpWnv a[yKXnsImv lcnq. Fm ew_\w `tKmfIeIfmw.
Fm a[ytbmP\Ihpw ayKXnbpw Xfn KpWnv
`qhymkmtbmP\sImp lcnq. êw Asku kImax (51770)
Fv . ]ns ZrIv t ]Zr- X n- I sf kv ^ pS- K - X n- s Imp KpWnv
Askuk- I max
FXpsImp
lcnq.
ê
ZrIv t ]ZrXnI Fpapmmw. Cs\ ew_\Imes
Dmn ]mn kwkvIcnq. ]ns Atcs
ZrIv t ]etbpw {Kltbpapmov ew_\Imes
Dmn ]mn kwkvIcnq. Cs\ AhnsS Ahntijnq.
ChnsS F{X ew_\en]v X I Fdnt kaen]v X Imew
Ftmsfdnbmhq. kaen]vXImeadnt ew_\en]vXbdnbmhq,
Fnv Ahntijntpp.
986
XII. {KlWw
Cs\ Dmnb Imen kv ^ pSmcanmbv I bm

N{mmIfn Ingp]Snmdcan, \Xnhnt]p
Xhw sXphSctabpp. AXv F{X Fdnnv, AXns\
_nw_mfpsS tbmKntp Ifhq. tijw {Klnncnp
{]tZiw.
]ns
_nw_L\a[ymcw
_nw_tbmKmtmfw
DmIptm _nw_t\anI Xfn kv]inncnpw. Atm
{KlWns Bcw`mhkm\. CXn _nw_mctadptm
{KlWan, t\ankv]iw hcmbvIbm.
2. CjvS{KlWImew
]ns CjvSImen ew_\w kwkvIcnncnp
N{mmcpsS kv^pSmctbpw kv^pShnt]tbpw hnp
Iqn aqenXv Xevmente _nw_L\a[ymcmfw. CXns\
_nw_en]vXIfpsS tbmKmntp Ifhq. tijnXv Atcs
{KlW{]tZiw. Cs\ C t\cv C{X {KlWsadnbqw
{]Imcw.
]ns {Klnncnp `mKw C{XbmIptm ImetaXv Fdnhm
{Kln
`mKs
_nw_tbmKmntp
IfXv
_nw_L\a[ymcmfamIpXv. CXnp _nw_mcsap t].
CXnt\smp Imes hcpq. _nw_mchntp
kv^pShnt]hs Ifp aqenXp kv^pSmcamIpXv.
]ns Zn\KXycnvv Adp]Xp \mgnI, kv^pSmcn\v F{X
\mgnI Fv Imes hcpn, ]mImen kwkvIcnq.
]ns Ametp kv ^ pShnt]s hcpn hnv
CjvS_nw_tbmKmhntp
Ifp
aqenXv
kv ^ pSmcamIpXv . ]ns Cs\ Ahntijnp hXv
CjvS{KlWns ImeamIpXv. ]ns {KlWa[yImentp
2. CjvS-{K-lWImew
987
apnepw ]nnepw _nw_tbmKmtmfw _nw_mc

amIptmtfv Cuhw Imes hcpq. \Xnew_\hnt]sf
Ahntijnv Ah kv]itamImefmIph.
ChnsS {KlWn kv^pSkmayw hcp Imew \tS
AdntbphXv . AhnsS BZnXy \nv N{ Bdp cmin
AItSp s]uamkymw. B N{s\ `qmb adbvpXp
N{{KlWamIpXv.
Aamhmkymyn N{ kqcys\ adbvpXv
kqcy{KlWamIpXv . AhnsS BZnXymkv X abn ASpv
{KlWfmsemsn AhntSp N{mmtc hcpq.
DZbn\SpsnehntSp 1 hcpq. AhnsS N{ GdpIn
tata AIetadntbdn hcpw. N{kv^pSw IpdIn tata
AWhp hcpw. ]ns KXyctsmp tbmKImes hcpq2.
3. _nw_mcm\b\w
A\cw _nw_mcsf 1 hcppw {]Imcw. AhnsS AN{Xa-p-I-fpsS _nw_- `qantbmSWbptcp hepXv Fp
tXmpw.
AIeptcp
sNdpsXp
tXmpw.
J`qaycIns henn\p Xhw _nw_ns AIew.
`qanbntv AIeptm sNdpw 2. Ins hepn\p
Xhw _nw_ns sNdpw. BIbm Itsmp
_nw_s hcpptSv hn]coXss{X{XcminIw thphXv .
AhnsS _nw_IeIp {]XnWw t`ZamIpp. _nw_tbmP\
Fmbv t mgpw HpXs. AhnsS kv ^ pStbmP\In
{XnPymXpey IeI, _nw_tbmP\n F{Xsbp
2. 1. B. DZbtp
2. F reads A\cw Acssmp tbmKês
3. 1. B. _nw_mcIe
2. H. hepw
988
XII. {KlWw
ss{XcminIamIpXv.
AhnsS
AN{_nw_fpsS
3
tbmP\hymksf {XnPysImp KpWnp tbmP\mflIambncnp
J`qaycIw 4 sImp lcnq. êw IemflIambncnp
_nw_hymkw 5 . ChnsS Zrw sImp lcntp
hykv X ss{XcminIamIbm. [hykv X ss{XcminIêanm`w
{]amWêLmX] {_-p-S-knZv[mw, KWn-X, 11) FmWtm
hn[n.
4. _nw_am\w
AhnsS tXtPmcq]nbmbn1 Dcpp s]cnsI hensbmmbnncntmv
BZnXy_nw_w2. CXnt\m sNdpXmbnncnpsmp 3 `q_nw_w.
CXnv Am`napJambncnp4 ]mXn {]Imiambncnpw. atmXn
Xambnncnpw. CXv `qmbbmIpXv5. CXp NphSp hepXmbn A{Kw
Iqncnsmv6. AhnsS BZnXy_nw_w hepXmIbm `qaosS ]pdta
t]mIp civanI BZnXy_nw_t\aoteh, civanIsfms Xfn
IqSpw. AhnsS `qmbbpsS A{Kw. CXnv BZnbn
`qhymkmtmSp Xpeyw hymkw. ]ns {Iamse Dcpp
Iqncntmv. BZnXys t\anbnse civanI `q]mizn
kv]inp `qaosS adp]pdp Xfn IqSpw. AhnsS BZnXytp
`qan J`qaycItbmP\tmfaIev . Cu AIen\p
`qhymktmfaWp _nw_t\aotp ]pdsq civanI. Fnv
A`qhymkmctmfw kwIpNnXamhm tbmP\mItmfw
3. 3. H hymkmsf
4. F. AcmfIw
5. B. IemflI_nw_hymkw
4. 1.. B.C.E. cq]-ambn
2. B. hen-sbmcp hkvXp kqcy-_nw_w
3. B. sNdn-sbmv
4. B. apJ-amb
5. B. CXp `qmb
6. B. Iqn-cnpw
4. _nw_-am\w
989
AIew, `qhymktmfw kwIpNnIXamhm F{X AIesap

`qmbbpsS \ofapmIpw. ]ns `qmbbv v A{Kntp
aqen `qhymktmfw tbmP\hymkw, A{Kntp
N{amntemfw sNtSv F{X `qmbmtbmP\hymksav
N{Iw Du\ambncnp7 `qmbmssZLys `qhymkw sImp
KpWnp `qmbmssZLyw sImp lcnq. êw N{amnte
`qmbmtbmP\hymkw. CXnp N{s\tmse en]vXmhymks
hcpq. Cs\ {Kmly{KmlI_nw_sf hcppw {]Imcw. Cu
_nw_tfsmp aqn sNmnb kv]iat[yjvS{KlWsf
Adntbq.
5. {KlWmcw`hpw kwm\hpw
A\cw GXp]pdp {KlWw XpSpq, Fs\
CjvSImen kwm\w FXnt\bpw Adnbpw {]Imcw. AhnsS
kqcy{KlWw XpSptcp N{ ]Snmtd ]pdnp
Ingtmp \onv BZnXy_nw_ns ]Snmtdpdp
t\anbn HcnSw adbpw. AXv FhnSw Fp \ncq]npXv. AhnsS
N{hnt]an 1 Fncnptm N{_nw_L\a[ynepw
BZnXy_nw_L\a[ynepw IqSn kv]inncpsmv
A]{Iaafiew. AhnsS BZnXy_nw_L\a[yntp Xs
]Snmdp ]mizn bmsXmcnSv A]{IaaWvUew
]pdsSpp, AhnSw hnt]anm N{s _nw_w sImp \tS
adbpXv.
AhnsS
BZnXys
kzmtlmcm{Xhpw
Xevmekzmtlmcm{Xhrhpw
_nw_L\a[yn
kv]inncnsmv. AXp \nctZin t\scIngp
]Snmdmbnncnpsmv. BIbm AhnsS t\tc ]Snmdp
]pdp kzmtlmcm{Xhrns ]pdmSv.
4. 7. H.I-am-bn-cn-p
5. 1. B. C. D N{\v hnt]w C
990
XII. {KlWw
6. Ab\he\w
]ns 1 kzmtlmcm{Xhrntv A]{Iahrn\p
NcnhpmIbm, t\tc ]Snmtd ]pdn\v Hp sXpXm hSp-Xm \ontbSv A]{Iahrns ]pdmSv. BIbm
BZnXy_nw_ns2 t\tc ]Snmtdpdqv A{X \ontbSp
Atcv {KlWkv]iw. Cu \on\v Ab\he\sap t].
]ns CsX{Xsbdnhm. AhnsS A]{Iahrnte
ZnWmb\mw ZntWmchrn kv]inp a[y-e--ambn- n- c n- p- a mdv
]q- h n- j p- h - ,
DZbeamIpamdmbnv
ZnWmb\mntv Hcp cmin sNtSp ]qI]men
BZnXy, Cs\ Iev]nnp \ncq]npp. AhnsS A]{Iahphpw
kzmtlmcm{Xhrhpw
Xfnep
kw]mXw
BZnXy_nw_L\a[yn. AhnSpp t\tc ]Snmtdmp
kzmtlmcm{Xhrns ]pdmSv. AhnSv Hp sXp \oov
A]{Iahrns ]pdmSv. Cu Acw F{X FdntbphXv.
AhnsS
L\`qa[yntp
ZntWmchrhpw
A]{Iahrhpw Xfnep kw]mXn A{Kambncnp
hymkmn icambncntm Nneh A]{Iahrnte
tImSnPymfmIbm B kq{Xn tImSnPymfpsS aqe.
]ns ZntWmcm]{IahrfpsS kw]mXntp
XpSov BZnXy_nw_L\a[yne{Kambnv Ccnp
tImSnNm]n\v Hcp Pymhns\ Iev]nq. ]ns BZnXy_nw_ns
]Snmtd ]mizn A]{Iahrw ]pdsSptSv
A{Kambnv Hcp tImSnPymhns\ Iev]nq. Fm Ch cntbpw
aqew a[yene{Kambncnp hymkkq{Xn kv]inpw.
6. 1. Cu
2. kqcy-_nw-_-n\v
6. Ab-\-h-e\w
991
AhnsS _nw_L\a[yne{Kambncnp 3 Iotgt\ansb

kv]inpw.
hymkkq{Xnte
tImSnaqemcw
t\aoe{Kambncnp aot kv]inpw. Cu tImSnPymaqemcw
tImSnJfisap \nbXw. ]ns L\`qa[yntp
Ja[yne{Kambncntmcp Duzkq{Xs Iev ] nq. ChnsS
Ab\mw. ZntWmchrs kv]inncnptmtf
Ab\mchpw Duzkq{Xhpw Xfnep ]camcmfw
]cam]{Iaambnncnpw.
]ns
_nw_L\a[ym{Kambncnp
tImSnPymaqew
Ab\mkq{Xn bmsXmcnSp kv ] inpq, AhnSv
Duzkq{XtmSp Acmfw Cjv S m]{IaXpeyw. ]ns
_nw_t\anbne{Kambncnp tImSnPymhns aqentv
Duzkq{Xmcw Cjv S m]{Iatm Gdoncnpw. Cu
Gdnb`mKw `pPmJfins A]{Iaambnncnpw. Cu
`pPmJfim]{IatmSp
Xpeyambncnpw
Ab\he\w.
_nw_{]XyKv`mKnte
t\anbnte
kzmtlmcm{X
hrm]{Iahrkw]mXfpsS ]pdmSns Acmfw bmsXmv,
AXmbnncnpw Cu `pPmJfim]{Iaw. ChnsS Nm]Jfi
a[yne{Kambnncnp tImSnPymhns\smp `pPmJfis
hcptq. L\a[yne{KambnncnpXp kv ^ pStImSn.
L\a[ytmSp t\antbmSp Acmfw Nm]JfiamIbm
_nw_NXpcwiw t]mb kv^pStImSnNm]Pymhns\smp
_nw_mw kakvXPymhmbn CmcminbmbncnpXns\ KpWnv,
hymkmw sImp lcn êw `pPmPymJfiambnpmIpw4. ]ns
CXns\ ]cam]{Iaw sImp KpWnv, hymkmw sImv lcnêw,
Bb\he\amIpXv. AhnsS tImSnPymhns\ \tS ]cam]{Iaw
6.
3. C.D.reads. Iogpkv]in-p hymkkq{X-n-se tImSnapem-cw `pPm-J-fit\-ao-e{K-am-bn-cn-pXv, ant kv]inpw. Cu tImSn-Pym-aq-e-hym-k-kq-{Xm--cn--teXv `pPm-Pymaq-e-Jfi-am-bn-cnpw. `pPm-aq-em-cw tImSnJfi-sap \nbXw.
4. C. `pPm-J-fi-am-bn-p-mIpw
992
XII. {KlWw
sImpKpWnv hymkmw sImp lcnv5 tImSnPym A]{Iaambnp

hcpmw ê-t`-Z-an. Cs\ Bb\w he\w.
7. A-he
- \w
]ns km-tZ-i-n- Cu kzmtlm-cm-{X-hr-hpw IqSn--cn-ncn--bm A-cn-hns\1 Adn-bm-\mbnsmv Ahn-tSp t\tc Ingp
]Sn-m-dm-bnv Hcp hrs Iev]n-q. CXp ka-a-fi-e-n-tp
Xevm-e-m-bm-`p-P-tbmfw tI{hpw t\anbpw Fm-b-h-b-hhpw \onbn-cp-sm-v. LSn-Im-a-fi-e-n\v. bmsXmcp {]Imcw kzmtlm-cm{Xw,
Aw Ccp-sm-nXv ka-a-fi-e-nv. CXnp Omb-mtIm-Sn-hr
sap t]. ChnsS Ombm-tImSnhr-n\pw kzmtlm-cm-{X-hr-n\pw A]-{I-a-hr--n\pw IqSn tbmK-ap-v _nw_-L-\-a-y-n. t\an-bn- ]ns aqpw aqt-Sp ]pd-s-Spw. AhnsS BZnXy- _ nw- _ ns 2 t\tc ]Sn- m- t d- p- d p ]pd- s Spw OmbmtImSnhrw. CXn-tp sXtmp Ncn-p-p kzmtlm-cm-{X-hrw3.
BI-bm Zn-tWm--c-hr--ns Ing-t-p-dv BZn-Xy-s\n
]Sn-m-td-pp-dv sXp \on kztlm-cm-{X-ns ]pd-mSv. ]ns
Zn-tWm-chr-ns ]Sn-m-td-p-dv {Kl-sa-n-cn-n
hSp \on kzmtlm-cm{Xns ]pd-mSv. Cu \o-n\v Bw
he-\sap t].
8. he-\Z
- z-bk
- w-tbmKw
Cs\ Dmb he-\- cn-t\bpw Znv Hs-n1 Iqp-Ibpw
cs-n-e--cn-bpw 2 sNbvX-Xv, Cm-tIm-Sn-hr--tmSv A]-{I-a-
6. 5. F. adds. êw
7. 1. D. C-cn-hns\
2. B. kqcy-_nw-_-ns
3. C.E.F. kzmtlm-cm-{X-hr--ns
8. 1. F. Hm-In
2. C. cm-In
8. he\Zzb-kw-tbmKw
993
hrtmSp A-cm-f-ap-m-Ipw. _nw_-t\-an-bn-te AXv kmtZ- i - n- te he- \ - a m- I p- - X v hnt- ] - a n- m- - t m. hnt- ] aptm ]ns AXn-tp hnt-]-Zn-n- hnt-]-tmfw3
\o-ap-v. AhnsS ss{Xcm-inIw sImp \tS hcp4 hnt]w
_nw_m--c-n--te-Xm-bn-n-cnpw5. BI-bm hnt-]s A_nw-_mw sImp KpWn-v, _nw_m--cw-sImp lcn-q. ê-w BZnXy-_nw-_-t\-an-bn-te hnt-]-h-e\amIp--Xv. Cs\, CXn\p X
h-hpw IqSn \opw _nw_-t\-an-bn- kv]i{]-tZihpw tam-{]tZ-ihpw. ]ns _nw_t\an-bn- Ing-t-p-dv AXn-\p X--h-w
he-\-ns Znp-I hn]-co-X-am-bn-n-cn-pw Ft hnti-j-ap-p.
ChnsS BZn-Xy {Kln--s-Sp--Xm-I-bm BZn-Xys\ {Kmly-{K-l6
sap sNmp-p. ChnsS Cs\ he-\--fpsS ss{Xcm-inIw Bb\n--teXp sNmo-Xm-bn. AXp Xs B-n--tepw \ymbw.
Cuhw Ombm-tImSnkzmtlm-cm-{X-hr--p _nw_-L-\-a-[yn- tbmKw, Zn-tWm--c-hr--n- ]c-am--cm-fw. AXp
Xevm-e-\-tXm-Xv{I-a-Pym-hns Amw-i-am-bn-n-cn-pw. {Kl-tmSp
Zn-tWm--c-hr--tmSp A-cmfw kzmtlm-cm-{X-hr--n-teXp \Xnb-tm. Fnv ChnsS \X-Pymhp tImSn-bm-Ip--Xv7.
Ay-m]-{I-a-m-\obw A-am-I-bm \X-Pym--Pym- Xfn KpWnv {XnPy-sImp lcn-Xv Bw- h-e-\-am-Ip--Xv. A-he-\s Dmn {Kmly-_nw-_s hcv AXn ]qm-]-c-tc-Jbpw
Zn-tWm--c-tc-Jbpw Dmn ]qm-]ctc-Jm-{K--fn \nv {XnPymhr--n--teXp, {Kmly-_nw-_m-n--tev F{X Fv {Kmly_nw-_-t\-an-bn-te he-\w.
8. 3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
F. hnt-]-tm-fhpw
D. hcp-p
F. hcpw
B. {Kmln-sbp sNmpp
E. F. tImSn-Pym-hm-Ip-Xv
994
XII. {KlWw
9. {KlWteJ\w
Cs\ kv]i-tam-t-jvS-Im-e-fntev he-\s Dmn
{Kmly-_nw-_s hc-v, AXn- ]q-m]-c-tc-Jbpw Zn-tWm-c-tc-Jbpw Dmn, ]ns ]qm-]-c-tc-Jm-{K--fn \npw Xevme-h-e\-tmfw \on Hcp _np-hns\ Dm-n, B _np-hn--epw
{Kmly-_nw-_L\-a-y-n-epw IqSn Hcp he-\-kq-{Xs Dm-n,
Cu kq{X-n- {Kmly-_nw-_-ns tI{-n-tp Xevm-e_nw-_m--c-tmfw AI-t-Sp tI{-am-bnp {Kml-I-_nw-_s
Fgp-Xq. Atm {Kml-I-_nw-_-ns ]pdv AI-s `mKw {Kmly_nw-_-n {]Im-i-am-bn-n-cn-pw. {Kml-I-_nw-_-n-\-I--I-s
{Kmly-_nw-_-`m-Kw ad-n-cn-pw. Cs\ {Kl-W-ns kwm\s Adn-tb-pw1 {]Im-cw. ChnsS {Kmly-_n-w_-n--tep he\-ap-m-t-W-sa-p- \n-b-X-an-. CjvS-hym-km-hr--n--tev
Fn-epamw Dm-p-hm. Atm B hr-n-te ZnIvkq-{X-ntp thWw he\w \op-hm Ft hnti-j-ap-p. Cs\2 kqcy{K-l-W-{]-Im-cw.
10. N{-{K-lW
-
n hntijw
N{-{K-l-W-n hntijamIp-Xp ]ns. N{-_nw_w {Kmlyam-Ip--Xv, `qmb {Kml-I-am-Ip--Xv. AhnsS N{-_nw-_-am-nte
`qm-b-bpsS hnkvXm-cs Xtam-_nw_w Fp sNmp-p. AhnsS
{Kmly{Kml-I-_nw-_- cnpw {ZjvSm-hn-tv AI-e-sam-p-Ibm, \Xn-ew-_-\- cn\pw Xpey--fm-I-bm, Ah cn-t\-bp-w
ChnsS Dt]-nmw1. ap \ymb--sf-m-an-hn-tSbpw Xpey-.
Cs\ {Kl-W-{]-Im-cs sNmo-Xm-bn.
9. 1. F. Adnbpw
2. B. CXn kqcy{Kl-W-{]-Imcx
10. 1. F. Dt]-n-p-I-bpamw
10. N{-{K-l-W-n hntijw
995
ChnsS ]ns N{m--m-cpsS tI{-`pPm^-e-n\v AlZf]cn[n-kv^p-S-sa-smcp kwkvIm-c-ap-v. AXp tlXp-hm-bnv kv^pSm--c-apm-Ipw. BI-bm ka-en-]vX-mIm-e-n\pw \ow hcpw. CXn-t\smp {Kl-W-Im-e-n\pw \o-ap-m-Ip-sa-sm-cp- ]-w.
[KWn-Xb
- pn`mj-bn
{KlWw F
]{ma-ymbw kam]vXw]
996
Aymbw ]Xn-aqv
hyXo-]mXw
1. hyXo-]m-Xe
-
Ww
A\-cw hyXo-]m-Xs sNmp-p. AhnsS N{m--m-cpsS A]{I-a--fn hv Hn\v HmP-]-Z-am-I-bm hrnbpw, at-Xn-\p- bp--]-Zam-I-bm bhpw hcp-t-Sp bmsXm-cn- X-fn kmay-ap-mIpp, Atcw hyXo-]m-X-am-Ip Imew.
2. CjvS{- Im-ym-\b
- \w
Chn- s S N{m- - m- c psS Cjv S m- ] - { I- a s hcppw 1 {]Imcw
apnsNmn. A\-cw N{s Xs CjvSm-]-{I-as {]Im-cm-tcW hcppamdp sNmp-p. ChnsS ]e-hr--ap-t-Sv Fm-n\pw
hen--sampw Fpw, Hcp {]tZ-in Xs tI{-sapw t\anI AI-n-p-an-cn-pp Fpw Iev]n-p-tm Fm hr--fpsS
t\anbpw Fm- hr---fpsS t\an-tbmSpw cn-Sp kv]in-pw.
cn-Sv AI-n-p-an-cn-p-sapw \nb-Xw.
3. hnt]w
ChnsS A]-{I-a-hr-hpw LSn-Im-hr-hpw Ct-Sp tbmKw C{X
]c-am--cm-f-sa--dnv, ]ns A]-{I-a-hr-hpw hnt]-hr-hpw
2. 1. B. Dmpw
3. hnt]w
997
Ct-S-p -tbmKw. C{X ]cam-cmfw, B tbm-K-n-tp hnt-]hr--n- C{X sNt-Sp N{-s\pw Adn-n-cn-p-tm N{tp LSn-Im-hrw C{X AI-e-apv Fv BZn-Xys A]-{I-as-tmse Xs-b-dn-bmw.
ChnsS LSn-Im-hn-t-]-hr--v Ct-Sp tbmKw, C{X ]cam--cmfw F-dn-hm-\p-]m-bs1 sNmpp. Ahn-sS Hcp-\m ao\-a[y-n- A]-{I-a-L-Sn-Im-kw-]m-Xw, B kw]m-X-n-tp A]-{Ia-hrw hS-tmv AIepw Av I\ym-a[y-n-tv sXtmIepp. AI-p-Iq-Sp-tm 24 XobXn AIepw A]-{I-a-hr--n-
cmlp \nevp-t-Sp2 hnt-]-hr--n\p tbmKw, Ahn-Spp hStmv AI-epw, tIXp \nevp-t-S-pv sXtm--I-epw. A]-{I-a-hr-n-te3 LSn-Imkw]mX-n-eq cmlp-shpw, AhnSw \nc-nXn-P-n- DZn-- sN-p-Xv Fpw Iev]n-p. Atm ZntWm--c-hr--n-ep ]c-ma-]-{I-a-hr-hpw ]c-a-hn-t-]hpw. AhnsS
LSn-Im-hr--n-tv A]-{I-a-hr-hpw AXn-tp hnt-]-hrhpw Hcp Znp-t\mn AIepw. BI-bm ]c-am-]-{I-ahr-hpw ]ca-hn-t-]hpw IqSn-tbm-f-a-I-e-ap-v LSn-Im-hr--n-tp hnt-]hr--ns Ab-\m--{]-tZ-iw. Fm Av AXp N{s ]c-am]-{I-a-am-bn-n-cn-pw. Fm Av AXv {]am-W-^-e-am-bnp hnjp-h-ZmZn-N-{s CjvSm]-{I-a-tbpw hcp-mw.
Cuh-an-cn-p-tm D-c-{[p-h-n-tp ]c-am]-{I-a-tmfw
Dbt-Sp Zn-tWm--c-hr--n- D-c-cminIpSw. Chn-Spv
]c-a-hn-t-]-tmfw Dbt-Sp D-c-am-Ip hnt]]miz-amI-bm ]c-am-]-{I-a-]-c-a-hn-t-]tbmK-tmfw AIeapv {[ph-tv
hnt-]-]mizw LSn-Im-hr--n-tp bmsXmcp {]Imcw {[ph,
A]-{I-a-hr--n\v bmsXm-cp- {]-Imcw, cminIp-Shpw A--an-cn-smv, hnt-]-hr--n\v hnt-]-]mizw. BI-bm {[ph\pw hnt3. 1. C. Adn-hm-\p
2. B. C.F. \ntSv
3. D. adds. hr-n-tv ay-n-te
998
XIII. hyXo]mXw
]-]mizhpw X-fn-ep AI-e-tmSv Hn-cn-pw LSn-Im-hn-t-]hr-fpsS ]c-am--cm-fw. ]ns {[ph-epw hnt]]miz-n-epw

kv]in-nv Hcp hrs Iev]n-q. Cu hr-n- Xs-bm-bncnpw LSn-Im-hn-t-]-hr---fpsS ]c-am--cm-fw.
Fm {[ph-hn-t-]]mizm--cm-f-a-dn-tb-p-hXv ]ns. A]-{Ia-kw-m-\s Cuhw Xs Iev]n-p-tm 4Nm]-a-[y-n-se
Ab-\m--nep cmlp Fpw Ccn-p-tm, hnjp-h-n- kv]inn-cn-p cmin-Iq-S-hr--n- ]q-hn-jp-h-n-tp ]c-a-hn-t]-tmfw hSp \on-bn-cn-pw hnt-]-hr-w. BI-bm D-c-cmin-Iq-S-n-tv C{X ]Sn-mdp \on Ccnpw hnt-]]mizw.
ChnsS ]c-a-hn-t-]hpw ]c-am-]-{I-ahpw X-fn `pPm-tIm-Sn-I-fm-bnn-cn-p-tm-tf I-am-bn-n-cnpw {[ph-hn-t-]-]mizm--cmfw. ]ns
hnt-]-]miz-{[p-h--fn kv]in-p Hcp hrs Iev]n-q.
B hr-n hcp LSn-Im-]-{I-a-fpsS ]c-am--cmfw AhnsS
hnt-]hrm-b-\m--am-Ip--Xv. Cu hr-n\v hnt--]m-b-\mw
Fp t]. CXnp Zn-tWm--c-hr--tmSp tbmKw {[ph-.
Chn-Spp ]c-am-]-{I-a-tmfw sNp-tm ]c-a-hn-t-]-tmfw ]Snmdp \opw5 hnt-]m-b\
- m-h
- r-w. hr-]mZw sNp-tm ZntWm--c-hr--n-tv F{X ]Sn-mdp \op-sap LSn-Imhr-n--epmw ]c-am--cmfw. BI-bm Zn-tWm--c-hr--n-tv
A{X ]Sn-mdp \on-tb-Sp LSn-Im-hr--n- hnt-]m-b\mw. BIbm nXn-P-n-se ]q-hn-jp-h-n-tp LSn-Im-afi-e-n-6 C{X taevt]mp \on-tb-Sp hnt-]-hn-jp-hv
Fpw hcpw, hr--fpsS ]c-am--cm-fhpw tbmKhpw X-fn hr]m-Zm--cn-X-satm Fnv. Cu \o-n\v hnt-N-N-e-\-sap t].
Fm A]-{I-a-hn-jp-h-ZmZnbn Cu hnt-]-Ne\w kwkvI-cn-m
hnt-]-hn-jp-h-Zm-Zn-bm-Ipw.
3. 4. C.D.E. om. Nm]
5. C. F. \on-bn-cnpw
6. B. C. LSn-Im-hr--n-
3. hnt]Ne\w
999
]ns bmsXm-cn- I\ym-a-[y-n-te hnjphn- cmlp

\nevp-p, Atm Nm]-a-[y-n-se Ab-\m--n-tv ]c-a-hnt-]-tmfw hSp \opw hnt-]-hrw. D-c-cm-inIq-S-n-tv
A{X XmWn-cnpw hnt-]-]mizw. Atm Ahn-Sv {[phm--cmfw
N{s ]c-am-]-{I-a-am-Ip-Xv, Ac-Ip-db Ccp-]Xp Xob-Xn-bm-bn-m-bncnpw. Cu hnt-]-]miz-{[p-hm--cm-fw Zn-tWm--c-hr--n-emI-bm t]m-b-\mw A]-{I-am-b-\-mn- Xs. t]m]{I-a-hn-jp-h-p-Ifpw Hcn-S-p-Xs. Atm hnt-]-N-e-\-an-.
]ns anYp-\-a[y-n Ab-\m--n- cmlp \nevp-tm I\yma-[y-n- kv]in-n-cn-p cmin-Iq-S-hr--n-t ]c-a-hn-t]-tm-fw- h-Sp\o-n-tb-Sp kv]in-pw hnt-]-hrw. BIbm D-c-cm-in-Iq-S-n-tp ]c-a-hn-t-]-tmfw Ing-p -\o-nbn-cnpw7 t]-]mizw. Ahn-sSbpw I-mIm-tc-W-bn-cn-pw t]]miz-{[p-hm--cmfw. ]ntbpw ]q-hn-jp-h-n- cmlp-hm-Ip-tm
DZKvcm-in-Iq-S
- n-tv aot Ccnpw hnt-]]
- mizw. Cs\ Xs
ZnWcmin-Iq-S-hrn- Zn-W-hn-t-]-]mizw. Cs\ cminIqS-n-tp ]c-a-hn-t-]m-cmfw AI-t-Sp cmlp-hns KXnp- X--hw ]cn-{`-an-p-tm t]-]mizw.
4. hnt-]N
- e
- \w
ChnsS ]c-a-hn-t]hymkm-am-bnv Hcp hrs Iev]n-p. Cu
hr-n\v tI{w cmin-Iq-S-n-tp ]c-a-hn--]-i-c-tmfw `tKmf
a[yw t\mn \ontbS-m-bn-n-cnpw. ]ns CXns tI{-n-
t\an-bm-bnv A-Z-fin- tI{-am-bnv, asmcp hrs Iev]nq. Atm Iym-hr-hpw D-\o-N-hr-hpw F t]mse Ccn-pan-h- c-pw. ChnsS A-Z-fin-tp t]-]mtizm-Xn {XnPymm-\obw. ]ns hnt-]]
- miz-n- bmsXm-cn-Sp t]]mizw
3. 7. C. hS-p-\o-n-bn-cnpw
1000
XIII. hyXo]mXw
Ahn-Sp Xs tI{-tmSp taIo-gp-Xp tImSn-^-e-m-\o-bw.

Ing-p-]-Sn-m-dm-bnv ZnWhr-tm-SnS `pPm-^-e-m-\o-bw.
ChnsS ]cn-{`-an-p hnt-]-]mizw cmin-Iq-S-n-tp ant-p-dm-Ip-tm t]-]mtizm--Xn-bn tImSn-êw Iqq, Iotg-p-dm-Ip-tm If-hq. AhnsS ao\-a-[y-n- cmlp \np-m
{[ph-tv F-mbnepw1 Db-c-m-Ipp, I\ym-a-[y-n cmlp- \n-evptm Fm-bnepw Iogm-Ipp2. BI-bm taIo-gp-Xp tImSn-^-esapw, aI-cm-Zn-bn Iqq, Iym-Zn-bn If-hq Fpw hp.
Ab-\m--n- `pP XnI-bp-p. AhnsS cmlp \np-tm
t]-]miz-n-tp Ingp]Sn-mdp \o-am-bm Ing-p-]S- n-mdpXp `pPmêw. Ahn-tSbpw Xpem-Zn-bn cmlp \nevp-tm3 ZntWm-c-- -hr--n-tp ]Sn-mdp t]-]miz-am-I-bm Xpem-Znbn- hnt-]-N-e\w IqpI thp-h-Xv. tajm-Zn-bn- Zn-tWm-c-hr--ns Ingt-p-dp hnt-]-]mizw Fnp4 If-Ithp-hXv. ChnsS hnjp-h-Zm-Zn-cm-lp-hns `pPm-tIm-Sn-Pym-sf ]c-a-hnt-]w-sImp KpWnv {XnPy-sImp lcn-q. Fm `pPm-tImSn
ê--fp-m-Ipw.
5. Im-\b
- \w
]ns Ch-t-smp Iw hcppw {]Imcw. I-am-Ip-Xv
{[ph-hn-t-]-]mizm--cm-f-Pymhv. Cu t]m-b-\m--hrw cmin-IqS-n IqSn kv]in-p-tm ]c-am]-{I-ahpw ]c-a-hn-t-]hpw Xfn tbmKw Xm\-cw Xm sNbvXm1 CX-tc-X-c-tImSnKpW-\hpw
{XnPym-l-c-Whpw sNt-Ww.
4. 1. F. adds. Db-Xm-Ip-p. ao\w ay-n cmlp \nptm Fm-bnepw IogmIpp.
2. D. Xmg-m-Ipp
3. H. \nevp--\m
4. F. adds. AXv
5. 1 B. sNbvXm
6. hnt-]-N-e\w
1001
]ns ]c-am-]-{I-ahpw tImSn-^-ehpw X-fn Iqp-I-Xm-\--cn-Xm sNp-t-Spw Ay-t-]t- Im-Snbpw Aym-]{- I-at- Im-Sn-bp-at{X
KpW-Im-c-am-Ip--Xv. ChnsS Zn-tWm-chrss-I-tZ-i-n-te
Pymhmbn t]-]miz-hr--ns tI{-n-tp XpSn CXns
t\an-tbmfw sNp-Xp ]c-a-hn-t-]-am-Ip--Xv. CXn HtSw sNXp
tImSn^-e-am-Ip--Xv. Ct{X hnti-j-ap-p, kwm-\-t`-Z-an, BI-bm
tbmK-hn-tbm-K-n- KpW-Im-c-t`-Z-an-, KpWy-t`-Z-ta-bp-q. ChnsS
]c-am-]{Ias ]c-a-hn-t-]-tIm-Sn-sImp KpWnv {XnPy-sImp lcn-êw t]-]miz-tI-{-tmSv A-Z-tfim-Sp A-cm-fw. ]ns
tImSn-êw CXnp t]-am-bn-cnpw 2. ]cam]{IatIm-Sn-sImp
KpWnv {XnPy-sImp lcn-m tImSn-^-em-{K-n-tp hnt-]]mizm-cmfw `pPm-^-e-am-Ip--Xv. ]ns Cht X-fn tbmKm-c-3 sNbvXv, hnv `pPm-êhw Iqn aqen-Xp {[ph-t\mSp
hnt-]-]miz-tm-SnS A-cmfNm]-`mKn-te Pymhm-bn-n-cn-pw.
6. hnt-]N
- e
- \w
Fm LSn-Im-hn-t-]-hr---fpsS ]c-am--cmfamIp ]c-am]-{Ihpw CXp Xs. ]ns {[ph-tp t]m-b-\m--hr--n-
t]-]miz-tmfw sNp-tm Zn-tWm--c-m-cmfw1, `pPm-^-etmfw hr-]mZw2 sNp-tm-sf{X F{X Fp t]m-b-\m--hr-n--tp Zn-tWm--c-hr--ns ]c-am--cmfw LSn-Im-hr-nepm-Ipw. CXv Ab-\m-
-- cpw X-fn-ep A-cm-f-amIp--Xv. CXp Xs hnjp-h-p--fpsS A-cm-f-am-Ip--Xv. Fnv
CXn\v hnt-]-N-e-\-sap t]. ]ns kmb-\-N-{-\n hnt-]-Ne\w kwkvI-cn-m LSn-Im-hn-t-]-hr--kw-]m-X-n-tp N{-t\mSp A-cmfw hnt-]-hr--n--teXv Dm-Ipw.
5. 2.
3.
6. 1.
2.
A.E. tij-am-bn-cnpw
B. tbmKwXm-\-cw Xm
E. om. Zn-tWm--cm--cmfw....to....hr-]m-Zw
B. om. hr-]mZw
1002
XIII. hyXo]mXw
7. hyXo-]m-XI
- mew
Cs\ hnt-]-N-e-\hpw Ab-\-N-e-\hpw kwkvI-cn-n-cn-p
N{\pw Ab-\N
-- -e\w kwkvIcn-n-cn-p BZn-Xy\pw, Ch cn-semv
HmP-]-Z-n-epw atXp bp-]-Z-n--ep-sa-o-h--an-cn-p-tm1 A]{I-a-kmayw hcp-t-Sv hyXo]m-X-am-Ip ]pWy-Im-ew2.
8. hyXo-]m-Xm-\b
- \w
Cu A]-{I-a--fpsS kmay-Im-e-a-dnbpw {]Imcw ]ns. HmP-bp-]-Z--fn cn \np1 N{m-m-cpsS `pPm-kmayw hcpp
bmsXm-cn- FnXns\ Dulnv Iev]nv At-cs BZn-Xys2
`pPm-Pym-hnt\smp hcp CjvSm-]-{I-a-tmSp Xpey-am-bnv N{s
A]-{I-a-ap-m-hm GXp `pPm-Pym-hp -thphXv Fn-Xns\ ss{XcminIw sNbvXp hcp-q. ChnsS ZpKv[-temIw Fp ]c-am-]-{I-a-amIp BZn-Xy\v3 CXp `pPm-Pym-hm-Ip-Xv. Atm Xevm-e-n-
hcp-n-bXv Ay-m]-{I-a-am-Ip N{\v BZn-Xy-m]-{I-a-tmSp Xpeyam-hm GXp `pPm-Pym-hm-Ip-Xv N{v Fp ss{Xcm-in-I-am-Ip-Xv. ChnsS BZn-Xys ]c-am-]-{Iaw {]amWw, BZn-Xys `pPm-Pymhp
{]am-W-êw. N{s Aym-]-{I-aw C. N{s `pPm-Pym-hnmêw.
ChnsS Ay-m]-{Iaw hen-b-Xnp `pPm-Pymhp sNdp-Xm-bn-n-cn-pw, sNdnb-Xnv hep-Xm-bnn-cn-pw. At-cv A]-{I-a-kmayw hcp-p. Fnp3a
hn]-co-Xss{XcminIw Chn-tSbvp thp-hXv. BI-bm BZn-Xys
7. 1.
2.
8. 1.
2.
3.
3a.
B. Fn-cn-p-tm
B. hyXo]m-X-Imew
B. cp ]Z--fn \nevp
B. As ; B. om. BZn-Xys
B. Av
B.adds, Fnv ChnsS hykvX-ss{X-cm-inIw thp-h-Xm-I-bm C. ChnsS
8. hyXo]m-Xm-\-b\w
1003
`pPm-Pymhpw Aym-]-{I-ahpw X-fn KpWn--Xn-tp N{s

Aym-]-{I-a-t-smp lcn--êw N{-`p-Pm-Pymhv. ]ns CXns\
Nm]np ]Z-h-im Ab-\-k-n-bn- Xm4 tKmf-k-n-bn- Xm5
kwkvI-cnv N{s\ Dm-q.
]ns BZn-Xy-t-p-m-nb N{-t\bpw Xevm-eN
- {- -t\bpw Xfn-e--cnp ct-Sp hv, A-N-{-m-cpsS KXn-sImp KpWnv,
KXn-tbmKw6 sImp lcn--^-ew AXXn- kwkv-cnq. hyXo-]mXw
Ign-p-sh-n If-hq, tah-cp-qshn7 Iqq, ]mX- hn]-co-Xam-bnv, Cs\ Ah-nti-jnq, BZn-Xy-tp8 Dm-b N
- {- -`p-Pm-[\
- ppw
Xevme N{s `pPm-[-\ppw ka-ambnp hcp-thmfw. AhnsS HmP]-Z-n-se Xevm-e-N-{s `pPm-[-\pv hep-Xm-In Ign-q. hyXo]mXw, sNdp-Xm-In taeq. bp]Z-n- hn]-co-Xw. ChnsS AN-{amp-Xm `qmbm9N{amp Xm kzmtlm-cm-{X-sam-tbm-Ip-tm hyXo-]m-X-ap-m-Ip-p. ]ns _nwss_-I-tZ-i-n\pw
kzmtlm-cm-{X-hr-ss-Iy-an-m-XmIp-tm hyXo-]m-X-an-. BI-bm
an-hmdpw10 \mep \mgnI hyXo-]m-X-am-bn-n-cn-pw.
[KWn-Xb
- pn`mj-bn
hyXo]m-Xs
- a
]Xn-aqma-ymbw kam]vXw]
8. 4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
F. kn-bn-p Xm
F. kn-bn-p Xm
B. AXns tbmKw
B. `mhn-sb-n
B. A-tp
B. C. D. Xevm-e-N-{-m-bm
B. anXpw
1004
Aymbw ]Xn-\mev
sauVyhpw Zi-\-kw-kvIm-chpw
1. Zi-\-kw-kvImcw
A\-cw Zi-\-kw-kvIm-cs sNmp-p1. AXm-Ip-Xp hnt]n-n-cn-p {Klw nXn-P-n- DZn-p-tm2 A]-{I-a-a-fi-ens bmsXmcp {]tZiw nXn-Ps kv]in-p-Xv Fp-Xv.
ChnsS Cuhw t{Xs Iev]n-np \ncq-]n-q. D-c-cm-in-IqSw
Dbn-cn-p-amdv tajm-Zn- aq-p- cm-in-I-fn Fm\pw Hcn-S-n-cn-p
{Kl-n- kv]in-n-cn-p cmin-Iq-S-hr-hpw A]-{I-ahrhpw
X-fn-ep kw]mXw nXn-P-n--ep-Zn-p-amdv. Chn-Sv DZ-{Km-inIqSw- t\mn hnt-]n-n-cn-p-amdv {Kl-sap Iev]n-q. Atm nXnP-n- Dbn-cn-pw {Klw Fm {Kl-nv At-cv F{X
ip-sh-Xp \tS Dm-p--Xv. ]ns Cu ip tImSn-bm-bn-n-cn-ptm CXnp I-am-bnp hnt-]-tImSnhr-n-te {Kl-n\v
nXn-Pm--cm-f-ap-mIpw3. ChnsS ZrIvt-]-hr--n- Ja-y-np ZrIvt-]-tmfw sXp \on-tb-Sv A]-{I-a-hr--kw-]mXw.
ZrIvt]hr-n- Xs nXn-P-n-tv ZrIvt-]-tmfw
Dbt-Sp cmin-IqSw Dcw. D-c-cm-in-IqSw t\mn \op-Xv
D-c-hn-t]w, {Kl-kv]r-jvS-cm-in-Iq-Shpw nXn-Phpw X-fn-ep
1. 1. B. AY Zi\kwkvmcw
2. B. \nevp-tm
3. D. F. {Kl-nXn;Pm-cm-f-ap-mIpw
2. {Klm-kvtXm-Zbw auVyw
1005
]c- a m- - c mfw ZrIv t - ] w Fm nXn- P - n- t p hnn- ] v X

-{K-l-tmfw sNp-tm nXn-Pm-cmfw F{X-sbp hnn-]vX-{Kl-ns ip Dm-Ipw. ]ns ZrIvt-]-tIm-Snp {XnPymhp Iw,
Cu ip-hnv Fp I-sap {Kl-n-Xn-Pm--cm-f-n-se A]{I-a-Nm-]-`m-K-ap-m-Ip-Xp t]mse, Cu hnn-]vX-{K-l-tmSp nXnP-tm-Sp A-cm-f-n-se hnt-]-tImSnhr-`m-K-ap-m-Ipw.
2. {Kl-mkvtXm-Zbw auVyw
]ns hnt-]-tIm-Sn-hr-hpw nXn-P-hp-ap kw]m-X-n-
kv]in-nv Hcp cminIqS-hr-s Iev]n-p. CXn\pw {Kl-kv]rjvScminIqS-hr--n\pw cmin-Iq-S-n- tbmKw. Cu tbmK-n-tp
hnt-]-tIm-Sn-tbmfw sNp-t-Sp {Kl-an-cn-p-p. AhnsS Cu cminIp-S-hr---fpsS A-cm-fw hcp-nb hnt-]-{K-l-i-p-hns Itmfw, Atm-fn-h-ns ]c-am--cm-f-sa-{X-sbv Cu cmin-Iq-S-hr- cn-tbpw ]c-am--cmfw A]-{I-a-hr--n-teXv Dm-Ipw.
ChnsS {Kl-kv^pSw e-am-Ip-tm C{X Cen Dbn-cn-p-p1 {Klw
Fnv {Kl-kv^p-Shpw {Kl-ap-Zn-p-tmtf ehpw X-fn-e--cmfw
Cu cmin-Iq-S--fpsS ]c-am--cm-f-am-bn-n-cn-pw. ChnsS C{X apt DZn-bm {Kl-kv^p-S-n-tv Cu Acw If-Xp {Ktlm-Z-b-nte e-am-Ip-Xv2. Cs\ D-c-hn-t-]-n-. Zn-W-hn-t]-n- ]ns Cs\ Xs t{X-kw-m-\s Iev]n-ptm nXn-Pm-]-{I-a-k-m-X-n-tp {Klw {Kl-kv]rjvS-cm-in-IqS-n-3 tate sXtm--v hn-t-]n--bm nXn-P-n-tv Iotgp-dv Ccnpw {Klw.
2. 1. D. E. Dbn-cnpw
2. B. {Ktlm-Z-b-e--am-Ip-Xv
3. F. cmin-Iq-S-hr--n-
1006
XIV. auVyhpw Zi\kwkvm-chpw
Cuh-an-cn-p-tm apn At[m-ap-J-i-p-hn-s\-smv DZ-bmkvX-e--sf hcp-p-hm sNmn-bXp t]mse hnt-]m-{K-n--encn-p {Kl-ns DZ-b-Im-e-n-te ehpw {Kl-kv^p-Shpw Xfne-cm-f-n-te Ie-I-fp-m-Ipw. AhnsS {Klw C{X ]ns DZnq Fnv, Cu A-cm-f-I-e-Isf {Kl-kv^p-S-n- Iqp-I-th-phXp {Ktlm-Z-b-n-te ew hcp-p-hm.
Cuhw {Klm-kvX-ab-nte AkvX-e-hpw hcp-q. AhnsS
At[m-ap-J-i-p-sh-n {Klw apt AkvX-an-pw, Duz-ap-Ji-pshn ]ns AkvXan-p {Kl-kv^p-Sm-kvX-entv. Fnv EW[-\-v ]I-bp-v. At{X hnti-j-ap-p.
]ns Zn-W-cm-in-IqSw nXn-P-n-tv Dbn-cn-pp Fn
Zn-W-hn-t-]-n- {Klw Dbn-cn-q, D-c-hn-t-]-n-
XmWn-cn-q. BI-bm AhnsS D-c-cm-in-IqtSm--Xn-bn sNmnb-Xn-tp hn]-co-Xa
- m-bn-n-cn-pw [\-{]-Imcw. Ct{X hnti-ja
- p-q.
ChnsS ZrIvt]w Zn-W-am-Ip-tm hS-t cmin-IqS-ap-bn-cnpw, D-c-am-Ip-tm sXtXv. BI-bm hnt-]-Zr-Ivt-]-fpsS Znv Ht Fn DZ-b-n- Zi-\-kw-kvIm-c-êw {Kln- [\w, ZnKvt`-Z-ap-s-n EWw. AkvX-a-b-n\p hn]-co-Xw.
3. {Kl-f
- psS Zi-\k
- w-kI
v mcw
]ns Cu {Ktlm-Z-b-n\pw BZn-Xy\pw Ime-ew hcpn Acn-m Acw C{X XobXn Dm-bn-cn-p-tm Cu {Kls
ImWmw, CXn Ipd-m ImW-cp-Xv, Fp-v. AXnp X-hw
]mSpw, ]ndpw Adnbpw {]Imcw ]ns. hnn-]vX-{K-l-n-te a[ym-ns -a-[y-e-s hcp-p-Ibpw, Cuhw Xs AhnsS
Aw IqSmsX hcpnb ZrIvt]w sImv Ft hnti-j-ap-p.
3. {Kl--fpsS Zi\ kwkvmcw
1007
Zn-tWm--c-hrw km-n-epw \nc--n-epw Ht At{X.

Fnv Cs\ Zi-\-kw-kvIm-c-{]-Im-cw.
[KWn-Xb
- pn`mj-bn
auVyhpw Zi\kwkvIm-chpw
F ]Xn-\mema-ymbw kam]vXw]
1008
A[ymbw ]Xn-\v
N{-ir-wtKm-Xn
1. N{-kq-cy-m-cpsS ZznXo-bk
- ^
v p-SI
- w
A\-cw N{s irwtKm--Xnsb sNmp-p. Ahn-sS \tS N{m-
-m-cpsS ZznXo-b-kv^p-S-Iw hcp-q. N{\p ZznXo-b-kv^p-S-kwkv I m- c hpw sNq. ChnsS apn sNmn- b - h w 1 D- \ o- N - h ymkms hcp-n-bm ]ns AXn-s\mcp kwkvImcw sN-W-sap
knm--ti-J-c-]w. AhnsS Cu hcp-nb Ay-^-es N{s
a-Iw sImpw Anepw KpWnv {XnPy-sImp lcn--W-sap
am\-k-]w. Fm CXns\ hnNm-cn--Ww. A\-cw Zr--apmn `q]r-jvT-kw-kvIm-cs sNbvXp -\-Xn-tbbpw kwkvI-cnv BZnXy\pw2 \Xnsb Dmn ]ns BZn-Xy\pw3 N{\pw ew_\w kwkvIcnv At-cs BZn-Xy-tbpw N{-tbpw _nw_-L-\-a-[y- Xfn- F{X AI-e-ap-v F-Xn-t\bpw Adn-bq.
2. k
- q-cyN{-_
- nw-_m-cw
AhnsS bmsXm-cn- \Xnbpw hnt-]hpw Cmq1 At-cs
kv^pSm--c-ns {Ia-Pymhpw D{I-a-Pymhpw hnp X-fn Iqn
aqen-Xp ka-kvX-Pym-hv, {ZjvSm-hn- tI{-ambn cp _nw_-n-
1. 1.
2.
3.
2. 1.
B. apsNm-n-b-hw
B. A\pw
A\pw
F. C
2. kqcy--N-{--_nw-_m-cw
1009
epw kv]in-n-cn-p hr-n--te-Xv. ChnsS _nw_m--cs

Adnbpw t\cv Ffp--n-\m-bn-smv A]-{I-a-a-fi-es {ZjvSmhn-t\-p-dnv ka-a-fiew F t]mse Ja-[ys kv]inv t\tc
Ingp]Sn-m-dmbn Iev]n-q. Ja-[y-n--em-Zn-Xy-t\bpw Iev]n-q.
BZn-Xys\ kv]in-p2 cmin-IqS-hrw Zn-tWm--c-am-bnp Iev]nq. ChnsS H-I-np N{-t\bpw Iev]n-q. N{-s\- kv]in-nv Hcp
cmin-Iq-S-hr--tbpw Iev]n-q. ]ns hrtI{-n-tv BZnXy-epw N{-epw kv]in-np cp kq{X--tfbpw Iev]n-q. AhnsS
t\tc taIo-gm-bn-cnpw A-kq-{Xw. Ahn-Sv Hp -N-cn-n-cnpw
N{- k q- { Xw. AhnsS N{- c m- i n- I qSm]- { I- a kw]mX- n- - e - { K- a mbn
Duzkq-{X-n- aqe-am-bn-cn-ptmv. cmin-Iq-S-hr-- cnt-bpw Acm-f-n-te A]-{I-a-Nm-]-`m-K-n-te A-Pymhp `pPmPym-hm-Ip--Xv. CXns aqe-n-tp Duzkq-{X-n- BZn-Xyt\m-f-apXp icw. Ch cn-tbpw h-tbm-K-aqew _nw_m--c-k-akvXP
- ymhv. CXns A-ns Nm]s Cc-n-Xp _nw_m-cNm]w.
\Xn-hn-t-]-an-mtm3 bmsXm-cn- ]ns N{s cmin-Iq-Sn-tte hnt-]n-p-p, Atm hnt-]-Pym-hns aqew N{-kq{X-n- N{-tp hnt--i-c-tmfw Iogp-\on kv]in-pw. N{kq-{Xm-{Khpw Duz-kq-{Xhpw X-fn-e--cmfw `pPm-Pymhv. Atm
hnt-]-Pym-aq-e-n-tv Duz-kq-{Xm--cm-fs ss{Xcm-inIw
sNbvXpm-Ww. N{-kq-{Xm-{K-n-tp Duz-kq-{Xm--cmfw
tZmPym-hp, hnt-]-i-c-tmfw Ipd-t-S-n\v F{X Fp ss{Xcmin-I-am-Ip--Xv. hnt-]-i-cw-sImp ss{Xcm-inIw sNbvXv tZmPym-hntp If-In-epamw. ]ns hnt-]-i-c-^-ehs t]-i-c-hn-tp If-p- aq-en-Xv N{-kq-{Xm-{K-n- kv]in-p4
tZmPymhpw t]-aq-e-n- kv]in-p5 tZmPymhpw X-fn
taIo-gp A-cm-f-am-Ip--Xv. Cu A-cm-fs kv^pSm--tcm{I2. 2.
3.
4.
5.
F. kv]in-n-cn-p
F. hnt-]-fn-m--tm
C. kv]in-n-cn-p
C. kv]in-n-cn-p
1010
XV. N{-irw-tKm-Xn
a-Pym-hn- Iqq. Fm A-tp hnt-]-aq-e-n- kv]inp6 tZmPym-aq-e-tm-f-ap-m-Ipw. Ctm icw Ipd-smp

\oftadpw, tZmPym-thmSp \ofw Ipd-bpw. Ch cn-tbpw h-tbm-Kaqew A-tp hnt-]-Pym-aq-e-tm-f-ap kq{X-am-bn-n-cn-pw.
CXns h-n hnt-]-hw Iqn aqen-m _nw_m-ckakvX-Pym-hm-bn-p- hcpw. bmsXm-cn- ]ns Ap \Xn Dp,
Atm Ja[yntp Zn-tWm--c-n-se hnt-]np Fp
Iev]n-q. AhnsS kv^pSm--c-i-c-n-tv As \Xn-i-cs Iftb-Ww. tijw t]-icw t]mb tZmPy-maq-e-n-tv A-\-XnPym-hns aqe-tm-f-ap Duz-kq-{X-J-fiapm-Ipw. CXp kv^pSm-c-i-c-n-tv As \Xn-i-cs Ifp N{s t]-i-cns tImSnês Iqo-p-an-cn-tmv. CXv Hcp cmin-bm-Ip--Xv,
kv^pSm--c-tZm-Pymhv Hcp cmin-bm-Ip--Xv.
BZn-Xy\pw N{\pw A]-{I-a-a-fi-e-n-tv Hcp]pdt \o-san \Xy-cw, cp ]pd-s-n \Xn-tbm-Kw. CXv Hcp cmin-bm-Ip-Xv. ChnsS \Xn Ipd- -{K-l-n-tp t\tc7 Iev]n-Ww kv^pSm-c-tZm-Pym-i-c-sf Ft hnti-j-ap-p. Ch aqn-tbpw htbm-Ka
- qew sImp _nw_m-c
- k
- a
- k
- vXP
- ym-hp-m-Ipw. Cs\ kv^pSmcw aqp -cm-in-bn Ipd-bp-tm CXn Gdp-mfpw {Imn-hrw
Cw Xs Iev]n-q. Ja-y-n-tv Ccp-]p-d-hp-sam--a-I-nv
N{m-m-tcbpw Iev]n-q. Atm cn\pw \Xn-bn-msX Ccn-bm kv^pSm--cmns A-Pym-hns\ Cc-n-Xv _nw_mcamIp--Xv. cn\pw \Xn-bp-m-Ip-tm8 kv^pSm--cm-ns
Pymhp-I cmin-IqS-hr-m-]-{I-a-kw-]m-X-n-tv Duz-kq-{X-tmSp A-cmfw. AhnsS9 AXXp \Xn-i-c-n-tv Dm-nb tZmPym^-es AXXv A-n-tv If-hq. Fm \Xn-Pym-aq-e-n-tv
Duz-kq-{Xm---cm-f-ap-m-Ipw. Chn-tSbpw ]ns \XosS hen--n\p
2. 6.
7.
8.
9.
F. kv]in-n-cn-p
B. F. tcJ
C. D.E. adds. ]ns
D. ChnsS
2. kqcy--N-{--_nw-_m-cw
1011
X-hw Duz-kq-{X-n-10 taIo-gmbn kv]in-n-cn-pw.

]ns Duz-kq-{X-n-se tZmPym-aq-e-ns A-cm-fs
Dm-q. AXv ChnsS \Xn-i-c-ns tImSn-^-eamIp--Xv Cu icns A{Khpw, aqehpw X-fn taIo-gp A-cmfw11. Fm
cp ic-n-tbpw tImSn-êw X-fn-e--cn-Xv tZmPym-aq-e--fpsS
taIo-gp A-cm-f-am-Ip-Xv12. CXv Hcp cmin-. kv^p-Sm--cmns Pym-fn \np Xs Xs \Xn-i-c-ns tZmPym-^-es
If-Xp kv^pSm--c-tZm-Pym-hv. Ch cn-t\bpw IqnbXp cmwcm-in. \Xy-cw Xm \Xn-tbmKw Xm apmw-cm-in-bm-Ip--Xv Chns
h-tbm-K-aqew _nw_m-cka-kvX-Pymhv. \Xn-tbm-K-wXm-\-cw Xm
N{m-m-cpsS sXp-h-S-p Acw. \Xn-êw If-n-cn-p
A-cm--Pym--fpsS tbmKw Ing-p-]-Sn-m-d--c-am-Ip--Xv. ]ns
\Xn-i-c--fpsS tImSnêm-cw taIo-gp---c-am-Ip--Xv. Cs\
aqn- t bpw h- t bm- K - a qew _nw_m- - c ka- k v X - P ym- h v . Cs\
kv^pSm-cw hr-]m-Z-n--te-dp-tm _nw_m--cm-\-b-\-{]-Imcw.
CXp {Kl-W-n-se _nw_m-cw hcp-p-t-Spw Xpey-\ym-bw13.
[KWn-Xb
- pn`mj-bn N{-irw-tKm-Xn
F ]Xn-\
ma-ymbw kam]vXw]
KWn-Xb
- pn`mjm kam]vXw
2. 10
11.
12.
13.
F. kp{Xm-{K-n-v
B. C. E. A\-cw
C. F. A-c-am-Ip-Xv
D. {Km-h-km-\-n teJ-Is Ipdnv
\yteJn bpn-`mjm hn{]tW {_-Z--kw-t-\ |

tKmf-]-Y-mx kypx Ien-c-ln-Xm-tm-[-b-kvtX ||
IcIrX-a-]cmm[w p-a-ln kx |
{ioKpcpt`ym \ax. {io kmc-kzssXy \ax ||
thZ-hym-kmb \ax. Fs N-tWm--pp `K-hXn ic-W-am-bn-cn-Ww.
A\p-_wI
kmt-XnI]Z-kqNn : ae-bmfw Cwojv
(Glossary of Technical Terms : Malayalam - English)
{in-pI
1.
kmt-XnI]Z- BZy-ambn Ah-X-cn-n--s-n-p--tXm, \n-Nn--s-np-tXm Bb m\--fn, B m\--fpsS Aym-bw, hn`m-Kw, D]-hn`mKw Fn-h-I-tfm-Sp-IqSn Ah tcJ-s-Sp--s-n-cn-p-p.
2.
kmt-XnI]Z- hopw D]-tbm-Kn--s-n-p m\-sf Cns\ tcJs-Sp-n-bn-n-.
3.
Xs Xs A-tm-Sp-IqSn Aev]w kmt-Xn-I-Xzhpw tNv D]-tbm-Knn-p km[m-cW]Z-sf (common words) Aymbhn-`m-Km-Zn-]-cm-ai-

Cm-sX, c.w. F Npcp--t-cn tcJ-s-Sp-n-bn-cn-p-p.
4.
ctm aqtm kmt-XnI]Z- tNp-m-b- kmt-XnI]Z-sf (derived

words) Aym-b--hn-`m-KmZn]cm-ai- CmsX d.w. F Npcp--t-cn
tcJ-s-Sp-n-bn-cn-p-p.
1014
A\p-_w I
Awiw, I.6
1. Part; 2. Numerator; 3. Degree in angular

measure
Awi-t{Xw, I.6. iii
Area segment
Awi-Kp-W\w, III.3
Multiplication of fractions
Awi-`m-K-l-cWw, III.4
Division of fractions
Awl-kv]Xn, (c. w)
Intercalary month in which two sankrantis

occur, considered inauspicious.
Aw, IX. 1; XI.2
1. Latitude; 2. Terrestrial latitude
A-t{Xw, (d.w)
Latitudinal triangle
APym, (d.w)
Rsine terrestrial latitude
A-Zfiw, IX.7
Axle of a wheel
A-ZrIv Iw, (d.w)
Reduction due to the latitude of the observer
A-he
- \w, XII.5
1. Angle subtended at the body on the ecliptic

by the arc joining the north point of the celestial horizon and the north pole of the equation; 2. Deflection due to the latitude of the
observer.
A{Kw, VII.3
1.The extremity of a line or arc;

2. Remainder in division in Kukra
A{Km, XI. 14
Amplitude at rising, i.e., the north south distance of the rising point from the east-west
line; the Rsine thereof,
A{KmwKpew, X. 14
Agr in terms of agulas
AMvKpew, (c.w)
Linear measure, inch
AWp-]-cn-amWw, VIII.8
Infinitesimal
AXn-tZiw, XI.19
Application or use a general rule
kmt-XnI]Z-kqNn ae-bmfw : Cwojv
1015
A[nIw, (c.w)
Additive
A[n-Im_vZw, (d.w)
Additive lunar year
A[n-I-tijw, V.1
The positive remainder after division
A[n-Im-{K-lmcw, (d.w)
The divisor in Sgra- kukra which has

numerically the greater remainder
A[n-amkw, V.1
Intercalary month
At[m-ap-Ji
- p
Downward gnomon
A-c-Nm]w, (d.w)
The intervening arc between two points in

the circumference of the circle
A-cmfw, (d.w)
1. Difference; 2. The perpendicular distance

from a point to a straight line or plane; 3. Divergence; 4. Intervening
Ayw, I.2
1. 1015 (Place and number); 2. The digit of

highest denomination; 3. The last term in a
series
Ay-{Imn = ]-c-a-{Im-n, (d.w)
Maximum declination, 240
Ay-m\w, I.5.ii
1. The place of the digit of the highest denomination; 2. The ultimate place when arranged in a column.
At\ym-\y-l-cWw, (d.w)
Mutual continued division (as in finding

G.C.M.)
A]-{Iaw (A-]-{I-a-[-\p-kv,
A]-{Im-n, A]-a-{Im-n), IX.3
Declination of celestial body; obliquity of the

ecliptic.
A]-{I-a-a-fiew (hr-w,
{Imnhrw), VIII.16; IX.3, 12
Ecliptic, path of the Sun in the sky.
A]--a-fiew, VIII.16; IX.3
Ecliptic
1016
A\p-_w I
A]-c-]w, (c.w)
The period from full moon to new moon
A]-c-hn-jp-hv, IX.3
Point at which the Sun coursing along the

Ecliptic crosses the Celestial sphere from the
north to the south.
A]-h\w, V.3
1. G.C.M; 2. Reducing a fraction or ratio to

lowest terms; 3. Abrader
A]-h-\-lm-cIw, V.3
Greatest Common Multiple (G.C.M.)
A_vPw, I.2
109 (number and place)
Aam-hmkn, (c.w)
New Moon
Ab\w, (c.w) XI. 3
1. Northward and southward motion of the

Sun or other planets; 2. Declination
Ab-\-N-e\w, IX. 4
Precession of the equinoxes
Ab-\Z- r-w, (d.w)
Reduction for observation on the ecliptic
Ab-\-h-e\w, XII.5
1. Angle between the secondaries and the

ecliptic of the place of the eclipsed body on
the ecliptic; 2. Deflection due to declination
Ab-\-kn, IX.3
Solstice
Ab-\mw, IX.3
Solstice, vernal and autumnal
Ab-\m--hn-]-co-X-hrw, IX.10
Reverse solsticial circle
Ab-\m-tm-Xn, (d.w)
Elevation of the Solstices
AbpXw, I.2
Number and place of 10,000
Am{Km, XI.13
1. Measure of the amplitude in the arc of the

celestial horizon lying between the east point
and point where the heavenly body concerned rises; 2. The distance from the extremity of the gnomonic shadow and the
equinoctical shadow.
1017
Am-{Kmw-Kpew, XI.2
Measure of the arkgr in agulas
APym, (Pym-hv, Pym) VII.3
Rsine
Aev]h
- rw, VIII.1
Smaller circles parallel to the Big circle, the

ecliptic
Aev]-tijw, V.3, 4
In Kukra the smaller of the last two remainders taken into consideration
Ahaw (Xn-Yn--bw), V.1
Omitted lunar day.
Ah-m\w, (d.w)
Even place counting from the units place.
Ah-ew-_Iw, (c.w)
Plumb
Ahm--c-bpKw, V. 3
A Unit of time. viz. 576 years or 210389

days adopted
.. by ancient Hindu astronomers.
Ahn-in-jvSw, V.3, 4
Obtained by successive approximation or iteration.
Ahn-tijw, V.3, 4
Successive approximation process of iteration
Ahy--cmin, (c.w)
An unknown quantity
A{iw, (c.w)
1. A side of a polygon; 2. An edge.
Ajv{Sm{iw, VI.2
Octogon
AknXw, XII. 1, 2
Non-illuminated part of the moon in eclipse
Akp ({]m-W), (c.w)
Unit of time equal to 4 seconds
AkvXa-bw, IX.2
Setting, Diurnal or heliacal
AkvXew, XI.3, 34
1. Lagna of time of planets setting; 2. Setting or occident ecliptic.
Akv^pSw, (d.w)
1. Rough; 2. Inexact
Al-KWw
Days elapsed from epoch
1018
A\p-_w I
Al-Zew, XII.7
Mid day
Atlm-cm-{X-hrw (Zyp-hr-w) (d.v) Dirunal circle; Smaller circle, parallel to the

Ghaikmaala (celestial equator) along
which stars rising north or south of the poles
move.
BImiw, IX.1
BImiIym
(Aw_-c-I-ym, JIym), IX.1
1. Celestial Sphere; 2. Sky

Boundary circle of the sky, having the linear
distance which a planet travels in a yuga,
equal to 124,74,72,05,76,000 yojanas,
denoted by the expression ajnitaamonam
sarevpriyo nanu in Kaapaydi notation.
Bw, (d.w)
Relating to Latitude
BZn, VIII.1
1. Beginning; 2. Commencement;
3. Starting point
BZn-Xy-a-yaw, (d.w)
The mean longitude of the Sun
BZy-Iw, VIII.15
One of the diagonals of a quadrilateral taken

for reference. The other is known as
dvityakara or itarakaa
BZy-kw-Ie
- nXw, VI.5.v
First integral or sum of an Arithmetic progression.
BZym\w, (d.w)
Units place
B_m[, VII.2
The two segments into which the base of a

triangle is divided by the perpendicular from
the vertex
Bb-XN
- X
- p-c{iw, (d.w)
Rectangle
Bbmaw, (c.w)
Length
Bbm-ah
- n-kvXmcw, (c.m)
Length and breadth
Bw, (\{Xw) (c.m)
Sidereal
1019
B-h-cw, (d.w)
1. Tropical year, from viuvat to viuvat;

2. Syanavatsara
Bim{Kw, (d.w)
North-South distance of the rising point from

the east-west line.
BlXn, (d.w)
Product
Cm, IV.1
Requisition, being the third of the three quantities in the Rule of Three
Cm-êw, IV.1
1. The desired consequent; 2.The fourth proportional.
CSw, (c.w)
Breadth
CX-cI
- w, VII.15
The second diagonal in a quadrangle
CXc-Pymhv, (d.w)
The other co-ordinate
CX-tc-Xc
- t- ImSn, (d.w)
The ordinate of the other Rsine
Cp-]mXw, (d.w)
Ascending node of the Moon
Cqw, (d.w)
Higher apsis of the Moon
Cen (en-]vX, Ie), VIII.1
1. Minute of angular measure; 1/360 of the circumference in angular measure
CjvSw, (c.w)
Desired or given number
CjvSI
- m-ek
- zm-tlm-cm{Xw, XI.3
Day duration relating to the desired time.
CjvS{- K-lW
- I
- mew, XII.2
Moment of desired occultation
CjvSPym, IX.1
Rsine at the desired point on the circumference of a circle
CjvSZ- n-IvOmbm, XI.20.iv
Shadow in desired direction
CjvS-ZnKvhrw, XI. 20
Circle passing through the zenith and the

planet
CjvS-tZmx-tImSn [\pv, (d.w)
The complementary arc of any chosen arc
1020
A\p-_w I
CjvS{- ]-tZiw, (d.w)
The desired piont
CjvS-`p-Pm-Nm]x, VII.3
Arc of specified Rsine
CjvSm-]{Iax, IX.9
Desired declination
CjvSm-]-{I-a-tImSnx, IX.9
Rcos. desired declination
CjvSkwJy, I.6.ii
The desired number
Dw, VIII.5
1. Higher apsis, especially pertaining to the

epicycle of the equation of the centre; 2.
Apogee of the Sun and the Moon; 3. Aphelion of the planets.
D-\o-N-hrw, VIII.3
Epicycle
D\oN]cn[n, VIII.3
Epicycle
D-\o-Nkq{Xw, VIII.7, 8
See Ucca
D-kq{Xw, VIII.7,8
See Ucca
D-bn\n, IX.1
City in Central India, the meredian passing

through which is taken as zero
DXv{I-aPym, VII.4
Rversed sine
D-c-hn-jp-hv, IX.3
Autumnal equinox
Dtcm-c
- k
- w-Ie
- n-ssXIyw, VI.14
Summation of Summation of progressive

numbers
DZbw, IX.2, XI.3
1. Rising; 2. Heliacal rising; 3. Rising point

of a star or constellation at the horizon
DZb-Imew, XI.3
Moment of the rising of a celestial body.
DZ-bPym, XI.3
1. Rsine of the amplitude of the rising point

of the ecliptic; 2. Oriental sine; 3. Rsine of
the amplitude of lagna in the east.
DZ-be
- w, XI.3
1. Rising sign; 2. Rising on orient ecliptic point
DZ-bm-kvXa
- bamw, IX.2
Path of a Planet from rising to setting
1021
D-XPym, XI.4, 26
Rsine of 900 less zenith distance
D-X{- ]m-W, XI.16
The Pras in time yet to expire for a planet

to set
D-afi
ew
(em-n-Xn-Pw), IX. 7
1. Diurnal circle at Lak; 2. East-West hour

circle; Equinoctial colure; 3. Big circle
passing through the North and South poles
and the two East-West svastika; 4. Equitorial
horizon.
Doe-\w, XII, 1,2
Emersion, in eclipse
D]-]n (bp-n), V.3, 8
Proof, Rationale
D]m[n, (c.w)
Assumption
D]myw, I.5.ii
1. Penultimate; 2. Penultimate term
Du\-tijw, (d.w)
The smallest number to be added to the dividend to make it exactly divisible by the given
divisor
Du\m-{K-lmcw, V
The divisor in Sgra - Kukra which has

numerically the smaller remainder
Du\m-[n-I-[-\pv, (d.w)
The deficit or excess of an arc
Duzw, (c.w)
The topmost; The earlier; Preceeding
Duzm-t[m-tcJ, VIII.1, 3
Vertical
Ew, (\-{Xw) (c.w)
1. Asterism; 2. Star-group
EWw, (c.w)
1. Negative; 2. Subtractive quantity
GIw, I.2
1. Unit; 2. Units place; 3. One
GI-tZiw, (d.w)
1. In the same straight line; 2. A part
GIZzn{XymZn, VI. 5.iv

(GIm-Zn-{I-taW)
1. Consecutive;
2. Numbers starting from unity
1022
A\p-_w I
GIm-tZy-tImcw, VI. 4
(GIm-tZytIm--c -kw-I-enXw)
1+2+3+4 etc.
GI-mtZytIm-c
- hkw-Ie
- nXw, VI. 412+22+32+------------------GIm-tZytIm-c
- L-\k
- w-Ie
- nXw, VI.4.iii 13+23+33+------------------GIm-tZytIm-c
- h
- -hkw-I-enXw, VI.4.iii
14+2 4+3 4+-------------------
GIm-tZytImc ka-]
- L
- mX
kwI-enXw, V.4, iii, iv
15+2 5+3 5+---------------
GIm-tZy-tIm-c
- k
- w-Ie
- nXw, VI.5.v
1+2+3+------------------
GssItIm\w, (d.w)
Numbers descending by unity
Gjy-Nm]w, (d.w)
The arc to be traversed
HmPw; ]Zw, I.8.i; VII. 3
1. First and third quadrants of a circle; 2.

Odd
Iym, VIII. 1, 2
Orbit
Iym-{]-Xn-afiew, VIII. 2
Eccentric
Iym-afi
ew, VIII.7
1.Mean orbit; 2.Deferent;

3. Concentric
Iym-hrw, VIII.4
Orbital circle of a planet
I]mew, (c.w)
Hemisphere
IcWw, (c.w)
Half-tithi period
In, IX.3
Sign Kaaka, Cancer
IymZn, IX.3
Commencing from the sign Karki or Cancer, the fourth zodiaed constellation
Iw, VI.2, VII.3
1. The diagonal of a quadrilateral;

2. Hypotenuse of a right angled triangle; 3.
Radias vector
I-hrw, VIII. 7, 8
Hypotenuse circle
1023
I-hr--Pymhv, VIII. 7
Rsine in hypotenuse circle
Iem, (Aw-iw, en]vX)
1. 1/21600 of the circumference of a circle;

2. Minute of arc
Iem-KXn, (d.w)
Daily motion of planets in terms of minutes

of arc
IemPym, (d.w)
The 24 Rsine differences in terms of minutes.
Iem-hymkw, (d.w)
Angular diameter in minutes
Ien-Zn\w, (Iey-lK-Ww) (d.w)
Number of days elapsed since the Kali epoch
Ien-bpKw, (d.w)
The aeon which commenced on Feb,18th,

3102 B.C. at sunrise at Lanka
IeymZn, V.1
Commencing from Kali epoch
Ieym-Zn-{[phw, (d.w)
Zero positions of Planets at the commencement of the Kali epoch
Ime-tIm-SnPym, IX.11
Sine from the zenith with its tip at the point

of contact of the Rika and Ghaikvtta
on the Ghaikvtta
Ime-tIm-Sy-]{- Iaw, IX.11
Declination of the Klakoi on the

Rikavtta
ImePym, (Im-e-tZmKp-Ww), IX.12
Rsine of the angle between two points of time

in degrees.
Ime-`mKw, (Im-emw-iw)
Degree of time at the rate of one hour equal

to 15 degrees of time
Ime-ew, XI. 31, 32
Ecliptic point on the horizon at the desired

time.
Ipm-Imcw, V. 3
Pulveriser, a type of indeterminate equation,

called also Diophantine equation
1024
A\p-_w I
IrXn
Square
IrjvW]w, (c.w)
Dark half of the lunar month
tI{w, VIII. 1,8; XI.1
1. Centre of a circle; 2. The particular point

on the circumference from which the arc is
measured; Anomaly 3. Mean anomaly or
commutation; 4. Distance from Mandocca
or ghrocca to mean planet
tI{-{`-aWw, VIII.2
Movement of the Kendra
tImSn, VII.1
1. Abscissa; 2. Adjacent side of a

rightangled triangle; 3. Corner rafters of
kipped roof, 4.107 (number and place); 5.
Complement of bhuja.
tImSn-Jfiw, VII.2, 3
1. The difference between two successive

abscissa; 2. The first differential of koijy
tImSn-Nm]w, VII.5
Arc of R. cos
tImSnPym, VII.5
Rsine koi or Rcosine of bhuj
tImSn-aqew, tImSy-{Kw, VII.2, 3
The point at which koi (R.cos) touches the

circle at its statrting point and the other end
is its end
tImSn-hrw, VII.3
R cos circle
tIm, VI.1
1.Corner; 2.Direction; 3.Angle
tImW-mbm, XI. 20, iii
1. Shadow at the moment of passing the

Karatta 2. Corner shadow
tImW-hrw, (d.w)
Vertical circle extending from North-east to

South-west or from North-west to South east
tImW-ip, XI. 20.iii
1.aku formed at the moment of passing

the koavtta. 2.Corner aku
1025
tIm, (c.w)
A unit of length equal to about 28 inches
{IaPym
Sum of the sine segments taken in order
{Ia-ip
Gnomon formed at the moment of passing

the koavtta.
{Imn-, A]-{Iaw, IX. 3
1. See Apakrama, 2.Declination
{Imn-tImSn
Reverse declination
{ImnPym, XI.21
Rsine declination
{Imn-afi
ew, (d.w)
{Imn-hrw, (d.w)
1. Zodiacal circles;
2. Path of the Sun in the sky
{Inbm, (c.w)
Sign Mea, Aries
nXnPw, IX.10
Terrestrial horizon passing through the four

cardinal directions, where there is no latitude
nXnPymhv, XI. 14, 26
Sine on that part of the diurnal circle
t{Xw, I.5
Plane figure Geometrical figure
t{X-êw, I.5 v
Area of a plane or geometrical figure
t]w, V.1
1. Celestial latitude; 2. Additive quantity
JIym, IX. 3
kakaky
JtKmfw, VIII.1; IX. 3
Celestial sphere or globe
Jfiw, I.8.ii
Part
Jfi-Kp-W\w, (d.w.)
Multiplication by parts
Jfi-{K-lWw, (d.w.)
Partial eclipse
JfiPym, VII.5
1. The difference between two successive

ordinates; 2. The first differential of Bhujjy
(Rsine; Sine segment)
Jfi-Pym-cw, VI.7
The second differential of Jy
1026
A\p-_w I
Jfi-Pym-tbmKw, VI.8
Sum of sine segments
Ja[yw, IX.3
1.Zenith; 2.Middle of the sky
Jw, I.2
1010 (Number and place)
Kw, VI.4
Number of terms in a Series
K-[\w, (d.w)
Sum of specified number terms in a Series
KWnXw, I.2.3
Mathematics
KXw, (c.w)
Elapsed portion of the days.
KX-K--hy-{]m-W, XI.4
The pras gone and to go
KX-Nm]w, (d.w)
The arc already traversed
KXn, VIII.1
1. Motion ; 2. Motion of celestial bodies
KXn-Iem, (d.w)
Motion in terms of minutes of arc of a planet
KXn-t`Zw, (d.w)
Difference in motion or rate of motion
KpWw, I.3
1.Multiplication; 2.Multiplier; 3.Rsine
KpWIw, I.5
Multiplier
KpWImcw, I.5
Multiplier
KpW-\w, I.5
Multiplication
KpWyw, I.5
Multiplicand
Kpcw, (c.w)
20, One-sixtieth of a vinai, 24/60/of a second in time measure
tKmfw, VII.18, IX.7
1.Sphere; 2.Celestial sphere; 3. Globe
tKmf-tI{w, VIII.1.2
Centre of a sphere
tKmf-L-\w, VII.19
Volume of a sphere
tKmf-]rjvTw, VII.18
Surface of a sphere
tKmf-]r-jvT-êw, VII.18
Surface area of a sphere
tKmf-_w, IX.8
Construction of the armillary sphere
1027
tKmf-a[yw, VIII.1
Centre of the sphere
tKmfmZn, XI.5
The point of contact of the ghaik and

apakramavtta
{Klw, VIII.1
Planet, including the Sun and the Moon, and

the ucca or higher apsis, and pta or ascending node
{Kl-KXn, VIII.1, 3, 4
Daily motion of a Planet
{KlWw, XII.1-10
Eclipse
{Kl-W-Imew, XII.1, 2
Duration of occulation during an eclipse
{Kl-W-{]-tZiw, XII. 1
1. Portion of Sun or Moon eclipsed;

2. Magnitude of an eclipse
{Kl-W-ayw, XII.2
Middle of eclipse
{Kl-W-te-J\w, XII.9
Geometrical representation of the eclipse
{Kl-W-kw-m\w, XII.3
State or situation of an eclipse at a particular

time
{Kl-`pn, VIII.1
Daily motion of a planet
{Kl-{`-a-W-hrw, VIII, 3, 5
Circle of motion of a planet
{Kl-tbmKw, (d.w)
Conjunction of two planets
{Kl-hr--tI{w, VIII. 1,2
Centre of a planets orbit
{Kl-kv^pSw, VIII. 1
True longitude of a planet
{Klm-kvtXm-Zbw, XIV.2
Rising and setting of a planet
{Kmkw, VII.22
The maximum width of the overlap of two

intersecting circles or an eclipse and measure thereof.
{Kmtkm-\-hymkw, (d.w)
The difference between the diameter and

eclipsed portion in eclipse
1028
A\p-_w I
{KmlIw, XII.1
Eclipsing body in an eclipse
{Kml-I-_nw_w, XII.1
Eclipsing body
{Kmlyw, XII.1
Eclipsed body in an eclipse
{Kmly-_nw_w, XII.1
Orb of the eclipsed body
LSnIm (\m-Un-I), (c.w.)
Unit of time equal to 24 minutes
LSnIm-\-X-hrw, IX.10
(LSn-Im-a-fiew)
Celestial Equator; path of the star rising

exactly in the east and setting exactly in the
west.
L\w, I.3
1.Cube of a number; 2. Solid body;

3. Sphere
L\-t-{X-êw, (d.w)
Volume of a body
L\-ayw, (d.w)
Centre of a sphere
L\-aqew, I.3
Cube root
L\-kw-Ie
- nXw, VI. 5.iii,
Sum of a Series of cubes of natural numbers
LmXw, I.10
Product
LmX-t{Xw, I.5; v; I.8.ii
Rectangle
N{Iw, (c.w.)
1. Circle; 2. Cycle
N{I-Iem (N-{I-en-]vX), (d.w.)
Minutes of arc contained in a circle being

21600
NXp-c{iw, (c.w.)
Quadrilateral
NXp-c-{i-`qan, VII.18
The base of a quadrilateral. The opposite

side is known as face (Mukham)
NXpbpKw, V.1
A unit of time, viz. 4320000 years, adopted

by ancient Hindu astronomers
N{-{K-lWw, XII.2, 10
Lunar eclipse
N{-irw-tKm-Xn, XV. 1, 2
Measure of the Moons phases
1029
Nbw, VI. 4
The common difference in an Arithmetic progression
Ncw, VII.2
1. Arc of the celestial equator lying between

the 6 o clock circle and the hour circle of a
heavenly body at rising; half the variation of
a siderial day from 30 naiks; 2. Declinational ascensional difference
Nc-Iem, (d.w.)
Minutes of longitude corresponding to cara
NcPym, (c.w)
Rsine caradala
Nc-Zfw (Ncmw) (d.w.)
Half ascensional difference
Nc-{]mWw (Ncm-kq) (d.w.)
Pras or asus of ascensional difference
Ncmw, VII.I
Half ascensional difference
Nm{-amkw, V.I
1. Lunar month; 2. Period from one new

moon to the next, equal to about 29.53 civil
days
Nm]w, VII.I
1. Arc or segment of the circumference of

a circle; 2. Constellation Dhanus
Nm]-tImSn, (d.w.)
Complementary arc of Bhujacpa
Nm]-Jfiw, (d.w.)
Cpa segment
Nm]-`pPm, (d.w.)
An arc measured from Medi and Tuldi in

the anti-clock-wise direction in the first and
third quadrants and in the clock-wise direction in the second and fourth quadrants
Nm]o-I-cWw, VI.6
Calculating the arc of a circle from its

semichord
Nmcw, (c.w)
Motion
OmZIw ({Km-l-Iw), (d.w.)
Eclipsing body
1030
A\p-_w I
OmZyw, (d.w)
Eclipsed body
Omb, X.I
1. Shadow; 2. Rsine of zenith distance, i.e.,

mahcchy
OmbmIw, VII.17
Hypotenuse of a right angled triangle one of

whose sides is the gnomon and the other is
the shadow.
Ombm-tImSn, XI.3
R.Cos. shadow of a gnomon
Ombm-tIm-Sn-hrw, XII.7
Circle described by Rcos. shadow of gnomon
Ombm-`qP, XI.13
Rsine gnomonic shadow.
Ombm-ew-_\w, XI.8, 37
Parallax of the gnomon
tOZw, III.2
Denominator
tOZIw, tOZyw, III.1
1.Figure; 2.Diagram; 3.Drawing
Pe[n, I.2
1014, (number and place)
Pohm, Pym VI.19
Rsine
Poth]c-kv]-c-\ym-bw, VII.8, 11
R sine (A plus or minus B)
PqIw, (c.w.)
Sign Tul, Libra
Pym, Pymhv, (Pymw), VII. 1
1.Semi-chord; 2.Ordinate of an arc; 3.Rsine

line joining the two ends of an arc.
PymJfiw, (d.w.)
1.Segment of arc; 2.Sine segment, 3.Sine difference.
PymNm-]m-cw, (d.w.)
Difference between an arc and the corresponding semi-chord
Pym]nfiw, (d.w.)
The semi-chords of one, two etc. parts of

the arcs of a quadrant which is divided into
any number of equal parts.
1031
Pymw, VII.I
See jya
Pymhw, VII.7
Square of R sine
Pymi-ch
- -tbm-Ka
- qew, (d.w.) VII.1
Root of the sum of the squares of R sine

and R reversed sine
Pymkw-Ie
- nXw, VII.5
The summation of semi-chords
Pym (k-akvX), VII.1
Complete chord of the arc
tPymXntKmfw, X.2, 3, 7
Celestial sphere
tPymXn-{Iw, VIII.1, IX.1
Circle of asterisms
Qjw (ayw), (c.w)
Figure of fish formed in a geometrical diagrams., like as in intersecting circles
XWw, V.3
1.The method of abrasion; 2.The numbers

by which the guakra and phala are
abraded
Xav, (c.w)
1.Shadow cone of the earth at the Moons

distance; 2.Moons ascending node.
Xev]c
One sixtieth of a vikal or vili of angular measure
XjvSw, V.3
Abraded
XmU\w
Multiplication
Xmcm-{Klw, (d.w)
Star planets, viz., Mars, Mercury, Jupiter,

Venus and Saturn
XnYn, V.1
1.Lunar day, 2.Thirtieth part of the lunar or

synodic month
XnYn-bw, (d.w)
1.Omitted lunar day, 2. Subtractive day
XnYyw, (d.w)
End of the new moon tithi or the full moon

tithi
XnKvhrw, XI.20.i
Oblique or Transverse circle
1032
A\p-_w I
XoXn (Aw-iw,- `m-Kw), IX.9
One degree of angular measure
XpwK, VIII.5
Apogee of the Moon
XpemZn, IX.3
1.The six signs commencing from Tul, 2.The

other side of Medi
Xpey-mIm-ct- {Xw, (d.w)
Similar figures
XrXo-bI
- w, VII.10
In a cycle quadrilateral if any two sides are

interchanged, a third diagonal is obtained
which is called by this term
XrXo-bk
- w-Ie
- nXw, VI.5
Third integral
{XnPym, ({Xn`Pym, {Xncm-inPym) (d.w) 1. Rsine 900; 2. The radius of length 3438
units, with the length of a minute of arc taken
as unit and corresponding to unity in the
tabular sines.
{Xn`Pym, ({XnPym), (d.w)
Rsine 90 degrees
{Xncm-inPym ({XnPym), (d.w)
Rsine of 900, Rsine of three ris
{Xncm-iyq\ Ime-ew, (d.w)
Klalagna less 900
{Xni-cmZn, (d.w)
Set of odd numbers (3, 5, 7, etc.)
ss{XcminIw, IV.1.
1.Rule of Three, 2.Direct proportion
{Xn`pPw ({Xy-{iw), (d.w)
Triangle
{Xy{iw hn-j-aw, (d.w)
Scalene triangle with all three sides of a different lengths.
Zn-tWm-c-\-X-hrw, IX. 10
1. North-south big circle
Zn-tWm-c
- a
- fi
ew, IX.10
Meridian Circle
Zn-tWm-c
- t- cJ, VIII.3
North-south line; Meridian; Solstical colure
Zn-tWm-c
- h
- rw, IX.2
North-South Big circle passing through the

zenith, round the celestial sphere
Zi-\k
- w-kvImcw, XIV.1,3
Visibility correction of planets
1033
Zfw, (C.W.)
Half
Ziw, 1.2
Znv, (c.w)
Direction
ZnIvN{Iw (n-Xn-Pw), (d.w)
Terrestrial horizon passing through the four

cordinal directions at which that is no latitude.
ZnIvm\w, IX.1, 15
Method of ascertaining the directions
ZnIvkmayw, (d.w)
Same or parallel line or direction
ZnIvkq{Xw, VI.1, 3
Straight lines indicating directions
ZnK{Km, (d.w)
North-south distance of the rising point from

the east-west line
ZnssKz-]-coXyw, VI.3
Perpendicularity
Zn\-`pn, (d.w)
Motion per day
Znhkw, (c.w)
Solar day
Znhy-Zn\w, (d.w)
Divine day
Znhym_vZw, (d.w)
Divine year, equal to 360 years of men
Zrw, XI.17, 28
Hypotenuse with Dggolaaku and

Dggolacchy as sides
Zrw, IX.6, 7
Reduction to observation
ZrIvOmbm, XI.7
Parallax
ZrIvt]w, XI.34
1. Ecliptic zenith distance; 2. Zenith distance

of the non-agesimal or its Rsine
ZrIvt]-tImSn, XI.34
Rcos Dkkepa
ZrIvt]Pym, XI.34
Rsine Dkkepa
ZrIvt]-Pym-tImSn, XI.34
Rcos Dkkepa
ZrIvt]-a-WvUew (-hr-w), XI.31 1. Vertical circle through the central ecliptic

point. 2. Secondary to the ecliptic passing
through the zenith.
1034
A\p-_w I
ZrIvt]-ew, (d.w)
Nonagesimal; point on the ecliptic 900 less

from the lagna or rising point of the ecliptic
ZrIvt]-hrw, XI.31
1. Vertical circle through the central ecliptic

point. 2. Secondary to the ecliptic passing
through the zenith
ZrIvt]-ip, XI.34
Gnomon re- ecliptic zenith distance
ZrXn, (d.w)
Arc of the ecliptic measured from the central ecliptic point or its Rsine; Rsine altitude
of the nongesimal
Zr-Xn-Pym, (d.w)
Rsine of the attitude of the nonagesimal

points of the ecliptic
Zrtmfw, X.7
1. Visible celestial sphere;

2. Khagola and Bhagola together
Zrtmf-mb, XI.7
Shadow relating to Dggola
Zrtmf-ip, XI.7
Gnomon relating to Dggola
ZrKvPym, (d.w)
Rsine of the zenith distance
ZrKvhrw (Zr-Mva-WvU-ew)1, XI.6, 20
Vertical circle passing through the zenith of

the observer and the planet
Zr-Mva-WvU-ew, XI. 6, 20
Vertical circle in the Dggola
Zr-Mva[yw, (d.w)
Centre of the eye-level of the seer on the

surface of the earth
ZrVw, (c.w)
Reduced by the G.C.M., i.e. converted into

primes of each other in indeterminate equations
ZrVt]w (ip-n), (d.w)
Additive and subtractive divided by the G.C.

M of dividend and divisor in Kukra
ZrV`m-PIw, V.3
Reduced divisor (by the G.C.M)
ZrV`mPyw, V.3
Reduced dividend by G.C.M
1035
tZim-cw, (d.w)
1. Longitude; 2. Difference in terrestrial longitude; 3. Correction for terrestrial longitude
tZim-c
- I
- mew, (d.w)
Time difference due to terrestrial longitude
tZim-c
- k
- w-kvImcw, (d.w)
Correction for local longitude
tZmkv (`p-P), (d.w)
1. Side of a triangle, 2. Ordinate of an arc,

3. Opposite side of a right angled triangle
ZypKWw (I-en-Zn-\w), (d.w)
Number of days from Kali epoch
ZypPym, (d.w)
Day - radius
Zyphrw (A-tlm-cm-{X-hr-w), IX.9 Diurnal circle. Smaller circles parallel to the

Ghaikmaala (celestial equator), along
which stars rise north or south of the poles
Zzm{Xnw-iZ- {iw, (d.w)
A polygon of 32 sides
ZzmZ-imw-Kp-ei
- p, XI.2
A gnomon 12 digits long used by the ancient

Hindu mathematicians in the measurement of
shadows
ZzmZ-imw-Kp-ei
-
- p-mb, XI.2,10
Shadow of a 12 digit gnomon
ZznXobIw, VII.10
The seemed hypotenuse in a poygon
ZznXo-bk
- w-kvIm-cl
- m-cIw, (d.w)
The divisor used to calculate a second correction after a first correction
ZznXob-k
- e
- nXw, (d.w)
Sum of the series of second integrals
[\w, (c.w)
1. Positive, 2. Additive
[\pv, (c.w)
Arc of a circle
{[phw, IX.1
1. Celestial pole, pole-star, north or south;

2. Zero positions of planets at epoch
{[ph-hrw ({[p-h-I-hr-w), IX.7
Meridian circle
{[ph-\-{Xw, IX.1
Pole star
[pthm-Xn, IX.7,8
Elevation of the celestial pole
1036
A\p-_w I
\{Xw, VIII.1,2
Star; Asterism; Constellation
\-{X-Iym, (Ì-ym) (c.w)
Orbit of the asterisms, equal to 17,32,60,008

yojanas, denoted by the expression jan nu
ntiragasarpa being 50 times the orbit of
the sun.
\-{X-tKmfw, IX.1,2
The starry sphere
\Xw, IX.10
Meridian zenith distance; Hour angle;

Interval between mid-day and time taken
\X-tIm-Sn-Pymhv, IX.12
Rcos. of the hour angle
\X-Pymhv, IX, 20.v
Rsine of zenith distance or hour angle
\X-Zr-Ivt-]h
- rw, XI.21i
Circle touching the zenith and

Natsamamaala
\XPy, XI.20.v
Rsine hour angle
\X-\mUn, IX.10
Interval in nis between midday and time

taken
\X-{]mWw, (d.w)
Pras of zenith distance
\X-`mKw, (\-Xmw-iw) (d.w)
Degree of zenith distance
\X-hrw, IX.10
A Big Circle which passes through the sides

(prva) of another Big Circle around the
sphere
\X-ka
- a
- fi
ew, XI.21
Prione vertical at the meridian
\Xn, XI.2, 35
Parallax in celestial latitude
\Xn-Iem, (d.w)
Nati in minutes
\Xn-tbmKw, XV.2
Sum of two parallaxes in celestial latitude
\Xn-ew-_-\-en]vXm, XI.35
R.cos. Parallax in celestial longitudes in terms

of minutes of arc
\Xy-cw, XV.2
Difference beteween parallaxes in celestial

latitude
1037
\m-{X-hjw, \m-{Xkwh-cw (d.w) 1. Sidereal year; 2. Equivalant to medi to

medi; Nirayana year; Solar Year
\mUo-hrw, (\m-Uo-h-e-bw) (d.w)
..................
\m`n-tI{w
Centre of a circle
\m`yp-{bw (\m-`yp-t-[w), (d.w)
Elavation of nbhi (Centre)
\mgn-I, (c.w)
Measure of time equal to 1/60th of a solar

day, i.e; 24 minutes
\nJhw, I.2
\nao-e\w
Immersion, in eclipse
\ncw, IX.2
Region of zero latitude, i.e. terrestrial equator
\nc-n-XnPw, IX.7
Equatorial horizon
\nc--{]-tZiw, (tZiw) IX.1
Equatorial region
\nc--tcJ, (d.w)
Equator
\nc--c-kwJy, I.4
Consecutive numbers
\oNw, V.III.1
Perigee or perihelion
\ntNm--a-fi-ew, VIII.1
Epicycle
t\an, VIII.3; XI.1
Circumference of a Circle
]w, (c.w)
Light or dark half of the lunar month
]Mvn, (c.w)
Column; Ten, (Number and place)
]-cminIw, (d.w)
Compound proportion involving five terms
]Tn-XPym (a-lm-Pym), VII.3,4
The 24 specified Rsines
]Zw, VII.2,3
1. Square root; 2. Terms of a series; 3.

Quadrant of a circle
]c-{Imn, ]c-a-{Im{n, (d.w)
Maximum declination, 240
]c-a-{Kmkw, (d.w)
Maximum eclipse or obscuration
1038
A\p-_w I
]c-a-kz-mtlm-cm{Xw, IX.9
Longest day in the year
]c-c, (c.w)
A series
]c-evt]cv
1. Word and letter numerals; 2.Numbers

formed through letters, words and phrases
]c-am--cmfw
Maximum distance between two things
]c-am--cmfw, IX.5
A big circle which passes through the two

sides (parsua) of the other Big Circle around
a sphere
]c-am-]{Iaw, IX.9
Maximum declination of a celestial body

from the Ecliptic to its orbit
]c-am-]{I-a-Pohm, IX.9
Rsine of the greatest declination
]c-ip, ]c-a-ip, (d.w)
Rsine of greatest altitude, i.e, Rsine of meridian altitude
]cmw, I.2
1017 (Number and place)
]cn-Iw, I.2
Arithmetical processes or manipulations
]cn[n (t\an)
Cicumference
]cn-{`-aWw, VI (c.w)
A complete revolution of a planet along the

zodiac with reference to a fixed star
]cn-teJw, (]cn-te-J-\w) XII.9
Graphical or diagrammatic representation
]cybw, (`-K-Ww) V.1, 3; VIII.3
1.Revolution; 2. Number of revolutions of a

planet in a yuga
]mw, (d.w)
The time when moon is in conjunction with

or opposition to the sun; End point of the
new or full moon
]ePym,
Sine latitude
]e`m,
Equinoctical shadow
1039
]mSv (sau-Vyw), XIV.3
Invisibility of a planet due to its light or retrograde motion opposite to the disc of the
Sun
]mX, VIII.16
Mode, Generally ascending node
]mizw, VI.2
Side, Surface
]nXr-Zn\w, (c.w)
Day of the manes
]ndv, XIV.3
Rising or reappearance of a planet after pu

(Mauhya) which see.
]q-hn-jp-hv, IX.3
1. Point at which the sun coarising along the

Ecliptic crosses the celestial equator from the
south to the north; 2.Vernal equinox
]qm-]-c-tcJ, VIII.3
East-west line or direction; Prime vertical
]qm-]-c-_np, XI.1
East and west points
]qm-]-c-hrw, IX.3
East-west Big Circle passing throug the zenith round the celestial globe
]rjvTw, (c.w)
Surface
{]XXv]c
One sixtieth of a tatpara in angular measure
{]Xn-]Xv ({]-Xn-]-Zw), (c.w)
The first day of a lunar fortnight
{]Xn-`pPw, (d.w)
Opposite side
{]Xn-a-fiew, VIII.3
Eccentric circle with its centre on the circumference of a planets orbit of a circle
{]Xn-afi
e
- I
- w, VIII.7
Distance of the planet on the eccentric
{]Xn-a-fi-e-kv^pSw, VIII. I,3
True longitude of a planet in the eccentric

circle
{]Xn-a-tmw, (d.w)
Perigee as opposed to apogee
{]XyIvI]
- mew, (d.w)
The hemisphere other than the one that is

being considered in a sphere
1040
A\p-_w I
{]`m-K-PmXn, III.1
Fractions of fractions
{]amWw, IV.1
Antecedant; First term of a proportion, i.e

argument in a Rule of Three.
{]am-W-êw, IV.1
1. The consequent; 2. Second term in a proportion
{]bpXw, I.2
{]h-l-{`-aWw, IX.3, XI.4
Revolution of the planets due to the

provector wind
{]h-la
- m-cqXw, {]hm-lh
- m-bp, IX.3; XI.4 Provector wind
{]kvXmcw, (c.w)
Number of combinations
{]mIvI]
- mew, (d.w)
The eastern hemisphere
{]mKvew, (d.w)
Orient rising of the ecliptic
{]mWw, XI.4
Unit of time equal to one-sixth of a vini or

four sidereal seconds
êw, (c.w)
1. Fruit, in the Rule of Three;

2. Result; 3. Bhja
_U-hm-apJw IX.1
1. Terrestrial south pole. 2. The place in the

South of the earth from where the south polar star is right above.
_mly, XI.1
Lateral side of a rt. angled triangle; Semichord; Rsine
_nw_w, XII.4
Disc of Planet
_nw_-L-\-a-[ym-cw, XII.2
Sum of the semi-diameters of a Planet less

the eclipsed part
_nw_-am\w, XlI. 3, 4
Measure of the discs of Planets
_nw_m-cw, XII.3
Sum of the semi-diameters of two planets

minus the eclipsed part.
1041
`w (\--{Xw) (c.w)
Asterism : Star
Ìym, (d.w)
Path of the asterisms
ÌqSw, (cm-in-Iq-Sw) VIII.16
The two apexes of the circles cutting the

ecliptic at rt. angles.
`KWw (]-cy-bw), V.1, V.3, VIII.1
1. Revolution of a planet along the Ecliptic;

2. Number of revolutions of a planet during
a certain period.
3. 12 rasis or 360 degrees
`tKmfw, VIII.2, IX.3
1. Sphere of asterisms; 2. Zodiacal sphere,

with its centre at the Earths centre.
`tKm-f-a[yw, VIII.2
Centre of the zodiacal shpere
`tKm-f-ip, XI.5
Gnomon with reference to the surface of the

bhagola
`N{Iw, (à-fi-ew) (d.w)
Circle of asterisms
`]-RvPcw, (d.w)
Circle of asterisms
`mKw, (Aw-iw, Xob-Xn)
1.
`mK-PmXn, III.1
Fraction
`mK-l-cWw, III.3
Division
`mKm-\p-_w,
Associated fraction
`mKm-]-hmlw,
Dissociated fraction
`mPIw, V.3
Divisor (General and in Kukra)
`mPyw, V.3
Dividend; The multiplicand in Kukra
`n-aqew, III.5
Square root of fractions
`n-hw, III.5
Square of fractions
`n-kwJy, 1.III
Fraction
1
of a circle,
360
2. Degree of angular measure
1042
A\p-_w I
`pn (= K-Xn), VIII.1
Motion; daily motion
`pP, VI.2; VII.9
1. Lateral side of a rt. angled triangle; 2. of

the angle, the degrees gone in the odd quadrants and to go in the even quadrants.
`pPm-Jfiw, (d.w)
The difference between two successive ordinates
`pPmPym, (d.w)
Rsine of an angle
`pPm--c-êw, (d.w)
Correction for the equation of time due to the

eccentricity of the ecliptic
`pPm-êw, VIII.9
Equation of the centre.
`qan, VI.2; IX.7
One side of a triangle or quadrilateral taken

for reference, generally the trase; Earth
`qtKmfw, IX.1
Earth-sphere
`qmbm, XII.4
Earths shadow
t`mKw, (`pn), VIII.1
1. Motion; 2. Daily motion
`qXm-c-m{Kl-hn-hcw, (d.w)
Angular distance between the Earth and a

Planet.
`qZn\w, V.1
1.Terrestrial day, 2.Civil day; 3. Sunrise to

sunrise; 4.The number of terrestrial days in
a yuga or kalpa
`q]-cn[n, (d.w)
Circumference of the Earth, 3350 Yojanas.
`q]mizw, IX.7
Side of the Earth
`q{`-aWw, VIII.1
Earths rotation
`qa[yw, VIII.1
Centre of the Earth
`qa-[y-tcJ, (d.w)
Terrestrial equator
`qhym-kmw, (d.w)
Radius of the Earth
aI-cmZn, (d.w)
The six signs commencing from Makara

(Capricorn)
1043
afi]w, VI.3
A square with a pyramidal roof usually found

in Hindu temples
afiew, (c.w)
1. Circle; 2. Orb
aXn,
Small tentative multiplier in Kukra got

by guessing correctly according to the conditions given
aXn-êw, (d.w)
The result corresponding to a given mati
ayw (Q-jw), (c.w)
The overlapping portion of two intersecting

circles, taking the form of a fish.
a[yw, I.2
1016 (number and place); Middle point;

Mean (Planet etc.)
a[y-Imew, (d.w)
Mean time.
a[y-KXn, (d.w)
Mean motion of Planets; Mean daily motion
a[y-{Klw, (d.w)
Mean Planet
a[y-{K-lWw, XII.1
Mid-eclipse
a[y-mb, (d.w)
Mid-day shadow
a[yPy, (d.w)
Meridian sine, i.e. Rsine of the zenith distance of the meridian ecliptic point
a[yn\-mb, XI.12
Mid-day shadow
a[y-`pn, (d.w)
Mean daily motion
a[yaw, VIII.7
1.Mean; 2.Mean longitude of a Planet
a[y-a-KXn, (a-y-K-Xn), VIII.3
Mean motion of a Planet
a[yew, XI.32,33
Meridian ecliptic piont
a[y-kv^pSw, VIII.7
Mean Planet
a[ymw, (c.w)
Mid-day
a[ym--mb, XI. 12
Mid-day shadow
1044
A\p-_w I
a[ym--m{Kmw-Kpew, (d.w)
Measure of amplitude at noon in terms of

agula
aw, VIII.13
1. Slow; mandocca, 2. Apogee of slow

motion; See also mandocca
a,(\otNm-) hrw VIII.13
1. Manda epicycle; 2. Epicycle of the equation of the centre
a-Iw, VIII.8,13
Hypotenuse associated with mandocca; radius vector
a-Ihrw, VIII.14
Circle extended by Mandakara
a-Iw, VIII.1, 2, 13
1. Manda operation in planetary computation
a-tI{w, VIII.13
Manda anomaly
a-tI{êw, VIII.13
1. Manda correction; 2. Equation of the

centure
a-]-cn[n,
Epicycle of the equation of the centre
akv^pSw, VIII.13
True longitude of Planet at the aper of the

slowest motion
atmw, (XpwK) VIII.3
1. Apogee or aphelion; 2. Higher apsis relating

to the epicycle of the equation of the centre
atm-\
- o-Nh
- rw, (a-hrw), VIII.3 Manda-nca epicycle
acpXv, IX.3
Proveetor wind, supposed to make the planets revolve
alm-mb, XI.5
1. Great shadow; the distance from the foot

of the Mahaku to the centre of the Earth;
Rsine zenith distance; 2.The gnomonic
shadow subtended on the horizon by the sun
on the diurnal circle.
almPym, (]-Tn-X-Pym), VII.3,4
The 24 Rsines used for computation
alm]flw, I.2
1045
alm-tacp, (ta-cp) IX.1
Mount Meru, taken to mark the

Terrestrial pole in the north
alm-hrw, IX.9
The Big Circle around a sphere, touching its

two opposite sides with radius being that of
the sphere
alm-ip, XI.5
1. Great gnomon; 2.The perpendicular

dropped from the Sun to the earth-line; 3.
Rsine altitude
alm-tijw,
In Kukkara, the greater of the last two

remainders taken into consideration.
am\w, (c.w)
1. Measure; 2. An arbitrary unit of measurement.
aqew, I.9; VII.3
1. The starting point of a line or arc; 2.

Square root, cube root etc.
aqe-kw-Ie
- nXw, VI.5, i; VI.5.v
Sum of a Series of natural numebrs
arKw, (c.w)
Sign Makara or Capricorn
tacp, (a-lm-ta-cp) IX.1
1. Terrestrial North pole; 2.The place in the

north of the earth from where the North polar star is right above; 3. Situated 90 degrees north of Lak.
tajmZn, VIII.3, VIII.1
1. First point of Aries; 2. Commencing point

of the ecliptic.
tamw,
1.Emergence, in eclipse; 2.Last point of contact.
auVyw,({I-aw, h{Iw) XIV.1,2
Invisibility of a Planet due to its right or retrograde motion opposite the disc of the Sun
bh-tImSn, IX.1
An astronomically postulated city on the

Terrestrial Equator, 90 degrees east of
Lak.
1046
A\p-_w I
bmayw, (d.w)
Southern.
bmay-tKmfw, (d.w)
1. Celestial sphere as viewed from the south;

2. Southern celestial sphere.
bmtaym-c
- t- cJ
(Zn-tWm-c
- t- cJ), VIII.3
South-north line, meridian
bpn, (c.w)
Proof, Rationals
bpKw, (c.w)
Aeon
bpK-`-KWw, V.3; VIII.1
Number of revolutions of a planet during a

yuga (aeon)
bpw, (]-Zw) I.8, i; VIII.3
1. Even; 2. Second or fourth quardeant in a

circle.
bp-m\w, (d.w.)
Even place cunting from units place
tbmKw, I.3
1. Conjuction of two planets; 2. Sum,

3. Daily yoga, nityayoga, twentyseven in
number and named vikambha, Prti,
yumn, etc. being Sun plus Moon; cf.
candro yogo rkayukta; 3. addition
tbmK-Nm]w, (d.w)
Arc whose semi-chord is equal to the sum

of two given semi-chords.
tbmP\, VIII.1
Unit of linear measure, equal to about seven

miles.
tbmP-\K
- Xn, VIII.1
Daily motion of Planets in yojanas
tbmP-\-hymkw, (d.w)
Diameter in yojanas
cmin, VII.1
1. A number; 2. One sign in the zodiac equal

1
to 30 degrees in angular measure. 3. 12 of

the circumference in angular measure.
1047
cmin-IqSw, VIII.16
1. The two apexes of circles cutting the ecliptic at rt. angles. 2. The two points on the
celestial sphere 900 degrees north and south
of the ecliptic from where the ri-s (signs)
are counted.
cmin-Ip-Sh
- rw, VIII.16;IX.10
The circle commencing from the Rikas

and cutting the ecliptic at internvals of one
ri (30 degrees) each.
cmin-Iq-Si
- p, XI.31
Gnomon at the rikas
cmin-IqtSm-X
- n,
Altitude of the rikas
cmin-tKmfw, IX.3
Zodiacal sphere. See also Bhagola.
cmin-N{Iw,
Ecliptic.
cmin-{]-amWw, VII.1
Measure of the ri
cmiyp-Zbw, (d.w)
Rising of the signs.
cmlp, (=]mX) (c.w)
Node of Moon, esp. the ascending node
cq]w, I.4; III.1
1. Unity; 2.One; 3. Form
cq]-hn-`mKw, (d.w)
Division by magnitude.
tcma-Ih
- n-jbw IX.1
Astronomically postulated city in the Terrestrial Equator, 90 degrees east of Lak.
ew, I.2
105 (number and place), Lakh.
ew, XI.31
1. Ecliptic point on the horizon;

2. Rising point of the ecliptic
e-k-a-a-fiew, XI.31
Prime vertical as the Orient ecliptic point
eLp-hrw, VIII.1
Smaller circle parallel to the Mahvtta (Big

circle) in a sphere
e, IX.1
Lak., a city postulated astronomically on the

Earths equator at zero longitude.
1048
em-n-XnPw, IX.2,
(DZvhr-w, D-fie
- w)
A\p-_w I
Diurnal circle as Lak; East-West hour

circle; Equinoctial colure. Big circle passing
through the North and South poles and the
two East-West Svastika
etm-Zbw, IX.1
Time of the rising of the signs at Lanka, i.e,

right ascensins of the signs.
etm-Zb
- Pym, IX.II
Sine right ascension
ew_w, VI.2;VII.1,9
1. Altitude; 2. Co-latitude; Perpendicular;

Vertical
ew_Iw, XI.2
Plumb
ew_Pym, (d.w)
Rsine co-latitude, i.e, Rcos latitude
ew_\w, X.2
Rcos latitude; Parallax in longitude, or difference between the parallaxes in longitude

of the Sun and the Moon in terms of time.
ew_-\-\m-gnI, (d.w)
Parallax in longitude in terms of niks
ew_-\t- bm-P\w, (d.w)
Parallax in terms of yojanas
emSw, XIII.2
A type of vyatpta, which occurs when Sun

plus Moon is equal to 1800 degrees.
en]vX (C-en), Ie
Minute of arc in angular measure.
en]vX-mhym-kw, (d.w)
Angular diameter in minutes
h{Iw,
Retrograde.
h{I-KXn, (d.w)
Retrograde motion of a planet.
hsamn-pI,
Convert fractions to the same denomination
hw, I.3,8.i
Square.
h-t{Xw, I.8.i.ii
Square area, place, space.
h-aqew I.9
Square root.
1049
h-hw V.7
Square of squares.
h-h-kw-I-enXw, VI.4
Summation of squares of squares
h-kw-e
- nXw, VI.4,5.ii
Sum of a series of squares of natural numbers
h-m\w, I.9; XII.6,7
The odd place counting from the units place
he\w, XII. 6,7
Deflection of a planet due to aka, or ayana
he-\Z- z-bk
- w-tbmKw, XII.8
Sum of aka and ayana valanas
heyp-]-kw-lm-cw, V.4
A particular kind of operation in Kukra
hn, V.3
1. Series of results in Kuaka, i.e,

Kukra operation; 2. Column of numbers
hmbp ({]-h-lhmbp), IX.3
Provector wind supposed to make the planets revolve
hmbp-tKmfw, IX.3
Atmopheric spheres
hnIe (hnen, hnen]vX)
1. One sixtieth of a minute of angular measure, 2. One second.
hnn]vXw, VIII.16
Having celestial latitude, deviated from the

ecliptic
hnn-]vX-{K-l-{Imn, IX.11
Declination of a planet in its polar latitude
hnt]w, VIII.16
1. Celestial latitude; 2. Polar latitudes. Latitude of the Moon or a planet
hnt-]-tImSnhrw, VIII.16
Circle on which Rcos celestial latitude is measured.
hnt-]-N-e\w, XIII.6
Precession of the equinoxes
hnt-]-a-fiew (hn-a-fi-ew), VIII.16 Orbit of a Planet

hnt-]-ew, XIII.3
Celestial latitude at the Orient ecliptic point
hn\m-gnI (hn-\mUn, hnL-Sn-Im), (c.w) One-sixtieth of a nik; 24 seconds.

hn]-co-X-Iw, VIII. 10,11,12
Reverse hypotenuse.
1050
A\p-_w I
hn]-co-X-mb, XI. 11
Reverse computation from gnomonic

shadow
hn]-co-X-ZrKvhrw, XI.20. i
Reverse computation from Dgvtta
hn]-co-X-hrw, IX.10; XI.20. i
Circle computed reversely
hnaZmw
Half total obscuration in an eclipse.
hntbmKw, I.iii; III.1
Subtraction
hnen, hnen]vX (hnI-e)
Second of arc in angular measure
hnhcw, (c.w)
Difference
hntijw, (c.w)
Difference
hntjw, (c.w)
Difference
hnjaw, (c.w)
1. Odd; 2. Odd number.
hnjp-hv, IX.3
1. Equinox 2. Point of intersection of the

ecliptic and (krntivtta or Apakrama-vtta)
and the celestial equator (Ghaikala)
3.Vernal: March 21; Autumnal Sept.23
hnjp-h-mb, XI.2
Equinoctial shadow at midday
hnjp-h-oh, (Pym), XI.3
Rsine of latitude at equinox.
hnjphXvIw, IX.3
Hypotenuse of equinoctial shadow.
hnjp-hZv`m (hnjp-h-m-b), IX.3
Equinoctial shadow, i.e Midday shadow of

a 12-digit gnomon when the Sun is at the
equinox
hnjp-hZ- zn-]c
- o-X\
- X
- h
- rw, IX.9,10
The circle cutting the Celestial Equator.
hnjph-fiew (LSn-Im-a-fiew,
LSn-Im-hrw), IX.3
hnjvIw`w I.3
1. Celestial Equator. 2. Path of a star rising

exactly in the east and setting exactly in the
west
1. Diameter; 2. The first of 27 daily yogas,
being Sun plus Moon
1051
hnkvXmcw, (c.w)
Breadth
hrw (k-a-hr-w), VIII.1
1. Circle; 2. Perfect Circle
hr-tI{w, VIII.3, IX.1
Centre of a circle.
hr-t\-an, VIII.3; IX.1
Circumference of a circle
hr-]-cn[n, VI.9
Circumference of a circle
hr-]mXw, VIII.1
The two points at which two Big circles

around a shpere intersect.
hr-]mZw, VII.2;
1. Quadrant; 2. Quarter of a Circle; 90 degrees
hr-]mizw, VII.2
The two ends of the axis around which a

sphere is made to rotate; Two directly opposite sides of a sphere on the line of its diameter
hrm-X NXp-c{iw, VII.10
A cyclic quadrilateral
hrw, I.2
ssh[rXw, XIII.2
The type of Vyatpta which occurs at a time

when the sum of the longitudes of the Sun
and the Moon amounts to 12 signs or 360
degrees
hyn, (c.w)
Unity.
hyXo-]mXw, XIII.2
The time when Sun Plus moon equals six

signs i.e, 1800
hyXo]m-XI
- mew, XIII.2
Duration of Vyatpta
hyh-I-enXw, I.4
Subtraction
hykvXI
- p-m-Imcw, (d.w)
Inverse process in Kukra
hykvXs
- s{X-cm-inIw, IV.2
Inverse proportion
hym]vXn-{K-lWw, (d.w)
Generalisation
1052
A\p-_w I
hymkw, (c.w)
Diameter of a circle or sphere
hymkmw, (d.w)
Semi - diameter, radius
ip, I.2; IX.1, 21
1. Gnomon; 2. 12-digit gnomon;

3. Mahaku or great gnomon, the perpendicular dropped from the Sun to the
earth-line, or the Rsine altitude; 4. The number 1013.
ip-tImSn, (d.w)
Complement of altitude or zenith distance
iwIz{Kw, XI.13
North-south distance of the rising or setting

point from the tip of the shadow, i.e. agr. 2.
Natijy; 3. Distance of the planets projection on the plane of the horizon from the rising-setting line.
iXw, I.2
102 (number and place); Hundred
icw, VII.2
1. Arrow, 2. Rversed sine 3. Sag or height

of an arc
ic-Jfiw, VII.16
Parts of the height of an arc
itcm-\h
- ymkw, VII.16
Diameter less ara
injvSw, (c.w)
Remainder in an operation
injvSN
- m]w, VII.4
The difference between the given cpa and

the nearest Mahjycpa
io{Lw, VIII.1,2,19
Higher apsis of the equation of the epicycle

in the equation of conjunction
{io{L-Iw, VIII.8-12
1. Hypotenuse associated with ghrocca;

2. Geocentric radius vector
io{LIw, VIII.1,2, 14
ghra operation in planetary computation
io{L-tI{w, VIII.10, 11
Centre of the ghra epicycle
io{L-]-cn[n, VIII.16
Epicycle of the equation of conjunction
1053
io{L-hrw, VIII.6
ghra epicycle.
io{L-kv^pSw, VIII.14
True longitude of a planet at ghra position,

i.e, apex of its swiftest motion
iot{Lmw, VIII.6
1. Higher apsis of the epicycle related to the

equation of conjunction. 2. Apex of the fastest motion of a planet
imt{Lm--\oNhrw, VIII.16
ghra epicycle
ipn, (c.w)
Subtraction
iq\yw, (c.w)
Zero
irwtKm-Xn, XV.1,2
Elevation of the lunar horns
tijw, (in-jvSw) (c.w)
Remainder in an operation
tim[y-êw (d.w)
Correction to be applied to a result
{ipXn(Iw), (c.w)
Hypotenuse
t{iVn, I.8.v
Series
t{iVo-t{Xw, I.8.v
A figure representing a series graphically
jU{iw, VII.1
1. Hexagon; 2. Regular hexagon
tjmU-im{iw, VI.2
Polygon of 16 sides.
kwh-cw, V.1(skuckw-h-cw)
1. Siderial year; 2. Time taken by the Sun

starting from the vernal equinox (Prvavisuvat) to return again to the Equinox
kwhw
Product
kwk]w
The lunar month preceding a lunar month

called Ahaspati which latter does not contain a sakrnti
kwkvImcw, (c.w)
Correction by addition or subtraction
k-e\w, I.4
Addition
1054
A\p-_w I
k-enXw, I.4. VII.5
1. Sum of a Sseries of natural numbers;

2. Addition
k-en-Xk
- w-Ie
- nXw, VI.5.ii
Integral of an integral
k-en-ssXIyw VI.4
Sum of the integrals
kw-{Im-n
1. The moment a planet enters into a sign of

the zodiac; 2. Entry from one sign to the next
kwJym-kz-cq]w, I.2
Nature of numbers
kZriw, (c.w)
1. of the same denomination or kind; 2. Similar
kaw, (c.w)
Level, Equal
ka-LmXw,
Product of like terms
ka-mb, XI.17
Prime vertical shadow
ka-tZw, III.2
Same denominator
ka{Xy{iw, VII.1
Equilateral triangle
ka-\new, (`q-an) XI.1
1.Plane ground; 2.Level space; 3.Horizontal
ka-t{]mXw, (kat{]mX-hr-w), (d.w) Secondary to the prime vertical

ka-a-fiew, IX.7
Prime vertical
ka-tcJ, IX.1
Prime vertical
ka-ew-_N
- X
- p-c{iw, (d.w)
Trapezium
ka-hn-Xm\w, III.1; VII.1
Level
ka-ip, (k-a-a-fie ip) XI.16
Rsine of altitude of a celestial body when

upon the prime vertical
ka-kwJy, (d.w)
Even number
ka-kX
v {- K-lWw (]q-{K-lW
- w), XII.5 Total eclipse
ka-kvXPym, VII.1
Rsine of a full arc
1055
kam-c- t- cJ, (d.w)
Parallel straight line
kmw, (d.w)
Half the sum of the eclipsed and eclipsing

bodies
kmXPohm
Common chord of the same denomination

or nature
khtZmp-Xn-Zf
- w, VII.15
Semi-perimeter.
kh-km-[m-c-WXzw, (c.w)
Universality.
khw, (c.w)
Of the same denomination or nature
kl{kw, I.2
1. 103 (number and place); 2. One thousand.
km{Kw
1.With remainder; 2.A kind of Kukkra
km[\w, (c.w)
Given data.
km]-ak
- vXIw
Vyatpta when the Sun plus Moon is equal

to 7 degrees 16 minutes
kmh-\-Zn\w, V.i
1. Civil day; 2. Duration from sunrise to sunrise; 3. Solar day
knXw
Illuminated part of the Moon, Phase of the

Moon
kn-]pcw, IX.1
An astronomically postulated city on the Terrestrial Equator; 180 degrees into opposite
to Lak.
kq{Xw, (c.w.)
1. Line; 2. Direction; 3. formula
kqcy-{K-lWw, XII.2
Solar eclipse.
kqcy-kv^pSw, VIII.7
True longitude of the Sun
skuayw, (c.w)
Northern
sku-ay-tKmfw, (c.w)
The Northern hemisphere
skucw, V.1
Solar.
sku-cm_vZw, (d.w)
Solar year
1056
A\p-_w I
m\-hn-`mKw, (d.w)
Division according to place
nXyw
Half duration of an eclipse
sueyw, (d.w)
1. Difference from the correct value,

2. Error
kv]iw, (d.w)
1. First contact in an eclipse; 2. Touch
kv^pSw, VIII.7
kv^pSw, ({K-lw), VIII, 13
True position of a planet
kv^pS-{Inb, VIII.1
Computation of true longitude of a planet
kv^pS-a-[ym--cmfw, VIII.7
Difference between the true and mean

longitudes of a planet
kv^pS-a-[ym--cmfNm]w, VIII.7
Arc of the longitude between the true

and mean of a planet
kv^pS-hnt]w, (d.w.)
Celestial latitude as corrected for parallax
kv^pSmcw, (d.w.)
Difference between true longitudes
kzw, (d.w.)
1. Addition, 2. Additive quantity
kztZ-i-n-XnPw, IX. 7
Horizon at ones place or the place

of observation
kztZ-i\
- Xw, (d.w.), XI.21.i
Meridian zenith distance, at ones place or

the place of observation
kztZ-i\
- X
- t- ImSn, (d.w.), XI.21.i
R.cos of vadesanata
kv^pSKXn, VIII.1, 8
True daily motion of a planet
kv^pS-{Klw, VIII.1, 8
kv^pS-\ymbw VIII.2
Rationate or method for exactitude
kzmtlm-cm-{X-hrw,
(a-fi-ew), ZypPym-hrw
Diurnal circle
tkzmzw
The number above the penultimate in

Kukkram
l\\w, (c.w)
Multiplication
lcWw, I.7
Division
lc-W^
- ew
Quotient
lmcIw
Divisor
lmcyw, I.7
Dividend
lrX-tijw, I.7
Remainder after division
1057
1058
A\p-_wII
INDEX OF QUOTATIONS
Dr-X-tm-I-fpsS kqNn
tmIw
B[m-c-{Kw
\ntZiw
At{XitIm-W-KmcnjvSx
eoem-hXn
VII. 15
A-c-tbmtK Imcvt
VII. 15
At ka-kw-JymZf
VI. 10
Ay{Imo-jvS-XXvtIm-Sym
knm--Z-Ww, 28, 29
IX. 12
AyZyptPyjvS`{Imtymx
knm--Z-Ww
IX. 12
At\ym\ylm-cm-`n-l-Xu
eoem-hXn , 30
VI. 8
Ahy--h-L-\-h
VI. 8
CjvSPym-{Xn-PytbmLm-Xm X{-kw-{K-l-hym-Jym, II 206
VI. 6
CjvS-tZmx-tIm-Sn-[-\ptjmx
X{-kw-{K-lw, II 10 B
VII.4
CjvtSm\bpt\
eoem-hXn , 16
XI. 20.ii
CjvtSm\-bp-{Km-in-h[x IrXnx
eoem-hXn , 20
VII. 15
EW-ar-W-[\tbmLmtXm
{_kv^pSknmw, 183
VI. 8
GI-Z-i-iX-k-l-{km-bpX
eoem-hXn , 10
I. 2
GI-hnw-i-Xn-bp-Xw- i-X-Zzbw
eoem-hXn , 247
V. 4
Ghw -X-ssZhm{X bZm
eoem-hXn , 246
V. 4
HmPm\mw kwbptXkvXyzm X{-kw-{K-l-hymJym, II.208
VI.6
{Kmtkmt\ tZz hrt
VII.16
Ombtbmx I-tbm-c-tc eoem-hXn , 232
VII.17
XZm-Zn-X-kv{Xn-kw-Jrm]vXw
Xkym DuzK-Xmbmx
X{-kw-{K-l-hymJym , II.210
VI. 6
VI. 8
1059
Dr-X-tm-I-fpsS kqNn
{Xnicm-Zn-hn-j-a-kw-Jym
VI. 3
ZymZn-bp-Pmw- hm- Ir-Xtbm
VI. 9
ZzymtZXp-cmtZm
VI. 9
]m-i-tZ-I-k-lnXm
eoem-hXn, 97
VII. 15
]c-kv]cw `mPn-Xtbmx
eoem-hXn, 243
V. 4
VII.15
{]Xn-`p-P-Z-f-IrXn
{]Y-am-Zn-^-tet`ymfY
X{-kw-{K-l-hymJym, II.207
VI.6
`mtPym lmcx t]Ix
eoem-hXn, 242
V. 4
antYm `tP-su ZrV
eoem-hXn, 244
V.4
e_v[o-\m-a-h-km\w kymXv
X{-kw-{K-l-hymJym, II.209
VI.6
ew_-KpWw `qayw
VII.15
h-tbmtKm Zztbm -cmtiymx
VII.15
hnj-amWmw bptX-kvXyzm X{-kw-{K-l-hym-Jym, II.211
VI.6
Bcy`Sobw, KWnX]mZw, 17
VII.19
hykvX-ss{X-cm-in-Iê-an-m-`w
{_kv^pSknmw, KWnX, II
XII. 3
hrt- i-c-h-tm
hymkm--tcm-\m-c
eoem-h-Xn, 204
VI. 9
hymkmZv hmcn[n-\n-l-XmXv
ka-]m-l-X-tbmbm
VI. 16
X{-kw-{Kl-hym-Jym, II.287
VI. 9
ka-bp-Xn-ê
- a
- ]
- l
- mb
VI. 11
k-tZmbp-Xn-Zf
- w- N-XpxkvYnXw eoem-h-Xn, 167
VII. 15
tkzmtz ltXyty\
eoem-h-Xn, 245
V. 4
Index
a
b
adh
a 47, 48, 107, 108, 125, 126,
180182, 237, 240, 251, 255,
256, 277, 278
Acyuta Pis.
arat.i xxvii, xxix, xxxvi,
xxxvii, 838, 856
addition 3
adhika-ses.a 35, 37
adhim
asa 31, 32
computation of adhim
asa 31
formula for finding adhim
asa 170
yuga-adhim
asa 31
adho-mukha-sanku
612
a
ditya-madhyama 491, 495, 652
a
dyanta-dyujy
a 527
agr
a 555
ark
agr
a 551, 731, 732, 782
a
sa
gr
a 569
digagr
a 574
sankvagr
a 571, 731
agr
angula
552, 555, 734

ahargan.a 31, 34, 173, 838
calculation of ahargan.a 172
finding appropriate ahargan.a for
a given bhagan.a-ses.a 173
formula for ahargan.a since the
beginning of Kaliyuga 171
is..ta-ahargan.a 33, 34
kut..ta
k
ara for finding ahargan.a
172
ahor
atra-vr.tta 498, 590
Aiyar T V V 149
Akhileswarayyar A R vii, xxxii, xxxiv,
xlviii, 149, 282, 295
aks.a 543
1061
derivation of 569, 757

aks.a-dan.d.a 519, 520, 544, 678
aks.a-jy
a 556, 743
aks.a
m
. sa
of natotkrama-jy
a 806
aks.a-sth
anya 559, 575
a
ks.a-valana 600, 601, 805807
algebra
rule of signs of 279
Almagest 283, 849
Almeida Dennis F 150
amplitude
of the Sun in inches 542
Rsine of 556
am
. sa 24, 32
am
. sa-ses.a 171
angula
6, 45
anomaly 840
antya-apakrama 609
antya-dyujy
a 527, 577
antya-kr
anti 533
anty
apakrama-kot. i 530, 607
antya-sam
ara 72, 201
. sk
an.u 98, 192
taking each segment as an.u 62
an.u-parim
an.a 56, 191
an.u-parimita 56
an.u-pr
aya 143
apakrama 495, 496, 499, 517, 525,
526, 550, 556, 568, 573, 604,
658, 760762, 767
antya-apakrama 530, 609
is..ta-apakrama 523, 532, 599
k
ala-kot.yapakrama 525, 535, 687
1062
apakrama-jy
a 521, 581, 781
apakrama-man. d.ala 496500, 511517,
522, 523, 525, 527, 536, 604,
653, 654, 656, 658, 659, 671,
683, 686
apakrama-sth
anya 575
apakrama-vis. uvat 605, 606
apakrama-vr.tta 499, 516, 517, 522,
523, 525, 529, 530, 534536,
576, 600, 604, 605, 611, 615,
657, 682, 702
apakram
ayan
anta 517, 606
apaman. d.ala 851
apavartana xl, 33, 38, 40, 71, 78,
80, 175, 297
apavart
anka
302
rationale for the procedure for
finding 302
apavartita-bhagan. a 35
aphelion 622
apogee 475, 622
arcs
sum and differences of 110, 239
ardha-jy
a 58, 84, 562
area
of a circle 143, 263
of a cyclic quadrilateral 122, 249
of the surface of a sphere 140
of triangles 134, 255
product as an area 6
Aries
first point of 471, 475, 621
Aristotelian logic 268
ark
agr
a 550, 730
ark
agr
angula
542
arkonnati-sara 830
Aryabhat
. a xxii, xxvi, xlii, xliii, 296,
643
Aryabhat
. an school 665, 840
Index
Aryabhat
.ya xlii, xliii, 138, 144, 196,
214, 224, 227, 265, 272, 294
commentaries on
by Ghat.igopa xxvi
by Kr.s.n.adasa in Malayalam
xxvi
by Nlakan.t.ha Somayaj xxvi
by Paramesvara xxvi
Aryabhat
a.sya xxxv, 233, 272,
.ya-bh
278, 280, 295, 838, 845, 846,
851, 852
a
sa
gr
a 556, 565, 567, 568, 574, 742,
756
derivation of 755
a
sa
gr
a-kot. i 567, 574, 755
asam
khy
a 48
.
ascensional difference 544, 762, 795
Rsine of 550
asta-lagna 578, 770, 775, 776
astronomy
in Kerala xxi
autumnal equinox 671, 778
avama 32
yuga-avama 32
avamadina 170
av
antara-yuga 173
av
antara-yuga-bhagan. a 35
avayava 23
bhagan.a-avayava 33
aviks.ipta-graha 527, 528, 688
avises.a-karma 664
for calculating manda-sphut.a from
manda-kendra 663
for determining manda-karn.a 631
for finding nati and viks.epa 595
for finding parv
anta 594
for finding vyatp
ata 610
in finding mean from the true
Sun and Moon 501
avisis..ta-karn.a 633
Index
avisis..ta-manda-karn.a 640, 660, 666
avyakta-gan.ita 202
avyakta-vidhi 74
ayana-calana xxxiv, xxxviii, 515, 674
manner of 515
the effects of xliv
ayan
anta 513, 517, 576, 599, 605,
607, 608, 676
ayan
anta-pradesa 604
ayan
anta-r
asi-k
u.t a-vr.tta 516, 676
ayan
anta-s
utra 599
ayan
anta-viparta-vr.tta 522, 523, 535,
601, 680, 682, 683, 804
ayan
antonnata-jy
a 577
ayana-sandhi 512, 609, 670
a
yana-valana 598, 599, 805, 807
Babylonians xxiii, 269
Bad.av
amukha 509
Bag A K 267
b
ahu 45
benediction 1
bh
aga 34
bhagan.a 3136, 471
apavartita-bhagan. a 35
av
antara-yuga-bhagan. a 35
corresponding to mean position
of the planet 171
bhagan.a-avayava 33
bhagan.a-ses.a 3337, 171, 173
and other remainders 33, 171
formula for finding bhagan.a from
171, 172
of mean Sun 35, 173
bh
aga-ses.a 34, 171
bhagola 473, 475477, 482, 488, 491,
495, 500, 509, 511, 513, 514,
516, 518, 520, 584, 585, 593,
622, 648, 667, 670, 671, 673,
677, 680, 722, 723, 728, 852
1063
bhagola-madhya 472, 492, 584, 622,
647, 648, 652, 656, 659
bhagola-sanku
546, 723
bhagola-viks.epa 498
and bh
u-t
ar
agraha-vivara 656
expression for 657
bh
ajaka xl, 34, 3640, 4244, 172,
174, 296
dr.d.ha-bh
ajaka 35, 39, 41, 42
bh
ajya xl, 34, 3644, 172, 174, 175,
296301, 303309
dr.d.ha-bh
ajya 35, 39, 41, 42, 175,
297, 299, 300
bh
ajya-ses.a 42, 43
Bh
arata-khan. d.a 509, 668
Bhaskara I 272, 294, 845, 846, 850
Bhaskara II xxiii, xxxviii, 38, 176,
270, 272275, 277, 278, 285,
287, 295, 297, 563, 846
Bhat.adpik
a 851
Bhattacharya Sibajiban 291
bh
ugola 509, 667, 680
bhuj
a 45, 47, 61, 91
bhuj
a-bh
aga 70
bhuj
a-c
apa 88
bhuj
a-jy
a 8587, 212
bhuj
a-jy
a-khan.d.a 599
bhuj
a-khan.d.a xli, 6062, 86, 190,
192, 502, 599, 663, 805
bhuj
a-kot.i-karn.a-ny
aya 14, 30, 159,
169, 179, 182, 271
bhuj
a-kr
anti 528
bhuj
apakrama-kot. i 530
bhuj
a-phala 483, 607, 633
bhuj
a-phala-khan.d.a 663
bhuj
a-pr
an.a 778
bhuj
a-s
amya 609
bhuj
a-sankalita
192
bhuj
a-varga-sankalita
190
bh
u-madhya 626
1064
bh
u-p
arsva 518, 519
bh
u-pr.s..tha 587, 614
bh
u-t
ar
agraha-vivara 498, 656, 657
Bjagan.ita 176, 270, 273275, 277,
294, 295, 297, 299, 300, 302,
303, 308, 310
Bjanav
ankur
a 176
Bjapallavam 274, 275, 279, 280, 287,
295, 297, 299, 300, 302, 303,
308
bimba 549
bimba-ghana-madhya 599601
bimba-ghana-madhy
antara 594
bimba-ghana-madhy
antar
ala 594
bimb
antara 594, 600, 800802, 807,
808, 827829, 831, 832, 834,
835
computation of 595, 803
bimb
ardha
gr
ahya-bimb
ardha 601
of Sun and Moon 594
bimba-yog
ardha 594
binomial series 189
Bourbaki N 291
Boyer C B 268
Brahmagupta 270, 294
Br
ahmasphut. a-siddh
anta 74, 270, 596
Bressoud D 150
Brouncker-Wallis-Euler-Lagrange algorithm 270
Buddhivil
asin xxiii, 272, 275, 277,
286, 295
Burgess E xlii
cakrav
ala 269, 270
candra-karn. a 597
candra-sphut. a 585, 595
candra-s.rngonnati
827
candra-s
utra 615, 616
candra-tunga
475
Index
candrocca 584586, 786
c
apa 84
c
apa-khan.d.a 86, 503, 599
c
apa-khan.d.aikadesa 90
c
apkaran.a 68, 71, 198, 200
cara-jy
a xlv, 550, 578, 721
cara-pr
an. a 550
cardinal points 511, 670
caturasra 6
caturyuga 621
celestial equator 524, 669
celestial gnomon 545
celestial shadow 545
celestial sphere 473, 474, 500, 519,
522, 543, 667, 719, 722, 793,
812, 852, 854
axis of 670
centre of 472, 584
division into octants 576
equatorial 510, 667
for an equatorial observer 518,
669, 678
for an observer having northern latitude 668
motion of 509
when the vernal equinox and
the zenith coincide 771
zodiacal 511, 622
ch
ay
a 570, 723
bhagolacch
ay
a 547, 725
dr.ggolacch
ay
a 547, 724
is..tadik-ch
ay
a 574, 770
mah
acch
ay
a 545, 722
samacch
ay
a 554, 737
vipartacch
ay
a 543, 727
vis.uvacch
ay
a 542, 552, 768
ch
ay
a-bhuj
a 550, 570, 730
ch
ay
a-karn.a 140, 549, 716, 722, 727
ch
ay
a-karn.a
ngula
542
Index
ch
ay
a-kot.i 553, 565, 569575, 731,
733, 735, 749, 760, 762
ch
ay
a-kot.i-kot.i 757
ch
ay
a-kot.i-vr.tta 600, 601, 806
ch
ay
a-lambana 547, 548, 584, 587,
588, 724, 725, 785, 789, 790
and Earths radius 725
ch
ay
a-sanku
723, 792
ch
ay
a-vr.tta 542
cheda 24, 281
samaccheda 74, 202
circle 45, 179
area of 143, 263
circumference approximated by
regular polygons 46, 180
circumference in terms of the
Karn.a-s 53, 187
circumference without calculating square-roots 49, 183
circumference 45, 179
a very accurate correction 82,
207
accurate, from an approximate
value 103, 233
calculation of 67, 197
dividing into arc-bits 49, 183
in terms of the Karn.a-s 53, 187
of a circle approximated by regular polygons 46, 180
without calculating square-roots
49, 183
Citrabhanu xxviii, 856
civil days
elapsed 171
elapsed since the beginning of
Kali 32, 170
in a yuga 32, 170, 171
co-latitude 542, 718
Colebrooke H T 270
continued fraction 207
1065
Copernican Revolution 849
Copernicus 849
corner shadow 562
cyclic quadrilateral
and jve-paraspara-ny
aya 117,
245
area of 115, 122, 244, 249
circum-radius of 249
diagonals of 109, 239
daks.in.a-dhruva 668
daks.in.a
yana 542
daks.in.ottara-man. d.ala 522
daks.in.ottara-nata 526, 700
daks.in.ottara-nata-vr.tta 523, 528, 529,
699
daks.in.ottara-vr.tta 511, 514, 515, 519,
523, 528, 670, 689, 703
Damodara
son of Paramesvara xxxv, xxxvi
teacher of Nlakan.t.ha xxxvii
dan.d.a 6
darsana-sam
ara 611, 822, 825
. sk
darsana-sam
sk
a
ra-phala 613
.
Datta B B 267
Davis Philip J 292
declination
of a planet with latitude 525,
685
of the Moon, derivation of 810
representative of 559
deferent circle 624
De Revolutionibus 849
Dhanur
adi 673
Dhruva 510, 511, 513517, 519, 520,
543, 557, 558, 566, 573, 604,
606, 668, 669, 671, 673, 676,
678, 719
altitude of 669
1066
northern 558, 668
southern 558, 668
dhruva-ks.itij
antar
ala-jy
a 567
dhruvonnati 567
diagonal 14, 45, 110, 111
definition of 7
of a cyclic quadrilateral 109
of the product rectangle 14
third 111, 114116, 240
digagr
a 557
digvr.tta 557, 560, 743, 744, 750
752, 754
is..ta-digvr.tta 566, 575
vidig-vr.tta 566568, 752
vyasta-digvr.tta 566
dinman
. d.ala 557, 559, 562, 578

directions
determination of 552, 735
fixing 715
distance
between the centres of the solar
and lunar discs 800
between the observer and the
planet 725
between the planet and the centre of the Earth 725
of the object from the observer
on the surface of the Earth
724
diurnal circle 551, 668
division 11
dorjy
a 523, 527, 533
dorjy
a-kot.i 537, 706
Dreyer J. L. E., 849
dr.g-gan.ita system 837
dr.ggati-jy
a 588590, 789
dr.ggola 547, 722
dr.ggolacch
ay
a 546, 722, 725
dr.ggola-sanku
546, 723
dr.g-vis.aya 548, 726
Index
dr.g-vr.tta 722
dr.k-karn.a 546, 584, 589, 724, 798,
827
when the Moon has no latitude
589, 792
dr.kks.epa 577, 593, 771
determination of 782
from madhya-lagna 782
from udaya-lagna 782
dr.kks.epa-jy
a 577, 582, 583
dr.kks.epa-kot.i 579, 583, 784
dr.kks.epa-lagna 579, 583, 588, 770,
776, 789
dr.kks.epa-man.d.ala 582, 587
dr.kks.epa-sama-man.d.ala 582, 783, 784
dr.kks.epa-sanku
583, 784
dr.kks.epa-vr.tta 576, 577, 582, 583,
770, 776
dr.k-s
utra 602
dr.nman
. d.ala 545, 548, 550, 552, 557,

559, 583, 587, 588, 722, 733,
769, 789
dvitya-karn.a 788
dvitya-sphut.a 585, 586
of the Moon 786
dvitya-sphut.a-karn.a 584, 585, 614
of the Moon 827
of the Sun 827
dvitya-sphut.a-yojana-karn.a 589, 798
dyujy
a xliv, 524, 526, 698
Earth
centre of 545
distance from 596
Earth shadow
length of 803
eccentric circle 472
eccentric model 622
eclipse 593, 798
commencement of 597, 804
Index
direction of 597, 804
graphical chart of 601, 808
time for a given extent of 594
eclipsed portion
at a required time 593, 798, 802
ecliptic 495, 653, 671
secondary to 671
Edwards C H 293
Egyptians xxiii, 269
Emch Gerard G 150, 267
epicycle 623
epicyclic model 623
equation of centre 622, 652, 837
consistent formulation given by
Nlakan.t.ha 849
for interior planets 844
equatorial horizon 670
equatorial terrestrial sphere 668
equinoctial shadow 719
equinoxes 674
motion of 515, 674
Euclid 282
Euclidean algorithm 174, 298
Euclidean geometry 268
evection term 786, 827
exterior planets
sghra correction for 841
Fermat 269
fractions
arithmetics of 23, 167
nature of 23
Gan.esa Daivaj
na xxiv, 270, 272, 274,
275, 277, 286, 295
author of Grahal
aghava xxiv
on the need for upapatti xxiii
gan.ita
avyakta xxiv, 202
vyakta xxiv
1067
elementary calculations 1
need for upapatti xxiv
the science of calculation 268,
269
gan.ita-bheda 3
Gan.itakaumud 197, 227
Gan.itayuktayah. xxxiv, 853
ghana 3
ghana-bh
u-madhya 545
ghana-m
ula 3
ghana-sankalita
64, 99, 230

gh
ata
product of dissimilar places 12
ghat.ik
a 511, 517, 520, 524526, 533
535, 702, 710
ghat.ik
a-man.d.ala 498, 499, 511526,
531, 543, 550, 553, 557, 559,
565, 569, 574576, 579, 590,
600, 604, 605, 669, 678, 687,
719, 737, 750, 757, 758, 760,
769, 778
ghat.ik
a-nata 525, 526, 533, 682684,
687, 700, 705
ghat.ik
a-nat
antar
ala 539
ghat.ik
a-nata-vr.tta 523, 524, 526, 533,
539, 540, 682685, 699, 707,
710
ghat.ik
a-vr.tta 511, 514, 517, 519, 523,
525527, 531, 533537, 539,
545, 557560, 566, 604, 608,
682, 683, 685, 701, 711, 744
gnomon 541
12-inch 548, 725
corrected shadow of 548, 725
downward 612
when the Moon has latitude 589,
792
gnomonic shadow 541, 714
12 inch 542
gola 141
1068
gol
adi 517, 577, 677
gola-sandhi 609
Golas
ara 838, 853
Govindasvamin xxviii, 850
Bh
as.ya of 294
graha-bhraman. a-vr.tta 472474, 853,
854
graha-gati 649
graha-sphut. a 498, 656
Grahasphut. a
nayane viks.epav
asan
a 853
gr
ahya-bimb
ardha 601
gr
ahya-graha 601
great gnomon 545, 721
at the prime vertical 553, 736
great shadow 545, 721
Greeks 268
Gregory James xli, 149
gun.a 39, 43, 44, 175, 176, 178, 298
300, 303
for even and odd number of quotients 308
gun.ak
ara 34
definition of 4
gun.ak
ara-sam
a 36
. khy
gun.ana 7
khan.d.a-gun.ana 25
gun.ya
definition of 4
Gupta R C xlvi
h
ara 4244, 174, 175, 296, 297, 299
301, 303305, 307, 308, 310
h
araka 11
dr.d.ha-h
araka 39
h
ara-ses. a 43
Haridatta xxviii
Hariharan S liii, 150
h
arya 11
Hayashi T 150
Index
Hersh Reuben 285, 292
Hilbert David 285
Hindus 268
allegedly only had rules but no
logical scruples xxiii
horizon 518, 678
at Lank
a 511
Hui Liu 278
Ibn ash-Shatir 849
icch
a 2830, 33, 42
icch
a-ks.etra 50
icch
a-phala 28, 29, 32, 33, 42, 47
icch
a-r
asi 29, 3235, 47
ili 471, 478, 499, 531, 545
Indian planetary model
revision by Nlakan.t.ha Somayaj
837
infinite series
for 281
for trignometric functions 281
geometric 280, 281
interior planets
sghra correction for 842
inverse hypotenuse 484, 635
Islamic tradition
planetary models of 849
is..ta-bhuj
a-c
apa 88
is..ta-digvr.tta 557, 742744, 749751
is..ta-dikchanku
559
is..tadik-ch
ay
a 559, 568, 767
another method 574, 767
is..ta-dinman
. d.ala 574, 767, 769

is..ta-dorjy
a 522, 681
is..ta-dorjy
a-kot.i 690
is..ta-dorjy
a-kr
anti 527
is..ta-dr.nman
d
ala
557
..
is..ta-dyujy
a 525, 527
is..ta-dyujy
a-vy
as
ardha 527
is..ta
gr
a 752
Index
is..ta-jy
a 522
is..ta-kot.i-c
apa 88
is..ta-kr
anti 533, 699
is..ta-kr
anti-dorjy
a 528
is..ta-kr
anti-kot.i 533
is..ta
pakrama 681
is..ta
pakrama-kot. i 540, 682, 701
is..ta
sa
gr
a 557
is..ta
sa
gr
a-kot. i 565
iterative corrections 54
Jayadeva 270
jve-paraspara-ny
aya 105, 107, 234
an alternative proof 237
and cyclic quadrilateral 117, 245
derivation of Rsines from 234
j
na
ta-bhoga-graha-vr.tta 492494, 500,
647649
j
neya-bhoga-graha-vr.tta 492494, 500,
647, 649
John Jolly K 150
Joseph George G 150, 267
jy
a 54, 198, 209, 478, 479, 525
successive corrections to 100, 228
jy
a-c
ap
antara 97, 100
jy
a-c
ap
antara-sam
ara 101, 230, 231
. sk
jy
a-c
ap
antara-yoga 101
jy
a-khan.d.aikadesa 90
jy
anayana xxxviii
jy
ardha 49, 52, 54
jy
a-sankalita
97
desired Rsines from 96
desired Rversines from 96
Jyes.t.hadeva v, xxi, xxvii, 57, 191,
282, 295, 838, 856
date of xxxv
evidence indicating his authorship of Yuktibh
as.a
xxxv
family name of xxxvi
pupil of Damodara xxxvi
1069
teacher of Acyuta xxxvi, xxxvii
the younger contemporary ofNlakan.t.ha xxxvii
jyotir-gola 514
kaks.y
a-man.d.ala 474476, 481, 627,
628, 631, 638
kaks.y
a-pratiman. d.ala 494
kaks.y
a-vr.tta 474477, 479484, 486,
493, 494, 500, 624, 633
k
ala 686
kal
a 34, 172, 208
cakra-kal
a 83
k
ala-dorgun.a 531, 691
k
ala-jy
a xliv, 525, 531, 539, 540,
686, 691, 699
k
ala-kot.i 702
k
ala-kot.i-jy
a 525, 702
k
ala-kot.i-kr
anti 527, 686
k
ala-kot.i-kr
anti-kot.i 527
k
ala-lagna 575, 577, 580, 581, 613,
770, 771, 774, 775, 777780,
826
corresponding to sunrise 579,
777
kal
a-ses.a 34, 172
kali day
kaliyuga 170, 171, 621
Karky
adi 491, 501
karn.a 45, 46, 481, 484, 485, 487,
492, 501503, 550, 572, 573,
596, 607, 638, 762
alternative method for finding
483, 633
definition of 7, 45
sakr.t-karn.a 632
karn.a
nayana 607, 815
karn.a-vr.tta 477, 481, 482, 484488,
1070
492, 546, 626, 628, 635, 640,
641, 647
karn.a-vr.tta-kot.i 482, 629
Kat.apay
adi l, 173
Katz V J 150
kazhukkol 50, 51, 185
kendra-gati 494
Kepler 837, 849
Kerala
Aryabhat
. an school xxv
centres of learning xxi
geographical location xxi
Namp
utiri Brahmins of xxv
royal patronage xxv
school of astrology xxii
school of astronomy xxii, 150,
837
school of mathematics v, viii,
150
science texts in Sanskrit in the
manuscripts repositories of
xxvi
Kern H., 851
Ketu 604, 810
khan.d.a-jy
a xli, 95, 224, 502, 548
khan.d.a-jy
antara 95
Khan.d.akh
adyaka xlii, xliv, 294
Kline Morris xxiii, xxiv, 269
kol 6
kon.a-sanku
562, 747
kot.i 45
kr
anti-kot.i xliv
kot.i-c
apam 69
kot.i-jy
a 69, 212, 222, 548
kot.ijy
a-khan.d.a 89
kot.i-khan.d.a xli, 86
kot.i-phala 483, 833
kot.i-phal
agr
a 608
kot.i-sara 85
kot.yapakrama-kot. i 530
Index
kramacch
ay
a 550
kr
anti-jy
a 528
kr
anti-kot.i 527
Krishnaswamy Ayyangar A A 270
Kriy
akramakar xxvi, xxxviii, 207,
249, 277, 295
Kr.s.n.a Daivaj
na 176, 270
ks.epa 38, 40, 41, 43, 44, 172, 175,
176, 178, 296, 297, 299301,
303305, 307310
apavartita-ks. epa 42
dhana-ks.epa 44
dr.d.ha-ks.epa 40
is..ta-ks.epa 43, 44
.rn.a-ks.epa 36, 37, 41, 43, 44,
177
ks.epa-p
arsva 606
ks.epa-p
arsvonnati 607
ks.epa-sara 615, 831
ks.etra 6, 157, 159
ek
adi-dvicaya-sred.h-ks.etra 17
gh
ata-ks.etra 7, 11, 13, 14
khan.d.a-ks.etra-phala 7
pram
an. a-ks.etra 50
sankalita-ks
. etra 98
sred.h-ks.etra 17, 161
varga-ks.etra 7, 11, 13
ks.etra-gata 278
ks.etra-kalpana 565
ks.etra-vises.a 555
ks.itija 512, 678
ks.iti-jy
a 551, 556, 569, 572, 573,
732
kujy
a xlv
Kuppanna Sastri T S 851
Kusuba T 150
kut..ta
k
ara xxxviii, xl, 31, 34, 36, 38,
170, 296
an example 36, 174
for finding ahargan. a 34, 172
Index
for mean Sun 43, 177
in planetary computations 33,
171
rationale when the ks.epa is nonzero 303
rationale when the ks.epa is zero
303
the method to know the icch
ar
asi 35
upapatti of 296
labdhi 39, 44, 175, 176, 178, 298,
299, 303
for even and odd number of quotients 308
Laghum
anasa 507, 614, 827
Laghuvivr.ti xxxii, 224, 799, 846
lagna 579, 612, 793
lagna-sama-man.d.ala 575, 590, 592,
770, 771, 783, 784
Lagrange 269
Lakatos I 292
Lalla 273
lamba 542
lambaka 549
lambana 543, 547, 549, 583, 584,
588, 589, 594, 719, 727
as the karn.a 584
definition of 725, 785
of the shadow 548
of the Sun and Moon 593, 614,
798
lamba-nip
at
antara 124, 125, 128, 130,
250, 251
area in terms of 124, 250
lamba-yoga 124
Lank
a 509, 511, 519, 670
Lank
a-ks.itija 670
1071
Lankodaya-jy
a 525, 686, 700

Lankodaya-jy
a-kot.i 686, 700

latitude 495, 519, 526, 527, 529
531, 550, 551, 553, 655, 718,
825
arc of the latitude 526
calculation of latitude in Ptolemaic model 849
celestial 550, 591
co-latitude 542
deflection in 587
different rules for the calculation of 846
effect of parallax on 714
justification for two different rules
by Pr.th
udakasvamin 846
method of arriving at the declination of a planet with latitude 528
of interior planets 850
Rcosine of 530, 532
representative of 559
Rsine of 529, 530, 532, 554, 556
rule for exterior planet 845
rule for interior planet 845
unified formulation for its calculation by Nlakan.t.ha 848
latitudinal triangle 739
Leibniz xli, 150
Ll
avat xxxviii, 2, 3840, 75, 79,
122, 123, 133, 137139, 174,
249, 251, 255, 258, 261, 270,
274, 275, 295, 563
commentary Buddhivil
asin xxiii
linear indeterminate equations
solution of 279
lipt
a 32
local horizon 678
longitude circle 668
lunar eclipse 595, 602, 802, 803, 809
1072
Madhava v, xxvii, xxxi, 57, 191,
198, 282, 635, 837
and jve-paraspara-ny
aya 234
author of
Lagnaprakaran. a xxviii
Sphut.acandr
apti xxix
Ven.v
aroha xxviii
contribution to mathematical analysis 837
exact formula for manda-karn. a
841
tabulated sine values 233
madhya 625
madhya-bhuj
a 581
madhyacch
ay
a-karn. a 739
madhya-gati 473
madhy
ahnacch
ay
a 783
madhy
ahn
agr
angula
555
madhya-jy
a 582, 783
madhya-k
ala 579, 777, 781
madhya-lagna 575, 579, 582, 583,
613, 770, 776, 777, 781783
madhya-lagn
anayana 581, 780
madhyama 475, 625
madhyama-graha 623
madhyama-jy
a 582
madhy
arka-gati 854
madhya-yojana-karn. a 548, 593, 725
Mah
abh
askarya 631, 665, 850
mah
acch
ay
a 545, 721
Mah
ameru 509, 668
mah
a-sanku
545, 721
Mah
ayuga 621
Makar
adi 491, 501
Malayalam
astronomical manual in xxxvii
commentary on S
uryasiddh
anta
xxxv
texts in xxii
the language of Kerala xxi
Index
Mallari xxiv
manda 503, 508, 631, 642, 665, 847
manda-bhuj
a-khan.d.a 505
manda-bhuj
a-phala 488, 490
mandaccheda 507
manda-doh.-phala 504, 505
manda-jy
a 502
manda-kaks.y
a 853
manda-kaks.y
a-man.d.ala 852
manda-karn.a 482, 488, 490492, 495,
498, 503, 505, 507, 508, 584
586, 614, 631, 635, 642647,
650652, 658660, 663, 665,
666, 724, 786, 787, 827, 839,
841
computation of true planets without using manda-karn.a 503,
664
without successive iterations 841
manda-karn.a-viks.epa 658
manda-karn.a-viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta 659
manda-karn.a-vr.tta 484, 489491, 495
497, 499, 508, 644, 648, 654,
655, 657, 661, 663, 788
manda-karn.a-vy
as
ardha 497
manda-kendra 505, 506, 662, 663,
665, 840
manda-kendra-jy
a 490
manda-khan.d.a-jy
a 504
manda-kot.i-phala 504, 508
man.d.ala
dr.kks.epa-man.d.ala 590, 794
kaks.y
a-man.d.ala 649
pratiman. d.ala 633
unman.d.ala 577
manda-nca-vr.tta 472, 488
manda-ncocca-vr.tta 473, 474, 488
490, 496, 507, 508, 624, 625,
631, 640, 643, 644, 652, 654,
660
Index
man.d.apa 50, 51, 184
manda-phala 495, 503, 505507, 665,
725
manda-phala-khan. d.a 503
manda-pratiman. d.ala 508
manda-sam
ara 622, 624, 644, 659,
. sk
664, 665, 725, 838840
different computational schemes
in the literature 839
for exterior planets 839
its equivalence to the eccentricity correction 839
leading to true heliocentric longitude of the planet 839
manda-sphut.a 484, 488, 489, 493,
495, 497, 499, 501503, 507,
586, 642644, 647649, 652,
659, 660, 663665, 786, 827,
841
from the madhyama 487, 641
manda-sphut.a-graha 490, 494, 648,
657, 845, 847
manda-sphut.a-ny
aya 495, 652
manda-vr.tta 495, 622, 652, 854
mandocca 472474, 489, 495, 503,
623625, 637, 643, 827, 854
and pratiman. d.ala in the computation of manda-sphut.a
644
direction of 631
longitude of 839
motion of planet due to mandocca 622
mandocca-vr.tta 473, 496, 497
Maragha school of astronomy 849
m
asa 32
mathematical operations 3, 151
mathematics
as a search for infallible eternal
truths 282
1073
its course in the western tradition 282
new epistemology for 291
maud.hya 611, 822
mean Moon
from the true Moon 500, 659
from the true Moon (another
method) 501, 660
mean planet
from true planet 502, 663
mean Sun 35, 491, 495, 850, 854
from the true Sun 500, 659
from the true Sun (another method)
501, 660
Mercury 493495, 507, 508, 648, 651,
652, 665, 837, 838, 842, 847,
851, 852, 855
meridian ecliptic point 581, 780
determination of 780
longitude of 770
Mes.a
di 471, 489, 512, 514, 550, 607,
621, 671, 674676, 786
minute 471
Mithun
adi 673
Mohanty J N 289
moks.a 807
month
intercalary 170
lunar 31, 32, 170
solar 31, 170
Moon
second correction for 584, 786
Moons cusps
elevation of 827
Morrow G R 283
Mukunda Marar K 149
multiplication
general methods 46, 151, 152
is only addition 4
1074
special methods 7, 8, 10, 153
156
Mu
njala 507, 614, 666, 827
n
abhi 516, 541
naks.atra 510
naks.atra-gola 509, 667
Narasimhan V S xxxii
Narayan.a Bhat.t.atiri xxxvi
Narayan.a Pan.d.ita 197, 227
Nasir ad-Din at-Tusi 849
nata 526, 534, 568, 570, 572
ghat.ik
a-nata 525, 539
svadesa-nata 566
vis.uvat-viparta-nata 533
y
amyottara-nata 524, 534, 538
nata-dr.kks.epa 567
nata-dr.kks.epa-man.d.ala 566
nata-dr.kks.epa-vr.tta 565, 575, 750
752
nata-jy
a 533, 536, 565, 567, 574,
699
nata-jy
a-kot.i 700
nata-kot.i 534, 703
nata-kot.i-jy
a 537
nata-lambana-sam
ara 587
. sk
nata-p
arsva 568
nata-p
arsvonnati 568
nata-pr
an.a 552, 578, 733
nata-sama-man. d.ala 565, 750
nata-sama-vr.tta 752
nata-vr.tta 523, 525, 526, 535, 537
540, 565568, 573, 574, 682,
685, 699, 707, 750, 752, 764
766
nata-vr.tta-p
arsva 568
nati 548, 583, 584, 587, 588, 590,
593595, 602, 607, 614617,
725, 833, 834
Index
for the Sun 616
of the Sun and Moon 800, 831,
834
nati-jy
a 616
nati-phala 617
nati-sara 616, 617, 831
natotkrama-jy
a 601, 806
nemi 516, 541
Neugebauer O xliii, 850
Newton xli
ncocca-vr.tta 475, 485
Nlakan.t.ha-Somayaj v, xxxii, xxxiii,
xxxv, xxxvii, xxxviii, xlii,
xliii, 149, 233, 531, 642, 837,
841, 846849, 851856
consistent formula for equation
of centre 848
geometrial picture of planetary
motion 851
improved planetary model 846
unified formula for obtaining the
latitude of a planet 848
niraks.a-desa 510, 668
niraks.a-ks.itija 519, 678
nirayan.a longitude 622, 675
northern hemisphere 544
numbers 2
nature of 1
ny
aya
bhuj
a-kot.i-karn.a-ny
aya 14, 30,
159, 169, 179, 182, 271
jve-paraspara-ny
aya 105, 107,
115, 117, 234, 237, 245, 246
trair
asika-ny
aya 30, 169
tribhuja-ks.etra-ny
aya 108
tryasra-ks. etra-ny
aya 109
ny
aya-s
amya 562, 591
obliquity of the ecliptic 675
Index
oja 12
operations
mathematical 1, 151
orb
distance between the orbs of the
Sun and Moon 614, 828
eclipsed 601
measure of the planets 596, 804
of darkness 602, 809
radius of 601
yojana measure of the orb always remains the same 596
orient ecliptic point
longitude of 770
pada 56
Parahita 666
parallax
in latitude and longitude 583,
785
of the gnomon 587, 789
parama-kr
anti 528, 696, 698, 700,
701, 703, 704, 708
parama-kr
anti-kot. i 528, 689
param
apakrama 522, 681, 691, 692
param
parama-sanku
590, 591, 794, 795
parama-sv
ahor
atra 522, 681
parama-viks.epa 496
Paramesvara 837
author of
Aryabhat
akhy
a xxvi
.ya-vy
Laghubh
askarya-vy
akhy
a xxvi
Laghum
anasa-vy
akhy
a xxvi
V
akyakaran.a xxviii
Vyatp
at
as..taka-vy
akhy
a xxix
family name of xxxv
of Vat.asseri 850
the father of Damodara xxxvi
Parameswaran S 149
1075
para-sanku
583
paridhi-sphut.a 809
parv
anta 593, 594
time of 595
p
ata 499, 654, 844
pat.hita-jy
a 90, 214, 221
Pells Equation 270
phala
sodhya-phala 54, 58, 59
phala-parampara 55, 57, 69, 189, 190,
192
phala-yoga 55, 56, 58, 61
pin.d.a-jy
a 95, 96, 222, 225, 226, 229
232
Pingree D 272, 847
planetary latitudes
computation of 844
planetary model
conventional 838
of Nlakan.t.ha Somayaj 846
planetary motion 471, 621
conception I : eccentric model
472, 622
conception II : epicycle model
474, 623
constancy of linear velocity 621
conventional model of 851
equivalence of eccentric and
epicyclic models 623
geometrical picture of 850
in Siddh
anta-darpan. a 853
Nlakan.t.has model of 851
planetary visibility 613, 826
planets
maud.hya and visibility corrections of 611, 822
declination of, with latitude 525,
685
rising and setting of 612, 824
Plato 283
1076
distinction between knowledge
and opinion 290
pram
an. a 2830, 3235, 42
pram
an. a-phala 2830, 3235, 42, 47,
48, 93, 94, 107, 120, 136,
139, 140
pram
an. a-r
asi 29, 107
pr
an.a 499, 531, 549, 578
bhuj
a-pr
an.a 579
cara-pr
an. a 720
gantavya-pr
an. a 544
gata-pr
an.a 544
nata-pr
an.a 552, 733
r
asi-pr
an. a 581
unnata-pr
an.a 720
pratiman. d.ala 472499, 501, 546, 547,
586, 622, 649
pratiman. d.ala-sphut.a 487
pratiman. d.ala-vr.tta 486
Pravaha-v
ayu 514, 543, 544, 551,
575, 576, 581, 587, 667
pr
ayen.a 52, 62, 193
precession of the equinoxes 675
prime meridian 670
Proclus 282, 283
progression of odd numbers
sum of 17, 161
proof 267
alleged absence of, in Indian tradition 267
by contradiction 287
for the sum of an infinite geometric series 280
in Indian tradition xxiii
of infinite series for , 281
oral tradition of xxv
sources of xxiv
the western concept of 290
upapatti and 282, 288
Pr.th
udakasvamin 270, 846
Index
V
asan
abh
as.ya of 272, 294
Ptolemy 283
Greek planetary model of 849
incorrect application of equation of centre 849
singling out Mercury from other
planets 849
p
urva-s
utra 476, 477
p
urva-vis.uvat 513, 671
Putumana Somayaj xxvii, 838, 856
Pythagoras Theorem 159, 169, 277
Pythagorean problem 268
quadrilateral xli, 6, 124, 250
R
ahu 604, 606, 607, 810, 812, 814
at the autumnal equinox 812,
815
at the ayan
anta 605, 606
at the summer solstice 813
at the vernal equinox 604, 815
at the vis.uvat 605, 606, 811
at the winter solstice 811
Rajagopal C T xxxiv, 149
Raju C K 150
Ramasubramanian K xxxii, 150, 837
Ramavarma Maru Thampuran xxxii,
xxxiv, 149
Rangachari M S xxxiv, 149
r
asi 12, 3234, 52, 72
avyakta-r
asi 202
r
asi-k
u.ta 499, 513517, 523, 525,
526, 528, 529, 539, 540, 576,
577, 584, 587, 588, 604, 606,
607, 611613, 653, 675, 676,
770774, 781, 811, 814, 822
r
asi-k
u.ta-sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta 516
r
asi-k
u.ta-vr.tta 513, 514, 524526,
528, 529, 531, 535, 536, 539,
Index
540, 584, 590, 606, 612, 615,
671, 676, 824
r
asi-ses.a 34, 171
r
asi-sth
ana 75
rationale
commentaries presenting xxvi
doubts about the originality of
xxiii
full-fledged works on xxvii
presentation of xxxix
texts presenting xxix
tradition of rationale in India
xxii
Rcosines
accurate Rcosine at a desired
point 93, 219
in different quadrants 88, 213
Rcosine differences 87, 89, 213
reductio ad absurdum 287
right ascension 533, 687, 691694,
696, 775, 778
Romakapur 509, 668
Roy J C 856
Roy Ranjan 150
Rsine
hour angle 565
latitude 530, 742
of the ascensional difference 550
of the difference between the
sphut.a and the ucca 485
of the madhya-kendra 488
of the sphut.a-kendra 488
Rsines 49, 90
accurate computation without
using tables 102, 232
accurate Rsine at a desired point
93, 219
1077
computation of accurate tabular Rsines 91, 215
derivation employing jveparaspara-ny
aya 105, 234
derivation of tabular Rsines 118,
247
desired, from jy
a-sankalita
96,
224
first and second order differences
of 94, 221
in different quadrants xlvii, 88,
213
Rsine difference 87, 213
square of 86, 234
tabular Rsine 90, 9496, 107,
117, 119, 121, 220
Rule of Three xxxviii, 139, 169
for finding area of triangles 136
in computation of adhim
asa-s
31
in computation of avama-dina
32, 170
in computation of current Kalidina 170
in computation of mean planets 171
in finding the area of the surface of a sphere 140
nature of 28, 169
reverse rule of three 29
should not be applied to derive
the Rsines 91
r
upa 56
Russel Bertrand 285
Rversine 84
accurate computation without
using tables 102, 232
desired, from jy
a-sankalita
96,
224
1078
sakr.t-karn.a 632
sama-caturasra 7, 11
filling with 6
samacch
ay
a 554, 555, 737
samacch
ay
a-karn. a 737
samaccheda 74, 202
sama-man.d.ala 519, 550, 552, 553,
570, 678, 730, 736, 739
Samanta Candrasekhara 856
sama-pa
nca-gh
ata 65
sama-rekh
a 519, 668
sama-sanku
553, 554, 736
related triangles 555, 739
samasta-jy
a 71, 83, 91, 200, 209,
544, 562
samasta-jy
a-karn. a 92
sama-tryasra 83
samavit
ana 84
Sambasiva Sastri K 851
sam
a 1, 74
. khy
sam
a-vibh
aga 19
. khy
samp
ata-sara 137, 258
sam
sk
. ara 93, 659
antya-sam
ara 72, 201
. sk
darsana-sam
ara 611, 822, 825
. sk
dvitya-sphut.a-sam
ara 614
. sk
manda-ncocca-sam
ara 622
. sk
manda-sam
sk
a
ra
665,
666, 838,
.
839
nata-lambana-sam
ara 587
. sk
sara-sam
sk
a
ra
101
.
sghra-sam
ara 665, 838, 839,
. sk
841, 842
s
uks.matara-sam
ara 207
. sk
sam
sk
a
ra-h
a
raka
202
.
sam
ara-phala 102
. sk
sam
ara-phalayoga 76
. sk
sankalita
1, 4, 61, 62
a
dya-dvity
adi-sankalita
67, 226
Index
a
dya-sankalita
66, 196, 226

bhuj
a-sankalita
62
bhuj
a-varga-sankalita
56, 190,
192194
bhuj
a-varga-varga-sankalita
191,
192
c
apa-sankalita
97
dvitya-sankalita
66, 196, 197,

226, 229, 230
ek
adyekottara-sankalita
97
ek
adyekottara-varga-sankalita
61
ek
adyekottara-varga-varga-sankalita
60, 192
ghana-sankalita
64, 65, 99, 194,

230
ghana-sankalita-sa
nkalita
65
jy
a-sankalita
97
kevala-sankalita
61
khan.d.a
ntara-sankalita
97
m
ula-sankalita
61, 66, 192, 196

m
ula-sankalita-sa
nkalita
63
sama-gh
ata-sankalita
65, 66, 192,

195, 197
sama-pa
nc
adi-gh
ata-sankalita
65
samas.ad.gh
ata-sankalita
56
tritya-sankalita
230
v
ara-sankalita
197
varga-sankalita
62, 99, 144, 193

varga-sankalita-sa
nkalita
64, 195
varga-varga-sankalita
64, 65, 195

sankalita-ks
etra
98,
226
.
sankalita-sa
nkalita
65, 194, 196
Sankara
Variyar xxvii, xxxii, xxxviii,

57, 191, 224, 249, 277, 295,
666, 846, 856
Mahis.amangalam
xxviii
author of
Ll
avat-vy
akhy
a xxvi
Tantrasangraha-vy
akhy
a xxvi
Sankaravarman
xxix
Index
sankhy
a
gun.ak
ara-sankhy
a 36
sanku
541, 556, 557, 568, 570573,
591, 612, 726, 760
bhagola-sanku
546, 723
ch
ay
a-sanku
723, 792
dr.ggola-sanku
546, 723
dr.kks.epa-sanku
583
kon.a-sanku
564, 747, 748
kot.i-sanku
589
mah
a-sanku
545, 549, 554, 721,
722, 725, 726, 728, 736, 755
parama-sanku
591
sama-sanku
553, 554, 556, 736,
737, 740
sankvagr
a 551, 730
sara 69, 85, 91, 113, 119, 138, 144,
591
samp
ata-sara 137, 258
sis..ta-c
apa-sara 106
successive corrections to 100, 228
sara-khan. d.a 96, 213
sara-khan. d.a-yoga 98
sara-sam
ara 101, 229, 231
. sk
Sarasvati Amma T A 150, 267
Sarma K V xxii, 150, 272, 837, 838,
853, 854
savarn.ana 23, 24, 167
savarn.-karan.a 23
s
ayana
longitude 674, 818
Sun 778
semi-diameter of the Sun
angular 726
Sen S N xxxiv, 838
Sengupta P C xlii
ses.a 32
adhika-ses.a 35, 37
am
. sa-ses.a 171
bhagan.a-ses.a 33, 34, 36, 172
1079
bh
aga-ses.a 171
bh
ajya-ses.a 42, 43
h
ara-ses. a 43
kal
a-ses.a 172
r
asi-ses.a 34, 171
u
na-ses.a 35, 37, 173
shadow
noon-time 550, 729
reverse 549, 727
when the Moon has latitude 589,
792
shadow-hypotenuse 542
Shukla K S xlvii, 278, 294, 631, 838,
846
Siddh
anta-darpan. a 531, 532, 838,
853, 854, 856
Siddh
anta-dpik
a 850
Siddh
anta-sekhara 614, 827
Siddh
anta-siroman. i 273, 716, 846
Siddhapura 509, 668
sghra 488, 492, 506, 657, 665, 839,
843, 847
sghra-antya-phala 490, 491, 495, 643,
646, 651, 652
sghra-bhuj
a-jy
a 647
sghra-bhuj
a-phala 489, 490, 494, 499,
503, 504, 646, 659, 664
sghra-bhuj
a-phala-bh
aga 503
sghra correction
when there is latitude 495
sghra-doh.-phala 504, 505, 507
sghra-jy
as xliii
sghra-karn.a 489492, 494, 498, 504,
505, 507, 508, 644, 665
sghra-karn.a-bhuj
a-khan.d.a 505
sghra-karn.a-bhuj
a-phala 508
sghra-kendra 491, 504506, 665, 841,
843, 847
sghra-kendra-bhuj
a 491
1080
sghra-kendra-bhuj
a-jy
a 491, 492, 494,
649
sghra-kendra-bhuj
ajy
a-c
apa 651
sghra-kendra-jy
a 490, 645
sghra-kendra-kot. i-jy
a 492
sghra-khan.da-bhuj
a-jy
a 663
sghra-kot.i-jy
a 491
sghra-kot.i-phala 490, 491, 646
sghra-ncocca-vr.tta 489, 490, 643
sghra-ny
aya 492
sghra-phala 498, 505508, 665
the difference that occurs in it
due to manda-karn.a 503
sghra-sam
ara 665, 666, 838, 839
. sk
for exterior planets 841
for interior planets 842
transforming the heliocentric to
geocentric longitudes 841
sghra-sphut.a 488, 489, 493, 495, 497,
498, 502, 503, 508, 585, 643,
649, 651, 653
sghra-sphut.a-kendra 502
sghra-vr.tta 490, 496, 500, 648, 651,
854, 855
when inclined to the apakramamand.ala 657
sghrocca 489, 490, 492, 494, 495,
499, 503, 643, 644, 646, 648,
651, 652, 655, 657, 658, 663,
841, 845
for exterior planets, in conventional model 841
for interior planets
in conventional model 842
in Nlakan.t.has model 847
sghrocca-gati 649
sghrocca-nca-vr.tta 488, 490, 491,
496, 497, 499, 507
sines
Index
Singh A N 267
sis..ta-c
apa 93, 236
sis..ta-c
apa-sara 106
. yadhvr.ddhidatantra 273
Sis
six-o clock circle 551, 720
Socrates 283
sodhya 59
sodhya-phala 54, 58, 59, 188, 189,
191, 199
an example 59, 191
iterative corrections 54, 188
sodhya-phala-parampar
a 55
solstices 512
solsticial points 676
Somayaji D A 838
southern hemisphere 544
sparsa 807
sphere 143, 264
surface area of 140, 261
volume of 142, 263
spherical earth 667
sphut.a 475, 625
sphut.a-doh.-phala 501
sphut.a-graha 623, 625, 642
sphut.a-kaks.y
a 547
sphut.a-karn.a 586
sphut.a-kendra 487
sphut.a-kriy
a 472
sphut.a-madhy
antar
ala 479
sphut.a-madhy
antar
ala-c
apa 478
sphut.a
ntara 595, 802
sphut.a-sara 831
sphut.a-yojana-karn.a 547, 596, 724,
725
square 156
methods of finding 11, 1315,
156, 157, 159
of Rsine of an arc 105, 234
square-root 17, 161
Sridhara Menon P xxxiv
Index
Sridharan R 150, 267
Srinivas M D xxiv, xxxii, 150, 267,
837
Srinivasa Iyengar C N 267
Srpati 614, 827
Sriram M S xxxii, 150, 837
sth
ana 74, 75
r
asi-sth
ana 75, 77
r
upa-sth
ana 74, 77
sth
ana-vibh
aga 19
sth
anya 559
sth
anya on the dig-vr.tta
of aks.a-jy
a 744
of apakrama 744
sthaulya 74, 76, 80, 202, 204206
sthauly
am
ara 81
. sa-parih
sthaulya-parih
ara 205
Subbarayappa B V 272, 838
subtraction 3
s
uks.ma 49, 62, 98, 100
s
uks.mat
a 56
s
uks.matara 82
summation 66
general principle of 65, 195
of cubes 64
of natural numbers 58, 61, 192,
196, 226
of series 61, 192
of squares 62, 193
of third and fourth powers 64,
194
repeated 66, 98, 196
second summations 53, 196, 226
summer solstice 671, 813
S
urya-siddh
anta xxxv, xlii, 214, 295,
296
s
utra xxii
daks.in.a-s
utra 46
dik-s
utra 47, 52
p
urva-s
utra 46, 47, 50
1081
sva-bh
umyantara-karn. a 596, 597
svadesa-aks.a 570
svadesa-ks.itija 520, 678
svadesa-nata 565, 750
svadesa-nata-jy
a 566, 751
svadesa-nata-kot. i 567, 751
svadesa-nata-vr.tta 566, 568, 764, 766
sv
ahor
atra-vr.tta 498, 499, 511, 516,
531, 543, 545, 569, 601, 669,
719
svaparyaya 847
svastika 511, 520, 522, 540, 544,
557, 566568, 570, 571, 575
577, 579, 580, 582, 670, 680
y
amyottra-svastika 539
Swerdlow N M 850
syzygy 593
tamo-bimba 602, 809
Tantrasangraha
xxxii, xxxiii, xxxv,

xxxviii, xxxix, xliii, xlv, xlvi,
1, 57, 68, 80, 94, 150, 173,
191, 221, 224, 234, 271, 282,
295, 495, 631, 635, 642, 652,
660, 663, 665, 666, 716, 786,
799, 818, 821, 826, 835, 837
terrestrial latitude
changes in placement due to 518
time
corresponding to a given eclipsed
portion 802
elapsed after sunrise 543, 719
elapsed after the rising of the
first point of Aries 770
to elapse before sunset 543, 719
tiryag-vr.tta 540, 558, 559, 567, 580,
711, 742744, 750, 751, 753
tithi
number of tithi-s elapsed 32
Toomer G J 285, 849
1082
trair
asika xxxvii, 29, 31, 32, 36, 43,
44, 256
vyasta-trair
asika 29
trair
asika-ny
aya 30, 169
transverse circle 540
trepidation of equinoxes 675
triangle
altitude and circum-diameter of
119, 247
area of 108, 109, 134, 237, 255
scalene 108, 237
trijy
a-karn.a 526, 528
trijy
a-vr.tta 545, 568, 601, 769
true planet
without using manda-karn.a 503,
664
true Sun
tryasra-ks. etra-ny
aya 109
tul
adi 506, 673
tulya-svabh
ava 573
tunga
475, 625
ucca
position of 625
ucca-gati 494, 853
ucca-kendra-vr.tta 492
ucca-nca-sphut.a 547
ucca-nca-s
utra 477, 481, 486, 487,
500, 628, 630
ucca-nca-vr.tta 472, 474476, 478,
480, 482, 625
udaya-jy
a 582
udaya-lagna 575, 578, 582, 714, 770,
774776
Ujjayin 509, 668
u
na-ses.a 35, 173
unman.d.ala 520, 543, 551, 556, 570,
572, 591, 678, 729, 732, 774
Index
unnata-jy
a 544, 545, 720722, 762,
764, 775
unnata-pr
an.a 544
up
adhi 29
upapatti 176
according to Bhaskaracarya 273
and reductio ad absurdum 287
as enunciated by Gan.esa Daivaj
na
275
avyaktartya 277
by Kr.s.n.a Daivaj
na for the rules
of signs in algebra 279
for the elevation of the intellect
286
for the square of the hypotenuse
of a right-angled triangle 277
in Indian mathematics 271
includes observation 287
ks.etra-gata 277
list of works containing 294
mathematical results should be
supported by 274
of the Kut..taka process 296
the raison d
etre or purpose of
upapatti 285, 286
u
rdhv
adho-rekh
a 473
utkrama-jy
a 90, 212, 214
uttara-dhruva 668
uttara-vis.uvat 512, 671
uttarottara-sankalitaiky
anayana 58
val.a 185
valana 600, 601, 805
a
ks.a-valana 600, 805
a
yana-valana 598, 599, 805, 807
combined 600, 807
viks.epa-valana 600, 807
val.attul.a 51
valita-vr.tta 520, 521, 680
distance from 680
Index
vall 41, 42
construction of vall 177
finding bh
ajya and bh
ajaka using vall-results 41
gun.a as the penultimate entry
of the vall 306
of the quotients 280
reading from the bottom 42
reverse 41
transformed vall 306, 307
vallyupasam
ara 4143
. h
v
amat.a 50, 51, 185
varga 3, 7, 11, 13, 276
varga-m
ula 3
varga-sankalita
62, 193
varga-varga 56
varga-varga-sankalita
64, 194
V
asan
abh
as.ya 846
v
ayugola 509, 510, 514, 518520, 667,
669671, 680
for a non-equatorial observer 677
pravaha-v
ayugola 513
Venkataraman A 149
vernal equinox 671
vidig-vr.tta 566568, 750
vidig-vr.tt
antara 568
viks.epa 495, 497500, 527, 530, 586,
589, 590, 592, 594, 595, 597,
600, 604, 607, 654, 655, 657,
658, 687, 800, 805, 807, 810
812, 814, 822, 825, 826, 828,
830, 832, 833, 844, 851
at the desired instant 802
extent of 498
in the measure of pratiman. d.ala
658, 788
obtaining bhagola-viks.epa 498
of the manda-karn.a-vr.tta 499
of the centre of manda-karn. avr.tta 657
1083
true 595
true planets when there is no
viks.epa 495
viks.epa-calana 605608, 812814, 818
determination of 608, 817
viks.epa-c
apa 526
viks.epa-jy
a 529, 615
viks.epa-kot.i 497499, 527, 529, 586,
591, 592, 612, 655, 658, 688
viks.epa-kot.i-vr.tta 498, 499, 590, 611,
655, 657, 792794, 822824
viks.epa-p
arsva 604607, 811, 812,
814
viks.epa-p
arsva-vr.tta 814, 815
viks.epa-sara 615, 616, 829, 831
viks.epa-saraphala 615
viks.epa-valana 600, 807
viks.epa-vis.uvat 605, 812, 813
viks.epa-vr.tta 603606, 608, 810812
viks.ep
ayan
anta 605, 812
viks.ep
ayana-vr.tta 605, 812, 813, 817
vin
ad. 531
vipartacch
ay
a 543, 549, 727
viparta-digvr.tta 557, 742
viparta-dik 576
viparta-karn.a 484486, 635, 636,
638, 640
viparta-vr.tta 682
vis.ama-tryasra 108, 237
visibility correction
computation of 822
of planets 611
vis.uvacch
ay
a 542, 552, 555, 734, 768
vis.uvad-viparta-nata-vr.tta 523, 682,
683
vis.uvad-viparta-vr.tta 521, 523, 524,
531, 682, 683
vitribha-lagna 770
volume
of a sphere 142, 263
1084
Vr.s.abh
adi 673
Vr.scik
adi 673
vr.tta-p
ada 479, 512, 558, 559
vr.tta-pr
aya 48
vy
apti 29, 169
vy
apti-j
na
na 290
vy
as
ardha 71
vyasta-digvr.tta 566, 750
vyatp
ata 603, 610, 810, 819
lasting for four n
adika-s 610
time of 608, 819
vyavakalita 4
Wagner D B 278
Warren John 150
Weil Andre 270
Whish C M v, vii, xxxiii, xxxvi,
xxxvii, 150, 271
winter solstice 671, 812
y
amyottara-nata 706
y
amyottara-nata-jy
a 534
y
amyottara-nata-vr.tta 524, 534, 537
539, 710
y
amyottara-svastika 539
Yano Michio 150
Yavakot.i 509, 668
yojana 471, 547, 584586, 588, 589,
593, 596, 597, 621, 799
dr.kkarn.a-yojana 593
yojana-s
of the Earths radius 547
of the hypotenuse 547
yuga 3136, 170, 171
av
antara-yuga 35, 173
caturyuga 31
number of civil days in a yuga
171, 173
number of revolutions of Sun in
a yuga 173
Index
yuga-adhim
asa 31
yuga-avama 32
yuga-bhagan.a 32, 34, 170, 171, 471,
621
yuga-bhagan.a-ses.a 35
yuga-s
avana-dina 799
yukti 275
Yukti-bh
as.a
xxi, xxxii, xxxiv, xxxv,
xxxvii, xl, 57, 149, 150, 191
1948 edition xlviii
1953 edition l
analytic contents of xl
authorship of xxxiv, xxxvi
chronogram found in one of the
manuscripts l
date of xxxv
in Sanskrit and Malayalam xxxix
Malayalam version of xlviii
manuscript material used in the
current edition xlviii
notes in Malayalam 149
Sanskrit version l, li
scope and extent of xxxvii
style of presentation xxxix
Yukti-dpik
a xxvi, xxxii, xxxviii, xlvi,
57, 68, 69, 78, 8082, 191,
198, 200, 206, 207, 232234,
666
colophonic verses of xxxix
similarity with Yuktibh
as.a
xxxviii
Zadorozhnyy A 150
zenith 518, 678
zenith distance
change in, due to the effect of
parallax 790
Zeno 268
zero latitude 668
zodiacal celestial sphere 622, 667

(Culture and History of Mathematics 4) K.v.sarma, K.ramasubramanian, M.D.srinivas, M.S,Sriram-Ganita-Yukti-Bhasa (Rationales in Mathematical Astronomy) of Jyeshthadeva. 2. Astronomy-Hindustan Book Age

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

(Culture and History of Mathematics 4) K.v.sarma, K.ramasubramanian, M.D.srinivas, M.S,Sriram-Ganita-Yukti-Bhasa (Rationales in Mathematical Astronomy) of Jyeshthadeva. 2. Astronomy-Hindustan Book Age

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

s.

With Explanatory Notes in English

Hindustan Book Agency

To be treated as Blank page (introduced deliberately)

CHAPTER 8 Computation of Planets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471

Planetary motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471

Celestial Sphere (Bhagola) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472

Motion of planets: Conception I

Motion of planets: Conception II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474

The position of Ucca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475

Ucca, Madhyama and Sphut.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475

Computation of the Karn.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481

8.10 Viparta-karn.a (Inverse hypotenuse) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484

Earth and Celestial Spheres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509

Bhagola: Zodiacal celestial sphere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511

Ayana-calana: Motion of the equinoxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515

The manner of Ayana-calana . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515

Changes in placement due to terrestrial latitude . . . . . . . . 518

Zenith and horizon at different locations . . . . . . . . . . . . 518

Construction of the armillary sphere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521

Distance from a Valita-vr.tta to two perpendicular circles . . . 521

12.9 Graphical chart of the eclipse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601

13.2 Derivation of declination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 603

14.3 Planetary visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 613

CHAPTER 8 Computation of Planets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621

Planetary motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621

Zodiacal celestial sphere . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622

Motion of planets: Eccentric model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622

Motion of planets: Epicyclic model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623

The position of Ucca . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625

Ucca, Madhyama and Sphut.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 625

Computation of the Karn.a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628

8.10 Viparta-karn.a : Inverse hypotenuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635

Earth and Celestial Spheres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667

The nature of the motion of equinoxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674

Zenith and horizon at different locations . . . . . . . . . . . . 677

Distance from a Valita-vr.tta to two perpendicular circles . . . 680

10.6 Problem 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703

11.3 Time after sunrise or before sunset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719

. d.ala or Dr.gvr.tta . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722

Great gnomon at the prime vertical . . . . . . 736

11.21 Problem two: Sanku

11.36 Second correction for the Moon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 786

13.2 Derivation of declination of the Moon . . . . . . . . . . . . . 810

CHAPTER 15 Elevation of the Moons Cusps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 827

EPILOGUE : Revision of Indian Planetary Model by Nilakan.t.ha

Somayaji (c. 1500 AD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 837

Conventional planetary model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 838

Exterior planets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 839

Interior planets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 842

Computation of planetary latitudes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 844

Planetary model of Nlakan.t.ha Somayaj . . . . . . . . . . . . 846

Geometrical model of planetary motion . . . . . . . . . . . . 850

To be treated as Blank page (introduced deliberately)

Celestial Sphere (Bhagola)

Now, there is what is called bhagola-madhya (centre of the celestial sphere).

Motion of planets: Conception I

8.3 Motion of planets: Conception I

(madhya-gati) of the planet. The circles should be so constructed that there

Motion of planets: Conception II

8.5 The position of Ucca

The position of Ucca

as calculated by the rule of three. Mark that point on

should be. In this model,